agency-3301•Ohio Administrative Code 3301 — Department of Education and Workforce
Ohio Administrative Code 3301 — Department of Education and Workforce
agency-3301Ohio Adm.Code 3301Regulation
Chapter 3301-2 Personal Information Systems
Ohio Adm.Code 3301-2-14 Confidential personal information definitions.
For the purposes of rules 3301-2-15 to 3301-2-18 of the Administrative Code promulgated in accordance with section 1347.15 of the Revised Code, the following definitions apply:
(A) "Access" as a noun means an instance of copying, viewing, or otherwise perceiving whereas "access" as a verb means to copy, view, or otherwise perceive.
(B) "Acquisition of a new computer system" means the purchase of a "computer system," as defined in this rule, that is not a computer system currently in place.
(C) "Computer system" means a "system," as defined by section 1347.01 of the Revised Code, that stores, maintains, or retrieves personal information using electronic data processing equipment.
(D) "Confidential personal information" (CPI) has the meaning as defined by division (A)(1) of section 1347.15 of the Revised Code and identified by rules promulgated by the department in accordance with division (B)(3) of section 1347.15 of the Revised Code that reference the federal or state statutes or administrative rules that make personal information maintained by the department confidential.
(E) "Department" means the department of education and workforce.
(F) "Employee" means each employee of the department of education and workforce.
(G) "Incidental contact" means contact with the information that is secondary or tangential to the primary purpose of the activity that resulted in the contact.
(H) "Individual" means a natural person or the natural person's authorized representative, legal counsel, legal custodian, or legal guardian.
(I) "Information owner" means the individual appointed in accordance with division (A) of section 1347.05 of the Revised Code to be directly responsible for a system.
(J) "Person" means a natural person.
(K) "Personal information" has the same meaning as defined in division (E) of section 1347.01 of the Revised Code.
(L) "Personal information system" means a "system" that "maintains" "personal information" as those terms are defined in section 1347.01 of the Revised Code. "System" includes manual and computer systems.
(M) "Research" means a methodical investigation into a subject.
(N) "Routine" means commonplace, regular, habitual, or ordinary.
(O) "Routine information that is maintained for the purpose of internal office administration, the use of which would not adversely affect a person" as that phrase is used in division (F) of section 1347.01 of the Revised Code means personal information relating to employees and maintained by the department for internal administrative and human resource purposes.
(P) "System" has the same meaning as defined by division (F) of section 1347.01 of the Revised Code.
(Q) "Upgrade" means a substantial redesign of an existing computer system for the purpose of providing a substantial amount of new application functionality, or application modifications that would involve substantial administrative or fiscal resources to implement, but would not include maintenance, minor updates and patches, or modifications that entail a limited addition of functionality due to changes in business or legal obligations.
Last updated June 7, 2024 at 7:44 AM
History
- Effective: June 7, 2024
- Promulgated Under: 119.03
Ohio Adm.Code 3301-2-15
For personal information systems, whether manual or computer systems, that contain confidential personal information, the department will do the following:
(A) Criteria for accessing confidential personal information. Personal information systems of the department are managed on a "need-to-know" basis whereby the information owner determines the level of access necessary for an employee of the department to fulfill his/her job duties. The determination of access to confidential personal information will be approved by the employee's supervisor and the information owner prior to providing the employee with access to confidential personal information within a personal information system. The department will establish procedures for determining a revision to an employee's access to confidential personal information upon a change to that employee's job duties including, but not limited to, transfer or termination. Whenever an employee's job duties no longer necessitate access to confidential personal information in a personal information system, the employee's access to confidential personal information will be removed.
(B) Individual request for a list of confidential personal information. Upon the signed written request of any individual for a list of confidential personal information about the individual maintained by the department, the department will do all of the following:
(1) Verify the identity of the individual by a method that provides safeguards commensurate with the risk associated with the confidential personal information;
(2) Provide to the individual the list of confidential personal information that does not relate to an investigation about the individual or is otherwise not excluded from the scope of Chapter 1347. of the Revised Code; and
(C) Notice of invalid access.
(1) Upon discovery or notification that confidential personal information of a person has been accessed by an employee for an invalid reason, the department will notify the person whose information was invalidly accessed as soon as practical and to the extent known at the time. However, the department will delay notification for a period of time necessary to ensure that the notification would not delay or impede an investigation or jeopardize homeland or national security. Additionally, the department may delay the notification consistent with any measures necessary to determine the scope of the invalid access, including which individual's confidential personal information was invalidly accessed, and to restore the reasonable integrity of the system;
"Investigation" as used in this paragraph means the investigation of the circumstances and involvement of an employee surrounding the invalid access of the confidential personal information. Once the department determines that notification would not delay or impede an investigation, the department will disclose the access to confidential personal information made for an invalid reason to the person.
(2) Notification provided by the department will inform the person of the type of confidential personal information accessed and the date(s) of the invalid access; and
(3) Notification may be made by any method reasonably designed to accurately inform the person of the invalid access, including written, electronic, or telephone notice.
(D) Appointment of a data privacy point of contact. The director of the department will designate an employee of the department to serve as the data privacy point of contact. The data privacy point of contact will work with the chief privacy officer to assist the department with both the implementation of privacy protections for the confidential personal information that the department maintains and compliance with section 1347.15 of the Revised Code and the rules adopted pursuant to the authority provided by that chapter. The data privacy point of contact will timely complete the privacy impact assessment form developed by the office of information technology.
(E) Password . The information technology division will ensure that a password or other authentication measure is used to access confidential personal information that is kept in an electronic system.
Last updated June 7, 2024 at 7:44 AM
History
- Effective: June 7, 2024
- Promulgated Under: 119.03
Ohio Adm.Code 3301-2-18
For personal information systems that are computer systems and contain confidential personal information, the department will do the following:
(A) Access restrictions. Access to confidential personal information that is kept electronically needs a password or other authentication measure;
(B) Acquisition of a new computer system. When the department acquires a new computer system that stores, manages, or contains confidential personal information, the department will include a mechanism for recording specific access by employees of the department to confidential personal information in the system;
(C) Upgrading existing computer systems. When the department modifies an existing computer system that stores, manages, or contains confidential personal information, the department will make a determination whether the modification constitutes an upgrade. Any upgrades to a computer system will include a mechanism for recording specific access by employees of the department to confidential personal information in the system;
(D) Existing computer systems. Logging obligations regarding confidential personal information in existing computer systems:
(1) The department will mandate that employees of the department who access confidential personal information within computer systems to maintain a log that records that access;
(2) Access to confidential information is not necessary to be entered into the log under the following circumstances:
(a) The employee of the department is accessing confidential personal information for official departmental purposes, including research, and the access is not specifically directed toward a specifically named individual or a group of specifically named individuals;
(b) The employee of the department is accessing confidential personal information for routine office procedures and the access is not specifically directed toward a specifically named individual or a group of specifically named individuals;
(c) The employee of the department comes into incidental contact with confidential personal information and the access of the information is not specifically directed toward a specifically named individual or a group of specifically named individuals;
(d) The employee of the agency accesses confidential personal information about an individual based upon a request made under either of the following circumstances:
(i) The individual requests confidential personal information about himself/herself;
(ii) The individual makes a request that the department takes some action on that individual's behalf and accessing the confidential personal information is needed in order to consider or process that request.
(3) For purposes of this paragraph, the department may choose the form or forms of logging, whether in electronic or paper formats.
Last updated June 7, 2024 at 7:45 AM
History
- Effective: June 7, 2024
- Promulgated Under: 119.03
Ohio Adm.Code 3301-2-16 Valid reasons for accessing confidential personal information.
(A) Performing the following functions constitute valid reasons for authorized employees of the department of education and workforce to access confidential personal information:
(1) Responding to a public records request;
(2) Responding to a request from an individual for the list of confidential personal information the department maintains on that individual;
(3) Administering a constitutional provision or duty;
(4) Administering a statutory provision or duty;
(5) Administering an administrative rule provision or duty;
(6) Complying with any state or federal program obligations;
(7) Processing or payment of claims or otherwise administering a program with individual participants or beneficiaries;
(8) Auditing purposes;
(9) Licensure [or permit, eligibility, filing, etc.] processes;
(10) Investigation or law enforcement purposes;
(11) Administrative hearings;
(12) Litigation, complying with an order of the court, or subpoena;
(13) Human resource matters (e.g., hiring, promotion, demotion, discharge, salary/compensation issues, leave requests/issues, time card approvals/issues);
(14) Complying with an executive order or policy;
(15) Complying with a departmental policy or a state administrative policy issued by the department of administrative services, the office of budget and management or other similar state agency; or
(16) Complying with a collective bargaining agreement provision.
(B) To the extent that the general processes described in paragraph (A) of this rule do not cover a set of circumstances, authorized employees have valid reasons for accessing confidential personal information for the purpose of carrying out specific duties of the department of education and workforce as set forth in any applicable policy adopted by the department.
Last updated June 7, 2024 at 7:44 AM
History
- Effective: June 7, 2024
- Promulgated Under: 119.03
Ohio Adm.Code 3301-2-17 Confidentiality statutes, rules, and regulations.
The following federal statutes or regulations or state statutes and administrative rules make personal information maintained by the department confidential and identify the confidential personal information within the scope of rules promulgated by the department in accordance with section 1347.15 of the Revised Code:
(A) Social security numbers: 5 U.S.C. 552a.
(B) Student education records: "Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act" of 1974, 20 U.S.C. 1232g.
(C) Information obtained by the office of professional conduct during an investigation or via the disciplinary process: section 3319.311 of the Revised Code; rule 3301-73-04 of the Administrative Code.
(D) Questions and responses regarding a record of a criminal offense committed or alleged to have been committed by an applicant, for issuance or renewal of any license that has been sealed or expunged: section 3319.292 of the Revised Code.
(E) Bureau of criminal investigation and information criminal records check results: section 109.57 of the Revised Code.
(F) Student information: section 3301.0714 of the Revised Code; section 3319.321 of the Revised Code.
(G) Student test scores and information: division (I) of section 3301.0711 of the Revised Code.
(H) Student data verification code in combination with student name or other personally identifiable information: division (D) of section 3310.11 of the Revised Code; division (D) of section 3310.42 of the Revised Code; division (D) of section 3310.63 of the Revised Code; division (F) of section 3313.978 of the Revised Code; and division (E) of section 3317.20 of the Revised Code.
(I) Data collected for purposes of administering early childhood programs: section 3301.941 of the Revised Code.
(J) Records of sudents with disabilities: "Individuals with Disabilities Education Act" of 20004, 20 U.S.C. 1400, et seq.
(K) Personal information kept by the department that is not a public record: section 149.43 of the Revised Code.
Last updated January 23, 2024 at 1:42 PM
History
- Effective: August 3, 2017
- Promulgated Under: 119.03
Chapter 3301-3 Data Acquisition Sites
Ohio Adm.Code 3301-3-01 Scope and definitions.
(A) Pursuant to section 3301.075 of the Revised Code, all Ohio education computer network user entities and information technology centers will comply with all rules in this chapter.
(B) Terminology used in this chapter are defined as follows:
(1) "Accountability system for the Ohio education computer network" (OECN) means the collective grouping of instruments used by the department of education and workforce to determine the quality and adequacy of services provided by an information technology center. These instruments may include, but not be limited to, the following: any materials produced by other governmental agencies or trusted third parties at the request of the department or in the normal course of doing business; user satisfaction surveys; quality implementation metrics; service-level agreements and compliance therewith; and, continuous improvement plans.
(2) "ADM" means total average daily membership by school building and district as certified by the department from data collected from districts during the designated EMIS counting period.
(3) "Business continuity plan" means a plan defining the specific steps that will be taken to provide emergency services in the event that an information technology center is unable to provide the normal services needed by its users.
(4) "Continuous improvement plan" means an annual report produced by the information technology center that describes actions to improve the quality of services, customer satisfaction, or operation efficiencies of the information technology center.
(5) "Core services" are the minimum set of state-subsidized information technology services that each information technology center will offer to its user entities as determined by the department. This minimum set of information technology services will be determined through policies issued and guidelines periodically communicated by the department. These services may include, but are not limited to, the following:
(a) Fiscal services, including accounting (cash basis with generally accepted accounting practice extensions), payroll/personnel, and fixed asset accounting;
(b) Student records management, including provisions for student scheduling, grade reporting, attendance tracking, and tracking of special education needs;
(c) State-mandated data reporting, including access to the appropriate department databases and software applications;
(d) Library automation, curricular resources, and educational technology services to support academic content standards and effective instruction; and
(e) Internet access and networking services, including email and the support of data exchange within the information technology center's user entities and across different information technology centers and their user entities.
(6) "Council of governments" (COG) means a regional organization of public governmental entities established pursuant to Chapter 167. of the Revised Code.
(7) "Department" means the department of education and workforce.
(8) "District" means any city, county, exempted village, local, joint vocational, or cooperative education school district as classified pursuant to section 3311.01 of the Revised Code or any public community school as classified pursuant to section 3314.01 of the Revised Code.
(9) "Electronic format" means a method of organizing data elements that enables data generated by one computer system to be read and used by another computer system without further human adjustment or modification of the transfer medium.
(10) "Electronic mail" (email ) means a paperless method of communicating and storing messages using a computer or a network of computers.
(11) "Electronic networking" means a data communication configuration in which two or more devices are connected to enable information transfer. Such a configuration permits the electronic linkage of computer systems over a large geographic area.
(12) "End user" means any employee of a user entity who interacts with an information technology center and is a direct recipient and benefactor of the core services.
(13) "Fiscal agent" means a board of education or governing board of a school district, educational service center, or council of government that has been designated by a computer consortium's governing body to function as the custodian of funds for that consortium organization pursuant to section 3313.92 of the Revised Code.
(14) "Information technology" means that whole body of methods and materials, including the use of computer systems and related electronic devices, that is utilized to process information.
(15) "Information technology center" (ITC) means an entity that has been authorized pursuant to section 3301.075 of the Revised Code and authorized by the department to provide core services to user entities.
(16) "Instructional technology" means the use of available technological resources, such as computer systems, software and data communications equipment, in an effort to enhance the learning environment of students with the ultimate goal of improving academic achievement.
(17) "Large district user entity" means a user entity with an ADM greater than or equal to twenty thousand students.
(18) "Ohio education computer network" (OECN) means that collective group of information technology centers authorized pursuant to section 3301.075 of the Revised Code, and their participating school districts and community schools. Such centers, in conjunction with the department, comprise a statewide delivery system to provide comprehensive, cost-efficient information technology services for participating Ohio school districts and community schools.
(19) "Quality implementation metrics" are the data reported by the department that reflect information technology center actual performance relative to the quality implementation standards.
(20) "Quality implementation standards" are the benchmarks set by the department for successful delivery of core services.
(21) "Site review" means an on-site peer review conducted by the department or its designee as a means to assess the effectiveness of the delivery of core services and the general user entity satisfaction of an information technology center.
(22) "User entity" means any organization authorized by the department to utilize the services of an information technology center. Such a user entity will have voting representation in the information technology center. The user entity may be any district or community school as defined in paragraph (B)(8) of this rule or any other public entity as determined by the department.
Last updated July 24, 2026 at 2:02 PM
History
- Effective: June 7, 2024
- Promulgated Under: 119.03
Ohio Adm.Code 3301-3-02 Qualifications for information technology centers and user entities.
(A) An information technology center is established by user entities, provides or plans to provide information technology services to user entities, and holds the appropriate site permit as defined in paragraph (A) of rule 3301-3-03 of the Administrative Code.
(B) A user entity meets the definition in paragraph (B)(22) of rule 3301-3-01 of the Administrative Code, and uses or expresses the intent to use services provided by an information technology center.
Last updated July 24, 2026 at 2:02 PM
History
- Effective: May 22, 2010
- Promulgated Under: 119.03
Ohio Adm.Code 3301-3-03
User entities desiring to establish an information technology center that meets the classification described in paragraph (A) of rule 3301-3-02 of the Administrative Code will apply to the department for the appropriate site-permit. An information technology center applying for an information technology center site-permit will provide the following:
(A) An organizational governance document ratified by the governing body of each proposed participating user entity of the information technology center that will be reviewed by legal counsel for compliance with Chapter 167. or section 3313.92 of the Revised Code;
(B) A schedule of services and proposed agreements for execution between the information technology center providing the services and its user entity permit holders;
(C) Information technology centers in existence as of January 1, 2005, will maintain a minimum base of twelve user entities that are provided with core services or have a minimum aggregate ADM of twenty thousand students. Prior to its establishment, any entity not classified as an information technology center as of January 1, 2005, desiring to form an information technology center will formally demonstrate and substantiate to the department the need for an additional information technology center, submit to the department a business plan as specified by the department, and be formally considered for approval by the department. Any information technology center established on or after January 1, 2005, will maintain a minimum base of twenty user entities that are provided with core services and have a minimum aggregate ADM of twenty-five thousand students; and
(D) A minimum schedule of staffing, training, core services, resources, and procedural operations as determined by the department consistent with rules 3301-3-06 and 3301-3-07 of the Administrative Code.
Last updated July 24, 2026 at 2:02 PM
History
- Effective: June 7, 2024
- Promulgated Under: 119.03
Ohio Adm.Code 3301-3-06
(A) An information technology center will:
(1) Promote a cooperative and integrated system of information technology for its user entities as well as among other information technology centers;
(2) Promote and administer the efficient and cost-effective implementation of information technology that supports information technology strategies of the department and all user entities;
(3) Coordinate innovative uses of information technology that support the goals of the department, information technology center, and all user entities;
(4) Provide for electronic networking capabilities between and among user entities and the information technology center, support connectivity to the department or its designee, and maintain a system of electronic contact information as specified by the department;
(5) Ensure that all data acquired on behalf of user entities are held in trust for those entities. Any transfer or release of any user entity's data will not occur until prior authorization is received from that specific entity. Upon receipt of district authorization, an information technology center will transfer or return district data without delay or impediment;
(6) Offer core services to all user entities and provide districts with the opportunity to obtain services on an individual-service basis and not inhibit districts from obtaining services from one or more information technology centers of their choosing: and
(7) Post on its website a list of all the services that it provides and the corresponding cost for each of those services.
(B) A user entity will:
(1) Utilize requested core services provided through the OECN and its component information technology centers;
(2) Participate in the governance and financial support of the information technology center that serves the user entity and remain financially current;
(3) Adhere to the governance documents of the information technology center;
(4) Procure and utilize a data communications link to communicate electronically with department personnel via compatible equipment;
(5) Provide data to the appropriate information technology center in an electronic format as defined by the department. Large district user entities may, at the discretion of the department, report data directly to the departmentand
(6) Build the capacity of its staff through professional development that allows the user entity to meet specific obligations to the information technology center pursuant to the contractual agreement between the information technology center and the user entity.
Last updated July 24, 2026 at 2:02 PM
History
- Effective: June 7, 2024
- Promulgated Under: 119.03
Ohio Adm.Code 3301-3-07
Information technology centers will meet the following performance standards:
(A) Governance - agreement/constitution
(1) The agreement between user entities establishing an information technology center will be ratified by all user entities, comply with section 3313.92 or Chapter 167. of the Revised Code, reviewed by legal counsel for compliance with section 3313.92 or Chapter 167. of the Revised Code, and be approved by the department.
(2) The agreement will include such provisions for a governing assembly as a board of directors or an executive committee.
(3) The agreement will include provisions for a systematic approach to encourage participation that is representative of all end users and governance that is representative of all user entities.
(4) The agreement will define the responsibilities of each component of the organizational structure.
(5) The information technology center's governing authority rests with the board of directors or the governing assembly rather than the fiscal agent.
(6) The agreement will set forth the process of change and define how organizational changes are to occur, including, amending the agreement, changing the fiscal agent, adding and withdrawing membership, and changing officers.
(7) The information technology center's governance document will contain language that holds harmless the fiscal agent for any liabilities, obligations, claims, damages, penalties, causes of action, costs or expenses relating to the operation and activities of the information technology center. Amounts to be paid in settlement of any such claims or damages, including attorneys' fees and costs and expenses, will be apportioned among all districts participating in the information technology center to the extent permitted by law.
The provisions of paragraph (A)(7) of this rule would not be applicable to cases of misfeasance, malfeasance, nonfeasance, or other illegal or inappropriate activities directly attributed to the actions of the fiscal agent.
(8) All governance policies and procedures, as well as daily site operations, will be in accordance with the information technology center's current by-laws, agreement(s), or both.
(9) All information technology centers will maintain fully executed contractual agreements with their user entities. The contractual agreement between the information technology center and its user entities will specify at a minimum the quality implementation standards, as defined by the department, for all core services, as well as any additional fees to supplement state subsidy for the core services.
(B) Fiscal operations standards
(1) Local fiscal operations
(a) The information technology center will demonstrate the appropriate appointment and utilization of a fiscal agent.
(i) An information technology center organized under section 3313.92 of the Revised Code will designate one user entity participating in the consortium agreement to act as fiscal agent.
(ii) An information technology center organized as a council of governments in accordance with Chapter 167. of the Revised Code may employ its own treasurer to assume all financial responsibilities or may elect to designate one user entity participating in the council to act as fiscal agent.
(iii) The fiscal agent treasurer or the treasurer employed by a council of governments is responsible for all financial transactions associated with the information technology center.
(iv) The fiscal agent treasurer or the treasurer employed by a council of governments will be licensed in accordance with section 3301.074 of the Revised Code.
(b) Financial accounting records of information technology center activities will be separately maintained and be auditable.
(i) Information technology centers will perform all financial transactions and accounting procedures in compliance with applicable laws of the state of Ohio and standards established by the auditor of state.
(ii) Information technology centers will establish, define, and adhere to procedures for receipting expenditures and accounting and equipment acquisition, inventory, and disposition.
(c) The appropriate governing bodies of the information technology center will approve all fee assessments, contracts, employee compensation and benefits, as well as initial and modified appropriations, as evidenced by official meeting minutes.
(d) The board of directors or the governing assembly will be provided access to the following:
(i) Detailed fiscal reports for each regular board of directors or governing assembly meeting.
(ii) Other reports upon request.
(2) Financial condition
(a) Amortization periods for the retirement of indebtedness will not exceed the recommended schedules for depreciation as established by the internal revenue service.
(b) The information technology center will establish a schedule of fees for services that, in combination with state subsidy funding, cash reserves, and other sources of revenue, will generate operating funds sufficient to meet anticipated expenditures.
(C) Operating standards
(1) Organization
(a) The information technology center will hold a valid permit and maintain compliance with the criteria established for that permit as identified in rule 3301-3-03 of the Administrative Code.
(b) The information technology center will comply with section 3301.075 of the Revised Code and with the OECN line item appropriation language contained in the state budget as currently enacted.
(c) The information technology center as organized in accordance with either Chapter 167. or section 3313.92 of the Revised Code will provide a current copy of its organizational agreement(s) for review during the site review specified in paragraph (A)(2) of rule 3301-3-04 of the Administrative Code and upon request by the department and/or the public.
(2) Core services
(a) Core services will be delivered based upon the quality implementation standards communicated by the department.
(b) All software and hardware used by information technology center will enable efficient and effective end-user access to the core services.
(c) Equipment for computer systems or support services may be shared among and between multiple information technology centers in order to increase operational efficiencies, lower operating costs, and/or to improve service reliability.
(d) Contractual agreements will be executed with user entities across all core service areas specifying the areas of service (e.g. software management, data management, training, problem resolution, documentation, communication and quality of service), responsibilities of the information technology center and the user entity for each area of service, and quality implementation standards for each area of service.
(e) Specific guidelines applying to internet access and networking services
(i) The speed and reliability of the network will be commensurate with department standards and provide for optimal performance for end users.
(ii) Standards established by the department for connectivity will be maintained by the information technology center.
(iii) The information technology center is responsible for any repairs or maintenance to the network and equipment for accessing the internet.
(iv) The information technology center will coordinate and manage an integrated services network that may include, but not be limited to, voice, video, and data services. Any educational entity desiring to be connected will have the option of access and the primary internet service provider(s) will involve the network and provider(s) selected by the department.
(3) Reports
(a) The information technology center will file with the department a continuous improvement plan that meets department guidelines and timeframes as set by the department. The report will include tthe information technology center's planned versus actual delivery of core services based upon quality implementation standards. The report will inform the department-managed accountability system for the OECN. The information technology center will respond in writing to the department and/or make operational adjustments as directed by the department if deficiencies are noted in the department's review of the continuous improvement plan.
(b) The information technology center will implement an automated help-desk system with quality implementation standards defined by the department in partnership with the OECN. The system will, at a minimum, facilitate communication and problem resolution among user entities and escalation to appropriate information technology center staff across the OECN, as well as with the department. The system will enable the reporting of quality implementation metrics for the core services to the department and provide data for the department-managed accountability system for the OECN.
(c) Detailed financial records of the information technology center for the current and previous fiscal year transactions will be made available to the department during the site review conducted pursuant to rule 3301-3-04 of the Administrative Code. Financial records will also be made available to the department within sixty days of the end of the fiscal year in an electronic format as specified by the department.
(4) Business continuity, security, data release, and other safeguards
(a) A written business continuity plan will be formulated, reviewed at regular intervals by the governing body of the information technology center, and be kept on file at the department.
(b) A written security policy will be implemented to include the following:
(i) The methods for obtaining, processing, reporting and storing data.
(ii) Terms that prohibit access to the computer systems and services by unauthorized personnel.
(c) The information technology center staff will be bonded, at a level determined by the information technology center's governing body, for the faithful performance of their duties.
(d) The information technology center will have insurance coverage for all fixed assets.
(e) A data-retention policy will be written, implemented, and communicated to all user entities, that specifies how data are stored and restored and the method for disposal of data.
(f) The computer system will be reviewed at regular intervals to ensure sufficient system performance and data security.
(g) The information technology center will not modify in any respect software or associated data structures provided by the department without the prior written approval from the superintendent of public instruction or his or her designee.
(h) The environment for the computer systems will comply with the manufacturer's standards for installation, power, and maintenance.
(i) The physical security of the information technology center will prevent unauthorized access to the computer systems.
(j) A written data release policy will be implemented and communicated by the information technology center. The policy will describe the process for requesting a release, return, or transfer of data. A release, return, or transfer of data will occur no later than ten business days following the district's request, unless otherwise specified and agreed upon by both the district and the information technology center.
(5) Information technology center personnel
(a) Staffing levels are to be sufficient to meet the service needs of the user as measured by end-user and staff satisfaction. Personnel assignments will ensure that user support needs are met and that all core services are successfully delivered.
(b) All staff will have training and/or experience necessary to perform the duties contained in their job descriptions.
(c) All information technology center staff will be given the appropriate training for the task assigned.
(d) All information technology center staff whose job assignments are related to the support of technology or technology services will engage in an ongoing program of in-service relative to their area of assignment. Staff training will be aligned with the continuous improvement plan of the information technology center and reflect the policies and guidelines established by the local professional development committee (LPDC).
(e) Information technology staff who hold an educator license or certificate issued by the state board of education and who are utilizing the LPDC process in order to renew and maintain licensure will comply with rule 3301-24-08 of the Administrative Code.
Last updated July 24, 2026 at 2:02 PM
History
- Effective: June 7, 2024
- Promulgated Under: 119.03
Ohio Adm.Code 3301-3-04 Information technology center permit validity and revocation.
(A) To retain its site-permit, an information technology center will comply with:
(1) Rule 3301-3-03 of the Administrative Code.
(2) The responsibilities defined in rule 3301-3-06 of the Administrative Code and the performance standards set forth in rule 3301-3-07 of the Administrative Code. The department may conduct a site-review of an information technology center, which information technology center will correct any noted deficiencies within a time period established by the department.
(B) Any site-permit issued by the department under this rule will remain valid until surrendered by the permit holder or suspended or revoked by the department pursuant to the provisions of Chapter 119. of the Revised Code for failure to comply with the rules of this chapter.
Last updated July 24, 2026 at 2:02 PM
History
- Effective: June 7, 2024
- Promulgated Under: 119.03
Ohio Adm.Code 3301-3-05 Responsibilities of the department.
The department will:
(A) Develop, articulate, promote, and work with information technology centers on the implementation of a vision and a plan for an integrated system of information technology and data exchange;
(B) Define and communicate core services and quality implementation standards for those services;
(C) Ensure the deployment of an accountability system for the OECN of quality delivery of core services, including the use of any accountability system components as described in paragraph (B)(1) of rule 3301-3-01 of the Administrative Code;
(D) Oversee a system of site-permit application, issuance, and revocation;
(E) Appoint a committee or committees comprised of the user entity, information technology center, and department representatives to provide advice and guidance regarding the OECN, core services, administration, operational procedures, funding, and future direction;
(F) As authorized by the Ohio general assembly, provide funding to subsidize the delivery of core services by information technology centers to their user entities; and
(G) Provide for a system to enable information technology centers to document user entities receiving core services in order to facilitate the calculation and distribution of subsidy funding and to demonstrate compliance with the paragraph (C) of rule 3301-3-03 of the Administrative Code.
Last updated July 24, 2026 at 2:02 PM
History
- Effective: June 7, 2024
- Promulgated Under: 119.03
Chapter 3301-7 Standards for the Ethical Use of Tests
Ohio Adm.Code 3301-7-01 Standards for the ethical use of tests.
(A) These standards of ethical test practice are used in determining if a practice related to a test is consistent with the principles of performing one's duties with honesty, integrity, due care, fairness to all, ensuring the integrity of the test process, and the reliability and validity of any inference made from any result of a test. Except as otherwise specified, as used in this rule, the following definitions apply:
(1) "Test" includes secure and non-secure state tests as prescribed by sections 3301.0710, 3301.0711, 3301.0712, and 3301.0715 of the Revised Code, and provided by the department. Test also includes district and school standardized tests including norm referenced tests. Test includes the test instrument itself and any part of the process of assessing or testing a student.
(2) "Participating school" means any city, exempted village, local, cooperative education, or joint vocational school district or any community or any chartered nonpublic school that participates in state testing; the state school for the blind; the state school for the deaf; any school operated by the departments of youth services or rehabilitation and corrections; or any entity that tests its students with the state tests.
(3) "Appropriate staff" includes any designated certificated or non-certificated employee of a participating school who has direct access to a test or participates in any activity related to preparing a student for a test. Appropriate will hold a license, certificate, permit, or registration issued by the state board of education in order to administer or score a test and/or interpret or use any result of a test.
(4) "Secure test" includes any test, whether state or national, that is administered to the entire or a portion of the entire state student population and/or that is provided by the state, the results of which are included in Ohio's accountability system, are included as part of a student's course of study, are part of the pre-college admission process, or are prescribed by state and/or federal law. Secure tests are treated as secure materials until released by the test developer and/or the department. They do not include any diagnostic test prescribed to be administered pursuant to section 3301.0715 of the Revised Code, any practice test, or any test that already has been released to the public by the test developer or by the department as a public record following the school year that the test was administered in accordance with section 3301.0711 of the Revised Code.
(5) "State test " means any test that is provided by the department for use in all participating schools in the state including the grades three to eight English language arts, mathematics and science tests, high school end-of-course examinations, Ohio graduation tests, diagnostic tests, alternate assessments, English language proficiency assessment, kindergarten readiness assessment, or early learning assessments.
(B) Each participating school will ensure that all appropriate staff have knowledge of these standards of ethical test practice and will monitor the practices of all appropriate staff to ensure compliance with these standards. Each participating school's duties include, are not limited to, the following:
(1) Communicate in writing to all appropriate staff at least once annually the standards defining what is an unethical and/or inappropriate practice that are contained in paragraphs (C) to (E) of this rule as well as any additional standards of ethical test practice adopted by a participating school;
(2) Clearly define and communicate in writing at least once annually to all appropriate staff how the standards will be monitored and what sanctions will apply for any violations of the standards and under what circumstances such sanctions will apply;
(3) Clearly define and communicate to all appropriate staff prior to each test the purpose(s) for each test;
(4) Clearly define and communicate in writing to all appropriate staff at least once annually all security procedures established by a participating school for each type of secure test identified in paragraph (A)(4) of this rule, including, but not limited to, the test security provisions established in accordance with rule 3301-13-05 of the Administrative Code;
(5) Provide any other information and training as may be necessary to ensure that all appropriate staff have the knowledge and skills necessary to make ethical decisions related to preparing students for a test, administering and/or scoring a test, and/or interpreting and/or using any result of a test;
(6) Establish written procedures for reviewing the materials and practices to be used in a participating school to prepare students for a test, and clearly communicate in writing these procedures, materials, and practices at least once annually to all appropriate staff;
(7) Periodically review materials and practices related to preparing students for a test, administering and/or scoring a test, and/or interpreting and/or using any result of a test to ensure that the materials and practices are up-to-date, and clearly communicate in writing any additions or changes at least once annually to all appropriate staff;
(8) Provide channels of communication that allow teachers, other educators, students, parents, and/or other members of the community to voice any concern about any practice they consider unethical and/or inappropriate; and
(9) Establish written procedures for investigating any complaint, allegation, and/or concern about an unethical and/or inappropriate practice, ensuring protection of the rights of an individual, the integrity of a test, and any result of a test.
(C) In monitoring practices related to preparing students for a test, each participating school will use, but not be limited to, the following standards that define the types of practices that are unethical and/or inappropriate:
(1) Any preparation practice that results solely in raising scores or performance levels on a specific test without simultaneously increasing a student's achievement level as measured by other tasks and/or test designed to assess the same content domain;
(2) Any practice involving the reproduction of any secure test materials, through any medium, for use in preparing a student for a test;
(3) Except for materials that are developed and specifically designated as "practice tests" by the department, any preparation activity that includes a question, task, graph, chart, passage, or other material included in a test, and/or material that is a paraphrase or highly similar in content to what is in a test;
(4) Preparation for a test that focuses primarily on the test, including its format, rather than on the Ohio learning standards being assessed;
(5) Any preparation practice that does not comply with, or has the appearance of not complying with any statutory or regulatory provision related to security of a test; and
(6) Any practice that supports or assists others in conducting unethical or inappropriate preparation activities.
(D) Except as specifically permitted by written instructions provided by the developer of a test, by the department, or by Chapter 3301-13 of the Administrative Code pertaining to accommodations and/or alternate assessment, each participating school will use, but not be limited to, the following standards that define the types of practices related to administering and/or scoring tests that are unethical and/or inappropriate:
(1) Any test used for purposes other than that for which it was intended;
(2) Any practice that results in a potential conflict of interest or one that exerts undue influence on a person administering and/or scoring a test, either making or appearing to make a testing process unfair to some examinees;
(3) Except for accommodations and/or alternate assessments expressly permitted under Chapter 3301-13 of the Administrative Code, any change in procedures for administering and/or scoring a test that results in a nonstandard condition for one or more students;
(4) Any practice that allows a person without sufficient and appropriate knowledge, skills, and/or training to administer and/or score a test;
(5) Any administration and/or scoring practice that may produce a result contaminated by a factor not relevant to the purpose(s) of a test;
(6) Any practice of excluding one or more students from a test solely because a student has not performed well, or might not perform well, on the test and/or because the aggregate performance of a group may be affected;
(7) Any practice immediately preceding and/or during a test including, but not limited to, the use of a gesture, facial expression, body language, tone of voice, language, or any other action and/or sound that may guide a students' response;
(8) Except for the directions for administration as prescribed by the test developer and/or by the department, any practice such as providing to a student, immediately preceding and/or during administration of a test, any definition and/or clarification of the meaning of a word or term contained in a test;
(9) Any practice that corrects or alters any student's response to a test either during and/or following the administration and/or scoring of a test; and
(10) Any practice that supports or assists any person in unethical and/or inappropriate practices during administration and/or scoring of a test.
(E) In monitoring practices related to interpreting and/or using any result of a test, each participating school will use, but not be limited to, the following standards that define the types of practices that are unethical and/or inappropriate:
(1) Providing interpretations of and/or using any result of a test in a manner and/or for a purpose that was not intended;
(2) Making false, misleading, or inappropriate statements and/or unsubstantiated claims that may lead to false and/or misleading conclusions about any result of a test;
(3) Any practice that permits appropriate staff without the necessary knowledge and skills to interpret and/or use any result of a test;
(4) Any practice that violates, or places at risk, the confidentiality of personally identifiable information pursuant to section 3319.321 of the Revised Code;
(5) Any practice that provides an interpretation or suggests a use of any result of a test without due consideration of the purpose(s) for the test, the limitations of the test, an examinee's characteristics, any irregularities in administering and/or scoring the test, and/or other factors that may affect any result; and
(6) Any practice that supports or leads any person to interpret and/or use any result of a test in unethical and/or inappropriate ways.
(F) Each participating school will cooperate with the department in conducting an investigation of any alleged unethical and/or inappropriate assessment practice as defined in this rule.
Last updated May 14, 2024 at 8:37 AM
History
- Effective: May 12, 2024
- Promulgated Under: 119.03
Ohio Adm.Code 3301-13-05
(A) All test questions and all other test materials, are considered secure test materials and subject to the provisions of sections 3319.151 and 3319.99 of the Revised Code and to the provisions of this rule.
(B) The test materials that are specifically designated as "practice tests" and any assessment released by the department as a public record in accordance with section 3301.0711 of the Revised Code and this rule are not considered secure.
(C) Each person designated as a test coordinator for a participating school, in accordance with rule 3301-13-02 of the Administrative Code, is responsible for:
(1) Ensuring that all test security provisions are complied with while test materials remain in a participating school;
(2) Ensuring that all test security provisions are complied with during the administration of each test administration session, including makeup sessions; and
(3) Accounting for all test materials, including booklets by serial number and answer documents.
(D) No person will reveal, cause to be revealed, release, cause to be released, reproduce, or cause to be reproduced any secure test materials through any means or medium including, but not limited to, electronic, photographic, photocopy, written, paraphrase, or oral.
(E) No unauthorized person is permitted to be in a test room during any test administration session or have access to any secure test materials at any time such materials are in a participating school.
(F) Each participating school will establish written procedures to protect the security of the paper test materials that include, but are not limited to, the following:
(1) Specification of district procedures for handling, tracking, and maintaining security of test materials from the time and point of receipt in a participating school until the time and point of shipping to the scoring contractor;
(2) Specification of procedures for handling, tracking, and maintaining security of test materials at a site before, during, and after a test administration, including, but not limited to, procedures for accounting for and storing test booklets, answer documents, and all other test materials in a secure location before, during, after, and between test administration sessions;
(3) Specification of building procedures for handling, tracking, and maintaining security of the test materials from the time and point of receipt in a building prior to testing until after the test administration when the test materials are returned to the district's central collection location;
(4) A provision mandating the shipping and return of all scorable used test booklets, secure answer documents, and any other materials specified by the department to the specified location not later than one business day after the completion of a test administration period in accordance with the directions provided by the designated scoring service provider; and
(5) A provision mandating the shipping and return of all nonscorable used and unused test booklets, unused secure answer documents, and any other materials specified by the department to the specified location not later than seven calendar days after the completion of a test administration period in accordance with the directions provided by the designated scoring service provider.
(G) Each participating school will establish written procedures to protect the security of the online and paper tests that include, but are not limited to, the following:
(1) Identification of each person by name with a designated title as being either a test coordinator, test administrator, monitor, translator, or scribe who is authorized to be present in a test room during a test administration session, including a makeup session, and/or who is authorized to have access to the test materials;
(2) Specification of a procedure for investigating any alleged violation of a test security provision or any alleged unethical testing practice, including ensuring due process for any individual accused;
(3) Specifications of a procedure for determining an action or actions to be taken in response to any confirmed violation of section 3319.151 of the Revised Code, rule 3301-7-01 of the Administrative Code, this rule, or the school's test security procedures, including, but not limited to, cheating by a student, anyone assisting a student to cheat, and/or anyone compromising a student's test;
(4) Specification of a procedure for determining whether to invalidate a student's test in response to a test security violation caused either by a student and/or by any other person; and
(5) Specification of how the written procedures will be communicated in writing and discussed each school year with employees who have access to secure test materials, students enrolled in the participating school who are being tested, and with any other person authorized to be present in a test room and/or have access to any secure test materials.
(H) Each participating school will report any alleged test security violation to the department in accordance with the procedures specified by the department as soon as it becomes known to the participating school.
(1) Upon receipt of information about an alleged test security violation, the department will contact the participating school to request the opening of an investigation. After the initial contact, the department will notify the participating school in writing that a case has been opened for an alleged test security violation.
(2) Within ten calendar days after the completion of the participating school's investigation, the participating school will file a written report with the department containing the following:
(a) The names, positions, and titles of all persons believed to be involved in the incident;
(b) A detailed description of the incident;
(c) The interviews or testimony obtained during the investigation;
(d) A statement of evidence or a statement of lack of evidence that a test security violation occurred;
(e) The results of the investigation, including the grounds for determining the occurrence of a test security violation or lack thereof; and
(f) An explanation of any corrective or disciplinary action taken, including actions taken under authority of section 3319.151 of the Revised Code.
(3) Each participating school will ensure the cooperation of all of its employees in any investigation that is conducted by the department pursuant to any allegation or other indication that a test security violation may have occurred.
(I) By the first of October of each school year, each participating school will communicate in writing to and discuss with all employees who have access to the secure test materials and students who are being tested the applicable written security procedures and the actions to be taken in response to any violations established pursuant to this rule. In the event that a participating school administers a state test during a fall test administration period that occurs prior to the first of October, prior to the beginning of the applicable test administration period each school year, the participating school will communicate in writing to and discuss with all employees who have access to the secure test materials and students who are being tested the applicable written security procedures and the actions to be taken in response to any violations established pursuant to this rule. Students and staff will be reminded orally of these provisions prior to the beginning of each test administration period by a test coordinator and test administrator.
(J) Each joint vocational school district that has executed an agreement with a participating school to administer any test pursuant to rule 3301-13-02 of the Administrative Code will comply with all provisions of this rule.
(K) The provisions of this rule do not apply to commercial tests, as defined in rule 3301-13-01 of the Administrative Code. Districts and schools using commercial tests for state or local purposes are directed to follow the rules and procedures established by the commercial test provider.
Last updated May 14, 2024 at 8:39 AM
History
- Effective: May 12, 2024
- Promulgated Under: 119.03
Chapter 3301-8 Payment of Debt Service Charges
Ohio Adm.Code 3301-8-01 Payment of debt charges under the state credit enhancement program.
(A) As used in this rule, the terms "debt charges" and "securities" have the same meanings as in section 133.01 of the Revised Code, and "state education aid " has the same meaning as is in section 5727.84 of the Revised Code.
(B) The board of education of any school district seeking approval from the department of education and workforce and the office of budget and management for participation in the payment of debt charges under the state credit enhancement program is to submit to the department of education and workforce and the office of budget and management a copy of a school district board-approved resolution requesting participation in the program and certifying the district debt obligations are in compliance and within statutory debt limitations established for the school district. In addition to the resolution, the district will submit an application certified by the treasurer attesting to the accuracy and completeness of the following information:
(1) The current credit rating or ratings for the school district, the latest rating report or surveillance rating report from the rating agency or agencies, and an indication if the school district has made, or expects to make, an application for a credit rating with one or more nationally recognized credit rating organizations with respect to the securities proposed to be issued in connection with the state credit enhancement program outlined under section 3317.18 of the Revised Code;
(2) The following debt schedules in the format specified by the office of budget and management, including a description of the debt (series name); payment details by payment date of principal, interest, and total payment; and annual totals by fiscal year for:
(a) Current outstanding obligations, as identified in division (B)(2)(a) of section 3317.18 of the Revised Code, to which state education aid from Chapter 3317. of the Revised Code is pledged, including but not limited to prior issuances under the state credit enhancement program, obligations purchased and held by the treasurer of state under division (G)(1) of section 135.143 of the Revised Code, and solvency assistance advances;
(b) The securities proposed to participate in the state credit enhancement program as outlined under section 3317.18 of the Revised Code;
(c) An aggregated debt schedule combining all outstanding and proposed obligations detailed in paragraph (B)(2) of this rule such that the debt schedules of paragraph (B)(2)(a) plus the debt schedules of paragraph (B)(2)(b) of this rule equal the aggregated debt schedule.
(3) Any schedule of findings from the latest school district financial audit reviewed and approved by the auditor of state and the district's official response to the findings, including any corrective action plan when available;
(4) The latest school district appropriation budget pursuant to section 5705.38 of the Revised Code documenting appropriations to support the operational needs of the district;
(5) The latest school district five-year forecast, including both projections and assumptions, submitted through EMIS (education management information system) or in such other format as specified by the department of education and workforce within thirty days prior to submission of the state credit enhancement program application. If the latest submission is older than thirty days, it may be submitted provided the treasurer certifies it still accurately represents the current financial status of the district;
(6) If the school district is designated as a fiscal oversight district in accordance with Chapter 3316. of the Revised Code when the application for participation in the state credit enhancement program is submitted or at any time prior to the sale and issuance of the securities proposed for participation in this program, the district treasurer is to certify a statement to accompany the five-year forecast detailing the district's current and proposed efforts to restore financial solvency and how participation in the program may assist in restoring fiscal solvency. The statement will include disclosure of any loans obtained from the state for solvency assistance and the unpaid balance of these loans at the time of application for participation in the program as detailed in the debt schedules provided in accordance with paragraph (B)(2) of this rule;
(7) A statement as to how participation in the state credit enhancement program will enhance the marketability of the securities;
(8) A statement of the current and projected state education aid due to the school district per the most recent "Foundation Payment Report - Statement of Settlement," or any subsequent replacement report, provided by the department of education and workforce and located on its website (education.ohio.gov). For purposes of the calculation of the ratios described in paragraphs (B)(9) and (B)(10) of this rule, the bottom line on this report described as "Total Payment" is considered to be the amount of state education aid to be distributed to the school district;
(9) Documentation in the format specified by the office of budget and management showing the district's calculation of the ratio of the projected amount of state education aid to be distributed to the school district for the current fiscal year to the maximum annual debt charges for debt participating in the state credit enhancement program, including the proposed securities due in the current or any future fiscal year as documented in the aggregated debt schedule set forth in paragraph (B)(2)(c) of this rule, and the identification of the year in which the maximum annual debt charges occur;
(10) Documentation in the format specified by the office of budget and management showing the district's calculation of the ratio of the projected amount of state education aid remaining to be distributed to the school district for the current fiscal year to the debt charges remaining to be paid in the fiscal year for debt participating in the state credit enhancement program, including the proposed securities as documented in the aggregated debt schedule set forth in paragraph (B)(2)(c) of this rule;
(11) A statement regarding the purpose of the securities to be issued in connection with the state credit enhancement program outlined under section 3317.18 of the Revised Code (if the issue is for refunding purposes, explain what previous securities are being refunded and whether they were issued under the state credit enhancement program);
(12) A statement indicating the estimated net savings afforded to the school district through participation in the state credit enhancement program;
(13) Contact information for the school district's underwriter and/or municipal advisor, bond counsel, and primary paying agent or fiscal agent if available;
(14) A financing schedule of significant events detailing the estimated time frame for the issuance and sale of securities. Approval of the request for participation in the state credit enhancement program is valid only during the estimated time frame for the issuance and sale of bonds, which may be extended, but not to exceed twelve months from the original approval date;
(15) Bonds supported by an income tax under division (E) of section 3318.052 of the Revised Code need to include the following documents that can be obtained from the department of taxation:
(a) Certification letter providing tax rate, equivalent millage, and, if necessary, effective millage reduction estimates;
(b) Certification of the first year's collections pursuant to section 5748.05 of the Revised Code; and
(c) The report of income tax returns by level of income for the most recent tax year available.
(16) Any supplemental information the department of education and workforce or the office of budget and management requests to evaluate the securities for participation in the state credit enhancement program outlined in section 3317.18 of the Revised Code.
(C) Approval of the request for participation in the state credit enhancement program under division (B) of section 3317.18 of the Revised Code will only be granted if the projected amount to be distributed to the school district from state education aid for the current fiscal year exceeds the maximum annual debt charges due in the current or any future fiscal year by a ratio of 2.5 to one and at any time during the current or any fiscal year, the projected amount of state education aid remaining to be distributed in the fiscal year exceeds the debt charges remaining to be paid in that fiscal year by a ratio of 1.25 to one. For purposes of these calculations, debt charges include outstanding and proposed debt under this program plus any other outstanding obligations of the school district to which state education aid has been pledged as the senior lien security.
(D) Any school district with outstanding obligations approved under these provisions cannot pledge state education aid due to the school district as senior lien security for any debt unless the projected state education aid to be distributed to the school district in the current fiscal year exceeds the maximum annual debt charges due in the current or any future year on all outstanding and proposed obligations to which state aid is pledged as the senior lien security by a ratio of 2.5 to one. However, if after the district has been approved for credit enhancement, the auditor of state certifies a deficit and the district receives a solvency assistance advance under Chapter 3316. of the Revised Code, calculation of the ratio for this provision will not include the solvency assistance advance.
(E) If the department of education and workforce approves the request of a school district to withhold and deposit funds pursuant to section 3317.18 of the Revised Code and this rule, the school district is to identify a primary paying agent or fiscal agent who is not an officer or employee of the school district. The department of education and workforce will then enter into a written agreement with the school district and the primary paying agent or fiscal agent for the withholding of funds pursuant to section 3317.18 of the Revised Code and this rule for the payment of debt charges on those securities. This agreement needs to include the following:
(1) A provision that states at least fifteen business days prior to the date on which debt charges on program securities are due, the school district will certify to the department of education and workforce and the primary paying agent or fiscal agent the amount of any insufficiency in the amount of funds needed to pay in full the debt charges when due;
(2) A provision that states at least ten business days prior to the date on which debt charges are due, the school district will make a deposit with the paying agent or fiscal agent in an amount sufficient to pay in full all debt charges;
(3) A provision that states at least ten business days prior to the date on which debt charges are due, the primary paying agent or fiscal agent will notify the department of education and workforce of any insufficiency in the amount of funds on deposit from the school district from which debt charges are to be paid. Notification under this paragraph will be provided verbally and in writing to the telephone number(s) and email address(es) identified in the bond registrar agreement, respectively. The email communication is to include a copy of the delinquent payment invoice(s) and the fully executed bond registrar agreement documenting authority to intercept. In the event the primary paying agent or fiscal agent is unable to receive confirmation from a department of education and workforce representative that it is aware of the insufficiency in the amount of funds on deposit, the paying agent or fiscal agent will contact the district treasurer and the district's bond counsel for further assistance. The agent will provide the department of education and workforce a valid state of Ohio ID and affirm that all EFT banking information is up to date to enable the transfer of funds in accordance with the timeline established in the agreement;
(4) An attachment which documents the finalized debt schedule for the securities to be issued in connection with the state credit enhancement program outlined in section 3317.18 of the Revised Code in the format described in paragraph (B)(2) of this rule;
(5) An attachment which documents the final ratio calculations as set forth in paragraphs (B)(9) and (B)(10) of this rule demonstrating compliance with the provisions of paragraphs (C) and (D) of this rule. The attachment also needs to include the most recent "Foundation Payment Report - Statement of Settlement" used to complete the ratio calculations on the date of sale as set forth in paragraph (B)(8) of this rule;
(6) An attachment which documents the primary paying agent or fiscal agent has established a business relationship with Ohio shared services, or any subsequent designee of the office of budget and management, to provide the state of Ohio all current electronic funds transfer ("EFT") banking information necessary to ensure transfer of funds to the agent within the specified time frames of the agreement. The document has to certify the current ID issued by the state of Ohio and that the agent agrees to maintain the ID and EFT banking information throughout the life of the agreement. The agent will designate the EFT account established as the primary format for receipt of payments from the state of Ohio to enable the department of education and workforce to comply with the specified time frames of the agreement; and
(7) A provision that states a copy of the fully executed written agreement will be provided to the department of education and workforce and the office of budget and management within five business days of the issuance closing date.
(F) Upon receipt of a notification of insufficiency, the department of education and workforce will immediately determine whether the school district is able to make the payment to cover the insufficiency by the third business day prior to the payment date. If the department of education and workforce confirms or determines that the school district will be unable to make such payment by the third business day prior to the payment date, the department of education and workforce will deposit, provided a valid state of Ohio ID with current EFT banking information has been provided, with the primary paying agent or fiscal agent by two p.m. (Ohio time) at least one business day prior to the payment date, in immediately available funds, the amount of the deficiency (not exceeding the amount of state education aid due to the school district for the remainder of the state fiscal year). Payments made under this provision are to be made before any reduction in state education aid is made for reimbursement of a solvency assistance advance under Chapter 3316. of the Revised Code.
(G) If a transfer of state education aid is necessary by paragraph (F) of this rule, the school district in conjunction with the department of education and workforce will evaluate its inability to pay the debt charges and will develop and implement corrective actions to ensure full and timely payment by the school district of future debt charges. This plan for corrective action is to be presented by way of letter to the department of education and workforce.
(H) The agreements between school districts and the department of education and workforce under this rule are irrevocable as long as any of the respective school district's program securities participating in the state credit enhancement program outlined in section 3317.18 of the Revised Code are outstanding.
(I) Any credit rating agency which has a current rating of this program will be notified of future material changes to this rule.
Last updated August 14, 2026 at 10:10 AM
History
- Effective: January 10, 2025
- Promulgated Under: 119.03
Chapter 3301-10 School Enrollment for Domestic Violence Victims
Ohio Adm.Code 3301-10-01 School enrollment for victims of domestic violence.
(A) Tuition
A child who is with his/her parent, as parent is defined in section 3313.64 of the Revised Code and who is under the care of a shelter for victims of domestic violence, as defined in section 3113.33 of the Revised Code, is entitled to attend school free in the district in which the child is with his/her parent and no other school district is obligated to pay tuition for the child's attendance in that school district.
(B) Enrollment and placement
(1) The enrollment of a child in a school district under this rule cannot be denied due to a delay in the school district's receipt of any records under section 3313.672 of the Revised Code or any other records necessary for enrollment.
(2) The enrollment of the child will take place immediately upon his or her request to be admitted into school. At the time of entry, the parent under the care of a shelter for victims of domestic violence will notify the receiving school of that fact, except as provided in section 111.43 of the Revised Code. Upon being so informed, the school will inform the elementary or secondary school from which it requests the pupil's records of that fact. The notified school is unauthorized to release to any person, or permit any person to have access to, any information about the location of the elementary or secondary school to which this child has transferred.
(3) In the absence of sufficient records, temporary placement will be made from information gathered from the child, parent or personal contact with the previous school, at the time of enrollment.
(4) Upon the receipt of sufficient records, appropriate placement will be determined by the receiving school. Disclosure by the secretary of state that a program participant under section 111.43 of the Revised Code resides in that school district is sufficient for the purpose of establishing residency as part of enrollment.
(5) The receiving school cannot use previous records of attendance in determining academic grade determination or nonparticipation in extracurricular activities.
(6) Within twenty-four hours of the child's entry into the school, a school official will request the pupil's official records from the elementary or secondary school he most recently attended in accordance with section 3313.672 of the Revised Code.
(C) Credits, grades, and attendance
(1) Receiving schools will accept attendance days, grade placement, and credits reported by the school the child most recently attended pursuant to rule 3301-35-04 of the Administrative Code.
(2) Any attendance, grades, and credits earned by a child enrolled in a school pursuant to this rule will be transferred to and accepted by any school in which the child subsequently enrolls.
Last updated June 7, 2024 at 7:49 AM
History
- Effective: June 7, 2024
- Promulgated Under: 119.03
Ohio Adm.Code 3301-35-04
(A) To ensure that student and other stakeholder needs are understood and addressed, the school district or chartered nonpublic school will:
(1) Establish and communicate clear, high expectations for academic performance, attendance and conduct for all students;
(2) Diagnose and assess the needs of students and other stakeholders and use assessment results and, as applicable, state performance data and relevant local measures to make informed decisions about curriculum, instruction, assessment, and goals;
(3) Monitor and analyze its state performance data and relevant local measures, as applicable, educational offerings, facilities, services and instructional materials to determine their effectiveness in helping students meet performance objectives;
(4) Continually improve programs and policies to better meet student needs by:
(a) Considering input from stakeholders;
(b) Monitoring and considering the changing needs and expectations of stakeholders;
(c) Regularly conducting stakeholder satisfaction evaluations using objective, reliable methods; and
(d) Using collaborative teams to analyze and use data to assess improvement and identify implementation issues and academic successes and gaps.
(5) Communicate information about student attendance, conduct, academic performance and progress to parents on a regular basis.
(B) The school district or chartered nonpublic school shall implement a curriculum and instructional program that is characterized by systematic planning, articulation, and evaluation. The school district's or chartered nonpublic school's curriculum shall be developed with input from and dialogue with parents, community members, and other stakeholders.
(1) In addition to those subjects required by the Revised Code, school districts and chartered nonpublic schools also shall provide for study of the following:
(a) Personal safety and assault prevention in grades kindergarten through six;
(b) Foreign language;
(c) Technology;
(d) Family and consumer sciences; and
(e) Business education.
(2) Courses of study define the key components of a school district's or chartered nonpublic school's curriculum and instruction.
(a) A course of study will be adopted for each subject taught and do the following:
(i) Comply with the provisions of section 3313.60 of the Revised Code;
(ii) Align with the school district's or chartered nonpublic school's vision, mission, philosophy, educational goals, and strategic plan;
(iii) Specify learning and performance expectations;
(iv) Establish a scope and sequence of knowledge and skills to be learned;
(v) Provide a way to assess student progress and the need for intervention;
(vi) Address the various developmental needs of early childhood, middle childhood, and adolescent through young adult students;
(vii) Use technological tools and emphasize inter-disciplinary, real-world, project-based, and technology-oriented learning experiences;
(viii) Be developed with consideration of the academic standards adopted in accordance with section 3301.079 of the Revised Code and published on the website of the department of education and workforce;
(ix) For career and technical courses, be informed by career and technical core standards and performance measures.
(b) Courses of study are to be reviewed and updated as needed.
(c) School districts and chartered nonpublic schools will provide for an assessment system that aligns with their courses of study and includes:
(i) Regular assessment of student performance;
(ii) A policy governing the provision of academic prevention/intervention services for all grades and all schools through the school district;
(iii) Guidelines for using assessment results and, as applicable, state performance data and relevant local measures, for instruction, evaluation, intervention, guidance, and grade-promotion decisions;
(iv) As applicable, written policies and procedures regarding the participation of students with disabilities and English learners;
(v) Ongoing professional staff development that teaches accepted standards of practice in the selection, administration, interpretation, and use of assessments;
(vi) Multiple and appropriate assessments that shall be used to measure student progress;
(vii) Assessment practices that, when used to qualify students for graduation, promotion or special programs or services, conform to current professional standards for validity and reliability; and
(viii) Sharing information with parents, students, and the community regarding assessment purposes and results.
(C) Every student in a school district or chartered nonpublic school is entitled to opportunities to acquire the knowledge and skills necessary to meet local course of study objectives.
(D) School districts and, where applicable, chartered nonpublic schools will provide students with the opportunity to acquire knowledge and skills and earn credits toward graduation through a variety of methods including, but not be limited to, the following:
(1) Advanced standing programs under section 3313.6013 of the Revised Code; and
(2) Credit flexibility.
(E) The school district's or chartered nonpublic school's policy for awarding credit for completion of courses or options under paragraph (D) of this rule:
(1) Will specify that a fractional unit of credit be awarded on a proportionate basis for a course that meets less than the minimum one hundred twenty hours required for one credit unit;
(2) May permit more than one unit of credit to be awarded on proportionate basis for a course that meets more than one hundred twenty hours;
(3) May permit students below the ninth grade to take advanced work for credit; and
(4) Will specify that units earned through integrated coursework are eligible to meet the graduation requirements.
(F) Student achievement will be monitored according to established procedures to include the following:
(1) Student progress reports provided to parents on a regular basis, with timely notification of problems with student achievement, conduct or attendance. Conferences between teachers and parents may be one method of providing this information;
(2) Student cumulative records maintained, and student records safeguarded according to the Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act (January 2013), 20 USC section 1232g;
(3) Criteria for decisions on student promotion and retention;
(4) Student admission, placement, and withdrawal shall be processed according to established procedures, including policies for:
(a) The admission of students to kindergarten and grade one; and
(b) Accepting grade placement and units of credit for students transferring from any school in the state of Ohio and from any out-of-state school approved by a state department of education or the equivalent for schools attended in another country.
(5) Diplomas being issued to students who complete graduation requirements.
(G) School districts' and chartered nonpublic schools' policies and procedures regarding student health and safety are to be designed to ensure the safety and wellness of all students and are to comply with applicable local, Ohio, and federal laws for health, fire drills, and safety.
Last updated February 16, 2024 at 8:07 AM
History
- Effective: February 16, 2024
- Promulgated Under: 119.03
Chapter 3301-11 Educational Choice Scholarship Program
Ohio Adm.Code 3301-11-01 Definitions.
In addition to the terms defined in section 3310.01 of the Revised Code, the following terms are defined as they are used in the rules in this chapter:
(A) "Applicant" is any parent, or any student who is at least eighteen years of age, who is seeking an educational choice scholarship for an eligible student;
(B) "Department" means Ohio department of education.
(C) "Designated building" is a school building on the list published on the department's website (education.ohio.gov) in accordance with requirements specified in division (A) of section 3310.03 of the Revised Code .
(D) "Enrolled" has the same meaning as in division (E) of section 3317.03 of the Revised Code;
(E) "Excused absence" is an absence from school approved by the administrator of a chartered nonpublic school on the basis of one or more of the conditions listed in paragraph (B)(2) of rule 3301-69-02 of the Administrative Code;
(F) "Family income" is the income of the applicant and his or her household and means the total before tax earnings of adult family members who are not claimed as dependents for federal income tax purposes, including wages, salary, commissions, tips, self-employment net profits, social security, retirement survivor disability insurance (RSDI), veteran's benefits, railroad retirement, disability workers compensation, unemployment benefits, child support, alimony, spousal support, pensions, retirement benefits, rental income, and lottery/gaming winnings. Income excludes public assistance programs, foster care or kinship payments, general relief, loans, grants and scholarships for educational expenses and earned income of a child who is a student or adjusted gross income as defined by the internal revenue service;
(G) "Household" means the eligible student and the legal guardian of the eligible student, the spouse of the legal guardian or birth parent of any child under the age of eighteen, and children under the age of eighteen specified in section 3310.033 of the Revised Code, and children of the parent or legal guardian of the eligible student who are fulltime students aged twenty-two or less, disabled or blind adults or children related to the parent or legal guardian of the eligible student and relatives who are age sixty-five and who are claimed as a dependent for federal income tax purposes.
(H) "Financial aid" is a program (not administered by the state of Ohio) the purpose of which is to provide financial assistance to students attending nonpublic schools;
(I) "Parent" has the same meaning as in section 3313.98 of the Revised Code; and
(J) "Scholarship recipient" is a student who has been awarded, has accepted and has received an educational choice scholarship.
(K) "Tuition discounts" means those discounts offered by the private school provider such as a discount for multiple students, a parishioner, etc.
(L) "Attendance zone" means the geographical area, set by the public school district, to determine the particular school a student would attend in their district of residence.
Last updated June 16, 2023 at 8:58 AM
History
- Effective: June 15, 2023
- Promulgated Under: 119.03
Ohio Adm.Code 3301-69-02
(A) Regulations governing excuses from future school attendance:
(1) Pursuant to division (B) of section 3321.04 of the Revised Code, the superintendent of the local school district may excuse a child over fourteen years of age from attendance for a future limited period for the purpose of performing necessary work directly and exclusively for the child's parents or legal guardians or custodians.
(2) Acceptable reasons for an excuse from future attendance may include the following:
(a) The existence of an emergency condition at home such as absence, illness or death of the parent, legal guardian, or custodian of the child;
(b) Farm work of the parent, legal guardian, or custodian during a time of the year in which the amount of farm work to be performed may be regarded as properly exceptional; or
(c) Inability of the parent, legal guardian, or custodian to employ help in the family business. The determination of inability shall be made by the superintendent.
(3) Except for cases in which an excuse has already been approved by the superintendent, a child may not be granted the excuse described in paragraph (A)(1) of this rule if the child has not been in regular attendance at school during the current school year.
(4) Except for emergency situations in which there is insufficient time for a child to apply for an excuse from future attendance from school and for such a permit to be granted, no permit shall be issued for the excuse of a child from future attendance at school until proof is established to the satisfaction of the superintendent of the need for such absence. In cases of emergency, the parent, legal guardian, or custodian, as defined in section 2151.011 of the Revised Code, shall seek a permit as soon as possible.
(5) The excuse shall be limited to a period not to exceed thirty school hours and can be renewed for thirty additional hours. At no time, however, shall such excuses permit a child to be absent from school for a period of more than sixty consecutive hours. Renewals shall be granted at the discretion of the superintendent.
(6) Notwithstanding paragraph (A)(1) of this rule, no child shall be excused for any period of time when such absence would materially endanger the child's educational welfare or scholastic advancement. Such determination shall be made by the superintendent.
(7) The written request for the absence of a child for a future limited period of time and the reasons for such absence, as stated by the parent, legal guardian or custodian over their signature, shall be filed by the parent, legal guardian or custodian with the superintendent in the district from which the child is seeking to obtain an excuse from school. Requests for absence may be filed with the superintendent by the principal or teacher of the school or schools under the administration of such superintendent when requested by the parent, legal guardian or custodian. A copy of the excuse shall be sent to the person in charge of the child.
(8) The absence from school shall apply to only those hours specified by the superintendent. Such absence can begin only after the permit is granted in writing by the superintendent except in emergency situations in which there is insufficient time for a child to apply for an excuse from future attendance from school and for such a permit to be granted. In cases of emergency, the parent, legal guardian, or custodian shall seek a permit as quickly as possible.
(9) Notwithstanding paragraphs (A)(5) and (A)(6) of this rule, at the discretion of the superintendent, a child may be excused for a longer period of time than sixty school hours if a child's parent, legal guardian, or custodian has recently died or become totally or partially incapacitated and there is no older sibling living in the home who is out of school. In such cases, the superintendent may request a certificate of a physician attesting to the physical condition of the parent, legal guardian, or custodian.
(B) In this paragraph are additional conditions governing the issuance of excuses for absence from school:
For purposes of this paragraph, "approving authority" includes the person or office designated by the principal, superintendent, or local policy that in a given school reviews student absenteeism on a day-to-day basis and either approves or denies a child's reason for being absent from school.
(1) The parent, legal guardian, or custodian must provide an explanation for the absence, which shall be recorded by the approving authority of the school and shall include the date and time of the absence according to local policy. Emancipated youth and married children under the age of eighteen may provide the explanation for their absence from school to the approving authority;
(2) An excuse for absence from school may be approved on the basis of one or more of the following conditions:
(a) Illness of the child. The approving authority may require the written statement of a physician/mental health professional if it is deemed appropriate;
(b) Illness in the family necessitating the presence of the child. The approving authority may require the written statement of a physician and an explanation as to why the child's absence was necessary, if it is deemed appropriate;
(c) Quarantine in the home. The absence of a child from school under this condition is limited to the length of quarantine as determined by the proper health officials;
(d) Death of a relative. The absence arising from this condition is limited to a period of eighteen school hours unless a reasonable cause may be shown by the applicant child for a longer absence;
(e) Medical, behavioral or dental appointment. The approving authority may require the written statement of a physician, mental health professional, or dentist if it is deemed appropriate;
(f) Observance of religious holidays. A child shall be excused if the child's absence is pursuant to section 3320.04 of the Revised Code;
(g) Post-secondary visitation. The approving authority may require verification of the date and time of the visitation by the post-secondary institution. The approving authority may mark a student as "present" if the local school board of education has adopted a policy that reasonably accommodates such visitations and does not exceed three days each school year;
(h) Pre-enlistment reporting to military enlistment processing station. The approving authority may require verification of the date and time of the reporting. The approving authority may also mark a student as "present" if the absence is used to help fulfill graduation requirements;
(i) Absences due to a child's placement in foster care or change in foster care placement or any court proceedings related to the child's foster care status;
(j) Absences due to a child being homeless;
(k) Children of military families. Absences due to deployment activities of a parent, legal guardian, or custodian consistent with section 3301.60 of the Revised Code;
(l) Emergency or other set of circumstances in which the judgment of the superintendent of schools constitutes a good and sufficient cause for absence from school; or
(m) Any additional reason stated in a policy adopted by the local school board of education.
Last updated March 24, 2025 at 7:59 AM
History
- Effective: March 23, 2025
- Promulgated Under: 119.03
Ohio Adm.Code 3301-11-03 List of designated buildings used in eligibility determination; assignment areas.
(A) No later than November fifteenth of each year, the department shall publish a list of school buildings that fulfill any of the criteria described in division (A), (B), or (C), of section 3310.03 of the Revised Code specifying any school building that is not accepting students during the school year following the school year in which the list is issued. The department shall remove from the list any school building that has ceased operations or fulfills the criteria described in division (E) of section 3301.03 of the Revised Code.
(B) Not later than January first of each year, the superintendent of each school district within which each of the school buildings listed pursuant to paragraph (A) of this rule is located, or the superintendent's designee, shall specify one of the following for each school building:
(1) That the attendance zone of the school building for the current school year is the entire school district;
(2) That the school building has no attendance zone; or
(3) A detailed description of the attendance zone of the building including the street names and address number ranges of residences from which students living at such residences would be assigned to attend the building.
In the case of a building with no attendance zone, the superintendent shall provide any district assignment policies or procedures that would lead to students being assigned to the building.
The superintendent, or the superintendent's designee, shall also indicate whether any attendance zone changes have been adopted that will impact the attendance zone of those schools listed pursuant to paragraph (A) of this rule during the current school year or in the year following the current school year.
(C) The department may determine a student as eligible if a district superintendent or their designee fails to provide the required attendance zone information by the established deadline.
Last updated June 16, 2023 at 8:58 AM
History
- Effective: June 15, 2023
- Promulgated Under: 119.03
Ohio Adm.Code 3301-11-04 Eligibility for program participation.
The department shall not award a scholarship under section 3310.02 or 3310.032 of the Revised Code until first determining eligibility for available scholarship programs in the following order:
(A) The pilot project scholarship program established in section 3313.975 of the Revised Code;
(B) The educational choice scholarship program established in section 3310.02 of the Revised Code; and
(C) The expansion of educational choice scholarship program established in section 3310.032 of the Revised Code.
Last updated June 16, 2023 at 8:58 AM
History
- Effective: June 15, 2023
- Promulgated Under: 119.03
Ohio Adm.Code 3301-11-05 Application for program participation.
(A) Not later than thirty days prior to the beginning of the application period, the department will publish all application materials and guidance for the upcoming fiscal year and provide training to all approved providers regarding updates and changes to the program prior to the opening of the application period.
(B) An applicant seeking a scholarship for a student who is not a scholarship participant in the year in which the application is being submitted shall submit an application to the department in the manner established and posted by the department on its website (www.education.ohio.gov) and provide the information specified by the department that is necessary to determine eligibility and award scholarships. Such information may include, the following:
(1) Information and documentation required by the department necessary to identify the student, including , the student's first name, middle initial, last name, and date of birth;
(2) Information and documentation required to identify and contact the student's parents or guardians;
(3) Information and documentation required to determine program eligibility including, but not limited to the student's residential address, district of residence, school in which the student is enrolled, the school to which a community school student would have been assigned at the time of application, or to which a kindergartener would be assigned in the school year for which the scholarship is being sought, and grade level;
(4) Information and documentation related to the chartered nonpublic school in which the student has been accepted for enrollment;
(5) Information and documentation related to the determination of the correct scholarship amount, including, but not limited to the names of other students in the same household attending or planning to attend the same chartered nonpublic school; or
(6) An indication, if applicable, that the student's family income is at or below two hundred percent of the federal poverty guidelines, as defined in section 5101.46 of the Revised Code;
(C) A scholarship recipient seeking to continue to receive a scholarship in the year subsequent to a year in which a scholarship was received may be required to submit an application to the department in the manner established by the department and provide the information and documentation that the department has determined necessary for the effective implementation of the program. Such information may include those items specified in paragraph (B) of this rule. Scholarships for students for whom eligibility has not been terminated pursuant to rule 3301-11-09 of the Administrative Code may be renewed until the student has completed grade twelve.
(D) If any scholarship application includes an indication that the student's family income is at or below two hundred per cent of the federal poverty guidelines, the applicant shall also be required to provide such documentation as specified by the department to verify the income of any and all members of the student's household. Such documentation shall be specified by the department and may include, but not be limited to, copies of federal tax return or transcript, W-2 forms, letters of employment separation or termination, and the final paystub, and statements of unemployment benefits, workers compensation benefits, child support benefits, pension or retirement benefits received. Additionally, the applicant may voluntarily provide identification information, including the social security numbers of the members of the student's household, to facilitate procedures for the verification of income. The application process and forms shall clearly indicate that the provision of social security numbers is strictly optional to the applicant, and that procedures are in place to ensure the confidentiality of the information.
(E) In submitting an application for a scholarship, the applicant shall agree to the following:
(1) That the information provided on the application is true and correct;
(2) For students with family income above two hundred percent of the federal poverty guidelines, that if a scholarship is received, and the scholarship amount is less than the tuition of the chartered nonpublic school, payment of the difference is the responsibility of the applicant, and the applicant may have the opportunity to provide services in-kind in accordance with division (B) of section 3310.13 of the Revised Code;
(3) That the chartered nonpublic school and the department will be informed of changes in family income that would impact whether or not the student is at or below two hundred percent of the federal poverty guidelines annually with submission of the application;
(4) That the chartered nonpublic school and the department will be informed within two weeks of any change in the student's residential address;
(5) That the student will not be eligible to receive scholarships in subsequent years if a student who qualifies for scholarship under division (A) of section 3310.03 of the Revised Code moves outside the current district of residence unless the student transfers to a new resident district and otherwise would be assigned to a designated building in the new resident district; fails to take each state test prescribed for the student's grade level under section 3301.0710 or 3301.0712 of the Revised Code; or is absent from school for more than twenty days, not including documented excused absences;
(6) That only one application per chartered nonpublic school per scholarship program for the student has been submitted;
(7) That the applicant has received and understands the policy handbook of the chartered nonpublic school and will abide by its provisions;
(8) That the applicant agrees to abide by the dispute resolution process outlined in rule 3301-11-14 of the Administrative Code;
(9) That the scholarship amount will only be applied to the tuition of the enrolling school and that the parent or guardian may be required to pay other fees and costs as prescribed by the policies of the school;
(10) That the applicant will apply for any and all financial aid or tuition discounts and adjustments made regularly available to the students attending the chartered nonpublic school in which the student is accepted for enrollment;
(11) That the applicant understands that any optional information as specified in paragraph (D) of this rule provided by the applicant is being provided voluntarily; and
(12) Any other representations prescribed by the department determined to be necessary to ensure the effective implementation of the program and compliance with Chapter 3310. of the Revised Code.
(F) Application for program participation shall be made on forms or through electronic means as prescribed by the department. Applicants may designate, in writing, another entity to submit the application on behalf of the applicant. Such designation may be made only to entities approved pursuant to rule 3301-11-12 of the Administrative Code.
Last updated June 16, 2023 at 8:59 AM
History
- Effective: June 15, 2023
- Promulgated Under: 119.03
Ohio Adm.Code 3301-11-09
(A) Eligibility to continue to receive a scholarship in the school year in which it is being received shall be terminated if any of the following occur:
(1) It is determined that the application made for the program contained false information that, had it been correct, would have caused the scholarship recipient to be ineligible for the program; or
(2) The scholarship recipient is withdrawn from, or is expelled from, the chartered nonpublic school in which the student is enrolled, and fails within thirty calendar days to enroll in another school listed pursuant to rule 3301-11-11 of the Administrative Code.
(B) Eligibility to receive scholarships in subsequent school years and submit an application for continuing eligibility pursuant to paragraph (B) of rule 3301-11-05 of the Administrative Code shall cease if the scholarship recipient fails to comply with the provisions of paragraphs (C)(1) to (C)(3) of rule 3301-11-04 of the Administrative Code.
(C) Eligibility to receive scholarships in subsequent school years shall not be terminated because a student failed to take a state test prescribed for the student's grade level if a determination is made by the department that the chartered nonpublic school in which the student was enrolled failed to meet its obligation to administer the test.
(D) The applicant and the chartered nonpublic school in which the student is enrolled shall be notified by mail of termination of eligibility. Such notification shall include the effective date of the termination.
Last updated May 23, 2023 at 11:13 AM
History
- Effective: February 24, 2006
- Promulgated Under: 119.03
Ohio Adm.Code 3301-11-14
If, at any time, a dispute arises regarding the eligibility of a student to participate in the scholarship program or any other aspect of the operation of the program, the department shall be the final authority in the resolution of the dispute.
(A) A complaint shall be sent, in writing, by the aggrieved party to the department. Attached to the complaint shall be any documentation supporting the position of the aggrieved party.
(B) The department shall acknowledge receipt of the complaint within three business days, review the documents and make a determination of eligibility within forty-five days of receiving the complaint.
(C) Should the aggrieved party disagree with the determination, they may request a meeting with the department's designee to review the determination. The requested meeting will take place within fourteen days of the receipt of the request.
(D) Final determinations will be made and communicated to the school within fourteen days of the review meeting.
Last updated June 16, 2023 at 9:00 AM
History
- Effective: June 15, 2023
- Promulgated Under: 119.03
Ohio Adm.Code 3301-11-12
Chartered nonpublic schools listed pursuant to rule 3301-11-11 of the Administrative Code shall be authorized to file applications and the required documentation on behalf of applicants if so designated in writing by the applicant. The department may establish procedures that allow an applicant to designate other entities to file an application on the applicant's behalf. In no case shall any financial charge be made to the applicant for application assistance.
Last updated June 16, 2023 at 9:00 AM
History
- Effective: June 15, 2023
- Promulgated Under: 119.03
Ohio Adm.Code 3301-11-07 Awarding scholarships.
(A) The applicant shall be notified of a scholarship award via mail within thirty days of award determination.
(B) If an eligible student who is awarded a scholarship subsequently decides the scholarship will not be utilized, the applicant shall notify the department of his or her election to decline the scholarship within sixty days of the decision.
(C) Any eligible student who has not been awarded a scholarship shall be placed on a waiting list maintained by the department. Scholarships shall be awarded to eligible students on the waiting list as they are declined by other applicants in a manner consistent with section 3310.02 or 3310.032 of the Revised Code, as applicable, until such date as may be established by the department.
Last updated June 16, 2023 at 8:59 AM
History
- Effective: June 15, 2023
- Promulgated Under: 119.03
Ohio Adm.Code 3301-11-08 Transfer of scholarship.
(A) Scholarships awarded pursuant to this program may be transferred to another chartered nonpublic school listed pursuant to rule 3301-11-11 of the Administrative Code. The applicant and the chartered nonpublic school accepting the transferred student shall notify the department in the manner prescribed by the department as required by rule 3301-11-05 of the Administrative Code. The applicant may designate in writing that the chartered nonpublic school enrolling the student notify the department on behalf of the applicant. Scholarships are not transferable to any other student.
(B) In the case where a child transfers during the course of the school year to another chartered nonpublic school, the department shall prorate the amounts paid to each school based on the period of attendance at each school relative to the minimum number of hours each school is open for instruction with pupils in attendance, as described in section 3313.48 of the Revised Code.
Last updated June 16, 2023 at 8:59 AM
History
- Effective: June 15, 2023
- Promulgated Under: 119.03
Ohio Adm.Code 3301-11-11
(A) Not later than January first of each year, the department shall publish a list of chartered nonpublic schools that have indicated their willingness to participate in the scholarship programs established in sections 3310.02 and 3310.032 of the Revised Code. The list of approved nonpublic schools will be updated monthly. In addition to the requirements in sections 3310.01 to 3310.17 of the Revised Code, schools appearing on the list shall be those that, by signature of the principal or other governing authority, have made the following representations:
(1) That the school holds a valid charter issued by the state board of education under section 3301.16 of the Revised Code, and that the school is currently in compliance with state operating standards that apply to chartered nonpublic schools as specified in Chapter 3301-35 of the Administrative Code;
(2) That the school will annually communicate to the department the tuition structure for the school including all discounts and other tuition adjustments offered or available;
(3) That the school will make its facilities and the records pertinent to the effective implementation of this chapter available at any time during regular business hours for announced or unannounced visits by department personnel responsible for ensuring compliance with this chapter, or by persons under contract with the department to perform compliance reviews;
(4) That the school has in place sufficient student attendance recordkeeping procedures, including processes for documentation of excused absences;
(5) That the school has in place systems to ensure the confidential nature of student records;
(6) That the school will promptly refund to the state any amounts overpaid on behalf of a student due to ineligibility, disenrollment, expulsion, data error, or for any other reason;
(7) That the school will abide by its admission policy fairly and without discrimination with regard to students applying for or having been awarded scholarships pursuant to this chapter;
(8) That the school will disenroll any scholarship student as soon as a determination is made that the student will no longer attend the school. Disenrollment shall be recorded as the last date that the student attended classes;
(9) That the school will allow the department to monitor compliance with the provisions of this rule and of other laws and rules as they apply to chartered nonpublic schools and shall provide at the request of the department such information and copies of records as may be necessary to ensure such compliance, including:
(a) Information and records related to school staff and volunteers including but not limited to license or certificate numbers, and background check results;
(b) Information and records related to school policies and procedures including but not limited to the parent or student handbook, admissions policies, and withdrawal and transfer policies; and
(c) Information and records related to building, vehicle and operational safety including but not limited to fire inspection reports, food service licenses and vehicle inspection reports.
(B) Any chartered nonpublic school that does not fulfill its obligations under Chapter 3301-11 of the Administrative Code may be disallowed from participation in the program for a period of time to be specified by the department, or until such time as the school can provide assurances satisfactory to the department that it shall fulfill its obligations.
Last updated June 16, 2023 at 8:59 AM
History
- Effective: June 15, 2023
- Promulgated Under: 119.03
Ohio Adm.Code 3301-11-10 Payment of scholarship amounts.
(A) Payment of scholarship amounts shall be made by warrant of the auditor of state or other method authorized in the Revised Code made payable in the name of the parent, legal guardian, custodian of the student, or if the student is at least eighteen years of age in the name of the student, and the chartered nonpublic school in which the student is enrolled. Warrants shall be mailed to the address provided by the chartered nonpublic school.
(B) The actual amount of each scholarship is made in accordance with section 3317.022 of the Revised Code. In cases where discounts are offered for multiple students from the same family, and not all students in the same family are scholarship recipients, the scholarship amount shall be the lowest tuition to which the family is entitled.
(C) In the case where a child transfers during the course of the school year to another chartered nonpublic school with a different tuition, the department will adjust payments in accordance with section 3317.022 of the Revised Code.
(D) In the case where overpayments are made on behalf of a participating student, the department shall inform the chartered nonpublic school of the amount of the overpayment, and the chartered nonpublic school shall refund the amount to the department. The amount of the refund shall be calculated based on the period of attendance at the chartered nonpublic school relative to the minimum number of hours the school is open for instruction with pupils in attendance, as described in section 3313.48 of the Revised Code.
(E) In the case where a student withdraws or is expelled from the chartered nonpublic school, or where a student's eligibility to continue to receive a scholarship is terminated pursuant to paragraph (A) of rule 3301-11-09 of the Administrative Code, payment of the scholarship amount will be prorated based on the number of days the student was enrolled at the chartered nonpublic school relative to the minimum number of hours the school is open for instruction with pupils in attendance, as described in section 3313.48 of the Revised Code. Funded enrollment would end as of the last day of the student's attendance, or the effective date of the student's termination, whichever is earlier.
(F) In the case where a scholarship is awarded post the provider's start date, the scholarship is prorated from the scholarship award date through the end of the school year. The parent is financially responsible for all fees accrued with the provider prior to the scholarship award date. Once awarded, the actual amount of the scholarship will be prorated in accordance with this rule and section 3317.022 of the Revised Code.
Last updated June 16, 2023 at 8:59 AM
History
- Effective: June 15, 2023
- Promulgated Under: 119.03
Ohio Adm.Code 3301-11-15 Program administration.
Where not provided in Revised Code or rule, the department shall establish dates that constitute the deadlines for activities related to the implementation of this chapter no later than the first of January prior to the school year to which the deadlines pertain. The department shall also adopt such procedures necessary to implement this chapter including, but not be limited to:
(A) Procedures for handling incomplete applications;
(B) Procedures for performing income verification;
(C) Procedures for administering rule 3301-11-07 of the Administrative Code;
(D) Procedures for resolving questions of legal guardianship;
(E) Procedures for improving program administration and client satisfaction through surveys and other processes; and
(F) Procedures for reissuance of lost or damaged warrants.
Last updated June 16, 2023 at 9:00 AM
History
- Effective: June 15, 2023
- Promulgated Under: 119.03
Chapter 3301-13 Proficiency Tests
Ohio Adm.Code 3301-13-01 Definitions.
Except as otherwise specified, the definitions contained in rule 3301-7-01 of the Administrative Code and the following definitions apply to this chapter.
(A) "Alternate assessment" means an assessment aligned to alternate learning standards for students with the most significant cognitive disabilities that complies with all applicable federal and state laws and rule 3301-13-03 of the Administrative Code.
(B) "Alternative assessment" means an assessment that is comparable to the state tests in terms of alignment to Ohio's learning standards and proficiency levels.
(C) "Appeal" means a request for a verification or rescoring of a student's responses to the state tests as applicable in accordance with rule 3301-13-06 of the Administrative Code.
(D) "Breach form" means an equivalent or parallel form of a test provided by the department that may be used in lieu of the test in limited situations and within a limited time frame.
(E) "Commercial test" means a test developed by a vendor and selected by the department for a state program but not owned, developed, or copyrighted by the department.
(F) "Department" means the department of education and workforce.
(G) "Diagnostic assessment" means a test adopted by the department in accordance with division (D) of section 3301.079 of the Revised Code that is aligned with Ohio's learning standards and model curriculum, designed to measure student comprehension of academic content and mastery of related skills for a relevant subject area at each grade level, kindergarten through three.
(H) "English learner" has the same meaning as "English learner" defined in 20 U.S.C. 7801 (2015).
(I) "Individualized education program" (IEP) means a written statement for a student with a disability that is developed, reviewed, revised, and implemented in accordance with rule 3301-51-07 of the Administrative Code.
(J) "Intervention" means alternative or supplemental instruction or services commensurate with both a student's test performance and classroom performance, provided to a student who failed to attain a proficient score on any state test, or failed to demonstrate academic performance at grade level based on the results of a state test, including any intensive prevention, intervention, or remediation prescribed under section 3301.0711, 3301.0715, 3313.608, or 3313.6012 of the Revised Code that is designed to help a student meet performance standards and is be based on individual student needs.
(K) "Kindergarten readiness assessment" means the developmentally appropriate test aligned with Ohio's early learning and development standards designed to measure a child's developmental readiness for engaging with kindergarten instruction.
(L) "Ohio English language proficiency assessment" means the test aligned with Ohio standards for English language proficiency designed to measure the acquisition of English by English learners in kindergarten through grade twelve.
(M) "Ohio English language proficiency screener" means the test aligned with Ohio standards for English language proficiency designed to identify students in grades kindergarten through twelve as English learners.
(N) "Ohio graduation tests" means the achievement tests prescribed in division (B) of section 3301.0710 of the Revised Code, designed to measure a student's level of academic achievement expected at the end of the tenth grade in writing, reading, mathematics, social studies, and science.
(O) "Ohio's state tests" means the grades three to eight English language arts, mathematics, and science tests, prescribed in division (A) of section 3301.0710 of the Revised Code, and the high school end-of-course examinations prescribed in division (B) of section 3301.0712 of the Revised Code.
(P) "Participating school" means any city, exempted village, local cooperative education, or joint vocational school district; any community or chartered nonpublic school that participates in state tests; the state school for the blind; the state school for the deaf; any school operated by the departments of youth services or rehabilitation and corrections; or any entity that participates in the state tests.
(Q) "Performance standard" means a score designated by the department indicative of a particular level of academic achievement at a designated grade for each state test.
(R) "Section 504 plan" means a written statement for a student who has been identified as having a disability based on an evaluation conducted in accordance with section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, 29 U.S.C. 794 (December 10, 2015).
(S) "Section 504 student" means a student identified as having a disability based on an evaluation conducted in accordance with section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, 29 U.S.C. 794 (December 10, 2015).
(T) "State test" means any test that is provided by the department for use in all participating schools in the state including the grades three to eight English language arts, mathematics, and science tests; high school end-of-course examinations; Ohio graduation tests; diagnostic tests; alternate assessments; Ohio English language proficiency assessment; Ohio English language proficiency screener; or the kindergarten readiness assessment.
(U) "Student with a disability" refers either to a student receiving special education services under Chapter 3323. of the Revised Code in accordance with an individualized education program (IEP) developed pursuant to section 3323.011 of the Revised Code, or to a student who has been identified as having a disability based on an evaluation conducted in accordance with section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, 29 U.S.C. 794 (December 10, 2015).
(V) "Summer test administration period" means the test administration period designated by the director of education and workforce during which the third grade English language arts assessment prescribed under division (A) of section 3301.0710 of the Revised Code may be administered to an individual who has not yet attained at least the equivalent level of achievement designated under division (A)(3) of section 3301.0710 of the Revised Code and any test prescribed for high school graduation under section 3301.0710 or 3301.0712 of the Revised Code may be administered to any individual who has not yet met all the conditions prescribed in order to qualify for a high school diploma.
(W) "Test administration period" means the dates specified by the director of education and workforce for the administration of any state test in accordance with rule 3301-13-02 of the Administrative Code.
(X) "Test materials" means materials that are considered part of a test, including, but not limited to, oral or written directions, test booklets, test questions, answer documents, reading passages, writing prompts or styles, charts, graphs, maps, and tables, whether in digital or physical form, and does not include materials that are considered part of a commercial test.
Last updated May 14, 2024 at 8:38 AM
History
- Effective: May 12, 2024
- Promulgated Under: 119.03
Ohio Adm.Code 3301-7-01
(A) These standards of ethical test practice are used in determining if a practice related to a test is consistent with the principles of performing one's duties with honesty, integrity, due care, fairness to all, ensuring the integrity of the test process, and the reliability and validity of any inference made from any result of a test. Except as otherwise specified, as used in this rule, the following definitions apply:
(1) "Test" includes secure and non-secure state tests as prescribed by sections 3301.0710, 3301.0711, 3301.0712, and 3301.0715 of the Revised Code, and provided by the department. Test also includes district and school standardized tests including norm referenced tests. Test includes the test instrument itself and any part of the process of assessing or testing a student.
(2) "Participating school" means any city, exempted village, local, cooperative education, or joint vocational school district or any community or any chartered nonpublic school that participates in state testing; the state school for the blind; the state school for the deaf; any school operated by the departments of youth services or rehabilitation and corrections; or any entity that tests its students with the state tests.
(3) "Appropriate staff" includes any designated certificated or non-certificated employee of a participating school who has direct access to a test or participates in any activity related to preparing a student for a test. Appropriate will hold a license, certificate, permit, or registration issued by the state board of education in order to administer or score a test and/or interpret or use any result of a test.
(4) "Secure test" includes any test, whether state or national, that is administered to the entire or a portion of the entire state student population and/or that is provided by the state, the results of which are included in Ohio's accountability system, are included as part of a student's course of study, are part of the pre-college admission process, or are prescribed by state and/or federal law. Secure tests are treated as secure materials until released by the test developer and/or the department. They do not include any diagnostic test prescribed to be administered pursuant to section 3301.0715 of the Revised Code, any practice test, or any test that already has been released to the public by the test developer or by the department as a public record following the school year that the test was administered in accordance with section 3301.0711 of the Revised Code.
(5) "State test " means any test that is provided by the department for use in all participating schools in the state including the grades three to eight English language arts, mathematics and science tests, high school end-of-course examinations, Ohio graduation tests, diagnostic tests, alternate assessments, English language proficiency assessment, kindergarten readiness assessment, or early learning assessments.
(B) Each participating school will ensure that all appropriate staff have knowledge of these standards of ethical test practice and will monitor the practices of all appropriate staff to ensure compliance with these standards. Each participating school's duties include, are not limited to, the following:
(1) Communicate in writing to all appropriate staff at least once annually the standards defining what is an unethical and/or inappropriate practice that are contained in paragraphs (C) to (E) of this rule as well as any additional standards of ethical test practice adopted by a participating school;
(2) Clearly define and communicate in writing at least once annually to all appropriate staff how the standards will be monitored and what sanctions will apply for any violations of the standards and under what circumstances such sanctions will apply;
(3) Clearly define and communicate to all appropriate staff prior to each test the purpose(s) for each test;
(4) Clearly define and communicate in writing to all appropriate staff at least once annually all security procedures established by a participating school for each type of secure test identified in paragraph (A)(4) of this rule, including, but not limited to, the test security provisions established in accordance with rule 3301-13-05 of the Administrative Code;
(5) Provide any other information and training as may be necessary to ensure that all appropriate staff have the knowledge and skills necessary to make ethical decisions related to preparing students for a test, administering and/or scoring a test, and/or interpreting and/or using any result of a test;
(6) Establish written procedures for reviewing the materials and practices to be used in a participating school to prepare students for a test, and clearly communicate in writing these procedures, materials, and practices at least once annually to all appropriate staff;
(7) Periodically review materials and practices related to preparing students for a test, administering and/or scoring a test, and/or interpreting and/or using any result of a test to ensure that the materials and practices are up-to-date, and clearly communicate in writing any additions or changes at least once annually to all appropriate staff;
(8) Provide channels of communication that allow teachers, other educators, students, parents, and/or other members of the community to voice any concern about any practice they consider unethical and/or inappropriate; and
(9) Establish written procedures for investigating any complaint, allegation, and/or concern about an unethical and/or inappropriate practice, ensuring protection of the rights of an individual, the integrity of a test, and any result of a test.
(C) In monitoring practices related to preparing students for a test, each participating school will use, but not be limited to, the following standards that define the types of practices that are unethical and/or inappropriate:
(1) Any preparation practice that results solely in raising scores or performance levels on a specific test without simultaneously increasing a student's achievement level as measured by other tasks and/or test designed to assess the same content domain;
(2) Any practice involving the reproduction of any secure test materials, through any medium, for use in preparing a student for a test;
(3) Except for materials that are developed and specifically designated as "practice tests" by the department, any preparation activity that includes a question, task, graph, chart, passage, or other material included in a test, and/or material that is a paraphrase or highly similar in content to what is in a test;
(4) Preparation for a test that focuses primarily on the test, including its format, rather than on the Ohio learning standards being assessed;
(5) Any preparation practice that does not comply with, or has the appearance of not complying with any statutory or regulatory provision related to security of a test; and
(6) Any practice that supports or assists others in conducting unethical or inappropriate preparation activities.
(D) Except as specifically permitted by written instructions provided by the developer of a test, by the department, or by Chapter 3301-13 of the Administrative Code pertaining to accommodations and/or alternate assessment, each participating school will use, but not be limited to, the following standards that define the types of practices related to administering and/or scoring tests that are unethical and/or inappropriate:
(1) Any test used for purposes other than that for which it was intended;
(2) Any practice that results in a potential conflict of interest or one that exerts undue influence on a person administering and/or scoring a test, either making or appearing to make a testing process unfair to some examinees;
(3) Except for accommodations and/or alternate assessments expressly permitted under Chapter 3301-13 of the Administrative Code, any change in procedures for administering and/or scoring a test that results in a nonstandard condition for one or more students;
(4) Any practice that allows a person without sufficient and appropriate knowledge, skills, and/or training to administer and/or score a test;
(5) Any administration and/or scoring practice that may produce a result contaminated by a factor not relevant to the purpose(s) of a test;
(6) Any practice of excluding one or more students from a test solely because a student has not performed well, or might not perform well, on the test and/or because the aggregate performance of a group may be affected;
(7) Any practice immediately preceding and/or during a test including, but not limited to, the use of a gesture, facial expression, body language, tone of voice, language, or any other action and/or sound that may guide a students' response;
(8) Except for the directions for administration as prescribed by the test developer and/or by the department, any practice such as providing to a student, immediately preceding and/or during administration of a test, any definition and/or clarification of the meaning of a word or term contained in a test;
(9) Any practice that corrects or alters any student's response to a test either during and/or following the administration and/or scoring of a test; and
(10) Any practice that supports or assists any person in unethical and/or inappropriate practices during administration and/or scoring of a test.
(E) In monitoring practices related to interpreting and/or using any result of a test, each participating school will use, but not be limited to, the following standards that define the types of practices that are unethical and/or inappropriate:
(1) Providing interpretations of and/or using any result of a test in a manner and/or for a purpose that was not intended;
(2) Making false, misleading, or inappropriate statements and/or unsubstantiated claims that may lead to false and/or misleading conclusions about any result of a test;
(3) Any practice that permits appropriate staff without the necessary knowledge and skills to interpret and/or use any result of a test;
(4) Any practice that violates, or places at risk, the confidentiality of personally identifiable information pursuant to section 3319.321 of the Revised Code;
(5) Any practice that provides an interpretation or suggests a use of any result of a test without due consideration of the purpose(s) for the test, the limitations of the test, an examinee's characteristics, any irregularities in administering and/or scoring the test, and/or other factors that may affect any result; and
(6) Any practice that supports or leads any person to interpret and/or use any result of a test in unethical and/or inappropriate ways.
(F) Each participating school will cooperate with the department in conducting an investigation of any alleged unethical and/or inappropriate assessment practice as defined in this rule.
Last updated May 14, 2024 at 8:37 AM
History
- Effective: May 12, 2024
- Promulgated Under: 119.03
Ohio Adm.Code 3301-13-03
(A) Each participating school will adopt a policy and establish procedures regarding the participation of students with disabilities in the state tests. Such policy and procedures will be consistent with this rule.
(B) Each excusal made in accordance with this rule, and the reason for the excusal, will be made in a student with a disability's IEP , or documented in writing for a section 504 student. The reasons for the excusal will include a statement of why the child cannot participate in the general education test and why the alternate assessment method is appropriate for the student.
(C) Any student excused from taking a state test pursuant to this rule who nevertheless takes and meets at least the proficient level of performance on said test may be credited on the student's transcript with meeting the minimum performance standard on the test if each accommodation provided meets the criteria provided in this rule.
(D) A student's IEP team of a participating school, in accordance with Chapter 3301-51 of the Administrative Code, will include in the IEP of each student with a disability , or a participating school will document in writing for any section 504 student , what specific accommodation(s), if any, will be provided when a student takes any state test . Any student with a disability who is obligated to take a state test may be provided any accommodation that meets the following criteria:
(1) The accommodation is specified in the student's IEP or section 504 plan and is provided for classroom and district tests;
(2) The accommodation does not change the content or structure of a test;
(3) The accommodation does not change what type of knowledge or skill that a test is intended to measure; and
(4) The accommodation does not change or enhance a student's response as to what type of knowledge or skill is intended to be assessed, but it facilitates how the response is provided or accessed.
(E) Any student with a disability who is excused from taking a state test in accordance with section 3301.0711 of the Revised Code and this rule, and who instead takes an alternate assessment, may be provided accommodations that either meet or do not meet the criteria in this rule, unless specifically provided by the department, depending upon the individual needs of a student as determined by the student's IEP team.
(F) Any student with a disability who otherwise has completed an IEP program but has not received a diploma due to not having passed any state test may take any test prescribed for high school graduation anytime it is administered in any district as set forth in section 3313.611 of the Revised Code.
Last updated May 14, 2024 at 8:38 AM
History
- Effective: May 12, 2024
- Promulgated Under: 119.03
Ohio Adm.Code 3301-13-06
(A) Each participating school will ship all test materials developed by the department to one district specified central collection location within the district and from there ship the test materials to a designated scoring location in accordance with the procedures specified by the department. These procedures will include, but not be limited to, the following:
(1) The test materials for grades three through twelve will be processed at the conclusion of the regular test administration period with all completed scorable documents shipped to the district specified central location in accordance with the directions provided by the district and from there shipped to the designated scoring service provider;
(2) The test materials for the alternate assessment for grades three through twelve will be processed at the conclusion of the test administration period with all completed scorable documents shipped to the district specified central location in accordance with the directions provided by the district and from there shipped to the designated scoring service provider; and
(3) The test materials for the Ohio English language proficiency assessment for grades kindergarten through twelve will be processed at the conclusion of the administration period with all completed scorable documents shipped to the district specified central location in accordance with the directions provided by the district and from there shipped to the designated scoring service provider.
(B) After the completion of each test administration, the designated scoring service provider will send score reports to each participating school, that include, but are not limited to, the following:
(1) For the state tests, the data files and score reports will be delivered in accordance with the contracted timeline and division (G) of section 3301.0711 of the Revised Code;
(2) A data file for each student will be provided that states a score for each test taken and an indication of which performance standard the student met as adopted by the department;
(3) For each test, information about each student's performance on each standard assessed; and
(4) For each classroom where appropriate, and participating school, a summary of student performance by grade level for each test.
(C) Each school district and participating school will adopt a policy and establish procedures for releasing or permitting access to an individual student's test results. The policy and procedures will comply with section 3319.321 of the Revised Code and paragraphs (L), (M), and (N) of rule 3301-13-02 of the Administrative Code.
(D) All results from the tests will be used in accordance with rule 3301-13-02 of the Administrative Code.
(E) Within thirty days after receiving results, a participating school may appeal by submitting to the department a request for either a rescore or a test verification. The district superintendent, district test coordinator, head administrator, or designee of a participating school may appeal by submitting a timely request to the department under one of the following processes, depending on the reason for the appeal:
(1) Notwithstanding paragraph (E)(2)(a) of this rule, a rescore appeal can only be filed by the participating school for a student's constructed responses or English language arts essay items where the participating school believes that the student's score is not reflective of the student's performance in the classroom and/or on other standardized tests in the same subject.
(a) Responses approved for rescore will be scored by human readers who do not have knowledge of the original score or condition code ("initial rescore review").
(b) In cases where the initial rescore review receives the same score as the original score, the original score will be the final score. In cases where the initial rescore review receives a different score than the original score, a second human reader will review the original score and the score from the initial rescore review to resolve the differences between the two scores, and the decision made by the second human reader will be the final score.
(c) The department will work with its testing vendor to establish procedures to implement the rescore and verification process outlined in paragraphs (E)(1), (E)(2), and (E)(4) of this rule.
(d) In cases where there is no change in the score, the department's test vendor will charge the school district for the rescore, which in no event will exceed twenty-five dollars.
(2) Except for the items covered through the rescore, a test verification appeal can be filed by the participating school for those tests where the participating school believes a student tested and did not receive a score; or the participating school believes a score was incorrectly assigned to a student (paper testers only) for any of the grades three to eight English language arts, mathematics, and science tests or the high school end-of-course examinations.
(a) After review by the department's vendor, a score may be issued or corrected and in that case, the participating school has an opportunity to timely file for a rescore under paragraph (E)(1) of this rule.
(b) There is no charge for verifications.
(3) The request for a rescore or a test verification will include the name of the participating school, the school district and school IRN, the name of the student or the student's unique state identification code and grade level at the time the test was taken, the month and year of the administration of the test, the subject area of the test, and the rationale for the request. Chartered nonpublic schools may substitute the student identification code instead of the state student identification code for those students who are not obligated to have a unique state student identification code;
(4) Upon receipt of a request for a rescore or a test verification and a decision by the department, the department will notify the scoring service provider who will complete the rescoring or verification and notify the department of the results within thirty days;
(5) Within two business days after receiving results from the rescoring or verification by the scoring service provider, the department will inform the district superintendent, head administrator, or designee of the participating school of the results;
(6) No copy of a student's scorable document will be released prior to July first. After the first of July following the school year in which a test was administered, the district superintendent, head administrator, designee, and/or a student's parent or legal guardian may examine a copy of the scorable document or test in a secure setting established by mutual agreement between the department and the individual making the request;
(7) The final score of a test verification and/or rescoring of a test cannot be appealed.
Last updated May 14, 2024 at 8:39 AM
History
- Effective: May 12, 2024
- Promulgated Under: 119.03
Ohio Adm.Code 3301-51-07
(A) Each educational agency shall adopt and implement written policies and procedures approved by the Ohio department of education, office for exceptional children, that ensure an individualized education program is developed and implemented for each child with a disability.
(B) The county boards of developmental disabilities and other educational agencies shall adopt and implement written policies and procedures approved by the Ohio department of education, office for exceptional children, that ensure services identified in the child's individualized education program are provided as agreed upon with the child's school district of residence.
(C) Children in other districts or agencies
(1) The school district of residence is responsible for ensuring that an individualized education program is developed and implemented for each child with a disability residing in the school district, even when another educational agency implements the child's individualized education program. This includes the responsibility for initiating and conducting meetings for the purpose of developing, reviewing and revising the individualized education program of a child with a disability. When providing special education services for a child with a disability in another educational agency, the school district of residence must follow the same procedural safeguards as it does for all children with disabilities and have on file a copy of the current evaluation team report and the individualized education program.
(2) Each educational agency shall cooperate with another educational agency that serves children with disabilities in institutions or other care facilities to ensure that these children have access to an education in their least restrictive environment as appropriate and as specified in the individualized education program.
(D) Responsibility of the educational agency
Each educational agency must ensure that a child with a disability who is placed in or referred to a nonpublic school or facility by a public school district:
(1) Is provided special education and related services:
(a) In conformance with an individualized education program that meets the requirements of paragraphs (E) to (I) of this rule; and
(b) At no cost to the parents;
(2) Is provided an education that meets the applicable academic and operating standards provided by the Ohio department of education and the standards of the educational agency, except for as otherwise required in rule 3301-51-01 of the Administrative Code and rule 3301-51-09 of the Administrative Code; and
(3) Has all of the rights of a child with a disability who is served by a public school district.
(E) Individualized education programs (IEP)
(1) General
An individualized education program must include:
(a) A statement that discusses the child's future
The individualized education program team shall ensure that the family and child's preferences and interests are an essential part of the planning process. The individualized education program team will document planning information on the individualized education program;
(b) A statement of the child's present levels of academic achievement and functional performance, including:
(i) How the child's disability affects the child's involvement and progress in the general education curriculum (i.e., the same curriculum as for non disabled children); or
(ii) For preschool children, as appropriate, how the disability affects the child's participation in appropriate activities;
(c) A statement of measurable annual goals, including academic and functional goals and benchmarks or short-term objectives designed to:
(i) Meet the child's needs that result from the child's disability to enable the child to be involved in and make progress in the general education curriculum; and
(ii) Meet each of the child's other educational needs that result from the child's disability;
For children with disabilities who take alternate assessments aligned to alternate academic achievement standards, a description of benchmarks or short-term objectives.
(d) A description of:
(i) How the child's progress toward meeting the annual goals described in paragraph (E)(1)(c) of this rule will be measured; and
(ii) When periodic reports on the progress the child is making toward meeting the annual goals (such as through the use of quarterly or other periodic reports, concurrent with the issuance of report cards) will be provided;
(e) A statement of the special education and related services and supplementary aids and services, based on peer-reviewed research to the extent practicable, to be provided to the child, or on behalf of the child, and a statement of the program modifications or supports for school personnel that will be provided to enable the child:
(i) To advance appropriately toward attaining the annual goals;
(ii) To be involved in and make progress in the general education curriculum in accordance with paragraph (E)(1)(b) of this rule, and to participate in extracurricular and other nonacademic activities; and
(iii) To be educated and participate with other children with disabilities and non disabled children in the activities described in this rule;
(f) An explanation of the extent, if any, to which the child will not participate with non disabled children in the regular class and in the activities described in paragraph (E)(1)(e) of this rule;
(g) A statement of any individual appropriate accommodations that are necessary to measure the academic achievement and functional performance of the child on state and districtwide assessments consistent with Section 612(a)(16) of the IDEA;
(h) If the individualized education program team determines that the child must take an alternate assessment instead of a particular regular state or districtwide assessment of student achievement, a statement of why:
(i) The child cannot participate in the regular assessment; and
(ii) The particular alternate assessment selected is appropriate for the child; and
(i) The projected date for the beginning of the services and modifications described in paragraph (E)(1)(e) of this rule and the anticipated frequency, location, and duration of those services and modifications.
(2) Transition services
Beginning not later than the first individualized education program to be in effect when the child turns fourteen, or younger if determined appropriate by the individualized education program team, and updated annually, thereafter, the individualized education program must include:
(a) Appropriate measurable post-secondary goals based upon age-appropriate transition assessments related to training, education, and, if assessment data supports the need, independent living skills;
(b) Appropriate measurable post-secondary goals based on age-appropriate transition assessments related to competitive integrated employment ; and
(c) The transition services (including courses of study) as defined in 34 C.F.R. 300.43, needed to assist the child in reaching those goals.
(d) A transition progress report, including a description of progress toward the completion of transition services as defined in 34 C.F.R. 300.533 shall be provided to the parent at least as often as report cards are issued to all children. If the school district provides interim reports to all children, progress reports must be provided to all parents of a child with a disability concurrent with the issuance of progress reports for students without a disability.
(3) Transfer of rights at age of majority
By the child's seventeenth birthday, which is not later than one year before the child reaches the age of majority under Ohio law, the individualized education program must include a statement that the child has been informed of the child's rights under Part B of the IDEA that will transfer to the child on reaching the age of majority, as specified in paragraph (D) of rule 3301-51-05 of the Administrative Code.
(4) Construction
Nothing in this rule shall be construed to require:
(a) That additional information be included in a child's individualized education program beyond what is explicitly required in Section 614 of the IDEA; or
(b) The individualized education program.team to include information under one component of a child's individualized education program.that is already contained under another component of the child's individualized education program.
(F) Individualized education program team
(1) General
The school district must ensure that the individualized education program team for each child with a disability includes:
(a) The parents of the child;
(b) Not less than one regular education teacher of the child (if the child is, or may be, participating in the regular education environment);
(c) Not less than one special education teacher of the child or, where appropriate, not less than one special education provider of the child;
(d) A representative of the educational agency who:
(i) Is qualified to provide, or supervise the provision of, specially designed instruction to meet the unique needs of children with disabilities;
(ii) Is knowledgeable about the general education curriculum; and
(iii) Is knowledgeable about the availability of resources of the school district.
(e) An individual who can interpret the instructional implications of evaluation results, who may be a member of the team described in paragraphs (F)(1)(b) to (F)(1)(f) of this rule;
(f) At the discretion of the parent or the educational agency, other individuals who have knowledge or special expertise regarding the child, including related services personnel as appropriate; and
(g) Whenever appropriate, the child with a disability.
(2) Transition services participants
(a) In accordance with paragraph (F)(1)(g) of this rule, the educational agency must invite a child with a disability to attend the child's individualized education program team meeting if a purpose of the meeting will be the consideration of the postsecondary goals for the child and the transition services needed to assist the child in reaching those goals under paragraph (E)(2) of this rule.
(b) If the child does not attend the individualized education program team meeting, the educational agency must take other steps to ensure that the child's preferences and interests are considered.
(c) To the extent appropriate, with the consent of the parents or a child who has reached the age of majority, in implementing the requirements of paragraph (F)(2)(a) of this rule, the school district must invite a representative of any participating agency that is likely to be responsible for providing or paying for transition services.
(3) Determination of knowledge and special expertise
The determination of the knowledge or special expertise of any individual described in paragraph (F)(1)(f) of this rule must be made by the party (parents or educational agency) who invited the individual to be a member of the individualized education program team.
(4) Designating a school district representative
A school district may designate a school district member of the individualized education program team to also serve as the district representative, if the criteria in paragraph (F)(1)(d) of this rule are satisfied.
(5) Individualized education program team attendance
(a) A member of the individualized education program team described in paragraphs (F)(1)(b) to (F)(1)(e) of this rule is not required to attend an individualized education program team meeting, in whole or in part, if the parent of a child with a disability and the educational agency agree, in writing, that the attendance of the member is not necessary because the member's area of the curriculum or related services is not being modified or discussed in the meeting.
(b) A member of the individualized education program team described in paragraph (F)(5)(a) of this rule may be excused from attending an individualized education program team meeting, in whole or in part, when the meeting involves a modification to or discussion of the member's area of the curriculum or related services, if:
(i) The parent, in writing, and the educational agency consent to the excusal; and
(ii) The member submits, in writing to the parent and the individualized education program team, input into the development of the individualized education program prior to the meeting.
(6) Initial individualized education program team meeting for child under Part C
In the case of a child who was previously served under Part C of the IDEA, an invitation to the initial individualized education program team meeting must, at the request of the parent, be sent to the Part C service coordinator or other representatives of the Part C system to assist with the smooth transition of services.
(G) Parent participation
(1) Educational agency responsibility
Each educational agency must take steps to ensure that one or both of the parents of a child with a disability are present at each individualized education program team meeting or are afforded the opportunity to participate, including:
(a) Notifying parents of the meeting early enough to ensure that they will have an opportunity to attend; and
(b) Scheduling the meeting at a mutually agreed on time and place.
(2) Information provided to parents
(a) The notice required under paragraph (G)(1)(a) of this rule must:
(i) Indicate the purpose, time, and location of the meeting and who will be in attendance; and
(ii) Inform the parents of the provisions in paragraphs (F)(1)(f) and (F)(3) of this rule (relating to the participation of other individuals on the individualized educational program team who have knowledge or special expertise about the child), and this rule (relating to the participation of the Part C service coordinator or other representatives of the Part C system at the initial individualized education program team meeting for a child previously served under Part C of the IDEA).
(b) For a child with a disability, beginning not later than the first individualized education program to be in effect when the child turns fourteen, or younger if determined appropriate by the individualized education program team, the notice also must:
(i) Indicate:
(a) That a purpose of the meeting will be the consideration of the postsecondary goals and transition services for the child, in accordance with paragraph (E)(2)(b) of this rule; and
(b) That the educational agency will invite the child; and
(ii) Identify any other agency that will be invited to send a representative.
(3) Other methods to ensure parent participation
If neither parent can attend an individualized education program team meeting, the educational agency must use other methods to ensure parent participation, including individual or conference telephone calls, consistent with paragraph (L) of this rule (related to alternative means of meeting participation).
(4) Conducting an individualized education program team meeting without a parent in attendance
A meeting may be conducted without a parent in attendance if the educational agency is unable to convince the parents that they should attend. In this case, the educational agency must keep a record of its attempts to arrange a mutually agreed on time and place, such as:
(a) Detailed records of telephone calls made or attempted and the results of those calls;
(b) Copies of correspondence sent to the parents and any responses received; and
(c) Detailed records of visits made to the parent's home or place of employment and the results of those visits.
(5) Use of interpreters or other action, as appropriate
The educational agency must take whatever action is necessary to ensure that the parent understands the proceedings of the individualized education program team meeting, including arranging for an interpreter for parents with deafness or whose native language is other than English.
(6) Parent copy of child's individualized education program
Within thirty calendar days after the individualized education program meeting, the school district must give the parent a copy of the child's individualized education program at no cost to the parent.
(H) When individualized education program must be in effect
(1) General
On or before the child's third birthday and at the beginning of each subsequent school year, each educational agency must have in effect, for each child with a disability within its jurisdiction, an individualized education program, as defined in paragraph (E) of this rule. The individualized education program shall be implemented as soon as possible following the individualized education program meeting.
(2) The initial individualized education program must be developed and implemented within whichever of the following time periods is the shortest:
(a) Within thirty calendar days of the determination that the child needs special education and related services;
(b) Within ninety calendar days of receiving parental consent for an evaluation; or
(c) Within one hundred twenty calendar days of the receipt of a request for an evaluation from a parent or school district.
(3) Initial individualized education programs; provision of services
Each school district must ensure that:
(a) A meeting to develop an individualized education program for a child is conducted within thirty days of a determination that the child needs special education and related services; and
(b) As soon as possible following development of the individualized education program, special education and related services are made available to the child in accordance with the child's individualized education program.
(c) Once a child begins receiving services for the first time under an individualized education program, the school district in which the child is enrolled shall notify parents that the child is required to undergo a comprehensive eye exam within three months in accordance with section 3323.19 of the Revised Code.
(4) Accessibility of child's individualized education program to teachers and others
Each educational agency must ensure that:
(a) The child's individualized education program is accessible to each regular education teacher, special education teacher, related services provider, and any other service provider who is responsible for its implementation; and
(b) Each teacher and provider described in paragraph (H)(4)(a) of this rule is informed of:
(i) The teacher's and provider's specific responsibilities related to implementing the child's individualized education program; and
(ii) The specific accommodations, modifications, and supports that must be provided for the child in accordance with the individualized education program.
(5) Individualized education programs for children who transfer educational agency in the same state
If a child with a disability (who had an individualized education program that was in effect in a previous educational agency in the same state) transfers to a new school district of residence in the same state, and enrolls in a new school within the same school year, the new school district of residence (in consultation with the parents) must provide a free and appropriate public education (FAPE) to the child (including services comparable to those described in the child's individualized education program from the previous school district of residence), until the new school district of residence either:
(a) Adopts the child's individualized education program from the previous school district of residence; or
(b) Develops, adopts, and implements a new individualized education program that meets the applicable requirements in paragraphs (E) to (I) of this rule.
(6) Individualized education programs for children who transfer from another state
If a child with a disability (who had an individualized education program that was in effect in a previous educational agency in another state) transfers to a new school district of residence in Ohio, and enrolls in a new school within the same school year, the new school district of residence (in consultation with the parents) must provide the child with FAPE (including services comparable to those described in the child's individualized education program from the previous school district of residence), until the new school district of residence:
(a) Conducts an evaluation pursuant to paragraphs (E) to (G) of rule 3301-51-06 of the Administrative Code (if determined to be necessary by the new school district of residence); and
(b) Develops, adopts, and implements a new individualized education program, if appropriate, that meets the applicable requirements in paragraphs (E) to (I) of this rule.
(7) Transmittal of records
To facilitate the transition for a child described in paragraphs (H)(5) and (H)(6) of this rule:
(a) The new school district of residence in which the child enrolls must take reasonable steps to obtain the child's records within thirty days of enrollment, including the individualized education program and supporting documents and any other records relating to the provision of special education or related services to the child, from the previous school district of residence in which the child was enrolled, pursuant to 34 C.F.R. 99.31(a)(2) ; and
(b) The previous school district of residence in which the child was enrolled must respond to the request from the new school district of residence within thirty days of the notification of the child's enrollment at the new school district of residence..
(I) Development, review, and revision of individualized education program
(1) Development of individualized education program
(a) General
In developing each child's individualized education program, the individualized education program team must consider:
(i) The strengths of the child;
(ii) The concerns of the parents for enhancing the education of their child;
(iii) The results of the initial or most recent evaluation of the child;
(iv) The results of the child's performance on any state or districtwide assessment programs, as appropriate; and
(v) The academic, developmental, and functional needs of the child.
(b) Consideration of special factors
The individualized education program team must:
(i) In the case of a child whose behavior impedes the child's learning or that of others, consider the use of positive behavioral interventions and supports, and other strategies, to address that behavior;
(ii) In the case of a child with limited English proficiency, consider the language needs of the child as those needs relate to the child's individualized education program;
(iii) In the case of a child who is blind or visually impaired:
(a) Provide for instruction in braille and the use of braille unless the individualized education program team determines, after an evaluation of the child's reading and writing skills, needs, and appropriate reading and writing media (including an evaluation of the child's future needs for instruction in braille or the use of braille), that instruction in braille or the use of braille is not appropriate for the child; and
(b) Ensure that the additional requirements for individualized education programs for children who are blind or visually impaired are included as provided in section 3323.011 of the Revised Code;
(iv) Consider the communication needs of the child, and in the case of a child who is deaf or hard of hearing, consider the child's language and communication needs, opportunities for direct communications with peers and professional personnel in the child's language and communication mode, academic level, and full range of needs, including opportunities for direct instruction in the child's language and communication mode; and
(v) Consider whether the child needs assistive technology devices and services.
(c) Requirement with respect to regular education teacher
A regular education teacher of a child with a disability, as a member of the individualized education program team, must, to the extent appropriate, participate in the development of the individualized education program of the child, including the determination of:
(i) Appropriate positive behavioral interventions and supports and other strategies for the child; and
(ii) Supplementary aids and services, program modifications, and support for school personnel consistent with paragraph (E)(1)(e) of this rule.
(d) Agreement
(i) In making changes to a child's individualized education program after the annual individualized education program team meeting for a school year, the parent of a child with a disability and the educational agency may agree not to convene an individualized education program team meeting for the purposes of making those changes, and instead may develop a written document to amend or modify the child's current individualized education program.
(ii) If the individualized education program team amends or modifies the child's current individualized education program, as described in paragraph (I)(1)(d)(i) of this rule, the annual review date for the amended or modified individualized education program does not change. The annual review date will change upon a complete review and revision of the child's individualized education program as outlined in paragraph (I)(2) of this rule.
(iii) If changes are made to the child's individualized education program in accordance with paragraph (I)(1)(d)(i) of this rule, the educational agency must ensure that the child's team is informed of those changes.
(e) Consolidation of individualized education program team meetings
To the extent possible, the educational agency must encourage the consolidation of reevaluation meetings for the child and other individualized education program team meetings for the child.
(f) Amendments
Changes to the individualized education program may be made either by the entire individualized education program team at an individualized education program team meeting, or as provided in paragraph (I)(1)(d) of this rule, by amending the individualized education program rather than by redrafting the entire individualized education program. When an individualized education program is amended the school district shall send a copy of the amended individualized education program to the parent within thirty calendar days of the date the individualized education program was amended, the date of the amendment does not change the annual individualized education program review date.
(2) Review and revision of individualized education program
(a) General
Each school district must ensure that, subject to paragraphs (I)(2)(b) and (I)(2)(c) of this rule, the individualized education program team:
(i) Reviews the child's individualized education program periodically, but not less than annually, to determine whether the annual goals for the child are being achieved; and
(ii) Revises the individualized education program, as appropriate, to address:
(a) Any lack of expected progress toward the annual goals described in paragraph (E)(1)(c) of this rule, and in the general education curriculum, if appropriate;
(b) The results of any reevaluation conducted under rule 3301-51-06 of the Administrative Code;
(c) Information about the child provided to, or by, the parents, as described under paragraph (F)(1)(b) of rule 3301-51-06 of the Administrative Code;
(d) The child's anticipated needs; or
(e) Other matters.
(b) Consideration of special factors
In conducting a review of the child's individualized education program, the individualized education program team must consider the special factors described in paragraph (I)(1)(b) of this rule.
(c) Requirement with respect to regular education teacher
A regular education teacher of the child, as a member of the individualized education program team, must, consistent with paragraph (I)(1)(c) of this rule, participate in the review and revision of the individualized education program of the child.
(3) Failure to meet transition objectives
(a) Participating agency failure
If a participating agency, other than the educational agency, fails to provide the transition services described in the individualized education program in accordance with paragraph (E)(2) of this rule, the school district must reconvene the individualized education program team to identify alternative strategies to meet the transition objectives for the child set out in the individualized education program.
(b) Construction
Nothing in this rule relieves any participating agency, including a state vocational rehabilitation agency, of the responsibility to provide or pay for any transition service that the agency would otherwise provide to children with disabilities who meet the eligibility criteria of that agency.
(4) Children with disabilities in adult prisons
(a) Requirements that do not apply
The following requirements do not apply to children with disabilities who are convicted as adults under state law and incarcerated in adult prisons:
(i) The requirements contained in Section 612(a)(16) of the IDEA and paragraph (E)(1)(h) of this rule (relating to participation of children with disabilities in general assessments).
(ii) The requirements in paragraph (E)(2) of this rule (relating to transition planning and transition services) do not apply with respect to the children whose eligibility under Part B of the IDEA will end, because of their age, before they will be eligible to be released from prison based on consideration of their sentence and eligibility for early release.
(b) Modifications of individualized education program or placement
(i) Subject to paragraph (I)(4)(b)(ii) of this rule, the individualized education program team of a child with a disability who is convicted as an adult under state law and incarcerated in an adult prison may modify the child's individualized education program or placement if the state has demonstrated a bona fide security or compelling penological interest that cannot otherwise be accommodated.
(ii) The requirements of paragraph (E) of this rule do not apply with respect to the modifications described in paragraph (I)(4)(b)(i) of this rule.
(J) Nonpublic school placements by public school districts
(1) Developing individualized education programs
(a) Before a public school district places a child with a disability in, or refers a child to, a nonpublic school or facility, the district must initiate and conduct a meeting to develop an individualized education program for the child in accordance with paragraphs (E) and (I) of this rule.
(b) The educational agency must ensure that a representative of the nonpublic school or facility attends the meeting. If the representative cannot attend, the educational agency district must use other methods to ensure participation by the nonpublic school or facility, including individual or conference telephone calls.
(2) Reviewing and revising individualized education programs
(a) After a child with a disability enters a nonpublic school or facility, any meetings to review and revise the child's individualized education program may be initiated and conducted by the nonpublic school or facility at the discretion of the public educational agency.
(b) If the nonpublic school or facility initiates and conducts these meetings, the public educational agency must ensure that the parents and an educational agency representative:
(i) Are involved in any decision about the child's individualized education program; and
(ii) Agree to any proposed changes in the individualized education program before those changes are implemented.
(3) Responsibility
Even if a nonpublic school or facility implements a child's individualized education program, responsibility for compliance with this rule remains with the public educational agency and the Ohio department of education.
(K) Educational placements
Consistent with 34 C.F.R. 300.501(c), each educational agency must ensure that the parents of each child with a disability are members of any group that makes decisions on the educational placement of their child.
(L) Alternative means of meeting participation
When conducting individualized education program team meetings and placement meetings pursuant to this rule, and Subpart E of Part B of the IDEA, and carrying out administrative matters under Section 615 of the IDEA (such as scheduling, exchange of witness lists, and status conferences), the parent of a child with a disability and an educational agency may agree to use alternative means of meeting participation, such as video conferences and conference calls.
Last updated July 26, 2023 at 2:23 PM
History
- Effective: July 1, 2023
- Promulgated Under: 119.03
Ohio Adm.Code 3301-13-02
(A) Each participating school will administer the state tests to all students in the designated grade levels who are not specifically excused in accordance with the Ohio Revised Code or the Administrative Code as follows:
(1) Administer the third-grade English language arts test on any day of the test administration period designated by the director of education and workforce, in accordance with section 3301.0710 of the Revised Code as follows:
(a) The fall test administration period each school year is not to exceed five consecutive school days, including the make-up testing period; and
(b) The summer test administration period each school year is optional and is not to exceed five consecutive school days. Intervention is optional.
(2) Administer the following state tests once annually in the spring with the test administration period designated by the director of education and workforce in accordance with section 3301.0710 of the Revised Code, which is not to exceed fifteen consecutive school days, including the make-up testing period. The participating school may schedule the test in any order on any day of the test administration period for each of the following state tests:
(a) The third-grade tests in English language arts and mathematics;
(b) The fourth-grade tests in English language arts and mathematics;
(c) The fifth-grade tests in English language arts, mathematics and science;
(d) The sixth-grade tests in English language arts and mathematics;
(e) The seventh-grade tests in English language arts and mathematics;
(f) The eighth-grade tests in English language arts, mathematics and science.
(3) Administer the high school end-of-course examinations as follows:
(a) Administer the high school end-of-course examinations to students who first enrolled in grade nine on or after July 1, 2014 in any order on any day of the test administration period designated by the director of education and workforce as follows:
(i) The fall test administration period each school year is not to exceed fifteen consecutive school days, including make-up testing;
(ii) The spring test administration period each school year is not to exceed fifteen consecutive school days, including make-up testing;
(iii) The summer test administration period is optional and is not to exceed ten consecutive school days. Intervention is optional.
(b) Administer the high school end-of-course examinations in place of the Ohio graduation tests to students who entered ninth grade for the first time prior to July 1, 2014, in accordance with paragraph (A)(3)(a) of this rule. The Ohio graduation tests will not be administered after September 1, 2022.
(c) If the participating school is a dropout recovery community school as defined in section 3319.301 of the Revised Code, in addition to the annual testing windows established by the director of education and workforce under division (C) of section 3301.0710 of the Revised Code and paragraph (A)(3)(a) of this rule, administer the high school end-of-course examinations to students enrolled in the dropout recovery community school in any order on any day of the extended fall and spring test administration periods and summer test administration period established by the director of education and workforce in accordance with division (C) of section 3301.0727 of the Revised Code.
(4) Administer annually the alternate assessment at all grade levels and content areas to students with the most significant cognitive disabilities. The director of education and workforce will designate the test administration period for the administration of the alternate assessment.
(5) Administer within thirty days of enrollment the Ohio English language proficiency screener to potential English learners in grades kindergarten through twelve;
(6) Administer annually the Ohio English language proficiency assessment to English learners in grades kindergarten through twelve. The director of education and workforce will designate the test administration period for the administration of the Ohio English language proficiency assessment.
(7) Administer annually the alternate Ohio English language proficiency assessment to English learners with the most significant cognitive disabilities in grades kindergarten through twelve. The director of education and workforce will designate the test administration period for the administration of the alternate Ohio English language proficiency assessment.
(B) All students will take all state tests appropriate for their specified grade level during the designated test administration unless a student is excused from taking a test for one of the following reasons:
(1) A student scored at the proficient level on the English language arts test in grade three during the fall test administration period and a participating school has determined that is not mandatory for the student to take that test again during the spring administration. This does not, however, prevent a student from taking the grade three English language arts test in the spring if the student and/or parent requests the student to participate in the test;
(2) A student is properly authorized to take an alternate assessment pursuant to section 3301.0711 of the Revised Code and rule 3301-13-03 or 3301-13-09 of the Administrative Code;
(3) A student has a serious medical emergency caused by circumstances beyond the participating school's control pursuant to section 3301.0711 of the Revised Code;
(4) A student is enrolled in a subject-area accelerated program in a participating school and is taking a course in high school at an accelerated grade level.
Any student in grades three through eight who was retained in the same grade level from one school year to the next school year will take the state tests as specified in this rule for the grade level in which the student currently is enrolled, regardless of any score previously received by a student on any such test during a prior school year.
(C) Breach forms provided by the department may be administered at the sole discretion of the department in a limited number of situations. The following is a list of situations of test security violations or administration irregularities that warrant the use of a breach form:
(1) When a participating school receives test materials which are clearly flawed, damaged, or missing key information or content; or otherwise contain errors that prevent a valid administration of the tests in that participating school;
(2) When a disruptive or extraordinary event interrupts and prevents a valid administration of a test at a participating school;
(3) If a student or students at a participating school compromise the security of a test prior to or during the administration of a test and subsequently prevent a valid administration of a test at the participating school as a result of that security compromise;
(4) If any district employee or other individual compromises the security of a test prior to or during the administration of a test and subsequently prevents a valid administration of a test at the participating school as a result of that security compromise;
(5) Any other situation in which the use of a breach form is appropriate, as determined by the department on a case-by-case basis.
(D) Breach forms of the state tests for grades three through eight or high school end-of-course examinations may be administered to a single student or all students within a participating school within a grade level or to large subgroups of students within a grade level at a participating school.
(E) Test score results from the administration of a breach test form will be reported to the district and participating school at the individual, group and school level as deemed appropriate by the department.
(F) The procedure for using the breach form of a test is as follows:
(1) The school district or participating school will report orally, followed up by a written report, the test security violation or incident to the department within twenty-four hours of the occurrence of the irregularity at the participating school, or as soon as the district becomes aware of the occurrence of the irregularity at the participating school. The report will be filed with the department within two business days of the incident for the breach form to be a viable option.
(2) The school district or participating school will submit to the department in writing a list of students who will have their scores invalidated for the content area for which the breach form is being used, the content area being invalidated, and the reason for the invalidation. The list will include all the relevant student information including their names or unique state identification code and the school and district IRNs. Chartered nonpublic schools may substitute the student identification code for the state identification code for those students who are not obligated to have a state identification code.
(3) The department will notify the testing contractor of the need for the breach form and direct the testing contractor to make available the appropriate number of breach test forms and materials to the district test coordinator or district designee;
(4) The participating school will administer the breach form in accordance with all test administration procedures established by the department;
(5) The breach test form administration will occur within two weeks of the end of all scheduled test administration windows for the grades three through eight English language arts, mathematics, and science tests, and the high school end-of-course examinations;
(6) All tests and test materials will be returned to the site designated by the department.
(G) No breach form will be administered for the following:
(1) The fall administration of the third grade English language arts test;
(2) The summer administration of the third grade English language arts test;
(3) The spring administration of the alternate assessment;
(4) The spring administration of the Ohio English language proficiency assessment;
(5) The spring administration of the alternate Ohio English language proficiency assessment;
(6) Any administration of the high school end-of-course examinations except for the regular fall and spring test administration periods;
(7) Any student involved in a potential cheating case, regardless of test administration period or test in question.
(H) In the event that a test security violation or test irregularity occurs in accordance with this rule, the cost of administering the breach tests will be determined in a manner specified by the department.
(I) To facilitate the test administration at each grade, each school district and participating school will annually appoint one named person in a school district and one person in each building, as the case may be, as a test coordinator whose duties are to ensure that all test administration and test security provisions included in Chapters 3301-13 and 3301-7 of the Administrative Code and all testing procedures adopted by the department and by a participating school are followed explicitly by all appropriate staff. In addition, each participating school will appoint enough test administrators and monitors to satisfy the provisions of this rule.
(J) During each test administration, all tests will be administered by each participating school in accordance with the following provisions:
(1) All online and paper test questions and all other test materials are considered secure and subject to the provisions of rule 3301-13-05 of the Administrative Code and section 3319.151 of the Revised Code;
(2) All test administration rooms will be selected such that test security provisions can be ensured while student comfort is maximized;
(3) Except for accommodations made in accordance with rule 3301-13-03 of the Administrative Code, only materials specifically designated by the department will be provided to students and/or permitted in the test administration room during testing;
(4) Each test administration period in each testing room will be conducted by a test administrator. A person is qualified to serve as a test administrator if all of the following apply:
(a) The person is a staff member employed by the participating school;
(b) The staff member holds a current license, certificate, permit, or registration issued by the state board of education; is certificated under sections 3301.071 and 3319.22 of the Revised Code and Chapters 3301-23, 3301-24, and 3301-25 of the Administrative Code; or is a school psychologist licensed under Chapter 4732. of the Revised Code;
(c) The staff member is assigned to that testing room as the test administrator by the participating school;
(d) The staff member is responsible for following explicitly the online and paper test administration directions provided by the department, including all test security provisions included in Chapter 3301-13 and rule 3301-7-01 of the Administrative Code and all testing procedures adopted by the department and established by the participating school.
(5) When the number of students taking any test in an assigned testing room exceeds thirty, additional staff and/or adult volunteers will be assigned as test monitors to that room to ensure that the ratio does not exceed thirty students to one test administrator/monitor at any time in any test administration room. In such cases, the test monitor is not subject to the criteria stated in paragraph (J)(4) of this rule. A student is not permitted to serve as a test monitor;
(6) The test administrator and all test monitors assigned to a testing room will be informed of, and agree to follow, all prescribed test administration and test security provisions. Test administrators and test monitors will remain in the assigned testing room during the entire administration of any test to ensure that security is maintained.
(K) Upon receipt of a written request by a school district superintendent, head administrator, or designee with evidence that a participating school has experienced an emergency interruption of the school schedule by events beyond the control of the school that will not permit the designated test administration period stated in this rule, the director of education and workforce may approve a modified testing schedule that permits testing to be completed in accordance with the provisions of this chapter.
(L) In addition to section 3301.0714 of the Revised Code and Chapter 3301-14 of the Administrative Code, each participating school will keep records for each student including all of the following:
(1) A unique state student identification code or a student data verification code in accordance with division (D)(2) of section 3301.0714 of the Revised Code;
(2) A list or designation of which state tests the student is obligated to take for each test administration period and which tests are not taken for each test administration period;
(3) The score and performance level for each state test taken;
(4) If intervention is to be provided;
(5) An indication the student has met all of the conditions prescribed in order to qualify for a high school diploma.
(M) When a student who has taken tests administered pursuant to this rule in a participating school leaves that school to enroll in another participating school, the previously attended school will provide, immediately upon request by a school official from the enrolling school, all applicable records specified in paragraph (L) of this rule.
(N) Any school district, community school, or chartered nonpublic school with territory in a joint vocational school district may enter into an agreement with the joint vocational school district for the joint vocational school district to administer any test prescribed in this rule provided that any such test administration is conducted in accordance with the provisions of this chapter and under the direction of the school district and building testing coordinators. For any student who enrolls at a joint vocational school, the school previously attended will provide up-to-date records, as specified in paragraph (L) of this rule, to the joint vocational school. For any student who takes tests prescribed for graduation at a joint vocational school, that joint vocational school will provide such records, as specified in paragraph (L) of this rule to the high school from which the student will receive a diploma.
(O) Each joint vocational school district will administer the state tests under the direction of the school district and building test coordinators identified in accordance with this rule.
(P) Any correctional or penal institution that maintains a chartered high school serving residents or nonresidents will administer state tests in accordance with this chapter .
(Q) Any student who, while not obligated to participate in the system of assessments administered under divisions (B)(1) and (B)(2) of section 3301.0712 of the Revised Code, elects to participate in the system of assessments in accordance with division (E)(1) of that section will take the tests under the same rules and procedures as students enrolled in the participating school. The tests will be administered under the same rules and procedures as students enrolled in the participating school.
Last updated January 15, 2026 at 7:40 AM
History
- Effective: January 15, 2026
- Promulgated Under: 119.03
Ohio Adm.Code 3301-13-09
(A) For purposes of excusing an adult student from taking any assessment necessary for receiving a diploma under section 3313.611 of the Revised Code, or for providing accommodations on any assessment necessary for graduation, the provisions of this rule will apply only to an adult student who meets all of the eligibility criteria in this rule.
(1) The adult student is a person twenty-two or more years of age and enrolled in a program pursuant to section 3313.532 of the Revised Code; and
(2) The adult student is a person with a disability based on an evaluation completed in accordance with the criteria of this rule.
(B) An adult student who meets the criteria pursuant to paragraph (A) of this rule or any applicant to a board of education for a diploma of adult education under division (B) of section 3313.611 of the Revised Code may request the board to conduct an evaluation. Upon the request, the board of education to which the request was made will evaluate the person to determine whether the person has a disability. The evaluation will be conducted in accordance with paragraphs (D) and (E) of this rule.
(C) For individuals enrolled in the twenty-two plus program pursuant to Chapter 3301-45 of the Administrative Code, the evaluations and criteria referenced in this rule will be conducted by the board of education of the student's district of residence as that is the district responsible for issuing diplomas under the twenty-two plus program.
(D) An evaluation to determine if an adult student has a disability will be accomplished in one of the following ways:
(1) By review and acceptance of the most recent evaluation team report (ETR) and individualized education program (IEP) with assessment exemptions completed by a public agency, as defined by Chapter 3301-51 of the Administrative Code if deemed appropriate; or
(2) By completing an evaluation in accordance with the criteria set forth in 20 U.S.C. section 1400 et seq. (January 2, 2006) known as the Individuals with Disabilities Education Act, as appropriate and considering the accommodations consistent with 29 U.S.C. section 794 (January 3, 2005), known as Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973.
Evaluations and assessment exemption determinations will be completed and approved by a board of education within one-hundred twenty days from the date of the request made under section 3313.532 of the Revised Code.
(E) Any evaluation completed by a board of education to determine whether an adult student has a disability will include a variety of assessments and be comprehensive and multidisciplinary in nature.
(F) A board of education will maintain written documentation of all information used to determine any disability.
Last updated July 1, 2025 at 8:13 AM
History
- Effective: July 1, 2025
- Promulgated Under: 119.03
Ohio Adm.Code 3301-13-05
(A) All test questions and all other test materials, are considered secure test materials and subject to the provisions of sections 3319.151 and 3319.99 of the Revised Code and to the provisions of this rule.
(B) The test materials that are specifically designated as "practice tests" and any assessment released by the department as a public record in accordance with section 3301.0711 of the Revised Code and this rule are not considered secure.
(C) Each person designated as a test coordinator for a participating school, in accordance with rule 3301-13-02 of the Administrative Code, is responsible for:
(1) Ensuring that all test security provisions are complied with while test materials remain in a participating school;
(2) Ensuring that all test security provisions are complied with during the administration of each test administration session, including makeup sessions; and
(3) Accounting for all test materials, including booklets by serial number and answer documents.
(D) No person will reveal, cause to be revealed, release, cause to be released, reproduce, or cause to be reproduced any secure test materials through any means or medium including, but not limited to, electronic, photographic, photocopy, written, paraphrase, or oral.
(E) No unauthorized person is permitted to be in a test room during any test administration session or have access to any secure test materials at any time such materials are in a participating school.
(F) Each participating school will establish written procedures to protect the security of the paper test materials that include, but are not limited to, the following:
(1) Specification of district procedures for handling, tracking, and maintaining security of test materials from the time and point of receipt in a participating school until the time and point of shipping to the scoring contractor;
(2) Specification of procedures for handling, tracking, and maintaining security of test materials at a site before, during, and after a test administration, including, but not limited to, procedures for accounting for and storing test booklets, answer documents, and all other test materials in a secure location before, during, after, and between test administration sessions;
(3) Specification of building procedures for handling, tracking, and maintaining security of the test materials from the time and point of receipt in a building prior to testing until after the test administration when the test materials are returned to the district's central collection location;
(4) A provision mandating the shipping and return of all scorable used test booklets, secure answer documents, and any other materials specified by the department to the specified location not later than one business day after the completion of a test administration period in accordance with the directions provided by the designated scoring service provider; and
(5) A provision mandating the shipping and return of all nonscorable used and unused test booklets, unused secure answer documents, and any other materials specified by the department to the specified location not later than seven calendar days after the completion of a test administration period in accordance with the directions provided by the designated scoring service provider.
(G) Each participating school will establish written procedures to protect the security of the online and paper tests that include, but are not limited to, the following:
(1) Identification of each person by name with a designated title as being either a test coordinator, test administrator, monitor, translator, or scribe who is authorized to be present in a test room during a test administration session, including a makeup session, and/or who is authorized to have access to the test materials;
(2) Specification of a procedure for investigating any alleged violation of a test security provision or any alleged unethical testing practice, including ensuring due process for any individual accused;
(3) Specifications of a procedure for determining an action or actions to be taken in response to any confirmed violation of section 3319.151 of the Revised Code, rule 3301-7-01 of the Administrative Code, this rule, or the school's test security procedures, including, but not limited to, cheating by a student, anyone assisting a student to cheat, and/or anyone compromising a student's test;
(4) Specification of a procedure for determining whether to invalidate a student's test in response to a test security violation caused either by a student and/or by any other person; and
(5) Specification of how the written procedures will be communicated in writing and discussed each school year with employees who have access to secure test materials, students enrolled in the participating school who are being tested, and with any other person authorized to be present in a test room and/or have access to any secure test materials.
(H) Each participating school will report any alleged test security violation to the department in accordance with the procedures specified by the department as soon as it becomes known to the participating school.
(1) Upon receipt of information about an alleged test security violation, the department will contact the participating school to request the opening of an investigation. After the initial contact, the department will notify the participating school in writing that a case has been opened for an alleged test security violation.
(2) Within ten calendar days after the completion of the participating school's investigation, the participating school will file a written report with the department containing the following:
(a) The names, positions, and titles of all persons believed to be involved in the incident;
(b) A detailed description of the incident;
(c) The interviews or testimony obtained during the investigation;
(d) A statement of evidence or a statement of lack of evidence that a test security violation occurred;
(e) The results of the investigation, including the grounds for determining the occurrence of a test security violation or lack thereof; and
(f) An explanation of any corrective or disciplinary action taken, including actions taken under authority of section 3319.151 of the Revised Code.
(3) Each participating school will ensure the cooperation of all of its employees in any investigation that is conducted by the department pursuant to any allegation or other indication that a test security violation may have occurred.
(I) By the first of October of each school year, each participating school will communicate in writing to and discuss with all employees who have access to the secure test materials and students who are being tested the applicable written security procedures and the actions to be taken in response to any violations established pursuant to this rule. In the event that a participating school administers a state test during a fall test administration period that occurs prior to the first of October, prior to the beginning of the applicable test administration period each school year, the participating school will communicate in writing to and discuss with all employees who have access to the secure test materials and students who are being tested the applicable written security procedures and the actions to be taken in response to any violations established pursuant to this rule. Students and staff will be reminded orally of these provisions prior to the beginning of each test administration period by a test coordinator and test administrator.
(J) Each joint vocational school district that has executed an agreement with a participating school to administer any test pursuant to rule 3301-13-02 of the Administrative Code will comply with all provisions of this rule.
(K) The provisions of this rule do not apply to commercial tests, as defined in rule 3301-13-01 of the Administrative Code. Districts and schools using commercial tests for state or local purposes are directed to follow the rules and procedures established by the commercial test provider.
Last updated May 14, 2024 at 8:39 AM
History
- Effective: May 12, 2024
- Promulgated Under: 119.03
Ohio Adm.Code 3301-13-04 Establishing provisions for a waiver by the superintendent of public instruction.
(A) In accordance with sections 3314.08 and 3317.03 of the Revised Code, for each year that assessments are administered pursuant to the provisions of this chapter, a school district and/or community school superintendent, head administrator or designee will, by the first reporting deadline in division (A) of section 3317.03 of the Revised Code of the following school year, submit to the director of education and workforce in the manner specified by the department of education and workforce any request for a waiver for any such school with a student in its average daily membership who, in that school year, did not take one or more of the assessments in accordance with rule 3301-13-02 of the Administrative Code.
(B) The director of education and workforce may grant a waiver for such an individual for good cause shown, such as a medical condition attested to have prevented the student from taking one or more assessments during any test administration period.
(C) The provisions of this rule will not be interpreted to mean that any student for whom a waiver is granted is exempt from the assessment provisions of this chapter. Each district and community school is accountable for all such students in accordance with section 3302.03 of the Revised Code.
Last updated July 1, 2025 at 8:12 AM
History
- Effective: July 1, 2025
- Promulgated Under: 119.03
Ohio Adm.Code 3301-13-07 Establishing the provisions and decision procedures for the fairness sensitivity review committees.
(A) Each fairness sensitivity review committee will review all questions for tests prescribed under sections 3301.0710 and 3301.0712 of the Revised Code pursuant to section 3301.079 of the Revised Code.
(B) Membership of each fairness sensitivity review committee will consist of not less than twenty and not greater than thirty-five members in each of four grade level bands of tests: grades kindergarten through two, grades three through five, grades six through eight, and grades nine through twelve.
(C) Membership will be determined by the department.
(D) Membership of each fairness sensitivity review committee will represent specific groups of educators, parents, and community members as follows:
(1) Educators and/or parents of hearing impaired students; at least one and not more than four members;
(2) Educators and/or parents of visually impaired students; at least one and not more than four members;
(3) Educators and/or parents of English learners; at least one and not more than four members;
(4) Educators and/or parents of other students with disabilities; at least one and not more than four members;
(5) Educators and/or parents of gifted students; at least one and not more than four members;
(6) Parents of students in each grade band; at least two and not more than five members;
(7) Educators, parents, and/or community members who represent various groups that ensure a culturally diverse representation; at least three and not more than five;
(8) Educators and/or parents who represent all types of schools in Ohio; public, community schools, and nonpublic schools for that grade band;
(9) All regions of the state of Ohio are represented in the overall committee membership; and
(10) A balance of gender, and ethnicity is represented in the overall committee membership.
(E) The length of membership for each committee member will be limited to five years.
(F) The review will include, for each question reviewed, an evaluation of the following criteria to ensure that:
(1) Test questions do not promote or inquire as to individual moral or social values or beliefs;
(2) Test questions do not disadvantage groups of students because of their race, ethnicity, gender or disability;
(3) Diverse cultures are represented in tests and that material used neither offends nor stereotypes any student group;
(4) Test questions do not reflect an improper balance among gender, racial or ethnic groups;
(5) Test illustrations do not reflect an imbalance of physical types and do not avoid evidence of physical disability;
(6) Test questions do not contain materials understood only by specific cultural groups;
(7) Test questions do not use language that is interpreted differently by members of different groups of students;
(8) Test questions are not offensive or emotionally disturbing to a group of students;
(9) Test questions do not contain directions or scoring guidelines that assist or credit responses more typical of one group of students than another; and
(10) Test question scoring guidelines do not assign the highest possible score to those students who provide more information than requested by said test question.
(G) Each fairness sensitivity review committee will review test questions, materials, and illustrations using the criteria set forth in this rule.
(H) Each fairness sensitivity review committee will not judge, rate, or reject test questions based on academic content alignment with Ohio's learning standards.
(I) Each fairness sensitivity review committee will review test questions in accordance with this rule and will judge test questions to be:
(1) Approved for use with no revisions or only minor revisions;
(2) Revised and returned to the committee for further review and consideration; or
(3) Rejected from use on tests. If items, test materials, or illustrations are rejected, the committee will note which of the specific criteria of this rule are the basis of the rejection.
Last updated May 23, 2024 at 4:20 PM
History
- Effective: May 12, 2024
- Promulgated Under: 119.03
Ohio Adm.Code 3301-13-10 Standard to develop a plan for any accommodation for or an excuse from statewide tests for students with disabilities in chartered nonpublic schools.
(A) For those students who have an individualized services plan (ISP) developed in accordance with 34 CFR 300.138(b), any excuse from an assessment pursuant to section 3301.0711 of the Revised Code will be made in that student's ISP.
(B) For those students who do not have an ISP, any excuse from an assessment pursuant to division (C)(1)(c)(i)(I) of section 3301.0711 of the Revised Code will be made in a written plan developed as follows:
(1) The written plan includes an academic profile of the student's academic performance and is developed and/or reviewed annually by the chartered nonpublic school;
(2) The written plan addresses the needs of the student with regards to being excused from statewide assessments;
(3) Parents are included in the development of the written plan and agree to the written plan;
(4) Any excuse from participation in statewide assessments will be made in accordance with the same procedures and criteria for excusals that are done through ISPs, and considering the accommodations consistent with Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973.
(5) Any accommodation will be made in accordance with rule 3301-13-03 of the Administrative Code and will be specified in the written plan; and
(6) The chartered nonpublic school will implement the written plan.
Last updated July 1, 2025 at 8:14 AM
History
- Effective: July 1, 2025
- Promulgated Under: 119.03
Ohio Adm.Code 3301-13-11 Identification, instruction, assessment, and reclassification of English learners.
(A) The following definitions are used in this rule:
(1) "English learner accommodations" means adjustments to the testing conditions, test format, or test administration that provide equitable access during assessments for students who are English learners. Such accommodations result in a valid assessment and do not interfere with the validity or reliability of a student's test score.
(2) "Participating school" means:
(a) A local, exempted village, city or joint vocational school district as defined in Chapter 3311. of the Revised Code;
(b) A community school as defined in Chapter 3314. of the Revised Code;
(c) A science, technology, engineering, arts and mathematics school, or STEM school, as defined in Chapter 3326. of the Revised Code;
(d) The state school for the deaf;
(e) The state school for the blind; and
(f) Any educational service center or other public educational entity that administers the assessments prescribed under section 3301.0711 of the Revised Code.
(B) Each participating school will adopt policies and procedures regarding the identification, instruction, assessment, and reclassification of English learners in accordance with this rule.
(C) Each participating school will identify students in grades kindergarten through twelve as English learners using Ohio's standardized procedures for the identification of students who are English learners, which include Ohio's language usage survey questions and the Ohio English language proficiency screener.
(D) Each participating school will develop and implement an English language instruction educational program that prescribes the specific educational approach the participating school will provide to every English learner and is tailored to meet the needs of the participating school's particular English language learner student population. Each participating school's adopted policies and procedures for the instruction of English learners will provide for the adoption of a written English language instruction educational program handbook that addresses the key components that the participating school will provide to every English learner under the program. The program will include at least the following:
(1) Planned instruction by qualified teachers to provide language assistance services and personnel to implement the chosen English language instruction educational program effectively;
(2) Adaptations and modifications in content instruction by all teachers based on the student's English language proficiency level, the English language proficiency standards, and Ohio's learning standards;
(3) A protocol for the identification, instruction, and assessment of English learners with disabilities as defined in Chapter 3323. of the Revised Code and rules 3301-13-03, 3301-13-09, and 3301-13-10 of the Administrative Code, and English learners identified as gifted pursuant to Chapter 3324. of the Revised Code and rule 3301-15-15 of the Administrative Code; and
(4) Appropriate accommodations for English learners for assessments administered in accordance with division (C)(3) of section 3301.0711 of the Revised Code.
(E) Each participating school will annually administer the Ohio English language proficiency assessment to each English learner in accordance with the procedures approved by the department of education and workforce in order to assess that student's progress in learning English and to determine whether the student continues to meet the eligibility criteria for an English learner. The department will adopt procedures for the administration of the Ohio English language proficiency assessment to English learners.
(F) Each participating school will adopt a policy and establish procedures regarding the participation of English learners in the state tests as provided under sections 3301.0710, 3301.0711, and 3301.0712 of the Revised Code. Any English learner who takes a state test may be provided English learner accommodations.
(G) The department will adopt guidance for accommodations for English learners on state tests. At a minimum, the English learner accommodations will meet the following criteria:
(1) The accommodation does not change the content or structure of a test;
(2) The accommodation does not change what type of knowledge or skill that a test is intended to measure; and
(3) The accommodation does not change or enhance a student's response as to what type of knowledge or skill is intended to be assessed, but it facilitates how the response is provided or accessed.
(H) Each participating school will reclassify students in grades kindergarten through twelve who were previously identified as English learners using Ohio's standardized procedures for the reclassification of students who are no longer identified as English learners, which consist of the Ohio English language proficiency assessment. A student is no longer classified as an English learner when the student has attained the composite overall performance level of proficient on the Ohio English language proficiency assessment.
(I) When a student is no longer classified as an English learner, the following actions will occur:
(1) The student's record in the educational management information system will be changed to show exit from English learner status;
(2) The student will participate in state testing without English learner accommodations; and
(3) Participating schools will monitor and provide appropriate support for former English learners for at least two years following the exit date.
(a) In no case will retesting of a student's English language proficiency be precluded.
(b) If the results of the retesting qualify the student as an English learner, the participating school will re-enter the student into English learner status and offer English language development services.
(4) Participating schools will notify parents and guardians of English learners of the reidentification to English learner status.
(J) For purposes of accountability, the department will follow the process and calculation outlined in its state plan submitted under the Elementary and Secondary Education Act of 1965, 20 U.S.C. 6311 to 6339, as approved by the United States department of education, when using test results of any English learner.
Last updated November 8, 2024 at 8:20 AM
History
- Effective: November 8, 2024
- Promulgated Under: 119.03
Chapter 3301-14 Education Management Information System
Ohio Adm.Code 3301-14-01 Operation of the education management information system.
(A) As used in this rule, the following definitions apply:
(1) "Education management information system (EMIS)" means an integrated system of statewide data collecting, reporting, and compiling for school districts, including the publication of guidelines as defined in paragraph (A)(4) of this rule and as required by section 3301.0714 of the Revised Code.
(2) "Department" means the department of education and workforce.
(3) "Information Technology Center (ITC)" means an entity that has been authorized as a data acquisition site pursuant to section 3301.075 of the Revised Code, and authorized by the department to provide core services to user entities.
(4) "Ohio education management information system: definitions, procedures, and guidelines," hereafter referred to as the "EMIS guidelines," which are available through the department's website at education.ohio.gov, means the publication issued by the department containing the school district student, staff, and financial information to be collected and reported, along with data-element definitions, procedures, and guidelines necessary to implement the education management information system.
(5) "School district" means any city, local, exempted village, or joint vocational school district, any educational service center, any community school, and any science, technology, engineering, and mathematics school established under chapter 3326. of the Revised Code.
(B) The provisions of this rule shall apply to school districts and Ohio's ITC's pursuant to section 3301.0714 of the Revised Code.
(C) The education management information system shall contain, but not be limited to, automated school district student, staff, and financial information. The information to be collected and reported shall be defined in the "EMIS guidelines." This publication shall be developed by the department and shall include, but not be limited to:
(1) Definitions of all data pursuant to divisions (A)(1), (B), and (C) of section 3301.0714 of the Revised Code.
(2) Procedures for collecting, transferring, and reporting data to the department pursuant to divisions (A)(2) and (D) of section 3301.0714 of the Revised Code.
(3) Procedures for the security, privacy, and retention of school district data records collected pursuant to section 3301.0714 of the Revised Code.
(4) Procedures for compiling the data pursuant to divisions (A)(3) and (E) of section 3301.0714 of the Revised Code.
(5) Procedures for annually reporting the data to the public pursuant to divisions (A)(4) and (F) of sections 3301.0714 of the Revised Code; sections 3319.32 and 3319.321 of the Revised Code; and 20 U.S.C. 1232(g). In accordance with these statutes, no data, such as a social security number, shall be used to release personally identifiable student information to the department.
(6) Procedures for user access to the education management information system data.
(D) School districts shall provide all data required by section 3301.0714 of the Revised Code as set forth in the "EMIS guidelines."
(E) Data shall be maintained within the education management information system pursuant to division (I) of section 3301.07 of the Revised Code.
(F) The EMIS guidelines shall be periodically reviewed by the department in consultation with the EMIS advisory council. The department shall update the guidelines in a manner consistent with changes in law and recommendations from the council to the director of education and workforce.
(G) All EMIS data submitted for reporting purposes shall be verified and approved by the school district superintendent and treasurer.
Last updated July 1, 2025 at 8:53 AM
History
- Effective: July 1, 2025
- Promulgated Under: 119.03
Chapter 3301-15 Identification of Excellent and Deficient Schools
Ohio Adm.Code 3301-15-02 Exemptions from state statutory provisions and rules.
(A) Pursuant to section 3302.05 of the Revised Code, the board of education of any school or district that meets the criteria set forth in section 3302.03 of the Revised Code and wishes to be exempt from certain statutes and/or rules that pertain to state education obligations may submit to the department of education and workforce a resolution that identifies the specific education statutes and/or rules from which the school or district is exempt.
The following limitations apply to these exemptions:
(1) If the district employs teachers under a collective bargaining agreement adopted pursuant to Chapter 4117. of the Revised Code, written consent of the teachers' employee representative designated under division (B) of section 4117.04 of the Revised Code will accompany the resolution;
(2) The resolution is limited to the provisions of Title XXXIII of the Revised Code or to any rule of the department adopted pursuant to that title, except that no exemption may be made from the provisions of, or rule adopted pursuant to Chapter 3307. or 3309. of the Revised Code, sections 3319.07 to 3319.21 of the Revised Code, Chapter 3323. of the Revised Code, Chapter 3327. of the Revised Code, or from any operating standard adopted under division (D)(2) or (D)(3) of section 3301.07 of the Revised Code and Chapter 3301-35 of the Administrative Code;
(3) Any exemption is limited to a period not to exceed five years;
(4) If any school or district that has granted itself an exemption fails to meet the criteria provided in division (D)(3) of section 3302.03 of the Revised Code, the school or district is no longer eligible for the exemption and the resolution of the board of education of the school district becomes void upon the school's or district's failure to meet the criteria; and
(5) Exemptions for innovative pilot programs are submitted via application to the department for its approval in accordance with section 3302.07 of the Revised Code.
(B) Notwithstanding paragraph (A)(2) of this rule, the following additional statutes and rules are not subject to exemption via this process:
(1) Statutes or rules that ensure the health and/or safety of pupils, including, but not limited to, sections 3313.50 (records of hearing and vision tests of school children); 3313.643 (eye protection devices); 3313.67 (immunization of pupils); 3313.672 (new pupil to present school records); 3313.673 (screening of beginning pupils for special learning needs); 3313.69 (hearing and vision tests); 3313.71 (examinations and diagnoses by school physician); 3313.713 (administration of medication); 3313.719 (peanut or other food allergy); 3313.96 (informational programs relative to missing children); 3737.73 (emergency preparedness plan); and 5502.262 (school emergency management plans) of the Revised Code;
(2) Statutes or rules for the implementation of the education management information system (EMIS), including section 3301.0714 of the Revised Code and Chapters 3301-14 and 3301-17 of the Administrative Code;
(3) Statutes or rules for the implementation of the proficiency or achievement tests, including sections 3301.0710 and 3301.0711 of the Revised Code and Chapter 3301-13 of the Administrative Code;
(4) Section 3313.608 of the Revised Code related to reading capability at the end of grade three;
(5) Section 3313.603 of the Revised Code related to graduation and credit flexibility;
(6) Statutes or rules for the identification of gifted children, including section 3324.03 of the Revised Code;
(7) Statutes or rules relating to school finance and the calculation of funds for school districts;
(8) Section 3321.01 of the Revised Code relating to compulsory school age; and, statutes or rules that grant rights to parents, as "parent" is defined in section 3321.01 of the Revised Code;
(9) Statutes or rules relating to suspension, expulsion or permanent exclusion of pupils, including sections 3313.66, 3313.661, and 3313.662 of the Revised Code;
(10) Statutes or rules relating to the following sections of the Revised Code, including sections 3313.201 (purchase of liability insurance); 3313.80 (display of national flag); 3319.321 (confidentiality of student information); 3319.39 (criminal records check for applicants responsible for children); and 3319.391 (criminal records checks for applicants for positions not requiring licensure and not involving operation of a pupil transportation vehicle) of the Revised Code;
(11) Sections 3319.22 to 3319.31 of the Revised Code relating to licensure of school personnel;
(12) Sections 3313.48 and 3313.481 of the Revised Code relating to minimum school year;
(13) Sections 3313.61 and 3313.611 of the Revised Code relating to granting of diplomas and adult education diplomas;
(14) Performance indicators established by the department under section 3302.02 of the Revised Code;
(15) Section 3319.392 of the Revised Code; and
(16) Section 3313.6028 of the Revised Code.
Last updated May 9, 2024 at 8:36 AM
History
- Effective: May 9, 2024
- Promulgated Under: 119.03
Chapter 3301-16 High School Graduation
Ohio Adm.Code 3301-16-01 GPA calculation chart for alternative pathway to graduation.
Pursuant to division (B) of section 3313.615 of the Revised Code, the purpose of this chart is to designate grade point averages equivalent to letter grades as part of the alternative pathway to graduation.
Points are assigned to grades along a four point scale, ranging from zero to four. A full-letter grade change is equal to one point. Pluses and minuses raise or lower a grade point by three-tenths of one point. The chart included in this rule illustrates the full scale.
Note: Pursuant to the requirements of section 3313.615 of the Revised Code, the grades listed in this chart are subject to a 4.0 scale. As a result, for the purpose of this rule, grades are not weighted for the type of course taken by the student.
Letter grade to grade point conversion
| Letter grade | Grade point | Letter grade | Grade point | | --- | --- | --- | --- | | A+ | 4.0 | C+ | 2.3 | | A | 4.0 | C | 2.0 | | A- | 3.7 | C- | 1.7 | | B+ | 3.3 | D+ | 1.3 | | B | 3.0 | D | 1.0 | | B- | 2.7 | D- | 0.7 | | | | F | 0 |
Last updated May 23, 2023 at 11:13 AM
History
- Effective: May 26, 2007
- Promulgated Under: 119.03
Ohio Adm.Code 3301-16-02 Establishing criteria for awarding the diploma with honors.
(A) For the purposes of this rule, "advanced science" refers to courses in the Ohio curriculum as defined in division (C)(5)(c) of section 3313.603 of the Revised Code, an AP/IB science course, or a college credit plus science course.
(B) Each school district shall award the diploma with honors to any student who is determined to be eligible in accordance with the following provisions:
(1) Successfully completes the high school curriculum or the individualized education program developed for the student by the high school or demonstrates technical expertise in a career-technical education program;
(2) Has satisfied the assessment requirements referenced in division (A)(2)(a)(i) or (A)(2)(b) of section 3313.61 of the Revised Code; and
(3) Meets the criteria for honors as provided in this rule.
(C) No school district shall require students to apply for or declare intention to qualify for the diploma with honors.
(D) Upon initial receipt of this rule after its adoption, and each school year thereafter, each school district shall notify all high school students and their parents of the adoption of this rule and of the criteria required for earning the diplomas provided by this rule.
(E) The school district shall not add to, nor delete from, the criteria provided in paragraphs (I) to (Q) of this rule.
(F) The provisions of paragraph (E) of this rule shall not be interpreted to prohibit a school district from recognizing academic excellence in additional ways that the local district board of education deems appropriate.
(G) Each school district that enrolls students in a joint vocational school shall involve the joint vocational district in the development of any policy, guidelines, or procedures adopted pursuant to this rule. Each joint vocational school district shall provide at least annually to the appropriate home district information regarding the status with respect to this rule of each student who is enrolled at the vocational school.
(H) The diploma awarded in accordance with this rule shall be in such form as the district board of education prescribes; bear the date of its issue; and contain the signatures of the president and treasurer of the district board of education, the superintendent of schools, and the principal of the high school.
(I) To be awarded a diploma with honors, the student shall be required to meet at least all but one of the criteria for the specified type of honors diploma. A student shall not be required to meet more than the specified number of criteria, nor shall any student be required to meet any one specified criterion.
(1) Any student who receives high school credit for a course in accordance with the provisions of former Chapter 3365. of the Revised Code (postsecondary enrollment options) or current Chapter 3365. of the Revised Code (college credit plus) or in accordance with the provisions of division (G) of section 3313.603 of the Revised Code (credit for advanced work below ninth grade), shall receive credit for the course toward the requirements of this rule provided the course is related to a subject area listed in the criteria for the honors diploma.
(2) Students entering the ninth grade between July 1, 2017 and June 30, 2022 may choose to pursue the honors diploma by meeting the requirements of the former rule or by meeting the requirements set forth herein.
(3) Students entering the ninth grade on or after July 1, 2022 must meet all of the requirements set forth in this rule to receive an honors diploma.
(J) The following are part of the criteria for any honors diploma for any student.
(1) An overall high school grade point average of at least 3.5 on a four-point scale maintained up to the last grading period of the senior year;
(2) A composite score of twenty-seven on the 2016 ACT assessment (excluding the optional writing test) or a combined score of twelve hundred eighty on the 2016 SAT math and evidence-based reading and writing sections, or an equivalent score on future ACT or SAT assessments. A table aligning new ACT and SAT assessment scores with old assessment scores is available on the department of education's website at education.ohio.gov;
(3) At least four units of mathematics which include algebra I, geometry, algebra II (or its equivalent), and one other higher level course, or a four course sequence that contains equivalent or higher content;
(4) With the exception of the career technical honors diploma, either three units of one world language or no less than two units of each of two world languages studied. The criteria under this paragraph for the career technical honors diploma is two units of world language; and
(5) Completion of experiential learning, including one of the following:
(a) Completion of a field experience documented by a portfolio of work;
(b) Attainment of the OhioMeansJobs- readiness seal in accordance with section 3313.6112 of the Revised Code; or
(c) Completion of work-based learning.
(K) To earn any honors diploma, except as specified in paragraph (K)(6) of this paragraph, a student may use one of the following demonstrations instead of the criteria set forth in paragraph (J)(1), (J)(2), or (J)(4) of this rule:
(1) Earn twelve college credits through the college credit plus program;
(2) Complete three advanced placement courses with a score of three or higher on the corresponding advanced placement assessments;
(3) Earn twelve articulated college credits through career-technical articulation guides (CTAGs);
(4) Accomplish one of the following:
(a) Complete an apprenticeship registered with the Ohio state apprenticeship council;
(b) Complete a pre-apprenticeship program recognized by the Ohio state apprenticeship council; or
(c) Submit evidence of acceptance into an apprenticeship program of the program requires applicants to be eighteen or older to enroll.
(5) Earn a score of fifty or higher on the armed services vocational aptitude battery (ASVAB);
(6) Complete two hundred fifty hours or more of work-based learning; or
(7) Earn a score of six or higher on all three sections of the WorkKeys assessment. A student seeking the career-technical honors diploma may not use this demonstration as a substitute for the criteria specified in paragraph (J)(1) or (J)(2) of this rule.
(L) The following are additional criteria for the academic honors diploma:
(1) At least four units of science including two units of advanced science;
(2) Four units of social studies; and
(3) Earn two diploma seals, other than the honors diploma seal, in accordance with the requirements of section 3313.6114 of the Revised Code and in addition to the two seals required for graduation under section 3313.6114 of the Revised Code.
(M) A student seeking the international baccalaureate honors diploma shall complete all requirements established by the international baccalaureate organization for the international baccalaureate diploma programme. The following are additional criteria for the international baccalaureate honors diploma:
(1) Four units of science including two units of advanced science;
(2) Four units of social studies;
(3) Earn the seal of biliteracy in accordance with the requirements of section 3313.6111 of the Revised Code.
(N) The following are additional criteria for a student who completes the career technical honors diploma:
(1) Four units in a career-technical education program that leads to an industry recognized credential, results in an apprenticeship, or is part of an articulated career pathway which can lead to post-secondary credit.
(2) Achieve the proficiency benchmark established for the Ohio career-technical competency assessment available at webxam.org (additional content available at education.ohio.gov) or an equivalent assessment aligned with state-approved and industry validated technical standards;
(3) Earn either the industry-recognized credential seal or the technology seal, in accordance with the requirements of section 3313.6114 of the Revised Code; and
(4) Earn a score of six or higher on all three sections of the WorkKeys assessment.
(O) The following are the additional criteria for the STEM honors diploma:
(1) Four units of science including two units of advanced science.
(2) Two units of electives with a focus in STEM coursework; and
(3) Earn either the industry-recognized credential seal or the technology seal, according to the requirements set forth in section 3313.6114 of the Revised Code.
(P) The following are the additional criteria for the arts honors diploma:
(1) Four units of fine arts;
(2) Two units of electives with a focus in fine arts coursework; and
(3) Earn the fine arts seal according to the requirements set forth in section 3313.6114 of the Revised Code.
(Q) The following are the additional criteria for the social science and civic engagement honors diploma:
(1) Five units of social studies;
(2) Earn the community service seal by meeting requirements set forth in section 3313.6114 of the Revised Code; and
(3) Earn the citizenship seal by meeting the requirements set forth in section 3313.6114 of the Revised Code.
Last updated February 15, 2024 at 1:47 PM
History
- Effective: February 15, 2024
- Promulgated Under: 119.03
Ohio Adm.Code 3301-16-03 Community service learning special certification.
Pursuant to section 3313.605 of the Revised Code, the state superintendent of public instruction is required to adopt rules for granting a student special certification upon successful completion of an approved community service learning project.
(A) Governing authority, for the purpose of this rule, means the board of education of a city, local, exempted village and joint vocational school district, the governing authority of a community school established under Chapter 3314. of the Revised Code, and the governing body of a STEM school established under Chapter 3326. of the Revised Code.
(B) The governing authority of a school that includes community service education in its education program shall, pursuant to section 3313.605 of the Revised Code, award the community service learning special recognition to any graduating senior who is determined to be eligible in accordance with the following provisions:
(1) Completes the high school diploma requirements set forth in section 3313.61 of the Revised Code;
(2) Meets the criteria for the community service seal pursuant to division (C)(8) of section 3313.6114 of the Revised Code.
In evaluating and rating community service education projects, governing authorities may utilize guidelines and resources developed by the superintendent of public instruction for high-quality locally defined diploma seals available at www.education.ohio.gov.
Last updated March 29, 2023 at 1:39 PM
History
- Effective: March 23, 2023
- Promulgated Under: 119.03
Ohio Adm.Code 3301-16-04 College and work ready assessment transition.
(A) Phased implementation of assessment system.
(1) As of September 1, 2022, the college and work ready assessment system has been fully implemented. After September 1, 2022, all students are subject to the college and work ready assessment system prescribed in division (B) of section 3301.0712 of the Revised Code.
(2) Any student entering ninth grade for the first time on or after July 1, 2014, but prior to July 1, 2015, and who receives high school credit prior to January 31, 2015, for a physical science course or who receives high school credit prior to July 1, 2015 for a biology course, for which an end-of-course examination is prescribed by division (B)(2) of section 3301.0712 of the Revised Code is exempt from taking that end-of-course examination.
(a) Receipt of credit for that course satisfies the obligation to take the end-of-course examination.
(b) In determining whether that student has attained the cumulative score prescribed by division (B)(5)(c) section 3301.0712 of the Revised Code, that student is considered to have attained a proficient score on the exempted examination.
(B) Foreign exchange student excusal from American history and American government end-of-course examinations.
(1) Paragraph (B) of this rule applies to students who meet all of the criteria set forth in division (H) of section 3313.61 or division (B)(3) of section 3313.612 of the Revised Code.
(2) Students who are subject to paragraph (B) of this rule are not obligated to:
(a) Take any American history end-of-course examination and any American government end-of-course examination prescribed under division (B) of section 3301.0712 of the Revised Code;
(b) Achieve any minimum cumulative score not adjusted to account for the end-of-course exam exemption described in paragraph (B)(2)(a) of this rule; or
(c) Achieve any content area score not adjusted to account for the end-of-course exam exemption described in paragraph (B)(2)(a) of this rule.
(C) Adult diploma students.
(1) For students that pursue a diploma of adult education pursuant to section 3313.611 of the Revised Code, the Ohio graduation tests prescribed by division (B)(1) of section 3301.0710 of the Revised Code will be available for eligible students until September 1, 2022.
(2) After September 1, 2022, students pursuing a diploma of adult education pursuant to section 3313.611 of the Revised Code will meet the conditions of the college and work ready assessment system in order to receive a diploma of adult education.
Last updated May 23, 2024 at 1:41 PM
History
- Effective: May 12, 2024
- Promulgated Under: 119.03
Ohio Adm.Code 3301-16-05 Additional assessment options for students required to pass the Ohio graduation tests.
(A) In addition to satisfying the requirements set forth in section 3313.614 of the Revised Code, a person who began ninth grade for the first time before July 1, 2014, may graduate by meeting one of the following options:
(1) A person who began ninth grade for the first time before July 1, 2014, shall be eligible to receive a diploma if the person meets the requirement prescribed by section 3313.618 or section 3313.619 of the Revised Code.
(2) A person who began ninth grade for the first time before July 1, 2014, may demonstrate proficiency on an assessment other than one of the Ohio graduation tests and use their performance on this test as a replacement for the applicable Ohio graduation test as prescribed by paragraph (B) of this rule.
(B) Beginning on January 1, 2016, any person who meets the description in this paragraph may replace their performance on an Ohio graduation test with the corresponding test described in this paragraph.
(1) A student may use the assessments listed in this paragraph, with their prescribed level of performance, to replace the required proficiency on the mathematics Ohio graduation test:
(a) At least a competency score on a state end-of-course examination in algebra I or at least a proficient score on a state end-of-course examination in geometry;
(b) A remediation-free score on the mathematics portion of a nationally standardized assessment selected pursuant to division (B)(1) of section 3301.0712 of the Revised Code.
(2) A student may use the assessments listed in this paragraph, with their prescribed level of performance, to replace the required proficiency on the reading Ohio graduation test:
(a) At least a proficient score on a state end-of-course examination in English language arts I or at least a competency score on English language arts II;
(b) A remediation-free score on the reading portion, or if there is no reading portion, the English language arts portion, of a nationally standardized assessment, selected pursuant to division (B)(1) of section 3301.0712 of the Revised Code.
(3) A student may use the assessments listed in this paragraph, with their prescribed level of performance, to replace the required proficiency on the writing Ohio graduation test:
(a) At least a proficient score on a state end-of-course examination in English language arts I or at least a competency score on English language arts II;
(b) A remediation-free score on the writing portion, or, if there is no writing portion, the English language arts portion, of a nationally standardized assessment selected pursuant to division (B)(1) of section 3301.0712 of the Revised Code.
(4) A student may use the assessments listed in this rule, with their prescribed level of performance, to replace the required proficiency on the science Ohio graduation test:
(a) At least a proficient score on the state end-of-course examination in biology;
(b) A grade of "D" or higher in a biology course completed through the college credit plus program established under Chapter 3365. of the Revised Code; or
(c) At least a score equivalent to a proficient score on the state's biology end-of-course examination on an equivalent advanced placement exam or equivalent international baccalaureate exam in biology;
(5) A student may use the assessments listed in this paragraph, with their prescribed level of performance, to replace the required proficiency on the social studies Ohio graduation test:
(a) At least a proficient score on the state end-of-course examination in American history or American government;
(b) A grade of "D" or higher in either an American history or American government course completed through the college credit plus program established under Chapter 3365. of the Revised Code; or
(c) At least a score equivalent to a proficient score on the state's American history or American government end-of-course examination on an equivalent advanced placement exam or equivalent international baccalaureate exam.
(C) The state end-of-course examinations described in this rule are those prescribed by division (B)(2) of section 3301.0712 of the Revised Code.
(D) The equivalent advanced placement and international baccalaureate exams and their corresponding equivalent scores described in this rule are the same as those designated by the state board of education pursuant to division (B)(4) of section 3301.0712 of the Revised Code.
Last updated December 31, 2021 at 12:53 AM
History
- Effective: December 30, 2021
- Promulgated Under: 119.03
Ohio Adm.Code 3301-16-06 Retaking end-of-course examinations.
(A) A student, who entered ninth grade for the first time on or after July 1, 2014, may retake any end-of-course examination prescribed under division (B)(2) of section 3301.0712 of the Revised Code during the student's academic career. The student may retake an exam during testing window(s) designated by the department of education.
(B) If a student does not take an end-of-course examination on the scheduled administration date, the department of education shall make available to the student one of the following at a later time in the student's academic career:
(1) The examination for which the student was absent; or
(2) A substantially similar examination. A substantially similar examination includes a different version of the state end of course test in the same subject area.
Last updated May 23, 2023 at 11:13 AM
History
- Effective: July 29, 2016
- Promulgated Under: 119.03
Ohio Adm.Code 3301-16-07 End-of-course examination in science.
(A) This rule applies only to students who entered ninth grade for the first time on or after July 1, 2014, but prior to July 1, 2015.
(B) Students to whom this rule applies and who have not met the requirement prescribed by division (A)(2) of section 3313.618 of the Revised Code as of July 1, 2019 will be required to use biology as the end-of-course examination in science.
Last updated December 31, 2021 at 12:53 AM
History
- Effective: December 30, 2021
- Promulgated Under: 119.03
Ohio Adm.Code 3301-16-08 State seal of biliteracy.
(A) As used in this rule, the following definitions apply:
(1) "Seal of biliteracy program" means a program designed to recognize high school graduates who demonstrate applicable high levels of proficiency in comprehension, speaking/signing, reading, and writing in one or more languages in addition to English.
(2) "Foreign language" has the same meaning as division (E) of section 3313.6111 of the Revised Code.
(3) "Participating school" means any school that elects to participate in the state seal of biliteracy program.
(B) Each participating school may award the seal of biliteracy to any graduating high school student who is determined to meet the following criteria:
(1) The student is eligible to earn a high school diploma;
(2) The student entered the ninth grade on or after July 1, 2014, and will graduate with the high school class of 2018 or after;
(3) The student satisfies one of the following English language arts qualifiers:
(a) Earn a proficient level or higher on Ohio's prescribed state test(s) for high school English language arts;
(b) Earn a remediation free score on the English and reading sections of one of the state-recognized college readiness examinations prescribed by division (B)(1) of section 3301.0712 of the Revised Code; ,
(c) Earn a proficient level or higher on a department of education and workforce approved alternative assessment pursuant to section 3313.619 of the Revised Code; or
(d) Earn a score of proficient or higher on the Ohio English language proficiency assessment, or the assessment approved by the department of education and workforce pursuant to division (C)(3) of section 3301.0711 of the Revised Code used to assess a student's progress in learning English if the student has been identified as an English language learner.
(4) The student will satisfy one of the following foreign language qualifiers:
(a) Pass a foreign language advanced placement examination with a score of four or higher;
(b) Pass an international baccalaureate foreign language examination with a score of five or higher on the higher level exam or a score of six or higher on the standard level exam;
(c) Attain a score of intermediate high or higher in comprehension, speaking, reading, and writing the foreign language based on the ACTFL 2024 proficiency guidelines found at http://www.actfl.org/, using assessments approved by the department of education and workforce;
(d) Attain a score equivalent to intermediate high or higher in interpersonal signing, presentational signing, and demonstrate an understanding of American sign language on an American sign language assessment approved by the Ohio department of education and workforce; or
(e) Attain a score equivalent to intermediate high or higher in interpretive reading on a classical language assessment approved by the department of education and workforce.
(C) Each participating school, will award a seal of biliteracy to each eligible graduating senior who meets the criteria in paragraph (B) of this rule. Each participating school will include the following notation on each eligible students' transcript: " is awarded the Ohio seal of biliteracy for demonstrating high levels of proficiency in English and ."
Last updated June 27, 2024 at 10:37 PM
History
- Effective: June 27, 2024
- Promulgated Under: 119.03
Chapter 3301-17 Reports for Statewide Education Management Information System
Ohio Adm.Code 3301-17-03 Definitions.
(A) "Reporting entity" refers to city, local, exempted village, or joint vocational school districts, community schools, educational service centers, and any other educational entities that submit data to the department of education and workforce pursuant to section 3301.0714 of the Revised Code.
(B) "Data reporting issue" refers to incomplete or inaccurate data; reported data that does not conform to the data parameters and descriptions published by the department; data not reported or data not reported in a timely manner; and/or data not reported in good faith.
(C) "Department" means the department of education and workforce.
(D) "State funds" means school foundation program funding or other sources of state funding provided by the department in the fiscal year in which a withholding is applied.
Last updated May 9, 2024 at 8:37 AM
History
- Effective: May 9, 2024
- Promulgated Under: 119.03
Ohio Adm.Code 3301-17-05 Corrective action plan.
(A) Any reporting entity that needs to submit a corrective action plan to the department of education and workforce has thirty days to provide a corrective action plan to the department, unless the magnitude of the data reporting issue necessitates a shorter response time.
(B) The department may provide assistance to a reporting entity in the development of a corrective action plan; however, any corrective action plan submitted to the department will be subject to approval by the department.
(C) A corrective action plan may include, but not be limited to, the following components:
(1) An explanation of how and why the identified data reporting issues occurred;
(2) The steps the reporting entity will take, directly related to the identified data reporting issues, to either eliminate all identified data reporting issues or stop the data reporting issues from occurring again;
(3) A statement of how the district will support, financially or otherwise, the steps outlined to address the identified data reporting issues; and
(4) Approval by the superintendent or chief administrator, agreeing to implement the steps outlined in the corrective action plan.
Last updated May 9, 2024 at 8:37 AM
History
- Effective: May 9, 2024
- Promulgated Under: 119.03
Ohio Adm.Code 3301-17-06 Financial and other penalties.
(A) The factors the department of education and workforce will consider when applying a financial penalty may include, but not be limited to, the following:
(1) Type of data reporting issue;
(2) Magnitude of the data reporting issue;
(3) Whether a good faith effort was made by the reporting entity as determined by the department.
(4) Withholdings applied in similar situations with other reporting entities;
(5) Data reporting history of the reporting entity; and
(6) The reporting entity's response to previous withholdings and other actions taken by the department regarding the reporting entity's data reporting practices.
(B) If any action taken under division (L)(2) of section 3301.0714 of the Revised Code resolves a reporting entity's outstanding data reporting issues to the department's satisfaction, the department will not take any further action described by that division, except that the department may subject a reporting entity to sanctions if the department determines that a data reporting issue has reoccurred or the reporting entity has otherwise violated the reporting provisions of section 3301.0714 of the Revised Code.
(C) Any time a reporting entity becomes subject to a higher degree of sanctioning as provided for in division (L)(2) of section 3301.0714 of the Revised Code, the department will notify the reporting entity and its board of education or sponsor in writing of such an escalation at least thirty days before the department withholds any additional funding as a result of the higher degree of sanction along with the basis for such withholding.
(D) In cases where a revised report card is issued under division (L)(2)(d)(viii) of section 3301.0714 of the Revised Code, the department will also identify the impact of issuing a revised report card and include a statement to that effect with the notification.
Last updated May 9, 2024 at 8:37 AM
History
- Effective: May 9, 2024
- Promulgated Under: 119.03
Ohio Adm.Code 3301-17-07 Reporting.
Any time the department of education and workforce takes an action against a reporting entity under division (L)(2) of section 3301.0714 of the Revised Code, the department will make a report of the circumstances that prompted the action and maintain a copy in its files. Notwithstanding the notification provided for in paragraph (C) of rule 3301-17-06 of the Administrative Code, the department will send a copy of the report to the superintendent or chief administrator of the reporting entity within thirty days of issuance of the report and before the department withholds any funding.
Last updated May 9, 2024 at 8:37 AM
History
- Effective: May 9, 2024
- Promulgated Under: 119.03
Chapter 3301-18 Calculating Student Attendance Rate
Ohio Adm.Code 3301-18-01 Calculating student attendance rate.
(A) "Student attendance rate" means the ratio of the number of enrolled students actually in attendance during the course of a school year to the number of enrolled students that school year.
(B) Enrolled student is defined as per division (C) of section 3317.03 of the Revised Code.
(C) "Instructional services" means alternative experiences or activities which are provided in accordance with board policy or an individualized education program (IEP) to meet the unique needs of the student. In designing such services, modifications may be made to provisions relating to instructional time, teaching credentials, and courses of study. For students with disabilities, such modifications must be made through the IEP team.
(D) The student attendance rate will be calculated by multiplying the sum of the total aggregate hours of attendance times one hundred and then dividing that product by the sum of the total aggregate hours of membership plus the total aggregate hours of unexcused absences.
(E) The total aggregate hours of membership is the sum of the total aggregate hours of attendance plus the total aggregate hours of excused absences.
(F) Total aggregate hours (of membership, attendance, excused absence, and unexcused absence) are the sum of the hours for the school district for all students in grades kindergarten through twelfth grade, including those students who the district is instructing and students who are residents of the district and are attending an educational service center, joint vocational school district (JVSD) or a post- secondary institution.
(G) Attendance hours for a student are defined as the actual number of hours the student was in attendance in the district for the entire year.
(1) Attendance hours shall include in-school suspensions, school sponsored field trips (including extracurricular and cocurricular activities) that occur during the school day, and the number of hours a student received instructional services from the school district while expelled or while serving an out-of-school suspension. The time spent making up missed assignments while suspended does not count as attendance.
(2) Pupils absent for any reason not outlined in paragraph (G)(1) of this rule should not be counted as in attendance.
(3) No pupils shall be counted as in attendance prior to the actual date of entry in the school. Any pupil permanently withdrawn from school shall not be counted in attendance after the date of such withdrawal.
(4) To have time counted as attendance hours, a student must be enrolled and be in attendance during the year or be on expulsion or suspension status and receiving instructional services from the school district.
(5) The daily attendance for a student who is attending school less than full-time may not exceed that portion of the day in which they are scheduled to attend. Fractional hours (to two decimal places) are permitted. This would include students receiving instructional services for less than full-time while expelled or during an out-of-school suspension.
(H) Excused absence hours for a student are defined as the number of hours the student was absent for excused reasons in the district for the entire year.
(1) An excuse for absence from school may be approved in accordance with one or more of the conditions specified in paragraph (B)(2) of rule 3301-69-02 of the Administrative Code.
(2) No pupils shall be counted as absent prior to the actual date of entry in the school.
(3) To have time counted as an excused absence, a student must be enrolled and have been in attendance during the year.
(4) Any pupil permanently withdrawn from school shall not be counted as absent after the date of such withdrawal.
(5) The daily excused absence for a student who is attending school less than full-time may not exceed that portion of the day in which they are scheduled to attend. Fractional hours (to two decimal places) are permitted.
(6) Absences approved in accordance with section 3320.04 of the Revised Code are governed by that section.
(I) Unexcused absence hours for a student are defined as the number of hours the student was absent in the district for the entire year for any reasons not listed as excused in rule 3301-69-02 of the Administrative Code.
(1) Absences due to out-of-school suspensions are considered unexcused if the district is not providing instructional services.
(2) No pupils shall be counted as absent prior to the actual date of entry in the school.
(3) To have time counted as an unexcused absence, a student must be enrolled and have been in attendance during the year.
(4) Any pupil permanently withdrawn from school shall not be counted as absent after the date of such withdrawal.
(5) The hourly unexcused absence for a student who is attending school less than full-time may not exceed that portion of the day in which they are scheduled to attend. Fractional hours (to two decimal places) are permitted. This would include students not receiving instructional services for less than full-time during an out-of-school suspension.
(J) Students who are expelled and not receiving instructional services are to be withdrawn from the district during the term of the expulsion.
Last updated April 9, 2026 at 7:30 AM
History
- Effective: April 9, 2026
- Promulgated Under: 119.03
Ohio Adm.Code 3301-69-02
(A) Regulations governing excuses from future school attendance:
(1) Pursuant to division (B) of section 3321.04 of the Revised Code, the superintendent of the local school district may excuse a child over fourteen years of age from attendance for a future limited period for the purpose of performing necessary work directly and exclusively for the child's parents or legal guardians or custodians.
(2) Acceptable reasons for an excuse from future attendance may include the following:
(a) The existence of an emergency condition at home such as absence, illness or death of the parent, legal guardian, or custodian of the child;
(b) Farm work of the parent, legal guardian, or custodian during a time of the year in which the amount of farm work to be performed may be regarded as properly exceptional; or
(c) Inability of the parent, legal guardian, or custodian to employ help in the family business. The determination of inability shall be made by the superintendent.
(3) Except for cases in which an excuse has already been approved by the superintendent, a child may not be granted the excuse described in paragraph (A)(1) of this rule if the child has not been in regular attendance at school during the current school year.
(4) Except for emergency situations in which there is insufficient time for a child to apply for an excuse from future attendance from school and for such a permit to be granted, no permit shall be issued for the excuse of a child from future attendance at school until proof is established to the satisfaction of the superintendent of the need for such absence. In cases of emergency, the parent, legal guardian, or custodian, as defined in section 2151.011 of the Revised Code, shall seek a permit as soon as possible.
(5) The excuse shall be limited to a period not to exceed thirty school hours and can be renewed for thirty additional hours. At no time, however, shall such excuses permit a child to be absent from school for a period of more than sixty consecutive hours. Renewals shall be granted at the discretion of the superintendent.
(6) Notwithstanding paragraph (A)(1) of this rule, no child shall be excused for any period of time when such absence would materially endanger the child's educational welfare or scholastic advancement. Such determination shall be made by the superintendent.
(7) The written request for the absence of a child for a future limited period of time and the reasons for such absence, as stated by the parent, legal guardian or custodian over their signature, shall be filed by the parent, legal guardian or custodian with the superintendent in the district from which the child is seeking to obtain an excuse from school. Requests for absence may be filed with the superintendent by the principal or teacher of the school or schools under the administration of such superintendent when requested by the parent, legal guardian or custodian. A copy of the excuse shall be sent to the person in charge of the child.
(8) The absence from school shall apply to only those hours specified by the superintendent. Such absence can begin only after the permit is granted in writing by the superintendent except in emergency situations in which there is insufficient time for a child to apply for an excuse from future attendance from school and for such a permit to be granted. In cases of emergency, the parent, legal guardian, or custodian shall seek a permit as quickly as possible.
(9) Notwithstanding paragraphs (A)(5) and (A)(6) of this rule, at the discretion of the superintendent, a child may be excused for a longer period of time than sixty school hours if a child's parent, legal guardian, or custodian has recently died or become totally or partially incapacitated and there is no older sibling living in the home who is out of school. In such cases, the superintendent may request a certificate of a physician attesting to the physical condition of the parent, legal guardian, or custodian.
(B) In this paragraph are additional conditions governing the issuance of excuses for absence from school:
For purposes of this paragraph, "approving authority" includes the person or office designated by the principal, superintendent, or local policy that in a given school reviews student absenteeism on a day-to-day basis and either approves or denies a child's reason for being absent from school.
(1) The parent, legal guardian, or custodian must provide an explanation for the absence, which shall be recorded by the approving authority of the school and shall include the date and time of the absence according to local policy. Emancipated youth and married children under the age of eighteen may provide the explanation for their absence from school to the approving authority;
(2) An excuse for absence from school may be approved on the basis of one or more of the following conditions:
(a) Illness of the child. The approving authority may require the written statement of a physician/mental health professional if it is deemed appropriate;
(b) Illness in the family necessitating the presence of the child. The approving authority may require the written statement of a physician and an explanation as to why the child's absence was necessary, if it is deemed appropriate;
(c) Quarantine in the home. The absence of a child from school under this condition is limited to the length of quarantine as determined by the proper health officials;
(d) Death of a relative. The absence arising from this condition is limited to a period of eighteen school hours unless a reasonable cause may be shown by the applicant child for a longer absence;
(e) Medical, behavioral or dental appointment. The approving authority may require the written statement of a physician, mental health professional, or dentist if it is deemed appropriate;
(f) Observance of religious holidays. A child shall be excused if the child's absence is pursuant to section 3320.04 of the Revised Code;
(g) Post-secondary visitation. The approving authority may require verification of the date and time of the visitation by the post-secondary institution. The approving authority may mark a student as "present" if the local school board of education has adopted a policy that reasonably accommodates such visitations and does not exceed three days each school year;
(h) Pre-enlistment reporting to military enlistment processing station. The approving authority may require verification of the date and time of the reporting. The approving authority may also mark a student as "present" if the absence is used to help fulfill graduation requirements;
(i) Absences due to a child's placement in foster care or change in foster care placement or any court proceedings related to the child's foster care status;
(j) Absences due to a child being homeless;
(k) Children of military families. Absences due to deployment activities of a parent, legal guardian, or custodian consistent with section 3301.60 of the Revised Code;
(l) Emergency or other set of circumstances in which the judgment of the superintendent of schools constitutes a good and sufficient cause for absence from school; or
(m) Any additional reason stated in a policy adopted by the local school board of education.
Last updated March 24, 2025 at 7:59 AM
History
- Effective: March 23, 2025
- Promulgated Under: 119.03
Chapter 3301-19 School District Expenditure Flow Reports
Ohio Adm.Code 3301-19-01 Definitions.
The following definitions are used in Chapter 3301-19 of the Administrative Code:
(A) "Functions" means expenditure areas within the school district expenditure flow report. The functions are listed as:
(1) "Administration" functions are those expenditures dealing with the administration, management and educational leadership of a school district or building.
(2) "Facilities and operations" functions include expenditures for the provision and maintenance of the district and school housing, transportation and utilities, and other environmental support.
(3) "Staff support" functions, as used in the expenditure flow report, include expenditures for staff development and training.
(4) "Pupil support" functions include outside the classroom support such as counseling, field trips, student activities, etc.
(5) "Instructional support" functions, as used in the expenditure flow report, include teachers, teacher aides, paraprofessionals, books, materials and supplies and instructional equipment, and tests used in a classroom setting.
(B) "Department" is the department of education and workforce whose responsibility it is to construct rules, standards and procedures as directed by the director of education and workforce; analyze data from the expenditure report; and publish a comparative report and analysis of the data.
(C) "School building" means any individual building as identified by the information retrieval number (IRN) within the discretion and authority of the board of education of a chartered school district.
Last updated June 17, 2026 at 7:26 PM
History
- Effective: June 15, 2026
- Promulgated Under: 119.03
Ohio Adm.Code 3301-19-02 Purpose.
The purpose of the rules in this chapter is to:
(A) Establish the rules, procedures and standards enabling the director of education and workforce to annually inspect and analyze the expenditures of each school district and make a determination as to the efficiency of each school's costs, relative to other similar school districts in the state.
(B) Analyze financial reports of expenditures in like categories in administration, facilities and operations, teacher support, pupil support, and instruction.
(C) Analyze financial reports of expenditures pursuant to the expenditure standards approved by the director of education and workforce, which are available on the department's website (education.ohio.gov).
(D) Present the analyses in generally understandable formats to be reported state-wide annually in an effort to encourage efficient school operation, to provide useful information about school finances to the general population.
Last updated June 17, 2026 at 7:26 PM
History
- Effective: June 15, 2026
- Promulgated Under: 119.03
Ohio Adm.Code 3301-19-03 Procedures for submitting data and presenting information.
(A) The expenditure reports generated pursuant to the rules in this chapter will be derived from data collected electronically - including financial records that utilize the data coding structure of the uniform school accounting system in accordance with section 117.101 of the Revised Code available on the auditor of state's website - through the education management information system (EMIS) or any other reporting system designated for data collection by the director of education and workforce.
(B) The director of education and workforce may conduct an inspection and analysis of the data submitted by the use of standards developed by the department of education and workforce pursuant to section 3302.20 of the Revised Code.
(C) All city, exempted village, local, and joint vocational school districts, educational service centers, and community schools will be required to submit the EMIS data necessary for the expenditure reports per deadlines established by EMIS procedures available on the department's website (education.ohio.gov).
(D) School districts will submit all required electronic data as specified in the EMIS procedures.
(E) Administrative procedures for reporting the information and revising the reports will be determined by the director of education and workforce.
(F) The director of education and workforce will make available reports that summarize district and statewide expenditures by function area, total expenditure data, per pupil expenditure data, and the functional expenditures as a percentage of all expenditures. Any district information released by the director will be organized in a manner that promotes meaningful comparisons.
(G) At the discretion of the director of education and workforce, reports may be distributed that summarize expenditure data by any other useful categorization to provide meaningful measures of district operational efficiencies.
(H) The director of education and workforce will provide access to an electronic data base that will provide individual school districts and the public with electronic access to the summary data.
Last updated June 17, 2026 at 7:27 PM
History
- Effective: June 15, 2026
- Promulgated Under: 119.03
Chapter 3301-28 Local Report Card
Ohio Adm.Code 3301-28-01 Definitions.
The following definitions apply to this chapter unless otherwise defined in Chapter 3302. of the Revised Code:
(A) "Report Card" means the report on the performance of each school district and school that is released after each school year. The report card contains the performance measures outlined in this chapter and in accordance with section 3302.03 of the Revised Code. Beginning with the report card released for the 2021-2022 school year, the report card will include rated components. Beginning with the report card released for the 2022-2023 school year, the report card will include rated components and an overall rating.
(B) "Performance measure" means an individual metric used to evaluate a specific aspect of the performance of a school district or school.
(C) "Component" refers to a grouping of performance measures that evaluate a similar aspect of the performance of a school district or school.
(D) "Overall rating" has the same meaning as in division (F)(2) of section 3302.03 of the Revised Code.
(E) " Benchmark" is a specific level of performance against which an outcome or set of outcomes are evaluated and/or measured.
(F) "Chronic absenteeism indicator" has the same meaning as in division (A)(3) of section 3302.02 of the Revised Code.
(G) "Effect size" means a composite measure of academic growth relative to the mean of the state as a whole that reflects the amount of academic growth of the school or district.
(H) "English learner proficiency indicator" refers to the performance measure established in division (D)(3)(a)(iii) of section 3302.03 of the Revised Code.
(I) "Four-year adjusted cohort graduation rate" has the same meaning as in division (G)(1) of section 3302.01 of the Revised Code.
(J) "Five-year adjusted cohort graduation rate" has the same meaning as in division (G)(2) of section 3302.01 of the Revised Code.
(K) "Growth index" means a composite measure of statistical significance that reflects the reliability of the data to indicate the academic growth of the school or district in relation to the state as a whole.
(L) "Gifted performance indicator" refers to the indicator established in division (A)(2) of section 3302.02 of the Revised Code.
(M) "Gifted performance index" refers to the element of the gifted performance indicator as described in division (A)(2)(a) of section 3302.02 of the Revised Code.
(N) "Gifted progress" refers to the element of the gifted performance indicator as described in division (A)(2)(b) of section 3302.02 of the Revised Code.
(O) "Gifted identification and services" refers to the elements of the gifted performance indicator as described in divisions (A)(2)(c) and (A)(2)(d) of section 3302.02 of the Revised Code.
(P) "Subgroup" has the same meaning as in division (B) of section 3302.01 of the Revised Code.
(Q) "Subgroup graduation targets" refers to the performance measure established in division (D)(3)(a)(iv) of section 3302.03 of the Revised Code and targets established in Ohio's Every Student Succeeds Act state plan that was approved by the United States department of education.
(R) "Subgroup achievement targets" refers to the performance measure established in division (D)(3)(a)(v) of section 3302.03 of the Revised Code and targets established in Ohio's Every Student Succeeds Act state plan that was approved by the United States department of education.
(S) "Subgroup progress targets" refers to the performance measure established in division (D)(3)(a)(vi) of section 3302.03 of the Revised Code and targets established in Ohio's Every Student Succeeds Act state plan that was approved by the United States department of education.
Last updated June 16, 2022 at 7:27 AM
History
- Effective: June 16, 2022
- Promulgated Under: 119.03
Ohio Adm.Code 3301-28-02 Gap closing component and measures.
(A) Beginning with the report card released for the 2021-2022 school year, the report card will include a rated gap closing component. The rating for this component will be assigned in accordance with rule 3301-28-10 of the Administrative Code. Schools and districts can earn points toward the component for meeting performance thresholds on each applicable performance measure. The gap closing component will include the following performance measures:
(1) The gifted performance indicator, for which districts and schools may earn five points for meeting the gifted performance index element, five points for meeting the gifted progress element, and five points for meeting the gifted identification and services element;
(2) The chronic absenteeism indicator, for which districts and schools may earn five points;
(3) The English language proficiency indicator established by the department, for which districts and schools may earn five points;
(4) The subgroup graduation targets, for which districts and schools may earn one point for each subgroup enrolled in the district or school that meets the applicable target;
(5) The subgroup achievement targets in mathematics, for which districts and schools may earn one point for each subgroup enrolled in the district or school that meets the applicable target;
(6) The subgroup achievement targets in English language arts, for which districts and schools may earn one point for each subgroup enrolled in the district or school that meets the applicable target;
(7) The subgroup progress targets in mathematics, for which districts and schools may earn one point for each subgroup enrolled in the district or school that meets the applicable target;
(8) The subgroup progress targets in English language arts, for which districts and schools may earn one point for each subgroup enrolled in the district or school that meets the applicable target.
(B) Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this rule, subgroup data will not be included in a performance measure in the gap closing component if the subgroup includes data from fewer than fifteen students.
(C) The participation rate requirement for testing is ninety-five per cent. Any school or district with applicable subgroups that does not meet the requirement will receive a point reduction partially in proportion to how close the district or school was to meeting the rate requirement as described in division (D)(3)(a) of section 3302.03 of the Revised Code.
(D) If a measure does not apply to the school or district due to subgroup size or type of school, the points for that measure will not be included in the denominator of possible points.
(E) A community school will have a total possible maximum score of sixty points unless the community school elects to receive the gifted performance indicator in accordance with rule 3301-28-04 of the Administrative Code.
Last updated June 16, 2022 at 7:27 AM
History
- Effective: June 16, 2022
- Promulgated Under: 119.03
Ohio Adm.Code 3301-28-10
(A) Beginning with the 2024-2025 school year, and annually thereafter, the report card will include an overall rating and a rating for each of the gap closing, achievement, progress, graduation, early literacy, and college, career, workforce, and military readiness components.
(B) The overall rating will be calculated using the gap closing, achievement, progress, graduation, early literacy, and college, career, workforce, and military readiness components. In cases where a school district or school has ratings for all six components, each component shall be weighted in accordance with division (D)(3)(g)(ii) of section 3302.03 of the Revised Code such that:
(1) The achievement component shall contribute twenty-five per cent towards the overall rating;
(2) The progress component shall contribute twenty-five per cent towards the overall rating;
(3) The graduation component shall contribute 12.5 per cent towards the overall rating;
(4) The gap closing component shall contribute 12.5 per cent towards the overall rating;
(5) The early literacy component shall contribute 12.5 per cent towards the overall rating.
Where a school or district does not have all six components, the applicable components will be weighted in accordance with the proportional adjustment of component weighting chart in appendix A to this rule.
(6) The college, career, workforce, and military readiness component shall contribute 12.5 per cent towards the overall rating.
(C) To calculate the overall performance rating, the cut scores of each applicable component will be converted to points in accordance with the conversion charts in appendix A to this rule. A school district or school will be assigned an overall performance rating according to the following performance benchmarks:
(1) A rating of five stars for a score of equal to or greater than 4.125 points;
(2) A rating of four and one-half stars for a score equal to or greater than 3.625 points but less than 4.125 points;
(3) A rating of four stars for a score equal to or greater than 3.125 points but less than 3.625 points;
(4) A rating of three and one-half stars for a score equal to or greater than 2.625 points but less than 3.125 points;
(5) A rating of three stars for a score equal to or greater than 2.125 points but less than 2.625 points;
(6) A rating of two and one-half stars for a score equal to or greater than 1.625 points but less than 2.125 points;
(7) A rating of two stars for a score equal to or greater than 1.125 points but less than 1.625 points;
(8) A rating of one and one-half stars for a score equal to or greater than 0.563 points but less than 1.125 points;
(9) A rating of one star for a score less than 0.563 points.
(D) In cases where a school district or school has ratings for fewer than six components, the non-rated components shall not be included in the calculation and the percentages for the remaining rated components defined in paragraphs (B)(1) to (B)(6) of this rule shall be adjusted to maintain the same proportional weight within the calculation.
(E)
(1) Performance ratings for the achievement component will be assigned according to the following benchmarks:
(a) Five stars for a percentage of the maximum performance index score of greater than or equal to ninety per cent;
(b) Four stars for a percentage of the maximum performance index score greater than or equal to eighty per cent but less than ninety per cent;
(c) Three stars for a percentage of the maximum performance index score greater than or equal to seventy per cent but less than eighty per cent;
(d) Two stars for a percentage of the maximum performance index score greater than or equal to fifty per cent but less than seventy per cent;
(e) One star for a percentage of the maximum performance index score less than fifty per cent.
(2) The performance ratings for the achievement component will be described on the report card as follows:
(a) A five-star rating will be described as "significantly exceeds state standards in academic achievement";
(b) A four-star rating will be described as "exceeds state standards in academic achievement";
(c) A three-star rating will be described as "meets state standards in academic achievement";
(d) A two-star rating will be described as "needs support to meet state standards in academic achievement";
(e) A one-star rating will be described as "needs significant support to meet state standards in academic achievement."
(F)
(1) Performance ratings for the progress component will be assigned according to the following benchmarks for districts:
(a) Five stars for a growth index of at least 2 and effect size of at least 0.1;
(b) Four stars for a growth index of at least 2 and effect size of less than 0.1;
(c) Three stars for a growth index greater than or equal to -2 but less than 2;
(d) Two stars for a growth index of less than -2 and effect size of at least -0.1;
(e) One star for a growth index less than -2 and effect size of less than -0.1.
(2) Performance ratings for the progress component will be assigned according to the following benchmarks for schools:
(a) Five stars for a growth index of at least 2 and effect size of at least 0.2;
(b) Four stars for a growth index of at least 2 and effect size of less than 0.2;
(c) Three stars for a growth index greater than or equal to -2 but less than 2;
(d) Two stars for a growth index of less than -2 and effect size of at least -0.2;
(e) One star for a growth index less than -2 and effect size of less than -0.2.
(3) The performance ratings for the progress component will be described for school districts on the report card as follows:
(a) A five-star rating will be described as "significant evidence that the district exceeded student growth expectations by a larger magnitude";
(b) A four-star rating will be described as "significant evidence that the district exceeded student growth expectations";
(c) A three-star rating will be described as "evidence that the district met student growth expectations";
(d) A two-star rating will be described as "significant evidence that the district fell short of student growth expectations";
(e) A one-star rating will be described as "significant evidence that the district fell short of student growth expectations by a larger magnitude."
(4) The performance ratings for the progress component will be described for schools on the report card as follows:
(a) A five-star rating will be described as "significant evidence that the school exceeded student growth expectations by a larger magnitude";
(b) A four-star rating will be described as "significant evidence that the school exceeded student growth expectations";
(c) A three-star rating will be described as "evidence that the school met student growth expectations";
(d) A two-star rating will be described as "significant evidence that the school fell short of student growth expectations";
(e) A one-star rating will be described as "significant evidence the school fell short of student growth expectations by a larger magnitude."
(G)
(1) Performance ratings for the gap closing component will be assigned according to the following benchmarks:
(a) Five stars for a percentage greater than or equal to sixty per cent of applicable points earned;
(b) Four stars for a percentage greater than or equal to forty-five per cent but less than sixty per cent of applicable points earned;
(c) Three stars for a percentage greater than or equal to thirty per cent but less than forty-five per cent of applicable points earned;
(d) Two stars for a percentage greater than or equal to ten per cent but less than thirty per cent of applicable points earned;
(e) One star for a percentage less than ten per cent of applicable points earned.
(2) The performance ratings for the gap closing component will be described on the report card as follows:
(a) A five-star rating will be described as "significantly exceeds state standards in closing educational gaps";
(b) A four-star rating will be described as "exceeds state standards in closing educational gaps";
(c) A three-star rating will be described as "meets state standards in closing educational gaps";
(d) A two-star rating will be described as "needs support to meet state standards in closing educational gaps";
(e) A one-star rating will be described as "needs significant support to meet state standards in closing educational gaps."
(H)
(1) The performance on each measure under paragraphs (H)(3), (H)(4), and (H)(5) of this rule are multiplied by the weight as described in division (D)(3)(e) of section 3302.03 of the Revised Code to create a combined component percentage. Performance ratings for the early literacy component will be assigned according to the following benchmarks based on the combined component percentage:
(a) Five stars for a percentage of greater than or equal to eighty-nine per cent;
(b) Four stars for a percentage of greater than or equal to seventy-five per cent but less than eighty-nine per cent;
(c) Three stars for a percentage of greater than or equal to sixty-one per cent but less than seventy-five per cent;
(d) Two stars for a percentage of greater than or equal to forty-seven per cent but less than sixty-one per cent;
(e) One star for a percentage of less than forty-seven per cent.
(2) The performance ratings for the early literacy component will be described on the report card as follows:
(a) A five-star rating will be described as "significantly exceeds state standards in early literacy (K-3)";
(b) A four-star rating will be described as "exceeds state standards in early literacy (K-3)";
(c) A three-star rating will be described as "meets state standards in early literacy (K-3)";
(d) A two-star rating will be described as "needs support to meet state standards in early literacy (K-3)";
(e) A one-star rating will be described as "needs significant support to meet state standards in early literacy (K-3)."
(3) The measure for proficiency in third grade reading will be a percentage of students in the district or school who score proficient or higher on the reading segment of the third grade English language arts assessment.
(4) The measure for progress in improving literacy in grades kindergarten through three will be a reduction in the total percentage of students scoring below grade level, or below proficient, compared from year to year on the reading segments of the diagnostics and assessments listed in division (D)(1)(h) of section 3302.03 of the Revised Code.
(5) The measure for promotion to the fourth grade will be a percentage of students in the district or school who are promoted to the fourth grade based on the student's score on the third grade English language arts assessment under division (A)(3) of section 3301.0710 of the Revised Code or demonstrate competency on an alternative assessment under division (A)(2)(c) of section 3313.608 of the Revised Code.
(6) For the purpose of calculating a rating for the early learning component, the performance measures under paragraphs (H)(3), (H)(4), and (H)(5) of this rule will be weighted according to the provisions of division (D)(3)(e) of section 3302.03 of the Revised Code.
(I)
(1) Performance ratings for the graduation component will be assigned according to the following benchmarks:
(a) Five stars for a weighted percentage of students graduating in four or five years of greater than or equal to 96.5 per cent;
(b) Four stars for a weighted percentage of students graduating in four or five years of greater than or equal to 93.5 per cent but less than 96.5 per cent;
(c) Three stars for a weighted percentage of students graduating in four or five years of greater than or equal to 90.0 per cent but less than 93.5 per cent;
(d) Two stars for a weighted percentage of students graduating in four or five years of greater than or equal to 84.0 per cent but less than 90.0 per cent;
(e) One star for a weighted percentage of students graduating in four or five years of less than 84.0 per cent.
(2) The performance ratings for the graduation component will be described on the report card as follows:
(a) A five-star rating will be described as "significantly exceeds state standards in graduation rates";
(b) A four-star rating will be described as "exceeding state standards in graduation rates";
(c) A three-star rating will be described as "meets state standards in graduation rates";
(d) A two-star rating will be described as "needs support to meet state standards in graduation rates";
(e) A one-star rating will be described as "needs significant support to meet state standards in graduation rates."
(J)
(1) Performance ratings for the college, career, workforce, and military readiness component will be assigned according to the following benchmarks:
(a) Five stars for a percentage greater than or equal to eighty-five per cent;
(b) Four stars for a percentage greater than or equal to seventy-five per cent but less than eighty-five per cent;
(c) Three stars for a percentage greater than or equal to sixty-three per cent but less than seventy-five per cent;
(d) Two stars for a percentage greater than or equal to fifty-three per cent but less than sixty-three per cent;
(e) One star for a percentage less than fifty-three per cent.
(2) The performance ratings for the college, career, workforce, and military readiness component will be described on the report card as follows:
(a) A five-star rating will be described as "significantly exceeds state standards in post-secondary readiness";
(b) A four-star rating will be described as "exceeding state standards in post-secondary readiness";
(c) A three-star rating will be described as "meets state standards in post-secondary readiness";
(d) A two-star rating will be described as "needs support to meet state standards in post-secondary readiness";
(e) A one-star rating will be described as "needs significant support to meet state standards in post-secondary readiness."
(3) A district or building will not receive lower than a performance rating of three stars for the component if the district's or building's performance on the component meets or exceeds a level of improvement of fifteen per cent from the prior year.
(K)
(1) All mathematical calculations required to determine the final percentages used to assign the ratings described in paragraphs (E), (F), (G), (H) and (I) of this rule will be performed using unrounded numbers. Once each calculation is complete, the final percentages will be rounded to the nearest tenth using standard rounding rules (half rounds up) for the purpose of assigning each component rating. The weighted points generated from the calculations described in paragraph (B) of this rule will be rounded to the nearest thousandth for the purpose of assigning the overall rating.
(2) When displaying data on the report card, the department of education and workforce may round or truncate the numbers and percentages as needed to make it easier for readers to view and understand the information, but the original numbers will still be used for any calculations as described in paragraph (K)(1) of this rule.
View Appendix
Last updated August 31, 2026 at 7:39 AM
History
- Effective: August 31, 2026
- Promulgated Under: 119.03
Ohio Adm.Code 3301-28-04
(A) Beginning with the report card issued for the 2021-2022 school year, the report card will include a gifted performance indicator in the gap closing component. The gifted performance indicator will include the following elements to indicate whether the gifted performance indicator is met:
(1) A gifted performance index;
(2) Gifted progress;
(3) Gifted identification and services.
(B)
(1) The gifted performance index element will measure the performance of students on state assessments, as measured by the performance index score described in section 3302.01 of the Revised Code, disaggregated for students identified as gifted.
(2) The performance benchmarks for the gifted performance index element will be phased in over three years using the following thresholds:
(a) For the 2021-2022 school year, schools will meet the performance benchmark if the school has at least ninety-five per cent of the possible performance index score using the gifted school level maximum score. For the 2021-2022 school year, districts will meet the performance benchmark if the school has at least ninety-five per cent of the possible performance index score using the gifted district level maximum score.
(b) For the 2022-2023 school year, schools will meet the performance benchmark if the school has at least 96.5 per cent of the possible performance index score using the gifted school level maximum score. For the 2022-2023 school year, districts will meet the performance benchmark if the school has at least 96.5 per cent of the possible performance index score using the gifted district level maximum score.
(c) For the 2023-2024 school year and each school year thereafter, schools will meet the performance benchmark if the school has at least 97.5 per cent of the possible performance index score using the gifted school level maximum score. For the 2023-2024 school year, districts will meet the performance benchmark if the school has at least 97.5 per cent of the possible performance index score using the gifted district level maximum score.
(C)
(1) The gifted progress element will be based on the value-added growth measure under section 3302.021 of the Revised Code, disaggregated for students identified as gifted.
(2) A district or school will meet the gifted progress element if the district or school would receive a three-star, four-star, or five-star rating for the progress component based solely on students identified as gifted. In making this calculation, the department will use the methodology adopted by the state board of education for assigning a rating for the progress component.
(D)
(1) The gifted identification and services element will measure both:
(a) The percentage of students in each grade level identified as gifted and disaggregated by traditionally underrepresented and economically disadvantaged students;
(b) The level of services provided to students as measured by the percentage of students provided services in each grade level and disaggregated by traditionally underrepresented and economically disadvantaged students.
For the purpose of this paragraph (D) of this rule, students will be considered traditionally underrepresented based on a representation index used by the department of education. The representation index will be a ratio calculated that shows the representation of students identified as gifted in the overall student population.
(2) ) The performance benchmarks for the gifted identification and services element will be phased in over three years using the following thresholds:
(a) For the 2021-2022 school year, school districts and schools will meet the performance benchmark if the district or school has at least sixty per cent of possible points of the gifted identification and services point matrix. The total possible points will not exceed one hundred forty points.
(b) ) For the 2022-2023 school year, school districts and schools will meet the performance benchmark if the district or school has at least seventy per cent of possible points of the gifted identification and services point matrix. The total possible points will not exceed one hundred forty points.
(c) For the 2023-2024 school year and each school year thereafter, school districts and schools will meet the performance benchmark if the district or school has at least eighty per cent of possible points of the gifted identification and services point matrix. The total possible points will not exceed one hundred forty points.
(3)
(a) For the purpose of measuring gifted identification and services for school districts under paragraph (D) of this rule, a district's points will be based on the following grade bands for superior cognitive and specific academic identification and services:
(i) Kindergarten and grades one and two;
(ii) Grades three, four, five, and six;
(iii) Grades seven and eight;
(iv) Grades nine, ten, eleven, and twelve.
(b) For the purpose of measuring gifted identification and services for school districts under paragraph (D) of this rule, a district's points will be based on a grade band of kindergarten through grade twelve for creativity, visual, or performing arts identification and services.
(c) For the purpose of measuring gifted identification and services for schools under paragraph (D) of this rule, a school's points will be based on a grade band of kindergarten through grade twelve for all types of gifted identification and services.
(E) Community schools established under Chapter 3314. of the Revised Code will not receive the gifted performance indicator for the 2021-2022 school year. Starting with the 2022-2023 school year, community schools that notify the department of education of the school's election to receive the gifted performance indicator and will then have the gifted performance indicator contribute to the schools' gap closing component rating.
(F) Within three years after the effective date of this rule, the department, in consultation with the state gifted advisory council, shall provide recommendations to the state board regarding the performance benchmarks established in this rule.
Last updated June 16, 2022 at 7:27 AM
History
- Effective: June 16, 2022
- Promulgated Under: 119.03
Ohio Adm.Code 3301-28-03 Achievement component and measure.
(A) Beginning with the report card released for the 2021-2022 school year, the report card will include a rated achievement component using a performance index measure. This measure will be the only measure included in the achievement component rating and will use the performance index system described in division (A) of section 3302.01 of the Revised Code. The rating for this component will be assigned in accordance with rule 3301-28-10 of the Administrative Code.
(B) The performance index shall assign weights for each student's performance level on state assessments. Higher levels of achievement by a student will result in a higher weight for that student. The performance index measure for each district or building will be a percentage of the maximum performance index score established annually for districts and schools as described in division (D)(1)(c) of section 3302.03 of the Revised Code.
(C) Students who are advanced a grade in a tested subject area in accordance with a student acceleration policy adopted under section 3324.10 of the Revised Code and take the corresponding assessment shall receive the weight prescribed for the next higher performance level. The department shall assign the weight of 1.3 for a score in the assessment's highest performance level for students who are advanced a grade.
Last updated June 16, 2022 at 7:27 AM
History
- Effective: June 16, 2022
- Promulgated Under: 119.03
Ohio Adm.Code 3301-28-05 Graduation component and measures.
(A) Beginning with the report card released for the 2021-2022 school year, the report card shall include a rated graduation component that includes performance measures for the four-year adjusted cohort graduation rate and five-year adjusted cohort graduation rate. These measures shall use the adjusted cohort graduation rate defined in section 3302.01 of the Revised Code. The rating for this component will be assigned in accordance with rule 3301-28-10 of the Administrative Code.
(B) The four-year adjusted cohort graduation rate shall be based on the percentage of students who earn a diploma within four years of entering the ninth grade for the first time. The five-year adjusted cohort graduation rate shall be based on the percentage of students who graduate within five years of entering ninth grade for the first time.
(C) The department will assign a rating to the graduation component but not the individual graduation rate measures.
Last updated June 16, 2022 at 7:27 AM
History
- Effective: June 16, 2022
- Promulgated Under: 119.03
Ohio Adm.Code 3301-28-06 Progress component and measures.
(A) The value-added progress dimension uses assessment data from the assessments described in division (F) of section 3302.01 of the Revised Code over multiple years to determine if a school district or school is producing student academic progress. Up to three of years of data are used as described in division (D)(1)(d) of section 3302.03 of the Revised Code.
(B) The report card shall include a performance measure for the value-added progress dimension described in sections 3302.01 and 3302.021 of the Revised Code. Beginning with the 2021-2022 school year, the rated progress component of the report card includes the performance measure under the value-added progress dimension described in sections 3302.01 and 3302.021 of the Revised Code.
(C) For each school and district, a composite measure of statistical significance will be used that reflects the reliability of the data to indicate the academic progress of the school or district in relation to the state as a whole.
(1) In computing the value-added progress dimension for each school district and school, the department of education will use the growth index as a first step to reflect the reliability of the data to indicate the academic growth of the district or school in relation to the state as a whole.
(2) In computing the value-added progress dimension for each school district and school, the department will use the effect size as a second step to indicate the amount of academic growth of the district or school in relation to the state as a whole.
(3) The ratings for this component will use the results of the growth index and effect size in accordance with rule 3301-28-10 of the Administrative Code.
(D) The students included in the value-added measure for students identified as gifted will include students identified as gifted in superior cognitive ability and specific academic ability fields pursuant to Chapter 3324. of the Revised Code.
(E) In accordance with sections 3302.036, 3301.0711, 3301.0714, and 3319.321 of the Revised Code and the Family and Educational Rights and Privacy Act (FERPA) (January 2013), 20 U.S.C. 1232g, individual student test scores and individual student reports shall be made available only to a student's classroom teacher, other appropriate educational personnel, and the student's parent or guardian.
Last updated June 16, 2022 at 7:27 AM
History
- Effective: June 16, 2022
- Promulgated Under: 119.03
Ohio Adm.Code 3301-28-07 Early literacy component and measures.
(A) Beginning with the 2021-2022 school year, the report card will include a rated early literacy component. This component includes performance measures regarding third-grade reading proficiency, progress in improving literacy in grades kindergarten through three, and the promotion of students to fourth grade. The rating for this component will be assigned in accordance with rule 3301-28-10 of the Administrative Code.
(B) The performance measure regarding third-grade reading proficiency will include the percentage of students in the district or school who score proficient or higher on the reading segment of the third grade English language arts assessment under section 3301.0710 of the Revised Code.
(C) The performance measure regarding progress in improving literacy in grades kindergarten through three will be determined based on the reduction in the total percentage of students scoring below grade level, or below proficient, compared from year to year on the reading segments of the diagnostic assessments administered under division (A)(1) of section 3301.0715 of the Revised Code, and the third grade English language arts assessment under section 3301.0710 of the Revised Code, as applicable. Notwithstanding the provisions of this rule, the performance measure regarding progress in improving literacy in grades kindergarten through three will not be included on the report card of a district or school in which less than ten percent of students have scored below grade level on the diagnostic assessment administered to students in kindergarten under division (B)(1) of section 3313.608 of the Revised Code.
(D) The performance measure regarding the promotion of students to fourth grade will be the percentage of students in a district or building who are promoted to fourth grade based on the student's score on the third-grade English language arts assessment under division (A)(3) of section 3301.0710 of the Revised Code or demonstrate competency on an alternative assessment under division (A)(2)(c) of section 3313.608 of the Revised Code.
Last updated August 31, 2026 at 7:39 AM
History
- Effective: August 31, 2026
- Promulgated Under: 119.03
Ohio Adm.Code 3301-28-08 College, career, workforce, and military readiness component.
(A) Beginning with the 2024-2025 school year, the report card will include a rated college, career, workforce, and military readiness component. The performance measure includes the percentage of students who demonstrate post-secondary readiness using any of the options described in division (D)(1)(j) of section 3302.03 of the Revised Code. The rating for this component will be assigned in accordance with rule 3301-28-10 of the Administrative Code.
(B) A district or building will not receive lower than a performance rating of three stars for the component if the district's or building's performance on the component meets or exceeds a level of improvement of fifteen per cent from the prior year.
Last updated July 1, 2025 at 9:06 AM
History
- Effective: July 1, 2025
- Promulgated Under: 119.03
Chapter 3301-30 Department of Youth Services Educational Program Standards
Ohio Adm.Code 3301-30-01 Ohio department of youth services and Ohio department of rehabilitation and correction schools.
The Ohio department of youth services (ODYS) and the Ohio department of rehabilitation and correction (ODRC) shall assure that students in schools under the jurisdiction of ODYS and ODRC receive a general education of high quality.
(A) The ODYS school district and schools under the jurisdiction of ODYS and the ODRC school district and schools under the jurisdiction of ODRC shall assure that students are provided a general education of high quality and, as applicable, a free appropriate public education by showing compliance with rules 3301-35-01 to 3301-35-07 of the Administrative Code (the operating standards for kindergarten to twelfth grade), rules 3301-51-01 to 3301-51-11 of the Administrative Code (the Ohio operating standards for the education of children with disabilities), except that:
(1) The roles and responsibilities that apply under the rules described in paragraph (A) of this rule to a local board of education shall be carried out by the ODYS and ODRC school districts or by ODYS and ODRC;
(2) The ODYS and ODRC school districts may exclude a student's participation in a course, program, field trip, or activity that involves travel outside of the ODYS and ODRC school districts or that involves a student's participation in or enrollment in distance learning or a course, program, or activity other than those offered by the ODYS and ODRC school districts;
(3) The ODYS and ODRC school districts may limit, as they deem appropriate and in accordance with rules 3301-51-01 to 3301-51-11 of the Administrative Code, the district's interaction or communication with parents of students enrolled in the ODYS and ODRC school districts and with the communities in which the districts' schools are located; and
(4) The ODYS and ODRC school districts are exempt from requirements that apply to grade levels not included in the ODYS and ODRC schools.
(B) An ODYS or ODRC school that does not meet the requirements set forth in paragraph (A) of this rule shall be subject to the provisions of paragraphs (H) and (I) of rule 3301-35-07 of the Administrative Code.
Last updated March 31, 2022 at 7:15 PM
History
- Effective: March 31, 2022
- Promulgated Under: 119.03
Ohio Adm.Code 3301-35-01
(A) The purpose for adopting the rules in this chapter, which comprise the operating standards for Ohio school districts and elementary and secondary schools, is to assure that all students are provided a general education of high quality. The rules in this chapter establish specific expectations for school districts and schools, as those terms are defined in paragraph (B) of this rule, to use in creating the best learning conditions for meeting the personalized and individualized needs of each student and achieving state and local educational goals and objectives. The operating standards focus on the most critical expectations for school districts and schools in order to foster a regulatory system that focuses on improving outputs and student outcomes.
(B) The following terms are defined as they are used in this chapter:
(1) "Assessment" means the measuring of student achievement of performance goals and objectives.
(2) "Blended learning" has the same meaning as in section 3301.079 of the Revised Code. For purposes of that definition, "primarily" means over the course of the school year, a student works more than fifty per cent of the time from a supervised physical location away from home.
(3) "Board of education" means a board of education as described in Chapter 3313. of the Revised Code.
(4) "Classified staff" means nonteaching school personnel who are assigned to positions that do not require a certificate, license, permit or other credentialing document issued by the state board of education and that are listed in accordance with section 3317.12 of the Revised Code.
(5) "Competency-based learning model" means any system of academic instruction, assessment, grading, and reporting where students receive credit based on demonstrations and assessments of their learning rather than the amount of time they spend studying a subject. A competency-based learning model encourages accelerated learning among students who master academic materials quickly while providing additional instructional support time for students who need it.
(6) "Computer as instructor" means instruction provided by a computer with no instruction or assessment of mastery of content of any kind provided by a teacher, either in-person or from a remote location. A teacher monitoring a student in a computer as instructor course is not involved in developing, adapting or modifying lessons and/or clarifying subject content. A teacher monitoring a student(s) receiving instruction via this delivery method may assign the grade for the course provided the assignments and/or evaluations are scored by the computer program.
(7) "Credentialed staff" means faculty or staff who hold a certificate, license, permit or other document issued by the state board of education under section 3301.071 or Chapter 3319. of the Revised Code. Credentialed staff includes, but is not limited to, teachers, principals, superintendents, treasurers, school business managers, related service personnel, administrative specialists, educational aides, and pupil activity providers.
(8) "Credit flexibility" means the method by which students may meet curriculum requirements or earn units of high school credit by demonstrating subject area competency through the completion of traditional coursework, testing out or otherwise demonstrating mastery of course content through the pursuit of an approved educational option pursuant to the plan for credit flexibility adopted by the state board of education in accordance with section 3313.603 of the Revised Code, and is available on the department of education's website.
(9) "Digital learning" has the same meaning as in section 3301.079 of the Revised Code.
(10) "Digital learning tools" means computers, tablets, software, applications, or other technology necessary to access a school's program of digital learning.
(11) "Educational options" means learning experiences or activities that are designed to extend, enhance, supplement, or serve as an alternative to classroom instruction and meet the personalized and individualized needs of each student. Educational options are offered in accordance with the models adopted by the state board of education, local board of education policy, and parental approval.
(12) "Educational service personnel" means individuals who hold appropriate qualifications and who possess the knowledge, skills and expertise to support the educational, instructional, health, mental health and college and career readiness needs for all students.
(a) Educational service personnel that support educational, instructional and college and career readiness programs include, but are not limited to: fine arts, music, and physical education teachers; librarian or media specialists; school counselors; and reading intervention specialists;
(b) Educational service personnel that support the learning needs of the special needs student population include, but are not limited to: gifted intervention specialists, adapted physical education teachers, audiologists, interpreters, speech-language pathologists, physical and occupational therapists, and English-as-a-second-language specialist;
(c) Educational service personnel that support the health and mental health of the student population include, but are not limited to: school nurses, social workers, school psychologists, and school resource officers.
(13) "Evidence-based" has the same meaning as in division (21) of section 8101 of the Elementary and Secondary Education Act of 1965, as amended by the Every Student Succeeds Act, at 20 U.S.C. 7801.
(14) "Harmful to juveniles" has the same meaning as in section 2907.01 of the Revised Code.
(15) "Intervention" means alternative or supplemental instruction designed to help students meet performance objectives.
(16) "Obscene" has the same meaning as in division (F) of section 2907.01 of the Revised Code as that division has been construed by the supreme court of this state.
(17) "OEDS" means the Ohio educational directory system or a successor system.
(18) "Online learning" has the same meaning as in section 3301.079 of the Revised Code. For purposes of that definition, "primarily" means over the course of the school year, a student works more than fifty per cent of the time from their residence on assignments delivered via the internet or other computer-based instructional method.
(19) "Parent" means:
(a) A natural or adoptive parent of a child;
(b) A guardian; or
(c) An individual acting in the place of a natural or adoptive parent, including a grandparent, stepparent, or other relative, with whom the child lives, or an individual who is legally responsible for the child's welfare.
(20) "Policies" means general principles governing the operation of a school and are established and adopted by the district board of education.
(21) "Procedures" means detailed rules, regulations and courses of action, specified in writing, for carrying out school district and school policies.
(22) "School," with the exception of the term "school" as used in rule 3301-35-08 of the Administrative Code, means an environment organized for learning and chartered pursuant to this chapter and section 3301.16 of the Revised Code to provide a community of students with the opportunity to acquire skills and knowledge necessary to meet state and local performance objectives.
(23) "School district" means a local, exempted village, city or joint vocational school district as defined in Chapter 3311. of the Revised Code.
(24) "School year" has the same meaning as in section 3313.62 of the Revised Code.
(25) "Site evaluation" means an evaluation the department of education conducts of a school district or school to determine whether a school district or school meets the operating standards in this chapter.
(26) "Site visit" means an evaluation the department of education conducts of a chartered nonpublic school in accordance with Chapter 3301-39 of the Administrative Code.
(27) "Stakeholder" means those who directly affect or are affected by the educational success of a school district and school. Stakeholders may include, but are not limited to, colleges and universities, school district and school staff, employers, parents, students, and other individuals or groups in the community. For nonpublic schools, the governing authority of the school identifies "stakeholders."
(28) "State performance data" means the data reported to the department of education in accordance with section 3302.03 of the Revised Code that reflects the performance of the school district or school.
(29) "Teacher of record" means an educator who is responsible for a significant portion of a student's instruction within a subject or a course.
Last updated October 28, 2022 at 12:12 AM
History
- Effective: October 28, 2022
- Promulgated Under: 119.03
Ohio Adm.Code 3301-35-07
(A) To provide a foundation for measuring and improving operational and educational performance, each school district or school shall:
(1) Collect and analyze information about key areas of school operations and educational performance and areas of needed improvement identified in its strategic plan, and if applicable, in its continuous improvement plan described in section 3302.04 of the Revised Code or applicable federal law;
(2) Ensure that information collected is accessible, valid and reliable; and
(3) Monitor, evaluate, improve, and update the information to meet changing educational needs.
(B) For key operational and educational areas, school districts and schools should determine their baseline performance levels, evaluate and compare their performance levels with similar school districts and schools, and generally accepted best practices. The school district or school shall use where applicable, the comparative information, state performance data, relevant local measures, and other data to promote innovation, improve instruction and learning, improve school district and school performance, and set higher goals for future achievement. The analysis of performance data, including disaggregated data, may be used to:
(1) Determine progress, identify areas for improvement, and develop corrective action plans;
(2) Measure year-to-year improvement of various student populations, including the subgroups listed in division (D)(3) of section 3301.07 of the Revised Code; and
(3) Communicate student performance results to staff, parents, and other stakeholders.
(C) The state's education management information system (EMIS) provides an integrated system of statewide collecting, reporting and compiling of school district and school information in a manner that complies with state and federal laws protecting student privacy.
(1) The performance measures a school district uses shall reflect the major categories of data collected under EMIS relating to students, staff, and financial status.
(2) The school district shall work with the department of education to submit timely and accurate data under EMIS, and the school district shall minimize the time it takes to verify the accuracy of its data.
(D) To ensure continuous improvement of its information system, the school district or school shall regularly evaluate the system to ensure that the information it collects is:
(1) Appropriate and collected in a manner that complies with state and federal laws protecting student privacy;
(2) Shared with parents, staff, students, and other stakeholders in accordance with state and federal laws protecting student privacy; and
(3) Used to improve the school district's or school's performance.
(E) The school district or school shall evaluate organizational effectiveness by analyzing key measures of its systems, operations and support services and use the data to drive improvement.
(F) The department of education may conduct site evaluations of school districts and schools, or, for chartered nonpublic schools, site visits of schools.
(1) When the department of education conducts a site evaluation of a school district or school or the site visit of a chartered nonpublic school, the superintendent shall be informed in advance of the site evaluation or site visit dates and procedures.
(2) A written report of the results of the school district site evaluation or site visit shall be sent to the superintendent and the president of the board of education or, for a chartered nonpublic school, the principal or building administrator of the chartered nonpublic school. The school district shall schedule a public meeting to be held within ninety days of the report's receipt to discuss the report's recommendations with the public. The superintendent shall notify parents and other stakeholders of the meeting's place, date and time.
(3) The school district or school shall prepare a written plan for responding to the report's recommendations and submit it to the department of education.
(4) The department of education may conduct additional on-site verification to review progress.
(G) All school districts and schools shall conduct a comprehensive review of their educational programs and organizational effectiveness to determine whether they are aligned with Ohio law, all applicable federal laws, and the school district's locally defined vision, mission statement, goals, objectives and strategic plan.
(1) Educational program reviews shall be conducted periodically and scheduled to generate timely data. The department of education may help school districts or schools conduct the review.
(2) School districts or schools that have developed and implemented a continuous improvement plan shall use that plan as a framework for conducting the review. School districts or schools shall also be guided by:
(a) Where applicable, the most recent school district local report card;
(b) The five-year projection of revenue and expenditures; and
(c) Other pertinent information as determined by the district.
(3) School districts and schools shall incorporate the results of the educational program review within their educational goals, and where applicable, modify their strategic plans or continuous improvement plans accordingly.
(H) In accordance with section 3301.16 of the Revised Code, the department of education may investigate allegations of noncompliance with the rules in this chapter, as it deems necessary.
(I) In accordance with section 3301.07 of the Revised Code, waivers to the provisions of the rules of this chapter, excluding rule 3301-35-08 of the Administrative Code, may be granted by the superintendent of public instruction in accordance with standards determined by the state board of education upon evidence of good and sufficient reason and recommendation by the superintendent of public instruction.
Last updated May 24, 2021 at 9:11 AM
History
- Effective: May 24, 2021
- Promulgated Under: 119.03
Ohio Adm.Code 3301-51-01
(A) Applicability of requirements
The purpose of Chapter 3301-51 of the Administrative Code is to ensure that all children with disabilities residing in Ohio between the ages of three and twenty-one years, inclusive, including children with disabilities who have been suspended or expelled from school, have available to them a free appropriate public education (FAPE), as provided by Part B of the Individuals with Disabilities Education Act, as amended by the Individuals with Disabilities Education Improvement Act of 2004 (IDEA) at 20 U.S.C. 1400, related federal regulations at 34 C.F.R. Part 300, Chapter 3323. of the Revised Code, the provisions of this chapter of the Administrative Code, and applicable state policies, procedures, and guidelines issued by the superintendent of public instruction.
(1) The provisions of this chapter shall provide that:
(a) Children with disabilities have available to them FAPE that emphasizes special education and related services designed to meet their unique needs and prepare them for further education, employment, and independent living; and
(b) The rights of children with disabilities and their parents are protected.
(2) School district of residence
(a) The child's school district of residence is responsible, in all instances, for ensuring that the requirements of paragraph (A) of this rule for making FAPE available are met for every eligible child in its jurisdiction, regardless of whether services are provided by another school district, other educational agency, juvenile justice facility, or other facility, agency, department, or entity unless Chapter 3323. of the Revised Code, or a rule adopted by the state board of education specifies that another school district, other educational agency, or other agency, department, or entity is responsible for ensuring compliance with Part B of the IDEA.
(b) Notwithstanding paragraph (A)(2)(a) of this rule, a school district of residence is not required to pay for the cost of education, including special education and related services, of a child with a disability at a nonpublic school or facility if that school district made FAPE available to the child, and the parents elected to place the child in a nonpublic school or facility. However, the school district must include the child in the population whose needs are addressed consistent with the requirements of rule 3301-51-08 of the Administrative Code.
(3) School district other than school district of residence
(a) Each school district is responsible for serving a child with a disability who is living in its school district, even though the school district is not the child's school district of residence. The child's school district of residence retains responsibility for making FAPE available to the child.
(b) "Serving a child with a disability" means educating the child which includes making special education and related services available to the child.
(i) The responsibility to serve a nonresident child with a disability living in the school district includes, but is not limited to, a child with a disability placed in a juvenile justice facility, institution, hospital, agency, department, home as defined in section 3313.64 of the Revised Code, or other facility or entity located in the school district.
(ii) The responsibility to serve a nonresident child with a disability does not apply to the school district in which the child is living if the child is already being served by another school district, a nonpublic school, county board of developmental disabilities (county board of DD), other educational agency, a state or local agency or institution, or other provider, including an open enrollment school district, the Ohio department of youth services, or provider for the "Autism Scholarship Program" established by section 3310.41 of the Revised Code, or a provider of the "Jon Peterson Special Needs Program" established by section 3310.52 of the Revised Code. However, if the child is placed in a nonpublic school in the school district, the school district must include the child in the population whose needs are addressed consistent with the requirements of rule 3301-51-08 of the Administrative Code.
(4) Funding for special education
No educational agency shall receive state or federal funds for special education and related services or provide special education and related services unless such special education and related services are provided in accordance with all applicable provisions of the IDEA and related federal regulations, Chapter 3323. of the Revised Code, this chapter of the Administrative Code, and related state policies, procedures, and guidelines issued by the superintendent of public instruction.
(5) Plan
Each educational agency, in providing for the education of children with disabilities within its jurisdiction, must have in effect a plan, written policies and procedures, and programs that are consistent with the state's policies and procedures related to the implementation of Part B of the IDEA. The plan shall provide assurances to the superintendent of public instruction that the educational agency meets each of the applicable conditions in 34 C.F.R. 300.201 to 300.213. Each school district's plan shall also meet the requirements of section 3323.08 of the Revised Code. Each educational agency shall submit its plan to the superintendent of public instruction as part of its comprehensive continuous improvement plan.
(6) Documentation and information
The superintendent of public instruction may require an educational agency to provide documentation that special education and related services for children with disabilities provided by the public agency are provided in compliance with the requirements specified in paragraph (A) of this rule.
(a) An educational agency must provide the superintendent of public instruction with information necessary to enable the superintendent to carry out the state's duties under Part B of the IDEA, including, information relating to the performance of children with disabilities participating in programs carried out under Part B of the IDEA.
(b) An educational agency must make available to parents of children with disabilities and to the general public all documents relating to the eligibility of the educational agency under Part B of the IDEA.
(c) An educational agency must cooperate in the secretary's efforts under section 1308 of the Elementary and Secondary Education Act of 1965, (ESEA) to ensure the linkage of records pertaining to migratory children with disabilities for the purpose of electronically exchanging, among the states, health, and educational information regarding those children.
(7) Ineligibility and opportunity for hearing
If the superintendent of public instruction determines that an educational agency is not eligible under Part B of the IDEA for purposes of receiving assistance under Part B of the IDEA, the superintendent shall:
(a) Notify the educational agency of that determination; and
(b) Provide the educational agency with reasonable notice and an opportunity for a hearing.
(8) Effect of noncompliance on funding; notice to public
If the superintendent of public instruction, after reasonable notice and an opportunity for a hearing, finds that an educational agency that has been determined to be eligible under Part B of the IDEA is failing to comply with any requirement in Sections 34 C.F.R. 300.201 to 34 C.F.R. 300.213:
(a) The superintendent of public instruction must reduce or must not provide any further payment to the educational agency until the state superintendent is satisfied that the educational agency is complying with that requirement.
(b) Any educational agency in receipt of a notice described in paragraph (A)(8)(a) of this rule must, by means of public notice, take the measures necessary to bring the pendency of an action pursuant to this rule to the attention of the public within the jurisdiction of the educational agency.
(c) In carrying out its responsibilities under this rule, the Ohio department of education must consider any decision resulting from a hearing held under rule 3301-51-05 of the Administrative Code that is adverse to the educational agency or state agency involved in the decision.
(B) Definitions
(1) "Act" or "IDEA" means the Individuals with Disabilities Education Act, as amended by the Individuals with Disabilities Education Improvement Act of 2004 at 20 U.S.C. 1400, Public Law 108-446 of the 108th Congress, December 3, 2004 (IDEA).
(2) "Assistive technology device" means any item, piece of equipment, or product system, whether acquired commercially off the shelf, modified, or customized, that is used to increase, maintain, or improve the functional capabilities of a child with a disability. The term does not include a medical device that is surgically implanted, or the replacement of such device.
(3) "Assistive technology service" means any service that directly assists a child with a disability in the selection, acquisition, or use of an assistive technology device. The term includes:
(a) The evaluation of the needs of a child with a disability, including a functional evaluation of the child in the child's customary environment;
(b) Purchasing, leasing, or otherwise providing for the acquisition of assistive technology devices by children with disabilities;
(c) Selecting, designing, fitting, customizing, adapting, applying, maintaining, repairing, or replacing assistive technology devices;
(d) Coordinating and using other therapies, interventions, or services with assistive technology devices, such as those associated with existing education and rehabilitation plans and programs;
(e) Training or technical assistance for a child with a disability or, if appropriate, that child's family; and
(f) Training or technical assistance for professionals (including individuals providing education or rehabilitation services), employers, or other individuals who provide services to, employ, or are otherwise substantially involved in the major life functions of that child.
(4) "Average daily membership" means the number of children that are counted to generate state funds under the Ohio school foundation funding program.
(5) "Benchmark" means a specific statement of what the child should know and be able to do in a specified segment of the year. Benchmarks describe how far the child is expected to progress toward the annual goal and by when. Benchmarks establish expected performance levels that allow for regular checks of progress that coincide with the reporting periods for informing parents of the child's progress toward achieving the annual goals.
(6) "Braille," unless otherwise specified, means a tactile system of reading and writing for individuals with visual impairments commonly known as standard English braille.
(7) "Caseload for one preschool special education teacher" means the number of children who collectively comprise the equivalency for ratios or funding.
(8) "Charter school" or "community school" has the meaning given the term in Section 4310 of the Elementary and Secondary Education Act of 1965, 20 U.S.C. 6301 (ESEA). The term "charter school" does not have the same meaning as "chartered nonpublic school."
(9) "Chartered nonpublic school" means a school chartered by the state board of education pursuant to section 3301.16 of the Revised Code and that meets the minimum standards for chartered nonpublic schools.
(10) "Child with a disability" means a child evaluated in accordance with rule 3301-51-06 of the Administrative Code as having an intellectual disability, a hearing impairment (including deafness), a speech or language impairment, a visual impairment (including blindness), a serious emotional disturbance (referred to in this rule as "emotional disturbance"), an orthopedic impairment, autism, traumatic brain injury, an other health impairment, a specific learning disability, deaf-blindness, a developmental delay (for a child between the ages of three and nine), or multiple disabilities, and who, by reason thereof, needs special education and related services.
(a) Subject to paragraph (B)(10)(b) of this rule, if it is determined, through an appropriate evaluation under rule 3301-51-06 of the Administrative Code, that a child has one of the disabilities identified in this rule, but needs only a related service and not special education, the child is not a child with a disability under this rule.
(b) If, consistent with the definition of special education in paragraph (B)(62) of this rule, the individualized education program (IEP) team considers the related service required by the child to be special education rather than a related service under state standards, the child would be determined to be a child with a disability under this rule.
(c) Children aged three through nine years who are experiencing developmental delays. "Child with a disability" for children aged three through nine years, may, subject to the conditions described in rule 3301-51-03 of the Administrative Code for the use of the term developmental delay, include a child:
(i) Who is experiencing developmental delays, as defined by rule 3301-51-11 of the Administrative Code and as measured by appropriate diagnostic instruments and procedures, in one or more of the following areas: physical development, cognitive development, communication development, social or emotional development, or adaptive development as provided by rule 3301-51-11 of the Administrative Code; and
(ii) Who, by reason thereof, needs special education and related services.
(d) Definitions of disability terms. The terms used in this definition of a "child with a disability" are defined as follows:
(i) "Autism" means a developmental disability significantly affecting verbal and nonverbal communication and social interaction, generally evident before age three, that adversely affects a child's educational performance. Other characteristics often associated with "autism" are engagement in repetitive activities and stereotyped movements, resistance to environmental change or change in daily routines, and unusual responses to sensory experiences.
(a) Autism does not apply if a child's educational performance is adversely affected primarily because the child has an emotional disturbance, as defined in paragraph (B)(10)(d)(v) of this rule.
(b) A child who manifests the characteristics of autism after age three could be identified as having autism if the criteria in paragraph (B)(10)(d)(i) of this rule are satisfied.
(ii) "Intellectual disability" means significantly sub average general intellectual functioning, existing concurrently with deficits in adaptive behavior and manifested during the developmental period, that adversely affects a child's educational performance.
(a) "Significantly sub average general intellectual functioning" refers to an intelligence quotient of seventy or below as determined through a measure of cognitive functioning administered by a school psychologist or a qualified psychologist using a test designed for individual administration. Based on a standard error of measurement and clinical judgment, a child may be determined to have significant sub average general intellectual functioning with an intelligence quotient not to exceed seventy-five.
(b) "Deficits in adaptive behavior" means deficits in two or more applicable skill areas occurring within the context of the child's environments and typical of the child's chronological age peers.
(c) A child who was identified by an Ohio educational agency as having a developmental handicap prior to July 1, 2002 shall be considered a child with a disability if the child continues to meet the definition of "developmentally handicapped" in paragraph "N." of former rule 3301-51-01 of the Administrative Code and the eligibility requirements of paragraph "F.1" of former rule 3301-51-04 of the Administrative Code that are both contained in the "Rules for the Education of Handicapped Children," which were effective July 1, 1982 and were rescinded July 1, 2002. A child who meets these provisions shall be eligible to receive special education and related services in accordance with the "Operating Standards for Ohio's Schools Serving Children with Disabilities" effective July 1, 2008.
(iii) "Deaf-blindness" means concomitant hearing and visual impairments, the combination of which causes such severe communication and other developmental and educational needs that they cannot be accommodated in special education programs solely for children with deafness or children with blindness.
(iv) "Deafness" means a hearing impairment that is so severe that the child is impaired in processing linguistic information through hearing, with or without amplification that adversely affects a child's educational performance.
(v) "Emotional disturbance" means a condition exhibiting one or more of the following characteristics over a long period of time and to a marked degree that adversely affects a child's educational performance:
(a) An inability to learn that cannot be explained by intellectual, sensory, or health factors.
(b) An inability to build or maintain satisfactory interpersonal relationships with peers and teachers.
(c) Inappropriate types of behavior or feelings under normal circumstances.
(d) A general pervasive mood of unhappiness or depression.
(e) A tendency to develop physical symptoms or fears associated with personal or school problems.
(f) Emotional disturbance includes schizophrenia. The term does not apply to children who are socially maladjusted, unless it is determined that they have an emotional disturbance under paragraph (B)(10)(d)(v) of this rule.
(vi) "Hearing impairment" means an impairment in hearing, whether permanent or fluctuating, that adversely affects a child's educational performance but that is not included under the definition of deafness in this rule.
(vii) "Multiple disabilities" means concomitant impairments (such as intellectual disability blindness or intellectual disability orthopedic impairment), the combination of which causes such severe educational needs that they cannot be accommodated in special education programs solely for one of the impairments. "Multiple disabilities" does not include deaf-blindness.
(viii) "Orthopedic impairment" means a severe orthopedic impairment that adversely affects a child's educational performance. The term includes impairments caused by a congenital anomaly, impairments caused by disease (e.g., poliomyelitis, bone tuberculosis), and impairments from other causes (e.g., cerebral palsy, amputations, and fractures or burns that cause contractures).
(ix) "Other health impairment" means having limited strength, vitality, or alertness, including a heightened alertness to environmental stimuli, that results in limited alertness with respect to the educational environment, that:
(a) Is due to chronic or acute health problems such as asthma, attention deficit disorder or attention deficit hyperactivity disorder, diabetes, epilepsy, a heart condition, hemophilia, lead poisoning, leukemia, nephritis, rheumatic fever, sickle cell anemia, and tourette syndrome; and
(b) Adversely affects a child's educational performance.
(x) Specific learning disability.
(a) General. "Specific learning disability" means a disorder in one or more of the basic psychological processes involved in understanding or in using language, spoken or written, that may manifest itself in the imperfect ability to listen, think, speak, read, write, spell, or to do mathematical calculations, including conditions such as perceptual disabilities, brain injury, minimal brain dysfunction, dyslexia, and developmental aphasia.
(b) Disorders not included. Specific learning disability does not include learning problems that are primarily the result of visual, hearing, or motor disabilities, of intellectual disability, of emotional disturbance, or of environmental, cultural, or economic disadvantage.
(xi) "Speech or language impairment" means a communication disorder, such as stuttering, impaired articulation, a language impairment, or a voice impairment, that adversely affects a child's educational performance.
(xii) "Traumatic brain injury" means an acquired injury to the brain caused by an external physical force or by other medical conditions, including but not limited to stroke, anoxia, infectious disease, aneurysm, brain tumors and neurological insults resulting from medical or surgical treatments. The injury results in total or partial functional disability or psychosocial impairment or both, that adversely affects a child's educational performance. The term applies to open or closed head injuries, as well as to other medical conditions that result in acquired brain injuries. The injuries result in impairments in one or more areas such as cognition; language; memory; attention; reasoning; abstract thinking; judgment; problem-solving; sensory, perceptual, and motor abilities; psychosocial behavior; physical functions; information processing; and speech. The term does not apply to brain injuries that are congenital or degenerative, or to brain injuries induced by birth trauma. This definition replaces the definition of traumatic brain injury in 34 C.F.R. 300.8(c)(12) and shall be used instead whenever the federal regulations at 34 C.F.R. Part 300, state statutes at Chapter 3323. of the Revised Code, or the state rules in Chapter 3301-51 of the Administrative Code refer to traumatic brain injury.
(xiii) "Visual impairment" including blindness means an impairment in vision that, even with correction, adversely affects a child's educational performance.
(a) The term visual impairment includes both partial sight and blindness;
(b) The term "visual impairment" does not include a disorder in one or more of the basic psychological processes, such as perceptual disabilities, brain injury, minimal brain dysfunction, dyslexia, and developmental aphasia.
(11) "Community school" means a public school, created in accordance with Chapter 3314. of the Revised Code. Community schools shall be considered school districts for the purposes of this chapter of the Administrative Code.
(12) "Consent" means that:
(a) The parent has been fully informed of all information relevant to the activity for which consent is sought, in the parent's native language, or other mode of communication;
(b) The parent understands and agrees in writing to the carrying out of the activity for which the parent's consent is sought, and the consent describes that activity and lists the records (if any) that will be released and to whom; and
(i) The parent understands that the granting of consent is voluntary on the part of the parent and may be revoked at anytime.
(ii) If a parent revokes consent, that revocation is not retroactive (i.e., it does not negate an action that has occurred after the consent was given and before the consent was revoked).
(13) "Coordinate Transition Services" means:
(a) Facilitate a planning process among multiple agencies, students and families to support a student's secondary transition process;
(b) Plan for the collection, sharing and utilization of student's transition data that is relevant to the student's post school outcomes, environment and support needs;
(c) Communicate a student's individual transition plan to students, families, educators and agencies;
(d) Coordinate the implementation of research-based practices that lead to effective postsecondary transition services and outcomes;
(e) Utilize methods to engage students and families in the secondary transition process;
(f) Assist in the coordination of referral process from school to adult services systems;
(g) Link appropriate course of study and instruction strategies to secondary transition related goals; and
(h) Create strategies that support the career development pathways of students with disabilities leading to career and college readiness.
(14) "County board of developmental disabilities" means a county board of developmental disabilities as provided by section 5126.02 of the Revised Code.
(15) "Day" means calendar day unless otherwise indicated as business day or school day.
(a) "Business day" means Monday through Friday, except for federal and state holidays (unless holidays are specifically included in the designation of business day).
(b) "School day" means any day, including a partial day that children are in attendance at school for instructional purposes. School day has the same meaning for all children in school, including children with and without disabilities.
(16) "Destruction" means physical destruction or removal of personal identifiers from information so that the information is no longer personally identifiable.
(17) "Education records" means the type of records covered under the definition of "education records" in 34 C.F.R. Part 99 (the regulations implementing the Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act of 1974, August 1974, 20 U.S.C. 1232g (FERPA)). Under that definition, the term "education records" means those records that are directly related to a student and are maintained by an educational agency or institution or by a party acting for the agency or institution. The term does not include the type of records which are listed and described as records excluded from that definition under 34 C.F.R. 99.3(b)(1) to 34 C.F.R. 99.3(b)(5).
(18) "Educational agency" means:
(a) School districts, including school districts of service, open enrollment school districts, community schools, the Ohio department of youth services, and joint vocational school districts;
(b) Juvenile justice facilities, educational service centers, county boards of developmental disabilities; and
(c) Any department; division; bureau; office; institution; board; commission; committee; authority; or other state or local agency, other than a school district or an agency administered by the department of developmental disabilities, that provides or seeks to provide special education or related services to children with disabilities, unless Chapter 3323. of the Revised Code, or a rule adopted by the state board of education specifies that another school district, other educational agency, or other agency, department, or entity is responsible for ensuring compliance with Part B of the IDEA.
(19) "Elementary school" means a nonprofit institutional day or residential school, including an elementary community school, that provides elementary education, as determined under state law.
(20) "Equipment" means:
(a) Machinery, utilities, and built-in equipment, and any necessary enclosures or structures to house the machinery, utilities, or equipment; and
(b) All other items necessary for the functioning of a particular facility as a facility for the provision of educational services, including items such as instructional equipment and necessary furniture; printed, published and audio-visual instructional materials; telecommunications, sensory, and other technological aids and devices; and books, periodicals, documents, and other related materials.
(21) "Evaluation" means procedures used in accordance with rule 3301-51-06 of the Administrative Code for evaluations to determine whether a child has a disability and the nature and extent of the special education and related services that the child needs.
(22) "Evaluation team" means the parents and a group of qualified professionals.
(23) "Evaluation team for a child suspected of having a specific learning disability" means the parents and a group of qualified professionals, which must include:
(a) The child's regular teacher; or
(b) If the child does not have a regular education teacher, a regular classroom teacher qualified to teach a child of the child's age; or
(c) For a child of less than school-age, an individual qualified by the Ohio department of education to teach a child of the child's age; and
(d) At least one person qualified to conduct individual diagnostic examinations of children, such as a school psychologist, speech-language pathologist, or remedial teacher.
(24) "Re-evaluation team" means the IEP team and other qualified professionals.
(25) "Excess costs" means those costs that are in excess of the average annual per-student expenditure in a school district during the preceding school year for an elementary school or secondary school student, as may be appropriate, and that must be computed after deducting:
(a) Amounts received:
(i) Under Part B of the IDEA;
(ii) Under Part A of Title I of the Elementary and Secondary Education Act of 1965, 20 U.S.C. 6301 (ESEA); and
(iii) Under Parts A and B of Title III of the ESEA and;
(b) Any state or local funds expended for programs that would qualify for assistance under any of the acts described in paragraph (B)(25)(a) of this rule, but excluding any amounts for capital outlay or debt service. (See appendix A to Part 300 of the IDEA for an example of how excess costs must be calculated.)
(26) "Free appropriate public education" or FAPE means special education and related services that:
(a) Are provided at public expense, under public supervision and direction, and without charge;
(b) Meet the standards of the Ohio department of education, including the requirements of this rule;
(c) Include an appropriate preschool, elementary school, or secondary school education in the state involved; and
(d) Are provided in conformity with an IEP that meets the requirements of rule 3301-51-07 of the Administrative Code for individualized education programs.
(27) "General curriculum" refers to the same curriculum that is used with children without disabilities.
(28) "General education" means a learning environment that provides a community of students with the opportunity to acquire skills and knowledge necessary to meet state and local performance objectives.
(29) "Homeless children" has the meaning given the term homeless children and youths in Section 725 (42 U.S.C. 11434a) of the McKinney-Vento Homeless Assistance Act.
(30) "Include" means that the items named are not all of the possible items that are covered, whether like or unlike the ones named.
(31) "Independent educational evaluation" means an evaluation conducted by a qualified examiner who is not employed by the educational agency responsible for the education of the child in question.
(32) "Individualized education program" or IEP means a written statement for a child with a disability that is developed, reviewed, and revised in accordance with rule 3301-51-07 of the Administrative Code.
(33) "Individualized education program team" or IEP team means a group of individuals described in paragraph (F) of rule 3301-51-07 of the Administrative Code that is responsible for developing, reviewing, or revising an IEP for a child with a disability.
(34) "Institution of higher education":
(a) Has the meaning given the term in Section 101 of the Higher Education Act of 1965, as amended and specified in the Higher Education Amendments of 1998, January 1998, 20 U.S.C. 1021 (HEA); and
(b) Also includes any community college receiving funds from the secretary of the interior under the Tribally Controlled Community College or University Assistance Act of 1978 (renamed Tribally Controlled College or University Assistance Act of 1978), October 1978, 25 U.S.C. 1801.
(35) "Instructional Materials and Technologies" includes "electronic book" as defined in division (C) of section 3329.01 of the Revised Code.
(36) "Limited English proficient" has the meaning given the term in Section 9101(25) of the Elementary and Secondary Education Act of 1965 (ESEA).
(37) "Math Markup Language 3" means the technical standard for the creation of valid XML source files containing mathematical and scientific content.
(38) "National Instructional Materials Access Center (NIMAC)" means the national repository established at the American printing house for the blind, inc. (APH) that contains NIMAS file sets.
(39) "National Instructional Materials Accessibility Standard (NIMAS)", including Math Markup Language, means the technical standard used by publishers to produce source files for use in creating multiple specialized formats, including braille, large print, digital text and audio.
(40) Native language:
(a) When used with respect to an individual who is limited English proficient, "native language" means the following:
(i) The language normally used by that individual, or, in the case of a child, the language normally used by the parents of the child, except as provided in paragraph (B)(40)(a)(ii) of this rule.
(ii) In all direct contact with a child (including evaluation of the child), the language normally used by the child in the home or learning environment.
(b) For an individual with deafness or blindness, or for an individual with no written language, the mode of communication is that normally used by the individual (such as sign language, braille, or oral communication).
(41) "Non-chartered nonpublic school" means a school, that is not chartered or seeking a charter from the state board of education because of truly held religious beliefs.
(42) "Nonpublic school" means a private school which is recognized by the Ohio department of education as either a chartered school as defined in section 3301.16 of the Revised Code or a non-chartered school as described in rule 3301-35-08 of the Administrative Code.
(43) "Objective" means a smaller, more manageable learning task that a child must master as a step toward achieving an annual goal. Objectives break the skills described in the annul goal into discrete components that, when mastered, allow the child to successfully obtain the goal.
(44) "Other educational agency" means a joint vocational school district; department; division; bureau; office; institution; board; commission; committee; authority; or other state or local agency, other than a school district or an agency administered by the department of developmental disabilities, that provides or seeks to provide special education or related services to children with disabilities.
(45) "Other health impairment major" means a child whose condition meets the definition of "other health impairment" and either of the following apply:
(a) The child is identified as having a medical condition that is among those listed by the superintendent of public instruction as conditions where a substantial majority of cases fall within the definition of "medically fragile child"; or
(b) The child is determined by the superintendent of public instruction to be a medically fragile child as defined in division (I) of section 3317.02 of the Revised Code.
(46) "Other health impairment minor" means a child whose condition meets the definition of "other health impairment" and whose condition does not meet either of the conditions specified in division (W)(1)(a) or (W)(1)(b) of section 3317.02 of the Revised Code.
(47) "Paraprofessional services" include services provided by educational agency employees who are adequately trained to assist in the provision of special education to children with disabilities. Paraprofessionals work under the supervision of teachers, intervention specialists, and/or related service providers. Other titles used to identify these service providers include teacher assistants, educational aides, school psychology aides, occupational therapy assistants, physical therapist assistants, and job coaches.
(48) "Parent" means:
(a) A biological or adoptive parent of a child but not a foster parent of a child;
(b) A guardian generally authorized to act as the child's parent, or authorized to make educational decisions for the child (but not the state if the child is a ward of the state);
(c) An individual acting in the place of a biological or adoptive parent (including a grandparent, stepparent, or other relative) with whom the child lives, or an individual who is legally responsible for the child's welfare; or
(d) A surrogate parent who has been appointed in accordance with rule 3301-51-05 of the Administrative Code;
(e) Except as provided in paragraph (B)(48)(f) of this rule, the biological or adoptive parent, when attempting to act as the parent under this rule and when more than one party is qualified under this rule to act as a parent, must be presumed to be the parent for purposes of this chapter of the Administrative Code unless the biological or adoptive parent does not have legal authority to make educational decisions for the child;
(f) If a judicial decree or order identifies a specific person or persons under paragraphs (B)(48)(a) to (B)(48)(c) of this rule to act as the parent of a child or to make educational decisions on behalf of a child, then such person or persons shall be determined to be the parent for purposes of this rule.
(49) "Parent training and information center" means a center assisted under Sections 671 or 672 of the IDEA.
(50) "Parentally placed nonpublic school children with disabilities" means children with disabilities enrolled by their parents in nonpublic, including religious, schools or facilities that meet the definition of elementary school or secondary school in this rule, other than children with disabilities in nonpublic schools who are placed or referred by public agencies.
(51) "Participating agency" means any agency or institution that collects, maintains, or uses personally identifiable information, or from which information is obtained, under Part B of the IDEA.
(52) "Personally identifiable" means information that contains:
(a) The name of the child, the child's parent, or other family member;
(b) The address of the child;
(c) A personal identifier, such as the child's social security number or student number; or
(d) A list of personal characteristics or other information that would make it possible to identify the child with reasonable certainty.
(53) "Public agency" includes the school districts, county boards of developmental disabilities, other educational agencies, community schools and any other political subdivisions of the state that are responsible for providing education to children with disabilities.
(54) "Qualified personnel" means personnel who have met Ohio department of education-approved or Ohio department of education-recognized certification, licensing, or other comparable requirements that apply to the area in which the individuals are providing special education or related services.
(55) "Referral" means the date the public school district or community school receives a parent's, school district's, or other educational agency's request for an initial evaluation or reevaluation.
(56) "Related services" means transportation and such developmental, corrective, and other supportive services as are required to assist a child with a disability to benefit from special education, and includes speech-language pathology and audiology services, interpreting services, psychological services, physical and occupational therapy, recreation, including therapeutic recreation, early identification and assessment of disabilities in children, counseling services, including rehabilitation counseling, orientation and mobility services, and medical services for diagnostic or evaluation purposes. Related services also include school health services and school nurse services, social work services in schools, and parent counseling and training.
(a) Exception; services that apply to children with surgically implanted devices, including cochlear implants.
(i) Related services do not include a medical device that is surgically implanted, the optimization of that device's functioning (e.g., mapping), maintenance of that device, or the replacement of that device.
(ii) Nothing in paragraph (B)(56)(a)(i) of this rule:
(a) Limits the right of a child with a surgically implanted device (e.g., cochlear implant) to receive related services (as listed in this rule) that are determined by the IEP team to be necessary for the child to receive FAPE.
(b) Limits the responsibility of a school district to appropriately monitor and maintain medical devices that are needed to maintain the health and safety of the child, including breathing, nutrition, or operation of other bodily functions, while the child is transported to and from school or is at school; or
(c) Prevents the routine checking of an external component of a surgically-implanted device to make sure it is functioning properly, as required in rule 3301-51-02 of the Administrative Code.
(b) Individual related services terms defined. The terms used in this rule are defined as follows:
(i) "Attendant services" are those that assist children with disabilities with personal health care needs.
(ii) "Audiology" includes:
(a) Identification of children with hearing loss;
(b) Determination of the range, nature, and degree of hearing loss, including referral for medical or other professional attention for the habilitation of hearing;
(c) Provision of habilitative activities, such as language habilitation, auditory training, speech reading (lip-reading), hearing evaluation, and speech conservation;
(d) Creation and administration of programs for prevention of hearing loss;
(e) Counseling and guidance of children, parents, and teachers regarding hearing loss; and
(f) Determination of children's needs for group and individual amplification, selecting and fitting an appropriate aid, and evaluating the effectiveness of amplification.
(iii) "Counseling services" means services provided by qualified social workers, psychologists, guidance counselors, or other qualified personnel.
(iv) "Early identification and assessment of disabilities in children" means the implementation of a formal plan for identifying a disability as early as possible in a child's life.
(v) "Interpreting services" includes:
(a) The following, when used with respect to children who are deaf or hard of hearing: oral transliteration services, cued language transliteration services, sign language transliteration and interpreting services, and transcription services, such as "communication access real-time translation (CART)," "C-Print," and "TypeWell"; and
(b) Special interpreting services for children who are deaf-blind.
(vi) "Medical services" means services provided by a licensed physician to determine a child's medically related disability that results in the child's need for special education and related services.
(vii) "Occupational therapy"
(a) Means services provided by a qualified occupational therapist licensed under Chapter 4755. of the Revised Code; and
(b) Includes:
(i) Improving, developing, or restoring functions impaired or lost through illness, injury, or deprivation;
(ii) Improving ability to perform tasks for independent functioning if functions are impaired or lost; and
(iii) Preventing, through early intervention, initial or further impairment or loss of function.
(viii) "Occupational therapy assistant services" means services provided by an occupational therapy assistant licensed under Chapter 4755. of the Revised Code and includes assisting in the practice of occupational therapy under the direction and supervision of an occupational therapist.
(ix) "Orientation and mobility services":
(a) Means services provided to blind or visually impaired children by qualified personnel to enable those students to attain systematic orientation to and safe movement within their environments in school, home, and community; and
(b) Includes teaching children the following, as appropriate:
(i) Spatial and environmental concepts and use of information received by the senses (such as sound, temperature and vibrations) to establish, maintain, or regain orientation and line of travel (e.g., using sound at a traffic light to cross the street);
(ii) To use the long cane or a service animal to supplement visual travel skills or as a tool for safely negotiating the environment for children with no available travel vision;
(iii) To understand and use remaining vision and distance low vision aids; and
(iv) Other concepts, techniques, and tools.
(x) "Parent counseling and training" means:
(a) Assisting parents in understanding the special needs of their child;
(b) Providing parents with information about child development; and
(c) Helping parents to acquire the necessary skills that will allow them to support the implementation of their child's IEP.
(xi) "Physical therapy" means services provided by a qualified physical therapist licensed under Chapter 4755. of the Revised Code.
(xii) "Physical therapist assistant services" means services provided by a physical therapist assistant licensed under Chapter 4755. of the Revised Code who performs such services under the direction and supervision of a physical therapist.
(xiii) "Psychological services"
(a) Include but are not limited to:
(i) Administering psychological and educational tests, and other assessment procedures;
(ii) Interpreting assessment results;
(iii) Obtaining, integrating, and interpreting information about child behavior and conditions relating to learning;
(iv) Consulting with other staff members to plan and develop school programs and interventions to meet the educational needs or special education needs of children or groups of children as indicated by psychological tests, interviews, direct observation, and behavioral evaluations;
(v) Conducting and monitoring interventions;
(vi) Diagnosing psychological disorders that effect learning and/or behavior;
(vii) Planning and managing a program of psychological services, including psychological counseling for children and parents;
(viii) Participating in the provision of a program of mental health services; and
(ix) Assisting in developing positive behavioral intervention strategies.
(b) The services of a school psychology aide shall be under the direct supervision of a school psychologist.
(c) The school psychologist intern program shall be organized under guidelines approved by the Ohio department of education, office for exceptional children.
(xiv) "Reader services" means assisting learners with visual impairments by orally reading written materials.
(xv) "Recreation" includes:
(a) Assessment of leisure function;
(b) Therapeutic recreation services;
(c) Recreation programs in schools and community agencies; and
(d) Leisure education.
(xvi) "Rehabilitation counseling services" means services provided by qualified personnel in individual or group sessions that focus specifically on career development, employment preparation, achieving independence, and integration in the workplace and community of a student with a disability. The term also includes vocational rehabilitation services provided to a student with a disability by vocational rehabilitation programs funded under the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, as amended and specified in the Rehabilitation Act Amendments of 1998, August 1998, 29 U.S.C. 701.
(xvii) "School health services and school nurse services" means health services that are designed to enable a child with a disability to receive FAPE as described in the child's IEP. School nurse services are services provided by a qualified school nurse. School health services are services that may be provided by either a qualified school nurse or other qualified person.
(xviii) "Social work services in schools" includes:
(a) Preparing a social or developmental history on a child with a disability;
(b) Group and individual counseling with the child and family;
(c) Working in partnership with parents and others on those problems in a child's living situation (home, school, and community) that affect the child's adjustment in school;
(d) Mobilizing school and community resources to enable the child to learn as effectively as possible in the child's educational program; and
(e) Assisting in developing positive behavioral intervention strategies.
(xix) "Speech-language pathology services" includes:
(a) Identification of children with speech or language impairments;
(b) Diagnosis and appraisal of specific speech or language impairments;
(c) Referral for medical or other professional attention necessary for the habilitation of speech or language impairments;
(d) Provision of speech and language services for the habilitation or prevention of communicative impairments; and
(e) Counseling and guidance of parents, children, and teachers regarding speech and language impairments.
(xx) "Transportation" includes:
(a) Travel to and from school and between schools;
(b) Travel in and around school buildings; and
(c) Specialized equipment (such as special or adapted buses, lifts, and ramps), if required to provide special transportation for a child with a disability.
(57) "School district" means a city, local, exempted village school district, or a community school.
(58) "School district of residence" means:
(a) The school district in which the child's parents reside;
(b) If the child is enrolled in a community school, the community school is considered to be the "school district of residence";
(c) If the school district specified in paragraph (B)(58)(a) or (B)(58)(b) of this rule cannot be determined, the last school district in which the child's parents are known to have resided if the parents' whereabouts are unknown;
(d) If the school district specified in paragraph (B)(58)(c) of this rule cannot be determined, the school district determined by the court under section 2151.362 of the Revised Code, or if no district has been so determined, the school district as determined by the probate court of the county in which the child resides.
(e) Notwithstanding paragraphs (B)(58)(a) to (B)(58)(d) of this rule, if a school district is required by section 3313.65 of the Revised Code to pay tuition for a child, that district shall be the child's school district of residence.
(59) "School district of service" means a school district that is responsible for serving a child with a disability who resides within another school district.
(60) "Secondary school" means a nonprofit institutional day or residential school, including a secondary community school that provides secondary education, as determined under state law, except that it does not include any education beyond grade twelve.
(61) "Services plan" means a written statement that describes the special education and related services the school district will provide to a parentally placed child with a disability enrolled in a nonpublic school who has been designated to receive services, including the location of the services and any transportation necessary, consistent with rule 3301-51-08 of the Administrative Code, and is developed and implemented in accordance with rule 3301-51-08 of the Administrative Code.
(62) Special education:
(a) General.
(i) "Special education" means specially designed instruction, at no cost to the parents, to meet the unique needs of a child with a disability, including:
(a) Instruction conducted in the classroom, in the home, in hospitals and institutions, and in other settings; and
(b) Instruction in physical education.
(ii) Special education includes each of the following, if the services otherwise meet the requirements of paragraph (B)(62)(a)(i) of this rule:
(a) Speech-language pathology services, or any other related service, if the IEP team considers the service special education rather than a related service under state standards;
(b) Travel training; and
(c) Vocational education.
(b) Individual special education terms defined. The terms in this rule are defined as follows:
(i) "At no cost" means that all specially-designed instruction is provided without charge, but does not preclude incidental fees that are normally charged to non disabled students or their parents as a part of the regular education program.
(ii) "Physical education" means:
(a) The development of:
(i) Physical and motor fitness;
(ii) Fundamental motor skills and patterns; and
(iii) Skills in aquatics, dance, and individual and group games and sports (including intramural and lifetime sports); and
(b) Includes special physical education, adapted physical education, movement education, and motor development.
(iii) "Specially designed instruction" means adapting, as appropriate to the needs of an eligible child under this rule, the content, methodology, or delivery of instruction:
(a) To address the unique needs of the child that result from the child's disability; and
(b) To ensure access of the child to the general curriculum, so that the child can meet the educational standards within the jurisdiction of the school district that apply to all children.
(iv) "Travel training" means providing instruction, as appropriate, to children with significant cognitive (intellectual) disabilities, and any other children with disabilities who require this instruction, to enable them to:
(a) Develop an awareness of the environment in which they live; and
(b) Learn the skills necessary to move effectively and safely from place to place within that environment (e.g., in school, in the home, at work, and in the community).
(v) "Vocational education" means organized educational programs that are directly related to the preparation of individuals for paid or unpaid employment, or for additional preparation for a career not requiring a baccalaureate or advanced degree.
(63) "Supervisory and coordinator services" includes providing information and explanation to all personnel who provide special education and related services to children with disabilities regarding state and federal laws, recommended practice, and other topics essential for the delivery of services to children with disabilities; helping school district personnel evaluate the effectiveness of special education and related services; and providing in-service education to parents and personnel involved in educating children with disabilities. Supervisory personnel as required by paragraph (D)(2) of rule 3301-24-05 of the Administrative Code and in compliance with each educational agency's approved board policies.
(64) "State residential school" means publicly funded residential educational services that are provided under the supervision of the Ohio department of education, including the Ohio school for the deaf and the Ohio state school for the blind.
(65) "Supplementary aids and services" means aids, services, and other supports that are provided in regular education classes, other education-related settings, and in extracurricular and nonacademic settings, to enable children with disabilities to be educated with non disabled children to the maximum extent appropriate in accordance with the requirements for least restrictive environment in rule 3301-51-09 of the Administrative Code.
(66) "Surrogate Parent" means a trained individual (see division (C)(5) of section 3310.51 of the Revised Code and rule 3301-51-01 of the Administrative Code) who acts in the place of the parent (as defined in Ohio Revised Code or Ohio Administrative Code) to make educational decisions on behalf of children who are or may be eligible for special education services under the Individuals with Disabilities Education Act (IDEA) in all matters relating to the identification, evaluation, educational placement, and provision of a free appropriate public education (FAPE).
(67) "Textbook" means textbooks, including related core instructional material, available for purchase by a school board, including new editions to a series or volume of that textbook.
(68) "Transition from Part C early intervention services" means the transition of children from the Part C programs to preschool programs as specified in rule 3301-51-11 of the Administrative Code.
(69) "Transition services":
(a) Means a coordinated set of activities for a child with a disability that:
(i) Is designed to be within a results-oriented process, that is focused on improving the academic and functional achievement of the child with a disability to facilitate the child's movement from school to post-school activities, including postsecondary education, vocational education, integrated employment (including supported employment), continuing and adult education, adult services, independent living, or community participation;
(ii) Is based on the individual child's needs, taking into account the child's strengths, preferences, and interests; and includes:
(a) Instruction;
(b) Related services;
(c) Community experiences;
(d) The development of employment in an integrated competitive environment and other post-school adult living objectives; and
(e) When assessment data supports a need, acquisition of daily living skills and provision of a functional vocational evaluation.
(b) Shall be provided by individuals who have the competencies, experiences, and training to meet the individual student's transition services needs. Individuals coordinating transition shall either:
(i) Obtain the transition to work endorsement; or
(ii) Possess the skills and knowledge to:
(a) Facilitate a planning process among multiple agencies, students and families to support a student's secondary transition process;
(b) Plan for the collection, sharing and utilization of student's transition data that is relevant to the student's post school outcomes, environment and support needs;
(c) Communicate a student's individual transition plan to students, families, educators and agencies;
(d) Coordinate the implementation research based practices that lead to effective postsecondary transition services and outcomes;
(e) Utilize methods to engage students and families in the secondary transition process;
(f) Assist in the coordination of referral process from school to adult services systems;
(g) Link appropriate course of study and instruction strategies to secondary transition related goals; and
(h) Create strategies that support the career development pathways of students with disabilities leading to career and college readiness.
(c) Transition services for children with disabilities may be special education, if provided as specially designed instruction, or a related service, if required to assist a child with a disability to benefit from special education.
(d) Competitive environment means competitive employment in an integrated setting.
(e) Competitive integrated employment as defined by 34 CFR 361(c)(9), means work that:
(i) In the competitive labor market that is performed on a full-time or part-time basis in an integrated setting; and
(ii) For which an individual is compensated at or above the minimum wage, but not less than the customary wage and level of benefits paid by the employer for the same or similar work performed by individuals who are not disabled.
(f) Integrated setting as defined by 34 CFR 361.5(33)(ii) and used in the context of employment outcomes, means a setting typically found in the community in which applicants or eligible individuals interact with non-disabled individuals, other than non-disabled individuals who are providing services to those applicants or eligible individuals, to the same extent that non-disabled individuals in a comparable positions interact with other persons.
(70) "Universal design" has the meaning given the term in Section 3 of the Assistive Technology Act of 1998, as amended and specified in the Assistive Technology Act of 2004, October 2004, 29 U.S.C. 3002.
(71) "Ward of the state" means a child who, as determined by the state where the child resides, is:
(a) A foster child;
(b) A ward of the state; or
(c) In the custody of a public child welfare agency.
Last updated December 1, 2023 at 9:33 AM
History
- Effective: December 1, 2023
- Promulgated Under: 119.03
Ohio Adm.Code 3301-51-11
(A) Except as otherwise specified in this rule, the definitions in rule 3301-51-01 of the Administrative Code apply to this rule and to preschool special education.
(1) Definitions
(a) "Co-taught class" means a class operated by a public school, educational service center, or county board of developmental disabilities that is taught by two licensed teachers: one licensed general education teacher and one licensed intervention specialist.
(i) Both teachers are assigned to the classroom for the full duration of each class session.
(ii) All children in the co-taught class are on the general education teacher's roster, and the children with disabilities are also counted in the intervention specialist's caseload.
(iii) A maximum of eight children with disabilities (i.e., children with IEPs) are enrolled in the class; the department may grant a waiver (on a case-by-case basis) for additional children with disabilities to be enrolled in a co-taught class.
(iv) The class must have more children without disabilities enrolled than children with disabilities.
(v) The co-taught class shall be considered a general education class for program licensing purposes.
(b) "Full-day class session" means a class session of four or more hours.
(c) "Half-day class session" means a class session of fewer than four hours.
(d) "Itinerant services" for a preschool child who is eligible for special education services means services provided by intervention specialists or related services personnel which occur in the setting where the child, the child and parent(s), or the child and caregiver are located.
(e) "Kindergarten age eligible" means the child is age eligible pursuant to section 3321.01 of the Revised Code in his or her school district of residence.
(f) "Public school preschool special education class" means a class in which the lead teacher is qualified to teach preschool special education according to rule 3301-37-04 of the Administrative Code, the lead teacher is responsible for specially designed instruction for one or more children with IEPs enrolled in the class, and at least fifty-one per cent of the students enrolled in the class are children with disabilities.
(g) "Regular early childhood setting" means any of the following educational settings in which fifty per cent or less of the students are children with disabilities:
(i) Public school preschool general education class, as defined in this rule;
"Public school preschool general education class" means a class that meets all of the following criteria:
(a) Operated by a public school (including community schools), educational service center, or county board of developmental disabilities;
(b) Taught by a general education teacher or dual-licensed teacher who meets the lead teacher qualifications for a preschool general education class according to rule 3301-37-04 of the Administrative Code;
(c) Includes instruction in the general education curriculum aligned to Ohio's Early Learning and Development Standards;
(d) The lead teacher of a public school preschool general education class shall not serve as the intervention specialist of record or IEP case manager for any children with disabilities (i.e., children with IEPs), even if the individual holds appropriate licensure for those roles;
(e) A maximum of eight children with disabilities (i.e., children with IEPs) enrolled in a public school preschool general education class that is taught by a general education teacher who meets the lead qualifications outlined in paragraph (A)(1)(a)(ii) of this rule, and the class must be made up of fifty per cent or fewer children with disabilities enrolled than children without disabilities; the department may grant a waiver (on a case-by-case basis) for additional children with disabilities to be enrolled.
(ii) Public school preschool integrated class, as defined in this rule:
"Public school preschool integrated class" means a class that meets all of the following criteria:
(a) Operated by a public school (including community schools), educational service center, or county board of developmental disabilities;
(b) Taught by a general education teacher or dual-licensed teacher who meets the lead teacher qualifications for a preschool special education class according with rule 3301-37-04 of the Administrative Code;
(c) Fifty per cent or fewer of the students in the class are children with disabilities; and
(d) The lead teacher of a public school preschool integrated class may serve as the intervention specialist of record or IEP case manager for any children with disabilities (i.e., children with IEPs) enrolled in the public school preschool integrated class, if the individual holds the appropriate licensure.
(iii) Non-public school preschool program, as defined in this rule; or
"Non-public school preschool program" means a program that meets all of the following:
(a) A chartered nonpublic school licensed by the Ohio department of education or a program licensed by the Ohio department of job and family services (e.g., head start or community child care program licensed by ODJFS); and
(b) A program having a three-, four-, or five-star rating in "Step Up to Quality" (SUTQ) in accordance with H. B. 49 (see section 265.2, 132nd General Assembly) and H. B. 64 (see section 263.20, 131st General Assembly). The ratings of each program shall be determined in accordance with rule 5101:2-17-01 of the Administrative Code.
(iv) Head start preschool program, as defined in 45 CFR 1305.2.
All references to the term "regular education" used in the federal regulations at 34 C.F.R. part 300 shall have the same meaning as this definition
(h) "Service provider location" means the child travels to the service provider's location to receive IEP services (e.g., when a child receives speech therapy in the speech therapist's office in the school building).
(i) "Support for school personnel services" may include modeling specially designed instruction, preparing materials for use by others, co-planning instruction or interventions, coaching, or otherwise consulting with a family member, caretaker, general education teacher, intervention specialist, related services personnel, paraprofessional, or other person who provides care, education, or related services to the child.
(B) Except as otherwise specified in this rule, all preschool programs are required to comply with Chapter 3301-37 of the Administrative Code, child day-care programs.
(C) Free appropriate public education. A school district who provides preschool special education shall comply with rule 3301-51-02 of the Administrative Code.
(D) Child find. A school district who provides preschool special education shall comply with rule 3301-51-03 of the Administrative Code, except as otherwise specified in this paragraph.
(1) A school district may choose to use the term "developmental delay" under the following conditions, as defined in rules 3301-51-01 and 3301-51-03 of the Administrative Code, for children who are experiencing developmental delays and who, by reason thereof, need special education and related services:
(a) The applicability of the term shall be based upon the individual needs of the child as determined by the evaluation team or the IEP team and other qualified professionals;
(b) In addition to the assessments required in paragraph (G)(1) of this rule, results of appropriate diagnostic instruments and procedures may also be used to help make the determination that a child has a "developmental delay." A developmental delay may be substantiated by a delay of two standard deviations below the mean in one or more of the areas of development or 1.5 standard deviations below the mean in two or more of the areas of development listed in paragraph (D)(1)(c) of this rule. The results shall not be used as the sole factor in making the determination that a child has a developmental delay.
(c) "Developmental delay" means a child who is experiencing a delay as determined by an evaluation team, IEP team, and other qualified professionals in one or more of the following areas of development:
(i) Physical development;
(ii) Cognitive development;
(iii) Communication development;
(iv) Social or emotional development; or
(v) Adaptive development.
(2) Interagency agreements
Each school district shall annually review interagency agreements with all partners to ensure a free appropriate public education (FAPE) is provided to all preschool children who are eligible for special education services between the ages of three through five residing in the school district. At a minimum, agreements with the following partners are required:
(a) "Head Start" programs within the school district's service delivery area that provide for:
(i) Service coordination for preschool children who are eligible for special education services, three through five years of age, in a manner consistent with the state interagency agreement for service coordination with "Head Start"; and
(ii) Transition of children eligible for special education and related services as a preschool child at age three.
(b) The county agency responsible for "Part C Early Intervention" delivery system that provides for the transition of children from Early Intervention services to preschool special education and related services at age three in a manner consistent with the state interagency agreement for service coordination with "Head Start." The agreement must include, but is not limited to, the following requirements:
(i) A process by which strategies are evaluated for effectiveness and appropriate revisions to the agreement are made;
(ii) A process by which "Early Intervention" refers any child who is forty-five days or fewer from his or her third birthday and is suspected of having a disability. A child referred to the district forty-five days or fewer from his or her third birthday must have an evaluation completed within sixty days of parental consent for evaluation, but an individualized education program (IEP) is not required by his or her third birthday;
(iii) Shared responsibilities for evaluating any child suspected of having a disability referred to "Early Intervention" at least forty-six days before his or her third birthday but not more than ninety days before his or her third birthday;
(iv) Shared responsibilities for child find, including locating, evaluating, and identifying children with disabilities birth through age five; and
(v) Timelines and processes for sharing information about any child who may be transitioning as a preschool child eligible for special education services from "Early Intervention" services to special education and related services.
(c) Agencies within the school district's service delivery area providing special education services (e.g. county boards of developmental disabilities, education service centers) for identification, service delivery, and funding to adequately serve preschool children who are eligible for special education services three through five years of age. The agreement must include, but is not limited to, the following requirements:
(i) A process by which strategies are evaluated for effectiveness and appropriate revisions to the agreement are made;
(ii) Shared responsibilities for evaluating any child suspected of having a disability;
(iii) Shared responsibilities for child find, including locating, evaluating, and identifying children with disabilities; and
(iv) Timelines and processes for sharing information about any child who may be transitioning as a preschool child into special education services.
(3) Transition from "Part C Early Intervention"
Each school district is responsible for the following activities related to transition for a child receiving Early Intervention services under part C of the Individuals with Disabilities Education Act, as amended by the Individuals with Disabilities Education Improvement Act of 2004, December 2004 (IDEA):
(a) If invited by a representative of the part C system, a school district representative shall attend a conference to discuss transition from "Early Intervention" services to preschool.
(i) The school district shall not delay or refuse participation in the transition conference because of residency disputes or the absence of a birth certificate. A school district may use the thirty days following the transition conference to confirm residency and gather other enrollment documentation, or document attempts to gather such evidence.
(ii) The transition conference may occur up to nine months before a child's third birthday.
(iii) The school district shall document participation in the conference.
(b) The date of referral to the school district shall be the earliest of the following:
(i) One hundred fifty days prior to the child's third birthday, if the transition planning conference or notification from part C occurs more than one hundred fifty days prior to the child's third birthday; or
(ii) The date the part C representative first notifies the school district about the child, if this date is within one hundred fifty days prior to the child's third birthday; or
(iii) The date of the transition planning conference, if the transition planning conference occurs within one hundred fifty days prior to the child's third birthday.
(c) At the parent's request, the school district shall invite the part C service coordinator to the initial IEP meeting.
(d) If a child is eligible for special education and related services as a preschool child, the school district shall work with the family to ensure an IEP is in place and implemented by the child's third birthday. If the child's third birthday occurs during the regular school year, services must begin by the child's third birthday.
(e) The IEP team must consider extended school year services as part of the IEP process for children transition from part C services. A school district shall not require any child to have previous school experience to receive extended school year services. Based upon data available from the part C system, the IEP team shall determine if extended school year services are required as outlined in rule 3301-51-02 of the Administrative Code.
(f) A school district determined by the Ohio department of education to be noncompliant with the transition timeline to have an IEP in place by an eligible child's third birthday:
(i) Shall develop a corrective action plan in addition to the interagency agreement. The corrective action plan must include the signature of a representative of the agency responsible for "Part C Early Intervention" services; and
(ii) May have funds reduced or terminated by the Ohio department of education.
(E) Confidentiality. A school district who provides preschool special education shall comply with rule 3301-51-04 of the Administrative Code.
(F) Procedural safeguards. A school district who provides preschool special education shall comply with rule 3301-51-05 of the Administrative Code.
(G) Evaluations. A school district who provides preschool special education shall comply with rule 3301-51-06 of the Administrative Code, except as otherwise specified in this paragraph.
(1) Eligibility. Sufficient information shall be obtained using a variety of information sources to confirm that a disability exists. Eligibility for special education and related services as a preschool child shall be determined on the basis of multiple sources of information, including, but not limited to:
(a) Data from part C for children transitioning from early intervention services and information from any current community or preschool program providers;
(b) Observations in more than one setting and in multiple activities shall be conducted after obtaining parental consent for such observations;
(c) Information provided by the parent or caregiver;
(d) Results of at least one criterion-referenced assessment; and
(e) Results of at least one norm-referenced assessment.
(2) Based on the variety of sources of information listed in paragraphs (G)(1)(a) to (G)(1)(e) of this rule, a group of qualified professionals and the parent of the child shall determine if the child has a disability and is eligible for special education and related services as a preschool child.
At a minimum, the group of qualified professionals must include two or more representatives of the school district who collectively meet the following requirements:
(a) Qualified to provide or supervise the provision of specially designed instruction to meet the unique needs of the child;
(b) Qualified to provide or supervise the provision of instruction in the preschool general education curriculum;
(c) Authorized to make decisions about the use of school district resources for special education and related services; and
(d) Qualified to interpret the instructional implications of evaluation results.
(3) A school district must ensure that sufficient resources are available to conduct evaluations during the summer months and meet the timelines described in rule 3301-51-06 of the Administrative Code.
(4) A preschool child eligible for special education services shall be at least age three and not age six, with the following exception:
(a) A child younger than three years of age may be eligible if the child will be three by October thirty-one of the current calendar year, and the child will receive special education and related services beginning the first day of the school year, unless an alternative start date is determined by the IEP team, which must include the child's parent.
(b) A child who is age eligible for kindergarten, but not compulsory school age, may remain in preschool special education through the completion of the school year despite turning six under the following conditions:
School-age services must be considered during the IEP process for a child who will be age eligible for kindergarten in the following school year;
(H) Individualized education program (IEP). A school district who provides preschool special education shall comply with rule 3301-51-07 of the Administrative Code.
(I) Parentally placed nonpublic school children. A school district who provides preschool special education shall comply with rule 3301-51-08 of the Administrative Code. Nothing in this section is intended to change the circumstances under which a district is or is not required to pay for the cost of FAPE pursuant to paragraph (B)(8) of rule 3301- 51-08 of the Administrative Code.
(J) Delivery of services/least restrictive environment. A school district who provides preschool special education shall comply with 34 C.F.R. 300.114 to 300.118 and rule 3301-51-09 of the Administrative Code.
(1) In ensuring that a continuum of alternative placements is available to meet the needs of children with disabilities for special education and related services, a school district shall annually prepare, post publicly, and make available to parents during the evaluation process; a list of the available preschool education service options in the community. This list shall not be limited to service providers within the geographic boundaries of the district but shall include providers outside the limits of the school district boundaries that may be more easily accessible to children with disabilities living within the boundaries of the school district. This list shall inform the discussions and decision on the appropriate placement of each child with a disability.
(2) In considering appropriate placement options consistent with the requirement to service students in the least restrictive environment, the IEP teams shall consider available options:
(a) A public school preschool general education class or a non-public school preschool program in which no more than eight children with disabilities are enrolled,
(b) A regular early childhood education setting in which fifty per cent or fewer of the students are children with disabilities,
(c) A public school preschool integrated class in which fifty per cent or fewer of the students are children with disabilities,
(d) A public school preschool special education class in which more than fifty per cent of the students are children with disabilities,
(e) A special school,
(f) A home or service provider location.
(3) The placement decision made annually by the IEP team, which includes the parents, shall include consideration of the child being educated in the school that he or she would have attended if nondisabled. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the IEP can require a different placement if it is determined that there would be a potential harmful effect on the child or on the quality of services that he or she needs. This determination could result in the child staying in his or her current class or program, as the case may be.
(4) A child who already participates in a regular early childhood setting when identified as a child with a disability shall remain in the program in which the child is enrolled unless the IEP team determines that it is unable to serve the child consistent with the provisions in paragraph (J)(3) of this rule. A child with a disability shall not be removed from education in age-appropriate regular classrooms solely because of needed modifications in the general education curriculum. Removing a child from his/her general education setting (such as, regular routines or activities) or removing a child from nondisabled peers to provide specially designed instruction and/or related services requires individualized justification within the child's IEP.
Nothing in this rule shall restrict an IEP team from placing a child in a non-public preschool environment which does not have a three-, four- or five-star rating in the "Step Up to Quality Program" if the IEP team, which must include the parent, determines the placement is in the best interest of the child.
(5) Preschool services.
(a) When determining services, the school district shall consider the requirements in rule 3301-51-09 of the Administrative Code and the following factors:
(i) The child's ability to participate and progress in the general early childhood curriculum;
(ii) The child's socialization needs; and
(iii) The child's educational and developmental progress.
(b) Unless otherwise specified by the IEP team, services shall be provided for all preschool children eligible for special education services in accordance with the following:
(i) A child served in the home or service provider location must be provided a minimum of one hour of instruction per week in the general education curriculum that includes specially designed instruction; or
(ii) From the effective date of this rule children served in any setting other than home or service provider location must be provided a minimum of three hundred sixty hours of programming per year, which must include instruction in the general education curriculum, and a minimum of one hour of specially designed instruction or related services per week, or a combination of specially designed instruction and related services; and
(iii) For all preschool children receiving special educations services "support for school personnel services" must be considered during each IEP meeting.
(c) A child with a visual and/or hearing impairment who receives services in a non-categorical classroom shall have a minimum of support for school personnel services provided by an intervention specialist licensed in the area for the child's sensory impairment(s) (e.g, PK-12 "Intervention Specialist for Hearing Impaired").
(6) Measuring child progress.
A school district shall measure a child's progress using multiple sources of information. Information must be obtained across multiple settings, representing a variety of interactions and input from parents and staff involved with the child.
(a) Information shall be analyzed to evaluate the conditions under which desired behaviors occur and if the desired behavior is not demonstrated, an analysis of contributing factors shall be conducted and changes in the environment, curriculum, and instruction shall be considered.
(b) Information on a child's progress shall be reported in the manner prescribed by the Ohio department of education.
(7) Preschool personnel qualifications.
Personnel providing preschool services shall be appropriately credentialed as defined by Chapter 3301-24 of the Administrative Code.
Intervention specialists who are assigned to categorical preschool classrooms for children with visual or hearing impairments must have the appropriate license required for the categorical area.
(8) Preschool supervisory services.
Each school district shall designate a qualified individual to ensure preschool special education services are provided in accordance with all applicable rules, regulations, and laws. The designated individual shall be responsible for the following:
(a) Ensuring the development and implementation of an interagency agreement as outlined in paragraph (D)(2) of this rule.
(b) Providing assistance to early childhood personnel in the provision of developmentally and exceptionality appropriate practices for preschool children who are eligible for special education services;
(c) Ensuring compliance with licensing requirements pursuant to section 3301.58 of the Revised Code;
(d) Facilitating the provision of comprehensive early childhood delivery systems for young children with disabilities including the integration of education, health, social services, and parent education components.
(e) Participating in the development and evaluation of professional development plans and induction programs that apply to early childhood personnel pursuant to rule 3301-24-06 of the Administrative Code and section 3319.223 of the Revised Code;
(f) Participating in the "Step Up to Quality" program established pursuant to section 5104.29 of the Revised Code and maintaining a status of three-, four-, or five-stars;
(g) Assisting with the implementation and evaluation of state standards that apply to early childhood programs;
(h) Collaborating with early childhood providers including "Head Start" programs, "Part C Early Intervention" providers, county boards of developmental disabilities, local family and children first councils, community childcare programs, and community preschools to ensure continuity of care for dual enrolled children and the availability of a full "Least Restrictive Environment" continuum;
(i) Collaborating with the regional state support team in the provision of training and technical assistance responsive to the needs of preschool special education staff; and
(j) Collaborating with the Ohio department of education, office of early learning and school readiness, as appropriate.
(9) Service provider workload determination for delivery of services.
In addition to caseload requirements, school districts must consider the overall workload of each staff member in accordance with rule 3301-51-09 and the licensing ratio requirements for preschool programs defined in rule 3301-37-04 of the Administrative Code.
(a) A full-time early childhood intervention specialist shall be provided when there are eight full-day or sixteen half-day children served on IEPs enrolled in a public school preschool special education class.
(b) An intervention specialist classroom teacher responsible for eight or more half-day class sessions (e.g., four morning and four afternoon sessions per week), or four full-day class sessions shall not carry an additional itinerant caseload;
(c) An intervention specialist classroom teacher responsible for up to five half-day class sessions (e.g., five morning sessions per week) or up to three full-day class sessions, may serve up to eight additional children on an itinerant caseload;
(d) An intervention specialist classroom teacher responsible for six or seven half-day class sessions (e.g., three morning and four afternoon sessions per week), may serve up to four additional children on an itinerant caseload;
(e) An itinerant intervention specialist at one FTE shall serve no more than twenty eligible preschool children; and
(f) A preschool attendant at one FTE shall have a caseload of no more than three eligible preschool children.
(g) The department may grant a waiver (on a case-by-case basis) to the itinerant caseload requirements in paragraphs (J)(9)(c) to (J)(9)(e) in this rule for an intervention specialist to serve additional children with disabilities.
(h) Staff serving preschool and school age children with disabilities will have FTE apportioned on the basis of the number of children served in each age category and the percentages totaling one hundred per cent.
(K) Transportation of children with disabilities. Rule 3301-51-10 of the Administrative Code applies to preschool special education. Transportation shall be listed as a related service on a preschooler's IEP if the IEP team determines that transportation is required for the child to access FAPE and benefit from special education.
Last updated December 1, 2023 at 9:34 AM
History
- Effective: December 1, 2023
- Promulgated Under: 119.03
Chapter 3301-33 Phonics
Ohio Adm.Code 3301-33-01 Rule for phonics.
(A) This rule contains the minimum standards requiring the use of phonics as a technique in the teaching of reading in grades kindergarten through three. Phonics instruction is necessary for fluent reading and directly supports the comprehension of text but is not sufficient on its own to develop proficient or advanced readers. Instruction is also needed to advance student knowledge of vocabulary, background knowledge, language structures, verbal reasoning and literacy knowledge.
(B) Definitions
(1) "Advanced phonics" means the knowledge and strategies used to decode multisyllabic words, including syllabication, morphology and information about the meaning, pronunciation and parts of speech of words gained from knowledge of prefixes, roots and suffixes.
(2) "Decodable text" means texts with highly controlled vocabulary that are carefully sequenced to include letter sound relationships and high frequency words that have previously been taught.
(3) "Differentiated" means designing and delivering instruction to meet individual needs.
(4) "Explicit instruction" means a teacher directed and systematic instructional approach that includes specific components of delivery and design of instruction such as review of previous content, step by step demonstrations, clear language, adequate range of examples, frequent student responses, monitoring of student progress, feedback to students and multiple opportunities for practice, both guided and independent. This practice includes distributed and cumulative practice. This practice does not make assumptions that learners will acquire skills and knowledge on their own.
(5) "Intervention-based diagnostic measures" means assessment used to identify where a student is on an instructional continuum and specifies next steps in instruction. These assessments may be placement tests within an instructional program or may be informal measures not associated with a specific instructional program.
(6) "Phoneme grapheme mapping" means evidence-based practice and instructional activity that helps the reader build word recognition skills by connecting the sounds (phonemes) to the letters (graphemes) in printed words.
(7) "Systematic Phonics" means directly teaching children that letters represent the sounds of spoken language and that there is an organized, logical, and predictable relationship between written letters and spoken sounds. When children are explicitly taught the relationship between sounds (phonemes) and the letters (graphemes) that represent those sounds, they can apply these principles to both familiar and unfamiliar words.
(8) "Phonics" is a way of teaching reading that stresses the acquisition of letter-sound correspondences and their use in reading and spelling.
(C) Phonics shall be used as a technique in the teaching of reading in grades kindergarten and one. This technique is also required in grades two and three, and recommended in grades four and five, for students in need of continued systematic phonics instruction. Systematic phonics instruction is informed by screening and intervention-based diagnostic measures and differentiated to meet student needs. Systematic phonics instruction includes the following components:
(1) Phonemic awareness connection and review;
(2) A logical scope and sequence from simpler to more complex skills with the inclusion of six syllable types;
(3) Blending practice using multiple blending routines with teacher modeling, student guided practice, and independent practice of blending words using the pattern(s) in the instructional sequence;
(4) Dictation of words, phrases, and sentences using the phonics pattern(s);
(5) Use of connected text (such as decodable texts) to practice fluency and build automaticity;
(6) Teaching high frequency words using phoneme grapheme mapping, whether spelled regularly or irregularly;
(7) Connection to the meaning of the words decoded, with explicit instruction in the meanings of unknown words when necessary;
(8) Extended opportunities for practice;
(9) Advanced phonics, as applicable to a student's decoding development.
(D) For some students who are deaf or hard of hearing, traditional phonics instruction and strategies may be less effective. Educators may use other evidence-based practices to support the reading development of deaf or hard of hearing students to meet their individualized needs, consistent with the student's individualized education program.
(E) The state board of education will provide in-service training programs for teachers on the use of systematic phonics as a technique in the teaching of reading in grades kindergarten through three, and for older readers identified with reading difficulties.
Last updated December 29, 2022 at 8:39 AM
History
- Effective: December 29, 2022
- Promulgated Under: 119.03
Chapter 3301-35 Standards for Kindergarten through Twelfth Grade
Ohio Adm.Code 3301-35-01 Purpose and definitions.
(A) The purpose for adopting the rules in this chapter, which comprise the operating standards for Ohio school districts and elementary and secondary schools, is to assure that all students are provided a general education of high quality. The rules in this chapter establish specific expectations for school districts and schools, as those terms are defined in paragraph (B) of this rule, to use in creating the best learning conditions for meeting the personalized and individualized needs of each student and achieving state and local educational goals and objectives. The operating standards focus on the most critical expectations for school districts and schools in order to foster a regulatory system that focuses on improving outputs and student outcomes.
(B) The following terms are defined as they are used in this chapter:
(1) "Assessment" means the measuring of student achievement of performance goals and objectives.
(2) "Blended learning" has the same meaning as in section 3301.079 of the Revised Code. For purposes of that definition, "primarily" means over the course of the school year, a student works more than fifty per cent of the time from a supervised physical location away from home.
(3) "Board of education" means a board of education as described in Chapter 3313. of the Revised Code.
(4) "Classified staff" means nonteaching school personnel who are assigned to positions that do not require a certificate, license, permit or other credentialing document issued by the state board of education and that are listed in accordance with section 3317.12 of the Revised Code.
(5) "Competency-based learning model" means any system of academic instruction, assessment, grading, and reporting where students receive credit based on demonstrations and assessments of their learning rather than the amount of time they spend studying a subject. A competency-based learning model encourages accelerated learning among students who master academic materials quickly while providing additional instructional support time for students who need it.
(6) "Computer as instructor" means instruction provided by a computer with no instruction or assessment of mastery of content of any kind provided by a teacher, either in-person or from a remote location. A teacher monitoring a student in a computer as instructor course is not involved in developing, adapting or modifying lessons and/or clarifying subject content. A teacher monitoring a student(s) receiving instruction via this delivery method may assign the grade for the course provided the assignments and/or evaluations are scored by the computer program.
(7) "Credentialed staff" means faculty or staff who hold a certificate, license, permit or other document issued by the state board of education under section 3301.071 or Chapter 3319. of the Revised Code. Credentialed staff includes, but is not limited to, teachers, principals, superintendents, treasurers, school business managers, related service personnel, administrative specialists, educational aides, and pupil activity providers.
(8) "Credit flexibility" means the method by which students may meet curriculum requirements or earn units of high school credit by demonstrating subject area competency through the completion of traditional coursework, testing out or otherwise demonstrating mastery of course content through the pursuit of an approved educational option pursuant to the plan for credit flexibility adopted by the state board of education in accordance with section 3313.603 of the Revised Code, and is available on the department of education's website.
(9) "Digital learning" has the same meaning as in section 3301.079 of the Revised Code.
(10) "Digital learning tools" means computers, tablets, software, applications, or other technology necessary to access a school's program of digital learning.
(11) "Educational options" means learning experiences or activities that are designed to extend, enhance, supplement, or serve as an alternative to classroom instruction and meet the personalized and individualized needs of each student. Educational options are offered in accordance with the models adopted by the state board of education, local board of education policy, and parental approval.
(12) "Educational service personnel" means individuals who hold appropriate qualifications and who possess the knowledge, skills and expertise to support the educational, instructional, health, mental health and college and career readiness needs for all students.
(a) Educational service personnel that support educational, instructional and college and career readiness programs include, but are not limited to: fine arts, music, and physical education teachers; librarian or media specialists; school counselors; and reading intervention specialists;
(b) Educational service personnel that support the learning needs of the special needs student population include, but are not limited to: gifted intervention specialists, adapted physical education teachers, audiologists, interpreters, speech-language pathologists, physical and occupational therapists, and English-as-a-second-language specialist;
(c) Educational service personnel that support the health and mental health of the student population include, but are not limited to: school nurses, social workers, school psychologists, and school resource officers.
(13) "Evidence-based" has the same meaning as in division (21) of section 8101 of the Elementary and Secondary Education Act of 1965, as amended by the Every Student Succeeds Act, at 20 U.S.C. 7801.
(14) "Harmful to juveniles" has the same meaning as in section 2907.01 of the Revised Code.
(15) "Intervention" means alternative or supplemental instruction designed to help students meet performance objectives.
(16) "Obscene" has the same meaning as in division (F) of section 2907.01 of the Revised Code as that division has been construed by the supreme court of this state.
(17) "OEDS" means the Ohio educational directory system or a successor system.
(18) "Online learning" has the same meaning as in section 3301.079 of the Revised Code. For purposes of that definition, "primarily" means over the course of the school year, a student works more than fifty per cent of the time from their residence on assignments delivered via the internet or other computer-based instructional method.
(19) "Parent" means:
(a) A natural or adoptive parent of a child;
(b) A guardian; or
(c) An individual acting in the place of a natural or adoptive parent, including a grandparent, stepparent, or other relative, with whom the child lives, or an individual who is legally responsible for the child's welfare.
(20) "Policies" means general principles governing the operation of a school and are established and adopted by the district board of education.
(21) "Procedures" means detailed rules, regulations and courses of action, specified in writing, for carrying out school district and school policies.
(22) "School," with the exception of the term "school" as used in rule 3301-35-08 of the Administrative Code, means an environment organized for learning and chartered pursuant to this chapter and section 3301.16 of the Revised Code to provide a community of students with the opportunity to acquire skills and knowledge necessary to meet state and local performance objectives.
(23) "School district" means a local, exempted village, city or joint vocational school district as defined in Chapter 3311. of the Revised Code.
(24) "School year" has the same meaning as in section 3313.62 of the Revised Code.
(25) "Site evaluation" means an evaluation the department of education conducts of a school district or school to determine whether a school district or school meets the operating standards in this chapter.
(26) "Site visit" means an evaluation the department of education conducts of a chartered nonpublic school in accordance with Chapter 3301-39 of the Administrative Code.
(27) "Stakeholder" means those who directly affect or are affected by the educational success of a school district and school. Stakeholders may include, but are not limited to, colleges and universities, school district and school staff, employers, parents, students, and other individuals or groups in the community. For nonpublic schools, the governing authority of the school identifies "stakeholders."
(28) "State performance data" means the data reported to the department of education in accordance with section 3302.03 of the Revised Code that reflects the performance of the school district or school.
(29) "Teacher of record" means an educator who is responsible for a significant portion of a student's instruction within a subject or a course.
Last updated October 28, 2022 at 12:12 AM
History
- Effective: October 28, 2022
- Promulgated Under: 119.03
Ohio Adm.Code 3301-35-08
(A) A nonchartered nonpublic school that is not seeking a charter from the department of education and workforce because of truly held religious beliefs shall annually certify in a report to the parents of its pupils that the school meets minimum education standards for non-chartered nonpublic schools as described in section 3301.0732 of the Revised Code. A copy of the report shall be filed with the department of education and workforce on or before the thirtieth day of September of each year.
(B) A nonchartered nonpublic school shall be open for instruction with pupils in attendance for not less than four hundred fifty-five hours in the case of pupils in kindergarten unless such pupils are provided all-day kindergarten, in which case the pupils shall be in attendance for nine hundred ten hours; nine hundred ten hours in the case of pupils in grades one through six; and one thousand one hours in the case of pupils in grades seven through twelve in each school year .
(C) The parents of a child enrolled in a nonchartered nonpublic school shall be responsible for reporting their child's enrollment or withdrawal from that school to the treasurer of the board of education of the city, exempted village, or local school district in which the pupil resides. Pupil attendance is reported for the purposes of facilitating the administration of laws relating to compulsory education and the employment of minors. An individual in charge of the non-chartered nonpublic school may, as a matter of convenience, provide the report to the treasurer on behalf of the parent.
(1) The attendance report shall include the name, age, and place of residence of each pupil below eighteen years of age.
(2) The report shall be made within the first two weeks of the beginning of each school year. In the case of pupil withdrawal or entrance during the school year, notice shall be given to the treasurer of the appropriate board of education within the first week of the next school month.
(D) Teachers and administrators shall hold at least a bachelor's degree, or the equivalent, from a recognized college or university.
(E) The curriculum of each non-chartered nonpublic school shall study of the following subjects:
(1) Language arts;
(2) Geography, the history of the United States and Ohio, and national, state, and local government;
(3) Mathematics;
(4) Science;
(5) Health;
(6) Physical education;
(7) The fine arts, including music;
(8) First aid, safety, and fire prevention;
(9) Other subjects as prescribed by the non-charterednonpublic school.
(F) Each non-charterednonpublic school shall follow regular procedures for promotion from grade to grade of pupils who have met the school's educational requirements.
(G) Each non-chartered nonpublic school shall comply with all applicable health, fire, and safety laws.
(H) Pupils attending a non-chartered nonpublic school are not entitled to pupil transportation or auxiliary services.
A non-chartered nonpublic school is not entitled to reimbursement for administrative costs.
Last updated May 9, 2024 at 8:37 AM
History
- Effective: May 9, 2024
- Promulgated Under: 119.03
Ohio Adm.Code 3301-35-02 Governance, leadership, and strategic planning.
(A) The board of education of a school district or the governing authority of a chartered nonpublic school, or the board's or authority's designee, shall, in consultation with stakeholders, develop and communicate the school district's or governing authority's vision, mission, guiding principles, priorities, and strategies for addressing stakeholder needs, especially those of students. To assure that the school district or school operates as a successful teaching and learning organization, the board, superintendent, treasurer, faculty, and staff should serve as positive role models, reinforce best practices and provide strong leadership. The board of education or the governing authority of a chartered nonpublic school shall be responsible for developing policies governing the school district or school operations and educational programs, which are consistent with applicable local, state, and federal law and regulations.
(B) For the proper governance, leadership, organization, administration, and supervision of a school district or school, a board of education of a school district or the governing authority of a chartered nonpublic school, or the board's or authority's designee, may, in consultation with stakeholders and after engaging in strategic planning, implement a strategic plan that guides the school district or school and key stakeholders in the ongoing measurement of school district or school performance to ensure continuous improvement is being made.
Last updated May 24, 2021 at 9:09 AM
History
- Effective: May 24, 2021
- Promulgated Under: 119.03
Ohio Adm.Code 3301-35-03 Blended learning.
(A) Each board of education or chartered nonpublic school that operates a school or a classroom as a blended learning environment shall adopt policies and procedures that address the following:
(1) Means of personalization of student centered learning models to meet the needs of each student.
(2) The evaluation and review of the quality of online curriculum delivered to students.
(3) Assessment of each participating student's progress through the curriculum. Students shall be permitted to advance through each level of the curriculum based on demonstrated competency/mastery of the material.
(4) The assignment of a sufficient number of teachers to ensure a student has an appropriate level of interaction to meet the student's personal learning goals. Each participating student shall be assigned to at least one teacher of record. A school or classroom that implements blended learning cannot be required to have more than one teacher for every one hundred twenty-five students.
(5) The method by which each participating student will have access to the digital learning tools necessary to access the online or digital content.
(6) The means by which each school shall use a filtering device or install filtering software that protects against internet access to materials that are obscene or harmful to juveniles on each computer provided to or made available to students for instructional use. The school shall provide such device or software at no cost to any student who uses a device obtained from a source other than the school.
(7) The means by which the school will ensure that teachers have appropriate training in the pedagogy of the effective delivery of online or digital instruction.
(B) Section 3302.41 of the Revised Code requires an annual instructional calendar of not less than nine hundred ten hours.
(C) Students engaged in blended learning shall have the ability to earn credits by demonstrating mastery of knowledge or skills through competency-based learning models. Students shall advance from grade to grade based upon credits earned. Credit shall not be based on a minimum number of days or hours in a classroom or on a digital learning device.
(D) With respect to the operation of a school or classroom with a blended learning environment, the operating standards in this chapter apply only to the extent that those obligations do not conflict with the provisions in this rule.
Last updated October 28, 2022 at 12:12 AM
History
- Effective: October 28, 2022
- Promulgated Under: 119.03
Ohio Adm.Code 3301-35-04 Student and other stakeholder focus.
(A) To ensure that student and other stakeholder needs are understood and addressed, the school district or chartered nonpublic school will:
(1) Establish and communicate clear, high expectations for academic performance, attendance and conduct for all students;
(2) Diagnose and assess the needs of students and other stakeholders and use assessment results and, as applicable, state performance data and relevant local measures to make informed decisions about curriculum, instruction, assessment, and goals;
(3) Monitor and analyze its state performance data and relevant local measures, as applicable, educational offerings, facilities, services and instructional materials to determine their effectiveness in helping students meet performance objectives;
(4) Continually improve programs and policies to better meet student needs by:
(a) Considering input from stakeholders;
(b) Monitoring and considering the changing needs and expectations of stakeholders;
(c) Regularly conducting stakeholder satisfaction evaluations using objective, reliable methods; and
(d) Using collaborative teams to analyze and use data to assess improvement and identify implementation issues and academic successes and gaps.
(5) Communicate information about student attendance, conduct, academic performance and progress to parents on a regular basis.
(B) The school district or chartered nonpublic school shall implement a curriculum and instructional program that is characterized by systematic planning, articulation, and evaluation. The school district's or chartered nonpublic school's curriculum shall be developed with input from and dialogue with parents, community members, and other stakeholders.
(1) In addition to those subjects required by the Revised Code, school districts and chartered nonpublic schools also shall provide for study of the following:
(a) Personal safety and assault prevention in grades kindergarten through six;
(b) Foreign language;
(c) Technology;
(d) Family and consumer sciences; and
(e) Business education.
(2) Courses of study define the key components of a school district's or chartered nonpublic school's curriculum and instruction.
(a) A course of study will be adopted for each subject taught and do the following:
(i) Comply with the provisions of section 3313.60 of the Revised Code;
(ii) Align with the school district's or chartered nonpublic school's vision, mission, philosophy, educational goals, and strategic plan;
(iii) Specify learning and performance expectations;
(iv) Establish a scope and sequence of knowledge and skills to be learned;
(v) Provide a way to assess student progress and the need for intervention;
(vi) Address the various developmental needs of early childhood, middle childhood, and adolescent through young adult students;
(vii) Use technological tools and emphasize inter-disciplinary, real-world, project-based, and technology-oriented learning experiences;
(viii) Be developed with consideration of the academic standards adopted in accordance with section 3301.079 of the Revised Code and published on the website of the department of education and workforce;
(ix) For career and technical courses, be informed by career and technical core standards and performance measures.
(b) Courses of study are to be reviewed and updated as needed.
(c) School districts and chartered nonpublic schools will provide for an assessment system that aligns with their courses of study and includes:
(i) Regular assessment of student performance;
(ii) A policy governing the provision of academic prevention/intervention services for all grades and all schools through the school district;
(iii) Guidelines for using assessment results and, as applicable, state performance data and relevant local measures, for instruction, evaluation, intervention, guidance, and grade-promotion decisions;
(iv) As applicable, written policies and procedures regarding the participation of students with disabilities and English learners;
(v) Ongoing professional staff development that teaches accepted standards of practice in the selection, administration, interpretation, and use of assessments;
(vi) Multiple and appropriate assessments that shall be used to measure student progress;
(vii) Assessment practices that, when used to qualify students for graduation, promotion or special programs or services, conform to current professional standards for validity and reliability; and
(viii) Sharing information with parents, students, and the community regarding assessment purposes and results.
(C) Every student in a school district or chartered nonpublic school is entitled to opportunities to acquire the knowledge and skills necessary to meet local course of study objectives.
(D) School districts and, where applicable, chartered nonpublic schools will provide students with the opportunity to acquire knowledge and skills and earn credits toward graduation through a variety of methods including, but not be limited to, the following:
(1) Advanced standing programs under section 3313.6013 of the Revised Code; and
(2) Credit flexibility.
(E) The school district's or chartered nonpublic school's policy for awarding credit for completion of courses or options under paragraph (D) of this rule:
(1) Will specify that a fractional unit of credit be awarded on a proportionate basis for a course that meets less than the minimum one hundred twenty hours required for one credit unit;
(2) May permit more than one unit of credit to be awarded on proportionate basis for a course that meets more than one hundred twenty hours;
(3) May permit students below the ninth grade to take advanced work for credit; and
(4) Will specify that units earned through integrated coursework are eligible to meet the graduation requirements.
(F) Student achievement will be monitored according to established procedures to include the following:
(1) Student progress reports provided to parents on a regular basis, with timely notification of problems with student achievement, conduct or attendance. Conferences between teachers and parents may be one method of providing this information;
(2) Student cumulative records maintained, and student records safeguarded according to the Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act (January 2013), 20 USC section 1232g;
(3) Criteria for decisions on student promotion and retention;
(4) Student admission, placement, and withdrawal shall be processed according to established procedures, including policies for:
(a) The admission of students to kindergarten and grade one; and
(b) Accepting grade placement and units of credit for students transferring from any school in the state of Ohio and from any out-of-state school approved by a state department of education or the equivalent for schools attended in another country.
(5) Diplomas being issued to students who complete graduation requirements.
(G) School districts' and chartered nonpublic schools' policies and procedures regarding student health and safety are to be designed to ensure the safety and wellness of all students and are to comply with applicable local, Ohio, and federal laws for health, fire drills, and safety.
Last updated February 16, 2024 at 8:07 AM
History
- Effective: February 16, 2024
- Promulgated Under: 119.03
Ohio Adm.Code 3301-35-05 Faculty and staff focus.
(A) Credentialed and classified staff shall be recruited, employed, assigned, evaluated and provided professional development in accordance with state and federal law.
(1) Except as otherwise provided in sections 3302.151, 3319.36, and 3319.361 of the Revised Code, each credentialed staff member shall hold the appropriate credentials for his/her assigned position prior to performing any activities or duties related to the assigned position. Copies of credentials appropriate to staff assignments shall be on file in the school district's or school's administrative office.
(2) Except as otherwise provided in rules 3301-35-03, 3301-35-09, 3301-51-09, and 3301-51-15 of the Administrative Code, the ratio of teachers to students school district-wide shall be at least one full-time equivalent classroom teacher for each twenty-five students.
The ratio of teachers to students in kindergarten through fourth grade on a school district-wide basis shall be at least one full-time equivalent classroom teacher per twenty-five students.
(3) The board of education of a school district shall be responsible for the scope and type of educational services in the district. The district shall employ educational service personnel to enhance the learning opportunities of all students.
(4) Every school shall be provided the services of a principal.
(5) Except as otherwise provided in Chapter 3319. of the Revised Code, credentialed staff shall be evaluated at regular intervals, with results to be discussed with credentialed staff in conferences. Evaluations of credentialed staff conducted under Chapter 3319. of the Revised Code shall use evaluation systems that align with state models and the Ohio educator standards available on the department of education's website.
(6) Classified staff shall be evaluated at regular intervals. Evaluation results shall be discussed with the classified staff in evaluation conferences.
(7) Data shall be used to determine the amount and nature of professional development for credentialed staff and classified staff necessary to implement the school district's vision, mission, and strategic plan.
(a) Professional development for credentialed staff shall be provided. Professional development planning shall align with Ohio educator standards and Ohio standards for professional development, which are available on the department's website, and may include the identification of observable and measurable staff learning outcomes, the individual or group needs of credentialed staff to develop or improve the knowledge and skills necessary to address personalized and individualized student learning needs, a focus on closing the gap between student performance and the expectations for student performance, and identification of the resources necessary to support the professional learning outcomes, follow-up and evaluation.
(b) Professional development for credentialed staff and classified staff shall continually be monitored, evaluated, and improved to align with school district goals and objectives and to meet the changing needs of students.
(c) Credentialed staff shall work with their local professional development committees to meet state certification and licensure requirements pursuant to section 3319.22 of the Revised Code.
(8) Teachers shall be provided sufficient time for designing their work, evaluating student progress, conferencing, and team planning. Time shall be established for teachers to pursue collaborative planning for the development of lesson plans, professional development, and shared learning. The schedule of full-time equivalent classroom teachers assigned to a school with a teacher day of six hours or longer, excluding the lunch period, shall include at least two hundred minutes per week for these purposes.
(B) The school district or school administrators, including superintendents, assistant superintendents, and principals, shall maintain an environment that supports personal and organizational performance excellence through the following elements:
(1) The organizational design of the school district or school shall promote communication, cooperation, and the sharing of knowledge and skills across work functions, units and locations.
(2) Credentialed staff and classified staff shall know and demonstrate knowledge of and commitment to the school district and school vision, mission, and strategic plan.
(3) The school district or school shall continually evaluate its work environment and improve it to support school district, school and student goals.
(4) Credentialed staff and classified staff shall strive to create and maintain an environment of encouragement, trust and mutual commitment to school district and school goals.
(5) Credentialed staff and classified staff shall work within a healthy, safe environment and help maintain and improve a healthy, safe environment conducive to student learning and performance excellence.
Last updated May 24, 2021 at 9:10 AM
History
- Effective: May 24, 2021
- Promulgated Under: 119.03
Ohio Adm.Code 3301-35-09
(A) A new chartered nonpublic school may be established and operated for a specified period in accordance with sections 3301.16 and 3313.48 of the Revised Code, Chapter 3301-39 of the Administrative Code, and the following procedures, provided the school has at least three grade levels or fifteen students:
(1) The principal or superintendent of the school contacts the Ohio department of education about beginning a school and participates in the "beginning a chartered nonpublic school" training conducted by the department;
(2) The department provides these operating standards and procedures for beginning a school;
(3) The principal or superintendent submits to the department a plan for meeting the operating standards that includes:
(a) Objectives related to the operating standards; and
(b) A timeline for meeting the operating standards and the procedures in rule 3301-39-03 of the Administrative Code; and
(4) The state superintendent of public instruction may recommend that the state board of education grant a charter when a site visit indicates that a school is meeting operating standards and the procedures in rule 3301-39-03 of the Administrative Code.
(B) A school shall report a change in location, ownership, or name; a merger; or the addition of an annex location of any school to the department no later than five business days after the change or addition has occurred. These types of changes or additions render the existing charter null and void. Upon notice of the change or addition and if the school complies with all requirements, the department shall issue a new charter to the school that incorporates the change or addition.
(C) A change in grade levels shall be reported to the department at least thirty days prior to the start of the school year in which the school intends to implement the change in grade levels, and, if a school intends to serve additional grades, the information described in paragraph (A)(3) of this rule.
(D) Notwithstanding paragraphs (B) and (C) of this rule, the closing of a location shall be reported to the department at least thirty days prior to the closing of the school.
(E) The department may require a school to submit a corrective action plan if the school fails to notify the department of changes in accordance with this rule or if the school fails to comply with the requirements in this rule. If the school fails to submit a corrective action plan that fully addresses the issues identified by the department or fails to comply with the requirements in this rule, the department may act to revoke the school's charter in accordance with rule 3301-39-04 of the Administrative Code.
(F) A nonpublic school chartered by the state board of education shall assure that its students are provided a general education of high quality by either:
(1) Being accredited by an association whose standards have been reviewed by the state superintendent's advisory committee on chartered nonpublic schools and approved by the state board of education; or
(2) Showing compliance with rules 3301-35-01 to 3301-35-07 of the Administrative Code except that:
(a) Notwithstanding paragraph (A) of rule 3301-35-05 of the Administrative Code, chartered nonpublic schools may consider religious affiliation in hiring and employment decisions to the extent permitted by law;
(b) Paragraphs (A)(2) and (A)(3) of rule 3301-35-05 of the Administrative Code regarding student-teacher ratios and educational service personnel does not apply;
(c) Paragraph (D)(2) of rule 3301-35-04 of the Administrative Code regarding a requirement to offer credit flexibility does not apply;
(d) Paragraph (B) of rule 3301-35-06 of the Administrative Code regarding stakeholder partnerships does not apply, except for the requirement that chartered nonpublic schools work with their key stakeholders;
(e) Paragraph (C)(3) of rule 3301-35-06 of the Administrative Code regarding a requirement to communicate information and procedures related to credit flexibility and educational options does not apply; and
(f) Notwithstanding paragraph (F)(2) of rule 3301-35-07 of the Administrative Code regarding site visit, chartered nonpublic schools are not required to hold a public meeting to discuss a report of the results of the site visit or to notify their parents and stakeholders of such a meeting. Chartered nonpublic schools shall notify their parents and stakeholders of the report issued by the department of education and make the report available to them.
(G) A chartered nonpublic school that does not meet the requirements set forth in paragraph (F) of this rule is subject to the provisions of paragraphs (H) and (I) of rule 3301-35-07 of the Administrative Code.
(H) The superintendent of public instruction shall establish an advisory committee on chartered nonpublic schools to make recommendations to the state board of education concerning development and administration of regulations for chartered nonpublic schools. Committee membership shall represent chartered nonpublic school constituency groups including the "Association of Christian Schools International"; the "Catholic Conference of Ohio"; the "Government Affairs Committee of Ohio Jewish Communities, Inc."; the "Lutheran Schools of Ohio"; the "Ohio Association of Independent Schools"; the "Seventh Day Adventist Schools, Ohio Conference"; and any other chartered nonpublic constituency approved by the existing advisory committee. Each group will have representation on the committee, and these groups will constitute no less than two-thirds of the committee's membership.
Last updated May 24, 2021 at 9:12 AM
History
- Effective: May 24, 2021
- Promulgated Under: 119.03
Ohio Adm.Code 3301-51-09
(A) Least restrictive environment (LRE)
Each educational agency will ensure that to the maximum extent appropriate, children with disabilities, including children in public or nonpublic institutions or other care facilities, are educated with children who are non disabled.
(B) Least restrictive environment
General
(1) Except as provided in rule 3301-51-07 of the Administrative Code regarding children with disabilities in adult prisons, each school district will adopt and implement written policies and procedures approved by the department of education and workforce, to ensure that the school district meets the least restrictive environment provisions of this rule.
(2) Each educational agency will ensure that:
(a) To the maximum extent appropriate, children with disabilities, including children in public or nonpublic institutions or other care facilities, are educated with children who are non disabled; and
(b) Special classes, separate schooling, or other removal of children with disabilities from the regular educational environment occurs only if the nature or severity of the disability is such that education in regular classes with the use of supplementary aids and services cannot be achieved satisfactorily.
(C) Continuum of alternative placements
(1) Each educational agency will ensure that a continuum of alternative placements is available to meet the needs of children with disabilities for special education and related services.
(2) The continuum specified in paragraph (C)(1) of this rule will:
(a) Include the alternative placements listed in the definition of special education under rule 3301-51-01 of the Administrative Code (instruction in regular classes, special classes, special schools, home instruction, and instruction in hospitals and institutions); and
(b) Make provision for supplementary services (such as resource room or itinerant instruction) to be provided in conjunction with regular class placement.
(D) Placements
In determining the educational placement of a child with a disability, including a preschool child with a disability, each educational agency will ensure that:
(1) The placement decision:
(a) Is made by a group of persons, including the parents and other persons knowledgeable about the child, the meaning of the evaluation data, and the placement options; and
(b) Is made in conformity with the least restrictive environment provisions in paragraphs (B) to (E) of this rule.
(2) The child's placement:
(a) Is determined at least annually;
(b) Is based on the child's individualized education program (IEP); and
(c) Is as close as possible to the child's home;
(3) Unless the IEP of a child with a disability necessitates some other arrangement, the child is educated in the school that the child would attend if non disabled;
(4) In selecting the least restrictive environment, consideration is given to any potential harmful effect on the child or on the quality of services that the child needs; and
(5) A child with a disability is not removed from education in age-appropriate regular classrooms solely because of needed modifications in the general education curriculum.
(E) Nonacademic settings
In providing or arranging for the provision of nonacademic and extracurricular services and activities, including meals, recess periods, and the services and activities set forth in rule 3301-51-02 of the Administrative Code, each educational agency will ensure that each child with a disability participates with non disabled children in the extracurricular services and activities to the maximum extent appropriate to the needs of that child. The educational agency will ensure that each child with a disability has the supplementary aids and services determined by the child's IEP team to be appropriate and necessary for the child to participate in nonacademic settings.
(F) Length of school day and school year
Each child with a disability will be ensured:
(1) A school day consistent with rule 3301-35-06 of the Administrative Code and consistent in length to that provided to a child without disabilities, with special education and related services being provided during the regular school day unless otherwise indicated on the IEP; and
(2) A school year consistent with rule 3301-35-06 of the Administrative Code and consistent in length to that provided to a child without disabilities with special education and related services being implemented at the beginning of each school year.
(G) Role of preschool and school-age service providers
(1) The educational agency will assign early childhood, and school-age intervention specialists, and/or related service providers to meet the unique educational needs of each child with a disability. The school-age service provider may provide indirect or direct services in one or any combination of instructional groupings, including large group, small group, individual instruction, or parent and teacher training and consultation.
(2) The educational agency will ensure early childhood and school-age intervention specialists, and/or related service providers:
(a) Serve children with disabilities to assure a free appropriate public education and may serve children without disabilities where needs for services are identified;
(b) Support regular education teachers in serving and/or consulting about children with and without disabilities so that the regular education personnel, in partnership with the special education service providers and related service personnel, can implement a child's individualized education program in the least restrictive environment;
(c) Assist in organizing and facilitating supplemental supports provided within the regular classroom;
(d) Design parent involvement activities; and
(e) Implement educational interventions and specially designed instruction which means adapting, as appropriate, to the needs of the eligible child, the content, methodology, or delivery of instruction:
(i) To address the unique needs of the child that result from the child's disability; and
(ii) To ensure access to the general curriculum so that the child can meet the educational standards adopted by the state board of education that apply to all children.
(3) The educational agency will ensure services of paraprofessionals and related service assistants are supervised in accordance with Ohio law.
(H) Personnel qualifications and personnel development
(1) General
The educational agency will ensure that all personnel necessary to carry out the purposes of Part B of the Individuals with Disabilities Education Act, as amended by the Individuals with Disabilities Education Improvement Act of 2004, December 2004 (IDEA) will be employed and will be appropriately and adequately prepared and trained, including that those personnel have the content knowledge and skills to serve children with disabilities. Personnel will have appropriate certification or licensure as defined by Chapter 3301-24 of the Administrative Code.
(2) Related services personnel and paraprofessionals
The qualifications under paragraph (H)(1) of this rule will include qualifications for related services personnel and paraprofessionals that:
(a) Are consistent with state-approved or state-recognized certification, licensing, registration, or other comparable provisions that apply to the professional discipline in which those personnel are providing special education or related services; and
(b) Ensure that related services personnel who deliver services in their discipline or profession:
(i) Meet the provisions of paragraph (H)(2)(a) of this rule; and
(ii) Have not had certification or licensure obligations waived on an emergency, temporary, or provisional basis; and
(iii) Allow paraprofessionals and assistants who are appropriately trained and supervised, in accordance with state law, regulation, or written policy, in meeting the provisions of this rule, to be used to assist in the provision of special education and related services under this rule to children with disabilities.
(a) Paraprofessionals providing services to children with disabilities will hold an educational aide permit or associate license and meets the provisions under paragraph (I) of rule 3301-24-05 of the Administrative Code. Any educational agency that employs a paraprofessional will have written policies and procedures outlining:
(i) Criteria for staff selection;
(ii) A planned sequence of continuing education and annual training opportunities to enable the paraprofessional to continue to develop the knowledge and skills that are specific to the students with whom the paraprofessional works, including following lesson plans, implementing follow-up instructional procedures and activities, supporting effective classroom organization and behavior management, and working effectively with teachers and as part of an instructional team;
(iii) A process for direct continuing supervision by one or more licensed teachers or service providers and evaluation of the services of such personnel; and
(iv) A job description of the role and function of a paraprofessional.
(b) Personnel serving as school psychology interns will hold a temporary pupil service license as specified by paragraph (A)(5) of rule 3301-23-44 of the Administrative Code and will be enrolled in school psychologist preparation programs while completing the program internship.
(c) Ensure that personnel serving as physical therapists are licensed pursuant to Chapter 4755. of the Revised Code to practice physical therapy; physical therapist assistants are licensed pursuant to Chapter 4755. of the Revised Code to assist in the provision of physical therapy services under the supervision of a licensed physical therapist; and physical therapists and physical therapist assistants practice in accordance with sections 4755.40 to 4755.56 of the Revised Code and Chapters 4755-21 to 4755-29 of the Administrative Code.
(d) Ensure that personnel serving as occupational therapists are licensed pursuant to Chapter 4755. of the Revised Code to practice occupational therapy; occupational therapy assistants are licensed pursuant to Chapter 4755. of the Revised Code to assist in the provision of occupational therapy services under the supervision of a licensed occupational therapist; and occupational therapists and occupational therapy assistants practice in accordance with sections 4755.04 to 4755.13 of the Revised Code and Chapters 4755-1 to 4755-9 of the Administrative Code.
(3) Qualifications for special education teachers
The qualifications described in paragraph (H)(1) of this rule will ensure that each person employed as a public school special education teacher in the state who teaches in an elementary school, middle school, or secondary school has obtained full state certification as a special education teacher and include qualifications for special education teachers that:
(a) Are consistent with state-approved or state-recognized certification, licensing, registration, or other comparable provisions that apply to the professional discipline in which those personnel are providing special education or related services; and
(b) Ensure that licensed special education teachers who deliver services in their discipline or profession:
(i) Meet the provisions of paragraph (H)(3)(a) of this rule; and
(ii) Have not had certification or licensure provisions waived on an emergency, temporary, or provisional basis.
(4) Qualifications for supervisory personnel
Personnel with supervisory responsibilities for the delivery of special education services will hold a valid administrator license and be appropriately licensed as specified by rule 3301-24-05 of the Administrative Code and in compliance with each educational agency's approved board policies.
"Supervisory and coordinator services" includes, but is not limited to, providing information and explanation to all personnel who provide special education and related services to students with disabilities regarding state and federal laws, educating staff on recommended practices, and other topics essential for the delivery of services to children with disabilities; helping educational agency personnel evaluate the effectiveness of special education and related services; and providing in-service education to parents and personnel involved in educating children with disabilities.
(5) Policy
(a) Educational agencies in the state will take measurable steps to recruit, hire, train, and retain proper state certification to provide special education and related services under this rule to children with disabilities.
(b) Personnel will be provided professional development that aligns with educational agency goals and objectives and meets the changing needs of children as provided by rule 3301-35-05 of the Administrative Code.
(6) Rule of construction
Notwithstanding any other individual right of action that a parent or child may maintain under this rule, nothing in this rule will be construed to create a right of action on behalf of an individual child or a class of children for the failure of a particular department of education and workforce or educational agency employee to be properly certified, or to prevent a parent from filing a complaint about staff qualifications with the department of education and workforce as provided for under this rule.
(7) Transition services
Transition services will be coordinated and provided by individuals who have the competencies, experiences, and training to meet the child's transition service needs.
(a) Individuals who coordinate transition services will either:
(i) Obtain the transition to work endorsement as defined in rule 3301-24-05 of the Administrative Code; or
(ii) Possess the skills and knowledge as defined in rule 3301-51-01 of the Administrative Code.
(b) Individuals who provide transition services as defined in rule 3301-51-01 of the Administrative Code will possess the appropriate credential, skills, or knowledge necessary to carry out the transition services designated within the child's individualized education program.
(I) Service provider workload determination for delivery of services
Educational agencies providing special education and related services to children with disabilities will ensure that the educational agency and all service providers implement the individualized education programs for each child with a disability in the classrooms, including resource rooms, in which they provide service during regular school hours based upon all of the factors set forth in this rule. For additional preschool service provider workload determination see rule 3301-51-11 of the Administrative Code.
(1) Workload for an individual service provider will be determined by the following process, which incorporates the following components:
(a) All areas of service provided to children with and without disabilities, including, but not limited to school duties, staff meetings, professional development, supervisions, travel/transitions, screening, assessment, evaluation, progress documentation and reporting, secondary transition service planning, conferencing/consultation collaborative planning, documentation for individual students, and third party billing obligations.
(b) Services for children with disabilities will be based on the unique needs of the individual child and will take into consideration the severity of each child's need, and the level and frequency of services necessary to provide a free and appropriate public education.
(c) Time needed for planning in accordance with rule 3301-35-05 of the Administrative Code including statutory and/or contractual agreements applicable to the educational agency.
(2) School-age service providers serving grades kindergarten through age twenty-one will provide specially designed instruction in accordance with the following provisions limiting the number of students per licensed professional, as set forth in paragraphs (I)(2)(a) to (I)(2)(h) of this rule.
(a) An intervention specialist will serve no more than sixteen children at the elementary, middle, or junior high school levels, or no more than twenty-four children at the high school level with intellectual disabilities.
(i) No more than twelve children at the elementary, middle, or junior high school levels, or no more than sixteen children at the senior high school level will be served during any one instruction period.
(ii) The age range will not exceed sixty months within any one instructional period.
(b) An intervention specialist will serve no more than sixteen children at the elementary, middle, or junior high school levels, or no more than twenty-four children at the high school level with specific learning disabilities.
(i) No more than twelve children will be served during any one instructional period.
(ii) The age range will not exceed sixty months within any one instructional period.
(c) An intervention specialist will serve no more than ten children with hearing impairments, visual impairments, orthopedic impairments, and/or other health impairments.
(i) No more than eight children will be served during any one instructional period.
(ii) The age range will not exceed forty-eight months within any one instructional period.
(d) An intervention specialist will serve no more than twelve children with emotional disturbances.
(i) No more than ten children will be served during any one instructional period.
(ii) The age range will not exceed forty-eight months within any one instructional period.
(iii) There should be a plan on file and in operation in the educational agency to provide appropriate classroom management and crisis intervention support.
(iv) In the absence of a plan, the educational agency will employ at least one full-time paraprofessional in each special class for these children.
(e) An intervention specialist will serve no more than eight children with multiple disabilities.
(i) No more than eight children will be served during any one instructional period.
(ii) The age range will not exceed sixty months within any one instructional period.
(iii) There will be at least one full-time paraprofessional in each special class for children with multiple disabilities.
(f) An intervention specialist will serve no more than six children with autism, deaf-blindness and/or traumatic brain injury.
(i) The age range will not exceed sixty months within any one instructional period; and
(ii) There will be at least one full-time paraprofessional in each special class for these children.
(g) An intervention specialist may serve multiple categories of children with disabilities for which the person is properly certified. The ratio for this service will be determined in accordance with paragraph (I)(1) of this rule and will not exceed sixteen children at the elementary, middle, or junior high school levels, or no more than twenty-four at the high school level.
(i) No more than sixteen children at the elementary, middle, or junior high school levels, or no more than twenty-four children at the high school level will be served during any one instructional period.
(ii) The age range will not exceed sixty months within any one instructional period.
(iii) Indirect and direct services will be provided in accordance with each child's individualized education program.
(h) An adapted physical education specialist will serve no more than one hundred children with disabilities.
(3) Related service providers for preschool and school-age children with disabilities will provide specially designed instruction in accordance with the following provisions limiting the number of students per licensed professional:
(a) An audiologist will provide services to no more than one hundred school-age children with disabilities or no more than seventy-five preschool children with disabilities.
(b) An occupational therapist will provide services to no more than fifty school-age children with disabilities or no more than forty preschool children with disabilities. An occupational therapy assistant who provides occupational therapy techniques will do so under the general supervision of an occupational therapist as provided under rules 4755-7-01 and 4755-7-03 of the Administrative Code.
(c) An orientation and mobility instructor will provide services to no more than fifty school-age children with disabilities or no more than forty preschool children with disabilities.
(d) A physical therapist will provide services to no more than fifty school-age children with disabilities or no more than forty preschool children with disabilities. A physical therapist assistant who assists in the provision of physical therapy services will do so under the supervision of a physical therapist as provided under Chapter 4755-27 of the Administrative Code.
(e) A speech and language pathologist will provide services to no more than:
(i) Eighty school-age children with disabilities, or
(ii) No more than fifty school-age children with multiple disabilities, hearing impairments, autism, orthopedic impairments or other health impairments, or
(iii) No more than fifty preschool children with disabilities, or
(iv) A combination of preschool and school-age children with disabilities or children with multiple disabilities, hearing impairment, autism, orthopedic impairments, or other health impairments proportionate to the ratios set forth in paragraphs (I)(3)(f)(i) to (I)(3)(f)(iii) of this rule.
Each school district will provide speech and language pathology services as specified by division (F) of section 3317.15 of the Revised Code.
(f) A school psychologist will provide services to no more than:
(i) One hundred twenty-five school-age children with disabilities, or
(ii) Seventy-five preschool children with disabilities, or
(iii) A combination of preschool and school-age children with disabilities proportionate with the ratios set forth in paragraphs (I)(3)(f)(i) and (I)(3)(f)(ii) of this rule.
Psychological services are defined in rule 3301-51-01 of the Administrative Code. Each school district will provide school psychological services as specified by division (F) of section 3317.15 of the Revised Code.
(4) Transition services will be:
(a) Coordinated by personnel who possess the credential or skills and knowledge as defined in this rule;
(i) Personnel coordinating transition services will provide services to no more than seventy-five children with disabilities age fourteen through twenty-one, inclusive, or younger if determined appropriate by the individualized education program team; and
(ii) Personnel coordinating transition services will provide services to no more than twenty intervention specialists who are providing services to students with disabilities age fourteen through twenty-one, inclusive, or younger as determined appropriate by the individualized education program team.
(b) Provided per division (O) of section 3323.01 of the Revised Code by individuals who possess the credential or skills and knowledge as defined in this rule.
(c) Personnel coordinating and providing transition services while serving in the capacity of a school age or related service provider will operate in accordance with the workload determination for delivery of service as defined in this rule and provisions limiting the number of students per licensed professional as described in this rule.
(5) Supervisory services
A supervisor, as provided in this rule, will:
(a) Provide services, to no more than twenty intervention specialists who are providing services to children with disabilities; or
(b) Provide services to no more than twenty speech and language pathologists; or
(c) Provide services to no more than twenty school psychologists.
(d) Supervise an occupational therapy assistant under rule 4755-7-01 of the Administrative Code.
(e) Supervise a physical therapist assistant under Chapter 4755-27 of the Administrative Code.
(J) Housing, facilities, materials, and equipment and supplies for preschool and school-age programs
(1) Children and service providers will have a service area that will accommodate the special needs of the children in attendance and be of sufficient capacity to accommodate the use and storage of special equipment and teaching materials. Service areas used for special education classrooms will be equivalent to those used for general education classrooms.
(2) Each service provider will have access to an office or room space suitable for private consultation or intervention; access to a telephone in an area where scheduling, parent contacts, and confidential conversations regarding children can be completed; and adequate office equipment including a locking file cabinet with a key and supplies.
(3) Service areas will be equipped with the appropriate materials, equipment, and facilities necessary to identify children with disabilities and to implement the child's individualized education program and meet the educational, physical, developmental, and learning needs of children within the area.
(4) The service areas for intervention specialists will be located in the section of the building that houses children without disabilities of comparable age.
(5) The service areas will provide a work environment that supports service providers and is conducive to children's learning consistent with rule 3301-35-05 of the Administrative Code. Instructional materials, equipment, and technology will be provided to support each child's progress toward meeting educational objectives.
(6) Evaluation and instructional materials and equipment will be provided to enable the child with a disability to progress in the general curriculum or in the case of preschool, developmentally appropriate activities, and meet both individualized education program and performance objectives.
(7) Children with disabilities will have the same access to textbooks, educational materials, and computer technology that is provided to children without disabilities.
(8) Additional materials and/or technology will be provided to allow children with disabilities access to the materials used in the general curriculum.
(9) Equipment that is utilized for children with disabilities will be adequately maintained and promptly repaired.
(K) Waiver
(1) If an educational agency exceeds the workload provisions in paragraph (I) of this rule an educational agency will file a waiver request with the department of education and workforce. An educational agency may be granted a waiver for individual service provider limits or for age-range per instructional period as referenced by this rule.
(2) Requests will be submitted in writing to the department of education and workforce. The written request will include, but not be limited to, the following:
(a) Identification of the specific rule for which a waiver is being requested;
(b) Specific period of time for which the waiver is requested; and
(c) Rationale for the request.
(L) Mandatory medication
(1) General
School district personnel are not authorized to direct parents to obtain a prescription for substances identified under schedules I, II, III, IV, or V in Section 202(c) of the Controlled Substances Act as amended and specified in the Anabolic Steroids Control Act of 1990, November 1990, 21 U.S.C. 812(c) for a child as a condition of attending school, receiving an evaluation under rule 3301-51-06 of the Administrative Code, or receiving services under this rule.
(2) Rule of construction
Nothing in paragraph (L)(1) of this rule will be construed to prevent teachers and other school personnel consulting or sharing classroom-based observations with parents or guardians regarding a child's academic and functional performance, or behavior in the classroom or school, or regarding the need for evaluation for special education or related services under rules 3301-51-03 and 3301-51-06 of the Administrative Code.
Last updated July 1, 2025 at 8:29 AM
History
- Effective: July 1, 2025
- Promulgated Under: 119.03
Ohio Adm.Code 3301-51-15
(A) Definitions
(1) All terms within this rule have the same meaning as the definitions in section 3324.01 of the Revised Code.
(2) "Trained individual" means a person who by training or experience is qualified to perform the prescribed activity, e.g., educator, private teacher, higher education faculty member, working professional in the field of visual or performing arts or a person trained to administer assessment instruments to identify gifted ability in creative, visual or performing arts.
(3) "Visual or performing arts ability" means ability in areas such as music, dance, theatre, or the visual arts.
(B) Identification
(1) The board of education of each district will identify students who are gifted and are enrolled in that district in grades kindergarten through twelve pursuant to section 3324.03 of the Revised Code.
(2) A trained individual will determine if a student is identified as exhibiting "visual or performing arts ability" superior to that of students of similar age if the student has done both of the following:
(a) Demonstrated to the trained individual through a display of work, an audition, or other performance or exhibition, superior ability in a visual or performing arts area; and
(b) Exhibited to the trained individual sufficient performance, as established by the department of education and workforce, on an approved checklist of behaviors related to a specific arts area.
(3) After any initial gifted identification made in conformance with section 3324.03 of the Revised Code and this rule, a student will remain identified regardless of subsequent testing or classroom performance.
(4) Testing/assessment
The school district will select instruments in conformance with section 3324.02 of the Revised Code. In addition to section 3324.02 of the Revised Code the school district will ensure that the approved assessment instruments:
(a) Are administered by a trained individual in conformance with the instructions provided by their publisher;
(b) Have been validated for the specific purpose and populations for which they are used and measure the specific area(s) of gifted ability;
(c) Are provided and administered in the student's primary language or communication modality if English is a barrier to the student's performance or if requested by the parent;
(d) Are provided and administered using the accommodations in a student's "Individualized Education Program" or "504 Plan." If these accommodations are not consistent with a test's allowable accommodations, a comparable approved assessment instrument will be used; and
(e) Are selected and administered so as to best ensure that when a test is administered to a student with a disability or impaired sensory, manual or speaking skills, the test results accurately reflect the student's aptitude or achievement level or whatever other factors the test purports to measure, rather than reflecting the student's disability or impaired sensory, manual or speaking skills.
(5) District gifted identification plan
The school district will have a gifted identification plan adopted pursuant to section 3324.04 of the Revised Code. The district's gifted identification plan may be subject to the department of education and workforce's review of the district's guidelines during the department's audit of that district pursuant to section 3324.05 of the Revised Code.
(a) In addition to the district's gifted identification plan contents as specified in section 3324.04 of the Revised Code, the school district's plan will include the following:
(i) A provision of at least one whole grade screening opportunity for all students in the kindergarten through second grade band, once prior to the end of grade two, screening in the following areas:
(a) Superior cognitive ability, and
(b) Specific academic ability in the areas of mathematics and reading, writing or a combination of these skills.
(ii) A provision of at least one whole grade screening opportunity for all students in the third through sixth grand band, once prior to the end of grade six, screening in the following areas:
(a) Superior cognitive ability, and
(b) Specific academic ability in the areas of mathematics and reading, writing or a combination of these skills.
(iii) In the case of students who have requested assessment or who have been recommended for assessment by teachers, parents, or other students, at least two opportunities a year for assessment regardless of the grade levels where gifted services are offered. A student's initial assessment will be completed within ninety days of referral;
(b) School districts will distribute the district identification plan to parents of the district.
(c) The district will accept assessment results from other districts or from a trained individual outside the district, as equivalent to district testing as set forth in section 3324.03 of the Revised Code and paragraph (B) of this rule . Districts will not alter eligibility through any consideration or computation other than as set forth in section 3324.03 of the Revised Code and paragraph (B) of this rule.
(6) District gifted education policy
The board of education of each district will adopt a statement of its policy for the screening and identification of students pursuant to section 3324.06 of the Revised Code and that policy will additionally include a detailed list of all gifted services that are currently available within the school district including the criteria for receiving those services.
(C) Provision of services
(1) Gifted services include instruction that is differentiated from the standard curriculum for that course in depth, breadth, complexity, pace, and/or where content is above-grade level.
(2) Services occur during the typical instructional day with flexibility allowed for the scheduling of educational options as defined in rules 3301-35-01 and 3301-35-06 of the Administrative Code, dual enrollment opportunities, and the visual or performing arts.
(3) Instructional time, class size, and caseload ratios for all service settings will be equivalent to districtwide instructional time, class size, and caseload ratios for the corresponding subject, grade level, and setting under Chapter 3301-35 of the Administrative Code with exceptions as noted per paragraph (C)(4) of this rule.
(4) In addition to the continuum of services available in section 3324.07 of the Revised Code, a school district board of education may also include but is not limited to the following options :
(a) A full-time self-contained classroom where the gifted intervention specialist is the teacher of record and all students are identified as gifted.
(b) A single subject self-contained course where the gifted intervention specialist is the teacher of record and all students are identified as gifted;
(c) A resource room/pull-out with a gifted intervention specialist and all the students are identified as gifted;
(i) Each student served in this setting will be provided instruction for no less than one core content class period a day or an average of fifteen per cent of the school week;
(ii) The class size in this setting will be a maximum of twenty students identified as gifted;
(iii) The maximum caseload of the gifted intervention specialist is eighty students who are identified as gifted; and
(iv) The district may apply for a temporary waiver related to this setting with the department of education and workforce that is subject to the department's approval.
(d) Co-teaching with a gifted intervention specialist in a cluster grouping setting;
(i) Each student served in this setting will be provided instruction for no less than one core content class period a day or an average of fifteen percent of the total instructional time for the school week;
(ii) The cluster group size in this setting is a minimum of three students and a maximum of twenty students who are identified as gifted. The district may apply for a temporary waiver related to this setting with the department of education and workforce that is subject to the department's approval; and
(iii) The maximum caseload of the gifted interventional specialist is eighty students who are identified as gifted.
(e) Cluster grouping where the cluster group size is a minimum of three students who are gifted and where the students' gifted identification areas are similarly related. The district may apply for a temporary waiver related to this setting with the department of education and workforce that is subject to the department's approval. Reasons for applying for a waiver may include, but are not limited to, the waiver being necessary for compliance with IDEA;
(f) Services in the visual or performing arts through a trained arts instructor;
(g) Grade acceleration, early entrance to kindergarten or first grade, subject acceleration, or early graduation from high school per district acceleration policy approved under section 3324.10 of the Revised Code;
(h) Dual enrollment opportunities including but not limited to college credit plus; or
(i) Educational options including credit flexibility, advanced online courses and programs and other options as defined in rules 3301-35-01 and 3301-35-06 of the Administrative Code.
(5) Gifted services will be guided by a written education plan (WEP). The district will provide parents with periodic reports regarding the student's progress toward meeting goals and the effectiveness of the services provided in accordance with the WEP.
(a) The WEP will be developed in collaboration with an educator who holds licensure or endorsement in gifted education. The WEP will:
(i) Provide a description of gifted services including:
(a) Goals for the student, including but not limited to, measurable academic goals aligned with the Ohio Learning Standards. Goals may also include curricular, guidance and instructional practices which support the student's social and emotional needs;
(b) Methods and performance measurements for evaluating progress toward achieving the goals specified;
(c) Methods and schedule for reporting progress to students and parents;
(d) Staff members responsible for ensuring that specified services are delivered;
(e) Policies regarding the waiver of assignments and the scheduling of tests missed while participating in any gifted services provided outside the general education classroom;
(f) Include a date by which the WEP will be annually reviewed for possible revision; and
(g) An explanation of how the gifted services meet the student's documented strengths, educational needs, and goals for the student.
(ii) Parents, the collaborating educator, and all educators responsible for providing gifted education services to the student, including teachers providing differentiated instruction in general education settings, will be provided a copy of the WEP.
(iii) The district will make a reasonable attempt at the commencement of services and each year thereafter to obtain parent input on the WEP and the parent's signature on the WEP. Students will not be denied services due to the lack of a parent's signature.
(6) For each student identified as gifted who is not provided gifted services per this rule, districts will develop and disseminate to parents or guardians a no services letter which clearly communicates that the student is not receiving gifted services. This letter may include a list of enrichment opportunities provided to the student by the district.
(7) Services for students will be consistent with their area(s) of identification and differentiated to meet their needs.
(8) The district will only indicate to parents or report to the department of education and workforce that a student is receiving gifted education services when services are provided in conformance with Chapter 3324. of the Revised Code and this rule.
(9) Placement procedures for district services will be in conformance with the district's written criteria for determining eligibility for placement in those services.
(a) Written criteria for determining eligibility for placement in a gifted service will be provided to any parent, district educator, or the department of education and workforce upon request.
(b) Written criteria provided by the district will include an explanation of the methods used to ensure equal access to each gifted service for all eligible district students, including students who transfer into the district, minority, economically disadvantaged students, students with disabilities and English learners. This written criteria will not unduly restrict access to services.
(c) Subjective criteria such as grades and teacher recommendations will not be used to exclude a student from service.
(d) All district students who meet the written criteria for a gifted service will be provided an equal opportunity to receive that service.
(10) The district will ensure that students identified as gifted are placed in settings with similar or related areas of identification to the maximum extent possible.
(D) Model acceleration policy
The board of education of each district will implement a student acceleration policy pursuant to section 3324.10 of the Revised Code.
(E) Gifted education personnel
(1) Gifted personnel will meet the qualifications listed in this paragraph and provide services that are consistent with this rule.
(a) A gifted intervention specialist will:
(i) Hold licensure or endorsement in gifted education; and
(ii) Participate in ongoing professional development related to gifted education as documented on the individual professional development plan or other methods as determined by the department.
(b) A general education teacher who is designated as a provider of gifted services will:
(i) Earn at least fifteen clock hours of specialized training in gifted education during each year over four consecutive years in order to meet the following competencies:
(a) The ability to differentiate instruction based on a student's readiness, knowledge, language proficiency, and skill level, including using accelerated content, complexity, depth, challenge, creativity and abstractness;
(b) The ability to select, adapt, or create a variety of differentiated curricula that incorporate advanced, conceptually challenging, in-depth, distinctive and complex content;
(c) The ability to provide an extension or replacement of the general education curricula, to modify the learning process through strategies such as curriculum compacting, and to select alternative assignments and projects based on individual student needs
(d) The ability to understand the social and emotional needs of students who are gifted and to address the impact of those needs on student learning;
(e) The ability to recognize and respond to characteristics and needs of students from traditionally underrepresented populations who are gifted, including, but not limited to, students with economic disadvantage, minority students, English learners, and students with disabilities and to create safe and culturally responsive learning environments;
(f) The ability to use data from a variety of sources to measure and monitor the growth of students who are gifted;
(g) The ability to select, use, and interpret technically sound formal and informal assessments for the purpose of academic decision making; and
(h) The ability to collaborate in the development of and implementation of a"Written Education Plan."
(ii) For general education teachers who have earned at least twenty-four hours of certified advanced placement or international baccalaureate training within the past five years, earn at least seven and one-half clock hours of specialized training in gifted education during each year over four consecutive years in order to meet the competencies listed in paragraphs (E)(1)(b)(i), (E)(1)(b)(ii), (E)(1)(b)(iv), (E)(1)(b)(v), and (E)(1)(b)(viii) of this rule.
(iii) Participate in specialized training in gifted education per paragraph (E)(1)(b) of this rule from an educator who:
(a) Holds licensure or endorsement in gifted education:
(b) Holds a graduate degree in gifted education;
(c) Is a college or university faculty member and who teaches gifted education coursework that is part of an accredited gifted endorsement program;
(d) Is a state or national presenter in gifted education; or
(e) Additional providers as determined by the district if co-developed by an educator with gifted licensure or endorsement.
(iv) Participate in on-going specialized training in gifted education each year thereafter.
(v) Document specialized training in gifted education on the individual professional development plan, or by other methods as determined by the department and monitored by the district.
(vi) Participate in regularly scheduled collaborative planning in curriculum development and instruction with an educator who holds licensure or endorsement in gifted education.
(vii) Any clock hours earned in excess of the minimum in a particular year per paragraph (E)(1)(b) of this rule may be counted toward any subsequent year's clock hours.
(viii) Count any documented clock hours of qualifying specialized training in gifted education earned in the preceding twenty-four months prior to the designation of the educator as a provider of gifted education services.
(c) A gifted coordinator will:
(i) Demonstrate evidence of at least three years successful teaching experience;
(ii) Hold Ohio administrative specialist license, if the coordinator is to supervise teachers;
(iii) Hold licensure or endorsement in gifted education; and
(iv) Participate in ongoing professional development related to gifted education as documented on the individual professional development plan or other methods as determined by the department.
(d) Trained individuals may be gifted education personnel as long as they only provide gifted services in areas for which the trained individual is trained.
(2) Gifted coordinators will provide the following services for school districts:
(a) Assist in the identification of students who are gifted;
(b) Assist in the placement of students who are gifted in appropriate educational services and settings;
(c) Assist school personnel in the design of gifted education services;
(d) Consult with school personnel regarding gifted education issues in district strategic planning processes and the development of school improvement plans;
(e) Assist school personnel in the on-going evaluation of the effectiveness of gifted education services, including input from parents of students who are gifted;
(f) Consult with school personnel about ways to develop and adapt curriculum, materials, and teaching strategies; and
(g) Assist school personnel in ensuring that documents pursuant to Chapter 3324. of the Revised Code and this rule including but not limited to the gifted identification plan, gifted education policy, plan for service of students who are gifted, and student acceleration policy are accurate and accessible to parents and other stakeholders.
(3) All gifted personnel providing gifted services will be provided with appropriate space and sufficient time for designing their work, evaluating student progress, conferencing, and planning.
(4) Gifted intervention specialists and general education teachers providing service in a co-teaching setting will be provided with regularly scheduled collaborative planning time.
(5) All general personnel providing gifted services are accountable through the Ohio educator evaluation system.
(F) Gifted advisory council
The director of the department of education and workforce will establish a gifted advisory council. The council will:
(1) Represent a variety of stakeholders from diverse regions of the state, including parents, general and gifted educators, administrators, and others as determined by the director;
(2) Assist in the development and updating of a department-approved plan for gifted education in Ohio;
(3) Advise on policy recommendations;
(4) Consult on a performance indicator pursuant to section 3302.02 of the Revised Code; and
(5) Establish criteria for identifying and recognizing schools, districts, and other educational providers that demonstrate an exemplary ability to serve students who are gifted.
Last updated July 1, 2025 at 8:29 AM
History
- Effective: July 1, 2025
- Promulgated Under: 119.03
Ohio Adm.Code 3301-35-06 Educational programs and support.
(A) Educational programs and experiences shall be designed and implemented to provide a general education of high quality for all students. Students shall be provided sufficient time and opportunity to achieve local school district performance requirements and objectives measured by required local and state achievement assessments. Instruction shall be focused on the personalized and individualized needs of each student and include intervention that is designed to meet student needs. Instruction shall:
(1) Be consistent with evidence-based practices;
(2) Be appropriate to student ages, developmental needs, learning styles, abilities, and English proficiency;
(3) Be designed to ease the transition of students from one educational environment to another; and
(4) Include phonics as a technique to teach reading in kindergarten through third grade in accordance with section 3301.07 of the Revised Code.
(B) Stakeholder partnerships
(1) The school district or chartered nonpublic school through its board of education or governing authority, superintendent, and staff shall work with key stakeholders, including, but not limited to, the following:
(a) Parents, in part through the adoption of a policy on parental involvement in the schools;
(b) Business advisory councils;
(c) Family and civic engagement teams;
(d) School-parent or school-business partnerships; and
(e) Other schools, social services, and organizations that impact educational programs for students.
(2) In addition to its regular budget process, the school district shall work with key stakeholders to review the school district's allocation of educational resources. This evaluation shall be conducted at least once every three years to ensure that the school district's resources are allocated in an effective and equitable manner. Allocation and expenditure of school district resources must be aligned with the school district's strategic plan and reflect best practices in financial management.
(C) Educational options
(1) All educational options shall require:
(a) An instructional and performance plan that is based on individual student needs and shall include:
(i) Instructional and performance objectives that align with the school district's or school's curriculum requirements;
(ii) An outline that specifies instructional activities, materials, and learning environments; and
(iii) A description of the criteria and methods for assessing student performance.
(b) Parental permission for students under age eighteen;
(c) Superintendent approval prior to student participation; and
(d) Involvement of a credentialed teacher in reviewing the instructional plan, which may include providing, supervising, or reviewing instruction or learning experiences, and the evaluation of student performance.
(2) Credit for approved educational options shall be assigned according to student performance relative to stated objectives of the approved instructional and performance plan and in accordance with local board policy and established procedures.
(3) Each school district shall communicate information and procedures related to credit flexibility and educational options available in the school district to students, parents and all interested stakeholders.
Last updated May 24, 2021 at 9:11 AM
History
- Effective: May 24, 2021
- Promulgated Under: 119.03
Ohio Adm.Code 3301-35-07 Data-driven improvement.
(A) To provide a foundation for measuring and improving operational and educational performance, each school district or school shall:
(1) Collect and analyze information about key areas of school operations and educational performance and areas of needed improvement identified in its strategic plan, and if applicable, in its continuous improvement plan described in section 3302.04 of the Revised Code or applicable federal law;
(2) Ensure that information collected is accessible, valid and reliable; and
(3) Monitor, evaluate, improve, and update the information to meet changing educational needs.
(B) For key operational and educational areas, school districts and schools should determine their baseline performance levels, evaluate and compare their performance levels with similar school districts and schools, and generally accepted best practices. The school district or school shall use where applicable, the comparative information, state performance data, relevant local measures, and other data to promote innovation, improve instruction and learning, improve school district and school performance, and set higher goals for future achievement. The analysis of performance data, including disaggregated data, may be used to:
(1) Determine progress, identify areas for improvement, and develop corrective action plans;
(2) Measure year-to-year improvement of various student populations, including the subgroups listed in division (D)(3) of section 3301.07 of the Revised Code; and
(3) Communicate student performance results to staff, parents, and other stakeholders.
(C) The state's education management information system (EMIS) provides an integrated system of statewide collecting, reporting and compiling of school district and school information in a manner that complies with state and federal laws protecting student privacy.
(1) The performance measures a school district uses shall reflect the major categories of data collected under EMIS relating to students, staff, and financial status.
(2) The school district shall work with the department of education to submit timely and accurate data under EMIS, and the school district shall minimize the time it takes to verify the accuracy of its data.
(D) To ensure continuous improvement of its information system, the school district or school shall regularly evaluate the system to ensure that the information it collects is:
(1) Appropriate and collected in a manner that complies with state and federal laws protecting student privacy;
(2) Shared with parents, staff, students, and other stakeholders in accordance with state and federal laws protecting student privacy; and
(3) Used to improve the school district's or school's performance.
(E) The school district or school shall evaluate organizational effectiveness by analyzing key measures of its systems, operations and support services and use the data to drive improvement.
(F) The department of education may conduct site evaluations of school districts and schools, or, for chartered nonpublic schools, site visits of schools.
(1) When the department of education conducts a site evaluation of a school district or school or the site visit of a chartered nonpublic school, the superintendent shall be informed in advance of the site evaluation or site visit dates and procedures.
(2) A written report of the results of the school district site evaluation or site visit shall be sent to the superintendent and the president of the board of education or, for a chartered nonpublic school, the principal or building administrator of the chartered nonpublic school. The school district shall schedule a public meeting to be held within ninety days of the report's receipt to discuss the report's recommendations with the public. The superintendent shall notify parents and other stakeholders of the meeting's place, date and time.
(3) The school district or school shall prepare a written plan for responding to the report's recommendations and submit it to the department of education.
(4) The department of education may conduct additional on-site verification to review progress.
(G) All school districts and schools shall conduct a comprehensive review of their educational programs and organizational effectiveness to determine whether they are aligned with Ohio law, all applicable federal laws, and the school district's locally defined vision, mission statement, goals, objectives and strategic plan.
(1) Educational program reviews shall be conducted periodically and scheduled to generate timely data. The department of education may help school districts or schools conduct the review.
(2) School districts or schools that have developed and implemented a continuous improvement plan shall use that plan as a framework for conducting the review. School districts or schools shall also be guided by:
(a) Where applicable, the most recent school district local report card;
(b) The five-year projection of revenue and expenditures; and
(c) Other pertinent information as determined by the district.
(3) School districts and schools shall incorporate the results of the educational program review within their educational goals, and where applicable, modify their strategic plans or continuous improvement plans accordingly.
(H) In accordance with section 3301.16 of the Revised Code, the department of education may investigate allegations of noncompliance with the rules in this chapter, as it deems necessary.
(I) In accordance with section 3301.07 of the Revised Code, waivers to the provisions of the rules of this chapter, excluding rule 3301-35-08 of the Administrative Code, may be granted by the superintendent of public instruction in accordance with standards determined by the state board of education upon evidence of good and sufficient reason and recommendation by the superintendent of public instruction.
Last updated May 24, 2021 at 9:11 AM
History
- Effective: May 24, 2021
- Promulgated Under: 119.03
Ohio Adm.Code 3301-39-03
(A) A nonpublic school seeking a charter or reissue of a charter shall submit an application as prescribed by the department.
(1) The department will publish the application and application process, including a list of required documents and assurances for the upcoming school year, on the department website (www.education.ohio.gov) no later than October first.
(2) A nonpublic school seeking an initial charter shall submit an application between November first and January fifteenth. The school may delay completing the steps necessary to obtain the charter for up to twenty-four months after the closure of the application period in which the application was submitted.
(3) A nonpublic school seeking to have its charter reissued due to a change in location, ownership, or name; a merger; or the addition of an annex location of any school may request reissue of a charter at any time during the year.
(B) A nonpublic school seeking an initial charter shall complete and submit to the department the form entitled "Report of a Nonpublic School" not less than fourteen days prior to the first scheduled site visit.
(C) The department will conduct not less than two site visits of a nonpublic school during the first year of operation under the initial charter, with the initial site visit taking place no later than September thirtieth for a nonpublic school whose applications and supporting documentation is completed and submitted by July first. A nonpublic school completing all application requirements after July first will receive an initial site visit within ninety days of completion of the application.
(D) The department will approve and issue an initial charter to a nonpublic school following satisfactory completion of a site visit by the department in which the department determines the nonpublic school has complied with rule 3301-35-09 of the Administrative Code . In making its determination, the department will consider evidence provided by an accrediting association if the school is accredited by an association whose standards have been reviewed by the department director's advisory committee on chartered nonpublic schools and approved by the department pursuant to paragraph (A)(1) of rule 3301-35-09 of the Administrative Code.
(E) The following apply to a charter for a nonpublic school requesting reissue of a charter due to a change in location, or ownership, or name; a merger; addition of grade levels; leaving an approved accrediting organization; or the addition of an annex location:
(1) The charter will be issued within thirty days of satisfactory completion and submission of application and supporting documentation.
(2) The department will conduct a site visit of the nonpublic school within six months of reissuance of its charter.
(3) In the case of a change in location or addition of an annex, the department will conduct a site visit of the nonpublic school prior to reissuance of the charter.
(4) In the case of a change of name only, the department may elect to forgo a site visit of the nonpublic school.
Last updated February 9, 2026 at 7:44 AM
History
- Effective: February 8, 2026
- Promulgated Under: 119.03
Ohio Adm.Code 3301-39-04
(A) A nonpublic school holding a charter issued by the department shall be subject to monitoring and oversight by the department's office of nonpublic educational options, including periodic reviews through site-visit, desk audit, investigations of complaints and other means to determine if the nonpublic school is in compliance with rule 3301-35-09 of the Administrative Code and other applicable Ohio laws and rules. In fulfilling its obligation to provide monitoring and oversight, the department will consider evidence provided by an accrediting association if the school is accredited by an association whose standards have been reviewed by the department director's advisory committee on chartered nonpublic schools and approved by the department pursuant to paragraph (A)(1) of rule 3301-35-09 of the Administrative Code.
(B) If a chartered nonpublic school leaves an accrediting association through which the school has received its charter in accordance with rule 3301-35-09 of the Administrative Code, the school will notify the department within thirty days and provide assurances that they continue to meet the requirements of rule 3301-35-09 of the Administrative Code.
The department will conduct a site visit of a charted nonpublic school within six months of notice that the school is leaving an accrediting organization.
(C) Should any dispute or complaint arise regarding a chartered nonpublic school's compliance with rule 3301-35-09 of the Administrative Code or other applicable Ohio laws and rules, the department is the final authority in the resolution of the dispute or complaint.
(1) The department will review all complaints, including any evidence supporting the position of the complainant, provided by the aggrieved party to the office of nonpublic education options. Prior to making a determination, the department will do all of the following:
(a) Notify the chartered nonpublic school's governing authority and accrediting organization and provide a description of the complaint and process for investigating complaints;
(b) Consider any evidence, if applicable, from the accrediting organization and the governing authority of the school;
(c) Review all available evidence and make a determination.
(2) Upon completing its investigation,the department may permit the chartered nonpublic school to satisfactorily complete a corrective action plan in lieu of revocation under rule 3301-35-09 of the Administrative Code.
(D) If a chartered nonpublic school ceases K-12 operations, it shall notify the department within thirty days and may request a one- year suspension of its charter with the intention of re-opening within twelve months. If the school does not resume K-12 operations within one year of being issued the suspension of charter, the school is to notify the department that K-12 operations have permanently ceased under that charter.
(E) If a determination is made by the department that a chartered nonpublic school is not in compliance with rule 3301-35-09 of the Administrative Code or other applicable Ohio laws and rules and the school does not fully address all compliance issues within the time period specified in a corrective active plan established by the department, the office of nonpublic educational options will notify the chartered nonpublic school of its intent to recommend to the department director that its charter be revoked and of the school's right to a hearing pursuant to Chapter 119. of the Revised Code.
(F) If a hearing is requested, upon conclusion of the hearing and consideration of a designated hearing officer's report and recommendation, the director may approve or deny the recommendation of the office of nonpublic educational options and revoke the charter of the nonpublic school.
Last updated February 9, 2026 at 7:44 AM
History
- Effective: February 8, 2026
- Promulgated Under: 119.03
Ohio Adm.Code 3301-35-15 Standards for the implementation of positive behavior intervention supports and the use of restraint and seclusion.
(A) Notwithstanding rule 3301-35-01 of the Administrative Code, the following definitions apply for purposes of this rule:
(1) "Aversive behavioral interventions" means an intervention that is intended to induce pain or discomfort to a student for the purpose of eliminating or reducing maladaptive behaviors, including such interventions as application of noxious, painful and/or intrusive stimuli, including any form of noxious, painful or intrusive spray, inhalant or taste or other sensory stimuli such as climate control, lighting and sound.
(2) "Behavior Intervention Plan" means a comprehensive plan for managing problem behavior by changing or removing contextual factors that trigger or maintain it, by strengthening replacement skills, teaching new skills and by providing positive behavior intervention and supports and services to address behavior.
(3) "Chemical restraint" means a drug or medication used to control a student's behavior or restrict freedom of movement. Chemical restraint is prohibited by school districts in accordance with paragraph (D) of this rule. Chemical restraint, as used under this rule, does not apply to a drug or medication that is:
(a) Prescribed by a licensed physician, or other qualified health professional acting under the scope of the professional's authority under Ohio law, for the standard treatment of a student's medical or psychiatric condition; and
(b) Administered as prescribed by the licensed physician or other qualified health professional acting under the scope of the professional's authority under Ohio law.
(4) "De-escalation techniques" means interventions that are used to prevent violent and aggressive behaviors and reduce the intensity of threatening, violent and disruptive incidents.
(5) "Functional Behavior Assessment" is a school-based process for students with disabilities and students without disabilities that includes the parent and, as appropriate, the child, to determine why a child engages in challenging behaviors and how the behavior relates to the child's environment. Consent from the parent and, as appropriate, the child, is to be obtained at the initial functional behavior assessment.
(6) "Mechanical restraint" means any method of restricting a student's freedom of movement, physical activity, or normal use of the student's body by using an appliance or device manufactured for this purpose; but does not mean a device used by trained student personnel, or used by a student, for the specific and approved therapeutic or safety purpose for which the device was designed and, if applicable, prescribed, including:
(a) Restraints for medical immobilization;
(b) Adaptive devices or mechanical supports used to allow greater freedom of mobility than would be possible without the use of such devices or mechanical supports; or
(c) Vehicle safety restraints when used as intended during the transport of a student in a moving vehicle.
(7) "Parent" means:
(a) A biological or adoptive parent;
(b) A guardian generally authorized to act as the child's parent, or authorized to make decisions for the child (but not the state if the child is a ward of the state);
(c) An individual acting in the place of a biological or adoptive parent (including a grandparent, stepparent or other relative) with whom the child lives, or an individual who is legally responsible for the child's welfare;
(d) A surrogate parent who has been appointed in accordance with paragraph (E) of rule 3301-51-05 of the Administrative Code; or
(e) Any person identified in a judicial decree or order as the parent of a child or the person with authority to make educational decisions on behalf of a child.
(8) "Physical escort" means the temporary touching or holding of the hand, wrist, arm, shoulder, waist, hip, or back for the purpose of inducing a student to move to a safe location.
(9) "Physical restraint" means the use of physical contact in a way that immobilizes or reduces the ability of an individual to move the individual's arms, legs, body, or head freely. Such term does not include a physical escort, mechanical restraint, or chemical restraint. Physical restraint does not include brief physical contact for the following or similar purposes:
(a) To break up a fight;
(b) To knock a weapon away from a student's possession;
(c) To calm or comfort;
(d) To assist a student in completing a task/response if the student does not resist the contact; or
(e) To prevent imminent risk of injury to the student or others.
(10) "Positive behavior intervention and supports" has the same meaning as in section 3319.46 of the Revised Code.
(11) "Positive Behavior Intervention and Supports leadership team" means the assigned team at the district and building level that plans, coaches and monitors positive behavior intervention and supports implementation in the district and building. Positive behavior intervention and supports leadership teams may include, but are not limited to, school administrators, teacher representatives across grade levels and programs, staff able to provide behavioral expertise, and other representatives identified by the district or school such as bus drivers, food service staff, custodial staff, and paraprofessionals.
(12) "Prone restraint" means physical or mechanical restraint while the individual is in the face-down position.
(13) "School district" means a local, exempted village, city, joint vocational or cooperative education school district as defined in Chapter 3311. of the Revised Code; an educational service center that operates a school or educational program; a community school as defined in Chapter 3314. of the Revised Code; a science, technology, engineering, and mathematics school as defined in Chapter 3326. of the Revised Code; or a college-preparatory boarding school as defined in Chapter 3328. of the Revised Code. For purposes of this rule, the term does not include schools operated in facilities under the jurisdiction of the department of rehabilitation and corrections or the department of youth services.
(14) "Seclusion" means the involuntary isolation of a student in a room, enclosure, or space from which the student is prevented from leaving by physical restraint or by a closed door or other physical barrier.
(15) "Student" means an individual enrolled in a school district.
(16) "Student personnel" means teacher, principal, counselor, social worker, school resource officer, teacher's aide, psychologist, bus driver, related services providers, nursing staff, or other school district staff who interact directly with students.
(17) "Timeout" means a behavior intervention in which a student, for a limited and specified time, is separated from the class within the classroom or in a non-locked setting for the purpose of self-regulating and controlling his or her own behavior. In a timeout, the student is not physically restrained or prevented from leaving the area by physical barriers.
(B) Positive behavior intervention and supports framework. Each school district shall implement positive behavior intervention and supports on a system-wide basis in accordance with section 3319.46 of the Revised Code and this rule.
(1) The requirements for a district's implementation of a positive behavior intervention and supports framework are as follows:
(a) Includes a decision-making framework that guides selection, integration, and implementation of evidence-based academic and behavior practices for improving academic and behavior outcomes for all students.
(b) Includes the following integrated elements:
(i) Data-based decision making (to select, monitor, and evaluate outcomes, practices, and systems);
(ii) Evidence-based practices along a multi-tiered continuum of supports;
(iii) Systems that enable accurate and sustainable implementation of practices; and
(iv) Progress monitoring for fidelity and target outcomes.
(2) Standards for a school district's implementation of positive behavior intervention and supports framework include:
(a) Student personnel to receive professional development in accordance with paragraph (C) of this rule;
(b) Explicit instruction of school-wide behavior expectations;
(c) Consistent systems of acknowledging and correcting behaviors;
(d) Teaching environments designed to eliminate behavior triggers; and
(e) Family and community involvement.
(C) Professional development for the implementation of positive behavior intervention and supports. The following are requirements for professional development to be received by student personnel to implement positive behavior intervention and supports on a system-wide basis:
(1) Occurs at least every three years;
(2) Provided by a building or district positive behavior intervention and supports leadership team or an appropriate state, regional, or national source in collaboration with the building or district positive behavior intervention and supports leadership team;
(3) The trained positive behavior intervention and supports leadership team will provide professional development to the school or district in accordance with a district developed positive behavior intervention and supports training plan. It's the district's responsibility to retain records of completion of the professional development; and
(4) The professional development under this rule will include the following topics:
(a) An overview of positive behavior intervention and supports;
(b) The process for teaching behavioral expectations;
(c) Data collection;
(d) Implementation of positive behavior intervention and supports with fidelity;
(e) Consistent systems of feedback to students for acknowledgment of appropriate behavior and corrections for behavior errors; and
(f) Consistency in discipline and discipline referrals.
(5) For the purpose of satisfying the professional development requirements of this rule, the district may accept any professional development or continuing education provided in accordance with division (B) of section 3319.237 of the Revised Code, as long as the professional development or continuing education meets the professional development requirements of paragraph (C)(4) of this rule.
(6) Districts and schools are to ensure that they have continuous training structures in place to provide ongoing coaching and implementation with fidelity.
(7) The listed requirements may be appropriately modified for the intended audience.
(D) General rules for restraint and seclusion.
(1) The following practices are prohibited by student personnel under any circumstance:
(a) Prone restraint;
(b) Any form of physical restraint that involves the intentional, knowing, or reckless use of any technique that:
(i) Involves the use of pinning down a student by placing knees to the torso, head, or neck of the student;
(ii) Uses pressure point, pain compliance, or joint manipulation techniques; or
(iii) Otherwise involves techniques that are used to unnecessarily cause pain.
(c) Corporal punishment as defined in section 3319.41 of the Revised Code;
(d) Child endangerment, as defined in section 2919.22 of the Revised Code;
(e) Deprivation of basic needs;
(f) Seclusion or restraint of preschool children in violation of paragraph (D) of rule 3301-37-10 of the Administrative Code and this rule;
(g) Chemical restraint;
(h) Mechanical restraint;
(i) Aversive behavioral interventions; and
(j) Seclusion in a locked room or area.
(2) A school district may only use physical restraint or seclusion if staff:
(a) Are appropriately trained to protect the care, welfare, dignity, and safety of the student;
(b) Continually observe the student in restraint and seclusion for indications of physical or mental distress and seek immediate medical assistance if there is a concern;
(c) Use communication strategies and research-based de-escalation techniques in an effort to help the student regain control;
(d) Remove the student from physical restraint or seclusion immediately when the immediate risk of physical harm to self or others has dissipated;
(e) Conduct a de-briefing including all involved staff to evaluate the trigger for the incident, staff response, and methods to address the student's behavioral needs; and
(f) Complete all mandatory reports and document staff's observations of the student.
(E) Physical restraint.
(1) Prone restraint, including any physical restraint that obstructs the airway of the student, or any physical restraint that impacts a student's primary mode of communication, is prohibited. A statement to this effect is to be included in the school district's policy. Student personnel may use physical restraint only as a last resort and in accordance with local policy and the requirements of this rule.
(2) Physical restraint may be used only:
(a) If a student's behavior poses an immediate risk of physical harm to the student or others and no other safe or effective method of intervention is available;
(b) If the physical restraint does not obstruct the student's ability to breathe;
(c) If the physical restraint does not interfere with the student's ability to communicate in the student's primary language or mode of communication; and
(d) By student personnel who are trained in safe restraint techniques, except in the case of rare and unavoidable emergency situations when trained personnel are not immediately available.
(3) Physical restraint may not be used for punishment or discipline or as a substitute for other less restrictive means of assisting a student in regaining control.
(F) Seclusion
(1) Seclusion may be used only:
(a) If a student's behavior poses an immediate risk of physical harm to the student or others and no other safe or effective method of intervention is available;
(b) As a last resort to provide an opportunity for the student to regain control of his or her actions;
(c) For the minimum amount of time necessary for the purpose of protecting the student and others from physical harm;
(d) In a room or area that:
(i) Is not locked;
(ii) Does not prevent the student from exiting the area should staff become incapacitated or leave the area; and
(iii) Provides adequate space, lighting, ventilation, and the ability to observe the student; and
(e) If under constant supervision by staff who are trained to be able to detect indications of physical or mental distress that require removal and/or immediate medical assistance and who document their observations of the student.
(2) Seclusion may not be used:
(a) For punishment or discipline;
(b) For the convenience of staff;
(c) As a substitute for an educational program;
(d) As a substitute for inadequate staffing;
(e) As a substitute for staff training in positive behavior intervention and supports framework and crisis management;
(f) As a means to coerce, retaliate, or in a manner that endangers a student; or
(g) As a substitute for other less restrictive means of assisting a student in regaining control, such that it is reflective of the cognitive, social and emotional level of the student.
(G) Multiple incidents of restraint and seclusion.
(1) After the third incident of physical restraint or seclusion in a school year of a student who has been found eligible for special education services or has a 504 plan, the requirements are as follows:
(a) The student's individualized education program or 504 team will meet within ten school days of the third incident;
(b) The individualized education program or 504 team will consider the need to conduct or develop a functional behavior assessment or behavior intervention plan, or amend an existing functional behavior assessment or behavior intervention plan.
(2) For students not described in paragraph (G)(1) of this rule, a team, consisting of the parent, an administrator or designee, a teacher of the student, a staff member involved in the incident (if not the teacher or administrator already invited), and other appropriate staff members will meet within ten school days of the third incident to discuss the need to conduct or review a functional behavior assessment and/or develop a behavior intervention plan.
(3) Nothing in this section is meant to prevent the completion of a functional behavior assessment or behavior intervention plan for any student who might benefit from these measures, but has fewer than three incidents of restraint or seclusion.
(4) Nothing in this rule is meant to prevent a school district from conducting any evaluations or other obligations they feel appropriate under the Individuals with Disabilities Education Act.
(H) Training and professional development for the use of crisis management and de-escalation techniques which includes the use of restraint and seclusion.
(1) A school district shall ensure that an appropriate number of personnel in each building are trained annually in evidence-based crisis management and de-escalation techniques, as well as the safe use of physical restraint and seclusion. The minimum training requirements are as follows:
(a) Proactive measures to prevent the use of seclusion or restraint;
(b) Crisis management;
(c) Documentation and communication about the restraint or seclusion with appropriate parties;
(d) The safe use of restraint and seclusion;
(e) Instruction and accommodation for age and body size diversity;
(f) Directions for monitoring signs of distress during and following physical control;
(g) Debriefing practices and procedures;
(h) Face-to-face training;
(i) Allow for a simulated experience of administering and receiving physical restraint; and
(j) Ensure that participants will demonstrate proficiency in items described in paragraphs (H)(1)(a) to (H)(1)(i) of this rule.
(2) The school district shall maintain written or electronic documentation that includes the following:
(a) The name, position, and building assignment of each person who has completed training;
(b) The name, position, and credentials of each person who has provided the training;
(c) When the training was completed; and
(d) What protocols, techniques, and materials were included in training.
(3) As part of the training under this rule, student personnel are to be trained to perform the following functions:
(a) Identify conditions such as: where, under what conditions, with whom and why specific inappropriate behavior may occur; and
(b) Use preventative assessments that include at least the following:
(i) A review of existing data;
(ii) Input from parents, family members, and students; and
(iii) Examination of previous and existing behavior intervention plans.
(I) Policies and procedures. A school district shall develop written policies and procedures for the implementation of positive behavior intervention and supports and the use of seclusion and restraint that are consistent with section 3319.46 of the Revised Code and this rule. A district's complaint procedures shall include:
(1) A written procedure for a parent to present written complaints to the superintendent of the school district to initiate a complaint investigation by the school district regarding an incident of restraint or seclusion. Additionally, the procedure will inform the parent of additional options for complaints to include other public agencies such as law enforcement, the county department of job and family services, or the office of professional conduct within the Ohio department of education, as defined in paragraph (L) of this rule;
(2) Annually, a school district will provide a review regarding the content of this rule and any local policies or procedures related to the use of positive behavior intervention and supports, physical restraint and seclusion;
(3) An annual notice which informs parents of the district's policies or procedures related to the requirements of positive behavior intervention and supports, physical restraint and seclusion, including the local complaint process; and
(4) Within thirty days of the filing of a complaint regarding an incident of restraint and seclusion, it's the district's responsibility to make reasonable efforts to have an in-person follow up meeting with the parent.
(5) Districts are to ensure there is a support plan in place for substitute teachers if they need assistance with positive behavior intervention and supports or crisis management and de-escalation, which includes restraint and seclusion.
(J) Monitoring. A school district shall establish a procedure to monitor the implementation of this rule and the district's policy on positive behavior intervention and supports and restraint and seclusion. Each school district shall make its records concerning positive behavior intervention and supports and restraint and seclusion available to staff from the Ohio department of education upon request.
(K) Reporting.
(1) Any incident of seclusion or restraint shall be immediately reported to building administration and the parent and also be documented in a written report that is issued to the parent immediately or within twenty-four hours. This written report is thereafter maintained by the school district, including the county board of developmental disabilities or the educational service center in the event the district delegates this responsibility.
(2) A school district shall annually report information regarding its use of restraint and seclusion to the Ohio department of education in the form and manner as prescribed by the department. Failure to report may subject the school district to a corrective action plan and/or a potential reduction in funding. A school district that chooses to educate its student through a county board of developmental disabilities or to an educational service center reports as follows:
(a) Report all information on the use of restraint and seclusion by the county board of developmental disabilities or educational service center to the department; or
(b) Authorize the county board of developmental disabilities or the educational service center to report information on the use of restraint and seclusion directly.
(L) Complaint process. A parent may choose to file a complaint with the Ohio department of education, office of integrated student supports, in accordance with the complaint procedures available and as outlined below. The term "school district" as used in this rule means those entities listed in paragraph (A)(13) of this rule.
(1) The parent forwards a copy of the complaint to the school district serving the child at the same time the party files the complaint with the Ohio department of education.
(2) A sufficient complaint includes the following:
(a) A statement that a school district has violated a requirement of paragraphs (G) to (K) of this rule;
(b) The facts on which the statement is based; and
(c) The signature and contact information for the parent.
(3) Timeline of the complaint:
(a) The complaint must allege a violation that occurred not more than one year prior to the date that the complaint is received.
(b) The Ohio department of education, office of integrated student supports has a time limit of ninety days after the complaint is filed to:
(i) Provide the school district with the opportunity to respond to the parent, including, at the discretion of the school district, a proposal to resolve the complaint;
(ii) Give the parent the opportunity to submit additional information, either orally or in writing, about the allegations of the complaint;
(iii) Review all relevant information and make an independent determination as to whether the school district is violating a requirement;
(iv) Carry out an independent investigation, whether on-site or off-site, if the Ohio department of education determines that an investigation is needed;
(v) Issue a written decision to the complainant that addresses each allegation in the complaint and contains findings of fact and conclusions and the reasons for the Ohio department of education's final decision.
(4) This rule does not limit the ability of a parent of a student with a disability to file a complaint under any other provision of law.
Last updated June 24, 2021 at 8:34 AM
History
- Effective: June 24, 2021
- Promulgated Under: 119.03
Ohio Adm.Code 3301-51-05
(A) Each educational agency shall adopt and implement written policies and procedures approved by the department of education and workforce to ensure that children with disabilities and their parents are provided procedural safeguards.
(B) Each educational agency shall adopt and implement written policies and procedures approved by the department of education and workforce to ensure that children with disabilities and their parents and public agencies are provided an opportunity to resolve disputes regarding identification, evaluation, or educational placement of a child with a disability or the provision of a free appropriate public education (FAPE).
(C) Parental consent
(1) Parental consent for initial evaluation
(a) The educational agency proposing to conduct an initial evaluation to determine if a child qualifies as a child with a disability under the definition of "child with a disability" in rule 3301-51-01 of the Administrative Code must, after providing notice consistent with the requirements of this rule, obtain informed consent, consistent with the definition of "consent" in rule 3301-51-01 of the Administrative Code, from the parent of the child before conducting the evaluation.
(b) Parental consent for initial evaluation must not be construed as consent for initial provision of special education and related services.
(c) The educational agency must make reasonable efforts to obtain the informed consent from the parent for an initial evaluation to determine whether the child is a child with a disability.
(d) For initial evaluations only, if the child is a ward of the state and is not residing with the child's parent, the educational agency is not required to obtain informed consent from the parent for an initial evaluation to determine whether the child is a child with a disability if:
(i) Despite reasonable efforts to do so, the educational agency cannot discover the whereabouts of the parent of the child;
(ii) The rights of the parents of the child have been terminated in accordance with state law; or
(iii) The rights of the parent to make educational decisions have been subrogated by a judge in accordance with state law and consent for an initial evaluation has been given by an individual appointed by the judge to represent the child.
(e) If the parent of a child enrolled in an educational agency or seeking to be enrolled in an educational agency does not provide consent for an initial evaluation under this rule, or the parent fails to respond to a request to provide consent, the educational agency may, but is not required to, pursue the initial evaluation of the child by utilizing the procedural safeguards in Subpart E of Part B of the Individuals with Disabilities Education Act, as amended by the Individuals with Disabilities Education Improvement Act of 2004, December 2004 (IDEA) (including the mediation procedures or the due process procedures under this rule).
The educational agency does not violate its obligation under rule 3301-51-03 of the Administrative Code for child find and under rule 3301-51-06 of the Administrative Code for evaluations if it declines to pursue the evaluation.
(2) Parental consent for services
(a) An educational agency that is responsible for making "Free Appropriate Public Education" available to a child with a disability must obtain informed consent from the parent of the child before the initial provision of special education and related services to the child.
(b) An educational agency must make reasonable efforts to obtain informed consent from the parent for the initial provision of special education and related services to the child.
(c) If the parent of the child refuses to consent to the initial provision of special education and related services, or the parent fails to respond to a request to provide consent for the initial provision of special education and related services, the educational agency:
(i) Shall not use the procedures in Subpart E of Part B of the IDEA, including the mediation procedures or the due process procedures described in this rule, in order to obtain agreement or a ruling that special education and related services may be provided to the child;
(ii) Will not be considered to be in violation of the requirement to make "Free Appropriate Public Education" available to the child for the failure to provide the child with the special education and related services for which the educational agency requests consent; and
(iii) Is not required to convene an individualized education program (IEP) team meeting or develop an IEP under rule 3301-51-07 of the Administrative Code for the child for the special education and related services for which the educational agency requests such consent.
(3) Revocation of parental consent. If, at any time subsequent to the initial provision of special education and related services, the parent of a child revokes consent in writing for the continued provision of special education and related services, the educational agency:
(a) Shall not continue to provide special education and related services to the child, but shall provide prior written notice in accordance with paragraph (H) of this rule before ceasing the provision of special education and related services;
(b) Shall not use the procedures in Subpart E of Part B of the IDEA, including the mediation procedures or the due process procedures described in this rule, in order to obtain agreement or a ruling that the services shall be provided to the child;
(c) Shall not be considered to be in violation of the requirement to make "Free Appropriate Public Education" available to the child for the failure to provide the child with further special education and related services; and
(d) Shall not be required to convene an individualized education program (IEP) team meeting or develop an IEP pursuant to rule 3301-51-07 of the Administrative Code for the child for further provision of special education and related services.
(4) Parental consent for reevaluations
(a) Subject to paragraph (C)(4)(b) of this rule, each educational agency:
(i) Must obtain informed parental consent, in accordance with paragraph (C)(1) of this rule, prior to conducting any reevaluation of a child with a disability.
(ii) If the parent refuses to consent to the reevaluation, the educational agency may, but is not required to, pursue the reevaluation by using the consent override procedures described in paragraph (C)(1)(e) of this rule.
(iii) The educational agency does not violate its obligation under rule 3301-51-03 of the Administrative Code for child find and under rule 3301-51-06 of the Administrative Code for reevaluations if it declines to pursue the reevaluation.
(b) The informed parental consent described in paragraph (C)(4)(a) of this rule need not be obtained if the educational agency can demonstrate that:
(i) It made reasonable efforts to obtain such consent; and
(ii) The child's parent has failed to respond.
(5) Parental consent for a change of placement
(a) A "change of placement" means a change from one option on the continuum of alternative placements to another.
(b) Informed parental consent must be obtained before making a change of placement of a child with a disability.
(c) Informed parental consent need not be obtained before:
(i) A change of placement if the educational agency can demonstrate that it has made reasonable efforts, as described in rule 3301-51-07 of the Administrative Code, to obtain consent, and the child's parent has failed to respond;
(ii) A change of placement of a child with a disability that is the result of a disciplinary action taken in accordance with paragraph (K)(19) of this rule;
(iii) Reviewing existing data as part of an evaluation or a reevaluation; or
(iv) Administering a test or other evaluation that is administered to all children unless, before administration of that test or evaluation, consent is required of parents of all children.
(6) Parental consent for use of public benefits for insurance
(a) Informed parental consent must be obtained prior to the initial use of public benefits or insurance to pay for special education and related services with notice of rights under this provision provided annually.
(b) Parental refusal or withdrawal of consent for the use of public benefits or insurance to pay for special education and related services may not be used by an educational agency to deny the child or parent access to required services at no cost to the parent.
(c) Informed parental consent need not be obtained before:
(i) Reviewing existing data as part of an evaluation or a reevaluation; or
(ii) Administering a test or other evaluation that is administered to all children unless, before administration of that test or evaluation, consent is required of parents of all children.
(7) Other consent requirements
(a) An educational agency may not use a parent's refusal to consent to one service or activity under paragraph (C)(1) of this rule to deny the parent or child any other service, benefit, or activity of the educational agency, except as required by this rule.
(b) To meet the reasonable efforts requirement in paragraphs (C)(1)(c), (C)(1)(d)(i), (C)(2)(b), and (C)(4)(b)(i) of this rule, the educational agency must document its attempts to obtain parental consent using the procedures in rule 3301-51-07 of the Administrative Code.
(D) Transfer of parental rights at age of majority
(1) Beginning no later than one year before a child with a disability (except for a child with a disability who has been determined to be incompetent under Ohio law) reaches the age of majority under Ohio law (eighteen years of age), the individualized education program must include a statement that the child and parent have been informed of the child's rights under Part B of the Act that will transfer to the child upon reaching the age of majority.
(2) When a child with a disability reaches the age of majority under Ohio law (eighteen years of age) that applies to all children (except for a child with a disability who has been determined to be incompetent under Ohio law):
(a) All rights accorded to parents under Part B of the IDEA and Chapter 3323. of the Revised Code transfer to the child;
(b) All rights accorded to parents under Part B of the IDEA and Chapter 3323. of the Revised Code transfer to children who are incarcerated in an adult or juvenile, state or local correctional institution; and
(c) The educational agency must provide any notice required by this rule to notify both the child and the parents of the transfer of rights.
(E) Surrogate parents
(1) General
Each educational agency must ensure that the rights of a child are protected when:
(a) No parent (as defined in rule 3301-51-01 of the Administrative Code) can be identified;
(b) The educational agency, after reasonable efforts, cannot locate a parent;
(c) The child is a ward of the state under the laws of Ohio; or
(d) The child is an unaccompanied homeless youth as defined in Section 725(6) of the McKinney-Vento Homeless Assistance Act of 2001 (42 U.S.C. 11434a(6)).
(2) Duties of the educational agency
The duties of an educational agency under paragraph (E)(1) of this rule include the assignment of an individual to act as a surrogate for the parents. This must include a method:
(a) For determining whether a child needs a surrogate parent; and
(b) For assigning a surrogate parent to the child.
(3) Wards of the state
In the case of a child who is a ward of the state, the surrogate parent alternatively may be appointed by the judge overseeing the child's case, provided that the surrogate meets the requirements in paragraphs (E)(4)(c)(i), (E)(4)(c)(iv), and (E)(5) of this rule.
(4) Criteria for selection of surrogate parents
(a) A surrogate parent shall be assigned as soon as possible but no later than thirty days of the date that it is determined that the child is in need of the surrogate.
(b) The school district of residence maintains the ultimate responsibility for the assignment of a surrogate parent. If requested by the school district of residence and mutually agreed upon, the school district of attendance, county board of developmental disabilities (county board of DD), or other educational agency may appoint the surrogate parent.
(c) The educational agency must ensure that a person selected as a surrogate parent:
(i) Is not an employee of the department of education and workforce, the educational agency, or any other agency that is involved in the education or care of the child;
(ii) Has no personal or professional interest that conflicts with the interest of the child the surrogate parent represents;
(iii) Has knowledge and skills that ensure adequate representation of the child; and
(iv) Has successfully completed the training prescribed by the department of education and workforce prior to acting on behalf of the child.
(5) Non-employee requirement; compensation
A person who is otherwise qualified to be a surrogate parent under paragraph (E)(4) of this rule is not an employee of the educational agency solely because the person is paid by the educational agency to serve as a surrogate parent.
(6) Civil damages
Pursuant to section 3323.051 of the Revised Code, neither the surrogate parent nor the authority that assigned the surrogate parent shall be liable in civil damages for acts of the surrogate parent unless such acts constitute willful or wanton misconduct.
(7) Appointment of surrogate by a judge
If a surrogate parent is appointed by a judge overseeing the child's case, upon the request of the judge, the school district of residence will confirm that the person appointed meets the requirements in paragraphs (E)(4)(c)(i), (E)(4)(c)(iv), and (E)(5) of this rule.
(8) Child who has reached age of majority
A child who has reached the age of majority may request a surrogate parent.
(9) Unaccompanied homeless youth
In the case of a child who is an unaccompanied homeless youth, appropriate staff of emergency shelters, transitional shelters, independent living programs, and street outreach programs may be appointed as temporary surrogate parent without regard to paragraph (E)(4)(c)(i) of this rule, until a surrogate parent can be appointed that meets all of the requirements of paragraph (E)(4) of this rule.
(10) Surrogate parent responsibilities
The surrogate parent may represent the child in all matters relating to:
(a) The identification, evaluation, and educational placement of the child; and
(b) The provision of "Free Appropriate Public Education" to the child.
(11) Surrogate parent duties
(a) The surrogate parent will:
(i) Review a child's educational records as needed to make informed special education decisions for the child;
(ii) When appropriate, provide consent to evaluations and re-evaluations;
(iii) Agree or disagree with the following:
(a) Individualized education programs;
(b) Results of an evaluation team report; and
(c) Changes in educational placement.
(iv) Disagree with or dispute the recommendations of the educational agency by:
(a) Requesting mediation;
(b) Filing a formal written complaint; or
(c) By requesting a due process hearing.
(b) A surrogate parent under this rule has only the rights stated in this rule.
(c) Procedures for assignment of a surrogate parent.
(i) Whenever parents have retained legal rights to make educational decisions and can be contacted by the educational agency to act as the parent on behalf of their child in the special education process, the educational agency must treat the parent as the educational decision maker. The educational agency cannot appoint a surrogate parent for a child when there is another person in the child's life who qualifies as a parent under IDEA and whose rights to make educational decisions for the child have not been terminated.
(ii) For a child who is eligible or thought to be eligible for special education services and requires the appointment of a surrogate parent, the school district of residence must ensure that a surrogate parent is appointed to represent the child in all matters related to identification, evaluation, placement, and the provision of a free appropriate public education according to the procedures in 34 C.F.R. 300.519.
(F) Opportunity to examine records; parent participation in meetings
(1) The parents of a child with a disability must be afforded, in accordance with the procedures of rule 3301-51-04 of the Administrative Code, an opportunity to inspect and review all education records with respect to:
(a) The identification, evaluation, and educational placement of the child; and
(b) The provision of "Free Appropriate Public Education" to the child.
(2) Parent participation in meetings
(a) The parents of a child with a disability must be afforded an opportunity to participate in meetings with respect to:
(i) The identification, evaluation, and educational placement of the child; and
(ii) The provision of "Free Appropriate Public Education" to the child.
(b) Each educational agency must provide notice consistent with the parent participation requirements of rule 3301-51-07 of the Administrative Code to ensure that parents of children with disabilities have the opportunity to participate in meetings described in paragraph (F)(2)(a) of this rule.
(c) A meeting does not include informal or unscheduled conversations involving educational agency personnel and conversations on issues such as teaching methodology, lesson plans, or coordination of service provision. A meeting also does not include preparatory activities that educational agency personnel engage in to develop a proposal or response to a parent proposal that will be discussed at a later meeting.
(3) Parent involvement in placement decisions
(a) Each educational agency must ensure that a parent of each child with a disability is a member of any group that makes decisions on the educational placement of the parent's child.
(b) In implementing the requirements of paragraph (F)(3)(a) of this rule, the educational agency must use procedures consistent with the procedures described in the parent participation requirements of rule 3301-51-07 of the Administrative Code.
(c) If neither parent can participate in a meeting in which a decision is to be made relating to the educational placement of their child, the educational agency must use other methods to ensure their participation, including individual or conference telephone calls, or video conferencing.
(d) A placement decision may be made by a group without the involvement of a parent, if the educational agency is unable to obtain the parent's participation in the decision. In this case, the educational agency must have a record of its attempt to ensure their involvement.
(G) Independent educational evaluation
(1) General
(a) The parents of a child with a disability have the right under this rule to obtain an independent educational evaluation of the child, subject to paragraphs (G)(2) to (G)(5) of this rule.
(b) Each educational agency must provide to parents, upon request for an independent educational evaluation, information about where an independent educational evaluation may be obtained, and the educational agency's criteria applicable for independent educational evaluations as set forth in paragraph (G)(5) of this rule.
(c) The following terms are defined as they are used in this rule:
(i) "Independent educational evaluation" means an evaluation conducted by a qualified examiner who is not employed by the educational agency responsible for the education of the child in question; and
(ii) "Public expense" means that the educational agency either pays for the full cost of the evaluation or ensures that the evaluation is otherwise provided at no cost to the parent, consistent with rule 3301-51-02 of the Administrative Code.
(2) Parent right to evaluation at public expense
(a) A parent has the right to an independent educational evaluation at public expense if the parent disagrees with an evaluation obtained by the educational agency, subject to the conditions in paragraphs (G)(2)(b) to (G)(2)(d) of this rule.
(b) If a parent requests an independent educational evaluation at public expense, the educational agency must, without unnecessary delay, either:
(i) File a due process complaint to request a hearing to show that its evaluation is appropriate; or
(ii) Ensure that an independent educational evaluation is provided at public expense, unless the educational agency demonstrates in a hearing pursuant to paragraphs (K)(2) and (K)(7) to (K)(12) of this rule that the evaluation obtained by the parent did not meet educational agency criteria.
(c) If the educational agency files a due process complaint notice to request a hearing and the final decision is that the educational agency's evaluation is appropriate, the parent still has the right to an independent educational evaluation, but not at public expense.
(d) If a parent requests an independent educational evaluation, the educational agency may ask for the parent's reason why the parent objects to the public evaluation. However, the educational agency may not require the parent to provide an explanation. The educational agency may not unreasonably delay either providing the independent educational evaluation at public expense or filing a due process complaint to request a due process hearing to defend the public evaluation.
(e) A parent is entitled to only one independent educational evaluation at public expense each time the educational agency conducts an evaluation with which the parent disagrees.
(3) Parent-initiated evaluations
If the parent obtains an independent educational evaluation at public expense or shares with the educational agency an evaluation obtained at private expense, the results of the evaluation:
(a) Must be considered by the educational agency, if it meets educational agency criteria, in any decision made with respect to the provision of "Free Appropriate Public Education" to the child; and
(b) May be presented by any party as evidence at a hearing on a due process complaint under Subpart E of Part B of the IDEA regarding that child.
(4) Requests for evaluations by hearing officers
If a hearing officer requests an independent educational evaluation as part of a hearing on a due process complaint, the cost of the evaluation must be at public expense.
(5) Educational agency criteria
(a) If an independent educational evaluation is at public expense, the criteria under which the evaluation is obtained, including the location of the evaluation and the qualifications of the examiner, must be the same as the criteria that the educational agency uses when it initiates an evaluation, to the extent those criteria are consistent with the parent's right to an independent educational evaluation.
(b) Except for the criteria described in paragraph (G)(5)(a) of this rule, an educational agency may not impose conditions or timelines related to obtaining an independent educational evaluation at public expense.
(H) Prior notice by the educational agency; content of notice
(1) Notice
Written notice that meets the requirements of paragraph (H)(2) of this rule must be given to the parents of a child with a disability a reasonable time before the educational agency:
(a) Proposes to initiate or change the identification, evaluation, or educational placement of the child or the provision of "Free Appropriate Public Education" to the child; or
(b) Refuses to initiate or change the identification, evaluation, or educational placement of the child or the provision of "Free Appropriate Public Education" to the child.
(2) Content of notice
The notice required under paragraph (H)(1) of this rule must include:
(a) A description of the action proposed or refused by the educational agency;
(b) An explanation of why the educational agency proposes or refuses to take the action;
(c) A description of each evaluation procedure, assessment, record, or report the educational agency used as a basis for the proposed or refused action;
(d) A statement that the parents of a child with a disability have protection under the procedural safeguards of this rule and, if this notice is not an initial referral for evaluation, the means by which a copy of a description of the procedural safeguards can be obtained;
(e) Sources for parents to contact to obtain assistance in understanding the provisions of this rule;
(f) A description of other options that the IEP team considered and the reasons why those options were rejected; and
(g) A description of other factors that are relevant to the educational agency's proposal or refusal.
(3) Notice in understandable language
(a) The notice required under paragraph (H)(1) of this rule must be:
(i) Written in language understandable to the general public; and
(ii) Provided in the native language of the parent or other mode of communication used by the parent, unless it is clearly not feasible to do so.
(b) If the native language or other mode of communication of the parent is not a written language, the educational agency must take steps to ensure:
(i) That the notice is translated orally or by other means to the parent in the parent's native language or other mode of communication;
(ii) That the parent understands the content of the notice; and
(iii) That there is written evidence that the requirements in paragraphs (H)(3)(b)(i) and (H)(3)(b)(ii) of this rule have been met.
(4) Additional notice requirements
(a) Prior written notice shall be provided to the parents of a child with a suspected or confirmed disability within thirty days of the date of referral.
(b) Prior written notice shall be provided to the parents of a child with a suspected or confirmed disability prior to a change of placement that is a result of a disciplinary action.
(I) Procedural safeguards notice
(1) General
A copy of the procedural safeguards available to the parents of a child with a disability must be given to the parents only one time a school year, except that a copy also must be given to the parents:
(a) Upon initial referral or parent request for evaluation;
(b) Upon receipt of the first due process complaint under paragraph (K)(7) of this rule in a school year;
(c) In accordance with the discipline procedures in paragraph (K)(19) of this rule; and
(d) Upon request by a parent.
(2) Internet web site
An educational agency may place a current copy of the procedural safeguards notice on its internet web site if a web site exists, but the educational agency must still provide parents a printed copy of the procedural safeguards notice.
(3) Contents of notice
The procedural safeguards notice must include a full explanation of all of the procedural safeguards available under rule 3301-51-02 of the Administrative Code, rule 3301-51-04 of the Administrative Code, and this rule including:
(a) Independent educational evaluations;
(b) Prior written notice;
(c) Parental consent;
(d) Access to education records;
(e) Opportunity to present and resolve complaints through the due process complaint and state complaint procedures, including:
(i) The time period in which to file a complaint;
(ii) The opportunity for the educational agency to resolve the complaint; and
(iii) The difference between the due process complaint and the state complaint procedures, including the jurisdiction of each procedure, what issues may be raised, filing and decisional timelines, and relevant procedures;
(f) The availability of mediation;
(g) The child's placement during the pendency of any due process complaint;
(h) Procedures for children who are subject to placement in an interim alternative educational setting;
(i) Requirements for unilateral placement by parents of children in nonpublic schools at public expense;
(j) Hearings on due process complaints, including requirements for disclosure of evaluation results and recommendations;
(k) State-level appeals;
(l) Civil actions, including the time period in which to file those actions; and
(m) Attorneys' fees.
(4) Notice in understandable language
The notice required under paragraph (I)(1) of this rule must meet the requirements of paragraph (H)(3) of this rule.
(J) Electronic mail
A parent of a child with a disability may elect to receive notices required by this rule by an electronic mail communication, if the educational agency makes that option available.
(K) Dispute resolution
(1) Administrative reviews
(a) Administrative reviews are recommended, but cannot be used to delay or deny an impartial due process hearing that has been requested in writing or to deny any other rights afforded under this chapter of the Administrative Code.
(b) The child's parent or educational agency other than the school district of residence may request an opportunity to present complaints to the superintendent.
(i) Within twenty school days of receipt of a complaint, the superintendent, or the superintendent's designee, without undue delay and at a time and place convenient to all parties, shall conduct a review, may hold an administrative hearing, and shall notify all parties in writing of the superintendent's or designee's decision. Where the child is placed in a program operated by a county board of developmental disabilities or other educational agency, the superintendent will consult with the administrator of that board or agency.
(ii) Every effort should be made in the review to resolve any disagreements.
(iii) All parties have the right to invite others to participate in the administrative review, including legal counsel.
(2) Model forms
(a) The department of education and workforce must develop model forms to assist parents and educational agencies in filing a due process complaint in accordance with paragraphs (K)(7)(a) and (K)(8)(a) to (K)(8)(c) of this rule and to assist parents and other parties in filing a state complaint under paragraphs (K)(4) to (K)(6) of this rule. However, the department of education and workforce or any educational agency may not require the use of the model forms.
(b) Parents, educational agencies, public agencies, and other parties may use the appropriate model form described in paragraph (K)(2)(a) of this rule, or another form or other document, so long as the form or document that is used meets, as appropriate, the content requirements in paragraph (K)(8)(b) of this rule for filing a due process complaint, or the requirements in paragraph (K)(6)(b) of this rule for filing a state complaint.
(3) Mediation
(a) General
The department of education and workforce shall establish state mediation procedures. Additionally, each educational agency must ensure that procedures are established and implemented to allow parties to disputes involving any matter under Part B of the IDEA, including matters arising prior to the filing of a due process complaint, to resolve disputes through a mediation process.
(b) The procedures must meet the following requirements:
The procedures must meet the following requirements:
(i) The procedures must ensure that the mediation process:
(a) Is voluntary on the part of the parties;
(b) Is not used to deny or delay a parent's right to a hearing on the parent's due process complaint, or to deny any other rights afforded under Part B of the IDEA; and
(c) Is conducted by a qualified and impartial mediator who is trained in effective mediation techniques.
(ii) An educational agency may establish procedures to offer to parents and schools that choose not to use the mediation process, an opportunity to meet, at a time and location convenient to the parents, with a disinterested party:
(a) Who is under contract with an appropriate alternative dispute resolution entity, or a parent training and information center or community parent resource center in the state established under Section 671 or 672 of the IDEA; and
(b) Who would explain the benefits of, and encourage the use of, the mediation process to the parents.
(iii) The department of education and workforce shall maintain a list of individuals who are qualified mediators and knowledgeable in laws and regulations relating to the provision of special education and related services.
(iv) The department of education and workforce shall select mediators on a random, rotational, or other impartial basis.
(v) The department of education and workforce shall bear the cost of the mediation process, including the costs of meetings described in paragraph (K)(3)(b)(ii) of this rule.
(vi) Each session in the mediation process must be scheduled in a timely manner and must be held in a location that is convenient to the parties to the dispute.
(vii) If the parties resolve a dispute through the mediation process, the parties must execute a legally binding agreement that sets forth that resolution and that:
(a) States that all discussions that occurred during the mediation process will remain confidential and may not be used as evidence in any subsequent due process hearing or civil proceeding; and
(b) Is signed by both the parent and a representative of the educational agency who has the authority to bind such educational agency.
(viii) A written, signed mediation agreement under this paragraph is enforceable in any state court of competent jurisdiction or in a district court of the United States.
(ix) If the mediation requires changes in the individualized education program, the individualized education program team shall be notified of the results of the mediation and the individualized education program team will convene to incorporate changes into the IEP within twenty school days following the mediation agreement or as agreed to in the mediation agreement.
(x) No part of the mediation discussion or sessions may be electronically recorded. Discussions that occur during the mediation process must be confidential and may not be used as evidence in any subsequent due process hearing or civil proceeding of any federal court or state court of a state receiving assistance under the IDEA. The mediator may not be called as a witness in future proceedings related to the mediation sessions.
(c) Impartiality of mediator
(i) An individual who serves as a mediator under this rule:
(a) May not be an employee of the department of education and workforce or any educational agency or agency that is involved in the education or care of the child; and
(b) Must not have a personal or professional interest that conflicts with the person's objectivity.
(ii) A person who otherwise qualifies as a mediator is not an employee of an educational agency or state agency that receives a subgrant under Section 611 of the IDEA solely because the person is paid by the educational agency to serve as a mediator.
(4) Adoption of state complaint procedures
(a) General
The department of education and workforce shall adopt written procedures for:
(i) Resolving any complaint, including a complaint filed by an organization or individual from another state, that meets the requirements of paragraph (K)(6) of this rule by:
(a) Providing for the filing of a complaint with the department of education and workforce; and
(b) At the department of education and workforce's discretion, providing for the filing of a complaint with a an educational agency and the right to have the department of education and workforce review the educational agency's decision on the complaint; and
(ii) Widely disseminating to parents and other interested individuals, including parent training and information centers, protection and advocacy agencies, independent living centers, and other appropriate entities, the state procedures under paragraphs (K)(4) to (K)(6) of this rule.
(b) Remedies for denial of appropriate services
In resolving a complaint in which the department of education and workforce has found a failure to provide appropriate services, the department of education and workforce, pursuant to its general supervisory authority under Part B of the IDEA, must address:
(i) The failure to provide appropriate services, including corrective action appropriate to address the needs of the child (such as compensatory services or monetary reimbursement); and
(ii) Appropriate future provision of services for all children with disabilities.
(5) Minimum state complaint procedures
(a) Time limit; minimum procedures
The department of education and workforce shall include in its complaint procedures a time limit of sixty days after a complaint is filed under this rule to:
(i) Carry out an independent on-site investigation, if the department of education and workforce determines that an investigation is necessary;
(ii) Give the complainant the opportunity to submit additional information, either orally or in writing, about the allegations in the complaint;
(iii) Provide the educational agency with the opportunity to respond to the complaint, including, at a minimum:
(a) At the discretion of the educational agency, a proposal to resolve the complaint; and
(b) An opportunity for a parent who has filed a complaint and the educational agency to voluntarily engage in mediation consistent with paragraph (K)(3) of this rule;
(iv) Review all relevant information and make an independent determination as to whether the educational agency is violating a requirement of Part B of the IDEA or of this rule; and
(v) Issue a written decision to the complainant that addresses each allegation in the complaint and contains:
(a) Findings of fact and conclusions; and
(b) The reasons for the department of education and workforce's final decision.
(b) Time extension; final decision; implementation
The department of education and workforce's procedures described in paragraph (K)(5)(a) of this rule also shall:
(i) Permit an extension of the time limit under paragraph (K)(5)(a) of this rule only if:
(a) Exceptional circumstances exist with respect to a particular complaint; or
(b) The parent and the educational agency involved agree to extend the time to engage in mediation pursuant to this rule, or to engage in other alternative means of dispute resolution, including, but not limited to, an administrative review; and
(ii) Include procedures for effective implementation of the department of education and workforce's final decision, if needed, including:
(a) Technical assistance activities;
(b) Negotiations; and
(c) Corrective actions to achieve compliance.
(c) Complaints and due process hearings filed under this rule
(i) If a written complaint is received that is also the subject of a due process hearing under this rule, or contains multiple issues of which one or more are part of that hearing, the department of education and workforce shall set aside any part of the complaint that is being addressed in the due process hearing until the conclusion of the hearing. However, any issue in the complaint that is not a part of the due process action must be resolved using the time limit and procedures described in this rule.
(ii) If an issue raised in a complaint filed under this rule has previously been decided in a due process hearing involving the same parties:
(a) The due process hearing decision is binding on that issue; and
(b) The department of education and workforce shall inform the complainant to that effect.
(iii) A complaint alleging an educational agency's failure to implement a due process hearing decision shall be resolved by the department of education and workforce.
(6) Filing a complaint
(a) An organization or individual may file a signed written complaint under the procedures described in paragraphs (K)(4) to (K)(5) of this rule.
(b) The complaint must include:
(i) A statement that an educational agency has violated a requirement of Part B of the IDEA or of this rule;
(ii) The facts on which the statement is based;
(iii) The signature and contact information for the complainant; and
(iv) If alleging violations with respect to a specific child:
(a) The name and address of the residence of the child;
(b) The name of the school the child is attending;
(c) In the case of a homeless child or youth (within the meaning of Section 725(2) of the McKinney-Vento Homeless Assistance Act (42 U.S.C. 11434a(2), available contact information for the child, and the name of the school the child is attending;
(d) A description of the nature of the problem of the child, including facts relating to the problem; and
(e) A proposed resolution of the problem to the extent known and available to the party at the time the complaint is filed.
(c) The complaint must allege a violation that occurred not more than one year prior to the date that the complaint is received in accordance with this rule.
(d) The party filing the complaint must forward a copy of the complaint to the educational agency at the same time the party files the complaint with the department of education and workforce.
(7) Filing a due process complaint
(a) General
(i) A parent or an educational agency may file a due process complaint on any of the matters described in this rule relating to the identification, evaluation or educational placement of a child with a disability, or the provision of "Free Appropriate Public Education" to the child.
(ii) The due process complaint must allege a violation that occurred not more than two years before the date the parent or educational agency knew or should have known about the alleged action that forms the basis of the due process complaint, except that the exceptions to the timeline described in paragraph (K)(10)(f) of this rule apply to the timeline in this paragraph.
(b) Information for parents
The educational agency must inform the parent of any free or low-cost legal and other relevant services available in the area if:
(i) The parent requests the information; or
(ii) The parent or the educational agency files a due process complaint under this rule.
(c) Hearing requested by an educational agency
If a hearing has been requested by an educational agency, the parent of the student with disability who is the subject of the hearing shall be informed in writing of the request. The parent shall be invited to participate in the proceedings and shall be provided copies of all communications between the parties.
(8) Due process complaint
(a) General
(i) The department of education and workforce shall establish state due process procedures. Additionally, the educational agency must have procedures that require either party, or the attorney representing a party, to provide to the other party a due process complaint (which must remain confidential).
(ii) The party filing a due process complaint must forward a copy of the due process complaint to the department of education and workforce.
(b) Content of complaint
The due process complaint required in this rule must include:
(i) The name of the child;
(ii) The address of the residence of the child;
(iii) The name of the school the child is attending;
(iv) In the case of a homeless child or youth (within the meaning of Section 725(2) of the McKinney-Vento Homeless Assistance Act (42 U.S.C. 11434a(2)), available contact information for the child, and the name of the school the child is attending;
(v) A description of the nature of the problem of the child relating to the proposed or refused initiation or change, including facts relating to the problem; and
(vi) A proposed resolution of the problem to the extent known and available to the party at the time.
(c) Notice required before a hearing on a due process complaint
A party may not have a hearing on a due process complaint until the party, or the attorney representing the party, files a due process complaint that meets the requirements of paragraph (K)(8)(b) of this rule.
(d) Appointment of hearing officer
Upon receipt of a request for a due process hearing, the department of education and workforce will appoint an impartial hearing officer from a list of attorneys maintained by the department of education and workforce. The impartial hearing officer has the responsibility of conducting the hearing in accordance with the requirements set forth by the department of education and workforce, including, but not limited to:
(i) Notifying all parties of the date, time and location of the hearing;
(ii) Arranging a disclosure conference at least five business days prior to the hearing to assure that information to be presented at the hearing is disclosed;
(iii) Issuing a subpoena or a subpoena duces tecum when relevant, necessary, and material, with fees and mileage paid by the party requesting the subpoena;
(iv) Either party may request subpoenas to compel the attendance of witnesses at the hearing. Either party may request subpoenas duces tecum to compel the witnesses to bring specified documents to the hearing. Requests for subpoenas duces tecum are submitted to the hearing officer. The hearing officer signs the subpoenas;
(v) A subpoena may be served by an attorney at law, or by any person who is not a party and over the age of eighteen. Service of a subpoena upon a person named therein shall be made by delivering a copy of the subpoena to the person, by reading it to him or her in person, or by leaving it at the person's usual place of residence. Service of subpoenas is solely the responsibility of the party requesting the subpoena and shall not be assumed by the impartial hearing officer;
(vi) Ruling on procedural issues presented at the hearing; and
(vii) Arriving at a written decision based solely on evidence and testimony presented at the hearing and mailing such decision, by certified mail, to the parties involved and the department of education and workforce.
(e) Sufficiency of complaint
(i) The due process complaint required by this rule must be deemed sufficient unless the party receiving the due process complaint notifies the hearing officer and the other party in writing, within fifteen days of receipt of the due process complaint, that the receiving party believes the due process complaint does not meet the requirements in paragraph (K)(8)(b) of this rule.
(ii) The appointed hearing officer shall handle all phases of the due process request, including, but not limited to, whether a determination of insufficiency should result in the amendment or dismissal of a due process complaint.
(iii) Within five days of receipt of the notification under paragraph (K)(8)(e)(i) of this rule, the hearing officer must make a determination on the face of the due process complaint of whether the due process complaint meets the requirements of paragraph (K)(8)(b) of this rule, and must immediately notify the parties in writing of that determination.
The hearing officer shall review the sufficiency issues in accordance with the following:
(a) The hearing officer shall make a determination on the face of the due process complaint no later than five days after receipt of the notification under paragraph (K)(8)(e)(i) of this rule;
(b) The hearing officer shall immediately notify all parties of that written determination on the same date the determination is made;
(c) If the due process complaint is determined to be insufficient, the determination shall include:
(i) The reasons for the determination of insufficiency;
(ii) A statement in clear language that the case has not been dismissed;
(iii) The case cannot go to hearing until a due process notice is filed which meets the requirements of paragraph (K)(8)(b) of this rule; and
(iv) Notice of resources to assist parents without counsel in completing due process complaints and in correcting deficiencies included in the finding of insufficiency by the hearing officer, including, but not limited to, the identity and contact information of the employee at the department of education and workforce who is qualified to answer parents' questions about the required information specified in paragraph (K)(8)(b) of this rule that must be included in a due process complaint notice.
(iv) A party may amend its due process complaint only if:
(a) The other party consents in writing to the amendment and is given the opportunity to resolve the due process complaint through a meeting held pursuant to paragraph (K)(9) of this rule; or
(b) The hearing officer grants permission, except that the hearing officer may only grant permission to amend at any time not later than five days before the due process hearing begins.
(v) If a party files an amended due process complaint, the timelines for the resolution meeting in paragraph (K)(9)(a) of this rule and the time period to resolve in paragraph (K)(9)(b) of this rule begin again with the filing of the amended due process complaint.
(f) Educational agency response to a due process complaint
(i) If the educational agency has not sent a prior written notice under paragraph (H) of this rule to the parent regarding the subject matter contained in the parent's due process complaint, the educational agency must, within ten days of receiving the due process complaint, send to the parent a response that includes:
(a) An explanation of why the educational agency proposed or refused to take the action raised in the due process complaint;
(b) A description of other options that the IEP team considered and the reasons why those options were rejected;
(c) A description of each evaluation procedure, assessment, record, or report the educational agency used as the basis for the proposed or refused action; and
(d) A description of the other factors that are relevant to the educational agency's proposed or refused action.
(ii) A response by an educational agency under paragraph (K)(8)(f)(i) of this rule shall not be construed to preclude the educational agency from asserting that the parent's due process complaint was insufficient, where appropriate.
(g) Other party response to a due process complaint
Except as provided in paragraph (K)(8)(f) of this rule, the party receiving a due process complaint must, within ten days of receiving the due process complaint, send to the other party a response that specifically addresses the issues raised in the due process complaint.
(9) Resolution process
(a) Resolution meeting
(i) Within fifteen days of receiving notice of the parent's due process complaint, and prior to the initiation of a due process hearing under paragraph (K)(10) of this rule, the educational agency must convene a meeting with the parent and the relevant member or members of the IEP team who have specific knowledge of the facts identified in the due process complaint that:
(a) Includes a representative of the educational agency who has decision-making authority on behalf of that educational agency; and
(b) May not include an attorney of the educational agency unless the parent is accompanied by an attorney.
(ii) The purpose of the meeting is for the parent of the child to discuss the due process complaint, and the facts that form the basis of the due process complaint, so that the educational agency has the opportunity to resolve the dispute that is the basis for the due process complaint.
(iii) The meeting described in paragraphs (K)(9)(a)(i) and (K)(9)(a)(ii) of this rule need not be held if:
(a) The parent and the educational agency agree in writing to waive the meeting; or
(b) The parent and the educational agency agree to use the mediation process described in paragraph (K)(3) of this rule.
(iv) The parent and the educational agency determine the relevant members of the IEP team to attend the meeting.
(b) Resolution period
(i) If the educational agency has not resolved the due process complaint to the satisfaction of the parent within thirty days of the receipt of the due process complaint, the due process hearing may occur.
(ii) Except as provided in paragraph (K)(9)(c) of this rule, the timeline for issuing a final decision under paragraph (K)(14) of this rule begins at the expiration of this thirty-day period.
(iii) Except where the parties have jointly agreed to waive the resolution process or to use mediation, notwithstanding paragraphs (K)(9)(b)(i) and (K)(9)(b)(ii) of this rule, the failure of the parent filing a due process complaint to participate in the resolution meeting will delay the timelines for the resolution process and due process hearing until the meeting is held.
(iv) If the educational agency is unable to obtain the participation of the parent in the resolution meeting after reasonable efforts have been made (and documented using the procedures in rule 3301-51-07 of the Administrative Code), the educational agency may, at the conclusion of the thirty-day period, request that a hearing officer dismiss the parent's due process complaint.
(v) If the educational agency fails to hold the resolution meeting specified in paragraph (K)(9)(a) of this rule within fifteen days of receiving notice of a parent's due process complaint or fails to participate in the resolution meeting, the parent may seek the intervention of a hearing officer to begin the due process hearing timeline.
(c) Adjustments to thirty-day resolution period
The forty-five-day timeline for the due process hearing in paragraph (K)(14)(a) of this rule starts the day after one of the following events:
(i) Both parties agree in writing to waive the resolution meeting;
(ii) After either the mediation or resolution meeting starts but before the end of the thirty-day period, the parties agree in writing that no agreement is possible;
(iii) If both parties agree in writing to continue the mediation at the end of the thirty-day resolution period, but later, the parent or educational agency withdraws from the mediation process.
(d) Written settlement agreement
If a resolution to the dispute is reached at the meeting described in paragraphs (K)(9)(a)(i) and (K)(9)(a)(ii) of this rule, the parties must execute a legally binding agreement that:
(i) States that all discussions that occurred during the resolution process shall be confidential and shall not be used as evidence in any subsequent due process hearing or civil procedure;
(ii) Is signed by both the parent and a representative of the educational agency who has the authority to bind the educational agency; and
(iii) Is enforceable in any state court of competent jurisdiction or in a district court of the United States.
(e) Agreement review period
If the parties execute an agreement pursuant to paragraph (K)(9)(d) of this rule, a party may void the agreement within three business days of the agreement's execution.
(10) Impartial due process hearing
(a) General
Whenever a due process complaint is received under paragraph (K)(7) or (K)(21) of this rule, the parents or the educational agency involved in the dispute must have an opportunity for an impartial due process hearing, consistent with the procedures in paragraphs (K)(7) to (K)(9) of this rule.
(b) Educational agency responsible for conducting the due process hearing
The hearing described in this rule must be conducted by the educational agency as provided by section 3323.05 of the Revised Code, the provisions of this rule, and procedures of the department of education and workforce.
(c) Impartial hearing officer
(i) At a minimum, a hearing officer:
(a) Must not be:
(i) An employee of the department of education and workforce or the educational agency that is involved in the education or care of the child; or
(ii) A person having a personal or professional interest that conflicts with the person's objectivity in the hearing;
(b) Must possess knowledge of, and the ability to understand, the provisions of the IDEA, federal and state regulations pertaining to the IDEA, and legal interpretations of the IDEA by federal and state courts;
(c) Must possess the knowledge and ability to conduct hearings in accordance with appropriate, standard legal practice and be trained in accordance with requirements set forth by the department of education and workforce;
(d) Must possess the knowledge and ability to render and write decisions in accordance with appropriate, standard legal practice; and
(e) Must be an attorney licensed to practice law in Ohio who has successfully completed all training required by the department of education and workforce.
(ii) A person who otherwise qualifies to conduct a hearing under paragraph (K)(10)(c)(i) of this rule is not an employee of the educational agency solely because the person is paid by the educational agency to serve as a hearing officer.
(iii) Each educational agency must keep a list of the persons who serve as hearing officers. The list must include a statement of the qualifications of each of those persons.
(iv) The department of education and workforce may require any and all current hearing or state level review officers to reapply for eligibility to remain on the list. Training sessions are a mandatory requirement to remain eligible for appointments. In addition, being on the list of possible hearing or state level review officers should not be considered a guarantee or expectation of appointment.
(d) Subject matter of due process hearings
The party requesting the due process hearing may not raise issues at the due process hearing that were not raised in the due process complaint filed under paragraph (K)(8)(b) of this rule, unless the other party agrees otherwise.
(e) Timeline for requesting a hearing
A parent or educational agency must request an impartial hearing on their due process complaint within two years of the date the parent or educational agency knew or should have known about the alleged action that forms the basis of the due process complaint.
(f) Exceptions to the timeline
The timeline described in paragraph (K)(10)(e) of this rule does not apply to a parent if the parent was prevented from filing a due process complaint due to:
(i) Specific misrepresentations by the educational agency that it had resolved the problem forming the basis of the due process complaint; or
(ii) The educational agency's withholding of information from the parent that was required under this rule to be provided to the parent.
(11) Hearing rights
(a) General
Any party to a hearing conducted pursuant to paragraphs (K)(2) and (K)(7) to (K)(12) of this rule or paragraphs (K)(19) to (K)(23) of this rule, or an appeal conducted pursuant to paragraph (K)(13) of this rule, has the right to:
(i) Be accompanied and advised by counsel and by individuals with special knowledge or training with respect to the problems of children with disabilities;
(ii) Present evidence and confront, cross-examine, and compel the attendance of witnesses;
(iii) Prohibit the introduction of any evidence at the hearing that has not been disclosed to that party at least five business days before the hearing;
(iv) Obtain a written, or, at the option of the parents, electronic, verbatim record of the hearing; and
(v) Obtain written, or, at the option of the parents, electronic findings of fact and decisions.
(b) Additional disclosure of information
(i) At least five business days prior to the first day of a hearing conducted pursuant to paragraph (K)(10)(a) of this rule, each party must disclose to all other parties all evaluations completed by that date and recommendations based on the offering party's evaluations that the party intends to use at the hearing.
(ii) A hearing officer may bar any party that fails to comply with paragraph (K)(11)(b)(i) of this rule from introducing the relevant evaluation or recommendation at the hearing without the consent of the other party.
(c) Parental rights at hearings
Parents involved in hearings must be given the right to:
(i) Have the child who is the subject of the hearing present;
(ii) Open the hearing to the public; and
(iii) Have the record of the hearing and the findings of fact and decisions described in paragraphs (K)(11)(a)(iv) and (K)(11)(a)(v) of this rule provided at no cost to parents.
(12) Hearing decisions
(a) Decision of hearing officer on the provision of "Free Appropriate Public Education"
(i) Subject to paragraph (K)(12)(a)(ii) of this rule, a hearing officer's determination of whether a child received "Free Appropriate Public Education" must be based on substantive grounds.
(ii) In matters alleging a procedural violation, a hearing officer may find that a child did not receive "Free Appropriate Public Education" only if the procedural inadequacies:
(a) Impeded the child's right to "Free Appropriate Public Education";
(b) Significantly impeded the parent's opportunity to participate in the decision-making process regarding the provision of "Free Appropriate Public Education" to the parent's child; or
(c) Caused a deprivation of educational benefit.
(iii) Nothing in paragraph (K)(12)(a) of this rule shall be construed to preclude a hearing officer from ordering an educational agency to comply with procedural requirements under this rule.
(b) Construction clause
Nothing in paragraphs (K)(2) and (K)(7) to (K)(12) of this rule shall be construed to affect the right of a parent to file an appeal of the due process hearing decision with the department of education and workforce.
(c) Separate request for a due process hearing
Nothing in this rule shall be construed to preclude a parent from filing a separate due process complaint on an issue separate from a due process complaint already filed.
(d) Findings and decision to advisory panel and general public
The department of education and workforce, after deleting any personally identifiable information, must:
(i) Transmit the findings and decisions referred to in paragraph (K)(11)(a)(v) of this rule to the state advisory panel which is hereby established and shall be maintained in accordance with section 3323 06 of the Revised Code; and
(ii) Make those findings and decisions available to the public.
(13) Finality of decision; appeal; impartial review
(a) Finality of hearing decision
A decision made in a hearing conducted pursuant to this rule is final, except that any party involved in the hearing may appeal the decision under the provisions of paragraphs (K)(13)(b) and (K)(16) of this rule.
(b) Appeal of decisions; impartial review
(i) Any party aggrieved by the findings and decision in the hearing may appeal the findings and decision in writing to the department of education and workforce within forty-five days of receipt of the hearing decision in accordance with division (H) of section 3323.05 of the Revised Code.
(a) The notice shall set forth the order appealed and the grounds of the party's appeal; and
(b) A party filing an appeal shall notify the other party of the filing of the appeal.
(ii) If there is an appeal, the department of education and workforce must conduct an impartial review of the findings and decision appealed. Upon receipt of an appeal, the department of education and workforce shall appoint a state level review officer who will conduct the review.
(iii) The official conducting the review must:
(a) Examine the entire hearing record;
(b) Ensure that the procedures at the hearing were consistent with the requirements of due process;
(c) Seek additional evidence, if necessary. If a hearing is held to receive additional evidence, the rights in paragraph (K)(11) of this rule apply;
(d) Afford the parties an opportunity for oral or written argument, or both, at the discretion of the reviewing official;
(e) Make an independent decision on completion of the review; and
(f) Give a copy of the written, or, at the option of the parents, electronic findings of fact and decisions to the parties.
(c) Findings and decision to advisory panel and general public
The department of education and workforce, after deleting any personally identifiable information, must:
(i) Transmit the findings and decisions referred to in paragraph (K)(13)(b)(iii)(f) of this rule to the state advisory panel established under this rule and maintained in accordance with section 3323.06 of the Revised Code; and
(ii) Make those findings and decisions available to the public.
(d) Finality of review decision
The decision made by the reviewing official is final unless a party brings a civil action under paragraph (K)(16) of this rule.
(14) Timelines and convenience of hearings and reviews
(a) The department of education and workforce must ensure that not later than forty-five days after the expiration of the thirty-day period under paragraph (K)(9)(b) of this rule, or the adjusted time periods described in paragraph (K)(9)(c) of this rule:
(i) A final decision is reached in the hearing; and
(ii) A copy of the decision is mailed to each of the parties.
(b) The department of education and workforce must ensure that not later than thirty days after the receipt of a request for a review:
(i) A final decision is reached in the review; and
(ii) A copy of the decision is mailed to each of the parties.
(c) A hearing or reviewing officer may grant specific extensions of time beyond the periods set out in paragraphs (K)(14)(a) and (K)(14)(b) of this rule at the request of either party.
(d) Each hearing and each review involving oral arguments must be conducted at a time and place that is reasonably convenient to the parents and child involved.
(15) Cost of hearings
(a) The educational agency shall provide one copy of the written, or at the option of the parents, an electronic verbatim record of the hearing and findings of fact and decisions to the parent at no cost.
(b) All other costs incurred in impartial due process hearings requested by the parent shall be assumed by the educational agency, except as follows:
(i) Expert testimony, outside medical evaluation, witness fees, subpoena fees, and cost of counsel will be paid by the party requesting the services; and
(ii) If requested by the parents or their attorney, additional copies of the record of the hearing and findings of fact and decisions.
(c) When the educational agency providing special education and related services to a child requests the impartial due process hearing, the educational agency will share equally the costs of the hearing with the school district of residence, except those costs included in paragraph (K)(15)(b) of this rule.
(d) Educational agencies shall compensate hearing officers upon invoice at an hourly rate not higher than that established for special counsel for the state of Ohio. Educational agencies shall compensate hearing officers for no more than fifty hours of actual hearing time, excluding work done outside of the hearing, for any due process request unless the hearing officer submits to the department of education and workforce a written rationale for a hearing to exceed fifty hours of hearing time.
(e) The department of education and workforce shall compensate state level review officers upon invoice at an hourly rate not higher than that established for special counsel for the state of Ohio.
(16) Civil action
(a) General
Any party aggrieved by the findings and decision under paragraph (K)(13)(b) of this rule, has the right to bring a civil action with respect to the due process complaint notice requesting a due process hearing under paragraph (K)(7) or paragraphs (K)(19) to (K)(21) of this rule. The action may be brought in any state court of competent jurisdiction or in a district court of the United States without regard to the amount in controversy.
(b) Time limitation
The party bringing the action shall have ninety days from the date of the decision of the state review official, to bring a civil action in the district court of the United States, or shall within forty-five days of notification of the decision of the state review official, appeal the final order to the common pleas court of the county of the educational agency as provided by section 3323.05 of the Revised Code.
(c) Additional requirements
In any action brought under paragraph (K)(16)(a) of this rule, the court:
(i) Receives the records of the administrative proceedings;
(ii) Hears additional evidence at the request of a party; and
(iii) Basing its decision on the preponderance of the evidence, grants the relief that the court determines to be appropriate.
(d) Jurisdiction of district courts
The district courts of the United States have jurisdiction of actions brought under Section 615 of the IDEA without regard to the amount in controversy.
(e) Rule of construction
Nothing in this rule restricts or limits the rights, procedures, and remedies available under the United States Constitution, the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990, January 1990, Title V of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973 as amended by the Rehabilitation Act Amendments of 1998, August 1998, or other federal laws protecting the rights of children with disabilities, except that before the filing of a civil action under these laws seeking relief that is also available under Section 615 of the IDEA, the procedures under paragraphs (K)(7) and (K)(13) of this rule must be exhausted to the same extent as would be required had the action been brought under Section 615 of the IDEA.
(17) Attorneys' fees
(a) In general
In any action or proceeding brought under Section 615 of the IDEA, the court, in its discretion, may award reasonable attorneys' fees as part of the costs to:
(i) The prevailing party who is the parent of a child with a disability;
(ii) To a prevailing party who is the department of education and workforce or an educational agency against the attorney of a parent who files a complaint or subsequent cause of action that is frivolous, unreasonable, or without foundation, or against the attorney of a parent who continued to litigate after the litigation clearly became frivolous, unreasonable, or without foundation; or
(iii) To a prevailing department of education and workforce or educational agency against the attorney of a parent, or against the parent, if the parent's request for a due process hearing or subsequent cause of action was presented for any improper purpose, such as to harass, to cause unnecessary delay, or to needlessly increase the cost of litigation.
(b) Prohibition on use of funds
(i) Funds under Part B of the IDEA may not be used to pay attorneys' fees or costs of a party related to any action or proceeding under Section 615 of the IDEA and Subpart E of Part B of the IDEA.
(ii) Paragraph (K)(17)(b)(i) of this rule does not preclude the department of education and workforce or an educational agency from using funds under Part B of the IDEA for conducting an action or proceeding under Section 615 of the IDEA.
(c) Award of fees
A court awards reasonable attorneys' fees under Section 615(i)(3) of the IDEA consistent with the following:
(i) Fees awarded under Section 615(i)(3) of the IDEA must be based on rates prevailing in the community in which the action or proceeding arose for the kind and quality of services furnished. No bonus or multiplier may be used in calculating the fees awarded under this paragraph.
(ii) Attorneys' fees may not be awarded and related costs may not be reimbursed in any action or proceeding under Section 615 of the IDEA for services performed subsequent to the time of a written offer of settlement to a parent if:
(a) The offer is made within the time prescribed by rule 68 of the "Federal Rules of Civil Procedure" or, in the case of an administrative proceeding, at any time more than ten days before the proceeding begins;
(b) The offer is not accepted within ten days; and
(c) The court or administrative hearing officer finds that the relief finally obtained by the parents is not more favorable to the parents than the offer of settlement.
(iii) Attorneys' fees may not be awarded relating to any meeting of the IEP team unless the meeting is convened as a result of an administrative proceeding or judicial action, or at the discretion of the state, for a mediation described in paragraph (K)(3) of this rule.
(iv) A meeting conducted pursuant to paragraph (K)(9) of this rule shall not be considered:
(a) A meeting convened as a result of an administrative hearing or judicial action; or
(b) An administrative hearing or judicial action for purposes of this rule.
(v) Notwithstanding paragraph (K)(17)(c)(ii) of this rule, an award of attorneys' fees and related costs may be made to a parent who is the prevailing party and who was substantially justified in rejecting the settlement offer.
(vi) Except as provided in paragraph (K)(17)(c)(vii) of this rule, the court reduces, accordingly, the amount of the attorneys' fees awarded under Section 615 of the IDEA, if the court finds that:
(a) The parent, or the parent's attorney, during the course of the action or proceeding, unreasonably protracted the final resolution of the controversy;
(b) The amount of the attorneys' fees otherwise authorized to be awarded unreasonably exceeds the hourly rate prevailing in the community for similar services by attorneys of reasonably comparable skill, reputation, and experience;
(c) The time spent and legal services furnished were excessive considering the nature of the action or proceeding; or
(d) The attorney representing the parent did not provide to the educational agency the appropriate information in the due process request notice in accordance with paragraph (K)(8) of this rule.
(vii) The provisions of paragraph (K)(17)(c)(vi) of this rule do not apply in any action or proceeding if the court finds that the state or educational agency unreasonably protracted the final resolution of the action or proceeding or there was a violation of Section 615 of the IDEA.
(18) Child's status during proceedings
(a) Except as provided in paragraph (K)(22) of this rule, during the pendency of any administrative or judicial proceeding regarding a due process complaint notice requesting a due process hearing under paragraph (K)(7) of this rule, unless the department of education and workforce or educational agency and the parents of the child agree otherwise, the child involved in the complaint must remain in the child's current educational placement.
(b) If the complaint involves an application for initial admission to the educational agency, the child, with the consent of the parents, must be placed in the educational agency until the completion of all the proceedings.
(c) If the complaint involves an application for initial services under this rule from a child who is transitioning from Part C of the IDEA to Part B of the IDEA and is no longer eligible for Part C services because the child has turned three, the educational agency is not required to provide the Part C services that the child had been receiving. If the child is found eligible for special education and related services under Part B and the parent consents to the initial provision of special education and related services under rule 3301-51-06 of the Administrative Code, then the educational agency must provide those special education and related services that are not in dispute between the parent and the educational agency.
(d) If the state level review officer in an administrative appeal conducted by the department of education and workforce agrees with the child's parents that a change of placement is appropriate, that placement must be treated as an agreement between the state and the parents for purposes of paragraph (K)(18)(a) of this rule.
(19) Authority of school personnel
(a) Case-by-case determination
School personnel may consider any unique circumstances on a case-by-case basis when determining whether a change in placement, consistent with the other requirements of this rule, is appropriate for a child with a disability who violates a code of student conduct.
(b) General
(i) School personnel under this rule may remove a child with a disability who violates a code of student conduct from the child's current placement to an appropriate interim alternative educational setting, another setting, or suspension, for not more than ten consecutive school days (to the extent those alternatives are applied to children without disabilities), and for additional removals of not more than ten consecutive school days in that same school year for separate incidents of misconduct (as long as those removals do not constitute a change of placement under paragraph (K)(25) of this rule).
(ii) After a child with a disability has been removed from the child's current placement for ten school days in the same school year, during any subsequent days of removal the educational agency must provide services to the extent required under paragraph (K)(19)(d) of this rule.
(c) Additional authority
For disciplinary changes in placement that would exceed ten consecutive school days, if the behavior that gave rise to the violation of the school code is determined not to be a manifestation of the child's disability pursuant to paragraph (K)(19)(e) of this rule, school personnel may apply the relevant disciplinary procedures to children with disabilities in the same manner and for the same duration as the procedures would be applied to children without disabilities, except as provided in paragraph (K)(19)(d) of this rule.
(d) Services
(i) A child with a disability who is removed from the child's current placement pursuant to paragraph (K)(19)(c) or (K)(19)(g) of this rule must:
(a) Continue to receive educational services, as provided in rule 3301-51-02 of the Administrative Code, so as to enable the child to continue to participate in the general education curriculum, although in another setting, and to progress toward meeting the goals set out in the child's IEP; and
(b) Receive, as appropriate, a functional behavioral assessment, and behavioral intervention services and modifications, that are designed to address the behavior violation so that it does not recur.
(ii) The services required by paragraphs (K)(19)(d)(i), (K)(19)(d)(iii), (K)(19)(d)(iv), and (K)(19)(d)(v) of this rule may be provided in an interim alternative educational setting.
(iii) An educational agency is only required to provide services during periods of removal to a child with a disability who has been removed from the child's current placement for ten school days or less in that school year, if it provides services to a child without disabilities who is similarly removed.
(iv) After a child with a disability has been removed from the child's current placement for ten school days in the same school year, if the current removal is for not more than ten consecutive school days and is not a change of placement under this rule, school personnel, in consultation with at least one of the child's teachers, determine the extent to which services are needed, as provided in rule 3301-51-02 of the Administrative Code, so as to enable the child to continue to participate in the general education curriculum, although in another setting, and to progress toward meeting the goals set out in the child's IEP.
(v) If the removal is a change of placement under this rule, the child's IEP team determines appropriate services under paragraph (K)(19)(d)(i) of this rule.
(e) Manifestation determination
(i) Within ten school days of any decision to change the placement of a child with a disability because of a violation of a code of student conduct, the educational agency, the parent, and relevant members of the child's IEP team (as determined by the parent and the educational agency) must review all relevant information in the child's file, including the child's IEP, any teacher observations, and any relevant information provided by the parents to determine:
(a) If the conduct in question was caused by, or had a direct and substantial relationship to, the child's disability; or
(b) If the conduct in question was the direct result of the educational agency's failure to implement the IEP.
(ii) The conduct must be determined to be a manifestation of the child's disability if the educational agency, the parent, and relevant members of the child's IEP team determine that a condition in either paragraph (K)(19)(e)(i)(a) or (K)(19)(e)(i)(b) of this rule was met.
(iii) If the educational agency, the parent, and relevant members of the child's IEP team determine the condition described in paragraph (K)(19)(e)(i)(b) of this rule was met, the educational agency must take immediate steps to remedy those deficiencies.
(f) Determination that behavior was a manifestation
If the educational agency, the parent, and relevant members of the IEP team make the determination that the conduct was a manifestation of the child's disability, the IEP team must:
(i) Either:
(a) Conduct a functional behavioral assessment unless the educational agency had conducted a functional behavioral assessment before the behavior that resulted in the change of placement occurred, and implement a behavioral intervention plan for the child; or
(b) If a behavioral intervention plan already has been developed, review the behavioral intervention plan and the implementation of the plan, and modify it, as necessary, to address the behavior; and
(ii) Except as provided in paragraph (K)(19)(g) of this rule, return the child to the placement from which the child was removed, unless the parent and the educational agency agree to a change of placement as part of the modification of the behavioral intervention plan.
(g) Special circumstances
School personnel may remove a child to an interim alternative educational setting for not more than forty-five school days without regard to whether the behavior is determined to be a manifestation of the child's disability, if the child:
(i) Carries a weapon to or possesses a weapon at school, on school premises, or to or at a school function under the jurisdiction of the department of education and workforce or an educational agency;
(ii) Knowingly possesses or uses illegal drugs, or sells or solicits the sale of a controlled substance, while at school, on school premises, or at a school function under the jurisdiction of the department of education and workforce or an educational agency; or
(iii) Has inflicted serious bodily injury upon another person while at school, on school premises, or at a school function under the jurisdiction of the department of education and workforce or an educational agency.
(h) Notification
On the date on which the decision is made to make a removal that constitutes a change of placement of a child with a disability because of a violation of a code of student conduct, the educational agency must notify the parents of that decision and provide the parents the procedural safeguards notice described in paragraph (I) of this rule.
(i) The following terms are defined as they are used in this rule:
(a) "Controlled substance" means a drug or other substance identified under schedules I, II, III, IV, or V in Section 202(c) of the Controlled Substances Act as amended and specified in the Anabolic Steroids Control Act of 1990, November 1990, 21 U.S.C. 812(c).
(b) "Illegal drug" means a controlled substance; but does not include a controlled substance that is legally possessed or used under the supervision of a licensed health-care professional or that is legally possessed or used under any other authority under that act or under any other provision of federal law.
(c) "Serious bodily injury" has the meaning given the term "serious bodily injury" under paragraph (3) of subsection (h) of section 1365 of Title 18, United States Code (December 2, 2002).
(d) "Weapon" has the meaning given the term "dangerous weapon" under paragraph (2) of the first subsection (g) of section 930 of Title 18, United States Code (January 7, 2008).
(20) Determination of setting
The child's IEP team determines the interim alternative educational setting for services under paragraph (K)(19) of this rule.
(21) Appeal
(a) General
The parent of a child with a disability who disagrees with any decision regarding placement under paragraphs (K)(19) and (K)(20) of this rule, or the manifestation determination under paragraph (K)(19)(e) of this rule, or an educational agency that believes that maintaining the current placement of the child is substantially likely to result in injury to the child or others, may appeal the decision by requesting a hearing. The hearing is requested by filing a complaint pursuant to paragraphs (K)(7) and (K)(8) of this rule.
(b) Authority of hearing officer
(i) A hearing officer under paragraph (K)(10) of this rule hears and makes a determination regarding an appeal.
(ii) In making the determination under paragraph (K)(21)(b)(i) of this rule, the hearing officer may:
(a) Return the child with a disability to the placement from which the child was removed if the hearing officer determines that the removal was a violation of paragraph (K)(19) of this rule or that the child's behavior was a manifestation of the child's disability; or
(b) Order a change of placement of the child with a disability to an appropriate interim alternative educational setting for not more than forty-five school days if the hearing officer determines that maintaining the current placement of the child is substantially likely to result in injury to the child or to others.
(iii) The procedures under paragraphs (K)(21)(a), (K)(21)(b)(i), and (K)(21)(b)(ii) of this rule may be repeated, if the educational agency believes that returning the child to the original placement is substantially likely to result in injury to the child or to others.
(c) Expedited due process hearing
(i) Whenever a hearing is requested under paragraph (K)(21)(a) of this rule, the parents or the educational agency involved in the dispute must have an opportunity for an impartial due process hearing consistent with the requirements of this rule, as provided in paragraphs (K)(7), (K)(8)(a) to (K)(8)(d), and (K)(9) to (K)(13) of this rule except as provided in paragraphs (K)(21)(c)(ii) to (K)(21)(c)(iv) of this rule.
(ii) The department of education and workforce or the educational agency is responsible for arranging the expedited due process hearing, which must occur within twenty school days of the date the complaint requesting the hearing is filed. The hearing officer must make a determination within ten school days after the hearing.
(iii) Unless the parents and educational agency agree in writing to waive the resolution meeting described in paragraph (K)(21)(c)(iii)(a) of this rule, or agree to use the mediation process described in paragraph (K)(3) of this rule:
(a) A resolution meeting must occur within seven days of receiving notice of the due process complaint; and
(b) The due process hearing may proceed unless the matter has been resolved to the satisfaction of both parties within fifteen days of the receipt of the due process complaint.
(iv) The department of education and workforce may establish different state-imposed procedural rules for expedited due process hearings conducted under this rule than it has established for other due process hearings, but, except for the timelines as modified in paragraph (K)(21)(c)(iii) of this rule, the state must ensure that the requirements in paragraphs (K)(9) to (K)(13) of this rule are met.
(v) The decisions on expedited due process hearings are appealable consistent with paragraph (K)(13) of this rule.
(d) Procedures for expedited due process hearings
(i) If a parent requests an expedited due process hearing, educational agency personnel must contact the department of education and workforce, before the end of the next business day following receipt of the parent's request.
(ii) If an educational agency initiates an expedited due process hearing under this rule, educational agency personnel must contact the department of education and workforce on the day the expedited due process hearing is requested. The educational agency shall provide the parents with notification of the request for the hearing and procedural safeguards no later than the end of the next business day.
(iii) An impartial hearing officer will be appointed by the department of education and workforce before the end of the next business day from the day the educational agency informs the department of education and workforce.
(a) The impartial hearing officer shall meet the qualifications set forth in paragraph (K)(10)(c) of this rule.
(b) The impartial hearing officer shall contact both parties of the hearing.
(iv) The expedited due process hearing shall be conducted in accordance with paragraphs (K)(8) and (K)(14) of this rule, except that no extensions of time shall be granted, and the hearing will occur within twenty school days of the date the complaint requesting the hearing was filed. The hearing officer's decision will be completed within ten days of the conclusion of the hearing.
(v) The decision of the hearing officer is final, unless a party to the expedited due process hearing appeals the decision to the department of education and workforce, within forty-five calendar days of the notification of the decision. In consideration of the issues that are the basis of the expedited appeal, the appeal should be filed as soon as possible.
(a) The state level review officer will be appointed in accordance with paragraph (K)(13)(b) of this rule;
(b) The state level review will be conducted in accordance with paragraphs (K)(13) and (K)(14) of this rule, except that no extensions of time shall be granted, and the written decision shall be issued no later than thirty days from the date the Ohio department of education receives the request.
(c) The final order of the state level review officer may be appealed to the courts in accordance with paragraph (K)(16) of this rule.
(22) Placement during appeals
When an appeal under paragraph (K)(21) of this rule has been made by either the parent or the educational agency, the child must remain in the interim alternative educational setting pending the decision of the hearing officer or until the expiration of the time period specified in paragraph (K)(19)(c) or (K)(19)(g) of this rule, whichever occurs first, unless the parent and the Ohio department of education or educational agency agree otherwise.
(23) Protections for children not determined eligible for special education and related services
(a) General
A child who has not been determined to be eligible for special education and related services under this chapter of the Administrative Code and who has engaged in behavior that violated a code of student conduct, may assert any of the protections provided for in this rule if the educational agency had knowledge (as determined in accordance with paragraph (K)(23)(b) of this rule) that the child was a child with a disability before the behavior that precipitated the disciplinary action occurred.
(b) Basis of knowledge
An educational agency must be deemed to have knowledge that a child is a child with a disability if before the behavior that precipitated the disciplinary action occurred:
(i) The parent of the child expressed concern in writing to supervisory or administrative personnel of the appropriate educational agency, or a teacher of the child, that the child is in need of special education and related services;
(ii) The parent of the child requested an evaluation of the child pursuant to rule 3301-51-06 of the Administrative Code; or
(iii) The teacher of the child, or other personnel of the educational agency, expressed specific concerns about a pattern of behavior demonstrated by the child directly to the director of special education of the educational agency or to other supervisory personnel of the educational agency.
(c) Exception
An educational agency would not be deemed to have knowledge under paragraph (K)(23)(b) of this rule if:
(i) The parent of the child:
(a) Has not allowed an evaluation of the child pursuant to rule 3301-51-06 of the Administrative Code; or
(b) Has refused services under this chapter of the Administrative Code; or
(ii) The child has been evaluated in accordance with rule 3301-51-06 of the Administrative Code and determined to not be a child with a disability under this chapter.
(d) Conditions that apply if no basis of knowledge
(i) If an educational agency does not have knowledge that a child is a child with a disability (in accordance with paragraphs (K)(23)(b) and (K)(23)(c) of this rule) prior to taking disciplinary measures against the child, the child may be subjected to the disciplinary measures applied to children without disabilities who engage in comparable behaviors consistent with paragraph (K)(23)(d)(ii) of this rule.
(ii) If a request is made for an evaluation of a child during the time period in which the child is subjected to disciplinary measures under paragraph (K)(19) of this rule, the evaluation must be conducted in an expedited manner.
(iii) Until the evaluation is completed, the child remains in the educational placement determined by school authorities, which can include suspension or expulsion without educational services.
(iv) If the child is determined to be a child with a disability, taking into consideration information from the evaluation conducted by the educational agency and information provided by the parents, the educational agency must provide special education and related services in accordance with this chapter of the Administrative Code, including the requirements of paragraphs (K)(19) to (K)(25) of this rule and Section 612(a)(1)(A) of the IDEA.
(24) Referral to and action by law enforcement and judicial authorities
Rule of construction. Nothing in this rule prohibits an educational agency from reporting a crime committed by a child with a disability to appropriate authorities or prevents state law enforcement and judicial authorities from exercising their responsibilities with regard to the application of federal and state law to crimes committed by a child with a disability. Transmittal of records shall be done in accordance with paragraph (R)(2) of rule 3301-51-04 of the Administrative Code.
(25) Change of placement because of disciplinary removals
(a) For purposes of removals of a child with a disability from the child's current educational placement under paragraphs (K)(19) to (K)(24) of this rule, a change of placement occurs if:
(i) The removal is for more than ten consecutive school days; or
(ii) The child has been subjected to a series of removals that constitute a pattern:
(a) Because the series of removals total more than ten school days in a school year;
(b) Because the child's behavior is substantially similar to the child's behavior in previous incidents that resulted in the series of removals; and
(c) Because of such additional factors as the length of each removal, the total amount of time the child has been removed, and the proximity of the removals to one another.
(b) The educational agency determines on a case-by-case basis whether a pattern of removals constitutes a change of placement. This determination is subject to review through due process and judicial proceedings.
(L) Availability of scholarship notification
(1) Each time an educational agency completes an evaluation for a child with a disability or undertakes the development, review or revision of the child's IEP, the educational agency shall notify the child's parent, by letter or electronic means, about both the autism scholarship program, established by section 3310.41 of the Revised Code, and the Jon Peterson special needs scholarship program, established by section 3310.52 of the Revised Code, in accordance with division (C) of section 3323.052 of the Revised Code.
(2) The notice shall include the following:
(a) Information that the child may be eligible for a scholarship under either the autism scholarship program or the Jon Peterson special needs scholarship program that implements the child's individualized education program and that is operated by an alternative public provider or by a registered private provider; and
(b) The telephone number of the office of the department responsible for administering the scholarship programs and the specific location of scholarship information on the department's website.
Last updated January 27, 2025 at 7:57 AM
History
- Effective: January 24, 2025
- Promulgated Under: 119.03
Ohio Adm.Code 3301-35-16 Online learning.
(A) A local, city, exempted village or joint vocational school district may operate a school using an online learning model by notifying the department of education no later than the first day of July of the school year that the district intends to open an online learning school. In addition to providing notification to the department:
(1) The district OEDS administrator will enter a request in the OEDS application tool to create a new organization designated as a district online school, which will be assigned a new information retrieval number (IRN); and
(2) Section 3302.42 of the Revised Code states that districts shall assign all students engaged in online learning to the district online school. This assignment would not include students participating in blended learning.
(B) Section 3302.42 of the Revised Code states that a district that is to cease operating using an online learning model shall notify the department not later than July first of the school year for which the change is effective. A district may complete this by taking the following steps:
(1) Once the final school year of operation is completed, withdrawing all students from the online school and transferring them to the other buildings operated by the district based on the local rules used by the district to determine each student's building of attendance; and
(2) The district OEDS administrator submitting a request in the OEDS application tool to close the district online school.
(C) The district is expected to comply with the requirements of section 3302.42 of the Revised Code and provide, at no cost to students or families, access to the internet for instructional purposes, including:
(1) An internet connection device;
(2) Internet access;
(3) A filtering device or software to protect against internet access to obscene or harmful material;
The district may provide a filtering device or software through the designated information technology center.
(4) If a student indicates that the student has internet access at the student's residence, a district may provide the student the opportunity to waive the use of district-provided internet access and/or device for instructional use. This waiver may be rescinded at any time by the student. If a student is under the age of eighteen, parental or guardian consent should be obtained regarding the waiver or rescission of the waiver.
(D) Districts that operate an online learning school are expected to comply with section 3303.42 of the Revised Code. This includes:
(1) Providing a comprehensive orientation to each student and the student's parents or guardians prior to enrollment that includes, at minimum, information regarding the following:
(a) An overview of the master schedule;
(b) Course opportunities;
(c) Curriculum;
(d) How to obtain access to the internet and use an internet access device;
(e) Communication methods, specifically the communication to students and parents and/or guardians regarding achievement and progress, feedback on assignments, and courses and/or curriculum;
(f) Attendance expectations;
(g) Grading and reporting;
(h) Parent/teacher conferences;
(i) The learning management system used for online learning;
(j) Student discipline; and
(k) Acceleration, course mastery and enrichment.
(2) Tracking the time students participate in online and off-line learning activities, which equal at least nine hundred ten hours each school year;
(a) Section 3302.42 of the Revised Code states that online learning schools shall implement a learning management system that tracks the time students participate in online learning activities, and that all student learning activities completed while off-line be documented with participation records checked and approved by the teacher of record;
(b) Learning activities may be synchronous and/or asynchronous.
(E) Each district board of education that operates an online learning school is expected to comply with section 3302.42 of the Revised Code by adopting policies and procedures that address the following:
(1) Means of personalization of student-centered learning models to meet the needs of each student;
(2) The evaluation and review of the quality of online curriculum delivered to students;
(3) Assessment of each participating student's progress through the curriculum;
(a) Students' grade level or course advancement will be obtained through competency-based learning models;
(b) Students will be permitted to advance through each level of the curriculum based on demonstrated competency/mastery of the material rather than based on a specified number of instructional hours;
(c) Students will be provided with accelerated learning opportunities in the event that they complete a course or class curriculum requirements prior to the end of the course or semester;
If a student completes a course or curriculum prior to the end of the school year and/or completes nine hundred ten hours prior to the end of the school year, the student will be provided the opportunity to advance to the next course or be provided enrichment through the remainder of the school year.
(4) The assignment of a teacher of record to all courses who is responsible for planning curriculum, evaluating mastery of content, and tracking and approving all online and off-line student activities, except a teacher of record for a computer as instructor course is only responsible for checking and approving participation in online and off-line student activities.
(a) A teacher of record is to comply with requirements for credentialed staff under rule 3301-35-05 of the Administrative Code and licensure requirements under Chapter 3319. of the Revised Code. For a computer as instructor course, a teacher is not required to meet subject area-specific requirements for licensure under Chapter 3319. of the Revised Code.
(b) A classroom may not have more than one teacher of record for every one hundred twenty-five students;
(c) Teacher licensing provisions for online learning are expected to meet the same minimum requirements as for in-person learning;
(d) Teachers are expected to have appropriate training in the pedagogy of the effective delivery of online instruction;
(5) The method by which each participating student will have access to the digital learning tools necessary to access the online content;
(6) Adequate provisions for all areas required by division (B)(4) of section 3302.42 of the Revised Code, including but not limited to:
(a) The licensing of teachers, administrators, and other professional personnel and their assignment according to training and qualifications;
Credentialed and classified staff are subject to rule 3301-35-05 of the Administrative Code;
(b) Requirements for graduation;
The graduation requirements outlined in section 3313.603 of the Revised Code are applicable.
(c) Efficient and effective use of instructional materials including, but not limited to:
(i) The method by which students will have access to the digital learning tools necessary to access online content as discussed in paragraph (E)(5) of this rule;
(ii) Methods to align with technology in education standards approved by the state board of education pursuant to section 3301.079 of the Revised Code;
(iii) Standards for educational programs and support as set forth in rule 3301-35-06 of the Administrative Code, and data-driven improvement, as set forth in rule 3301-35-07 of the Administrative Code.
(d) The proper organization, administration, and supervision of each school, including regulations for preparing all necessary records and reports and the preparation of a statement of policies and objectives for each school;
The district is expected to establish policies addressing administration, supervision, record-keeping, and reports for online learning schools consistent with section 3301.0714 of the Revised Code and rules 3301-35-02 and 3301-35-07 of the Administrative Code, and consistent with any other applicable local, state and federal law and regulations.
(e) Buildings, grounds, and health and sanitary facilities and services;
The district is expected to include online learning schools in policies addressing buildings, grounds, health and sanitary facilities and services, including but not limited to those required by section 3301.56 of the Revised Code and consistent with applicable local, state and federal law and regulations.
(f) Admission of pupils, and such requirements for their promotion from grade to grade as will ensure that they are capable and prepared for the level of study to which they are certified;
Policies are expected to comply with section 3313.64 of the Revised Code and applicable local, state and federal law and regulations.
(F) Section 3302.42 of the Revised Code states that for funding purposes, the department will reduce the full-time time equivalence (FTE) proportionally for any student who participates in less than nine hundred ten hours per year. The department will implement a funding review process that includes:
(1) A review of all IRNs representing online learning schools;
(2) A review of all students enrolled in online learning schools; and
(3) Calculation of funding adjustments to reflect participation based on nine hundred ten hours and one FTE for the school year.
Last updated October 28, 2022 at 12:12 AM
History
- Effective: October 28, 2022
- Promulgated Under: 119.03
Chapter 3301-39 Approval of Nonpublic Schools
Ohio Adm.Code 3301-39-01 Definitions.
As used in this chapter:
(A) "Charter"means a document issued by the department to a school or school district pursuant to section 3301.16 of the Revised Code.
(B) "Department" means the department of education and workforce.
(C) "Nonpublic school" means any school, other than a public school, providing instruction for pupils of compulsory school age.
(D) "Accrediting association" means an organization whose standards have been reviewed by the department director's nonpublic advisory committee established pursuant to rule 3301-35-09 of the Administrative Code and approved by the department .
Last updated February 9, 2026 at 7:44 AM
History
- Effective: February 8, 2026
- Promulgated Under: 119.03
Ohio Adm.Code 3301-35-09
(A) A new chartered nonpublic school may be established and operated for a specified period in accordance with sections 3301.16 and 3313.48 of the Revised Code, Chapter 3301-39 of the Administrative Code, and the following procedures, provided the school has at least three grade levels or fifteen students:
(1) The principal or superintendent of the school contacts the Ohio department of education about beginning a school and participates in the "beginning a chartered nonpublic school" training conducted by the department;
(2) The department provides these operating standards and procedures for beginning a school;
(3) The principal or superintendent submits to the department a plan for meeting the operating standards that includes:
(a) Objectives related to the operating standards; and
(b) A timeline for meeting the operating standards and the procedures in rule 3301-39-03 of the Administrative Code; and
(4) The state superintendent of public instruction may recommend that the state board of education grant a charter when a site visit indicates that a school is meeting operating standards and the procedures in rule 3301-39-03 of the Administrative Code.
(B) A school shall report a change in location, ownership, or name; a merger; or the addition of an annex location of any school to the department no later than five business days after the change or addition has occurred. These types of changes or additions render the existing charter null and void. Upon notice of the change or addition and if the school complies with all requirements, the department shall issue a new charter to the school that incorporates the change or addition.
(C) A change in grade levels shall be reported to the department at least thirty days prior to the start of the school year in which the school intends to implement the change in grade levels, and, if a school intends to serve additional grades, the information described in paragraph (A)(3) of this rule.
(D) Notwithstanding paragraphs (B) and (C) of this rule, the closing of a location shall be reported to the department at least thirty days prior to the closing of the school.
(E) The department may require a school to submit a corrective action plan if the school fails to notify the department of changes in accordance with this rule or if the school fails to comply with the requirements in this rule. If the school fails to submit a corrective action plan that fully addresses the issues identified by the department or fails to comply with the requirements in this rule, the department may act to revoke the school's charter in accordance with rule 3301-39-04 of the Administrative Code.
(F) A nonpublic school chartered by the state board of education shall assure that its students are provided a general education of high quality by either:
(1) Being accredited by an association whose standards have been reviewed by the state superintendent's advisory committee on chartered nonpublic schools and approved by the state board of education; or
(2) Showing compliance with rules 3301-35-01 to 3301-35-07 of the Administrative Code except that:
(a) Notwithstanding paragraph (A) of rule 3301-35-05 of the Administrative Code, chartered nonpublic schools may consider religious affiliation in hiring and employment decisions to the extent permitted by law;
(b) Paragraphs (A)(2) and (A)(3) of rule 3301-35-05 of the Administrative Code regarding student-teacher ratios and educational service personnel does not apply;
(c) Paragraph (D)(2) of rule 3301-35-04 of the Administrative Code regarding a requirement to offer credit flexibility does not apply;
(d) Paragraph (B) of rule 3301-35-06 of the Administrative Code regarding stakeholder partnerships does not apply, except for the requirement that chartered nonpublic schools work with their key stakeholders;
(e) Paragraph (C)(3) of rule 3301-35-06 of the Administrative Code regarding a requirement to communicate information and procedures related to credit flexibility and educational options does not apply; and
(f) Notwithstanding paragraph (F)(2) of rule 3301-35-07 of the Administrative Code regarding site visit, chartered nonpublic schools are not required to hold a public meeting to discuss a report of the results of the site visit or to notify their parents and stakeholders of such a meeting. Chartered nonpublic schools shall notify their parents and stakeholders of the report issued by the department of education and make the report available to them.
(G) A chartered nonpublic school that does not meet the requirements set forth in paragraph (F) of this rule is subject to the provisions of paragraphs (H) and (I) of rule 3301-35-07 of the Administrative Code.
(H) The superintendent of public instruction shall establish an advisory committee on chartered nonpublic schools to make recommendations to the state board of education concerning development and administration of regulations for chartered nonpublic schools. Committee membership shall represent chartered nonpublic school constituency groups including the "Association of Christian Schools International"; the "Catholic Conference of Ohio"; the "Government Affairs Committee of Ohio Jewish Communities, Inc."; the "Lutheran Schools of Ohio"; the "Ohio Association of Independent Schools"; the "Seventh Day Adventist Schools, Ohio Conference"; and any other chartered nonpublic constituency approved by the existing advisory committee. Each group will have representation on the committee, and these groups will constitute no less than two-thirds of the committee's membership.
Last updated May 24, 2021 at 9:12 AM
History
- Effective: May 24, 2021
- Promulgated Under: 119.03
Ohio Adm.Code 3301-39-03 Procedures.
(A) A nonpublic school seeking a charter or reissue of a charter shall submit an application as prescribed by the department.
(1) The department will publish the application and application process, including a list of required documents and assurances for the upcoming school year, on the department website (www.education.ohio.gov) no later than October first.
(2) A nonpublic school seeking an initial charter shall submit an application between November first and January fifteenth. The school may delay completing the steps necessary to obtain the charter for up to twenty-four months after the closure of the application period in which the application was submitted.
(3) A nonpublic school seeking to have its charter reissued due to a change in location, ownership, or name; a merger; or the addition of an annex location of any school may request reissue of a charter at any time during the year.
(B) A nonpublic school seeking an initial charter shall complete and submit to the department the form entitled "Report of a Nonpublic School" not less than fourteen days prior to the first scheduled site visit.
(C) The department will conduct not less than two site visits of a nonpublic school during the first year of operation under the initial charter, with the initial site visit taking place no later than September thirtieth for a nonpublic school whose applications and supporting documentation is completed and submitted by July first. A nonpublic school completing all application requirements after July first will receive an initial site visit within ninety days of completion of the application.
(D) The department will approve and issue an initial charter to a nonpublic school following satisfactory completion of a site visit by the department in which the department determines the nonpublic school has complied with rule 3301-35-09 of the Administrative Code . In making its determination, the department will consider evidence provided by an accrediting association if the school is accredited by an association whose standards have been reviewed by the department director's advisory committee on chartered nonpublic schools and approved by the department pursuant to paragraph (A)(1) of rule 3301-35-09 of the Administrative Code.
(E) The following apply to a charter for a nonpublic school requesting reissue of a charter due to a change in location, or ownership, or name; a merger; addition of grade levels; leaving an approved accrediting organization; or the addition of an annex location:
(1) The charter will be issued within thirty days of satisfactory completion and submission of application and supporting documentation.
(2) The department will conduct a site visit of the nonpublic school within six months of reissuance of its charter.
(3) In the case of a change in location or addition of an annex, the department will conduct a site visit of the nonpublic school prior to reissuance of the charter.
(4) In the case of a change of name only, the department may elect to forgo a site visit of the nonpublic school.
Last updated February 9, 2026 at 7:44 AM
History
- Effective: February 8, 2026
- Promulgated Under: 119.03
Ohio Adm.Code 3301-39-04 Oversight/revocation of charter.
(A) A nonpublic school holding a charter issued by the department shall be subject to monitoring and oversight by the department's office of nonpublic educational options, including periodic reviews through site-visit, desk audit, investigations of complaints and other means to determine if the nonpublic school is in compliance with rule 3301-35-09 of the Administrative Code and other applicable Ohio laws and rules. In fulfilling its obligation to provide monitoring and oversight, the department will consider evidence provided by an accrediting association if the school is accredited by an association whose standards have been reviewed by the department director's advisory committee on chartered nonpublic schools and approved by the department pursuant to paragraph (A)(1) of rule 3301-35-09 of the Administrative Code.
(B) If a chartered nonpublic school leaves an accrediting association through which the school has received its charter in accordance with rule 3301-35-09 of the Administrative Code, the school will notify the department within thirty days and provide assurances that they continue to meet the requirements of rule 3301-35-09 of the Administrative Code.
The department will conduct a site visit of a charted nonpublic school within six months of notice that the school is leaving an accrediting organization.
(C) Should any dispute or complaint arise regarding a chartered nonpublic school's compliance with rule 3301-35-09 of the Administrative Code or other applicable Ohio laws and rules, the department is the final authority in the resolution of the dispute or complaint.
(1) The department will review all complaints, including any evidence supporting the position of the complainant, provided by the aggrieved party to the office of nonpublic education options. Prior to making a determination, the department will do all of the following:
(a) Notify the chartered nonpublic school's governing authority and accrediting organization and provide a description of the complaint and process for investigating complaints;
(b) Consider any evidence, if applicable, from the accrediting organization and the governing authority of the school;
(c) Review all available evidence and make a determination.
(2) Upon completing its investigation,the department may permit the chartered nonpublic school to satisfactorily complete a corrective action plan in lieu of revocation under rule 3301-35-09 of the Administrative Code.
(D) If a chartered nonpublic school ceases K-12 operations, it shall notify the department within thirty days and may request a one- year suspension of its charter with the intention of re-opening within twelve months. If the school does not resume K-12 operations within one year of being issued the suspension of charter, the school is to notify the department that K-12 operations have permanently ceased under that charter.
(E) If a determination is made by the department that a chartered nonpublic school is not in compliance with rule 3301-35-09 of the Administrative Code or other applicable Ohio laws and rules and the school does not fully address all compliance issues within the time period specified in a corrective active plan established by the department, the office of nonpublic educational options will notify the chartered nonpublic school of its intent to recommend to the department director that its charter be revoked and of the school's right to a hearing pursuant to Chapter 119. of the Revised Code.
(F) If a hearing is requested, upon conclusion of the hearing and consideration of a designated hearing officer's report and recommendation, the director may approve or deny the recommendation of the office of nonpublic educational options and revoke the charter of the nonpublic school.
Last updated February 9, 2026 at 7:44 AM
History
- Effective: February 8, 2026
- Promulgated Under: 119.03
Chapter 3301-40 Nonpublic School Funds
Ohio Adm.Code 3301-40-03 Procedures.
A nonpublic school requesting administrative cost reimbursement shall maintain at least the following records in support of a claim for reimbursement:
(A) A separate account or system of accounts for the expenses incurred in rendering the required services for which reimbursement is sought. These shall include accounts for salaries and fringe benefits.
(B) A time record for each employee involved in providing services for which reimbursement is requested. This record shall clearly indicate the amount of time devoted to each service and shall be certified by the employee and by the employee's supervisor.
(C) Salary records for each employee involved in providing services for which reimbursement is requested. These records shall show gross salary, benefits, employee costs, and hourly rate.
(D) A voucher file to include all paid vouchers, in whole or in part, used to substantiate costs included in the request for reimbursement.
Last updated October 28, 2022 at 12:58 AM
History
- Effective: October 28, 2022
- Promulgated Under: 119.03
Ohio Adm.Code 3301-40-04 Employees.
(A) The required services for which nonpublic schools are reimbursed for administrative costs shall be performed by school employees. Any reimbursement shall be made on the basis of the salary and fringe benefits of the employee actually performing the service.
(B) Employee services shall be performed in accordance with the state law or rule, or school district requirements which mandate that such services be performed.
Last updated October 28, 2022 at 12:58 AM
History
- Effective: October 28, 2022
- Promulgated Under: 119.03
Ohio Adm.Code 3301-40-05 Reimbursement.
Upon approval of the required application for reimbursement by the Ohio department of education, reimbursement payments to nonpublic school for administrative costs pursuant to section 3317.063 of the Revised Code shall be paid to, and in the name of, the nonpublic school as chartered by the state board of education.
Last updated May 23, 2023 at 11:14 AM
History
- Effective: March 25, 2017
- Promulgated Under: 119.03
Ohio Adm.Code 3301-40-07 Appeals.
Any nonpublic school may appeal the findings of a review conducted by the superintendent of public instruction pursuant to section 3317.063 of the Revised Code to the state board of education within thirty days after receipt of said review, and the state board of education shall hear such appeal pursuant to the provisions of Chapter 119. of the Revised Code.
Last updated October 28, 2022 at 12:58 AM
History
- Effective: October 28, 2022
- Promulgated Under: 119.03
Ohio Adm.Code 3301-40-08 Property disposal procedures.
(A) In the event that a chartered nonpublic school closes, and it receives its funds directly from the state, the school cannot keep any materials or equipment purchased with auxiliary services funds under section 3317.062 of the Revised Code, as those materials and equipment are property of the state, and materials and equipment are to be disposed of by any of the following methods:
(1) The materials and equipment may be offered to any remaining nonpublic schools or preschool located within the public district and may be used at that nonpublic school or preschool;
(2) The materials and equipment may be offered to the public district in which the closing school is located, and upon acceptance by the school district, the materials and equipment will become property of the school district;
(3) The materials and equipment may be sold. Any proceeds related to the sale of auxiliary services materials and equipment are to be returned to the department of education;
(4) If the materials and equipment cannot be sold, and the fair market value of the property is, in the opinion of the school, two thousand five hundred dollars or less, the item may be donated. The property may be donated to an eligible nonprofit organization that is located in this state and is exempt from federal income taxation pursuant to 26 U.S.C. 501 (a) and (c)(3). Before donating any property under this division, the school is required to adopt a resolution expressing its intent to make unneeded, obsolete, or unfit-for-use school property available to these organizations;
(5) If the materials and equipment are not an acceptable donation and refused by an eligible nonprofit organization, the item may be disposed of in accordance with the school's disposal procedures.
(B) Disposal of obsolete loaned textbooks
(1) For chartered nonpublic schools which have received their auxiliary services funds directly from the state, obsolete textbooks are to be disposed of in the same manner as textbooks purchased with the school's own funds.
(2) If obsolete textbooks are sold, all proceeds from the sale are to be returned to the department of education.
(C) Disposal of materials or equipment that were purchased in accordance with division (A)(6) or (A)(7) of section 3317.062 of the Revised Code and that are no longer needed for school use, are obsolete, are unfit for the use for which they were acquired, or have been in the school's possession for more than four years are to be disposed of in accordance with division (H) of that section.
Last updated October 28, 2022 at 12:58 AM
History
- Effective: October 28, 2022
- Promulgated Under: 119.03
Chapter 3301-41 Certificate of High School Equivalence
Ohio Adm.Code 3301-41-01 Ohio certificate of high school equivalence.
(A) The following are definitions for the Ohio certificate of high school equivalence:
(1) "Certificate of high school equivalence" means the Ohio high school equivalence diploma signed by the superintendent of public instruction and the president of the state board of education, attesting to achievement of the equivalent of a high school education as measured by scores obtained on a high school equivalency test approved by the department of education pursuant to division (B) of section 3301.80 of the Revised Code. "Certificate of high school equivalence" also includes certificates outlined in division (C) of section 3301.80 of the Revised Code.
(2) "Equivalent of a high school education" means achieving a minimum standard score obtained on a high school equivalency test approved by the department pursuant to paragraph (B) of this rule.
(3) "Minimum standard score" means a score set by the high school equivalency exam and approved by the Ohio department of education. The minimum standard score will be approved by the testing company. The minimum standard score will be listed on the Ohio department of education's website (education.ohio.gov).
(4) "High school equivalency test" means a nationally recognized test approved by the department. The approved tests will be determined by the Ohio department of education and published on the Ohio department of education's website.
(B) The minimum standard scores and nationally recognized high school equivalency tests, as described in this rule, and other information concerning the high school equivalency program will be available through the Ohio department of education's website (education.ohio.gov).
Last updated May 23, 2023 at 11:15 AM
History
- Effective: February 16, 2017
- Promulgated Under: 119.03
Chapter 3301-42 Adult Public Secondary Education Programs
Ohio Adm.Code 3301-42-01 Criteria for enrolling eligible adults in public secondary education programs.
(A) Definitions.
(1) "Board of education" is a board of a school district as defined by section 3311.01 of the Revised Code and refers to city, local, exempted village, and joint vocational school districts.
(2) "Certificate of high school equivalence" means a certificate awarded by the Department of Education pursuant to section 3301.80 of the Revised Code.
(3) "High school diploma" means a diploma issued by the board of education of a city, exempted village, or local school district high school in accordance with section 3313.61 of the Revised Code.
(4) "May" means the board of education has discretion to admit applicants as set forth in this rule.
(B) Restrictions or limitations on eligibility. For participation in vocational education programs for the purposes set forth in division (A) or (B) of section 3313.645 of the Revised Code, residents may be admitted to classes or programs under, but not necessarily limited to, the following conditions:
(1) If admitted under division (B) of section 3313.645 of the Revised Code, the residents have not been granted a high school diploma.
(2) The class or program is currently operating.
(3) If admitted under division (B) of section 3313.645 of the Revised Code, the superintendent of the district through which the class or program is administered has the authority to admit.
(4) That residents are enrolled in appropriate educational experiences intended to lead to:
(a) High school graduation;
(b) The completion of a certificate of high school equivalence;
(c) Employment; or
(d) Classes or programs related to division (B) of section 3313.645 of the Revised Code.
(C) Authority of a board of education. A board of education electing to admit individuals as provided by this rule shall establish policies and procedures regarding admission into classes or programs authorized in this rule consistent with other rules adopted by the state board of education. In developing such policies and procedures, a board of education may consider factors including, but not necessarily limited to:
(1) Availability of space in the classes or programs;
(2) The extent to which classes or programs may need to be modified to accommodate applicants;
(3) Financial impact;
(4) Rules of conduct for admission into, and retention in, classes or programs;
(5) A selection process to determine class or program placement when eligible applicants exceed available space; and
(6) A process for appealing decisions related to admission or retention in a class or program to the board of education.
(D) Residents age twenty-two or older admitted to vocational programs pursuant to section 3313.645 of the Revised Code are to be educated separately, either in separate buildings or separate rooms, from the pre-K through twelfth grade population. For residents admitted under division (A) of section 3313.645 of the Revised Code, the board of education must meet the requirements contained in rule 3301-51-09 of the Administrative Code, unless a waiver is obtained under that rule.
Last updated December 30, 2021 at 8:41 PM
History
- Effective: December 30, 2021
- Promulgated Under: 119.03
Ohio Adm.Code 3301-51-09
(A) Least restrictive environment (LRE)
Each educational agency will ensure that to the maximum extent appropriate, children with disabilities, including children in public or nonpublic institutions or other care facilities, are educated with children who are non disabled.
(B) Least restrictive environment
General
(1) Except as provided in rule 3301-51-07 of the Administrative Code regarding children with disabilities in adult prisons, each school district will adopt and implement written policies and procedures approved by the department of education and workforce, to ensure that the school district meets the least restrictive environment provisions of this rule.
(2) Each educational agency will ensure that:
(a) To the maximum extent appropriate, children with disabilities, including children in public or nonpublic institutions or other care facilities, are educated with children who are non disabled; and
(b) Special classes, separate schooling, or other removal of children with disabilities from the regular educational environment occurs only if the nature or severity of the disability is such that education in regular classes with the use of supplementary aids and services cannot be achieved satisfactorily.
(C) Continuum of alternative placements
(1) Each educational agency will ensure that a continuum of alternative placements is available to meet the needs of children with disabilities for special education and related services.
(2) The continuum specified in paragraph (C)(1) of this rule will:
(a) Include the alternative placements listed in the definition of special education under rule 3301-51-01 of the Administrative Code (instruction in regular classes, special classes, special schools, home instruction, and instruction in hospitals and institutions); and
(b) Make provision for supplementary services (such as resource room or itinerant instruction) to be provided in conjunction with regular class placement.
(D) Placements
In determining the educational placement of a child with a disability, including a preschool child with a disability, each educational agency will ensure that:
(1) The placement decision:
(a) Is made by a group of persons, including the parents and other persons knowledgeable about the child, the meaning of the evaluation data, and the placement options; and
(b) Is made in conformity with the least restrictive environment provisions in paragraphs (B) to (E) of this rule.
(2) The child's placement:
(a) Is determined at least annually;
(b) Is based on the child's individualized education program (IEP); and
(c) Is as close as possible to the child's home;
(3) Unless the IEP of a child with a disability necessitates some other arrangement, the child is educated in the school that the child would attend if non disabled;
(4) In selecting the least restrictive environment, consideration is given to any potential harmful effect on the child or on the quality of services that the child needs; and
(5) A child with a disability is not removed from education in age-appropriate regular classrooms solely because of needed modifications in the general education curriculum.
(E) Nonacademic settings
In providing or arranging for the provision of nonacademic and extracurricular services and activities, including meals, recess periods, and the services and activities set forth in rule 3301-51-02 of the Administrative Code, each educational agency will ensure that each child with a disability participates with non disabled children in the extracurricular services and activities to the maximum extent appropriate to the needs of that child. The educational agency will ensure that each child with a disability has the supplementary aids and services determined by the child's IEP team to be appropriate and necessary for the child to participate in nonacademic settings.
(F) Length of school day and school year
Each child with a disability will be ensured:
(1) A school day consistent with rule 3301-35-06 of the Administrative Code and consistent in length to that provided to a child without disabilities, with special education and related services being provided during the regular school day unless otherwise indicated on the IEP; and
(2) A school year consistent with rule 3301-35-06 of the Administrative Code and consistent in length to that provided to a child without disabilities with special education and related services being implemented at the beginning of each school year.
(G) Role of preschool and school-age service providers
(1) The educational agency will assign early childhood, and school-age intervention specialists, and/or related service providers to meet the unique educational needs of each child with a disability. The school-age service provider may provide indirect or direct services in one or any combination of instructional groupings, including large group, small group, individual instruction, or parent and teacher training and consultation.
(2) The educational agency will ensure early childhood and school-age intervention specialists, and/or related service providers:
(a) Serve children with disabilities to assure a free appropriate public education and may serve children without disabilities where needs for services are identified;
(b) Support regular education teachers in serving and/or consulting about children with and without disabilities so that the regular education personnel, in partnership with the special education service providers and related service personnel, can implement a child's individualized education program in the least restrictive environment;
(c) Assist in organizing and facilitating supplemental supports provided within the regular classroom;
(d) Design parent involvement activities; and
(e) Implement educational interventions and specially designed instruction which means adapting, as appropriate, to the needs of the eligible child, the content, methodology, or delivery of instruction:
(i) To address the unique needs of the child that result from the child's disability; and
(ii) To ensure access to the general curriculum so that the child can meet the educational standards adopted by the state board of education that apply to all children.
(3) The educational agency will ensure services of paraprofessionals and related service assistants are supervised in accordance with Ohio law.
(H) Personnel qualifications and personnel development
(1) General
The educational agency will ensure that all personnel necessary to carry out the purposes of Part B of the Individuals with Disabilities Education Act, as amended by the Individuals with Disabilities Education Improvement Act of 2004, December 2004 (IDEA) will be employed and will be appropriately and adequately prepared and trained, including that those personnel have the content knowledge and skills to serve children with disabilities. Personnel will have appropriate certification or licensure as defined by Chapter 3301-24 of the Administrative Code.
(2) Related services personnel and paraprofessionals
The qualifications under paragraph (H)(1) of this rule will include qualifications for related services personnel and paraprofessionals that:
(a) Are consistent with state-approved or state-recognized certification, licensing, registration, or other comparable provisions that apply to the professional discipline in which those personnel are providing special education or related services; and
(b) Ensure that related services personnel who deliver services in their discipline or profession:
(i) Meet the provisions of paragraph (H)(2)(a) of this rule; and
(ii) Have not had certification or licensure obligations waived on an emergency, temporary, or provisional basis; and
(iii) Allow paraprofessionals and assistants who are appropriately trained and supervised, in accordance with state law, regulation, or written policy, in meeting the provisions of this rule, to be used to assist in the provision of special education and related services under this rule to children with disabilities.
(a) Paraprofessionals providing services to children with disabilities will hold an educational aide permit or associate license and meets the provisions under paragraph (I) of rule 3301-24-05 of the Administrative Code. Any educational agency that employs a paraprofessional will have written policies and procedures outlining:
(i) Criteria for staff selection;
(ii) A planned sequence of continuing education and annual training opportunities to enable the paraprofessional to continue to develop the knowledge and skills that are specific to the students with whom the paraprofessional works, including following lesson plans, implementing follow-up instructional procedures and activities, supporting effective classroom organization and behavior management, and working effectively with teachers and as part of an instructional team;
(iii) A process for direct continuing supervision by one or more licensed teachers or service providers and evaluation of the services of such personnel; and
(iv) A job description of the role and function of a paraprofessional.
(b) Personnel serving as school psychology interns will hold a temporary pupil service license as specified by paragraph (A)(5) of rule 3301-23-44 of the Administrative Code and will be enrolled in school psychologist preparation programs while completing the program internship.
(c) Ensure that personnel serving as physical therapists are licensed pursuant to Chapter 4755. of the Revised Code to practice physical therapy; physical therapist assistants are licensed pursuant to Chapter 4755. of the Revised Code to assist in the provision of physical therapy services under the supervision of a licensed physical therapist; and physical therapists and physical therapist assistants practice in accordance with sections 4755.40 to 4755.56 of the Revised Code and Chapters 4755-21 to 4755-29 of the Administrative Code.
(d) Ensure that personnel serving as occupational therapists are licensed pursuant to Chapter 4755. of the Revised Code to practice occupational therapy; occupational therapy assistants are licensed pursuant to Chapter 4755. of the Revised Code to assist in the provision of occupational therapy services under the supervision of a licensed occupational therapist; and occupational therapists and occupational therapy assistants practice in accordance with sections 4755.04 to 4755.13 of the Revised Code and Chapters 4755-1 to 4755-9 of the Administrative Code.
(3) Qualifications for special education teachers
The qualifications described in paragraph (H)(1) of this rule will ensure that each person employed as a public school special education teacher in the state who teaches in an elementary school, middle school, or secondary school has obtained full state certification as a special education teacher and include qualifications for special education teachers that:
(a) Are consistent with state-approved or state-recognized certification, licensing, registration, or other comparable provisions that apply to the professional discipline in which those personnel are providing special education or related services; and
(b) Ensure that licensed special education teachers who deliver services in their discipline or profession:
(i) Meet the provisions of paragraph (H)(3)(a) of this rule; and
(ii) Have not had certification or licensure provisions waived on an emergency, temporary, or provisional basis.
(4) Qualifications for supervisory personnel
Personnel with supervisory responsibilities for the delivery of special education services will hold a valid administrator license and be appropriately licensed as specified by rule 3301-24-05 of the Administrative Code and in compliance with each educational agency's approved board policies.
"Supervisory and coordinator services" includes, but is not limited to, providing information and explanation to all personnel who provide special education and related services to students with disabilities regarding state and federal laws, educating staff on recommended practices, and other topics essential for the delivery of services to children with disabilities; helping educational agency personnel evaluate the effectiveness of special education and related services; and providing in-service education to parents and personnel involved in educating children with disabilities.
(5) Policy
(a) Educational agencies in the state will take measurable steps to recruit, hire, train, and retain proper state certification to provide special education and related services under this rule to children with disabilities.
(b) Personnel will be provided professional development that aligns with educational agency goals and objectives and meets the changing needs of children as provided by rule 3301-35-05 of the Administrative Code.
(6) Rule of construction
Notwithstanding any other individual right of action that a parent or child may maintain under this rule, nothing in this rule will be construed to create a right of action on behalf of an individual child or a class of children for the failure of a particular department of education and workforce or educational agency employee to be properly certified, or to prevent a parent from filing a complaint about staff qualifications with the department of education and workforce as provided for under this rule.
(7) Transition services
Transition services will be coordinated and provided by individuals who have the competencies, experiences, and training to meet the child's transition service needs.
(a) Individuals who coordinate transition services will either:
(i) Obtain the transition to work endorsement as defined in rule 3301-24-05 of the Administrative Code; or
(ii) Possess the skills and knowledge as defined in rule 3301-51-01 of the Administrative Code.
(b) Individuals who provide transition services as defined in rule 3301-51-01 of the Administrative Code will possess the appropriate credential, skills, or knowledge necessary to carry out the transition services designated within the child's individualized education program.
(I) Service provider workload determination for delivery of services
Educational agencies providing special education and related services to children with disabilities will ensure that the educational agency and all service providers implement the individualized education programs for each child with a disability in the classrooms, including resource rooms, in which they provide service during regular school hours based upon all of the factors set forth in this rule. For additional preschool service provider workload determination see rule 3301-51-11 of the Administrative Code.
(1) Workload for an individual service provider will be determined by the following process, which incorporates the following components:
(a) All areas of service provided to children with and without disabilities, including, but not limited to school duties, staff meetings, professional development, supervisions, travel/transitions, screening, assessment, evaluation, progress documentation and reporting, secondary transition service planning, conferencing/consultation collaborative planning, documentation for individual students, and third party billing obligations.
(b) Services for children with disabilities will be based on the unique needs of the individual child and will take into consideration the severity of each child's need, and the level and frequency of services necessary to provide a free and appropriate public education.
(c) Time needed for planning in accordance with rule 3301-35-05 of the Administrative Code including statutory and/or contractual agreements applicable to the educational agency.
(2) School-age service providers serving grades kindergarten through age twenty-one will provide specially designed instruction in accordance with the following provisions limiting the number of students per licensed professional, as set forth in paragraphs (I)(2)(a) to (I)(2)(h) of this rule.
(a) An intervention specialist will serve no more than sixteen children at the elementary, middle, or junior high school levels, or no more than twenty-four children at the high school level with intellectual disabilities.
(i) No more than twelve children at the elementary, middle, or junior high school levels, or no more than sixteen children at the senior high school level will be served during any one instruction period.
(ii) The age range will not exceed sixty months within any one instructional period.
(b) An intervention specialist will serve no more than sixteen children at the elementary, middle, or junior high school levels, or no more than twenty-four children at the high school level with specific learning disabilities.
(i) No more than twelve children will be served during any one instructional period.
(ii) The age range will not exceed sixty months within any one instructional period.
(c) An intervention specialist will serve no more than ten children with hearing impairments, visual impairments, orthopedic impairments, and/or other health impairments.
(i) No more than eight children will be served during any one instructional period.
(ii) The age range will not exceed forty-eight months within any one instructional period.
(d) An intervention specialist will serve no more than twelve children with emotional disturbances.
(i) No more than ten children will be served during any one instructional period.
(ii) The age range will not exceed forty-eight months within any one instructional period.
(iii) There should be a plan on file and in operation in the educational agency to provide appropriate classroom management and crisis intervention support.
(iv) In the absence of a plan, the educational agency will employ at least one full-time paraprofessional in each special class for these children.
(e) An intervention specialist will serve no more than eight children with multiple disabilities.
(i) No more than eight children will be served during any one instructional period.
(ii) The age range will not exceed sixty months within any one instructional period.
(iii) There will be at least one full-time paraprofessional in each special class for children with multiple disabilities.
(f) An intervention specialist will serve no more than six children with autism, deaf-blindness and/or traumatic brain injury.
(i) The age range will not exceed sixty months within any one instructional period; and
(ii) There will be at least one full-time paraprofessional in each special class for these children.
(g) An intervention specialist may serve multiple categories of children with disabilities for which the person is properly certified. The ratio for this service will be determined in accordance with paragraph (I)(1) of this rule and will not exceed sixteen children at the elementary, middle, or junior high school levels, or no more than twenty-four at the high school level.
(i) No more than sixteen children at the elementary, middle, or junior high school levels, or no more than twenty-four children at the high school level will be served during any one instructional period.
(ii) The age range will not exceed sixty months within any one instructional period.
(iii) Indirect and direct services will be provided in accordance with each child's individualized education program.
(h) An adapted physical education specialist will serve no more than one hundred children with disabilities.
(3) Related service providers for preschool and school-age children with disabilities will provide specially designed instruction in accordance with the following provisions limiting the number of students per licensed professional:
(a) An audiologist will provide services to no more than one hundred school-age children with disabilities or no more than seventy-five preschool children with disabilities.
(b) An occupational therapist will provide services to no more than fifty school-age children with disabilities or no more than forty preschool children with disabilities. An occupational therapy assistant who provides occupational therapy techniques will do so under the general supervision of an occupational therapist as provided under rules 4755-7-01 and 4755-7-03 of the Administrative Code.
(c) An orientation and mobility instructor will provide services to no more than fifty school-age children with disabilities or no more than forty preschool children with disabilities.
(d) A physical therapist will provide services to no more than fifty school-age children with disabilities or no more than forty preschool children with disabilities. A physical therapist assistant who assists in the provision of physical therapy services will do so under the supervision of a physical therapist as provided under Chapter 4755-27 of the Administrative Code.
(e) A speech and language pathologist will provide services to no more than:
(i) Eighty school-age children with disabilities, or
(ii) No more than fifty school-age children with multiple disabilities, hearing impairments, autism, orthopedic impairments or other health impairments, or
(iii) No more than fifty preschool children with disabilities, or
(iv) A combination of preschool and school-age children with disabilities or children with multiple disabilities, hearing impairment, autism, orthopedic impairments, or other health impairments proportionate to the ratios set forth in paragraphs (I)(3)(f)(i) to (I)(3)(f)(iii) of this rule.
Each school district will provide speech and language pathology services as specified by division (F) of section 3317.15 of the Revised Code.
(f) A school psychologist will provide services to no more than:
(i) One hundred twenty-five school-age children with disabilities, or
(ii) Seventy-five preschool children with disabilities, or
(iii) A combination of preschool and school-age children with disabilities proportionate with the ratios set forth in paragraphs (I)(3)(f)(i) and (I)(3)(f)(ii) of this rule.
Psychological services are defined in rule 3301-51-01 of the Administrative Code. Each school district will provide school psychological services as specified by division (F) of section 3317.15 of the Revised Code.
(4) Transition services will be:
(a) Coordinated by personnel who possess the credential or skills and knowledge as defined in this rule;
(i) Personnel coordinating transition services will provide services to no more than seventy-five children with disabilities age fourteen through twenty-one, inclusive, or younger if determined appropriate by the individualized education program team; and
(ii) Personnel coordinating transition services will provide services to no more than twenty intervention specialists who are providing services to students with disabilities age fourteen through twenty-one, inclusive, or younger as determined appropriate by the individualized education program team.
(b) Provided per division (O) of section 3323.01 of the Revised Code by individuals who possess the credential or skills and knowledge as defined in this rule.
(c) Personnel coordinating and providing transition services while serving in the capacity of a school age or related service provider will operate in accordance with the workload determination for delivery of service as defined in this rule and provisions limiting the number of students per licensed professional as described in this rule.
(5) Supervisory services
A supervisor, as provided in this rule, will:
(a) Provide services, to no more than twenty intervention specialists who are providing services to children with disabilities; or
(b) Provide services to no more than twenty speech and language pathologists; or
(c) Provide services to no more than twenty school psychologists.
(d) Supervise an occupational therapy assistant under rule 4755-7-01 of the Administrative Code.
(e) Supervise a physical therapist assistant under Chapter 4755-27 of the Administrative Code.
(J) Housing, facilities, materials, and equipment and supplies for preschool and school-age programs
(1) Children and service providers will have a service area that will accommodate the special needs of the children in attendance and be of sufficient capacity to accommodate the use and storage of special equipment and teaching materials. Service areas used for special education classrooms will be equivalent to those used for general education classrooms.
(2) Each service provider will have access to an office or room space suitable for private consultation or intervention; access to a telephone in an area where scheduling, parent contacts, and confidential conversations regarding children can be completed; and adequate office equipment including a locking file cabinet with a key and supplies.
(3) Service areas will be equipped with the appropriate materials, equipment, and facilities necessary to identify children with disabilities and to implement the child's individualized education program and meet the educational, physical, developmental, and learning needs of children within the area.
(4) The service areas for intervention specialists will be located in the section of the building that houses children without disabilities of comparable age.
(5) The service areas will provide a work environment that supports service providers and is conducive to children's learning consistent with rule 3301-35-05 of the Administrative Code. Instructional materials, equipment, and technology will be provided to support each child's progress toward meeting educational objectives.
(6) Evaluation and instructional materials and equipment will be provided to enable the child with a disability to progress in the general curriculum or in the case of preschool, developmentally appropriate activities, and meet both individualized education program and performance objectives.
(7) Children with disabilities will have the same access to textbooks, educational materials, and computer technology that is provided to children without disabilities.
(8) Additional materials and/or technology will be provided to allow children with disabilities access to the materials used in the general curriculum.
(9) Equipment that is utilized for children with disabilities will be adequately maintained and promptly repaired.
(K) Waiver
(1) If an educational agency exceeds the workload provisions in paragraph (I) of this rule an educational agency will file a waiver request with the department of education and workforce. An educational agency may be granted a waiver for individual service provider limits or for age-range per instructional period as referenced by this rule.
(2) Requests will be submitted in writing to the department of education and workforce. The written request will include, but not be limited to, the following:
(a) Identification of the specific rule for which a waiver is being requested;
(b) Specific period of time for which the waiver is requested; and
(c) Rationale for the request.
(L) Mandatory medication
(1) General
School district personnel are not authorized to direct parents to obtain a prescription for substances identified under schedules I, II, III, IV, or V in Section 202(c) of the Controlled Substances Act as amended and specified in the Anabolic Steroids Control Act of 1990, November 1990, 21 U.S.C. 812(c) for a child as a condition of attending school, receiving an evaluation under rule 3301-51-06 of the Administrative Code, or receiving services under this rule.
(2) Rule of construction
Nothing in paragraph (L)(1) of this rule will be construed to prevent teachers and other school personnel consulting or sharing classroom-based observations with parents or guardians regarding a child's academic and functional performance, or behavior in the classroom or school, or regarding the need for evaluation for special education or related services under rules 3301-51-03 and 3301-51-06 of the Administrative Code.
Last updated July 1, 2025 at 8:29 AM
History
- Effective: July 1, 2025
- Promulgated Under: 119.03
Chapter 3301-43 High School Continuation Programs
Ohio Adm.Code 3301-43-01 Definitions.
(A) As used in this chapter, "high school continuation program" means an organized instructional program established under section 3313.531 of the Revised Code for persons sixteen years of age or older who are not otherwise enrolled in a high school for which the department of education and workforce sets standards. Such programs consist of, and are limited to, those courses provided by a public high school for which credit may be granted toward the issuance of a high school diploma, pursuant to section 3313.61 of the Revised Code.
(B) As used in this chapter, "equivalent adult high school credits" means credits that are equivalent to high school credit for academic and career-technical education courses. Such credits shall be granted only to adult applicants who meet the eligibility criteria provided in paragraph (B) of rule 3301-43-03 of the Administrative Code. Equivalent adult high school credits, granted in accordance with the provisions of rule 3301-43-04 of the Administrative Code, shall be counted toward those required for the diploma of adult education, as defined in paragraph (C) of this rule. Such credits shall not be counted toward those required for a certificate or diploma issued pursuant to section 3313.61 of the Revised Code.
(C) As used in this chapter, "diploma of adult education" means a diploma awarded by a district board of education pursuant to section 3313.611 of the Revised Code. Eligible adult applicants shall be awarded such a diploma in recognition of having earned equivalent adult high school credits as provided by rule 3301-43-04 of the Administrative Code and, beginning July 1, 1993, having met the standards established for the ninth-grade proficiency test, or the Ohio graduation tests in accordance with the transition schedule established by section 3301.0712 of the Revised Code, unless the individual is exempted from taking the test because of a disability in accordance with rule 3301-13-03 of the Administrative Code. In addition, applicants for the diploma of adult education will have earned credits from a chartered public or nonpublic school and/or credits from a high school continuation program.
Last updated July 1, 2025 at 8:57 AM
History
- Effective: July 1, 2025
- Promulgated Under: 119.03
Ohio Adm.Code 3301-43-03
(A) To be eligible for enrollment in the high school continuation program, as defined in paragraph (A) of rule 3301-43-01 of the Administrative Code, and pursuant to section 3313.531 of the Revised Code, an individual shall meet the following criteria:
(1) Is sixteen years of age or older, who has not received a certificate or diploma pursuant to section 3313.61 or 3313.611 of the Revised Code, and who is not otherwise enrolled in a high school for which the department of education and workforce sets standards pursuant to section 3301.07 of the Revised Code; or,
(2) Is a student who has not received a certificate or diploma pursuant to section 3313.61 or 3313.611 of the Revised Code, who is at least eighteen years old, and who is being readmitted to school following expulsion or commitment to the department of youth services as authorized by the superintendent of the school district.
(B) To be eligible for an equivalent adult high school credit as defined in paragraph (B) of rule 3301-43-01 of the Administrative Code and section 3313.611 of the Revised Code, an applicant shall meet the following criteria:
(1) Is at least twenty-two years of age;
(2) Is a resident of the district; and
(3) Has not been issued a certificate or diploma as provided in section 3313.61 of the Revised Code.
Last updated July 1, 2025 at 8:58 AM
History
- Effective: July 1, 2025
- Promulgated Under: 119.03
Ohio Adm.Code 3301-43-04
(A) The district board of education that operates a high school continuation program shall grant credit to a student who successfully completes one of the following:
(1) One half high school credit shall be granted for a minimum of sixty clock hours of instruction;
(2) One high school credit shall be granted for a minimum of one hundred twenty clock hours of instruction; or
(3) An appropriate unit of high school credit shall be granted for an educational option approved by the district superintendent in accordance with board of education policy, with the provisions of paragraph (B)(8) of rule 3301-35-01 of the Administrative Code, and with provisions of paragraph (C) of rule 3301-35-06 of the Administrative Code.
(B) In accordance with procedures established pursuant to the provisions of paragraph (C) of this rule, the board of education of a city, exempted village, or local school district may award equivalent adult high school credit for successful completion of the following:
(1) Any educational option that is provided by the district in accordance with the provisions of rule 3301-35-01 of the Administrative Code and rule 3301-35-06 of the Administrative Code; or
(2) Any portfolio including a compilation and documentation of life experiences which, upon evaluation by appropriately certificated staff, demonstrates the applicant's mastery of competencies that the district board of education has approved as equivalent to those attained in a classroom setting. Such experiences may include one or more of the following:
(a) Work experience;
(b) Experience as a volunteer;
(c) Completion of an academic, career-technical, or self improvement course offered by a chartered public or nonpublic school or by any organization, institution, or educational institution other than a chartered public or nonpublic school; and
(d) Other life experiences considered by the district board of education to provide knowledge, learning experiences, and competencies comparable to those attained in a classroom setting.
(C) Prior to evaluating educational and/or life experiences pursuant to paragraph (B) of this rule, the district board of education shall establish procedures for awarding equivalent adult high school credits. Such procedures shall include, but not be limited to, the following:
(1) Staff who hold certificates appropriate for the subject in which equivalent credit is granted shall provide instruction and/or evaluate applicant performance in tutorial and independent study programs;
(2) Staff who hold certificates appropriate for the subject in which credit is granted shall evaluate applicant performance in correspondence courses, educational travel, mentor programs, and portfolio development;
(3) Each applicant's learning experiences and competencies shall be evaluated in terms of their equivalence to those experiences and competencies attained through the regular classroom instruction. Such an evaluation shall be based on a review of the following components of the regular classroom program:
(a) Subject objectives;
(b) Instructional activities, materials, and environment; and
(c) Criteria and methods of assessing student performance;
(4) Equivalent adult high school credits awarded pursuant to this rule by any chartered public or nonpublic Ohio high school shall be counted toward the credits an applicant needs for earning the diploma of adult education; and
(5) Equivalent adult high school credits awarded pursuant to this rule shall not be counted toward the credits needed for earning a certificate or diploma issued pursuant to section 3313.61 of the Revised Code.
(D) No more than six equivalent adult high school credits shall be applied toward the credits required for earning the diploma of adult education issued pursuant to section 3313.611 of the Revised Code.
Last updated July 1, 2025 at 8:58 AM
History
- Effective: July 1, 2025
- Promulgated Under: 119.03
Ohio Adm.Code 3301-13-03
(A) Each participating school will adopt a policy and establish procedures regarding the participation of students with disabilities in the state tests. Such policy and procedures will be consistent with this rule.
(B) Each excusal made in accordance with this rule, and the reason for the excusal, will be made in a student with a disability's IEP , or documented in writing for a section 504 student. The reasons for the excusal will include a statement of why the child cannot participate in the general education test and why the alternate assessment method is appropriate for the student.
(C) Any student excused from taking a state test pursuant to this rule who nevertheless takes and meets at least the proficient level of performance on said test may be credited on the student's transcript with meeting the minimum performance standard on the test if each accommodation provided meets the criteria provided in this rule.
(D) A student's IEP team of a participating school, in accordance with Chapter 3301-51 of the Administrative Code, will include in the IEP of each student with a disability , or a participating school will document in writing for any section 504 student , what specific accommodation(s), if any, will be provided when a student takes any state test . Any student with a disability who is obligated to take a state test may be provided any accommodation that meets the following criteria:
(1) The accommodation is specified in the student's IEP or section 504 plan and is provided for classroom and district tests;
(2) The accommodation does not change the content or structure of a test;
(3) The accommodation does not change what type of knowledge or skill that a test is intended to measure; and
(4) The accommodation does not change or enhance a student's response as to what type of knowledge or skill is intended to be assessed, but it facilitates how the response is provided or accessed.
(E) Any student with a disability who is excused from taking a state test in accordance with section 3301.0711 of the Revised Code and this rule, and who instead takes an alternate assessment, may be provided accommodations that either meet or do not meet the criteria in this rule, unless specifically provided by the department, depending upon the individual needs of a student as determined by the student's IEP team.
(F) Any student with a disability who otherwise has completed an IEP program but has not received a diploma due to not having passed any state test may take any test prescribed for high school graduation anytime it is administered in any district as set forth in section 3313.611 of the Revised Code.
Last updated May 14, 2024 at 8:38 AM
History
- Effective: May 12, 2024
- Promulgated Under: 119.03
Ohio Adm.Code 3301-43-02 Establishment of high school continuation programs.
(A) High school continuation programs may be established and operated by a district board of education or jointly by two or more such boards of education, provided that the following conditions are met:
(1) The district board of education has adopted a resolution establishing a high school continuation program. The board may specify the time and place where such courses are available, the contribution and expenditure of funds, the use of buildings and equipment, and such other matters as the board desires to include.
(2) In the case of jointly operated programs, each participating board of education shall adopt a resolution. Each such resolution, adopted by two or more boards establishing a jointly operated program, shall designate one of the participating boards to be responsible for administering the program and for receiving and disbursing funds for the benefit of all participating boards of education.
(3) A copy of each resolution establishing a high school continuation program shall be filed with the office of career-technical education, department of education and workforrce, at least fifteen days prior to the beginning of the term or semester in which the program is to become operational. Such resolutions are to be accompanied by any additional information requested by said office.
(4) By the first day of September of each program year, participating districts shall file the list of assurances required by the department of education and workforce with the office of career-technical education, department of education and workforce.
(B) The board of education of each city, exempted village, and local school district shall grant equivalent adult high school credits to eligible adults who reside in the district. Each district board of education shall establish procedures for granting equivalent adult high school credits, in accordance with rule 3301-43-03 of the Administrative Code.
(C) Each board of education of a city, exempted village, and local school district shall grant a diploma of adult education to any applicant who meets the criteria established in accordance with rule 3301-43-05 of the Administrative Code.
(D) An applicant for the diploma of adult education will be required to have attained sufficient high school credits, including equivalent adult credits earned pursuant to rule 3301-43-04 of the Administrative Code, to qualify as having successfully completed the curriculum established by the district for graduation.
(E) Within thirty days of adopting procedures for awarding equivalent adult credits and at least annually thereafter, the district board of education shall announce to the general public the availability of the diploma of adult education and shall notify the office of career-technical education, department of education and workforce. Such announcements may include the eligibility requirements and the application procedures necessary for earning equivalent adult high school credits.
Last updated July 1, 2025 at 8:57 AM
History
- Effective: July 1, 2025
- Promulgated Under: 119.03
Ohio Adm.Code 3301-43-05
(A) Applicants who complete the high school curriculum requirements through participation in an approved high school continuation program shall earn a high school diploma pursuant to section 3313.61 of the Revised Code from the district in which the final credit was earned.
(B) Any diploma or certificate issued pursuant to section 3313.61 of the Revised Code to an individual who has earned credits from a chartered public or nonpublic high school and credits from an approved high school continuation program shall adhere to the requirements prescribed by section 3313.61 of the Revised Code.
(C) Any eligible adult shall be awarded the diploma of adult education if all of the following criteria are met:
(1) Is at least twenty-two years old and currently resides in the district;
(2) Has earned at least one-half, but not more than six, equivalent adult high school credits;
(3) Has earned sufficient high school credits as required by the district for completion of the curriculum including equivalent adult high school credits earned in accordance with paragraph (B) of rule 3301-43-04 of the Administrative Code, as well as credits earned while enrolled in a chartered public or nonpublic high school and/or credits earned while enrolled in a high school continuation program; and
(4) Has satisfied all applicable requirements of section 3301.0710 of the Revised Code.
(D) If a district board of education determines that an applicant is not eligible for the diploma of adult education, the board shall inform the applicant of the reason. The district board of education shall provide a list of additional courses and/or any additional criteria which are required for the diploma of adult education.
(E) Any applicant, who is determined not to be eligible for a diploma of adult education, may submit new and/or additional documentation for consideration at any time.
Last updated February 11, 2025 at 8:42 AM
History
- Effective: April 22, 2021
- Promulgated Under: 119.03
Ohio Adm.Code 3301-35-01
(A) The purpose for adopting the rules in this chapter, which comprise the operating standards for Ohio school districts and elementary and secondary schools, is to assure that all students are provided a general education of high quality. The rules in this chapter establish specific expectations for school districts and schools, as those terms are defined in paragraph (B) of this rule, to use in creating the best learning conditions for meeting the personalized and individualized needs of each student and achieving state and local educational goals and objectives. The operating standards focus on the most critical expectations for school districts and schools in order to foster a regulatory system that focuses on improving outputs and student outcomes.
(B) The following terms are defined as they are used in this chapter:
(1) "Assessment" means the measuring of student achievement of performance goals and objectives.
(2) "Blended learning" has the same meaning as in section 3301.079 of the Revised Code. For purposes of that definition, "primarily" means over the course of the school year, a student works more than fifty per cent of the time from a supervised physical location away from home.
(3) "Board of education" means a board of education as described in Chapter 3313. of the Revised Code.
(4) "Classified staff" means nonteaching school personnel who are assigned to positions that do not require a certificate, license, permit or other credentialing document issued by the state board of education and that are listed in accordance with section 3317.12 of the Revised Code.
(5) "Competency-based learning model" means any system of academic instruction, assessment, grading, and reporting where students receive credit based on demonstrations and assessments of their learning rather than the amount of time they spend studying a subject. A competency-based learning model encourages accelerated learning among students who master academic materials quickly while providing additional instructional support time for students who need it.
(6) "Computer as instructor" means instruction provided by a computer with no instruction or assessment of mastery of content of any kind provided by a teacher, either in-person or from a remote location. A teacher monitoring a student in a computer as instructor course is not involved in developing, adapting or modifying lessons and/or clarifying subject content. A teacher monitoring a student(s) receiving instruction via this delivery method may assign the grade for the course provided the assignments and/or evaluations are scored by the computer program.
(7) "Credentialed staff" means faculty or staff who hold a certificate, license, permit or other document issued by the state board of education under section 3301.071 or Chapter 3319. of the Revised Code. Credentialed staff includes, but is not limited to, teachers, principals, superintendents, treasurers, school business managers, related service personnel, administrative specialists, educational aides, and pupil activity providers.
(8) "Credit flexibility" means the method by which students may meet curriculum requirements or earn units of high school credit by demonstrating subject area competency through the completion of traditional coursework, testing out or otherwise demonstrating mastery of course content through the pursuit of an approved educational option pursuant to the plan for credit flexibility adopted by the state board of education in accordance with section 3313.603 of the Revised Code, and is available on the department of education's website.
(9) "Digital learning" has the same meaning as in section 3301.079 of the Revised Code.
(10) "Digital learning tools" means computers, tablets, software, applications, or other technology necessary to access a school's program of digital learning.
(11) "Educational options" means learning experiences or activities that are designed to extend, enhance, supplement, or serve as an alternative to classroom instruction and meet the personalized and individualized needs of each student. Educational options are offered in accordance with the models adopted by the state board of education, local board of education policy, and parental approval.
(12) "Educational service personnel" means individuals who hold appropriate qualifications and who possess the knowledge, skills and expertise to support the educational, instructional, health, mental health and college and career readiness needs for all students.
(a) Educational service personnel that support educational, instructional and college and career readiness programs include, but are not limited to: fine arts, music, and physical education teachers; librarian or media specialists; school counselors; and reading intervention specialists;
(b) Educational service personnel that support the learning needs of the special needs student population include, but are not limited to: gifted intervention specialists, adapted physical education teachers, audiologists, interpreters, speech-language pathologists, physical and occupational therapists, and English-as-a-second-language specialist;
(c) Educational service personnel that support the health and mental health of the student population include, but are not limited to: school nurses, social workers, school psychologists, and school resource officers.
(13) "Evidence-based" has the same meaning as in division (21) of section 8101 of the Elementary and Secondary Education Act of 1965, as amended by the Every Student Succeeds Act, at 20 U.S.C. 7801.
(14) "Harmful to juveniles" has the same meaning as in section 2907.01 of the Revised Code.
(15) "Intervention" means alternative or supplemental instruction designed to help students meet performance objectives.
(16) "Obscene" has the same meaning as in division (F) of section 2907.01 of the Revised Code as that division has been construed by the supreme court of this state.
(17) "OEDS" means the Ohio educational directory system or a successor system.
(18) "Online learning" has the same meaning as in section 3301.079 of the Revised Code. For purposes of that definition, "primarily" means over the course of the school year, a student works more than fifty per cent of the time from their residence on assignments delivered via the internet or other computer-based instructional method.
(19) "Parent" means:
(a) A natural or adoptive parent of a child;
(b) A guardian; or
(c) An individual acting in the place of a natural or adoptive parent, including a grandparent, stepparent, or other relative, with whom the child lives, or an individual who is legally responsible for the child's welfare.
(20) "Policies" means general principles governing the operation of a school and are established and adopted by the district board of education.
(21) "Procedures" means detailed rules, regulations and courses of action, specified in writing, for carrying out school district and school policies.
(22) "School," with the exception of the term "school" as used in rule 3301-35-08 of the Administrative Code, means an environment organized for learning and chartered pursuant to this chapter and section 3301.16 of the Revised Code to provide a community of students with the opportunity to acquire skills and knowledge necessary to meet state and local performance objectives.
(23) "School district" means a local, exempted village, city or joint vocational school district as defined in Chapter 3311. of the Revised Code.
(24) "School year" has the same meaning as in section 3313.62 of the Revised Code.
(25) "Site evaluation" means an evaluation the department of education conducts of a school district or school to determine whether a school district or school meets the operating standards in this chapter.
(26) "Site visit" means an evaluation the department of education conducts of a chartered nonpublic school in accordance with Chapter 3301-39 of the Administrative Code.
(27) "Stakeholder" means those who directly affect or are affected by the educational success of a school district and school. Stakeholders may include, but are not limited to, colleges and universities, school district and school staff, employers, parents, students, and other individuals or groups in the community. For nonpublic schools, the governing authority of the school identifies "stakeholders."
(28) "State performance data" means the data reported to the department of education in accordance with section 3302.03 of the Revised Code that reflects the performance of the school district or school.
(29) "Teacher of record" means an educator who is responsible for a significant portion of a student's instruction within a subject or a course.
Last updated October 28, 2022 at 12:12 AM
History
- Effective: October 28, 2022
- Promulgated Under: 119.03
Ohio Adm.Code 3301-35-06
(A) Educational programs and experiences shall be designed and implemented to provide a general education of high quality for all students. Students shall be provided sufficient time and opportunity to achieve local school district performance requirements and objectives measured by required local and state achievement assessments. Instruction shall be focused on the personalized and individualized needs of each student and include intervention that is designed to meet student needs. Instruction shall:
(1) Be consistent with evidence-based practices;
(2) Be appropriate to student ages, developmental needs, learning styles, abilities, and English proficiency;
(3) Be designed to ease the transition of students from one educational environment to another; and
(4) Include phonics as a technique to teach reading in kindergarten through third grade in accordance with section 3301.07 of the Revised Code.
(B) Stakeholder partnerships
(1) The school district or chartered nonpublic school through its board of education or governing authority, superintendent, and staff shall work with key stakeholders, including, but not limited to, the following:
(a) Parents, in part through the adoption of a policy on parental involvement in the schools;
(b) Business advisory councils;
(c) Family and civic engagement teams;
(d) School-parent or school-business partnerships; and
(e) Other schools, social services, and organizations that impact educational programs for students.
(2) In addition to its regular budget process, the school district shall work with key stakeholders to review the school district's allocation of educational resources. This evaluation shall be conducted at least once every three years to ensure that the school district's resources are allocated in an effective and equitable manner. Allocation and expenditure of school district resources must be aligned with the school district's strategic plan and reflect best practices in financial management.
(C) Educational options
(1) All educational options shall require:
(a) An instructional and performance plan that is based on individual student needs and shall include:
(i) Instructional and performance objectives that align with the school district's or school's curriculum requirements;
(ii) An outline that specifies instructional activities, materials, and learning environments; and
(iii) A description of the criteria and methods for assessing student performance.
(b) Parental permission for students under age eighteen;
(c) Superintendent approval prior to student participation; and
(d) Involvement of a credentialed teacher in reviewing the instructional plan, which may include providing, supervising, or reviewing instruction or learning experiences, and the evaluation of student performance.
(2) Credit for approved educational options shall be assigned according to student performance relative to stated objectives of the approved instructional and performance plan and in accordance with local board policy and established procedures.
(3) Each school district shall communicate information and procedures related to credit flexibility and educational options available in the school district to students, parents and all interested stakeholders.
Last updated May 24, 2021 at 9:11 AM
History
- Effective: May 24, 2021
- Promulgated Under: 119.03
Ohio Adm.Code 3301-43-06 Administering Ohio graduation tests to eligible adults.
(A) Each city, exempted village, and local school district board of education shall make provisions to administer the Ohio graduation test, as appropriate, to any eligible adult who is scheduled to earn a diploma on or after July 1, 1993, pursuant to either section 3313.61 or 3313.611 of the Revised Code, unless such individuals are exempted because of a disability. Such tests shall be administered twice each year in accordance with the provisions of rule 3301-13-02 of the Administrative Code.
(B) Such tests shall be administered twice each year in accordance with the provisions of rule 3301-13-02 of the Administrative Code and in accordance with the requirements of section 3301.0710 of the Revised Code.
(C) The Ohio graduation test administration is limited to those individuals enrolled in a high school continuation program and/or to an eligible adult who has earned at least one-half equivalent adult high school credit.
(D) Although the Ohio graduation test shall be administered to eligible adults on the same days and in the same manner as prescribed for high school students, the district may administer the test to eligible adults in the evening hours.
(E) The Ohio graduation test shall be provided and administered at no cost to the eligible adult student. The department of education and workforce shall provide the test and the scoring. The school district shall administer the test.
(F) All test security provisions included in rule 3301-13-05 of the Administrative Code shall apply. The answer documents will be scored and the results reported in accordance with rule 3301-13-06 of the Administrative Code.
Last updated July 1, 2025 at 8:59 AM
History
- Effective: July 1, 2025
- Promulgated Under: 119.03
Ohio Adm.Code 3301-13-02
(A) Each participating school will administer the state tests to all students in the designated grade levels who are not specifically excused in accordance with the Ohio Revised Code or the Administrative Code as follows:
(1) Administer the third-grade English language arts test on any day of the test administration period designated by the director of education and workforce, in accordance with section 3301.0710 of the Revised Code as follows:
(a) The fall test administration period each school year is not to exceed five consecutive school days, including the make-up testing period; and
(b) The summer test administration period each school year is optional and is not to exceed five consecutive school days. Intervention is optional.
(2) Administer the following state tests once annually in the spring with the test administration period designated by the director of education and workforce in accordance with section 3301.0710 of the Revised Code, which is not to exceed fifteen consecutive school days, including the make-up testing period. The participating school may schedule the test in any order on any day of the test administration period for each of the following state tests:
(a) The third-grade tests in English language arts and mathematics;
(b) The fourth-grade tests in English language arts and mathematics;
(c) The fifth-grade tests in English language arts, mathematics and science;
(d) The sixth-grade tests in English language arts and mathematics;
(e) The seventh-grade tests in English language arts and mathematics;
(f) The eighth-grade tests in English language arts, mathematics and science.
(3) Administer the high school end-of-course examinations as follows:
(a) Administer the high school end-of-course examinations to students who first enrolled in grade nine on or after July 1, 2014 in any order on any day of the test administration period designated by the director of education and workforce as follows:
(i) The fall test administration period each school year is not to exceed fifteen consecutive school days, including make-up testing;
(ii) The spring test administration period each school year is not to exceed fifteen consecutive school days, including make-up testing;
(iii) The summer test administration period is optional and is not to exceed ten consecutive school days. Intervention is optional.
(b) Administer the high school end-of-course examinations in place of the Ohio graduation tests to students who entered ninth grade for the first time prior to July 1, 2014, in accordance with paragraph (A)(3)(a) of this rule. The Ohio graduation tests will not be administered after September 1, 2022.
(c) If the participating school is a dropout recovery community school as defined in section 3319.301 of the Revised Code, in addition to the annual testing windows established by the director of education and workforce under division (C) of section 3301.0710 of the Revised Code and paragraph (A)(3)(a) of this rule, administer the high school end-of-course examinations to students enrolled in the dropout recovery community school in any order on any day of the extended fall and spring test administration periods and summer test administration period established by the director of education and workforce in accordance with division (C) of section 3301.0727 of the Revised Code.
(4) Administer annually the alternate assessment at all grade levels and content areas to students with the most significant cognitive disabilities. The director of education and workforce will designate the test administration period for the administration of the alternate assessment.
(5) Administer within thirty days of enrollment the Ohio English language proficiency screener to potential English learners in grades kindergarten through twelve;
(6) Administer annually the Ohio English language proficiency assessment to English learners in grades kindergarten through twelve. The director of education and workforce will designate the test administration period for the administration of the Ohio English language proficiency assessment.
(7) Administer annually the alternate Ohio English language proficiency assessment to English learners with the most significant cognitive disabilities in grades kindergarten through twelve. The director of education and workforce will designate the test administration period for the administration of the alternate Ohio English language proficiency assessment.
(B) All students will take all state tests appropriate for their specified grade level during the designated test administration unless a student is excused from taking a test for one of the following reasons:
(1) A student scored at the proficient level on the English language arts test in grade three during the fall test administration period and a participating school has determined that is not mandatory for the student to take that test again during the spring administration. This does not, however, prevent a student from taking the grade three English language arts test in the spring if the student and/or parent requests the student to participate in the test;
(2) A student is properly authorized to take an alternate assessment pursuant to section 3301.0711 of the Revised Code and rule 3301-13-03 or 3301-13-09 of the Administrative Code;
(3) A student has a serious medical emergency caused by circumstances beyond the participating school's control pursuant to section 3301.0711 of the Revised Code;
(4) A student is enrolled in a subject-area accelerated program in a participating school and is taking a course in high school at an accelerated grade level.
Any student in grades three through eight who was retained in the same grade level from one school year to the next school year will take the state tests as specified in this rule for the grade level in which the student currently is enrolled, regardless of any score previously received by a student on any such test during a prior school year.
(C) Breach forms provided by the department may be administered at the sole discretion of the department in a limited number of situations. The following is a list of situations of test security violations or administration irregularities that warrant the use of a breach form:
(1) When a participating school receives test materials which are clearly flawed, damaged, or missing key information or content; or otherwise contain errors that prevent a valid administration of the tests in that participating school;
(2) When a disruptive or extraordinary event interrupts and prevents a valid administration of a test at a participating school;
(3) If a student or students at a participating school compromise the security of a test prior to or during the administration of a test and subsequently prevent a valid administration of a test at the participating school as a result of that security compromise;
(4) If any district employee or other individual compromises the security of a test prior to or during the administration of a test and subsequently prevents a valid administration of a test at the participating school as a result of that security compromise;
(5) Any other situation in which the use of a breach form is appropriate, as determined by the department on a case-by-case basis.
(D) Breach forms of the state tests for grades three through eight or high school end-of-course examinations may be administered to a single student or all students within a participating school within a grade level or to large subgroups of students within a grade level at a participating school.
(E) Test score results from the administration of a breach test form will be reported to the district and participating school at the individual, group and school level as deemed appropriate by the department.
(F) The procedure for using the breach form of a test is as follows:
(1) The school district or participating school will report orally, followed up by a written report, the test security violation or incident to the department within twenty-four hours of the occurrence of the irregularity at the participating school, or as soon as the district becomes aware of the occurrence of the irregularity at the participating school. The report will be filed with the department within two business days of the incident for the breach form to be a viable option.
(2) The school district or participating school will submit to the department in writing a list of students who will have their scores invalidated for the content area for which the breach form is being used, the content area being invalidated, and the reason for the invalidation. The list will include all the relevant student information including their names or unique state identification code and the school and district IRNs. Chartered nonpublic schools may substitute the student identification code for the state identification code for those students who are not obligated to have a state identification code.
(3) The department will notify the testing contractor of the need for the breach form and direct the testing contractor to make available the appropriate number of breach test forms and materials to the district test coordinator or district designee;
(4) The participating school will administer the breach form in accordance with all test administration procedures established by the department;
(5) The breach test form administration will occur within two weeks of the end of all scheduled test administration windows for the grades three through eight English language arts, mathematics, and science tests, and the high school end-of-course examinations;
(6) All tests and test materials will be returned to the site designated by the department.
(G) No breach form will be administered for the following:
(1) The fall administration of the third grade English language arts test;
(2) The summer administration of the third grade English language arts test;
(3) The spring administration of the alternate assessment;
(4) The spring administration of the Ohio English language proficiency assessment;
(5) The spring administration of the alternate Ohio English language proficiency assessment;
(6) Any administration of the high school end-of-course examinations except for the regular fall and spring test administration periods;
(7) Any student involved in a potential cheating case, regardless of test administration period or test in question.
(H) In the event that a test security violation or test irregularity occurs in accordance with this rule, the cost of administering the breach tests will be determined in a manner specified by the department.
(I) To facilitate the test administration at each grade, each school district and participating school will annually appoint one named person in a school district and one person in each building, as the case may be, as a test coordinator whose duties are to ensure that all test administration and test security provisions included in Chapters 3301-13 and 3301-7 of the Administrative Code and all testing procedures adopted by the department and by a participating school are followed explicitly by all appropriate staff. In addition, each participating school will appoint enough test administrators and monitors to satisfy the provisions of this rule.
(J) During each test administration, all tests will be administered by each participating school in accordance with the following provisions:
(1) All online and paper test questions and all other test materials are considered secure and subject to the provisions of rule 3301-13-05 of the Administrative Code and section 3319.151 of the Revised Code;
(2) All test administration rooms will be selected such that test security provisions can be ensured while student comfort is maximized;
(3) Except for accommodations made in accordance with rule 3301-13-03 of the Administrative Code, only materials specifically designated by the department will be provided to students and/or permitted in the test administration room during testing;
(4) Each test administration period in each testing room will be conducted by a test administrator. A person is qualified to serve as a test administrator if all of the following apply:
(a) The person is a staff member employed by the participating school;
(b) The staff member holds a current license, certificate, permit, or registration issued by the state board of education; is certificated under sections 3301.071 and 3319.22 of the Revised Code and Chapters 3301-23, 3301-24, and 3301-25 of the Administrative Code; or is a school psychologist licensed under Chapter 4732. of the Revised Code;
(c) The staff member is assigned to that testing room as the test administrator by the participating school;
(d) The staff member is responsible for following explicitly the online and paper test administration directions provided by the department, including all test security provisions included in Chapter 3301-13 and rule 3301-7-01 of the Administrative Code and all testing procedures adopted by the department and established by the participating school.
(5) When the number of students taking any test in an assigned testing room exceeds thirty, additional staff and/or adult volunteers will be assigned as test monitors to that room to ensure that the ratio does not exceed thirty students to one test administrator/monitor at any time in any test administration room. In such cases, the test monitor is not subject to the criteria stated in paragraph (J)(4) of this rule. A student is not permitted to serve as a test monitor;
(6) The test administrator and all test monitors assigned to a testing room will be informed of, and agree to follow, all prescribed test administration and test security provisions. Test administrators and test monitors will remain in the assigned testing room during the entire administration of any test to ensure that security is maintained.
(K) Upon receipt of a written request by a school district superintendent, head administrator, or designee with evidence that a participating school has experienced an emergency interruption of the school schedule by events beyond the control of the school that will not permit the designated test administration period stated in this rule, the director of education and workforce may approve a modified testing schedule that permits testing to be completed in accordance with the provisions of this chapter.
(L) In addition to section 3301.0714 of the Revised Code and Chapter 3301-14 of the Administrative Code, each participating school will keep records for each student including all of the following:
(1) A unique state student identification code or a student data verification code in accordance with division (D)(2) of section 3301.0714 of the Revised Code;
(2) A list or designation of which state tests the student is obligated to take for each test administration period and which tests are not taken for each test administration period;
(3) The score and performance level for each state test taken;
(4) If intervention is to be provided;
(5) An indication the student has met all of the conditions prescribed in order to qualify for a high school diploma.
(M) When a student who has taken tests administered pursuant to this rule in a participating school leaves that school to enroll in another participating school, the previously attended school will provide, immediately upon request by a school official from the enrolling school, all applicable records specified in paragraph (L) of this rule.
(N) Any school district, community school, or chartered nonpublic school with territory in a joint vocational school district may enter into an agreement with the joint vocational school district for the joint vocational school district to administer any test prescribed in this rule provided that any such test administration is conducted in accordance with the provisions of this chapter and under the direction of the school district and building testing coordinators. For any student who enrolls at a joint vocational school, the school previously attended will provide up-to-date records, as specified in paragraph (L) of this rule, to the joint vocational school. For any student who takes tests prescribed for graduation at a joint vocational school, that joint vocational school will provide such records, as specified in paragraph (L) of this rule to the high school from which the student will receive a diploma.
(O) Each joint vocational school district will administer the state tests under the direction of the school district and building test coordinators identified in accordance with this rule.
(P) Any correctional or penal institution that maintains a chartered high school serving residents or nonresidents will administer state tests in accordance with this chapter .
(Q) Any student who, while not obligated to participate in the system of assessments administered under divisions (B)(1) and (B)(2) of section 3301.0712 of the Revised Code, elects to participate in the system of assessments in accordance with division (E)(1) of that section will take the tests under the same rules and procedures as students enrolled in the participating school. The tests will be administered under the same rules and procedures as students enrolled in the participating school.
Last updated January 15, 2026 at 7:40 AM
History
- Effective: January 15, 2026
- Promulgated Under: 119.03
Ohio Adm.Code 3301-13-05
(A) All test questions and all other test materials, are considered secure test materials and subject to the provisions of sections 3319.151 and 3319.99 of the Revised Code and to the provisions of this rule.
(B) The test materials that are specifically designated as "practice tests" and any assessment released by the department as a public record in accordance with section 3301.0711 of the Revised Code and this rule are not considered secure.
(C) Each person designated as a test coordinator for a participating school, in accordance with rule 3301-13-02 of the Administrative Code, is responsible for:
(1) Ensuring that all test security provisions are complied with while test materials remain in a participating school;
(2) Ensuring that all test security provisions are complied with during the administration of each test administration session, including makeup sessions; and
(3) Accounting for all test materials, including booklets by serial number and answer documents.
(D) No person will reveal, cause to be revealed, release, cause to be released, reproduce, or cause to be reproduced any secure test materials through any means or medium including, but not limited to, electronic, photographic, photocopy, written, paraphrase, or oral.
(E) No unauthorized person is permitted to be in a test room during any test administration session or have access to any secure test materials at any time such materials are in a participating school.
(F) Each participating school will establish written procedures to protect the security of the paper test materials that include, but are not limited to, the following:
(1) Specification of district procedures for handling, tracking, and maintaining security of test materials from the time and point of receipt in a participating school until the time and point of shipping to the scoring contractor;
(2) Specification of procedures for handling, tracking, and maintaining security of test materials at a site before, during, and after a test administration, including, but not limited to, procedures for accounting for and storing test booklets, answer documents, and all other test materials in a secure location before, during, after, and between test administration sessions;
(3) Specification of building procedures for handling, tracking, and maintaining security of the test materials from the time and point of receipt in a building prior to testing until after the test administration when the test materials are returned to the district's central collection location;
(4) A provision mandating the shipping and return of all scorable used test booklets, secure answer documents, and any other materials specified by the department to the specified location not later than one business day after the completion of a test administration period in accordance with the directions provided by the designated scoring service provider; and
(5) A provision mandating the shipping and return of all nonscorable used and unused test booklets, unused secure answer documents, and any other materials specified by the department to the specified location not later than seven calendar days after the completion of a test administration period in accordance with the directions provided by the designated scoring service provider.
(G) Each participating school will establish written procedures to protect the security of the online and paper tests that include, but are not limited to, the following:
(1) Identification of each person by name with a designated title as being either a test coordinator, test administrator, monitor, translator, or scribe who is authorized to be present in a test room during a test administration session, including a makeup session, and/or who is authorized to have access to the test materials;
(2) Specification of a procedure for investigating any alleged violation of a test security provision or any alleged unethical testing practice, including ensuring due process for any individual accused;
(3) Specifications of a procedure for determining an action or actions to be taken in response to any confirmed violation of section 3319.151 of the Revised Code, rule 3301-7-01 of the Administrative Code, this rule, or the school's test security procedures, including, but not limited to, cheating by a student, anyone assisting a student to cheat, and/or anyone compromising a student's test;
(4) Specification of a procedure for determining whether to invalidate a student's test in response to a test security violation caused either by a student and/or by any other person; and
(5) Specification of how the written procedures will be communicated in writing and discussed each school year with employees who have access to secure test materials, students enrolled in the participating school who are being tested, and with any other person authorized to be present in a test room and/or have access to any secure test materials.
(H) Each participating school will report any alleged test security violation to the department in accordance with the procedures specified by the department as soon as it becomes known to the participating school.
(1) Upon receipt of information about an alleged test security violation, the department will contact the participating school to request the opening of an investigation. After the initial contact, the department will notify the participating school in writing that a case has been opened for an alleged test security violation.
(2) Within ten calendar days after the completion of the participating school's investigation, the participating school will file a written report with the department containing the following:
(a) The names, positions, and titles of all persons believed to be involved in the incident;
(b) A detailed description of the incident;
(c) The interviews or testimony obtained during the investigation;
(d) A statement of evidence or a statement of lack of evidence that a test security violation occurred;
(e) The results of the investigation, including the grounds for determining the occurrence of a test security violation or lack thereof; and
(f) An explanation of any corrective or disciplinary action taken, including actions taken under authority of section 3319.151 of the Revised Code.
(3) Each participating school will ensure the cooperation of all of its employees in any investigation that is conducted by the department pursuant to any allegation or other indication that a test security violation may have occurred.
(I) By the first of October of each school year, each participating school will communicate in writing to and discuss with all employees who have access to the secure test materials and students who are being tested the applicable written security procedures and the actions to be taken in response to any violations established pursuant to this rule. In the event that a participating school administers a state test during a fall test administration period that occurs prior to the first of October, prior to the beginning of the applicable test administration period each school year, the participating school will communicate in writing to and discuss with all employees who have access to the secure test materials and students who are being tested the applicable written security procedures and the actions to be taken in response to any violations established pursuant to this rule. Students and staff will be reminded orally of these provisions prior to the beginning of each test administration period by a test coordinator and test administrator.
(J) Each joint vocational school district that has executed an agreement with a participating school to administer any test pursuant to rule 3301-13-02 of the Administrative Code will comply with all provisions of this rule.
(K) The provisions of this rule do not apply to commercial tests, as defined in rule 3301-13-01 of the Administrative Code. Districts and schools using commercial tests for state or local purposes are directed to follow the rules and procedures established by the commercial test provider.
Last updated May 14, 2024 at 8:39 AM
History
- Effective: May 12, 2024
- Promulgated Under: 119.03
Ohio Adm.Code 3301-13-06
(A) Each participating school will ship all test materials developed by the department to one district specified central collection location within the district and from there ship the test materials to a designated scoring location in accordance with the procedures specified by the department. These procedures will include, but not be limited to, the following:
(1) The test materials for grades three through twelve will be processed at the conclusion of the regular test administration period with all completed scorable documents shipped to the district specified central location in accordance with the directions provided by the district and from there shipped to the designated scoring service provider;
(2) The test materials for the alternate assessment for grades three through twelve will be processed at the conclusion of the test administration period with all completed scorable documents shipped to the district specified central location in accordance with the directions provided by the district and from there shipped to the designated scoring service provider; and
(3) The test materials for the Ohio English language proficiency assessment for grades kindergarten through twelve will be processed at the conclusion of the administration period with all completed scorable documents shipped to the district specified central location in accordance with the directions provided by the district and from there shipped to the designated scoring service provider.
(B) After the completion of each test administration, the designated scoring service provider will send score reports to each participating school, that include, but are not limited to, the following:
(1) For the state tests, the data files and score reports will be delivered in accordance with the contracted timeline and division (G) of section 3301.0711 of the Revised Code;
(2) A data file for each student will be provided that states a score for each test taken and an indication of which performance standard the student met as adopted by the department;
(3) For each test, information about each student's performance on each standard assessed; and
(4) For each classroom where appropriate, and participating school, a summary of student performance by grade level for each test.
(C) Each school district and participating school will adopt a policy and establish procedures for releasing or permitting access to an individual student's test results. The policy and procedures will comply with section 3319.321 of the Revised Code and paragraphs (L), (M), and (N) of rule 3301-13-02 of the Administrative Code.
(D) All results from the tests will be used in accordance with rule 3301-13-02 of the Administrative Code.
(E) Within thirty days after receiving results, a participating school may appeal by submitting to the department a request for either a rescore or a test verification. The district superintendent, district test coordinator, head administrator, or designee of a participating school may appeal by submitting a timely request to the department under one of the following processes, depending on the reason for the appeal:
(1) Notwithstanding paragraph (E)(2)(a) of this rule, a rescore appeal can only be filed by the participating school for a student's constructed responses or English language arts essay items where the participating school believes that the student's score is not reflective of the student's performance in the classroom and/or on other standardized tests in the same subject.
(a) Responses approved for rescore will be scored by human readers who do not have knowledge of the original score or condition code ("initial rescore review").
(b) In cases where the initial rescore review receives the same score as the original score, the original score will be the final score. In cases where the initial rescore review receives a different score than the original score, a second human reader will review the original score and the score from the initial rescore review to resolve the differences between the two scores, and the decision made by the second human reader will be the final score.
(c) The department will work with its testing vendor to establish procedures to implement the rescore and verification process outlined in paragraphs (E)(1), (E)(2), and (E)(4) of this rule.
(d) In cases where there is no change in the score, the department's test vendor will charge the school district for the rescore, which in no event will exceed twenty-five dollars.
(2) Except for the items covered through the rescore, a test verification appeal can be filed by the participating school for those tests where the participating school believes a student tested and did not receive a score; or the participating school believes a score was incorrectly assigned to a student (paper testers only) for any of the grades three to eight English language arts, mathematics, and science tests or the high school end-of-course examinations.
(a) After review by the department's vendor, a score may be issued or corrected and in that case, the participating school has an opportunity to timely file for a rescore under paragraph (E)(1) of this rule.
(b) There is no charge for verifications.
(3) The request for a rescore or a test verification will include the name of the participating school, the school district and school IRN, the name of the student or the student's unique state identification code and grade level at the time the test was taken, the month and year of the administration of the test, the subject area of the test, and the rationale for the request. Chartered nonpublic schools may substitute the student identification code instead of the state student identification code for those students who are not obligated to have a unique state student identification code;
(4) Upon receipt of a request for a rescore or a test verification and a decision by the department, the department will notify the scoring service provider who will complete the rescoring or verification and notify the department of the results within thirty days;
(5) Within two business days after receiving results from the rescoring or verification by the scoring service provider, the department will inform the district superintendent, head administrator, or designee of the participating school of the results;
(6) No copy of a student's scorable document will be released prior to July first. After the first of July following the school year in which a test was administered, the district superintendent, head administrator, designee, and/or a student's parent or legal guardian may examine a copy of the scorable document or test in a secure setting established by mutual agreement between the department and the individual making the request;
(7) The final score of a test verification and/or rescoring of a test cannot be appealed.
Last updated May 14, 2024 at 8:39 AM
History
- Effective: May 12, 2024
- Promulgated Under: 119.03
Ohio Adm.Code 3301-43-07 Program reimbursement, high school continuation.
(A) Subsequent to program approval by the department of education and workforce, each participating district shall be reimbursed for its high school continuation program, using the following formula:
(1) The number of eligible students completing the course, or the average number of students enrolled and in attendance during the first four weeks, whichever is greater, shall be divided by twelve;
(2) The resulting proportion shall be multiplied by the number of clock hours of instruction offered in the class, with one hundred twenty clock hours being the basis for one credit; and
(3) The resulting number of hours of instruction shall be multiplied by ten dollars.
(B) The reimbursement for a course shall not exceed twelve hundred dollars.
(C) Reimbursement shall be made upon receipt of a voucher filed with the department of education and workforce, following completion of the program year.
(D) Tuition may be charged in an amount not to exceed the difference between the actual cost of conducting the course and the amount reimbursed by the state. However, tuition shall not be charged for the attendance of any student who is readmitted to school following expulsion or commitment to the department of youth services, is assigned to a program by the superintendent pursuant to division (C) of section 3313.531 of the Revised Code, and is entitled under section 3313.64 of the Revised Code to attend the schools of the district without payment of tuition.
(E) Students enrolled in courses of a high school continuation program shall not be counted in the average daily membership of the operating, or jointly operating, school district for foundation program payments.
(F) In the event reimbursement claims exceed the appropriation for high school continuation programs, funds will be prorated equitably among the participating districts.
Last updated July 1, 2025 at 8:59 AM
History
- Effective: July 1, 2025
- Promulgated Under: 119.03
Chapter 3301-44 Adult Diploma Pilot Program
Ohio Adm.Code 3301-44-01 Purpose.
The adult diploma pilot program is established in section 3313.902 of the Revised Code. The program provides job training and a new pathway for adults, ages twenty or older, to earn an industry-recognized credential aligned to one of Ohio's in-demand jobs and a state-issued high school diploma. The program is free to adults.
The adult diploma pilot program permits an approved institution to develop and offer a program of study that allows an eligible participant to complete the requirements for obtaining a high school diploma.
Last updated August 29, 2022 at 10:23 AM
History
- Effective: August 26, 2022
- Promulgated Under: 119.03
Ohio Adm.Code 3301-44-02 Definitions.
As used in this chapter:
(A) "Approved industry credential or certificate" has the same meaning as in section 3313.902 of the Revised Code.
(B) "Department" means the Ohio department of education.
(C) "Industry-recognized credentials" means the list of industry-recognized credentials that may be used to qualify for a high school diploma established pursuant to section 3313.6113 of the Revised Code.
(D) "Ohio technical center" has the same meaning as in section 3333.94 of the Revised Code.
(E) "Participant" means an eligible student as defined in section 3313.902 of the Revised Code who has applied for and been accepted in an adult diploma program.
(F) "Program" or "adult diploma program" means a program established by section 3313.902 of the Revised Code that provides adults twenty years of age and older the opportunity to earn a high school diploma while completing the requirements for an industry-recognized credential or certificate.
(G) "School year" or "fiscal year" means the twelve-month period beginning July first in a calendar year and ending June thirtieth of the following calendar year.
(H) " High school diploma" means the document issued by the department given to an individual who has successfully completed the competency-based standards required for graduation as described in this chapter.
(I) "Student success plan" means the plan and timeline developed for each participant, specifying the courses and assessments required to be completed to fulfill graduation requirements and obtain the approved industry credential(s).
(J) "Career pathway training program assessment" means the nationally recognized job skills assessment, selected by the state board of education pursuant to division (G) of section 3301.0712 of the Revised Code, which measures foundational skills required for success in the workplace and workplace skills that can affect job performance.
Last updated August 29, 2022 at 10:24 AM
History
- Effective: August 26, 2022
- Promulgated Under: 119.03
Ohio Adm.Code 3301-44-03 Provider application.
(A) The department will develop procedures for eligible institutions to apply to become providers of educational services to participants.
(B) Eligible institutions apply to the department by July first of the fiscal year in which they wish to be a provider. Provider applicants will be notified within thirty days of the department receiving their application of their application status.
(C) Initial applications should include detailed information, including, but not be limited to:
(1) A plan for providing support services to participants, including academic and career counseling and outreach to address post-secondary and workforce training options in the form of a career pathway;
(2) How the eligible institution intends to assess the mastery of competencies and denote progress during participation in the program, including establishing progress benchmarks within individual participants' success plans to monitor each participant's advancement toward completing a high school diploma and becoming career ready;
(3) A list of course hours required for program completion;
(4) If the eligible institution enrolls participants in grades kindergarten to twelve, how the institution will ensure participants will not be assigned to classes or settings with participants younger than eighteen years of age;
(5) How the eligible institution will identify and reduce barriers to accessibility for all participants, including, but not limited to considering a participant's race, ethnicity, gender, disability status, economic disadvantage, single parent status, pregnancy, out-of-workforce status, English learner status, and homelessness status; and
(6) Assurances that the eligible institution will comply with any reviews, audits, and on-site visits conducted by the department.
(D) Approved providers will annually update their applications and provide written notice to the department if there are any changes made to their program.
Last updated August 29, 2022 at 10:24 AM
History
- Effective: August 26, 2022
- Promulgated Under: 119.03
Ohio Adm.Code 3301-44-04 Provider requirements.
(A) Funding will not be provided for coursework or assessments taken prior to the participant having reached awarded status.
(B) Providers are to submit participant applications to the department between August first and June first of any given fiscal year.
(C) Providers are to submit invoices by June thirtieth of each fiscal year in which a participant participated in the program.
(D) Providers are to submit demographic information, including age at enrollment, gender, race and ethnicity.
(E) Providers will ensure the participant is not enrolled in any high school.
(F) Providers will certify to the department the completed requirements to obtain a high school diploma as set forth in rule 3301-44-06 of the Administrative Code for each participant within thirty days of the participant's completion of graduation requirements.
(G) The department will monitor each provider's compliance with the requirements of these rules. Providers who fail to comply will be requested to submit a corrective action plan. Failure to comply one year after the submission of the corrective action plan may result in the withdrawal of funding and the educational institution becoming ineligible to provide services under this program. An ineligible institution can choose to reapply to be an adult diploma program provider the following fiscal year.
(H) Providers are expected to comply with division (E)(6) of section 3313.902 of the Revised Code, which states that participants may not be charged for tuition, supplies, or associated fees for participation in the adult diploma program, other than in circumstances provided for in department rules. Providers may submit written requests including a description of the extraordinary circumstances that require charging a participant for any tuition, supplies, or associated fees. The department's determination under this paragraph is final and not subject to appeal.
Last updated August 29, 2022 at 10:24 AM
History
- Effective: August 26, 2022
- Promulgated Under: 119.03
Ohio Adm.Code 3301-44-06
A high school diploma may be awarded under this chapter to a participant who:
(A) Completes all course hours included in the annually approved provider application and participant success plan;
(B) Successfully completes all competency-based program of study requirements as determined by the provider;
(C) Earns a passing score on the nationally recognized job skills assessment selected by the state board of education pursuant to division (G) of section 3301.0712 of the Revised Code; and
(D) Satisfies the industry-recognized credential requirement by meeting one of the following:
(1) Earning one or more industry-recognized credentials that total twelve points in a single career field in accordance with the point values established by the department pursuant to section 3313.6113 of the Revised Code and available at www.education.ohio.gov;
(2) Earning an industry-recognized credential aligned to a technical education program provided by an Ohio technical center; or
(3) Earning an industry-recognized credential aligned to a college credit-bearing course or program provided by a community college, state community college, or technical college.
Last updated August 29, 2022 at 10:24 AM
History
- Effective: August 26, 2022
- Promulgated Under: 119.03
Ohio Adm.Code 3301-44-05 Enrollment.
(A) The department will develop a reporting system to track enrollment of participants throughout the course of a school year to maximize capacity of the program.
(B) The department may limit enrollment by a provider to ensure services for participants are accessible throughout the state.
Last updated August 29, 2022 at 10:24 AM
History
- Effective: August 26, 2022
- Promulgated Under: 119.03
Ohio Adm.Code 3301-44-07 Provider funding.
(A) Funding for the adult diploma program will be calculated in accordance with division (D) of section 3313.902 of the Revised Code.
(B) At the beginning of each fiscal year, the department will notify providers of funding allocations based on available appropriations.
(C) The department may reallocate funds originally allocated to one provider to another provider if the funds are not going to be spent by the originally allocated provider.
(D) The department may change the allocation of funds in order to achieve more equitable access to the adult diploma program.
(E) If a provider would like to use funds other than the funds appropriated for the administration of the adult diploma program, including federal funds, in accordance with division (D)(4) of section 3313.902 of the Revised Code, it may submit a request in writing to the department. The superintendent of public instruction in consultation with the chancellor of higher education will make a determination as to whether the alternative funding source is appropriate.
Last updated August 29, 2022 at 10:25 AM
History
- Effective: August 26, 2022
- Promulgated Under: 119.03
Ohio Adm.Code 3301-44-08 Contracting educational services.
(A) Providers may contract services provided under this chapter to appropriate third-party entities.
(B) Notwithstanding paragraph (A) of this rule, providers are responsible for:
(1) Accurate reporting of performance and enrollment information; and
(2) Administering policies and procedures for the program in accordance with this chapter.
(C) Contractors may consult directly with the department as it pertains to:
(1) Technical support; and
(2) Application support.
Last updated August 29, 2022 at 10:25 AM
History
- Effective: August 26, 2022
- Promulgated Under: 119.03
Ohio Adm.Code 3301-44-09 Standards for competency-based education.
The following are minimum competency-based education standards for providers of the adult diploma program:
(A) Make programming accessible to all participants and applied equitably to all participants;
(B) Identify expectations reflecting the explicit and measurable learning objectives, knowledge, and skills for each program of study;
(C) Include intentionally designed and engaged participant experiences;
(D) Allow participants to receive timely and meaningful supports based on individual needs;
(E) Allow participants to advance at their own pace upon demonstration of mastery of skills;
(F) Prepare participants to demonstrate mastery of skills and course of study as defined by the standards that are established by the applicable credentialing authority; and
(G) Clearly define the criteria for awarding credit and/or grades.
Last updated August 29, 2022 at 10:25 AM
History
- Effective: August 26, 2022
- Promulgated Under: 119.03
Chapter 3301-45 Adult High School Diplomas
Ohio Adm.Code 3301-45-01 Purpose.
Chapter 3301-45 of the Administrative Code pertains to the twenty-two plus program, which allows a student twenty-two years of age and older, to obtain a high school diploma through this program pursuant to section 3317.231 of the Revised Code.
Last updated February 11, 2025 at 8:42 AM
History
- Effective: December 24, 2020
- Promulgated Under: 119.03
Ohio Adm.Code 3301-45-02 Definitions.
The following terms are defined as they are used in the rules in this chapter:
(A) "Certificate of completion" means the certificate developed by the department of education and workforce to certify all requirements for a high school diploma have been completed.
(B) "Competency-based education" refers to any system of academic instruction, assessment, grading and reporting where students receive credit based on demonstrations and assessments of their learning, not as a function of how much time they spend studying a subject. Students progress at their own pace, competency-based education encourages accelerated learning among students who master academic material quickly, and provides additional instructional support time for students who need it to stay on track.
(C) "Credit recovery plan" means the plan and timeline developed for each participant, specifying the courses and assessments required to be completed to fulfill graduation requirements.
(D) "Department" means the department of education and workforce.
(E) "Eligible individual" refers to any person living in Ohio, aged twenty-two years of age or older, who has not been awarded a high school diploma or a certificate of high school equivalence as defined in division (E) of section 4109.06 of the Revised Code.
(F) "Enrolled" refers to the status of a participant who applied for and has been accepted into the program by a provider and the department.
(G) "High school diploma" means the document given to an individual who has successfully completed the competency-based standards required for graduation as described in this chapter.
(H) "Instruction and assessment activities" include, but are not limited to credit-bearing, subject-matter specific courses and state and local assessments.
(I) "Participant" refers to an eligible individual who applied for and has been accepted into the program by a provider and the department.
(J) "Program" or "twenty-two plus program" means a program for which rules were adopted in accordance with section 3317.231 of the Revised Code and provide adults twenty-two years of age and older the opportunity to earn a diploma in accordance with sections 3314.38, 3317.23, 3317.24, and 3345.86 of the Revised Code.
(K) "Provider" means a community school that operates a dropout prevention and recovery program; a city, local, or exempted village school district that operates a dropout prevention and recovery program; a joint vocational school district that operates an adult education program; or a community college, university branch, technical college or state community college.
(L) "Provider Performance Report" means the measurements of success for program providers, as defined by rule 3301-45-06 of the Administrative Code.
(M) "School year" or "fiscal year" means the twelve-month period beginning July first in a calendar year and ending June thirtieth of the following calendar year.
Last updated July 1, 2025 at 8:59 AM
History
- Effective: July 1, 2025
- Promulgated Under: 119.03
Ohio Adm.Code 3301-45-06
(A) The department shall report each provider's performance related to the twenty-two plus program in the provider performance report.
(B) To prepare the provider performance report, the department of education and workforce shall collect, monitor and report the following performance measures for each provider:
(1) Average number of credits earned per participant;
(2) Percentage of participants completing forty per cent or more of credits necessary to earn a diploma during year one of participation in the twenty-two plus program;
(3) Average FTE per student is calculated in the following manner: FTE of .2 being equal to one course and FTE of .1 being equal to one assessment;
(4) Number and percentage of participants who earned their diploma, withdrew from the program, and/or returned for their second year; and
(5) Performance on state-required content assessments and other relevant work-readiness tests (such as WorkKeys, or technical skill tests).
(C) The department shall publish the provider performance report on the department's website (education.ohio.gov) annually.
(D) In order to be eligible to enroll additional participants for the following school year,the average number of credits earned per participant must meet or exceed forty per cent of the total number of credits necessary to meet graduation requirements.
(E) The department of education and workforce shall establish a minimum performance level for percentage of diplomas awarded.
Last updated July 1, 2025 at 9:00 AM
History
- Effective: July 1, 2025
- Promulgated Under: 119.03
Ohio Adm.Code 3301-45-03 Provider application.
(A) The department shall develop procedures for educational institutions to apply to become providers of educational services to participants.
(B) No educational institution or provider may apply that has a graduation rate lower than forty per cent unless a corrective action plan is submitted to the department.
(C) Provider applicants apply to the department by July first of the fiscal year in which they wish to be a provider. Provider applicants will be notified within thirty days of the department receiving their application of their application's status.
(D) For all initial applications, a provider is required to submit to the department detailed information, including, but not be limited to:
(1) How the provider applicant intends to assess and award prior credit through the evaluation of student transcripts, work experience, and other prior experience;
(2) How the provider applicant intends to assess the mastery of competencies and award credit during participation in the program;
(3) Support services available to participants, including academic and career counseling to address post-secondary and workforce training options;
(4) If the provider enrolls students in grades kindergarten to twelve, how the institution will ensure that participants will not be assigned to classes or settings with students younger than eighteen years of age;
(5) How the provider applicant will ensure the twenty-two plus program is accessible to all students, including, but not limited to, race, ethnicity, gender, individuals with disabilities, individuals from economically disadvantaged families, single parents, including pregnant women, out-of-workforce individuals, English learners, and homeless individuals, pursuant to rule 3301-13-09 of the Administrative Code; and
(6) Assurances that the provider will comply with any reviews, audits, and on-site visits conducted by the department of education and workforce.
(E) Approved providers shall update their applications and provide written notice to the department if there are any changes made to their program. Subject to paragraph (D) of this rule, approved providers will continue to be approved as a provider each year for a maximum of five years upon providing to the department evidence of meeting the requirements set forth in paragraphs (E)(1) and (E)(2) of this rule. At the end of the fifth year, providers will need to apply in accordance with paragraph (D) of this rule.
(1) Approved providers must maintain a graduation rate at forty per cent or higher.
(2) Approved providers must ensure that at least eighty per cent of twenty-two plus participants complete a minimum of forty per cent of the participant's outstanding graduation requirements during year one of the program.
(F) The department will monitor each provider's compliance with the requirements of this chapter. Failure to comply may result in the withdrawal of funding and the educational institution becoming ineligible to provide services under this program. Providers that do not meet one or more of the criteria in paragraph (E) of this rule, will be removed from the program for a period of one fiscal year and may reapply the following fiscal year.
(G) Community schools providing services to participants must provide assurances, in writing, that the governing authority for the community school and the sponsor of the community school are aware of and consent to participation in the program as a provider. Sponsors of community schools providing services to participants under this chapter shall include compliance and performance provisions in contracts executed under section 3314.03 of the Revised Code. In addition to oversight by the department, sponsors are responsible for monitoring compliance and performance of community schools providing services to participants under this chapter.
Last updated July 1, 2025 at 9:00 AM
History
- Effective: July 1, 2025
- Promulgated Under: 119.03
Ohio Adm.Code 3301-13-09
(A) For purposes of excusing an adult student from taking any assessment necessary for receiving a diploma under section 3313.611 of the Revised Code, or for providing accommodations on any assessment necessary for graduation, the provisions of this rule will apply only to an adult student who meets all of the eligibility criteria in this rule.
(1) The adult student is a person twenty-two or more years of age and enrolled in a program pursuant to section 3313.532 of the Revised Code; and
(2) The adult student is a person with a disability based on an evaluation completed in accordance with the criteria of this rule.
(B) An adult student who meets the criteria pursuant to paragraph (A) of this rule or any applicant to a board of education for a diploma of adult education under division (B) of section 3313.611 of the Revised Code may request the board to conduct an evaluation. Upon the request, the board of education to which the request was made will evaluate the person to determine whether the person has a disability. The evaluation will be conducted in accordance with paragraphs (D) and (E) of this rule.
(C) For individuals enrolled in the twenty-two plus program pursuant to Chapter 3301-45 of the Administrative Code, the evaluations and criteria referenced in this rule will be conducted by the board of education of the student's district of residence as that is the district responsible for issuing diplomas under the twenty-two plus program.
(D) An evaluation to determine if an adult student has a disability will be accomplished in one of the following ways:
(1) By review and acceptance of the most recent evaluation team report (ETR) and individualized education program (IEP) with assessment exemptions completed by a public agency, as defined by Chapter 3301-51 of the Administrative Code if deemed appropriate; or
(2) By completing an evaluation in accordance with the criteria set forth in 20 U.S.C. section 1400 et seq. (January 2, 2006) known as the Individuals with Disabilities Education Act, as appropriate and considering the accommodations consistent with 29 U.S.C. section 794 (January 3, 2005), known as Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973.
Evaluations and assessment exemption determinations will be completed and approved by a board of education within one-hundred twenty days from the date of the request made under section 3313.532 of the Revised Code.
(E) Any evaluation completed by a board of education to determine whether an adult student has a disability will include a variety of assessments and be comprehensive and multidisciplinary in nature.
(F) A board of education will maintain written documentation of all information used to determine any disability.
Last updated July 1, 2025 at 8:13 AM
History
- Effective: July 1, 2025
- Promulgated Under: 119.03
Ohio Adm.Code 3301-45-04 Provider requirements.
(A) Providers shall report enrollment on a full-time equivalency (FTE) basis for adult high school programs operated by the provider to the department.
(B) The department shall periodically review enrollment and attendance policies, enrollment data and the educational institution's procedures for maintaining enrollment and attendance documentation substantiating payments made to the educational institutions for participating adult learners.
(C) Adult learners shall not be used in the calculation of state weighted funding (categorical funding) available in the regular kindergarten through twelfth grade funding formula, nor shall adult learners be included in the calculation of federal title fund allocations for public school districts, unless at such time a federal entitlement fund is specifically inclusive of adult learners. Adult learners enrolled in the adult (twenty-two plus) high school diploma program shall not be used in the calculation of the state subsidy performance funding formula for post-secondary institutions.
(D) Providers are to submit participant applications to the department between August first and June first of any given fiscal year.
(E) Providers will not receive funding for coursework or assessments taken prior to the participant having reached awarded status.
(F) Providers must submit all invoices for amounts due under the program by June thirtieth of the fiscal year in which a participant participated in the program.
(G) Providers shall complete and submit to the appropriate school district of residence a certificate of completion for each participant who meets all graduation requirements within thirty days of the participant's completion of graduation requirements.
(H) Providers must provide career counseling to all participants.
(I) The department will monitor each provider's compliance with the requirements of this chapter. Failure to comply may result in the withdrawal of funding and the educational institution becoming ineligible to provide services under this program.
(J) Providers report annually, no later than August fifteenth, the following for each participant:
(1) Demographic information, including age at enrollment, gender, race/ethnicity;
(2) The number of courses and/or assessments needed to graduate at the time of enrollment;
(3) The number and subject of each course in which a participant participated during the school year;
(4) The number and subject of each course a participant completed during the school year;
(5) The subject area graduation tests needed to graduate at the time of enrollment;
(6) The end-of-course tests and total points needed to graduate at the time of enrollment;
(7) The number, by subject area, of graduation tests passed during the school year; and
(8) Date diploma awarded, if applicable.
Last updated February 11, 2025 at 8:43 AM
History
- Effective: December 24, 2020
- Promulgated Under: 119.03
Ohio Adm.Code 3301-45-05 Enrollment.
(A) The department shall develop a reporting system to track enrollment of participants throughout the course of a school year to maximize capacity of the program.
(B) The department may limit enrollment by a provider to ensure that services for participants are accessible throughout the state.
Last updated February 11, 2025 at 8:43 AM
History
- Effective: December 24, 2020
- Promulgated Under: 119.03
Ohio Adm.Code 3301-45-07 Process to earn a high school diploma.
(A) Providers are required to complete and maintain a credit recovery plan for each participant in the application that outlines the courses and assessments needed to complete all requirements for a diploma.
(B) The applicable graduation requirements for a participant's credit recovery plan are those that were in place for the state of Ohio at the time the participant first entered the ninth grade.
(C) A diploma shall be awarded to a participant who:
(1) Earns high school credit as outlined in section 3313.603 of the Revised Code;
(2) Satisfies the applicable testing requirements as outlined in section 3313.614 of the Revised Code; and
(3) The department will determine an acceptable alternate assessment if an assessment is no longer available.
(D) The provider shall have in place progress benchmarks, established within the individual student success plan, to monitor each participant's advancement toward completing a high school diploma and becoming career ready.
(E) In consultation with the department, providers may award appropriate prior learning credit using educational options for work-based learning experiences prior to enrolling the student in the twenty-two plus program.
(F) No reimbursement shall be granted for prior learning credit.
Last updated February 11, 2025 at 8:43 AM
History
- Effective: December 24, 2020
- Promulgated Under: 119.03
Ohio Adm.Code 3301-45-08 Contracting educational services.
(A) Providers may contract services provided under this chapter to appropriate third-party entities.
(B) Notwithstanding paragraph (A) of this rule, approved providers are responsible for:
(1) Accurate reporting of performance, and enrollment information; and
(2) Administering policies and procedures for the program in accordance with this chapter.
(C) Contractors may consult directly with the department as it pertains to:
(1) Technical support; and
(2) Application support.
Last updated February 11, 2025 at 8:43 AM
History
- Effective: December 24, 2020
- Promulgated Under: 119.03
Ohio Adm.Code 3301-45-09 District of residence.
The school district of residence at the time of enrollment of a participant who has completed graduation requirements through participation in this program shall issue a high school diploma and final transcript not more than sixty days after receiving a certificate of completion from an approved provider.
Last updated February 11, 2025 at 8:43 AM
History
- Effective: December 24, 2020
- Promulgated Under: 119.03
Ohio Adm.Code 3301-45-10 Standards for competency-based education.
The following are minimum competency-based education standards for providers of the twenty-two program:
(A) Make programming accessible to all students and applied equitably to all students;
(B) Identify expectations reflecting the explicit and measurable learning objectives, knowledge and skills for each course;
(C) Include intentionally designed and engaged participant experiences;
(D) Allow participants to receive timely and meaningful supports based on individual needs;
(E) Allow participants to advance at their own pace upon demonstration of mastery of skills;
(F) Clearly define the criteria for awarding credit and/or grades.
Last updated February 11, 2025 at 8:44 AM
History
- Effective: December 24, 2020
- Promulgated Under: 119.03
Chapter 3301-46 Exemption from Statutes to Implement Innovative Education Pilot Programs
Ohio Adm.Code 3301-46-01 Innovative education pilot programs.
(A) As used in this rule, the following definitions apply:
(1) "Department" means the department of education and workforce.
(2) "Innovation" means a new, experimental, or disruptive educational approach that is developed based on an identified need and seeks continuous improvement in student achievement or student growth. An innovative educational approach is not expected to be evidence-based; however, it should be workable, and it must be tested and evaluated over time to gauge effectiveness.
(B) Applications submitted pursuant to section 3302.07 of the Revised Code shall conform with the format, deadlines, and criteria established by the department. No later than the first of October of each year, the department shall publish forms, instructions, and deadlines for applications for the upcoming school year on the department's website.
(C) Each application shall include, but not be limited to, the following information:
(1) A detailed description of the proposed innovative pilot program, including how the program meets the department's definition of innovation;
(2) A detailed description of why exemptions from specific statutory provisions and/or rules are necessary in order to implement the proposed innovative pilot program, including:
(a) Identification of the specific statutory provisions and/or rules for which an exemption request is made;
(b) The rationale for each exemption request; and
(c) The specific period of time for which each exemption is requested.
(3) The objectives of the proposed innovative pilot program, including the measurable outcomes, performance indicators, and methods of evaluation that would be used to measure the progress and success of the program;
(4) Specific time lines for planning, implementation, and evaluation;
(5) The potential impact of the proposed innovative pilot program on data reporting, student assessments, student learning, graduation requirements, compliance with federal law, and/or any other areas that may be impacted; and
(6) A disclosure of whether the applicant is currently subject to any corrective action plan by the department.
(D) If an application requests an exemption in order to provide professional development for educators, the application must contain high quality professional development activities as defined by standards for professional development adopted by the state board of education, which are available on the state board of education's website.
(E) The department may request any supplemental information it determines necessary to properly evaluate applications, including a request for an interview.
(F) No school district, educational service center, or chartered nonpublic school shall fail to adhere to any of the specific statutory provisions and/or rules for which an exemption request is made prior to the date that an exemption is granted.
(G) Each school district, educational service center, or chartered nonpublic school receiving an exemption shall annually report and submit such other reports as required by the department, in such form and containing such information as specified by the department to evaluate whether or not the objectives of the pilot program are being met. Applications to continue programs approved in accordance with this rule shall not be considered complete until an annual evaluation report is completed and submitted to the department.
(H) A program that has been approved under this section may be terminated by the director of education and workforce or by the school district, educational service center, or chartered nonpublic school that has received the exemption. The effective date of the termination of the program and the exemption shall be as follows:
(1) A termination initiated by the director of education and workforce is effective on the date determined by the director of education and workforce. The director will indicate the cause of the termination in writing. The decision to terminate a program under this paragraph is at the sole discretion of the director of education and workforce and is final.
(2) A termination initiated by a school district, educational service center, or chartered nonpublic school is effective on the date indicated, in writing, by the district, educational service center, or chartered nonpublic school and no later than the end of the same school year.
Last updated July 1, 2025 at 9:00 AM
History
- Effective: July 1, 2025
- Promulgated Under: 119.03
Chapter 3301-47 Education Program for Parents of Truant Students
Ohio Adm.Code 3301-47-01 Establishment of an education program for parents of truant students.
(A) For purposes of this rule "parent" means "parent", "guardian," or "other person having charge or care of a child" as defined in section 3321.01 of the Revised Code.
(B) When an educational program has been established under division (B) of section 3321.19 of the Revised Code, the program should address the following topics:
(1) Compulsory school laws, including sections 3321.01, 3321.02, 3321.03, 3321.04, 3321.38, and 3321.99 of the Revised Code;
(2) Overview of school opportunities and options, including positive approaches for addressing the identified social, emotional, physical, academic and basic needs of the student;
(3) Information regarding possible assignment to an absence intervention team to develop an absence intervention plan for habitually truant students pursuant to section 3321.191 of the Revised Code.
(4) Impacts of frequent absences on skill building, content knowledge, graduation, post-secondary and workforce readiness; and,
(5) Other topics determined necessary by the district in collaboration with community partners.
(C) If the local board of education or community school governing authority adopts an education program, it should be reviewed at least every five years by such body.
(D) For the sole purpose of developing the education program, the local board of education or community school governing authority may establish an education program committee. Committee members may include, but are not limited to, a parent, a student, a member of the board of education, a member of the local juvenile judicial system, a guidance counselor, a school psychologist, an attendance officer, a teacher, a principal, or a superintendent.
(E) When determining whether a parent of a student who is habitually truant, as that term is defined in section 2151.011 of the Revised Code, should be referred to an education program, consideration may be given to the student's academic record, discipline record, and cooperation of the parent.
Last updated December 1, 2023 at 10:43 AM
History
- Effective: December 1, 2023
- Promulgated Under: 119.03
Chapter 3301-48 Open Enrollment Programs
Ohio Adm.Code 3301-48-01 Intradistrict open enrollment programs.
(A) School district monitoring.
(1) In accordance with section 3313.97 of the Revised Code, school districts participating in intradistrict open enrollment will be monitored by the department of education and workforce to ensure compliance with section 3313.97 of the Revised Code and the districts'policies.
(2) For monitoring purposes under section 3313.97 of the Revised Code, each school district will provide the department of education and workforce the following upon request:
(a) Written application and admission procedures and the application form used by the district;
(b) Written procedure for establishing district capacity limits by grade level, school building, and education program;
(c) Written procedure to ensure that an appropriate racial balance is maintained in the district schools; and
(d) Access to the following records:
(i) Individual student applications and a summary of those student applications for a school year;
(ii) Evidence of parental informational meetings; and
(iii) Evidence of the notification of parents and school building administrators.
(3) Districts will certify to the department of education and workforce, in the format and within the timeframe prescribed by the department:
(a) That the district is complying with provisions in section 3313.97 of the Revised Code.
(b) Any change made by a school district to its intradistrict open enrollment policy within thirty days of the adoption of the resolution approving the change.
(4) Upon request of the department, each district will report any complaints filed or received regarding its intradistrict open enrollment policy.
(5) The department may request such documents including but not limited to those discussed in paragraph (A)(2) of this rule as necessary to verify that open enrollment policies adopted are being adhered to by the district and complaints are being addressed. This monitoring may also be completed via an on-site visit to the district.
Last updated May 14, 2024 at 8:40 AM
History
- Effective: May 12, 2024
- Promulgated Under: 119.03
Ohio Adm.Code 3301-48-02 Interdistrict open enrollment programs.
(A) School district monitoring.
(1) In accordance with section 3313.98 of the Revised Code, school districts participating in interdistrict open enrollment will be monitored by the department of education and workforce to ensure compliance with section 3313.98 of the Revised Code and the districts' policies.
(2) For monitoring purposes, each school district will provide the department of education and workforce with the following upon request:
(a) Written application and admission procedures and the application form used by the district;
(b) Written procedure for establishing district capacity limits by grade level, school building, and educational program;
(c) Written procedure to ensure that an appropriate racial balance is maintained in the district schools;
(d) Access to the following records:
(i) Individual student applications and a summary of those student applications for a school year;
(ii) Evidence of parental informational meetings; and
(iii) Evidence of notification of parents and school building administrators.
(3) Districts will certify to the department of education and workforce, in the format and within the timeframe prescribed by the department:
(a) That the district is complying with section 3313.98 of the Revised Code;
(b) Any change made by a school district to its interdistrict open enrollment policy within thirty days of the adoption of the resolution approving the change.
(4) Upon request of the department, each district will report any complaints filed or received regarding its interdistrict policy.
(5) The department may request such documents as necessary to verify the open enrollment policies adopted are being adhered to by the district and complaints are being addressed. This monitoring may also be completed via an on-site visit to the district.
(B) District reporting.
(1) The board of education of each city, exempted village, and local school district and each joint vocational school district will comply with the applicable reporting provisions set forth in section 3313.981 of the Revised Code.
(2) Reporting in compliance with section 3313.981 of the Revised Code will be accomplished through the statewide education management information system in a manner that complies with sections 3317.03 and 3301.0714 of the Revised Code and rule 3301-14-01 of the Administrative Code. Student enrollment will be reported on the basis of full-time equivalence.
(C) The educating district will receive payment based on section 3313.981 of the Revised Code.
Last updated May 14, 2024 at 8:40 AM
History
- Effective: May 12, 2024
- Promulgated Under: 119.03
Ohio Adm.Code 3301-14-01
(A) As used in this rule, the following definitions apply:
(1) "Education management information system (EMIS)" means an integrated system of statewide data collecting, reporting, and compiling for school districts, including the publication of guidelines as defined in paragraph (A)(4) of this rule and as required by section 3301.0714 of the Revised Code.
(2) "Department" means the department of education and workforce.
(3) "Information Technology Center (ITC)" means an entity that has been authorized as a data acquisition site pursuant to section 3301.075 of the Revised Code, and authorized by the department to provide core services to user entities.
(4) "Ohio education management information system: definitions, procedures, and guidelines," hereafter referred to as the "EMIS guidelines," which are available through the department's website at education.ohio.gov, means the publication issued by the department containing the school district student, staff, and financial information to be collected and reported, along with data-element definitions, procedures, and guidelines necessary to implement the education management information system.
(5) "School district" means any city, local, exempted village, or joint vocational school district, any educational service center, any community school, and any science, technology, engineering, and mathematics school established under chapter 3326. of the Revised Code.
(B) The provisions of this rule shall apply to school districts and Ohio's ITC's pursuant to section 3301.0714 of the Revised Code.
(C) The education management information system shall contain, but not be limited to, automated school district student, staff, and financial information. The information to be collected and reported shall be defined in the "EMIS guidelines." This publication shall be developed by the department and shall include, but not be limited to:
(1) Definitions of all data pursuant to divisions (A)(1), (B), and (C) of section 3301.0714 of the Revised Code.
(2) Procedures for collecting, transferring, and reporting data to the department pursuant to divisions (A)(2) and (D) of section 3301.0714 of the Revised Code.
(3) Procedures for the security, privacy, and retention of school district data records collected pursuant to section 3301.0714 of the Revised Code.
(4) Procedures for compiling the data pursuant to divisions (A)(3) and (E) of section 3301.0714 of the Revised Code.
(5) Procedures for annually reporting the data to the public pursuant to divisions (A)(4) and (F) of sections 3301.0714 of the Revised Code; sections 3319.32 and 3319.321 of the Revised Code; and 20 U.S.C. 1232(g). In accordance with these statutes, no data, such as a social security number, shall be used to release personally identifiable student information to the department.
(6) Procedures for user access to the education management information system data.
(D) School districts shall provide all data required by section 3301.0714 of the Revised Code as set forth in the "EMIS guidelines."
(E) Data shall be maintained within the education management information system pursuant to division (I) of section 3301.07 of the Revised Code.
(F) The EMIS guidelines shall be periodically reviewed by the department in consultation with the EMIS advisory council. The department shall update the guidelines in a manner consistent with changes in law and recommendations from the council to the director of education and workforce.
(G) All EMIS data submitted for reporting purposes shall be verified and approved by the school district superintendent and treasurer.
Last updated July 1, 2025 at 8:53 AM
History
- Effective: July 1, 2025
- Promulgated Under: 119.03
Chapter 3301-49 Competency Guarantees
Ohio Adm.Code 3301-49-01 Rule relating to guarantee of competency of certain high school graduates.
(A) The purpose of this rule is to establish guidelines and procedures whereby city, local, exempted village, or joint vocational school districts may establish a policy to guarantee that certain graduates of the district have attained a specific level of competency.
(B) "Graduate" means a person who has received a diploma from a district pursuant to section 3313.61 of the Revised Code.
(C) The board of education of any city, local, exempted village, or joint vocational school district may establish a policy to guarantee a specific level of competency for certain graduates.
(D) Such guarantee policies shall proclaim that any graduate meeting criteria established by the board is capable of performing specified functions at an established level.
(E) The guarantee policy shall include:
(1) Any criteria that must be met by a graduate of the district to be eligible for consideration;
(2) A list of specific functions that are guaranteed;
(3) A performance level for each guaranteed function;
(4) Indication of an employer's right to submit a written statement to the board of education, when appropriate, stating that a guaranteed graduate of its district does not meet the level of competency specified in the district's guarantee policy;
(5) A statement assuring that additional educational opportunities will be provided, without regard to age or place of residence, to the district's graduates whose competencies have been guaranteed, until the graduate attains the competency level specified in the policy; and,
(6) Assurance that no fee will be charged to any person or government entity for such additional education.
(F) School funds may be expended for a guarantee program.
(G) Guaranteed graduates receiving additional education may not be counted in the district's average daily membership, nor may such individuals be included as a participant in any other program that would result in additional state funds to the school district.
(H) The educational program specified for returning guaranteed graduates shall be determined by the district superintendent and shall provide the help needed for the individual to achieve the guaranteed level of competency.
Last updated September 25, 2025 at 8:52 AM
History
- Effective: October 29, 1990
- Promulgated Under: Ch 119.
Chapter 3301-51 Education of Students with Special Needs
Ohio Adm.Code 3301-51-01 Applicability of requirements and definitions.
(A) Applicability of requirements
The purpose of Chapter 3301-51 of the Administrative Code is to ensure that all children with disabilities residing in Ohio between the ages of three and twenty-one years, inclusive, including children with disabilities who have been suspended or expelled from school, have available to them a free appropriate public education (FAPE), as provided by Part B of the Individuals with Disabilities Education Act, as amended by the Individuals with Disabilities Education Improvement Act of 2004 (IDEA) at 20 U.S.C. 1400, related federal regulations at 34 C.F.R. Part 300, Chapter 3323. of the Revised Code, the provisions of this chapter of the Administrative Code, and applicable state policies, procedures, and guidelines issued by the superintendent of public instruction.
(1) The provisions of this chapter shall provide that:
(a) Children with disabilities have available to them FAPE that emphasizes special education and related services designed to meet their unique needs and prepare them for further education, employment, and independent living; and
(b) The rights of children with disabilities and their parents are protected.
(2) School district of residence
(a) The child's school district of residence is responsible, in all instances, for ensuring that the requirements of paragraph (A) of this rule for making FAPE available are met for every eligible child in its jurisdiction, regardless of whether services are provided by another school district, other educational agency, juvenile justice facility, or other facility, agency, department, or entity unless Chapter 3323. of the Revised Code, or a rule adopted by the state board of education specifies that another school district, other educational agency, or other agency, department, or entity is responsible for ensuring compliance with Part B of the IDEA.
(b) Notwithstanding paragraph (A)(2)(a) of this rule, a school district of residence is not required to pay for the cost of education, including special education and related services, of a child with a disability at a nonpublic school or facility if that school district made FAPE available to the child, and the parents elected to place the child in a nonpublic school or facility. However, the school district must include the child in the population whose needs are addressed consistent with the requirements of rule 3301-51-08 of the Administrative Code.
(3) School district other than school district of residence
(a) Each school district is responsible for serving a child with a disability who is living in its school district, even though the school district is not the child's school district of residence. The child's school district of residence retains responsibility for making FAPE available to the child.
(b) "Serving a child with a disability" means educating the child which includes making special education and related services available to the child.
(i) The responsibility to serve a nonresident child with a disability living in the school district includes, but is not limited to, a child with a disability placed in a juvenile justice facility, institution, hospital, agency, department, home as defined in section 3313.64 of the Revised Code, or other facility or entity located in the school district.
(ii) The responsibility to serve a nonresident child with a disability does not apply to the school district in which the child is living if the child is already being served by another school district, a nonpublic school, county board of developmental disabilities (county board of DD), other educational agency, a state or local agency or institution, or other provider, including an open enrollment school district, the Ohio department of youth services, or provider for the "Autism Scholarship Program" established by section 3310.41 of the Revised Code, or a provider of the "Jon Peterson Special Needs Program" established by section 3310.52 of the Revised Code. However, if the child is placed in a nonpublic school in the school district, the school district must include the child in the population whose needs are addressed consistent with the requirements of rule 3301-51-08 of the Administrative Code.
(4) Funding for special education
No educational agency shall receive state or federal funds for special education and related services or provide special education and related services unless such special education and related services are provided in accordance with all applicable provisions of the IDEA and related federal regulations, Chapter 3323. of the Revised Code, this chapter of the Administrative Code, and related state policies, procedures, and guidelines issued by the superintendent of public instruction.
(5) Plan
Each educational agency, in providing for the education of children with disabilities within its jurisdiction, must have in effect a plan, written policies and procedures, and programs that are consistent with the state's policies and procedures related to the implementation of Part B of the IDEA. The plan shall provide assurances to the superintendent of public instruction that the educational agency meets each of the applicable conditions in 34 C.F.R. 300.201 to 300.213. Each school district's plan shall also meet the requirements of section 3323.08 of the Revised Code. Each educational agency shall submit its plan to the superintendent of public instruction as part of its comprehensive continuous improvement plan.
(6) Documentation and information
The superintendent of public instruction may require an educational agency to provide documentation that special education and related services for children with disabilities provided by the public agency are provided in compliance with the requirements specified in paragraph (A) of this rule.
(a) An educational agency must provide the superintendent of public instruction with information necessary to enable the superintendent to carry out the state's duties under Part B of the IDEA, including, information relating to the performance of children with disabilities participating in programs carried out under Part B of the IDEA.
(b) An educational agency must make available to parents of children with disabilities and to the general public all documents relating to the eligibility of the educational agency under Part B of the IDEA.
(c) An educational agency must cooperate in the secretary's efforts under section 1308 of the Elementary and Secondary Education Act of 1965, (ESEA) to ensure the linkage of records pertaining to migratory children with disabilities for the purpose of electronically exchanging, among the states, health, and educational information regarding those children.
(7) Ineligibility and opportunity for hearing
If the superintendent of public instruction determines that an educational agency is not eligible under Part B of the IDEA for purposes of receiving assistance under Part B of the IDEA, the superintendent shall:
(a) Notify the educational agency of that determination; and
(b) Provide the educational agency with reasonable notice and an opportunity for a hearing.
(8) Effect of noncompliance on funding; notice to public
If the superintendent of public instruction, after reasonable notice and an opportunity for a hearing, finds that an educational agency that has been determined to be eligible under Part B of the IDEA is failing to comply with any requirement in Sections 34 C.F.R. 300.201 to 34 C.F.R. 300.213:
(a) The superintendent of public instruction must reduce or must not provide any further payment to the educational agency until the state superintendent is satisfied that the educational agency is complying with that requirement.
(b) Any educational agency in receipt of a notice described in paragraph (A)(8)(a) of this rule must, by means of public notice, take the measures necessary to bring the pendency of an action pursuant to this rule to the attention of the public within the jurisdiction of the educational agency.
(c) In carrying out its responsibilities under this rule, the Ohio department of education must consider any decision resulting from a hearing held under rule 3301-51-05 of the Administrative Code that is adverse to the educational agency or state agency involved in the decision.
(B) Definitions
(1) "Act" or "IDEA" means the Individuals with Disabilities Education Act, as amended by the Individuals with Disabilities Education Improvement Act of 2004 at 20 U.S.C. 1400, Public Law 108-446 of the 108th Congress, December 3, 2004 (IDEA).
(2) "Assistive technology device" means any item, piece of equipment, or product system, whether acquired commercially off the shelf, modified, or customized, that is used to increase, maintain, or improve the functional capabilities of a child with a disability. The term does not include a medical device that is surgically implanted, or the replacement of such device.
(3) "Assistive technology service" means any service that directly assists a child with a disability in the selection, acquisition, or use of an assistive technology device. The term includes:
(a) The evaluation of the needs of a child with a disability, including a functional evaluation of the child in the child's customary environment;
(b) Purchasing, leasing, or otherwise providing for the acquisition of assistive technology devices by children with disabilities;
(c) Selecting, designing, fitting, customizing, adapting, applying, maintaining, repairing, or replacing assistive technology devices;
(d) Coordinating and using other therapies, interventions, or services with assistive technology devices, such as those associated with existing education and rehabilitation plans and programs;
(e) Training or technical assistance for a child with a disability or, if appropriate, that child's family; and
(f) Training or technical assistance for professionals (including individuals providing education or rehabilitation services), employers, or other individuals who provide services to, employ, or are otherwise substantially involved in the major life functions of that child.
(4) "Average daily membership" means the number of children that are counted to generate state funds under the Ohio school foundation funding program.
(5) "Benchmark" means a specific statement of what the child should know and be able to do in a specified segment of the year. Benchmarks describe how far the child is expected to progress toward the annual goal and by when. Benchmarks establish expected performance levels that allow for regular checks of progress that coincide with the reporting periods for informing parents of the child's progress toward achieving the annual goals.
(6) "Braille," unless otherwise specified, means a tactile system of reading and writing for individuals with visual impairments commonly known as standard English braille.
(7) "Caseload for one preschool special education teacher" means the number of children who collectively comprise the equivalency for ratios or funding.
(8) "Charter school" or "community school" has the meaning given the term in Section 4310 of the Elementary and Secondary Education Act of 1965, 20 U.S.C. 6301 (ESEA). The term "charter school" does not have the same meaning as "chartered nonpublic school."
(9) "Chartered nonpublic school" means a school chartered by the state board of education pursuant to section 3301.16 of the Revised Code and that meets the minimum standards for chartered nonpublic schools.
(10) "Child with a disability" means a child evaluated in accordance with rule 3301-51-06 of the Administrative Code as having an intellectual disability, a hearing impairment (including deafness), a speech or language impairment, a visual impairment (including blindness), a serious emotional disturbance (referred to in this rule as "emotional disturbance"), an orthopedic impairment, autism, traumatic brain injury, an other health impairment, a specific learning disability, deaf-blindness, a developmental delay (for a child between the ages of three and nine), or multiple disabilities, and who, by reason thereof, needs special education and related services.
(a) Subject to paragraph (B)(10)(b) of this rule, if it is determined, through an appropriate evaluation under rule 3301-51-06 of the Administrative Code, that a child has one of the disabilities identified in this rule, but needs only a related service and not special education, the child is not a child with a disability under this rule.
(b) If, consistent with the definition of special education in paragraph (B)(62) of this rule, the individualized education program (IEP) team considers the related service required by the child to be special education rather than a related service under state standards, the child would be determined to be a child with a disability under this rule.
(c) Children aged three through nine years who are experiencing developmental delays. "Child with a disability" for children aged three through nine years, may, subject to the conditions described in rule 3301-51-03 of the Administrative Code for the use of the term developmental delay, include a child:
(i) Who is experiencing developmental delays, as defined by rule 3301-51-11 of the Administrative Code and as measured by appropriate diagnostic instruments and procedures, in one or more of the following areas: physical development, cognitive development, communication development, social or emotional development, or adaptive development as provided by rule 3301-51-11 of the Administrative Code; and
(ii) Who, by reason thereof, needs special education and related services.
(d) Definitions of disability terms. The terms used in this definition of a "child with a disability" are defined as follows:
(i) "Autism" means a developmental disability significantly affecting verbal and nonverbal communication and social interaction, generally evident before age three, that adversely affects a child's educational performance. Other characteristics often associated with "autism" are engagement in repetitive activities and stereotyped movements, resistance to environmental change or change in daily routines, and unusual responses to sensory experiences.
(a) Autism does not apply if a child's educational performance is adversely affected primarily because the child has an emotional disturbance, as defined in paragraph (B)(10)(d)(v) of this rule.
(b) A child who manifests the characteristics of autism after age three could be identified as having autism if the criteria in paragraph (B)(10)(d)(i) of this rule are satisfied.
(ii) "Intellectual disability" means significantly sub average general intellectual functioning, existing concurrently with deficits in adaptive behavior and manifested during the developmental period, that adversely affects a child's educational performance.
(a) "Significantly sub average general intellectual functioning" refers to an intelligence quotient of seventy or below as determined through a measure of cognitive functioning administered by a school psychologist or a qualified psychologist using a test designed for individual administration. Based on a standard error of measurement and clinical judgment, a child may be determined to have significant sub average general intellectual functioning with an intelligence quotient not to exceed seventy-five.
(b) "Deficits in adaptive behavior" means deficits in two or more applicable skill areas occurring within the context of the child's environments and typical of the child's chronological age peers.
(c) A child who was identified by an Ohio educational agency as having a developmental handicap prior to July 1, 2002 shall be considered a child with a disability if the child continues to meet the definition of "developmentally handicapped" in paragraph "N." of former rule 3301-51-01 of the Administrative Code and the eligibility requirements of paragraph "F.1" of former rule 3301-51-04 of the Administrative Code that are both contained in the "Rules for the Education of Handicapped Children," which were effective July 1, 1982 and were rescinded July 1, 2002. A child who meets these provisions shall be eligible to receive special education and related services in accordance with the "Operating Standards for Ohio's Schools Serving Children with Disabilities" effective July 1, 2008.
(iii) "Deaf-blindness" means concomitant hearing and visual impairments, the combination of which causes such severe communication and other developmental and educational needs that they cannot be accommodated in special education programs solely for children with deafness or children with blindness.
(iv) "Deafness" means a hearing impairment that is so severe that the child is impaired in processing linguistic information through hearing, with or without amplification that adversely affects a child's educational performance.
(v) "Emotional disturbance" means a condition exhibiting one or more of the following characteristics over a long period of time and to a marked degree that adversely affects a child's educational performance:
(a) An inability to learn that cannot be explained by intellectual, sensory, or health factors.
(b) An inability to build or maintain satisfactory interpersonal relationships with peers and teachers.
(c) Inappropriate types of behavior or feelings under normal circumstances.
(d) A general pervasive mood of unhappiness or depression.
(e) A tendency to develop physical symptoms or fears associated with personal or school problems.
(f) Emotional disturbance includes schizophrenia. The term does not apply to children who are socially maladjusted, unless it is determined that they have an emotional disturbance under paragraph (B)(10)(d)(v) of this rule.
(vi) "Hearing impairment" means an impairment in hearing, whether permanent or fluctuating, that adversely affects a child's educational performance but that is not included under the definition of deafness in this rule.
(vii) "Multiple disabilities" means concomitant impairments (such as intellectual disability blindness or intellectual disability orthopedic impairment), the combination of which causes such severe educational needs that they cannot be accommodated in special education programs solely for one of the impairments. "Multiple disabilities" does not include deaf-blindness.
(viii) "Orthopedic impairment" means a severe orthopedic impairment that adversely affects a child's educational performance. The term includes impairments caused by a congenital anomaly, impairments caused by disease (e.g., poliomyelitis, bone tuberculosis), and impairments from other causes (e.g., cerebral palsy, amputations, and fractures or burns that cause contractures).
(ix) "Other health impairment" means having limited strength, vitality, or alertness, including a heightened alertness to environmental stimuli, that results in limited alertness with respect to the educational environment, that:
(a) Is due to chronic or acute health problems such as asthma, attention deficit disorder or attention deficit hyperactivity disorder, diabetes, epilepsy, a heart condition, hemophilia, lead poisoning, leukemia, nephritis, rheumatic fever, sickle cell anemia, and tourette syndrome; and
(b) Adversely affects a child's educational performance.
(x) Specific learning disability.
(a) General. "Specific learning disability" means a disorder in one or more of the basic psychological processes involved in understanding or in using language, spoken or written, that may manifest itself in the imperfect ability to listen, think, speak, read, write, spell, or to do mathematical calculations, including conditions such as perceptual disabilities, brain injury, minimal brain dysfunction, dyslexia, and developmental aphasia.
(b) Disorders not included. Specific learning disability does not include learning problems that are primarily the result of visual, hearing, or motor disabilities, of intellectual disability, of emotional disturbance, or of environmental, cultural, or economic disadvantage.
(xi) "Speech or language impairment" means a communication disorder, such as stuttering, impaired articulation, a language impairment, or a voice impairment, that adversely affects a child's educational performance.
(xii) "Traumatic brain injury" means an acquired injury to the brain caused by an external physical force or by other medical conditions, including but not limited to stroke, anoxia, infectious disease, aneurysm, brain tumors and neurological insults resulting from medical or surgical treatments. The injury results in total or partial functional disability or psychosocial impairment or both, that adversely affects a child's educational performance. The term applies to open or closed head injuries, as well as to other medical conditions that result in acquired brain injuries. The injuries result in impairments in one or more areas such as cognition; language; memory; attention; reasoning; abstract thinking; judgment; problem-solving; sensory, perceptual, and motor abilities; psychosocial behavior; physical functions; information processing; and speech. The term does not apply to brain injuries that are congenital or degenerative, or to brain injuries induced by birth trauma. This definition replaces the definition of traumatic brain injury in 34 C.F.R. 300.8(c)(12) and shall be used instead whenever the federal regulations at 34 C.F.R. Part 300, state statutes at Chapter 3323. of the Revised Code, or the state rules in Chapter 3301-51 of the Administrative Code refer to traumatic brain injury.
(xiii) "Visual impairment" including blindness means an impairment in vision that, even with correction, adversely affects a child's educational performance.
(a) The term visual impairment includes both partial sight and blindness;
(b) The term "visual impairment" does not include a disorder in one or more of the basic psychological processes, such as perceptual disabilities, brain injury, minimal brain dysfunction, dyslexia, and developmental aphasia.
(11) "Community school" means a public school, created in accordance with Chapter 3314. of the Revised Code. Community schools shall be considered school districts for the purposes of this chapter of the Administrative Code.
(12) "Consent" means that:
(a) The parent has been fully informed of all information relevant to the activity for which consent is sought, in the parent's native language, or other mode of communication;
(b) The parent understands and agrees in writing to the carrying out of the activity for which the parent's consent is sought, and the consent describes that activity and lists the records (if any) that will be released and to whom; and
(i) The parent understands that the granting of consent is voluntary on the part of the parent and may be revoked at anytime.
(ii) If a parent revokes consent, that revocation is not retroactive (i.e., it does not negate an action that has occurred after the consent was given and before the consent was revoked).
(13) "Coordinate Transition Services" means:
(a) Facilitate a planning process among multiple agencies, students and families to support a student's secondary transition process;
(b) Plan for the collection, sharing and utilization of student's transition data that is relevant to the student's post school outcomes, environment and support needs;
(c) Communicate a student's individual transition plan to students, families, educators and agencies;
(d) Coordinate the implementation of research-based practices that lead to effective postsecondary transition services and outcomes;
(e) Utilize methods to engage students and families in the secondary transition process;
(f) Assist in the coordination of referral process from school to adult services systems;
(g) Link appropriate course of study and instruction strategies to secondary transition related goals; and
(h) Create strategies that support the career development pathways of students with disabilities leading to career and college readiness.
(14) "County board of developmental disabilities" means a county board of developmental disabilities as provided by section 5126.02 of the Revised Code.
(15) "Day" means calendar day unless otherwise indicated as business day or school day.
(a) "Business day" means Monday through Friday, except for federal and state holidays (unless holidays are specifically included in the designation of business day).
(b) "School day" means any day, including a partial day that children are in attendance at school for instructional purposes. School day has the same meaning for all children in school, including children with and without disabilities.
(16) "Destruction" means physical destruction or removal of personal identifiers from information so that the information is no longer personally identifiable.
(17) "Education records" means the type of records covered under the definition of "education records" in 34 C.F.R. Part 99 (the regulations implementing the Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act of 1974, August 1974, 20 U.S.C. 1232g (FERPA)). Under that definition, the term "education records" means those records that are directly related to a student and are maintained by an educational agency or institution or by a party acting for the agency or institution. The term does not include the type of records which are listed and described as records excluded from that definition under 34 C.F.R. 99.3(b)(1) to 34 C.F.R. 99.3(b)(5).
(18) "Educational agency" means:
(a) School districts, including school districts of service, open enrollment school districts, community schools, the Ohio department of youth services, and joint vocational school districts;
(b) Juvenile justice facilities, educational service centers, county boards of developmental disabilities; and
(c) Any department; division; bureau; office; institution; board; commission; committee; authority; or other state or local agency, other than a school district or an agency administered by the department of developmental disabilities, that provides or seeks to provide special education or related services to children with disabilities, unless Chapter 3323. of the Revised Code, or a rule adopted by the state board of education specifies that another school district, other educational agency, or other agency, department, or entity is responsible for ensuring compliance with Part B of the IDEA.
(19) "Elementary school" means a nonprofit institutional day or residential school, including an elementary community school, that provides elementary education, as determined under state law.
(20) "Equipment" means:
(a) Machinery, utilities, and built-in equipment, and any necessary enclosures or structures to house the machinery, utilities, or equipment; and
(b) All other items necessary for the functioning of a particular facility as a facility for the provision of educational services, including items such as instructional equipment and necessary furniture; printed, published and audio-visual instructional materials; telecommunications, sensory, and other technological aids and devices; and books, periodicals, documents, and other related materials.
(21) "Evaluation" means procedures used in accordance with rule 3301-51-06 of the Administrative Code for evaluations to determine whether a child has a disability and the nature and extent of the special education and related services that the child needs.
(22) "Evaluation team" means the parents and a group of qualified professionals.
(23) "Evaluation team for a child suspected of having a specific learning disability" means the parents and a group of qualified professionals, which must include:
(a) The child's regular teacher; or
(b) If the child does not have a regular education teacher, a regular classroom teacher qualified to teach a child of the child's age; or
(c) For a child of less than school-age, an individual qualified by the Ohio department of education to teach a child of the child's age; and
(d) At least one person qualified to conduct individual diagnostic examinations of children, such as a school psychologist, speech-language pathologist, or remedial teacher.
(24) "Re-evaluation team" means the IEP team and other qualified professionals.
(25) "Excess costs" means those costs that are in excess of the average annual per-student expenditure in a school district during the preceding school year for an elementary school or secondary school student, as may be appropriate, and that must be computed after deducting:
(a) Amounts received:
(i) Under Part B of the IDEA;
(ii) Under Part A of Title I of the Elementary and Secondary Education Act of 1965, 20 U.S.C. 6301 (ESEA); and
(iii) Under Parts A and B of Title III of the ESEA and;
(b) Any state or local funds expended for programs that would qualify for assistance under any of the acts described in paragraph (B)(25)(a) of this rule, but excluding any amounts for capital outlay or debt service. (See appendix A to Part 300 of the IDEA for an example of how excess costs must be calculated.)
(26) "Free appropriate public education" or FAPE means special education and related services that:
(a) Are provided at public expense, under public supervision and direction, and without charge;
(b) Meet the standards of the Ohio department of education, including the requirements of this rule;
(c) Include an appropriate preschool, elementary school, or secondary school education in the state involved; and
(d) Are provided in conformity with an IEP that meets the requirements of rule 3301-51-07 of the Administrative Code for individualized education programs.
(27) "General curriculum" refers to the same curriculum that is used with children without disabilities.
(28) "General education" means a learning environment that provides a community of students with the opportunity to acquire skills and knowledge necessary to meet state and local performance objectives.
(29) "Homeless children" has the meaning given the term homeless children and youths in Section 725 (42 U.S.C. 11434a) of the McKinney-Vento Homeless Assistance Act.
(30) "Include" means that the items named are not all of the possible items that are covered, whether like or unlike the ones named.
(31) "Independent educational evaluation" means an evaluation conducted by a qualified examiner who is not employed by the educational agency responsible for the education of the child in question.
(32) "Individualized education program" or IEP means a written statement for a child with a disability that is developed, reviewed, and revised in accordance with rule 3301-51-07 of the Administrative Code.
(33) "Individualized education program team" or IEP team means a group of individuals described in paragraph (F) of rule 3301-51-07 of the Administrative Code that is responsible for developing, reviewing, or revising an IEP for a child with a disability.
(34) "Institution of higher education":
(a) Has the meaning given the term in Section 101 of the Higher Education Act of 1965, as amended and specified in the Higher Education Amendments of 1998, January 1998, 20 U.S.C. 1021 (HEA); and
(b) Also includes any community college receiving funds from the secretary of the interior under the Tribally Controlled Community College or University Assistance Act of 1978 (renamed Tribally Controlled College or University Assistance Act of 1978), October 1978, 25 U.S.C. 1801.
(35) "Instructional Materials and Technologies" includes "electronic book" as defined in division (C) of section 3329.01 of the Revised Code.
(36) "Limited English proficient" has the meaning given the term in Section 9101(25) of the Elementary and Secondary Education Act of 1965 (ESEA).
(37) "Math Markup Language 3" means the technical standard for the creation of valid XML source files containing mathematical and scientific content.
(38) "National Instructional Materials Access Center (NIMAC)" means the national repository established at the American printing house for the blind, inc. (APH) that contains NIMAS file sets.
(39) "National Instructional Materials Accessibility Standard (NIMAS)", including Math Markup Language, means the technical standard used by publishers to produce source files for use in creating multiple specialized formats, including braille, large print, digital text and audio.
(40) Native language:
(a) When used with respect to an individual who is limited English proficient, "native language" means the following:
(i) The language normally used by that individual, or, in the case of a child, the language normally used by the parents of the child, except as provided in paragraph (B)(40)(a)(ii) of this rule.
(ii) In all direct contact with a child (including evaluation of the child), the language normally used by the child in the home or learning environment.
(b) For an individual with deafness or blindness, or for an individual with no written language, the mode of communication is that normally used by the individual (such as sign language, braille, or oral communication).
(41) "Non-chartered nonpublic school" means a school, that is not chartered or seeking a charter from the state board of education because of truly held religious beliefs.
(42) "Nonpublic school" means a private school which is recognized by the Ohio department of education as either a chartered school as defined in section 3301.16 of the Revised Code or a non-chartered school as described in rule 3301-35-08 of the Administrative Code.
(43) "Objective" means a smaller, more manageable learning task that a child must master as a step toward achieving an annual goal. Objectives break the skills described in the annul goal into discrete components that, when mastered, allow the child to successfully obtain the goal.
(44) "Other educational agency" means a joint vocational school district; department; division; bureau; office; institution; board; commission; committee; authority; or other state or local agency, other than a school district or an agency administered by the department of developmental disabilities, that provides or seeks to provide special education or related services to children with disabilities.
(45) "Other health impairment major" means a child whose condition meets the definition of "other health impairment" and either of the following apply:
(a) The child is identified as having a medical condition that is among those listed by the superintendent of public instruction as conditions where a substantial majority of cases fall within the definition of "medically fragile child"; or
(b) The child is determined by the superintendent of public instruction to be a medically fragile child as defined in division (I) of section 3317.02 of the Revised Code.
(46) "Other health impairment minor" means a child whose condition meets the definition of "other health impairment" and whose condition does not meet either of the conditions specified in division (W)(1)(a) or (W)(1)(b) of section 3317.02 of the Revised Code.
(47) "Paraprofessional services" include services provided by educational agency employees who are adequately trained to assist in the provision of special education to children with disabilities. Paraprofessionals work under the supervision of teachers, intervention specialists, and/or related service providers. Other titles used to identify these service providers include teacher assistants, educational aides, school psychology aides, occupational therapy assistants, physical therapist assistants, and job coaches.
(48) "Parent" means:
(a) A biological or adoptive parent of a child but not a foster parent of a child;
(b) A guardian generally authorized to act as the child's parent, or authorized to make educational decisions for the child (but not the state if the child is a ward of the state);
(c) An individual acting in the place of a biological or adoptive parent (including a grandparent, stepparent, or other relative) with whom the child lives, or an individual who is legally responsible for the child's welfare; or
(d) A surrogate parent who has been appointed in accordance with rule 3301-51-05 of the Administrative Code;
(e) Except as provided in paragraph (B)(48)(f) of this rule, the biological or adoptive parent, when attempting to act as the parent under this rule and when more than one party is qualified under this rule to act as a parent, must be presumed to be the parent for purposes of this chapter of the Administrative Code unless the biological or adoptive parent does not have legal authority to make educational decisions for the child;
(f) If a judicial decree or order identifies a specific person or persons under paragraphs (B)(48)(a) to (B)(48)(c) of this rule to act as the parent of a child or to make educational decisions on behalf of a child, then such person or persons shall be determined to be the parent for purposes of this rule.
(49) "Parent training and information center" means a center assisted under Sections 671 or 672 of the IDEA.
(50) "Parentally placed nonpublic school children with disabilities" means children with disabilities enrolled by their parents in nonpublic, including religious, schools or facilities that meet the definition of elementary school or secondary school in this rule, other than children with disabilities in nonpublic schools who are placed or referred by public agencies.
(51) "Participating agency" means any agency or institution that collects, maintains, or uses personally identifiable information, or from which information is obtained, under Part B of the IDEA.
(52) "Personally identifiable" means information that contains:
(a) The name of the child, the child's parent, or other family member;
(b) The address of the child;
(c) A personal identifier, such as the child's social security number or student number; or
(d) A list of personal characteristics or other information that would make it possible to identify the child with reasonable certainty.
(53) "Public agency" includes the school districts, county boards of developmental disabilities, other educational agencies, community schools and any other political subdivisions of the state that are responsible for providing education to children with disabilities.
(54) "Qualified personnel" means personnel who have met Ohio department of education-approved or Ohio department of education-recognized certification, licensing, or other comparable requirements that apply to the area in which the individuals are providing special education or related services.
(55) "Referral" means the date the public school district or community school receives a parent's, school district's, or other educational agency's request for an initial evaluation or reevaluation.
(56) "Related services" means transportation and such developmental, corrective, and other supportive services as are required to assist a child with a disability to benefit from special education, and includes speech-language pathology and audiology services, interpreting services, psychological services, physical and occupational therapy, recreation, including therapeutic recreation, early identification and assessment of disabilities in children, counseling services, including rehabilitation counseling, orientation and mobility services, and medical services for diagnostic or evaluation purposes. Related services also include school health services and school nurse services, social work services in schools, and parent counseling and training.
(a) Exception; services that apply to children with surgically implanted devices, including cochlear implants.
(i) Related services do not include a medical device that is surgically implanted, the optimization of that device's functioning (e.g., mapping), maintenance of that device, or the replacement of that device.
(ii) Nothing in paragraph (B)(56)(a)(i) of this rule:
(a) Limits the right of a child with a surgically implanted device (e.g., cochlear implant) to receive related services (as listed in this rule) that are determined by the IEP team to be necessary for the child to receive FAPE.
(b) Limits the responsibility of a school district to appropriately monitor and maintain medical devices that are needed to maintain the health and safety of the child, including breathing, nutrition, or operation of other bodily functions, while the child is transported to and from school or is at school; or
(c) Prevents the routine checking of an external component of a surgically-implanted device to make sure it is functioning properly, as required in rule 3301-51-02 of the Administrative Code.
(b) Individual related services terms defined. The terms used in this rule are defined as follows:
(i) "Attendant services" are those that assist children with disabilities with personal health care needs.
(ii) "Audiology" includes:
(a) Identification of children with hearing loss;
(b) Determination of the range, nature, and degree of hearing loss, including referral for medical or other professional attention for the habilitation of hearing;
(c) Provision of habilitative activities, such as language habilitation, auditory training, speech reading (lip-reading), hearing evaluation, and speech conservation;
(d) Creation and administration of programs for prevention of hearing loss;
(e) Counseling and guidance of children, parents, and teachers regarding hearing loss; and
(f) Determination of children's needs for group and individual amplification, selecting and fitting an appropriate aid, and evaluating the effectiveness of amplification.
(iii) "Counseling services" means services provided by qualified social workers, psychologists, guidance counselors, or other qualified personnel.
(iv) "Early identification and assessment of disabilities in children" means the implementation of a formal plan for identifying a disability as early as possible in a child's life.
(v) "Interpreting services" includes:
(a) The following, when used with respect to children who are deaf or hard of hearing: oral transliteration services, cued language transliteration services, sign language transliteration and interpreting services, and transcription services, such as "communication access real-time translation (CART)," "C-Print," and "TypeWell"; and
(b) Special interpreting services for children who are deaf-blind.
(vi) "Medical services" means services provided by a licensed physician to determine a child's medically related disability that results in the child's need for special education and related services.
(vii) "Occupational therapy"
(a) Means services provided by a qualified occupational therapist licensed under Chapter 4755. of the Revised Code; and
(b) Includes:
(i) Improving, developing, or restoring functions impaired or lost through illness, injury, or deprivation;
(ii) Improving ability to perform tasks for independent functioning if functions are impaired or lost; and
(iii) Preventing, through early intervention, initial or further impairment or loss of function.
(viii) "Occupational therapy assistant services" means services provided by an occupational therapy assistant licensed under Chapter 4755. of the Revised Code and includes assisting in the practice of occupational therapy under the direction and supervision of an occupational therapist.
(ix) "Orientation and mobility services":
(a) Means services provided to blind or visually impaired children by qualified personnel to enable those students to attain systematic orientation to and safe movement within their environments in school, home, and community; and
(b) Includes teaching children the following, as appropriate:
(i) Spatial and environmental concepts and use of information received by the senses (such as sound, temperature and vibrations) to establish, maintain, or regain orientation and line of travel (e.g., using sound at a traffic light to cross the street);
(ii) To use the long cane or a service animal to supplement visual travel skills or as a tool for safely negotiating the environment for children with no available travel vision;
(iii) To understand and use remaining vision and distance low vision aids; and
(iv) Other concepts, techniques, and tools.
(x) "Parent counseling and training" means:
(a) Assisting parents in understanding the special needs of their child;
(b) Providing parents with information about child development; and
(c) Helping parents to acquire the necessary skills that will allow them to support the implementation of their child's IEP.
(xi) "Physical therapy" means services provided by a qualified physical therapist licensed under Chapter 4755. of the Revised Code.
(xii) "Physical therapist assistant services" means services provided by a physical therapist assistant licensed under Chapter 4755. of the Revised Code who performs such services under the direction and supervision of a physical therapist.
(xiii) "Psychological services"
(a) Include but are not limited to:
(i) Administering psychological and educational tests, and other assessment procedures;
(ii) Interpreting assessment results;
(iii) Obtaining, integrating, and interpreting information about child behavior and conditions relating to learning;
(iv) Consulting with other staff members to plan and develop school programs and interventions to meet the educational needs or special education needs of children or groups of children as indicated by psychological tests, interviews, direct observation, and behavioral evaluations;
(v) Conducting and monitoring interventions;
(vi) Diagnosing psychological disorders that effect learning and/or behavior;
(vii) Planning and managing a program of psychological services, including psychological counseling for children and parents;
(viii) Participating in the provision of a program of mental health services; and
(ix) Assisting in developing positive behavioral intervention strategies.
(b) The services of a school psychology aide shall be under the direct supervision of a school psychologist.
(c) The school psychologist intern program shall be organized under guidelines approved by the Ohio department of education, office for exceptional children.
(xiv) "Reader services" means assisting learners with visual impairments by orally reading written materials.
(xv) "Recreation" includes:
(a) Assessment of leisure function;
(b) Therapeutic recreation services;
(c) Recreation programs in schools and community agencies; and
(d) Leisure education.
(xvi) "Rehabilitation counseling services" means services provided by qualified personnel in individual or group sessions that focus specifically on career development, employment preparation, achieving independence, and integration in the workplace and community of a student with a disability. The term also includes vocational rehabilitation services provided to a student with a disability by vocational rehabilitation programs funded under the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, as amended and specified in the Rehabilitation Act Amendments of 1998, August 1998, 29 U.S.C. 701.
(xvii) "School health services and school nurse services" means health services that are designed to enable a child with a disability to receive FAPE as described in the child's IEP. School nurse services are services provided by a qualified school nurse. School health services are services that may be provided by either a qualified school nurse or other qualified person.
(xviii) "Social work services in schools" includes:
(a) Preparing a social or developmental history on a child with a disability;
(b) Group and individual counseling with the child and family;
(c) Working in partnership with parents and others on those problems in a child's living situation (home, school, and community) that affect the child's adjustment in school;
(d) Mobilizing school and community resources to enable the child to learn as effectively as possible in the child's educational program; and
(e) Assisting in developing positive behavioral intervention strategies.
(xix) "Speech-language pathology services" includes:
(a) Identification of children with speech or language impairments;
(b) Diagnosis and appraisal of specific speech or language impairments;
(c) Referral for medical or other professional attention necessary for the habilitation of speech or language impairments;
(d) Provision of speech and language services for the habilitation or prevention of communicative impairments; and
(e) Counseling and guidance of parents, children, and teachers regarding speech and language impairments.
(xx) "Transportation" includes:
(a) Travel to and from school and between schools;
(b) Travel in and around school buildings; and
(c) Specialized equipment (such as special or adapted buses, lifts, and ramps), if required to provide special transportation for a child with a disability.
(57) "School district" means a city, local, exempted village school district, or a community school.
(58) "School district of residence" means:
(a) The school district in which the child's parents reside;
(b) If the child is enrolled in a community school, the community school is considered to be the "school district of residence";
(c) If the school district specified in paragraph (B)(58)(a) or (B)(58)(b) of this rule cannot be determined, the last school district in which the child's parents are known to have resided if the parents' whereabouts are unknown;
(d) If the school district specified in paragraph (B)(58)(c) of this rule cannot be determined, the school district determined by the court under section 2151.362 of the Revised Code, or if no district has been so determined, the school district as determined by the probate court of the county in which the child resides.
(e) Notwithstanding paragraphs (B)(58)(a) to (B)(58)(d) of this rule, if a school district is required by section 3313.65 of the Revised Code to pay tuition for a child, that district shall be the child's school district of residence.
(59) "School district of service" means a school district that is responsible for serving a child with a disability who resides within another school district.
(60) "Secondary school" means a nonprofit institutional day or residential school, including a secondary community school that provides secondary education, as determined under state law, except that it does not include any education beyond grade twelve.
(61) "Services plan" means a written statement that describes the special education and related services the school district will provide to a parentally placed child with a disability enrolled in a nonpublic school who has been designated to receive services, including the location of the services and any transportation necessary, consistent with rule 3301-51-08 of the Administrative Code, and is developed and implemented in accordance with rule 3301-51-08 of the Administrative Code.
(62) Special education:
(a) General.
(i) "Special education" means specially designed instruction, at no cost to the parents, to meet the unique needs of a child with a disability, including:
(a) Instruction conducted in the classroom, in the home, in hospitals and institutions, and in other settings; and
(b) Instruction in physical education.
(ii) Special education includes each of the following, if the services otherwise meet the requirements of paragraph (B)(62)(a)(i) of this rule:
(a) Speech-language pathology services, or any other related service, if the IEP team considers the service special education rather than a related service under state standards;
(b) Travel training; and
(c) Vocational education.
(b) Individual special education terms defined. The terms in this rule are defined as follows:
(i) "At no cost" means that all specially-designed instruction is provided without charge, but does not preclude incidental fees that are normally charged to non disabled students or their parents as a part of the regular education program.
(ii) "Physical education" means:
(a) The development of:
(i) Physical and motor fitness;
(ii) Fundamental motor skills and patterns; and
(iii) Skills in aquatics, dance, and individual and group games and sports (including intramural and lifetime sports); and
(b) Includes special physical education, adapted physical education, movement education, and motor development.
(iii) "Specially designed instruction" means adapting, as appropriate to the needs of an eligible child under this rule, the content, methodology, or delivery of instruction:
(a) To address the unique needs of the child that result from the child's disability; and
(b) To ensure access of the child to the general curriculum, so that the child can meet the educational standards within the jurisdiction of the school district that apply to all children.
(iv) "Travel training" means providing instruction, as appropriate, to children with significant cognitive (intellectual) disabilities, and any other children with disabilities who require this instruction, to enable them to:
(a) Develop an awareness of the environment in which they live; and
(b) Learn the skills necessary to move effectively and safely from place to place within that environment (e.g., in school, in the home, at work, and in the community).
(v) "Vocational education" means organized educational programs that are directly related to the preparation of individuals for paid or unpaid employment, or for additional preparation for a career not requiring a baccalaureate or advanced degree.
(63) "Supervisory and coordinator services" includes providing information and explanation to all personnel who provide special education and related services to children with disabilities regarding state and federal laws, recommended practice, and other topics essential for the delivery of services to children with disabilities; helping school district personnel evaluate the effectiveness of special education and related services; and providing in-service education to parents and personnel involved in educating children with disabilities. Supervisory personnel as required by paragraph (D)(2) of rule 3301-24-05 of the Administrative Code and in compliance with each educational agency's approved board policies.
(64) "State residential school" means publicly funded residential educational services that are provided under the supervision of the Ohio department of education, including the Ohio school for the deaf and the Ohio state school for the blind.
(65) "Supplementary aids and services" means aids, services, and other supports that are provided in regular education classes, other education-related settings, and in extracurricular and nonacademic settings, to enable children with disabilities to be educated with non disabled children to the maximum extent appropriate in accordance with the requirements for least restrictive environment in rule 3301-51-09 of the Administrative Code.
(66) "Surrogate Parent" means a trained individual (see division (C)(5) of section 3310.51 of the Revised Code and rule 3301-51-01 of the Administrative Code) who acts in the place of the parent (as defined in Ohio Revised Code or Ohio Administrative Code) to make educational decisions on behalf of children who are or may be eligible for special education services under the Individuals with Disabilities Education Act (IDEA) in all matters relating to the identification, evaluation, educational placement, and provision of a free appropriate public education (FAPE).
(67) "Textbook" means textbooks, including related core instructional material, available for purchase by a school board, including new editions to a series or volume of that textbook.
(68) "Transition from Part C early intervention services" means the transition of children from the Part C programs to preschool programs as specified in rule 3301-51-11 of the Administrative Code.
(69) "Transition services":
(a) Means a coordinated set of activities for a child with a disability that:
(i) Is designed to be within a results-oriented process, that is focused on improving the academic and functional achievement of the child with a disability to facilitate the child's movement from school to post-school activities, including postsecondary education, vocational education, integrated employment (including supported employment), continuing and adult education, adult services, independent living, or community participation;
(ii) Is based on the individual child's needs, taking into account the child's strengths, preferences, and interests; and includes:
(a) Instruction;
(b) Related services;
(c) Community experiences;
(d) The development of employment in an integrated competitive environment and other post-school adult living objectives; and
(e) When assessment data supports a need, acquisition of daily living skills and provision of a functional vocational evaluation.
(b) Shall be provided by individuals who have the competencies, experiences, and training to meet the individual student's transition services needs. Individuals coordinating transition shall either:
(i) Obtain the transition to work endorsement; or
(ii) Possess the skills and knowledge to:
(a) Facilitate a planning process among multiple agencies, students and families to support a student's secondary transition process;
(b) Plan for the collection, sharing and utilization of student's transition data that is relevant to the student's post school outcomes, environment and support needs;
(c) Communicate a student's individual transition plan to students, families, educators and agencies;
(d) Coordinate the implementation research based practices that lead to effective postsecondary transition services and outcomes;
(e) Utilize methods to engage students and families in the secondary transition process;
(f) Assist in the coordination of referral process from school to adult services systems;
(g) Link appropriate course of study and instruction strategies to secondary transition related goals; and
(h) Create strategies that support the career development pathways of students with disabilities leading to career and college readiness.
(c) Transition services for children with disabilities may be special education, if provided as specially designed instruction, or a related service, if required to assist a child with a disability to benefit from special education.
(d) Competitive environment means competitive employment in an integrated setting.
(e) Competitive integrated employment as defined by 34 CFR 361(c)(9), means work that:
(i) In the competitive labor market that is performed on a full-time or part-time basis in an integrated setting; and
(ii) For which an individual is compensated at or above the minimum wage, but not less than the customary wage and level of benefits paid by the employer for the same or similar work performed by individuals who are not disabled.
(f) Integrated setting as defined by 34 CFR 361.5(33)(ii) and used in the context of employment outcomes, means a setting typically found in the community in which applicants or eligible individuals interact with non-disabled individuals, other than non-disabled individuals who are providing services to those applicants or eligible individuals, to the same extent that non-disabled individuals in a comparable positions interact with other persons.
(70) "Universal design" has the meaning given the term in Section 3 of the Assistive Technology Act of 1998, as amended and specified in the Assistive Technology Act of 2004, October 2004, 29 U.S.C. 3002.
(71) "Ward of the state" means a child who, as determined by the state where the child resides, is:
(a) A foster child;
(b) A ward of the state; or
(c) In the custody of a public child welfare agency.
Last updated December 1, 2023 at 9:33 AM
History
- Effective: December 1, 2023
- Promulgated Under: 119.03
Ohio Adm.Code 3301-51-08
(A) Children's rights to services
Each school district is required to provide equitable services and participation for eligible children who are attending a chartered or non-chartered nonpublic school located within the district's geographical boundaries. The school district must have timely and meaningful consultation with the chartered and non-chartered nonpublic school officials to determine if any children attending those nonpublic schools are eligible for equitable services.
(B) Child find for parentally placed nonpublic school children with disabilities
(1) General
Each school district must locate, identify, and evaluate all children with disabilities who are enrolled by their parents in nonpublic, including religious, elementary schools and secondary schools located in the school district, in accordance with paragraphs (B)(2) to (B)(5) of this rule and with rules 3301-51-01 and 3301-51-03 of the Administrative Code.
(2) Child find design
The child find process must be designed to ensure:
(a) The equitable participation of parentally placed nonpublic school children; and
(b) An accurate count of those children.
(3) Activities
In carrying out the requirements of this rule, the school district where the nonpublic school is located must undertake activities similar to the activities undertaken for the district's public school children.
(4) Cost
The cost of carrying out the child find requirements in this rule, including individual evaluations, shall not be considered in determining if a school district has met its obligation under paragraph (E) of this rule.
(5) Completion period
The child find process must be completed in a time period comparable to that for students attending the school district where the nonpublic school is located consistent with rules 3301-51-03 and 3301-51-06 of the Administrative Code.
(6) Out-of-state children
Each school district in which nonpublic, including religious, elementary schools and secondary schools are located must, in carrying out the child find requirements in this rule, include parentally placed nonpublic school children who reside in a state other than the state in which the nonpublic schools that they attend are located.
(7) Students eligible for a scholarship
The district where the chartered or non-chartered nonpublic school is located is responsible for additional child find activities regarding children who are enrolled in either the "Autism Scholarship Program," established by section 3310.41 of the Revised Code or the "Jon Peterson Special Needs Scholarship Program," established by section 3310.52 of the Revised Code, as well as a determination of whether or not these children will receive services through a services plan, as outlined in paragraphs (C) and (J) of this rule.
(8) Determination of eligibility
The school district where the nonpublic school is located shall conduct, either directly or through contract, a full and individual initial evaluation in accordance with rule 3301-51-06 of the Administrative Code for children suspected of having a disability.
(a) The school district where the nonpublic school is located shall provide the parents of children who are determined eligible for services under rule 3301-51-06 of the Administrative Code written documentation stating that the child's school district of residence is responsible for making a free appropriate public education (FAPE) available to the child.
(b) A copy of this documentation shall be sent to the child's school district of residence, provided the school district where the nonpublic school is located receives written parental consent for this information to be released to the child's school district of residence.
(9) School district of residence
(a) A school district of residence is not required to pay for the cost of FAPE of a child with a disability at a nonpublic school or facility if:
(i) The school district of residence made FAPE available to the child in the public school; and
(ii) The parents elected to place the child in the nonpublic school or facility.
(b) However, the school district of residence must include the child described in paragraph (B)(8)(a) of this rule in the population whose needs are addressed consistent with the requirements of this rule.
(c) If the parents make clear their intention to keep their child with a disability enrolled in a nonpublic school then the school district of residence is not required to develop an individualized education program (IEP) for the child unless required to under Chapters 3301-101 and 3301-103 of the Administrative Code. If the child with a disability who is in need of special education and related services enrolls or re-enrolls in the school district of residence, the school district of residence must make FAPE available.
(10) Confidentiality requirements
When conducting child find, evaluation and service activities, the school district where the nonpublic school is located must be in compliance with all confidentiality requirements of the Individuals with Disabilities Education Act, as amended by the Individuals with Disabilities Education Improvement Act of 2004, December 2004 (IDEA), and the Family Education Rights and Privacy Act of 1974, August 1974 (FERPA).
(a) If a child is enrolled or is going to enroll in a nonpublic school that is not located in the school district of the parent's residence, parental consent must be obtained before any personally identifiable information about the child is released between officials in the school district where the nonpublic school is located and officials in the school district of the parent's residence.
(b) The school district where the nonpublic school is located shall follow all the IDEA and the FERPA confidentiality requirements when serving children with disabilities attending chartered and non-chartered nonpublic schools.
(11) Continued determination of eligibility
Children with disabilities enrolled by their parents in nonpublic schools and receiving special education and any related services must be reevaluated by the school district where the nonpublic school is located:
(a) Not more frequently than once a year, unless the parent and the district agree otherwise; and
(b) At least once every three years, unless the parent and the district agree that a reevaluation is unnecessary.
(C) Provision of services for parentally placed nonpublic school children with disabilities: basic requirement
(1) General
To the extent consistent with the number and location of children with disabilities who are enrolled by their parents in nonpublic, including religious, elementary schools and secondary schools located in the school district, provision is made for the participation of those children in the program assisted or carried out under Part B of the IDEA by providing them with special education and related services, including direct services determined in accordance with this rule.
(2) Services plan for parentally placed nonpublic school children with disabilities
In accordance with paragraph (C)(1) and paragraphs (I) to (K) of this rule, a services plan must be developed and implemented for each nonpublic school child with a disability who has been designated by the school district in which the nonpublic school is located to receive special education and related services under this rule.
(D) Reporting requirements
(1) The following children with disabilities, who are enrolled by their parents in nonpublic schools, shall be counted and reported to the Ohio department of education by the school district where the nonpublic school is located, during the October education management information system (EMIS) reporting period:
(a) Children identified as eligible to receive special education services under the IDEA, but who do not have a services plan; and
(b) Children who are suspected of having a disability who are enrolled by their parents in nonpublic schools and who are evaluated and determined not eligible to receive special education and related services under the IDEA.
(2) Children with disabilities who are receiving special education services in accordance with a services plan funded through Part B of the IDEA or auxiliary services funds shall be counted for the October thirty-first child count report by the school district where the nonpublic school is located to generate Part B special education funds.
(E) Expenditures
(1) Formula
The school district where the nonpublic school is located must spend the following on providing special education and related services (including direct services) to parentally placed nonpublic school children with disabilities:
(a) For children between the ages of three and twenty-one, inclusive, an amount that is the same proportion of the school district's total subgrant under Section 611(f) of the IDEA as the number of nonpublic school children between the ages of three and twenty-one, inclusive, who are enrolled by their parents in nonpublic, including religious, elementary schools and secondary schools located in the school district, is to the total number of children with disabilities in its jurisdiction between the ages of three and twenty-one, inclusive.
(i) For children aged three through five, an amount that is the same proportion of the school district's total subgrant under Section 619(g) of the IDEA as the number of parentally placed nonpublic school children with disabilities aged three through five who are enrolled by their parents in a nonpublic, including religious, elementary school located in the school district, is to the total number of children with disabilities in its jurisdiction aged three through five.
(ii) As described in paragraph (E)(1)(a)(i) of this rule, children aged three through five are considered to be parentally placed nonpublic school children with disabilities enrolled by their parents in nonpublic, including religious, elementary schools, if they are enrolled in a nonpublic school that meets the definition of elementary school in rule 3301-51-01 of the Administrative Code.
(b) If the school district where the nonpublic school is located has not expended for equitable services all of the funds described in paragraph (E)(1)(a) of this rule by the end of the fiscal year for which congress appropriated the funds, the school district must obligate the remaining funds for special education and related services (including direct services) to parentally placed nonpublic school children with disabilities during a carry-over period of one additional year.
(2) Calculating proportionate amount
(a) In calculating the proportionate amount of federal funds to be provided for parentally placed nonpublic school children with disabilities, the school district where the nonpublic school is located, after timely and meaningful consultation with representatives of nonpublic schools under paragraph (F) of this rule, must conduct a thorough and complete child find process to determine the number of parentally placed children with disabilities attending nonpublic schools located in the school district.
(b) The annual count of the number of parentally placed nonpublic school children with disabilities must be used to determine the amount that the school district where the nonpublic school is located must spend on providing special education and related services to parentally placed nonpublic school children with disabilities in the subsequent fiscal year. Each school district must:
(i) After timely and meaningful consultation with representatives of parentally-placed private school children with disabilities, determine the number of parentally-placed private school children with disabilities attending nonpublic schools located in the school district; and
(ii) Ensure that the count is conducted on any date between October first and December first, inclusive, of each year.
(3) Supplement, not supplant
State and local funds may supplement and in no case supplant the proportionate amount of federal funds required to be expended for parentally placed nonpublic school children with disabilities under this rule.
(4) Use of federal funds provided through the IDEA
The amount of special education IDEA Part B and early childhood special education flow-through benefits that the school district where the nonpublic school is located must allocate for eligible nonpublic school children is determined as follows:
(a) The proportionate share allocation is calculated as specified in appendix B "Proportionate Share Calculation" to 34 C.F.R. Part 300 (October 13, 2006). For purposes of the calculation of the proportionate share under appendix B, "LEA" means the school district in which the nonpublic school is located and "private school" means nonpublic school as defined in paragraph (B)(40) of rule 3301-51-01 of the Administrative Code
(b) The calculation of the proportionate share of IDEA Part B special education funds is based upon a number of factors including child count, public and nonpublic population counts and the number of children within the district living in poverty. Due to these factors, each school district's calculation will vary based on its individual data and a statewide per-child allocation cannot be determined.
(5) Use of state funds and provision of auxiliary services
(a) Opportunity for participation
Auxiliary services funds are generated for each school district based upon the number of children attending chartered nonpublic elementary or secondary schools within the district. Auxiliary services funds may be used to provide services to children with disabilities who are attending chartered nonpublic schools within the boundaries of a given school district (sections 3317.024 and 3317.06 of the Revised Code).
(b) Approval of services to be provided
The school district within whose boundaries the chartered nonpublic school is located has the responsibility for approving the chartered nonpublic school's request for services prior to the provision of such services.
(c) Location of services
Personnel funded with auxiliary services funds may provide services either on or off the premises of the chartered nonpublic school to children enrolled in a religiously affiliated or nonsectarian school. If services are provided in the public school or in public centers, transportation to and from such facilities shall be provided by the school district in which the chartered nonpublic school is located (division (I) of section 3317.06 of the Revised Code).
(d) Documentation of services
If a child is unilaterally placed by the child's parents in a chartered nonpublic school and the child will be receiving special education and related services using both Part B funds and auxiliary funds or using auxiliary funds only, the services provided by auxiliary funds must be clearly marked as auxiliary services on the child's services plan. These services are not subject to the IDEA complaint or due process procedures.
(F) Consultation
To ensure timely and meaningful consultation, the school district where the nonpublic school is located must consult with nonpublic school representatives and representatives of parents of parentally placed nonpublic school children with disabilities during the design and development of special education and related services for the children regarding the following:
(1) Child find
The child find process, including:
(a) How parentally placed nonpublic school children suspected of having a disability can participate equitably; and
(b) How parents, teachers, and nonpublic school officials will be informed of the process.
(2) Proportionate share of funds
The determination of the proportionate share of federal funds available to serve parentally placed nonpublic school children with disabilities under paragraph (E) of this rule, including the determination of how the proportionate share of those funds was calculated. Consultations shall take into consideration the number of these children and their needs and location.
(3) Consultation process
The consultation process among the school district where the nonpublic school is located, nonpublic school officials, and representatives of parents of parentally placed nonpublic school children with disabilities, including how the process will operate throughout the school year to ensure that parentally placed children with disabilities identified through the child find process can meaningfully participate in special education and related services.
(4) Provision of special education and related services
How, where, and by whom special education and related services will be provided for parentally placed nonpublic school children with disabilities, including a discussion of:
(a) The types of services, including direct services and alternate service delivery mechanisms; and
(b) How special education and related services will be apportioned if funds are insufficient to serve all parentally placed nonpublic school children; and
(c) How and when those decisions will be made.
(5) Written explanation by the school district regarding services
How, if the school district where the nonpublic school is located disagrees with the views of the nonpublic school officials on the provision of services or the types of services (whether provided directly or through a contract), the school district where the nonpublic school is located shall provide to the nonpublic school officials a written explanation of the reasons why the school district chose not to provide services directly or through a contract.
(G) Written affirmation
(1) When timely and meaningful consultation has occurred, the school district where the nonpublic school is located must obtain a written affirmation signed by the representatives of participating nonpublic schools.
(2) If the representatives do not provide the affirmation within a reasonable period of time or choose not to participate, the school district where the nonpublic school is located must document its consultation attempts and forward documentation of the consultation process to the Ohio department of education.
(H) Compliance
(1) General
A nonpublic school official has the right to submit a complaint to the Ohio department of education, office for exceptional children, alleging that the school district where the nonpublic school is located:
(a) Did not engage in consultation that was meaningful and timely; or
(b) Did not give due consideration to the views of the nonpublic school official.
(2) Procedure
(a) If the nonpublic school official wishes to submit a complaint, the official must provide to the Ohio department of education, office for exceptional children the basis of the noncompliance by the school district with the applicable nonpublic school provisions in this rule; and
(b) The school district where the nonpublic school is located must forward the appropriate documentation to the Ohio department of education, office for exceptional children, in accordance with paragraph (L) of this rule.
(c) If the nonpublic school official is dissatisfied with the decision of the Ohio department of education, office for exceptional children, the official may submit a complaint to the secretary of the U.S. department of education by providing the information on noncompliance described in paragraph (H)(2)(a) of this rule. The Ohio department of education, office for exceptional children shall forward the appropriate documentation to the secretary of the U.S. department of education.
(I) Equitable services determined
(1) No individual right to special education and related services
No parentally placed nonpublic school child with a disability has an individual right to receive some or all of the special education and related services that the child would receive if enrolled in a public school.
(2) Decisions
(a) Decisions about the services that will be provided to parentally placed nonpublic school children with disabilities under this rule must be made in accordance with paragraphs (I)(3) and (F)(3) of this rule.
(b) The school district where the nonpublic school is located must make the final decisions with respect to the services to be provided to eligible parentally placed nonpublic school children with disabilities.
(3) Services plan for each child served under this rule
If a child with a disability is enrolled in a religious or other nonpublic school by the child's parents and will receive special education or related services from the school district where the nonpublic school is located, the school district must:
(a) Initiate and conduct meetings to develop, review, and revise a services plan for the child, in accordance with paragraph (J)(2) of this rule; and
(b) Ensure that a representative of the religious or other nonpublic school attends each meeting. If the representative cannot attend, the school district where the nonpublic school is located shall use other methods to ensure participation by the religious or other nonpublic school, including individual or conference telephone calls.
(J) Equitable services provided
(1) General
(a) The services provided to parentally placed nonpublic school children with disabilities must be provided by personnel meeting the same standards as personnel providing services in the public schools, except that nonpublic elementary school and secondary school teachers who are providing equitable services to parentally placed nonpublic school children with disabilities do not have to meet the special education teacher requirements of rule 3301-51-01 of the Administrative Code.
(b) Parentally placed nonpublic school children with disabilities may receive a different amount of services than children with disabilities in public schools.
(2) Services provided in accordance with a services plan
(a) Each parentally placed nonpublic school child with a disability who has been designated to receive services under paragraph (C) of this rule must have a services plan that describes the specific special education and related services that the public school district where the nonpublic school is located will provide to the child in light of the services that the district has determined, through the process described in this rule, it will make available to parentally placed nonpublic school children with disabilities.
(b) The services plan must:
(i) Be developed to meet IEP requirements as outlined in paragraph (H) of rule 3301-51-07 of the Administrative Code, to the extent appropriate;
(ii) Be individually developed for each participating child using the services plan form, i.e., IEP form, included in the school district's approved forms; and
(iii) Be developed, reviewed, and revised consistent with paragraphs (I) to (L) of rule 3301-51-07 of the Administrative Code.
(3) Development of the services plan
(a) The school district where the nonpublic school is located, whether or not it is the child's school district of residence, convenes the services plan meeting, conference call, or video conference for each eligible child who will receive special education and any related services.
(b) A nonpublic school representative must participate in the development or revision of the services plan.
(c) The school district where the nonpublic school is located is required to and is responsible for conducting a meeting, conference call, or video conference at least annually to review and revise, if appropriate, each child's services plan.
(d) Neither the IDEA nor state law makes provisions for nonpublic schools to develop student services plans. Any written plan developed by a nonpublic school will not be recognized as a services plan under federal or state laws.
(4) Provision of equitable services
(a) The provision of services pursuant to paragraphs (K) to (O) of this rule must be provided:
(i) By employees of a public agency; or
(ii) Through contract by the public agency with an individual, association, agency, organization, or other entity.
(b) Special education and related services provided to parentally placed nonpublic school children with disabilities, including materials and equipment, must be secular, neutral, and nonideological.
(K) Location of services and transportation
(1) Services on nonpublic school premises
(a) Services to parentally placed nonpublic school children with disabilities may be provided on the premises of nonpublic, including religious, schools, to the extent consistent with law.
(b) The school district where the nonpublic school is located will determine where services will be provided. Services may be provided at the nonpublic school with the permission of the nonpublic school.
(2) Transportation
(a) General
If necessary for the child to benefit from or participate in the services provided under this rule, a parentally placed nonpublic school child with a disability must be provided transportation:
(i) From the child's school or the child's home to a site other than the nonpublic school; and
(ii) From the service site to the nonpublic school, or to the child's home, depending on the timing of the services.
(b) Transportation for parentally placed chartered nonpublic school children
(i) Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraph (K)(2)(a) of this rule, a child with a disability who is parentally placed in a chartered nonpublic school shall be entitled to transportation to the same degree as any child without disabilities who is attending a chartered nonpublic school even though transportation is not necessary for the child to benefit from or participate in the services provided under this rule.
(ii) A child with a disability parentally placed in a chartered nonpublic school in grades kindergarten through eight who lives more than two miles from the chartered nonpublic school will be transported by the school district of residence unless one of the following applies:
(a) The direct travel time, as measured by riding in a school bus, exceeds thirty minutes from the public school building to which the child with a disability would be assigned if attending the public school to the chartered nonpublic school the child is attending; or
(b) Where it is impractical to transport a pupil by school conveyance, a board of education may offer payment in lieu of providing such transportation in accordance with section 3327.02 of the Revised Code.
(iii) Children with disabilities who are parentally placed in a chartered nonpublic school and are in grades nine through twelve may be offered transportation by their school district of residence in accordance with board rules, but are not entitled to transportation.
(iv) No transportation of any pupils shall be provided by any board of education to or from any school which in the selection of pupils, faculty members or employees, practices discrimination against any person on the grounds of race, color, religion or national origin.
(c) Cost of transportation
The cost of the transportation described in paragraph (K)(2)(a)(i) of this rule may be included in calculating whether the school district where the nonpublic school is located has met the requirements of paragraph (E) of this rule.
(L) Due process complaints and state complaints
(1) The right to request a due process hearing does not apply to the provision of special education and related services the school district has agreed to provide through a services plan. However, a parent of a child with a suspected disability, or a child identified as having a disability, who is enrolled in a nonpublic school may initiate a due process hearing regarding child find for parentally placed nonpublic school children with disabilities, including location, identification, evaluation and reevaluation of the child.
(2) Child find complaints: to be filed with the school district in which the nonpublic school is located.
(a) The due process and mediation procedures in rule 3301-51-05 of the Administrative Code apply to complaints that the school district where the nonpublic school is located has failed to meet the child find requirements in paragraph (B) of this rule, including the requirements for location, identification, evaluation and reevaluation of the child.
(b) Any due process complaint regarding the child find requirements as described in paragraph (L)(2)(a) of this rule must be filed with the school district in which the nonpublic school is located and a copy must be forwarded to the Ohio department of education, office for exceptional children.
(3) Complaint rights of parents of children with disabilities placed in nonpublic schools
The parents of a child with a disability, who have unilaterally placed the child in a nonpublic school, have the right to file a formal written complaint under the IDEA with the Ohio department of education, office for exceptional children. In accordance with applicable law and regulations, complaints may be filed regarding:
(a) The provision of services, as stated on the child's services plan;
(b) The amount of funds, including the calculation of the proportionate share, child count and non-supplanting provisions, for parentally placed children with disabilities enrolled in nonpublic schools;
(c) The required consultation for parentally placed children with disabilities enrolled in nonpublic schools;
(d) Written affirmation signed by the representatives of participating nonpublic schools;
(e) Determination of equitable services for the group of parentally placed children with disabilities enrolled in nonpublic schools;
(f) Provision of equitable services for the group of parentally placed children with disabilities enrolled in nonpublic schools;
(g) Location of services and transportation for parentally placed children with disabilities enrolled in nonpublic schools;
(h) Requirement that federal funds not benefit a nonpublic school;
(i) Use of personnel, including use of public school personnel and nonpublic school personnel for parentally placed children with disabilities enrolled in nonpublic schools;
(j) Prohibition of separate classes on the basis of school enrollment or religion if the classes are at the same site and the classes include students enrolled in public schools and students enrolled in nonpublic schools;
(k) The use of property, equipment and supplies purchased with IDEA Part B funds for the benefit of parentally placed nonpublic school children with disabilities enrolled in nonpublic schools.
(4) State complaints
(a) Any complaint that the Ohio department of education or the school district where the nonpublic school is located has failed to meet the requirements in this rule must be filed in accordance with the procedures described in rule 3301-51-05 of the Administrative Code.
(b) A complaint filed by a nonpublic school official under paragraph (H)(1) of this rule must be filed with the Ohio department of education, office for exceptional children, in accordance with the procedures in paragraph (H)(2) of this rule.
(M) Requirement that funds not benefit a nonpublic school
(1) A school district may not use funds provided under Section 611 or 619 of the IDEA to finance the existing level of instruction in a nonpublic school or to otherwise benefit the nonpublic school.
(2) The school district where the nonpublic school is located must use funds provided under Part B of the IDEA to meet the special education and related services needs of parentally placed nonpublic school children with disabilities, but not for meeting:
(a) The needs of a nonpublic school; or
(b) The general needs of the students enrolled in the nonpublic school.
(N) Use of personnel
(1) Use of public school personnel
A school district may use funds available under Sections 611 and 619 of the IDEA to make public school personnel available in other than public facilities:
(a) To the extent necessary to provide services under this rule for parentally placed nonpublic school children with disabilities; and
(b) If those services are not normally provided by the nonpublic school.
(2) Use of nonpublic school personnel
A school district may use funds available under Sections 611 and 619 of the IDEA to pay for the services of an employee of a nonpublic school to provide services under this rule if:
(a) The employee performs the services outside of his or her regular hours of duty; and
(b) The employee performs the services under public supervision and control.
(O) Separate classes prohibited
A school district may not use funds available under Section 611 or 619 of the IDEA for classes that are organized separately on the basis of school enrollment or religion of the children if:
(1) The classes are at the same site; and
(2) The classes include children enrolled in public schools and children enrolled in nonpublic schools.
(P) Property, equipment, and supplies
(1) A school district must control and administer the funds used to provide special education and related services under paragraphs (I) to (K) of this rule, and hold title to and administer materials, equipment, and property purchased with those funds for the uses and purposes provided in the IDEA.
(2) The school district may place equipment and supplies in a nonpublic school for the period of time needed for the Part B program.
(3) The school district must ensure that the equipment and supplies placed in a nonpublic school:
(a) Are used only for Part B purposes; and
(b) Can be removed from the nonpublic school without remodeling the nonpublic school facility.
(4) The school district must remove equipment and supplies from a nonpublic school if:
(a) The equipment and supplies are no longer needed for Part B purposes; or
(b) Removal is necessary to avoid unauthorized use of the equipment and supplies for other than Part B purposes.
(5) No funds under Part B of the IDEA may be used for repairs, minor remodeling, or construction of nonpublic school facilities.
(Q) State assessment considerations
(1) A plan may be developed for children with disabilities who are parentally placed in chartered nonpublic schools for any accommodation for or an excuse from statewide tests in accordance with section 3301.0711 of the Revised Code and rule 3301-13-10 of the Administrative Code.
(2) Chartered nonpublic school personnel cannot prohibit children with disabilities from taking any state assessment that children without disabilities of the same age and grade level are required to take.
(3) Chartered nonpublic school personnel cannot force a child who would otherwise take an alternate assessment to take any state assessment that children without disabilities of the same age and grade level are required to take.
(4) Chartered nonpublic school personnel cannot deny a diploma to a child with a disability who has been excused from the consequences of the state assessment or who would otherwise take an alternate assessment if all other requirements for graduation have been met.
Last updated July 26, 2023 at 2:23 PM
History
- Effective: July 1, 2023
- Promulgated Under: 119.03
Ohio Adm.Code 3301-51-05
(A) Each educational agency shall adopt and implement written policies and procedures approved by the department of education and workforce to ensure that children with disabilities and their parents are provided procedural safeguards.
(B) Each educational agency shall adopt and implement written policies and procedures approved by the department of education and workforce to ensure that children with disabilities and their parents and public agencies are provided an opportunity to resolve disputes regarding identification, evaluation, or educational placement of a child with a disability or the provision of a free appropriate public education (FAPE).
(C) Parental consent
(1) Parental consent for initial evaluation
(a) The educational agency proposing to conduct an initial evaluation to determine if a child qualifies as a child with a disability under the definition of "child with a disability" in rule 3301-51-01 of the Administrative Code must, after providing notice consistent with the requirements of this rule, obtain informed consent, consistent with the definition of "consent" in rule 3301-51-01 of the Administrative Code, from the parent of the child before conducting the evaluation.
(b) Parental consent for initial evaluation must not be construed as consent for initial provision of special education and related services.
(c) The educational agency must make reasonable efforts to obtain the informed consent from the parent for an initial evaluation to determine whether the child is a child with a disability.
(d) For initial evaluations only, if the child is a ward of the state and is not residing with the child's parent, the educational agency is not required to obtain informed consent from the parent for an initial evaluation to determine whether the child is a child with a disability if:
(i) Despite reasonable efforts to do so, the educational agency cannot discover the whereabouts of the parent of the child;
(ii) The rights of the parents of the child have been terminated in accordance with state law; or
(iii) The rights of the parent to make educational decisions have been subrogated by a judge in accordance with state law and consent for an initial evaluation has been given by an individual appointed by the judge to represent the child.
(e) If the parent of a child enrolled in an educational agency or seeking to be enrolled in an educational agency does not provide consent for an initial evaluation under this rule, or the parent fails to respond to a request to provide consent, the educational agency may, but is not required to, pursue the initial evaluation of the child by utilizing the procedural safeguards in Subpart E of Part B of the Individuals with Disabilities Education Act, as amended by the Individuals with Disabilities Education Improvement Act of 2004, December 2004 (IDEA) (including the mediation procedures or the due process procedures under this rule).
The educational agency does not violate its obligation under rule 3301-51-03 of the Administrative Code for child find and under rule 3301-51-06 of the Administrative Code for evaluations if it declines to pursue the evaluation.
(2) Parental consent for services
(a) An educational agency that is responsible for making "Free Appropriate Public Education" available to a child with a disability must obtain informed consent from the parent of the child before the initial provision of special education and related services to the child.
(b) An educational agency must make reasonable efforts to obtain informed consent from the parent for the initial provision of special education and related services to the child.
(c) If the parent of the child refuses to consent to the initial provision of special education and related services, or the parent fails to respond to a request to provide consent for the initial provision of special education and related services, the educational agency:
(i) Shall not use the procedures in Subpart E of Part B of the IDEA, including the mediation procedures or the due process procedures described in this rule, in order to obtain agreement or a ruling that special education and related services may be provided to the child;
(ii) Will not be considered to be in violation of the requirement to make "Free Appropriate Public Education" available to the child for the failure to provide the child with the special education and related services for which the educational agency requests consent; and
(iii) Is not required to convene an individualized education program (IEP) team meeting or develop an IEP under rule 3301-51-07 of the Administrative Code for the child for the special education and related services for which the educational agency requests such consent.
(3) Revocation of parental consent. If, at any time subsequent to the initial provision of special education and related services, the parent of a child revokes consent in writing for the continued provision of special education and related services, the educational agency:
(a) Shall not continue to provide special education and related services to the child, but shall provide prior written notice in accordance with paragraph (H) of this rule before ceasing the provision of special education and related services;
(b) Shall not use the procedures in Subpart E of Part B of the IDEA, including the mediation procedures or the due process procedures described in this rule, in order to obtain agreement or a ruling that the services shall be provided to the child;
(c) Shall not be considered to be in violation of the requirement to make "Free Appropriate Public Education" available to the child for the failure to provide the child with further special education and related services; and
(d) Shall not be required to convene an individualized education program (IEP) team meeting or develop an IEP pursuant to rule 3301-51-07 of the Administrative Code for the child for further provision of special education and related services.
(4) Parental consent for reevaluations
(a) Subject to paragraph (C)(4)(b) of this rule, each educational agency:
(i) Must obtain informed parental consent, in accordance with paragraph (C)(1) of this rule, prior to conducting any reevaluation of a child with a disability.
(ii) If the parent refuses to consent to the reevaluation, the educational agency may, but is not required to, pursue the reevaluation by using the consent override procedures described in paragraph (C)(1)(e) of this rule.
(iii) The educational agency does not violate its obligation under rule 3301-51-03 of the Administrative Code for child find and under rule 3301-51-06 of the Administrative Code for reevaluations if it declines to pursue the reevaluation.
(b) The informed parental consent described in paragraph (C)(4)(a) of this rule need not be obtained if the educational agency can demonstrate that:
(i) It made reasonable efforts to obtain such consent; and
(ii) The child's parent has failed to respond.
(5) Parental consent for a change of placement
(a) A "change of placement" means a change from one option on the continuum of alternative placements to another.
(b) Informed parental consent must be obtained before making a change of placement of a child with a disability.
(c) Informed parental consent need not be obtained before:
(i) A change of placement if the educational agency can demonstrate that it has made reasonable efforts, as described in rule 3301-51-07 of the Administrative Code, to obtain consent, and the child's parent has failed to respond;
(ii) A change of placement of a child with a disability that is the result of a disciplinary action taken in accordance with paragraph (K)(19) of this rule;
(iii) Reviewing existing data as part of an evaluation or a reevaluation; or
(iv) Administering a test or other evaluation that is administered to all children unless, before administration of that test or evaluation, consent is required of parents of all children.
(6) Parental consent for use of public benefits for insurance
(a) Informed parental consent must be obtained prior to the initial use of public benefits or insurance to pay for special education and related services with notice of rights under this provision provided annually.
(b) Parental refusal or withdrawal of consent for the use of public benefits or insurance to pay for special education and related services may not be used by an educational agency to deny the child or parent access to required services at no cost to the parent.
(c) Informed parental consent need not be obtained before:
(i) Reviewing existing data as part of an evaluation or a reevaluation; or
(ii) Administering a test or other evaluation that is administered to all children unless, before administration of that test or evaluation, consent is required of parents of all children.
(7) Other consent requirements
(a) An educational agency may not use a parent's refusal to consent to one service or activity under paragraph (C)(1) of this rule to deny the parent or child any other service, benefit, or activity of the educational agency, except as required by this rule.
(b) To meet the reasonable efforts requirement in paragraphs (C)(1)(c), (C)(1)(d)(i), (C)(2)(b), and (C)(4)(b)(i) of this rule, the educational agency must document its attempts to obtain parental consent using the procedures in rule 3301-51-07 of the Administrative Code.
(D) Transfer of parental rights at age of majority
(1) Beginning no later than one year before a child with a disability (except for a child with a disability who has been determined to be incompetent under Ohio law) reaches the age of majority under Ohio law (eighteen years of age), the individualized education program must include a statement that the child and parent have been informed of the child's rights under Part B of the Act that will transfer to the child upon reaching the age of majority.
(2) When a child with a disability reaches the age of majority under Ohio law (eighteen years of age) that applies to all children (except for a child with a disability who has been determined to be incompetent under Ohio law):
(a) All rights accorded to parents under Part B of the IDEA and Chapter 3323. of the Revised Code transfer to the child;
(b) All rights accorded to parents under Part B of the IDEA and Chapter 3323. of the Revised Code transfer to children who are incarcerated in an adult or juvenile, state or local correctional institution; and
(c) The educational agency must provide any notice required by this rule to notify both the child and the parents of the transfer of rights.
(E) Surrogate parents
(1) General
Each educational agency must ensure that the rights of a child are protected when:
(a) No parent (as defined in rule 3301-51-01 of the Administrative Code) can be identified;
(b) The educational agency, after reasonable efforts, cannot locate a parent;
(c) The child is a ward of the state under the laws of Ohio; or
(d) The child is an unaccompanied homeless youth as defined in Section 725(6) of the McKinney-Vento Homeless Assistance Act of 2001 (42 U.S.C. 11434a(6)).
(2) Duties of the educational agency
The duties of an educational agency under paragraph (E)(1) of this rule include the assignment of an individual to act as a surrogate for the parents. This must include a method:
(a) For determining whether a child needs a surrogate parent; and
(b) For assigning a surrogate parent to the child.
(3) Wards of the state
In the case of a child who is a ward of the state, the surrogate parent alternatively may be appointed by the judge overseeing the child's case, provided that the surrogate meets the requirements in paragraphs (E)(4)(c)(i), (E)(4)(c)(iv), and (E)(5) of this rule.
(4) Criteria for selection of surrogate parents
(a) A surrogate parent shall be assigned as soon as possible but no later than thirty days of the date that it is determined that the child is in need of the surrogate.
(b) The school district of residence maintains the ultimate responsibility for the assignment of a surrogate parent. If requested by the school district of residence and mutually agreed upon, the school district of attendance, county board of developmental disabilities (county board of DD), or other educational agency may appoint the surrogate parent.
(c) The educational agency must ensure that a person selected as a surrogate parent:
(i) Is not an employee of the department of education and workforce, the educational agency, or any other agency that is involved in the education or care of the child;
(ii) Has no personal or professional interest that conflicts with the interest of the child the surrogate parent represents;
(iii) Has knowledge and skills that ensure adequate representation of the child; and
(iv) Has successfully completed the training prescribed by the department of education and workforce prior to acting on behalf of the child.
(5) Non-employee requirement; compensation
A person who is otherwise qualified to be a surrogate parent under paragraph (E)(4) of this rule is not an employee of the educational agency solely because the person is paid by the educational agency to serve as a surrogate parent.
(6) Civil damages
Pursuant to section 3323.051 of the Revised Code, neither the surrogate parent nor the authority that assigned the surrogate parent shall be liable in civil damages for acts of the surrogate parent unless such acts constitute willful or wanton misconduct.
(7) Appointment of surrogate by a judge
If a surrogate parent is appointed by a judge overseeing the child's case, upon the request of the judge, the school district of residence will confirm that the person appointed meets the requirements in paragraphs (E)(4)(c)(i), (E)(4)(c)(iv), and (E)(5) of this rule.
(8) Child who has reached age of majority
A child who has reached the age of majority may request a surrogate parent.
(9) Unaccompanied homeless youth
In the case of a child who is an unaccompanied homeless youth, appropriate staff of emergency shelters, transitional shelters, independent living programs, and street outreach programs may be appointed as temporary surrogate parent without regard to paragraph (E)(4)(c)(i) of this rule, until a surrogate parent can be appointed that meets all of the requirements of paragraph (E)(4) of this rule.
(10) Surrogate parent responsibilities
The surrogate parent may represent the child in all matters relating to:
(a) The identification, evaluation, and educational placement of the child; and
(b) The provision of "Free Appropriate Public Education" to the child.
(11) Surrogate parent duties
(a) The surrogate parent will:
(i) Review a child's educational records as needed to make informed special education decisions for the child;
(ii) When appropriate, provide consent to evaluations and re-evaluations;
(iii) Agree or disagree with the following:
(a) Individualized education programs;
(b) Results of an evaluation team report; and
(c) Changes in educational placement.
(iv) Disagree with or dispute the recommendations of the educational agency by:
(a) Requesting mediation;
(b) Filing a formal written complaint; or
(c) By requesting a due process hearing.
(b) A surrogate parent under this rule has only the rights stated in this rule.
(c) Procedures for assignment of a surrogate parent.
(i) Whenever parents have retained legal rights to make educational decisions and can be contacted by the educational agency to act as the parent on behalf of their child in the special education process, the educational agency must treat the parent as the educational decision maker. The educational agency cannot appoint a surrogate parent for a child when there is another person in the child's life who qualifies as a parent under IDEA and whose rights to make educational decisions for the child have not been terminated.
(ii) For a child who is eligible or thought to be eligible for special education services and requires the appointment of a surrogate parent, the school district of residence must ensure that a surrogate parent is appointed to represent the child in all matters related to identification, evaluation, placement, and the provision of a free appropriate public education according to the procedures in 34 C.F.R. 300.519.
(F) Opportunity to examine records; parent participation in meetings
(1) The parents of a child with a disability must be afforded, in accordance with the procedures of rule 3301-51-04 of the Administrative Code, an opportunity to inspect and review all education records with respect to:
(a) The identification, evaluation, and educational placement of the child; and
(b) The provision of "Free Appropriate Public Education" to the child.
(2) Parent participation in meetings
(a) The parents of a child with a disability must be afforded an opportunity to participate in meetings with respect to:
(i) The identification, evaluation, and educational placement of the child; and
(ii) The provision of "Free Appropriate Public Education" to the child.
(b) Each educational agency must provide notice consistent with the parent participation requirements of rule 3301-51-07 of the Administrative Code to ensure that parents of children with disabilities have the opportunity to participate in meetings described in paragraph (F)(2)(a) of this rule.
(c) A meeting does not include informal or unscheduled conversations involving educational agency personnel and conversations on issues such as teaching methodology, lesson plans, or coordination of service provision. A meeting also does not include preparatory activities that educational agency personnel engage in to develop a proposal or response to a parent proposal that will be discussed at a later meeting.
(3) Parent involvement in placement decisions
(a) Each educational agency must ensure that a parent of each child with a disability is a member of any group that makes decisions on the educational placement of the parent's child.
(b) In implementing the requirements of paragraph (F)(3)(a) of this rule, the educational agency must use procedures consistent with the procedures described in the parent participation requirements of rule 3301-51-07 of the Administrative Code.
(c) If neither parent can participate in a meeting in which a decision is to be made relating to the educational placement of their child, the educational agency must use other methods to ensure their participation, including individual or conference telephone calls, or video conferencing.
(d) A placement decision may be made by a group without the involvement of a parent, if the educational agency is unable to obtain the parent's participation in the decision. In this case, the educational agency must have a record of its attempt to ensure their involvement.
(G) Independent educational evaluation
(1) General
(a) The parents of a child with a disability have the right under this rule to obtain an independent educational evaluation of the child, subject to paragraphs (G)(2) to (G)(5) of this rule.
(b) Each educational agency must provide to parents, upon request for an independent educational evaluation, information about where an independent educational evaluation may be obtained, and the educational agency's criteria applicable for independent educational evaluations as set forth in paragraph (G)(5) of this rule.
(c) The following terms are defined as they are used in this rule:
(i) "Independent educational evaluation" means an evaluation conducted by a qualified examiner who is not employed by the educational agency responsible for the education of the child in question; and
(ii) "Public expense" means that the educational agency either pays for the full cost of the evaluation or ensures that the evaluation is otherwise provided at no cost to the parent, consistent with rule 3301-51-02 of the Administrative Code.
(2) Parent right to evaluation at public expense
(a) A parent has the right to an independent educational evaluation at public expense if the parent disagrees with an evaluation obtained by the educational agency, subject to the conditions in paragraphs (G)(2)(b) to (G)(2)(d) of this rule.
(b) If a parent requests an independent educational evaluation at public expense, the educational agency must, without unnecessary delay, either:
(i) File a due process complaint to request a hearing to show that its evaluation is appropriate; or
(ii) Ensure that an independent educational evaluation is provided at public expense, unless the educational agency demonstrates in a hearing pursuant to paragraphs (K)(2) and (K)(7) to (K)(12) of this rule that the evaluation obtained by the parent did not meet educational agency criteria.
(c) If the educational agency files a due process complaint notice to request a hearing and the final decision is that the educational agency's evaluation is appropriate, the parent still has the right to an independent educational evaluation, but not at public expense.
(d) If a parent requests an independent educational evaluation, the educational agency may ask for the parent's reason why the parent objects to the public evaluation. However, the educational agency may not require the parent to provide an explanation. The educational agency may not unreasonably delay either providing the independent educational evaluation at public expense or filing a due process complaint to request a due process hearing to defend the public evaluation.
(e) A parent is entitled to only one independent educational evaluation at public expense each time the educational agency conducts an evaluation with which the parent disagrees.
(3) Parent-initiated evaluations
If the parent obtains an independent educational evaluation at public expense or shares with the educational agency an evaluation obtained at private expense, the results of the evaluation:
(a) Must be considered by the educational agency, if it meets educational agency criteria, in any decision made with respect to the provision of "Free Appropriate Public Education" to the child; and
(b) May be presented by any party as evidence at a hearing on a due process complaint under Subpart E of Part B of the IDEA regarding that child.
(4) Requests for evaluations by hearing officers
If a hearing officer requests an independent educational evaluation as part of a hearing on a due process complaint, the cost of the evaluation must be at public expense.
(5) Educational agency criteria
(a) If an independent educational evaluation is at public expense, the criteria under which the evaluation is obtained, including the location of the evaluation and the qualifications of the examiner, must be the same as the criteria that the educational agency uses when it initiates an evaluation, to the extent those criteria are consistent with the parent's right to an independent educational evaluation.
(b) Except for the criteria described in paragraph (G)(5)(a) of this rule, an educational agency may not impose conditions or timelines related to obtaining an independent educational evaluation at public expense.
(H) Prior notice by the educational agency; content of notice
(1) Notice
Written notice that meets the requirements of paragraph (H)(2) of this rule must be given to the parents of a child with a disability a reasonable time before the educational agency:
(a) Proposes to initiate or change the identification, evaluation, or educational placement of the child or the provision of "Free Appropriate Public Education" to the child; or
(b) Refuses to initiate or change the identification, evaluation, or educational placement of the child or the provision of "Free Appropriate Public Education" to the child.
(2) Content of notice
The notice required under paragraph (H)(1) of this rule must include:
(a) A description of the action proposed or refused by the educational agency;
(b) An explanation of why the educational agency proposes or refuses to take the action;
(c) A description of each evaluation procedure, assessment, record, or report the educational agency used as a basis for the proposed or refused action;
(d) A statement that the parents of a child with a disability have protection under the procedural safeguards of this rule and, if this notice is not an initial referral for evaluation, the means by which a copy of a description of the procedural safeguards can be obtained;
(e) Sources for parents to contact to obtain assistance in understanding the provisions of this rule;
(f) A description of other options that the IEP team considered and the reasons why those options were rejected; and
(g) A description of other factors that are relevant to the educational agency's proposal or refusal.
(3) Notice in understandable language
(a) The notice required under paragraph (H)(1) of this rule must be:
(i) Written in language understandable to the general public; and
(ii) Provided in the native language of the parent or other mode of communication used by the parent, unless it is clearly not feasible to do so.
(b) If the native language or other mode of communication of the parent is not a written language, the educational agency must take steps to ensure:
(i) That the notice is translated orally or by other means to the parent in the parent's native language or other mode of communication;
(ii) That the parent understands the content of the notice; and
(iii) That there is written evidence that the requirements in paragraphs (H)(3)(b)(i) and (H)(3)(b)(ii) of this rule have been met.
(4) Additional notice requirements
(a) Prior written notice shall be provided to the parents of a child with a suspected or confirmed disability within thirty days of the date of referral.
(b) Prior written notice shall be provided to the parents of a child with a suspected or confirmed disability prior to a change of placement that is a result of a disciplinary action.
(I) Procedural safeguards notice
(1) General
A copy of the procedural safeguards available to the parents of a child with a disability must be given to the parents only one time a school year, except that a copy also must be given to the parents:
(a) Upon initial referral or parent request for evaluation;
(b) Upon receipt of the first due process complaint under paragraph (K)(7) of this rule in a school year;
(c) In accordance with the discipline procedures in paragraph (K)(19) of this rule; and
(d) Upon request by a parent.
(2) Internet web site
An educational agency may place a current copy of the procedural safeguards notice on its internet web site if a web site exists, but the educational agency must still provide parents a printed copy of the procedural safeguards notice.
(3) Contents of notice
The procedural safeguards notice must include a full explanation of all of the procedural safeguards available under rule 3301-51-02 of the Administrative Code, rule 3301-51-04 of the Administrative Code, and this rule including:
(a) Independent educational evaluations;
(b) Prior written notice;
(c) Parental consent;
(d) Access to education records;
(e) Opportunity to present and resolve complaints through the due process complaint and state complaint procedures, including:
(i) The time period in which to file a complaint;
(ii) The opportunity for the educational agency to resolve the complaint; and
(iii) The difference between the due process complaint and the state complaint procedures, including the jurisdiction of each procedure, what issues may be raised, filing and decisional timelines, and relevant procedures;
(f) The availability of mediation;
(g) The child's placement during the pendency of any due process complaint;
(h) Procedures for children who are subject to placement in an interim alternative educational setting;
(i) Requirements for unilateral placement by parents of children in nonpublic schools at public expense;
(j) Hearings on due process complaints, including requirements for disclosure of evaluation results and recommendations;
(k) State-level appeals;
(l) Civil actions, including the time period in which to file those actions; and
(m) Attorneys' fees.
(4) Notice in understandable language
The notice required under paragraph (I)(1) of this rule must meet the requirements of paragraph (H)(3) of this rule.
(J) Electronic mail
A parent of a child with a disability may elect to receive notices required by this rule by an electronic mail communication, if the educational agency makes that option available.
(K) Dispute resolution
(1) Administrative reviews
(a) Administrative reviews are recommended, but cannot be used to delay or deny an impartial due process hearing that has been requested in writing or to deny any other rights afforded under this chapter of the Administrative Code.
(b) The child's parent or educational agency other than the school district of residence may request an opportunity to present complaints to the superintendent.
(i) Within twenty school days of receipt of a complaint, the superintendent, or the superintendent's designee, without undue delay and at a time and place convenient to all parties, shall conduct a review, may hold an administrative hearing, and shall notify all parties in writing of the superintendent's or designee's decision. Where the child is placed in a program operated by a county board of developmental disabilities or other educational agency, the superintendent will consult with the administrator of that board or agency.
(ii) Every effort should be made in the review to resolve any disagreements.
(iii) All parties have the right to invite others to participate in the administrative review, including legal counsel.
(2) Model forms
(a) The department of education and workforce must develop model forms to assist parents and educational agencies in filing a due process complaint in accordance with paragraphs (K)(7)(a) and (K)(8)(a) to (K)(8)(c) of this rule and to assist parents and other parties in filing a state complaint under paragraphs (K)(4) to (K)(6) of this rule. However, the department of education and workforce or any educational agency may not require the use of the model forms.
(b) Parents, educational agencies, public agencies, and other parties may use the appropriate model form described in paragraph (K)(2)(a) of this rule, or another form or other document, so long as the form or document that is used meets, as appropriate, the content requirements in paragraph (K)(8)(b) of this rule for filing a due process complaint, or the requirements in paragraph (K)(6)(b) of this rule for filing a state complaint.
(3) Mediation
(a) General
The department of education and workforce shall establish state mediation procedures. Additionally, each educational agency must ensure that procedures are established and implemented to allow parties to disputes involving any matter under Part B of the IDEA, including matters arising prior to the filing of a due process complaint, to resolve disputes through a mediation process.
(b) The procedures must meet the following requirements:
The procedures must meet the following requirements:
(i) The procedures must ensure that the mediation process:
(a) Is voluntary on the part of the parties;
(b) Is not used to deny or delay a parent's right to a hearing on the parent's due process complaint, or to deny any other rights afforded under Part B of the IDEA; and
(c) Is conducted by a qualified and impartial mediator who is trained in effective mediation techniques.
(ii) An educational agency may establish procedures to offer to parents and schools that choose not to use the mediation process, an opportunity to meet, at a time and location convenient to the parents, with a disinterested party:
(a) Who is under contract with an appropriate alternative dispute resolution entity, or a parent training and information center or community parent resource center in the state established under Section 671 or 672 of the IDEA; and
(b) Who would explain the benefits of, and encourage the use of, the mediation process to the parents.
(iii) The department of education and workforce shall maintain a list of individuals who are qualified mediators and knowledgeable in laws and regulations relating to the provision of special education and related services.
(iv) The department of education and workforce shall select mediators on a random, rotational, or other impartial basis.
(v) The department of education and workforce shall bear the cost of the mediation process, including the costs of meetings described in paragraph (K)(3)(b)(ii) of this rule.
(vi) Each session in the mediation process must be scheduled in a timely manner and must be held in a location that is convenient to the parties to the dispute.
(vii) If the parties resolve a dispute through the mediation process, the parties must execute a legally binding agreement that sets forth that resolution and that:
(a) States that all discussions that occurred during the mediation process will remain confidential and may not be used as evidence in any subsequent due process hearing or civil proceeding; and
(b) Is signed by both the parent and a representative of the educational agency who has the authority to bind such educational agency.
(viii) A written, signed mediation agreement under this paragraph is enforceable in any state court of competent jurisdiction or in a district court of the United States.
(ix) If the mediation requires changes in the individualized education program, the individualized education program team shall be notified of the results of the mediation and the individualized education program team will convene to incorporate changes into the IEP within twenty school days following the mediation agreement or as agreed to in the mediation agreement.
(x) No part of the mediation discussion or sessions may be electronically recorded. Discussions that occur during the mediation process must be confidential and may not be used as evidence in any subsequent due process hearing or civil proceeding of any federal court or state court of a state receiving assistance under the IDEA. The mediator may not be called as a witness in future proceedings related to the mediation sessions.
(c) Impartiality of mediator
(i) An individual who serves as a mediator under this rule:
(a) May not be an employee of the department of education and workforce or any educational agency or agency that is involved in the education or care of the child; and
(b) Must not have a personal or professional interest that conflicts with the person's objectivity.
(ii) A person who otherwise qualifies as a mediator is not an employee of an educational agency or state agency that receives a subgrant under Section 611 of the IDEA solely because the person is paid by the educational agency to serve as a mediator.
(4) Adoption of state complaint procedures
(a) General
The department of education and workforce shall adopt written procedures for:
(i) Resolving any complaint, including a complaint filed by an organization or individual from another state, that meets the requirements of paragraph (K)(6) of this rule by:
(a) Providing for the filing of a complaint with the department of education and workforce; and
(b) At the department of education and workforce's discretion, providing for the filing of a complaint with a an educational agency and the right to have the department of education and workforce review the educational agency's decision on the complaint; and
(ii) Widely disseminating to parents and other interested individuals, including parent training and information centers, protection and advocacy agencies, independent living centers, and other appropriate entities, the state procedures under paragraphs (K)(4) to (K)(6) of this rule.
(b) Remedies for denial of appropriate services
In resolving a complaint in which the department of education and workforce has found a failure to provide appropriate services, the department of education and workforce, pursuant to its general supervisory authority under Part B of the IDEA, must address:
(i) The failure to provide appropriate services, including corrective action appropriate to address the needs of the child (such as compensatory services or monetary reimbursement); and
(ii) Appropriate future provision of services for all children with disabilities.
(5) Minimum state complaint procedures
(a) Time limit; minimum procedures
The department of education and workforce shall include in its complaint procedures a time limit of sixty days after a complaint is filed under this rule to:
(i) Carry out an independent on-site investigation, if the department of education and workforce determines that an investigation is necessary;
(ii) Give the complainant the opportunity to submit additional information, either orally or in writing, about the allegations in the complaint;
(iii) Provide the educational agency with the opportunity to respond to the complaint, including, at a minimum:
(a) At the discretion of the educational agency, a proposal to resolve the complaint; and
(b) An opportunity for a parent who has filed a complaint and the educational agency to voluntarily engage in mediation consistent with paragraph (K)(3) of this rule;
(iv) Review all relevant information and make an independent determination as to whether the educational agency is violating a requirement of Part B of the IDEA or of this rule; and
(v) Issue a written decision to the complainant that addresses each allegation in the complaint and contains:
(a) Findings of fact and conclusions; and
(b) The reasons for the department of education and workforce's final decision.
(b) Time extension; final decision; implementation
The department of education and workforce's procedures described in paragraph (K)(5)(a) of this rule also shall:
(i) Permit an extension of the time limit under paragraph (K)(5)(a) of this rule only if:
(a) Exceptional circumstances exist with respect to a particular complaint; or
(b) The parent and the educational agency involved agree to extend the time to engage in mediation pursuant to this rule, or to engage in other alternative means of dispute resolution, including, but not limited to, an administrative review; and
(ii) Include procedures for effective implementation of the department of education and workforce's final decision, if needed, including:
(a) Technical assistance activities;
(b) Negotiations; and
(c) Corrective actions to achieve compliance.
(c) Complaints and due process hearings filed under this rule
(i) If a written complaint is received that is also the subject of a due process hearing under this rule, or contains multiple issues of which one or more are part of that hearing, the department of education and workforce shall set aside any part of the complaint that is being addressed in the due process hearing until the conclusion of the hearing. However, any issue in the complaint that is not a part of the due process action must be resolved using the time limit and procedures described in this rule.
(ii) If an issue raised in a complaint filed under this rule has previously been decided in a due process hearing involving the same parties:
(a) The due process hearing decision is binding on that issue; and
(b) The department of education and workforce shall inform the complainant to that effect.
(iii) A complaint alleging an educational agency's failure to implement a due process hearing decision shall be resolved by the department of education and workforce.
(6) Filing a complaint
(a) An organization or individual may file a signed written complaint under the procedures described in paragraphs (K)(4) to (K)(5) of this rule.
(b) The complaint must include:
(i) A statement that an educational agency has violated a requirement of Part B of the IDEA or of this rule;
(ii) The facts on which the statement is based;
(iii) The signature and contact information for the complainant; and
(iv) If alleging violations with respect to a specific child:
(a) The name and address of the residence of the child;
(b) The name of the school the child is attending;
(c) In the case of a homeless child or youth (within the meaning of Section 725(2) of the McKinney-Vento Homeless Assistance Act (42 U.S.C. 11434a(2), available contact information for the child, and the name of the school the child is attending;
(d) A description of the nature of the problem of the child, including facts relating to the problem; and
(e) A proposed resolution of the problem to the extent known and available to the party at the time the complaint is filed.
(c) The complaint must allege a violation that occurred not more than one year prior to the date that the complaint is received in accordance with this rule.
(d) The party filing the complaint must forward a copy of the complaint to the educational agency at the same time the party files the complaint with the department of education and workforce.
(7) Filing a due process complaint
(a) General
(i) A parent or an educational agency may file a due process complaint on any of the matters described in this rule relating to the identification, evaluation or educational placement of a child with a disability, or the provision of "Free Appropriate Public Education" to the child.
(ii) The due process complaint must allege a violation that occurred not more than two years before the date the parent or educational agency knew or should have known about the alleged action that forms the basis of the due process complaint, except that the exceptions to the timeline described in paragraph (K)(10)(f) of this rule apply to the timeline in this paragraph.
(b) Information for parents
The educational agency must inform the parent of any free or low-cost legal and other relevant services available in the area if:
(i) The parent requests the information; or
(ii) The parent or the educational agency files a due process complaint under this rule.
(c) Hearing requested by an educational agency
If a hearing has been requested by an educational agency, the parent of the student with disability who is the subject of the hearing shall be informed in writing of the request. The parent shall be invited to participate in the proceedings and shall be provided copies of all communications between the parties.
(8) Due process complaint
(a) General
(i) The department of education and workforce shall establish state due process procedures. Additionally, the educational agency must have procedures that require either party, or the attorney representing a party, to provide to the other party a due process complaint (which must remain confidential).
(ii) The party filing a due process complaint must forward a copy of the due process complaint to the department of education and workforce.
(b) Content of complaint
The due process complaint required in this rule must include:
(i) The name of the child;
(ii) The address of the residence of the child;
(iii) The name of the school the child is attending;
(iv) In the case of a homeless child or youth (within the meaning of Section 725(2) of the McKinney-Vento Homeless Assistance Act (42 U.S.C. 11434a(2)), available contact information for the child, and the name of the school the child is attending;
(v) A description of the nature of the problem of the child relating to the proposed or refused initiation or change, including facts relating to the problem; and
(vi) A proposed resolution of the problem to the extent known and available to the party at the time.
(c) Notice required before a hearing on a due process complaint
A party may not have a hearing on a due process complaint until the party, or the attorney representing the party, files a due process complaint that meets the requirements of paragraph (K)(8)(b) of this rule.
(d) Appointment of hearing officer
Upon receipt of a request for a due process hearing, the department of education and workforce will appoint an impartial hearing officer from a list of attorneys maintained by the department of education and workforce. The impartial hearing officer has the responsibility of conducting the hearing in accordance with the requirements set forth by the department of education and workforce, including, but not limited to:
(i) Notifying all parties of the date, time and location of the hearing;
(ii) Arranging a disclosure conference at least five business days prior to the hearing to assure that information to be presented at the hearing is disclosed;
(iii) Issuing a subpoena or a subpoena duces tecum when relevant, necessary, and material, with fees and mileage paid by the party requesting the subpoena;
(iv) Either party may request subpoenas to compel the attendance of witnesses at the hearing. Either party may request subpoenas duces tecum to compel the witnesses to bring specified documents to the hearing. Requests for subpoenas duces tecum are submitted to the hearing officer. The hearing officer signs the subpoenas;
(v) A subpoena may be served by an attorney at law, or by any person who is not a party and over the age of eighteen. Service of a subpoena upon a person named therein shall be made by delivering a copy of the subpoena to the person, by reading it to him or her in person, or by leaving it at the person's usual place of residence. Service of subpoenas is solely the responsibility of the party requesting the subpoena and shall not be assumed by the impartial hearing officer;
(vi) Ruling on procedural issues presented at the hearing; and
(vii) Arriving at a written decision based solely on evidence and testimony presented at the hearing and mailing such decision, by certified mail, to the parties involved and the department of education and workforce.
(e) Sufficiency of complaint
(i) The due process complaint required by this rule must be deemed sufficient unless the party receiving the due process complaint notifies the hearing officer and the other party in writing, within fifteen days of receipt of the due process complaint, that the receiving party believes the due process complaint does not meet the requirements in paragraph (K)(8)(b) of this rule.
(ii) The appointed hearing officer shall handle all phases of the due process request, including, but not limited to, whether a determination of insufficiency should result in the amendment or dismissal of a due process complaint.
(iii) Within five days of receipt of the notification under paragraph (K)(8)(e)(i) of this rule, the hearing officer must make a determination on the face of the due process complaint of whether the due process complaint meets the requirements of paragraph (K)(8)(b) of this rule, and must immediately notify the parties in writing of that determination.
The hearing officer shall review the sufficiency issues in accordance with the following:
(a) The hearing officer shall make a determination on the face of the due process complaint no later than five days after receipt of the notification under paragraph (K)(8)(e)(i) of this rule;
(b) The hearing officer shall immediately notify all parties of that written determination on the same date the determination is made;
(c) If the due process complaint is determined to be insufficient, the determination shall include:
(i) The reasons for the determination of insufficiency;
(ii) A statement in clear language that the case has not been dismissed;
(iii) The case cannot go to hearing until a due process notice is filed which meets the requirements of paragraph (K)(8)(b) of this rule; and
(iv) Notice of resources to assist parents without counsel in completing due process complaints and in correcting deficiencies included in the finding of insufficiency by the hearing officer, including, but not limited to, the identity and contact information of the employee at the department of education and workforce who is qualified to answer parents' questions about the required information specified in paragraph (K)(8)(b) of this rule that must be included in a due process complaint notice.
(iv) A party may amend its due process complaint only if:
(a) The other party consents in writing to the amendment and is given the opportunity to resolve the due process complaint through a meeting held pursuant to paragraph (K)(9) of this rule; or
(b) The hearing officer grants permission, except that the hearing officer may only grant permission to amend at any time not later than five days before the due process hearing begins.
(v) If a party files an amended due process complaint, the timelines for the resolution meeting in paragraph (K)(9)(a) of this rule and the time period to resolve in paragraph (K)(9)(b) of this rule begin again with the filing of the amended due process complaint.
(f) Educational agency response to a due process complaint
(i) If the educational agency has not sent a prior written notice under paragraph (H) of this rule to the parent regarding the subject matter contained in the parent's due process complaint, the educational agency must, within ten days of receiving the due process complaint, send to the parent a response that includes:
(a) An explanation of why the educational agency proposed or refused to take the action raised in the due process complaint;
(b) A description of other options that the IEP team considered and the reasons why those options were rejected;
(c) A description of each evaluation procedure, assessment, record, or report the educational agency used as the basis for the proposed or refused action; and
(d) A description of the other factors that are relevant to the educational agency's proposed or refused action.
(ii) A response by an educational agency under paragraph (K)(8)(f)(i) of this rule shall not be construed to preclude the educational agency from asserting that the parent's due process complaint was insufficient, where appropriate.
(g) Other party response to a due process complaint
Except as provided in paragraph (K)(8)(f) of this rule, the party receiving a due process complaint must, within ten days of receiving the due process complaint, send to the other party a response that specifically addresses the issues raised in the due process complaint.
(9) Resolution process
(a) Resolution meeting
(i) Within fifteen days of receiving notice of the parent's due process complaint, and prior to the initiation of a due process hearing under paragraph (K)(10) of this rule, the educational agency must convene a meeting with the parent and the relevant member or members of the IEP team who have specific knowledge of the facts identified in the due process complaint that:
(a) Includes a representative of the educational agency who has decision-making authority on behalf of that educational agency; and
(b) May not include an attorney of the educational agency unless the parent is accompanied by an attorney.
(ii) The purpose of the meeting is for the parent of the child to discuss the due process complaint, and the facts that form the basis of the due process complaint, so that the educational agency has the opportunity to resolve the dispute that is the basis for the due process complaint.
(iii) The meeting described in paragraphs (K)(9)(a)(i) and (K)(9)(a)(ii) of this rule need not be held if:
(a) The parent and the educational agency agree in writing to waive the meeting; or
(b) The parent and the educational agency agree to use the mediation process described in paragraph (K)(3) of this rule.
(iv) The parent and the educational agency determine the relevant members of the IEP team to attend the meeting.
(b) Resolution period
(i) If the educational agency has not resolved the due process complaint to the satisfaction of the parent within thirty days of the receipt of the due process complaint, the due process hearing may occur.
(ii) Except as provided in paragraph (K)(9)(c) of this rule, the timeline for issuing a final decision under paragraph (K)(14) of this rule begins at the expiration of this thirty-day period.
(iii) Except where the parties have jointly agreed to waive the resolution process or to use mediation, notwithstanding paragraphs (K)(9)(b)(i) and (K)(9)(b)(ii) of this rule, the failure of the parent filing a due process complaint to participate in the resolution meeting will delay the timelines for the resolution process and due process hearing until the meeting is held.
(iv) If the educational agency is unable to obtain the participation of the parent in the resolution meeting after reasonable efforts have been made (and documented using the procedures in rule 3301-51-07 of the Administrative Code), the educational agency may, at the conclusion of the thirty-day period, request that a hearing officer dismiss the parent's due process complaint.
(v) If the educational agency fails to hold the resolution meeting specified in paragraph (K)(9)(a) of this rule within fifteen days of receiving notice of a parent's due process complaint or fails to participate in the resolution meeting, the parent may seek the intervention of a hearing officer to begin the due process hearing timeline.
(c) Adjustments to thirty-day resolution period
The forty-five-day timeline for the due process hearing in paragraph (K)(14)(a) of this rule starts the day after one of the following events:
(i) Both parties agree in writing to waive the resolution meeting;
(ii) After either the mediation or resolution meeting starts but before the end of the thirty-day period, the parties agree in writing that no agreement is possible;
(iii) If both parties agree in writing to continue the mediation at the end of the thirty-day resolution period, but later, the parent or educational agency withdraws from the mediation process.
(d) Written settlement agreement
If a resolution to the dispute is reached at the meeting described in paragraphs (K)(9)(a)(i) and (K)(9)(a)(ii) of this rule, the parties must execute a legally binding agreement that:
(i) States that all discussions that occurred during the resolution process shall be confidential and shall not be used as evidence in any subsequent due process hearing or civil procedure;
(ii) Is signed by both the parent and a representative of the educational agency who has the authority to bind the educational agency; and
(iii) Is enforceable in any state court of competent jurisdiction or in a district court of the United States.
(e) Agreement review period
If the parties execute an agreement pursuant to paragraph (K)(9)(d) of this rule, a party may void the agreement within three business days of the agreement's execution.
(10) Impartial due process hearing
(a) General
Whenever a due process complaint is received under paragraph (K)(7) or (K)(21) of this rule, the parents or the educational agency involved in the dispute must have an opportunity for an impartial due process hearing, consistent with the procedures in paragraphs (K)(7) to (K)(9) of this rule.
(b) Educational agency responsible for conducting the due process hearing
The hearing described in this rule must be conducted by the educational agency as provided by section 3323.05 of the Revised Code, the provisions of this rule, and procedures of the department of education and workforce.
(c) Impartial hearing officer
(i) At a minimum, a hearing officer:
(a) Must not be:
(i) An employee of the department of education and workforce or the educational agency that is involved in the education or care of the child; or
(ii) A person having a personal or professional interest that conflicts with the person's objectivity in the hearing;
(b) Must possess knowledge of, and the ability to understand, the provisions of the IDEA, federal and state regulations pertaining to the IDEA, and legal interpretations of the IDEA by federal and state courts;
(c) Must possess the knowledge and ability to conduct hearings in accordance with appropriate, standard legal practice and be trained in accordance with requirements set forth by the department of education and workforce;
(d) Must possess the knowledge and ability to render and write decisions in accordance with appropriate, standard legal practice; and
(e) Must be an attorney licensed to practice law in Ohio who has successfully completed all training required by the department of education and workforce.
(ii) A person who otherwise qualifies to conduct a hearing under paragraph (K)(10)(c)(i) of this rule is not an employee of the educational agency solely because the person is paid by the educational agency to serve as a hearing officer.
(iii) Each educational agency must keep a list of the persons who serve as hearing officers. The list must include a statement of the qualifications of each of those persons.
(iv) The department of education and workforce may require any and all current hearing or state level review officers to reapply for eligibility to remain on the list. Training sessions are a mandatory requirement to remain eligible for appointments. In addition, being on the list of possible hearing or state level review officers should not be considered a guarantee or expectation of appointment.
(d) Subject matter of due process hearings
The party requesting the due process hearing may not raise issues at the due process hearing that were not raised in the due process complaint filed under paragraph (K)(8)(b) of this rule, unless the other party agrees otherwise.
(e) Timeline for requesting a hearing
A parent or educational agency must request an impartial hearing on their due process complaint within two years of the date the parent or educational agency knew or should have known about the alleged action that forms the basis of the due process complaint.
(f) Exceptions to the timeline
The timeline described in paragraph (K)(10)(e) of this rule does not apply to a parent if the parent was prevented from filing a due process complaint due to:
(i) Specific misrepresentations by the educational agency that it had resolved the problem forming the basis of the due process complaint; or
(ii) The educational agency's withholding of information from the parent that was required under this rule to be provided to the parent.
(11) Hearing rights
(a) General
Any party to a hearing conducted pursuant to paragraphs (K)(2) and (K)(7) to (K)(12) of this rule or paragraphs (K)(19) to (K)(23) of this rule, or an appeal conducted pursuant to paragraph (K)(13) of this rule, has the right to:
(i) Be accompanied and advised by counsel and by individuals with special knowledge or training with respect to the problems of children with disabilities;
(ii) Present evidence and confront, cross-examine, and compel the attendance of witnesses;
(iii) Prohibit the introduction of any evidence at the hearing that has not been disclosed to that party at least five business days before the hearing;
(iv) Obtain a written, or, at the option of the parents, electronic, verbatim record of the hearing; and
(v) Obtain written, or, at the option of the parents, electronic findings of fact and decisions.
(b) Additional disclosure of information
(i) At least five business days prior to the first day of a hearing conducted pursuant to paragraph (K)(10)(a) of this rule, each party must disclose to all other parties all evaluations completed by that date and recommendations based on the offering party's evaluations that the party intends to use at the hearing.
(ii) A hearing officer may bar any party that fails to comply with paragraph (K)(11)(b)(i) of this rule from introducing the relevant evaluation or recommendation at the hearing without the consent of the other party.
(c) Parental rights at hearings
Parents involved in hearings must be given the right to:
(i) Have the child who is the subject of the hearing present;
(ii) Open the hearing to the public; and
(iii) Have the record of the hearing and the findings of fact and decisions described in paragraphs (K)(11)(a)(iv) and (K)(11)(a)(v) of this rule provided at no cost to parents.
(12) Hearing decisions
(a) Decision of hearing officer on the provision of "Free Appropriate Public Education"
(i) Subject to paragraph (K)(12)(a)(ii) of this rule, a hearing officer's determination of whether a child received "Free Appropriate Public Education" must be based on substantive grounds.
(ii) In matters alleging a procedural violation, a hearing officer may find that a child did not receive "Free Appropriate Public Education" only if the procedural inadequacies:
(a) Impeded the child's right to "Free Appropriate Public Education";
(b) Significantly impeded the parent's opportunity to participate in the decision-making process regarding the provision of "Free Appropriate Public Education" to the parent's child; or
(c) Caused a deprivation of educational benefit.
(iii) Nothing in paragraph (K)(12)(a) of this rule shall be construed to preclude a hearing officer from ordering an educational agency to comply with procedural requirements under this rule.
(b) Construction clause
Nothing in paragraphs (K)(2) and (K)(7) to (K)(12) of this rule shall be construed to affect the right of a parent to file an appeal of the due process hearing decision with the department of education and workforce.
(c) Separate request for a due process hearing
Nothing in this rule shall be construed to preclude a parent from filing a separate due process complaint on an issue separate from a due process complaint already filed.
(d) Findings and decision to advisory panel and general public
The department of education and workforce, after deleting any personally identifiable information, must:
(i) Transmit the findings and decisions referred to in paragraph (K)(11)(a)(v) of this rule to the state advisory panel which is hereby established and shall be maintained in accordance with section 3323 06 of the Revised Code; and
(ii) Make those findings and decisions available to the public.
(13) Finality of decision; appeal; impartial review
(a) Finality of hearing decision
A decision made in a hearing conducted pursuant to this rule is final, except that any party involved in the hearing may appeal the decision under the provisions of paragraphs (K)(13)(b) and (K)(16) of this rule.
(b) Appeal of decisions; impartial review
(i) Any party aggrieved by the findings and decision in the hearing may appeal the findings and decision in writing to the department of education and workforce within forty-five days of receipt of the hearing decision in accordance with division (H) of section 3323.05 of the Revised Code.
(a) The notice shall set forth the order appealed and the grounds of the party's appeal; and
(b) A party filing an appeal shall notify the other party of the filing of the appeal.
(ii) If there is an appeal, the department of education and workforce must conduct an impartial review of the findings and decision appealed. Upon receipt of an appeal, the department of education and workforce shall appoint a state level review officer who will conduct the review.
(iii) The official conducting the review must:
(a) Examine the entire hearing record;
(b) Ensure that the procedures at the hearing were consistent with the requirements of due process;
(c) Seek additional evidence, if necessary. If a hearing is held to receive additional evidence, the rights in paragraph (K)(11) of this rule apply;
(d) Afford the parties an opportunity for oral or written argument, or both, at the discretion of the reviewing official;
(e) Make an independent decision on completion of the review; and
(f) Give a copy of the written, or, at the option of the parents, electronic findings of fact and decisions to the parties.
(c) Findings and decision to advisory panel and general public
The department of education and workforce, after deleting any personally identifiable information, must:
(i) Transmit the findings and decisions referred to in paragraph (K)(13)(b)(iii)(f) of this rule to the state advisory panel established under this rule and maintained in accordance with section 3323.06 of the Revised Code; and
(ii) Make those findings and decisions available to the public.
(d) Finality of review decision
The decision made by the reviewing official is final unless a party brings a civil action under paragraph (K)(16) of this rule.
(14) Timelines and convenience of hearings and reviews
(a) The department of education and workforce must ensure that not later than forty-five days after the expiration of the thirty-day period under paragraph (K)(9)(b) of this rule, or the adjusted time periods described in paragraph (K)(9)(c) of this rule:
(i) A final decision is reached in the hearing; and
(ii) A copy of the decision is mailed to each of the parties.
(b) The department of education and workforce must ensure that not later than thirty days after the receipt of a request for a review:
(i) A final decision is reached in the review; and
(ii) A copy of the decision is mailed to each of the parties.
(c) A hearing or reviewing officer may grant specific extensions of time beyond the periods set out in paragraphs (K)(14)(a) and (K)(14)(b) of this rule at the request of either party.
(d) Each hearing and each review involving oral arguments must be conducted at a time and place that is reasonably convenient to the parents and child involved.
(15) Cost of hearings
(a) The educational agency shall provide one copy of the written, or at the option of the parents, an electronic verbatim record of the hearing and findings of fact and decisions to the parent at no cost.
(b) All other costs incurred in impartial due process hearings requested by the parent shall be assumed by the educational agency, except as follows:
(i) Expert testimony, outside medical evaluation, witness fees, subpoena fees, and cost of counsel will be paid by the party requesting the services; and
(ii) If requested by the parents or their attorney, additional copies of the record of the hearing and findings of fact and decisions.
(c) When the educational agency providing special education and related services to a child requests the impartial due process hearing, the educational agency will share equally the costs of the hearing with the school district of residence, except those costs included in paragraph (K)(15)(b) of this rule.
(d) Educational agencies shall compensate hearing officers upon invoice at an hourly rate not higher than that established for special counsel for the state of Ohio. Educational agencies shall compensate hearing officers for no more than fifty hours of actual hearing time, excluding work done outside of the hearing, for any due process request unless the hearing officer submits to the department of education and workforce a written rationale for a hearing to exceed fifty hours of hearing time.
(e) The department of education and workforce shall compensate state level review officers upon invoice at an hourly rate not higher than that established for special counsel for the state of Ohio.
(16) Civil action
(a) General
Any party aggrieved by the findings and decision under paragraph (K)(13)(b) of this rule, has the right to bring a civil action with respect to the due process complaint notice requesting a due process hearing under paragraph (K)(7) or paragraphs (K)(19) to (K)(21) of this rule. The action may be brought in any state court of competent jurisdiction or in a district court of the United States without regard to the amount in controversy.
(b) Time limitation
The party bringing the action shall have ninety days from the date of the decision of the state review official, to bring a civil action in the district court of the United States, or shall within forty-five days of notification of the decision of the state review official, appeal the final order to the common pleas court of the county of the educational agency as provided by section 3323.05 of the Revised Code.
(c) Additional requirements
In any action brought under paragraph (K)(16)(a) of this rule, the court:
(i) Receives the records of the administrative proceedings;
(ii) Hears additional evidence at the request of a party; and
(iii) Basing its decision on the preponderance of the evidence, grants the relief that the court determines to be appropriate.
(d) Jurisdiction of district courts
The district courts of the United States have jurisdiction of actions brought under Section 615 of the IDEA without regard to the amount in controversy.
(e) Rule of construction
Nothing in this rule restricts or limits the rights, procedures, and remedies available under the United States Constitution, the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990, January 1990, Title V of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973 as amended by the Rehabilitation Act Amendments of 1998, August 1998, or other federal laws protecting the rights of children with disabilities, except that before the filing of a civil action under these laws seeking relief that is also available under Section 615 of the IDEA, the procedures under paragraphs (K)(7) and (K)(13) of this rule must be exhausted to the same extent as would be required had the action been brought under Section 615 of the IDEA.
(17) Attorneys' fees
(a) In general
In any action or proceeding brought under Section 615 of the IDEA, the court, in its discretion, may award reasonable attorneys' fees as part of the costs to:
(i) The prevailing party who is the parent of a child with a disability;
(ii) To a prevailing party who is the department of education and workforce or an educational agency against the attorney of a parent who files a complaint or subsequent cause of action that is frivolous, unreasonable, or without foundation, or against the attorney of a parent who continued to litigate after the litigation clearly became frivolous, unreasonable, or without foundation; or
(iii) To a prevailing department of education and workforce or educational agency against the attorney of a parent, or against the parent, if the parent's request for a due process hearing or subsequent cause of action was presented for any improper purpose, such as to harass, to cause unnecessary delay, or to needlessly increase the cost of litigation.
(b) Prohibition on use of funds
(i) Funds under Part B of the IDEA may not be used to pay attorneys' fees or costs of a party related to any action or proceeding under Section 615 of the IDEA and Subpart E of Part B of the IDEA.
(ii) Paragraph (K)(17)(b)(i) of this rule does not preclude the department of education and workforce or an educational agency from using funds under Part B of the IDEA for conducting an action or proceeding under Section 615 of the IDEA.
(c) Award of fees
A court awards reasonable attorneys' fees under Section 615(i)(3) of the IDEA consistent with the following:
(i) Fees awarded under Section 615(i)(3) of the IDEA must be based on rates prevailing in the community in which the action or proceeding arose for the kind and quality of services furnished. No bonus or multiplier may be used in calculating the fees awarded under this paragraph.
(ii) Attorneys' fees may not be awarded and related costs may not be reimbursed in any action or proceeding under Section 615 of the IDEA for services performed subsequent to the time of a written offer of settlement to a parent if:
(a) The offer is made within the time prescribed by rule 68 of the "Federal Rules of Civil Procedure" or, in the case of an administrative proceeding, at any time more than ten days before the proceeding begins;
(b) The offer is not accepted within ten days; and
(c) The court or administrative hearing officer finds that the relief finally obtained by the parents is not more favorable to the parents than the offer of settlement.
(iii) Attorneys' fees may not be awarded relating to any meeting of the IEP team unless the meeting is convened as a result of an administrative proceeding or judicial action, or at the discretion of the state, for a mediation described in paragraph (K)(3) of this rule.
(iv) A meeting conducted pursuant to paragraph (K)(9) of this rule shall not be considered:
(a) A meeting convened as a result of an administrative hearing or judicial action; or
(b) An administrative hearing or judicial action for purposes of this rule.
(v) Notwithstanding paragraph (K)(17)(c)(ii) of this rule, an award of attorneys' fees and related costs may be made to a parent who is the prevailing party and who was substantially justified in rejecting the settlement offer.
(vi) Except as provided in paragraph (K)(17)(c)(vii) of this rule, the court reduces, accordingly, the amount of the attorneys' fees awarded under Section 615 of the IDEA, if the court finds that:
(a) The parent, or the parent's attorney, during the course of the action or proceeding, unreasonably protracted the final resolution of the controversy;
(b) The amount of the attorneys' fees otherwise authorized to be awarded unreasonably exceeds the hourly rate prevailing in the community for similar services by attorneys of reasonably comparable skill, reputation, and experience;
(c) The time spent and legal services furnished were excessive considering the nature of the action or proceeding; or
(d) The attorney representing the parent did not provide to the educational agency the appropriate information in the due process request notice in accordance with paragraph (K)(8) of this rule.
(vii) The provisions of paragraph (K)(17)(c)(vi) of this rule do not apply in any action or proceeding if the court finds that the state or educational agency unreasonably protracted the final resolution of the action or proceeding or there was a violation of Section 615 of the IDEA.
(18) Child's status during proceedings
(a) Except as provided in paragraph (K)(22) of this rule, during the pendency of any administrative or judicial proceeding regarding a due process complaint notice requesting a due process hearing under paragraph (K)(7) of this rule, unless the department of education and workforce or educational agency and the parents of the child agree otherwise, the child involved in the complaint must remain in the child's current educational placement.
(b) If the complaint involves an application for initial admission to the educational agency, the child, with the consent of the parents, must be placed in the educational agency until the completion of all the proceedings.
(c) If the complaint involves an application for initial services under this rule from a child who is transitioning from Part C of the IDEA to Part B of the IDEA and is no longer eligible for Part C services because the child has turned three, the educational agency is not required to provide the Part C services that the child had been receiving. If the child is found eligible for special education and related services under Part B and the parent consents to the initial provision of special education and related services under rule 3301-51-06 of the Administrative Code, then the educational agency must provide those special education and related services that are not in dispute between the parent and the educational agency.
(d) If the state level review officer in an administrative appeal conducted by the department of education and workforce agrees with the child's parents that a change of placement is appropriate, that placement must be treated as an agreement between the state and the parents for purposes of paragraph (K)(18)(a) of this rule.
(19) Authority of school personnel
(a) Case-by-case determination
School personnel may consider any unique circumstances on a case-by-case basis when determining whether a change in placement, consistent with the other requirements of this rule, is appropriate for a child with a disability who violates a code of student conduct.
(b) General
(i) School personnel under this rule may remove a child with a disability who violates a code of student conduct from the child's current placement to an appropriate interim alternative educational setting, another setting, or suspension, for not more than ten consecutive school days (to the extent those alternatives are applied to children without disabilities), and for additional removals of not more than ten consecutive school days in that same school year for separate incidents of misconduct (as long as those removals do not constitute a change of placement under paragraph (K)(25) of this rule).
(ii) After a child with a disability has been removed from the child's current placement for ten school days in the same school year, during any subsequent days of removal the educational agency must provide services to the extent required under paragraph (K)(19)(d) of this rule.
(c) Additional authority
For disciplinary changes in placement that would exceed ten consecutive school days, if the behavior that gave rise to the violation of the school code is determined not to be a manifestation of the child's disability pursuant to paragraph (K)(19)(e) of this rule, school personnel may apply the relevant disciplinary procedures to children with disabilities in the same manner and for the same duration as the procedures would be applied to children without disabilities, except as provided in paragraph (K)(19)(d) of this rule.
(d) Services
(i) A child with a disability who is removed from the child's current placement pursuant to paragraph (K)(19)(c) or (K)(19)(g) of this rule must:
(a) Continue to receive educational services, as provided in rule 3301-51-02 of the Administrative Code, so as to enable the child to continue to participate in the general education curriculum, although in another setting, and to progress toward meeting the goals set out in the child's IEP; and
(b) Receive, as appropriate, a functional behavioral assessment, and behavioral intervention services and modifications, that are designed to address the behavior violation so that it does not recur.
(ii) The services required by paragraphs (K)(19)(d)(i), (K)(19)(d)(iii), (K)(19)(d)(iv), and (K)(19)(d)(v) of this rule may be provided in an interim alternative educational setting.
(iii) An educational agency is only required to provide services during periods of removal to a child with a disability who has been removed from the child's current placement for ten school days or less in that school year, if it provides services to a child without disabilities who is similarly removed.
(iv) After a child with a disability has been removed from the child's current placement for ten school days in the same school year, if the current removal is for not more than ten consecutive school days and is not a change of placement under this rule, school personnel, in consultation with at least one of the child's teachers, determine the extent to which services are needed, as provided in rule 3301-51-02 of the Administrative Code, so as to enable the child to continue to participate in the general education curriculum, although in another setting, and to progress toward meeting the goals set out in the child's IEP.
(v) If the removal is a change of placement under this rule, the child's IEP team determines appropriate services under paragraph (K)(19)(d)(i) of this rule.
(e) Manifestation determination
(i) Within ten school days of any decision to change the placement of a child with a disability because of a violation of a code of student conduct, the educational agency, the parent, and relevant members of the child's IEP team (as determined by the parent and the educational agency) must review all relevant information in the child's file, including the child's IEP, any teacher observations, and any relevant information provided by the parents to determine:
(a) If the conduct in question was caused by, or had a direct and substantial relationship to, the child's disability; or
(b) If the conduct in question was the direct result of the educational agency's failure to implement the IEP.
(ii) The conduct must be determined to be a manifestation of the child's disability if the educational agency, the parent, and relevant members of the child's IEP team determine that a condition in either paragraph (K)(19)(e)(i)(a) or (K)(19)(e)(i)(b) of this rule was met.
(iii) If the educational agency, the parent, and relevant members of the child's IEP team determine the condition described in paragraph (K)(19)(e)(i)(b) of this rule was met, the educational agency must take immediate steps to remedy those deficiencies.
(f) Determination that behavior was a manifestation
If the educational agency, the parent, and relevant members of the IEP team make the determination that the conduct was a manifestation of the child's disability, the IEP team must:
(i) Either:
(a) Conduct a functional behavioral assessment unless the educational agency had conducted a functional behavioral assessment before the behavior that resulted in the change of placement occurred, and implement a behavioral intervention plan for the child; or
(b) If a behavioral intervention plan already has been developed, review the behavioral intervention plan and the implementation of the plan, and modify it, as necessary, to address the behavior; and
(ii) Except as provided in paragraph (K)(19)(g) of this rule, return the child to the placement from which the child was removed, unless the parent and the educational agency agree to a change of placement as part of the modification of the behavioral intervention plan.
(g) Special circumstances
School personnel may remove a child to an interim alternative educational setting for not more than forty-five school days without regard to whether the behavior is determined to be a manifestation of the child's disability, if the child:
(i) Carries a weapon to or possesses a weapon at school, on school premises, or to or at a school function under the jurisdiction of the department of education and workforce or an educational agency;
(ii) Knowingly possesses or uses illegal drugs, or sells or solicits the sale of a controlled substance, while at school, on school premises, or at a school function under the jurisdiction of the department of education and workforce or an educational agency; or
(iii) Has inflicted serious bodily injury upon another person while at school, on school premises, or at a school function under the jurisdiction of the department of education and workforce or an educational agency.
(h) Notification
On the date on which the decision is made to make a removal that constitutes a change of placement of a child with a disability because of a violation of a code of student conduct, the educational agency must notify the parents of that decision and provide the parents the procedural safeguards notice described in paragraph (I) of this rule.
(i) The following terms are defined as they are used in this rule:
(a) "Controlled substance" means a drug or other substance identified under schedules I, II, III, IV, or V in Section 202(c) of the Controlled Substances Act as amended and specified in the Anabolic Steroids Control Act of 1990, November 1990, 21 U.S.C. 812(c).
(b) "Illegal drug" means a controlled substance; but does not include a controlled substance that is legally possessed or used under the supervision of a licensed health-care professional or that is legally possessed or used under any other authority under that act or under any other provision of federal law.
(c) "Serious bodily injury" has the meaning given the term "serious bodily injury" under paragraph (3) of subsection (h) of section 1365 of Title 18, United States Code (December 2, 2002).
(d) "Weapon" has the meaning given the term "dangerous weapon" under paragraph (2) of the first subsection (g) of section 930 of Title 18, United States Code (January 7, 2008).
(20) Determination of setting
The child's IEP team determines the interim alternative educational setting for services under paragraph (K)(19) of this rule.
(21) Appeal
(a) General
The parent of a child with a disability who disagrees with any decision regarding placement under paragraphs (K)(19) and (K)(20) of this rule, or the manifestation determination under paragraph (K)(19)(e) of this rule, or an educational agency that believes that maintaining the current placement of the child is substantially likely to result in injury to the child or others, may appeal the decision by requesting a hearing. The hearing is requested by filing a complaint pursuant to paragraphs (K)(7) and (K)(8) of this rule.
(b) Authority of hearing officer
(i) A hearing officer under paragraph (K)(10) of this rule hears and makes a determination regarding an appeal.
(ii) In making the determination under paragraph (K)(21)(b)(i) of this rule, the hearing officer may:
(a) Return the child with a disability to the placement from which the child was removed if the hearing officer determines that the removal was a violation of paragraph (K)(19) of this rule or that the child's behavior was a manifestation of the child's disability; or
(b) Order a change of placement of the child with a disability to an appropriate interim alternative educational setting for not more than forty-five school days if the hearing officer determines that maintaining the current placement of the child is substantially likely to result in injury to the child or to others.
(iii) The procedures under paragraphs (K)(21)(a), (K)(21)(b)(i), and (K)(21)(b)(ii) of this rule may be repeated, if the educational agency believes that returning the child to the original placement is substantially likely to result in injury to the child or to others.
(c) Expedited due process hearing
(i) Whenever a hearing is requested under paragraph (K)(21)(a) of this rule, the parents or the educational agency involved in the dispute must have an opportunity for an impartial due process hearing consistent with the requirements of this rule, as provided in paragraphs (K)(7), (K)(8)(a) to (K)(8)(d), and (K)(9) to (K)(13) of this rule except as provided in paragraphs (K)(21)(c)(ii) to (K)(21)(c)(iv) of this rule.
(ii) The department of education and workforce or the educational agency is responsible for arranging the expedited due process hearing, which must occur within twenty school days of the date the complaint requesting the hearing is filed. The hearing officer must make a determination within ten school days after the hearing.
(iii) Unless the parents and educational agency agree in writing to waive the resolution meeting described in paragraph (K)(21)(c)(iii)(a) of this rule, or agree to use the mediation process described in paragraph (K)(3) of this rule:
(a) A resolution meeting must occur within seven days of receiving notice of the due process complaint; and
(b) The due process hearing may proceed unless the matter has been resolved to the satisfaction of both parties within fifteen days of the receipt of the due process complaint.
(iv) The department of education and workforce may establish different state-imposed procedural rules for expedited due process hearings conducted under this rule than it has established for other due process hearings, but, except for the timelines as modified in paragraph (K)(21)(c)(iii) of this rule, the state must ensure that the requirements in paragraphs (K)(9) to (K)(13) of this rule are met.
(v) The decisions on expedited due process hearings are appealable consistent with paragraph (K)(13) of this rule.
(d) Procedures for expedited due process hearings
(i) If a parent requests an expedited due process hearing, educational agency personnel must contact the department of education and workforce, before the end of the next business day following receipt of the parent's request.
(ii) If an educational agency initiates an expedited due process hearing under this rule, educational agency personnel must contact the department of education and workforce on the day the expedited due process hearing is requested. The educational agency shall provide the parents with notification of the request for the hearing and procedural safeguards no later than the end of the next business day.
(iii) An impartial hearing officer will be appointed by the department of education and workforce before the end of the next business day from the day the educational agency informs the department of education and workforce.
(a) The impartial hearing officer shall meet the qualifications set forth in paragraph (K)(10)(c) of this rule.
(b) The impartial hearing officer shall contact both parties of the hearing.
(iv) The expedited due process hearing shall be conducted in accordance with paragraphs (K)(8) and (K)(14) of this rule, except that no extensions of time shall be granted, and the hearing will occur within twenty school days of the date the complaint requesting the hearing was filed. The hearing officer's decision will be completed within ten days of the conclusion of the hearing.
(v) The decision of the hearing officer is final, unless a party to the expedited due process hearing appeals the decision to the department of education and workforce, within forty-five calendar days of the notification of the decision. In consideration of the issues that are the basis of the expedited appeal, the appeal should be filed as soon as possible.
(a) The state level review officer will be appointed in accordance with paragraph (K)(13)(b) of this rule;
(b) The state level review will be conducted in accordance with paragraphs (K)(13) and (K)(14) of this rule, except that no extensions of time shall be granted, and the written decision shall be issued no later than thirty days from the date the Ohio department of education receives the request.
(c) The final order of the state level review officer may be appealed to the courts in accordance with paragraph (K)(16) of this rule.
(22) Placement during appeals
When an appeal under paragraph (K)(21) of this rule has been made by either the parent or the educational agency, the child must remain in the interim alternative educational setting pending the decision of the hearing officer or until the expiration of the time period specified in paragraph (K)(19)(c) or (K)(19)(g) of this rule, whichever occurs first, unless the parent and the Ohio department of education or educational agency agree otherwise.
(23) Protections for children not determined eligible for special education and related services
(a) General
A child who has not been determined to be eligible for special education and related services under this chapter of the Administrative Code and who has engaged in behavior that violated a code of student conduct, may assert any of the protections provided for in this rule if the educational agency had knowledge (as determined in accordance with paragraph (K)(23)(b) of this rule) that the child was a child with a disability before the behavior that precipitated the disciplinary action occurred.
(b) Basis of knowledge
An educational agency must be deemed to have knowledge that a child is a child with a disability if before the behavior that precipitated the disciplinary action occurred:
(i) The parent of the child expressed concern in writing to supervisory or administrative personnel of the appropriate educational agency, or a teacher of the child, that the child is in need of special education and related services;
(ii) The parent of the child requested an evaluation of the child pursuant to rule 3301-51-06 of the Administrative Code; or
(iii) The teacher of the child, or other personnel of the educational agency, expressed specific concerns about a pattern of behavior demonstrated by the child directly to the director of special education of the educational agency or to other supervisory personnel of the educational agency.
(c) Exception
An educational agency would not be deemed to have knowledge under paragraph (K)(23)(b) of this rule if:
(i) The parent of the child:
(a) Has not allowed an evaluation of the child pursuant to rule 3301-51-06 of the Administrative Code; or
(b) Has refused services under this chapter of the Administrative Code; or
(ii) The child has been evaluated in accordance with rule 3301-51-06 of the Administrative Code and determined to not be a child with a disability under this chapter.
(d) Conditions that apply if no basis of knowledge
(i) If an educational agency does not have knowledge that a child is a child with a disability (in accordance with paragraphs (K)(23)(b) and (K)(23)(c) of this rule) prior to taking disciplinary measures against the child, the child may be subjected to the disciplinary measures applied to children without disabilities who engage in comparable behaviors consistent with paragraph (K)(23)(d)(ii) of this rule.
(ii) If a request is made for an evaluation of a child during the time period in which the child is subjected to disciplinary measures under paragraph (K)(19) of this rule, the evaluation must be conducted in an expedited manner.
(iii) Until the evaluation is completed, the child remains in the educational placement determined by school authorities, which can include suspension or expulsion without educational services.
(iv) If the child is determined to be a child with a disability, taking into consideration information from the evaluation conducted by the educational agency and information provided by the parents, the educational agency must provide special education and related services in accordance with this chapter of the Administrative Code, including the requirements of paragraphs (K)(19) to (K)(25) of this rule and Section 612(a)(1)(A) of the IDEA.
(24) Referral to and action by law enforcement and judicial authorities
Rule of construction. Nothing in this rule prohibits an educational agency from reporting a crime committed by a child with a disability to appropriate authorities or prevents state law enforcement and judicial authorities from exercising their responsibilities with regard to the application of federal and state law to crimes committed by a child with a disability. Transmittal of records shall be done in accordance with paragraph (R)(2) of rule 3301-51-04 of the Administrative Code.
(25) Change of placement because of disciplinary removals
(a) For purposes of removals of a child with a disability from the child's current educational placement under paragraphs (K)(19) to (K)(24) of this rule, a change of placement occurs if:
(i) The removal is for more than ten consecutive school days; or
(ii) The child has been subjected to a series of removals that constitute a pattern:
(a) Because the series of removals total more than ten school days in a school year;
(b) Because the child's behavior is substantially similar to the child's behavior in previous incidents that resulted in the series of removals; and
(c) Because of such additional factors as the length of each removal, the total amount of time the child has been removed, and the proximity of the removals to one another.
(b) The educational agency determines on a case-by-case basis whether a pattern of removals constitutes a change of placement. This determination is subject to review through due process and judicial proceedings.
(L) Availability of scholarship notification
(1) Each time an educational agency completes an evaluation for a child with a disability or undertakes the development, review or revision of the child's IEP, the educational agency shall notify the child's parent, by letter or electronic means, about both the autism scholarship program, established by section 3310.41 of the Revised Code, and the Jon Peterson special needs scholarship program, established by section 3310.52 of the Revised Code, in accordance with division (C) of section 3323.052 of the Revised Code.
(2) The notice shall include the following:
(a) Information that the child may be eligible for a scholarship under either the autism scholarship program or the Jon Peterson special needs scholarship program that implements the child's individualized education program and that is operated by an alternative public provider or by a registered private provider; and
(b) The telephone number of the office of the department responsible for administering the scholarship programs and the specific location of scholarship information on the department's website.
Last updated January 27, 2025 at 7:57 AM
History
- Effective: January 24, 2025
- Promulgated Under: 119.03
Ohio Adm.Code 3301-51-06
(A) General
(1) Children with disabilities must be evaluated in accordance with this rule.
(2) Each educational agency shall adopt and implement written policies and procedures, approved by the Ohio department of education, office for exceptional children, to ensure that a referral process is employed to determine whether or not a child is a child with a disability. The school district of residence shall ensure that initial evaluations are conducted and that reevaluations are completed.
(3) Consistent with rule 3301-35-06 of the Administrative Code, each educational agency shall provide interventions to resolve concerns for any preschool or school-age child who is performing below grade-level standards.
(4) An educational agency may not use interventions to unnecessarily delay an evaluation to determine a child's eligibility for special education services. If such interventions have not been implemented prior to referral for evaluation, appropriate interventions shall be implemented during the same sixty calendar day time frame during which the educational agency conducts a full and individual evaluation.
(5) Each educational agency shall use data from interventions to determine eligibility for special education services, appropriate instructional practices, and access to the general curriculum. In the case of a preschool-age child, data collected through interventions is part of the differentiated referral process.
(B) Initial evaluations
(1) General
Each school district of residence must conduct a full and individual initial evaluation, in accordance with this rule, before the initial provision of special education and related services under Part B of the Individuals with Disabilities Education Act, as amended by the Individuals with Disabilities Education Improvement Act of 2004, December 2004 (IDEA) to a child with a disability residing in the school district.
(2) Request for initial evaluation
Consistent with the consent requirements in rule 3301-51-05 of the Administrative Code, either a parent of a child or a public agency may initiate a request for an initial evaluation to determine if the child is a child with a disability.
(3) A school district will, within thirty calendar days of receipt of a request for an evaluation from either a parent of a child or a public agency, either obtain parental consent for an initial evaluation or provide to the parents prior written notice stating that the school district does not suspect a disability and will not be conducting an evaluation.
(4) Procedures for initial evaluation
The initial evaluation:
(a) Must be conducted within sixty days of receiving parental consent for the evaluation; and
(b) Must consist of procedures:
(i) To determine if the child is a child with a disability as defined in paragraph (B)(10) of rule 3301-51-01 of the Administrative Code; and
(ii) To determine the educational needs of the child.
(5) Exception
The time frame described in paragraph (B)(4)(a) of this rule does not apply to a school district if:
(a) The parent of a child repeatedly fails or refuses to produce the child for the evaluation; or
(b) A child enrolls in a new school district of residence after the relevant time frame in paragraph (B)(4)(a) of this rule has begun, and prior to a determination by the child's previous school district of residence as to whether the child is a child with a disability as defined in paragraph (B)(10) of rule 3301-51-01 of the Administrative Code.
(6) The exception in paragraph (B)(5)(b) of this rule applies only if the subsequent school district of residence is making sufficient progress to ensure a prompt completion of the evaluation, and the parent and subsequent school district agree to a specific time when the evaluation will be completed.
(C) Screening for instructional purposes is not evaluation
The screening of a child by a teacher or specialist to determine appropriate instructional strategies for curriculum implementation shall not be considered to be an evaluation for eligibility for special education and related services.
(D) Reevaluations
(1) General
A school district of residence must ensure that a reevaluation of each child with a disability is conducted in accordance with paragraphs (E) to (I) of this rule:
(a) If the educational agency determines that the educational or related services needs, including improved academic achievement and functional performance, of the child warrant a reevaluation; or
(b) If the child's parent or teacher requests a reevaluation; or
(c) In order to make a change in disability category.
(2) Limitation
A reevaluation conducted under paragraph (D)(1) of this rule:
(a) May occur not more than once a year, unless the parent and the school district agree otherwise; and
(b) Must occur at least once every three years, unless the parent and the school district agree that a reevaluation is unnecessary.
(3) Evaluations for children who transfer educational agencies in the same state:
(a) An educational agency has thirty days from the date the prior educational agency's evaluation was received to either:
(i) Accept the evaluation from the prior educational agency; or
(ii) Obtain consent for a reevaluation.
(b) Reevaluation under this paragraph must be conducted within sixty days of parent consent.
(E) Evaluation procedures
(1) Notice
The school district of residence must provide notice to the parents of a child with a disability, in accordance with rule 3301-51-05 of the Administrative Code, that describes any evaluation procedures the educational agency proposes to conduct.
(2) Conduct of evaluation
In conducting the evaluation, the educational agency must:
(a) Use a variety of assessment tools and strategies to gather relevant functional, developmental, and academic information about the child, including information provided by the parent, that may assist in determining:
(i) Whether the child is a child with a disability as defined in paragraph (B)(10) of rule 3301-51-01 of the Administrative Code; and
(ii) The content of the child's individualized education program (IEP), including information related to enabling the child to be involved in and progress in the general education curriculum (or for a preschool child to participate in appropriate activities);
(b) Not use any single source of information, such as a single measure or score, as the sole criterion for determining whether a child is a child with a disability and for determining an appropriate educational program for the child; and
(c) Use technically sound instruments that may assess the relative contribution of cognitive and behavioral factors, in addition to physical or developmental factors.
(3) Other evaluation procedures
Each educational agency must ensure that:
(a) Assessments and other evaluation materials used to assess a child under this rule:
(i) Are selected and administered so as not to be discriminatory on a racial or cultural basis;
(ii) Are provided and administered in the child's native language or other mode of communication and in the form most likely to yield accurate information about what the child knows and can do academically, developmentally, and functionally, unless it is clearly not feasible to so provide or administer;
(iii) Are used for the purposes for which the assessments or measures are valid and reliable;
(iv) Are administered by trained and knowledgeable personnel; and
(v) Are administered in accordance with any instructions provided by the producer of the assessments.
(b) Assessments and other evaluation materials include those tailored to assess specific areas of educational need and not merely those that are designed to provide a single general intelligence quotient.
(c) Assessments are selected and administered so as best to ensure that if an assessment is administered to a child with impaired sensory, manual, or speaking skills, the assessment results accurately reflect the child's aptitude or achievement level or whatever other factors the test purports to measure, rather than reflecting the child's impaired sensory, manual, or speaking skills (unless those skills are the factors that the test purports to measure).
(d) The child is assessed in all areas related to the suspected disability, including, if appropriate, health, vision, hearing, social and emotional status, general intelligence, academic performance, communicative status, and motor abilities;
(e) Assessments of children with disabilities who transfer from one educational agency to another educational agency in the same school year are coordinated with those children's prior and subsequent schools, as necessary and as expeditiously as possible, consistent with paragraphs (B)(5)(b) and (B)(6) of this rule, to ensure prompt completion of full evaluations.
(f) In evaluating each child with a disability under paragraphs (E) to (G) of this rule, the evaluation is sufficiently comprehensive to identify all of the child's special education and related services needs, whether or not commonly linked to the disability category in which the child has been classified.
(g) Assessment tools and strategies that provide relevant information that directly assists persons in determining the educational needs of the child are provided.
(h) Medical consultation, as appropriate, for a preschool or school-age child on a continuing basis, especially when school authorities feel that there has been a change in the child's behavior or educational functioning or when new symptoms are detected; and
(i) For preschool-age children, as appropriate, the evaluation shall include the following specialized assessments:
(i) Physical examination which is completed by a licensed doctor of medicine or doctor of osteopathy in cases where the disability is primarily the result of a congenital or acquired physical disability;
(ii) Vision examination which is conducted by an eye care specialist in cases where the disability is primarily the result of a visual impairment; and
(iii) An audiological examination which is completed by a certified or licensed audiologist in cases where the disability is primarily the result of a hearing impairment.
(F) Additional requirements for evaluations and reevaluations
(1) Review of existing evaluation data
As part of an initial evaluation, and as part of any reevaluation under this rule, the evaluation team shall develop an evaluation plan that will provide for the following and be summarized in an evaluation team report:
(a) Review existing evaluation data on the child, including:
(i) Evaluations and information provided by the parents of the child;
(ii) Current classroom-based, local, or state assessments, and classroom-based observations;
(iii) Observations by teachers and related services providers;
(iv) Data about the child's progress in the general curriculum or, for the preschool-age child, data pertaining to the child's growth and development;
(v) Data from previous interventions, including:
(a) Interventions required by rule 3301-35-06 of the Administrative Code; and
(b) For the preschool child, data from early intervention, community or preschool program providers; and
(vi) Any relevant trend data beyond the past twelve months, including the review of current and previous IEPs; and
(b) On the basis of that review and input from the child's parents, identify what additional data, if any, are needed to determine:
(i) Whether the child is a child with a disability, as defined in rule 3301-51-01 of the Administrative Code, and the educational needs of the child; or
(ii) In case of a reevaluation of a child, whether the child continues to have such a disability, and the educational needs of the child;
(iii) The present levels of academic achievement and related developmental needs of the child;
(iv) Whether the child needs special education and related services; or
(v) In the case of a reevaluation of a child, whether the child continues to need special education and related services; and
(vi) Whether any additions or modifications to the special education and related services are needed to enable the child to meet the measurable annual goals set out in the IEP of the child and to participate, as appropriate, in the general education curriculum.
(2) Conduct of review
The group described in paragraph (F)(1) of this rule may conduct its review without a meeting.
(3) Source of data
The educational agency must administer such assessments and other evaluation measures as may be needed to produce the data identified under paragraph (F)(1) of this rule.
(4) Requirements if additional data are not needed
(a) If the evaluation team or the individualized education program team, as appropriate, determine that no additional data are needed to determine whether the child continues to be a child with a disability and to determine the child's educational needs, the educational agency must notify the child's parents of:
(i) That determination and the reasons for the determination; and
(ii) The right of the parents to request an assessment to determine whether the child continues to be a child with a disability and to determine the child's educational needs.
(b) The educational agency is not required to conduct the assessment described in paragraph (F)(4)(a)(ii) of this rule unless requested to do so by the child's parents.
(5) Evaluations before change in eligibility
(a) Except as provided in paragraph (F)(5)(b) of this rule, an educational agency must evaluate a child with a disability in accordance with paragraphs (E) to (I) of this rule before determining that the child is no longer a child with a disability.
(b) The evaluation described in paragraph (F)(5)(a) of this rule is not required before the termination of a child's eligibility under this rule due to graduation from secondary school with a regular diploma or due to exceeding the age eligibility for a free appropriate public education (FAPE) under state law.
(c) For a child whose eligibility terminates under circumstances described in paragraph (F)(5)(b) of this rule, an educational agency must provide the child with a summary of the child's academic achievement and functional performance, which shall include recommendations on how to assist the child in meeting the child's postsecondary goals.
(G) Determination of eligibility
(1) General
Upon completion of the administration of assessments and other evaluation measures:
(a) A group of qualified professionals and the parent of the child determines whether the child is a child with a disability, as defined in rule 3301-51-01 of the Administrative Code, in accordance with paragraph (G)(2) of this rule and the educational needs of the child; and
(b) The educational agency provides a copy of the evaluation report and the documentation of determination of eligibility at no cost to the parent.
(i) The written evaluation team report shall include:
(a) A summary of information obtained during the evaluation process; and
(b) The names, titles and signatures of each team member, including the parent, and an indication of whether or not they are in agreement with the eligibility determination. Any team member who is not in agreement with the team's determination of disability shall submit a statement of disagreement.
(ii) The educational agency must provide a copy of the evaluation team report and the documentation of determination of eligibility or continued eligibility to the parents prior to the next individualized education program meeting and in no case later than fourteen days from the date of eligibility determination.
(2) Special rule for eligibility determination
A child must not be determined to be a child with a disability under this rule:
(a) If the determinant factor for that determination is:
(i) Lack of appropriate instruction in reading, including the essential components of reading instruction as defined in Section 1208(3) of the Elementary and Secondary Education Act of 1965, as amended and specified in the No Child Left Behind Act of 2001, January 2002, 20 U.S.C. 6301 (ESEA);
(ii) Lack of appropriate instruction in math; or
(iii) Limited English proficiency; and
(b) If the child does not otherwise meet the eligibility criteria under paragraph (B)(10) of rule 3301-51-01 of the Administrative Code.
(3) Procedures for determining eligibility and educational need
(a) In interpreting evaluation data for the purpose of determining if a child is a child with a disability as defined in paragraph (B)(10) of rule 3301-51-01 of the Administrative Code, and the educational needs of the child, each educational agency must:
(i) Draw upon information from a variety of sources, including aptitude and achievement tests, state and districtwide assessments, parent input, and teacher recommendations, as well as information about the child's physical condition, social or cultural background, and adaptive behavior; and
(ii) Ensure that information obtained from all of these sources is documented and carefully considered.
(b) If a determination is made that a child has a disability and needs special education and related services, an IEP must be developed for the child in accordance with rule 3301-51-07 of the Administrative Code.
(H) Additional procedures for identifying children with specific learning disabilities
(1) Specific learning disabilities
(a) General
The Ohio department of education adopts in this rule, criteria for determining whether a child has a specific learning disability as defined in paragraph (B)(10)(d)(x) of rule 3301-51-01 of the Administrative Code. The criteria adopted by the state in this rule:
(i) Do not require the use of a severe discrepancy between intellectual ability and achievement for determining whether a child has a specific learning disability, as defined in paragraph (B)(10)(d)(x) of rule 3301-51-01 of the Administrative Code;
(ii) Permit the use of a process based on the child's response to scientific, research-based intervention; and
(iii) Permit the use of other alternative research-based procedures for determining whether a child has a specific learning disability as defined in paragraph (B)(10)(d)(x) of rule 3301-51-01 of the Administrative Code.
(b) Consistency with state criteria
An educational agency must use the state criteria adopted in this rule pursuant to paragraph (H)(1) of this rule in determining whether a child has a specific learning disability.
(2) Additional group members
The determination of whether a child suspected of having a specific learning disability is a child with a disability, as defined in rule 3301-51-01 of the Administrative Code, must be made by the child's parents and a team of qualified professionals which must include:
(a) The child's regular teacher; or
(b) If the child does not have a regular teacher, a regular classroom teacher qualified to teach a child of the child's age; or
(c) For a child of less than school-age, an individual qualified by the Ohio department of education to teach a child of the child's age; and
(d) At least one person qualified to conduct individual diagnostic examinations of children, such as a school psychologist, speech-language pathologist, or remedial reading teacher.
(3) Determining the existence of a specific learning disability
(a) The group described in paragraph (G) of this rule may determine that a child has a specific learning disability, as defined in paragraph (B)(10)(d)(x) of rule 3301-51-01 of the Administrative Code, if:
(i) The child does not achieve adequately for the child's age or to meet state-approved grade-level standards in one or more of the following areas, when provided with learning experiences and instruction appropriate for the child's age or state-approved grade-level standards:
(a) Oral expression;
(b) Listening comprehension;
(c) Written expression;
(d) Basic reading skill;
(e) Reading fluency skills;
(f) Reading comprehension;
(g) Mathematics calculation; or
(h) Mathematics problem-solving.
(ii) The child does not make sufficient progress to meet age or state-approved grade-level standards in one or more of the areas identified in paragraph (H)(3)(a)(i) of this rule when using a process based on the child's response to scientific, research-based intervention; or
(iii) The child exhibits a pattern of strengths and weaknesses in performance, achievement, or both, relative to age, state-approved grade-level standards, or intellectual development, that is determined by the group to be relevant to the identification of a specific learning disability, using appropriate assessments, consistent with paragraphs (E) and (F) of this rule; and
(iv) The group determines that its findings under paragraphs (H)(3)(a)(i) to (H)(3)(a)(iii) of this rule are not primarily the result of:
(a) A visual, hearing, or motor disability;
(b) Intellectual disability;
(c) Emotional disturbance;
(d) Cultural factors;
(e) Environmental or economic disadvantage; or
(f) Limited English proficiency.
(b) To ensure that underachievement in a child suspected of having a specific learning disability is not due to lack of appropriate instruction in reading or math, the group must consider, as part of the evaluation described in paragraphs (E) to (G) of this rule:
(i) Data that demonstrate that prior to, or as a part of, the referral process, the child was provided appropriate instruction in regular education settings, delivered by qualified personnel; and
(ii) Data-based documentation of repeated assessments of achievement at reasonable intervals, reflecting formal assessment of student progress during instruction, which was provided to the child's parents.
(c) The educational agency must promptly request parental consent to evaluate the child to determine if the child needs special education and related services, and must adhere to the time frames described in paragraphs (B) and (D) of this rule, unless the time frames are extended by mutual written agreement of the child's parents and a group of qualified professionals, as described in paragraph (G)(1)(a) of this rule:
(i) If, prior to a referral, a child has not made adequate progress after an appropriate period of time when provided instruction, as described in paragraphs (H)(3)(b)(i) and (H)(3)(b)(ii) of this rule; and
(ii) Whenever a child is referred for an evaluation.
(d) An evaluation may, but is not required to, utilize a process based on the child's response to evidence-based intervention to determine whether a child has a specific learning disability. This process:
(i) Begins when sufficient data have been gathered and analyzed under conditions of targeted and intensive individualized intervention conditions, when there is evidence of an inadequate response to intervention on the part of the child, and the group determines that the child's needs are unlikely to be met without certain specialized instruction in addition to the regular classroom instruction;
(ii) Employs interventions that are evidence-based and provided at appropriate levels of intensity, frequency, duration, and integrity, relative to the child's identified needs;
(iii) Is based on results of evidence-based, technically adequate assessment procedures that assess ongoing progress while the child is receiving evidence-based instruction, and that have been reported to the child's parents;
(iv) Includes the analysis of data described in paragraphs (H)(3)(b)(i) and (H)(3)(b)(ii) of this rule to determine whether a disparity is present between actual and expected performance, in both the child's rate of progress in developing skills, and in the child's level of performance on measures assessing one or more of the academic areas listed in paragraph (H)(3)(a)(i) of this rule;
(v) May not be used to unnecessarily delay a child's being evaluated to determine eligibility for special education services.
(e) An educational agency may use evidence-based procedures for determining whether a child exhibits a pattern of strengths and weaknesses in performance, achievement, or both, relative to age, state-approved grade-level standards, or intellectual development, that is determined by the group to be relevant to the identification of a specific learning disability, if prior approval of the procedures has been granted by the Ohio department of education.
(f) The school district must develop written procedures for the implementation of any method used to determine the existence of a specific learning disability that, at a minimum, incorporate guidelines developed by the Ohio department of education and as specified in this rule.
(4) Observation
(a) The educational agency must ensure that the child is observed in the child's learning environment, including the regular classroom setting, to document the child's academic performance and behavior in the areas of difficulty.
(b) The group described in paragraph (G) of this rule, in determining whether a child has a specific learning disability, must decide to:
(i) Use information from an observation in routine classroom instruction and monitoring of the child's performance that was done before the child was referred for an evaluation; or
(ii) Have at least one member of the group described in paragraph (G) of this rule conduct an observation of the child's academic performance in the regular classroom after the child has been referred for an evaluation and parental consent, consistent with rule 3301-51-05 of the Administrative Code, is obtained.
(c) In the case of a child of less than school-age or out of school, a group member must observe the child in an environment appropriate for a child of that age.
(5) Specific documentation for the eligibility determination
(a) For a child suspected of having a specific learning disability, the documentation of the determination of eligibility, as required in paragraph (G)(1)(b) of this rule, must contain a statement of:
(i) Whether the child has a specific learning disability;
(ii) The basis for making the determination, including an assurance that the determination has been made in accordance with paragraph (G)(3)(a) of this rule;
(iii) The relevant behavior, if any, noted during the observation of the child and the relationship of that behavior to the child's academic functioning;
(iv) The educationally relevant medical findings, if any;
(v) Whether:
(a) The child does not achieve adequately for the child's age or to meet state-approved grade-level standards consistent with paragraph (H)(3)(a)(i) of this rule; and
(b) The child does not make sufficient progress to meet age or state-approved grade-level standards consistent with paragraph (H)(3)(a)(ii) of this rule; or
(c) The child exhibits a pattern of strengths and weaknesses in performance, achievement, or both, relative to age, state-approved grade-level standards or intellectual development consistent with paragraph (H)(3)(a)(iii) of this rule;
(vi) The determination of the group concerning the effects of a visual, hearing, or motor disability; intellectual disability; emotional disturbance; cultural factors; environmental or economic disadvantage; or limited English proficiency on the child's achievement level; and
(vii) If the child has participated in a process that assesses the child's response to scientific, research-based intervention:
(a) The instructional strategies used and the student-centered data collected; and
(b) The documentation that the child's parents were notified about:
(i) The state's policies regarding the amount and nature of student performance data that would be collected and the general education services that would be provided;
(ii) Strategies for increasing the child's rate of learning; and
(iii) The parents' right to request an evaluation.
(b) Each group member must certify in writing whether the report reflects the member's conclusion. If it does not reflect the member's conclusion, the group member must submit a separate statement presenting the member's conclusions.
(I) Additional procedures for identifying children with multiple disabilities
A group of qualified professionals and the parents of the child may determine the child has multiple disabilities if the child exhibits:
(1) A combination of two or more areas of disability as defined in rule 3301-51-01 of the Administrative Code, except for a combination that includes a specific learning disability; and
(2) A severe or profound deficit in communication or adaptive behavior documented through the use of individually administered standardized instruments which have been validated for the specific purpose of measuring communication or adaptive behavior.
Last updated December 1, 2023 at 9:34 AM
History
- Effective: December 1, 2023
- Promulgated Under: 119.03
Ohio Adm.Code 3301-51-03
(A) Each educational agency shall adopt and implement written policies and procedures approved by the Ohio department of education, office for exceptional children, that ensure all children with disabilities residing within the district, including children with disabilities who are homeless children or are wards of the state, and children with disabilities attending nonpublic schools, regardless of the severity of their disability, and who are in need of special education and related services are identified, located, and evaluated as required by the Individuals with Disabilities Education Act, as amended by the Individuals with Disabilities Education Improvement Act of 2004, December 2004 (IDEA) and federal regulations at 34 C.F.R. Part 300 (October 13, 2006) pertaining to child find, including the regulations at 34 C.F.R. 300.111 and 300.646.
(B) Child find
(1) General
The child find policies and procedures that each educational agency adopts and implements under this rule shall ensure that:
(a) All children with disabilities residing in the state, including children with disabilities who are homeless children or are wards of the state, and children with disabilities attending nonpublic schools, regardless of the severity of their disability, and who are in need of special education and related services, are identified, located, and evaluated; and
(b) A practical method is developed and implemented to determine which children are currently receiving needed special education and related services.
(2) Use of the term developmental delay
The following provisions apply with respect to implementing the child find requirements of this rule:
(a) The Ohio department of education has adopted in rule 3301-51-11 of the Administrative Code a definition of "developmental delay" under 34 C.F.R. 300.8(b) and under that section has determined in rule 3301-51-01 of the Administrative Code that the term applies to children aged three through nine years;
(b) A school district of residence is not required to adopt and use the term developmental delay for any children within its jurisdiction;
(c) If a school district of residence uses the term developmental delay for children described in rule 3301-51-01 of the Administrative Code as experiencing developmental delays, the school district must conform to both the state's definition of that term in rule 3301-51-11 of the Administrative Code and to the age range of three through nine years of age which is the age range subset that has been adopted by the Ohio department of education in rule 3301-51-01 of the Administrative Code.
(3) Other children in child find
Child find must also include:
(a) Children who are suspected of being a child with a disability under the definition of child with a disability in paragraph (B)(10) of rule 3301-51-01 of the Administrative Code and in need of special education, even though they are advancing from grade to grade; and
(b) Highly mobile children, including migrant children.
(4) Construction
Nothing in the IDEA requires that children be classified by their disability so long as each child who has a disability that is listed in the definition of child with a disability in paragraph (B)(10) of rule 3301-51-01 of the Administrative Code and who, by reason of that disability, needs special education and related services is regarded as a child with a disability under Part B of the IDEA.
(C) Disproportionality
(1) The school district must annually report data to be examined by the Ohio department of education to determine if significant disproportionality based on race and ethnicity is occurring in the school district with respect to:
(a) The identification of children as children with disabilities, including the identification of children as children with disabilities in accordance with a particular impairment described in section 602(3) of IDEA and as defined in rule 3301-51-01 of the Administrative Code;
(b) The placement in particular educational settings of these children; and
(c) The incidence, duration, and type of disciplinary removals from placement, including suspensions and expulsions.
(2) To determine if significant disproportionality is occurring in the school district, the Ohio department of education must apply the risk ratio threshold or thresholds determined by the Ohio department of education to risk ratios or alternate risk ratios, as appropriate, in each category described in paragraph (C)(1) of this rule and the following racial and ethnic groups:
(a) Hispanic/Latino of any race; and, for individuals who are non-Hispanic/ Latino only;
(b) American Indian or Alaska Native;
(c) Asian;
(d) Black or African American;
(e) Native Hawaiian or Other Pacific Islander;
(f) White; and
(g) Two or more races.
(3) Review and revision of policies, practices, and procedures
In the case of a determination of significant disproportionality with respect to the identification of children as children with disabilities or the placement in particular educational settings, including disciplinary removals of such children, in accordance with paragraph (C)(1) of this rule, the school district must ensure the following:
(a) Provide for the annual review and, if appropriate, revision of the policies, practices, and procedures used in identification or placement in particular education settings, including disciplinary removals, to ensure that the policies, practices, and procedures comply with the requirements of IDEA.
(b) Publicly report on the revision of policies, practices, and procedures described under this rule consistent with the requirements of the Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act of 1974, January 1974, its implementing regulations in 34 CFR part 99 (January 2012), and Section 618(b)(1) of IDEA.
(4) Comprehensive coordinated early intervening services.
Except as provided in paragraph (C)(5) of this rule, the school district identified under (C)(1) of this rule shall reserve the maximum amount of funds under section 613(f) of IDEA to provide comprehensive coordinated early intervening services to address factors contributing to the significant disproportionality.
(a) In implementing comprehensive coordinated early intervening services a school district:
(i) May carry out activities that include professional development and educational and behavioral evaluations, services, and supports.
(ii) Must identify and address the factors contributing to the significant disproportionality, which may include, among other identified factors the following:
(a) A lack of access to scientifically based instruction;
(b) Economic, cultural, or linguistic barriers to appropriate identification or placement in particular educational settings;
(c) Inappropriate use of disciplinary removals; lack of access to appropriate diagnostic screenings;
(d) Differences in academic achievement levels; and
(e) Policies, practices, or procedures that contribute to the significant disproportionality.
(iii) Must address a policy, practice, or procedure it identifies as contributing to the significant disproportionality, including a policy, practice or procedure that results in a failure to identify, or the inappropriate identification of, a racial or ethnic group (or groups).
(b) A school district may use funds reserved for comprehensive coordinated early intervening services to serve children from age three through grade twelve, particularly, but not exclusively, children in those groups that were significantly over identified under paragraph (C)(1) of this rule, including:
(i) Children who are not currently identified as needing special education or related services but who need additional academic and behavioral support to succeed in a general education environment; and
(ii) Children with disabilities.
(c) A school district may not limit the provision of comprehensive coordinated early intervening services under this paragraph to children with disabilities.
(5) Exception to comprehensive coordinated early intervening services
A school district that serves only children with disabilities identified under paragraph (C)(1) of this rule shall not be required to reserve funds to provide comprehensive coordinated early intervening services.
(6) Rule of construction
Nothing in this rule authorizes the school district to develop or implement policies, practices, or procedures that result in actions that violate the requirements of this rule, including requirements related to child find and ensuring that a free appropriate public education is available to all eligible children with disabilities.
(7) General
If a school district is found by the department to have significant disproportionality in any category for three consecutive years without reasonable progress, the department may direct the school district to: Review their policies, procedures and practices related to identification, placement and discipline of children with disabilities:
(a) Review their policies, procedures and practices related to identification, placement and discipline of children with disabilities;
(b) Identify the factors that may be contributing to significant disproportionality; and
(c) Redirect fifteen per cent of IDEA funds toward comprehensive coordinated early intervening services, which are designed to address the contributing factors and include professional development, education and behavioral evaluations, services and supports.
(D) Data reporting
(1) Each school district and other educational agencies shall maintain an education management information system and submit data to the Ohio department of education pursuant to rule 3301-14-01 of the Administrative Code as well as the data reporting required under 20 U.S.C. 1418.
(2) County boards of developmental disabilities and state institutions operated under the Ohio department of mental health, Ohio department of youth services, and the Ohio central school system shall submit data reports directly to the Ohio department of education on prescribed forms and in the prescribed manner.
(3) The collection and use of data to meet the requirements of this rule are subject to the confidentiality requirements in rule 3301-51-04 of the Administrative Code.
Last updated December 1, 2023 at 9:34 AM
History
- Effective: December 1, 2023
- Promulgated Under: 119.03
Ohio Adm.Code 3301-51-11
(A) Except as otherwise specified in this rule, the definitions in rule 3301-51-01 of the Administrative Code apply to this rule and to preschool special education.
(1) Definitions
(a) "Co-taught class" means a class operated by a public school, educational service center, or county board of developmental disabilities that is taught by two licensed teachers: one licensed general education teacher and one licensed intervention specialist.
(i) Both teachers are assigned to the classroom for the full duration of each class session.
(ii) All children in the co-taught class are on the general education teacher's roster, and the children with disabilities are also counted in the intervention specialist's caseload.
(iii) A maximum of eight children with disabilities (i.e., children with IEPs) are enrolled in the class; the department may grant a waiver (on a case-by-case basis) for additional children with disabilities to be enrolled in a co-taught class.
(iv) The class must have more children without disabilities enrolled than children with disabilities.
(v) The co-taught class shall be considered a general education class for program licensing purposes.
(b) "Full-day class session" means a class session of four or more hours.
(c) "Half-day class session" means a class session of fewer than four hours.
(d) "Itinerant services" for a preschool child who is eligible for special education services means services provided by intervention specialists or related services personnel which occur in the setting where the child, the child and parent(s), or the child and caregiver are located.
(e) "Kindergarten age eligible" means the child is age eligible pursuant to section 3321.01 of the Revised Code in his or her school district of residence.
(f) "Public school preschool special education class" means a class in which the lead teacher is qualified to teach preschool special education according to rule 3301-37-04 of the Administrative Code, the lead teacher is responsible for specially designed instruction for one or more children with IEPs enrolled in the class, and at least fifty-one per cent of the students enrolled in the class are children with disabilities.
(g) "Regular early childhood setting" means any of the following educational settings in which fifty per cent or less of the students are children with disabilities:
(i) Public school preschool general education class, as defined in this rule;
"Public school preschool general education class" means a class that meets all of the following criteria:
(a) Operated by a public school (including community schools), educational service center, or county board of developmental disabilities;
(b) Taught by a general education teacher or dual-licensed teacher who meets the lead teacher qualifications for a preschool general education class according to rule 3301-37-04 of the Administrative Code;
(c) Includes instruction in the general education curriculum aligned to Ohio's Early Learning and Development Standards;
(d) The lead teacher of a public school preschool general education class shall not serve as the intervention specialist of record or IEP case manager for any children with disabilities (i.e., children with IEPs), even if the individual holds appropriate licensure for those roles;
(e) A maximum of eight children with disabilities (i.e., children with IEPs) enrolled in a public school preschool general education class that is taught by a general education teacher who meets the lead qualifications outlined in paragraph (A)(1)(a)(ii) of this rule, and the class must be made up of fifty per cent or fewer children with disabilities enrolled than children without disabilities; the department may grant a waiver (on a case-by-case basis) for additional children with disabilities to be enrolled.
(ii) Public school preschool integrated class, as defined in this rule:
"Public school preschool integrated class" means a class that meets all of the following criteria:
(a) Operated by a public school (including community schools), educational service center, or county board of developmental disabilities;
(b) Taught by a general education teacher or dual-licensed teacher who meets the lead teacher qualifications for a preschool special education class according with rule 3301-37-04 of the Administrative Code;
(c) Fifty per cent or fewer of the students in the class are children with disabilities; and
(d) The lead teacher of a public school preschool integrated class may serve as the intervention specialist of record or IEP case manager for any children with disabilities (i.e., children with IEPs) enrolled in the public school preschool integrated class, if the individual holds the appropriate licensure.
(iii) Non-public school preschool program, as defined in this rule; or
"Non-public school preschool program" means a program that meets all of the following:
(a) A chartered nonpublic school licensed by the Ohio department of education or a program licensed by the Ohio department of job and family services (e.g., head start or community child care program licensed by ODJFS); and
(b) A program having a three-, four-, or five-star rating in "Step Up to Quality" (SUTQ) in accordance with H. B. 49 (see section 265.2, 132nd General Assembly) and H. B. 64 (see section 263.20, 131st General Assembly). The ratings of each program shall be determined in accordance with rule 5101:2-17-01 of the Administrative Code.
(iv) Head start preschool program, as defined in 45 CFR 1305.2.
All references to the term "regular education" used in the federal regulations at 34 C.F.R. part 300 shall have the same meaning as this definition
(h) "Service provider location" means the child travels to the service provider's location to receive IEP services (e.g., when a child receives speech therapy in the speech therapist's office in the school building).
(i) "Support for school personnel services" may include modeling specially designed instruction, preparing materials for use by others, co-planning instruction or interventions, coaching, or otherwise consulting with a family member, caretaker, general education teacher, intervention specialist, related services personnel, paraprofessional, or other person who provides care, education, or related services to the child.
(B) Except as otherwise specified in this rule, all preschool programs are required to comply with Chapter 3301-37 of the Administrative Code, child day-care programs.
(C) Free appropriate public education. A school district who provides preschool special education shall comply with rule 3301-51-02 of the Administrative Code.
(D) Child find. A school district who provides preschool special education shall comply with rule 3301-51-03 of the Administrative Code, except as otherwise specified in this paragraph.
(1) A school district may choose to use the term "developmental delay" under the following conditions, as defined in rules 3301-51-01 and 3301-51-03 of the Administrative Code, for children who are experiencing developmental delays and who, by reason thereof, need special education and related services:
(a) The applicability of the term shall be based upon the individual needs of the child as determined by the evaluation team or the IEP team and other qualified professionals;
(b) In addition to the assessments required in paragraph (G)(1) of this rule, results of appropriate diagnostic instruments and procedures may also be used to help make the determination that a child has a "developmental delay." A developmental delay may be substantiated by a delay of two standard deviations below the mean in one or more of the areas of development or 1.5 standard deviations below the mean in two or more of the areas of development listed in paragraph (D)(1)(c) of this rule. The results shall not be used as the sole factor in making the determination that a child has a developmental delay.
(c) "Developmental delay" means a child who is experiencing a delay as determined by an evaluation team, IEP team, and other qualified professionals in one or more of the following areas of development:
(i) Physical development;
(ii) Cognitive development;
(iii) Communication development;
(iv) Social or emotional development; or
(v) Adaptive development.
(2) Interagency agreements
Each school district shall annually review interagency agreements with all partners to ensure a free appropriate public education (FAPE) is provided to all preschool children who are eligible for special education services between the ages of three through five residing in the school district. At a minimum, agreements with the following partners are required:
(a) "Head Start" programs within the school district's service delivery area that provide for:
(i) Service coordination for preschool children who are eligible for special education services, three through five years of age, in a manner consistent with the state interagency agreement for service coordination with "Head Start"; and
(ii) Transition of children eligible for special education and related services as a preschool child at age three.
(b) The county agency responsible for "Part C Early Intervention" delivery system that provides for the transition of children from Early Intervention services to preschool special education and related services at age three in a manner consistent with the state interagency agreement for service coordination with "Head Start." The agreement must include, but is not limited to, the following requirements:
(i) A process by which strategies are evaluated for effectiveness and appropriate revisions to the agreement are made;
(ii) A process by which "Early Intervention" refers any child who is forty-five days or fewer from his or her third birthday and is suspected of having a disability. A child referred to the district forty-five days or fewer from his or her third birthday must have an evaluation completed within sixty days of parental consent for evaluation, but an individualized education program (IEP) is not required by his or her third birthday;
(iii) Shared responsibilities for evaluating any child suspected of having a disability referred to "Early Intervention" at least forty-six days before his or her third birthday but not more than ninety days before his or her third birthday;
(iv) Shared responsibilities for child find, including locating, evaluating, and identifying children with disabilities birth through age five; and
(v) Timelines and processes for sharing information about any child who may be transitioning as a preschool child eligible for special education services from "Early Intervention" services to special education and related services.
(c) Agencies within the school district's service delivery area providing special education services (e.g. county boards of developmental disabilities, education service centers) for identification, service delivery, and funding to adequately serve preschool children who are eligible for special education services three through five years of age. The agreement must include, but is not limited to, the following requirements:
(i) A process by which strategies are evaluated for effectiveness and appropriate revisions to the agreement are made;
(ii) Shared responsibilities for evaluating any child suspected of having a disability;
(iii) Shared responsibilities for child find, including locating, evaluating, and identifying children with disabilities; and
(iv) Timelines and processes for sharing information about any child who may be transitioning as a preschool child into special education services.
(3) Transition from "Part C Early Intervention"
Each school district is responsible for the following activities related to transition for a child receiving Early Intervention services under part C of the Individuals with Disabilities Education Act, as amended by the Individuals with Disabilities Education Improvement Act of 2004, December 2004 (IDEA):
(a) If invited by a representative of the part C system, a school district representative shall attend a conference to discuss transition from "Early Intervention" services to preschool.
(i) The school district shall not delay or refuse participation in the transition conference because of residency disputes or the absence of a birth certificate. A school district may use the thirty days following the transition conference to confirm residency and gather other enrollment documentation, or document attempts to gather such evidence.
(ii) The transition conference may occur up to nine months before a child's third birthday.
(iii) The school district shall document participation in the conference.
(b) The date of referral to the school district shall be the earliest of the following:
(i) One hundred fifty days prior to the child's third birthday, if the transition planning conference or notification from part C occurs more than one hundred fifty days prior to the child's third birthday; or
(ii) The date the part C representative first notifies the school district about the child, if this date is within one hundred fifty days prior to the child's third birthday; or
(iii) The date of the transition planning conference, if the transition planning conference occurs within one hundred fifty days prior to the child's third birthday.
(c) At the parent's request, the school district shall invite the part C service coordinator to the initial IEP meeting.
(d) If a child is eligible for special education and related services as a preschool child, the school district shall work with the family to ensure an IEP is in place and implemented by the child's third birthday. If the child's third birthday occurs during the regular school year, services must begin by the child's third birthday.
(e) The IEP team must consider extended school year services as part of the IEP process for children transition from part C services. A school district shall not require any child to have previous school experience to receive extended school year services. Based upon data available from the part C system, the IEP team shall determine if extended school year services are required as outlined in rule 3301-51-02 of the Administrative Code.
(f) A school district determined by the Ohio department of education to be noncompliant with the transition timeline to have an IEP in place by an eligible child's third birthday:
(i) Shall develop a corrective action plan in addition to the interagency agreement. The corrective action plan must include the signature of a representative of the agency responsible for "Part C Early Intervention" services; and
(ii) May have funds reduced or terminated by the Ohio department of education.
(E) Confidentiality. A school district who provides preschool special education shall comply with rule 3301-51-04 of the Administrative Code.
(F) Procedural safeguards. A school district who provides preschool special education shall comply with rule 3301-51-05 of the Administrative Code.
(G) Evaluations. A school district who provides preschool special education shall comply with rule 3301-51-06 of the Administrative Code, except as otherwise specified in this paragraph.
(1) Eligibility. Sufficient information shall be obtained using a variety of information sources to confirm that a disability exists. Eligibility for special education and related services as a preschool child shall be determined on the basis of multiple sources of information, including, but not limited to:
(a) Data from part C for children transitioning from early intervention services and information from any current community or preschool program providers;
(b) Observations in more than one setting and in multiple activities shall be conducted after obtaining parental consent for such observations;
(c) Information provided by the parent or caregiver;
(d) Results of at least one criterion-referenced assessment; and
(e) Results of at least one norm-referenced assessment.
(2) Based on the variety of sources of information listed in paragraphs (G)(1)(a) to (G)(1)(e) of this rule, a group of qualified professionals and the parent of the child shall determine if the child has a disability and is eligible for special education and related services as a preschool child.
At a minimum, the group of qualified professionals must include two or more representatives of the school district who collectively meet the following requirements:
(a) Qualified to provide or supervise the provision of specially designed instruction to meet the unique needs of the child;
(b) Qualified to provide or supervise the provision of instruction in the preschool general education curriculum;
(c) Authorized to make decisions about the use of school district resources for special education and related services; and
(d) Qualified to interpret the instructional implications of evaluation results.
(3) A school district must ensure that sufficient resources are available to conduct evaluations during the summer months and meet the timelines described in rule 3301-51-06 of the Administrative Code.
(4) A preschool child eligible for special education services shall be at least age three and not age six, with the following exception:
(a) A child younger than three years of age may be eligible if the child will be three by October thirty-one of the current calendar year, and the child will receive special education and related services beginning the first day of the school year, unless an alternative start date is determined by the IEP team, which must include the child's parent.
(b) A child who is age eligible for kindergarten, but not compulsory school age, may remain in preschool special education through the completion of the school year despite turning six under the following conditions:
School-age services must be considered during the IEP process for a child who will be age eligible for kindergarten in the following school year;
(H) Individualized education program (IEP). A school district who provides preschool special education shall comply with rule 3301-51-07 of the Administrative Code.
(I) Parentally placed nonpublic school children. A school district who provides preschool special education shall comply with rule 3301-51-08 of the Administrative Code. Nothing in this section is intended to change the circumstances under which a district is or is not required to pay for the cost of FAPE pursuant to paragraph (B)(8) of rule 3301- 51-08 of the Administrative Code.
(J) Delivery of services/least restrictive environment. A school district who provides preschool special education shall comply with 34 C.F.R. 300.114 to 300.118 and rule 3301-51-09 of the Administrative Code.
(1) In ensuring that a continuum of alternative placements is available to meet the needs of children with disabilities for special education and related services, a school district shall annually prepare, post publicly, and make available to parents during the evaluation process; a list of the available preschool education service options in the community. This list shall not be limited to service providers within the geographic boundaries of the district but shall include providers outside the limits of the school district boundaries that may be more easily accessible to children with disabilities living within the boundaries of the school district. This list shall inform the discussions and decision on the appropriate placement of each child with a disability.
(2) In considering appropriate placement options consistent with the requirement to service students in the least restrictive environment, the IEP teams shall consider available options:
(a) A public school preschool general education class or a non-public school preschool program in which no more than eight children with disabilities are enrolled,
(b) A regular early childhood education setting in which fifty per cent or fewer of the students are children with disabilities,
(c) A public school preschool integrated class in which fifty per cent or fewer of the students are children with disabilities,
(d) A public school preschool special education class in which more than fifty per cent of the students are children with disabilities,
(e) A special school,
(f) A home or service provider location.
(3) The placement decision made annually by the IEP team, which includes the parents, shall include consideration of the child being educated in the school that he or she would have attended if nondisabled. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the IEP can require a different placement if it is determined that there would be a potential harmful effect on the child or on the quality of services that he or she needs. This determination could result in the child staying in his or her current class or program, as the case may be.
(4) A child who already participates in a regular early childhood setting when identified as a child with a disability shall remain in the program in which the child is enrolled unless the IEP team determines that it is unable to serve the child consistent with the provisions in paragraph (J)(3) of this rule. A child with a disability shall not be removed from education in age-appropriate regular classrooms solely because of needed modifications in the general education curriculum. Removing a child from his/her general education setting (such as, regular routines or activities) or removing a child from nondisabled peers to provide specially designed instruction and/or related services requires individualized justification within the child's IEP.
Nothing in this rule shall restrict an IEP team from placing a child in a non-public preschool environment which does not have a three-, four- or five-star rating in the "Step Up to Quality Program" if the IEP team, which must include the parent, determines the placement is in the best interest of the child.
(5) Preschool services.
(a) When determining services, the school district shall consider the requirements in rule 3301-51-09 of the Administrative Code and the following factors:
(i) The child's ability to participate and progress in the general early childhood curriculum;
(ii) The child's socialization needs; and
(iii) The child's educational and developmental progress.
(b) Unless otherwise specified by the IEP team, services shall be provided for all preschool children eligible for special education services in accordance with the following:
(i) A child served in the home or service provider location must be provided a minimum of one hour of instruction per week in the general education curriculum that includes specially designed instruction; or
(ii) From the effective date of this rule children served in any setting other than home or service provider location must be provided a minimum of three hundred sixty hours of programming per year, which must include instruction in the general education curriculum, and a minimum of one hour of specially designed instruction or related services per week, or a combination of specially designed instruction and related services; and
(iii) For all preschool children receiving special educations services "support for school personnel services" must be considered during each IEP meeting.
(c) A child with a visual and/or hearing impairment who receives services in a non-categorical classroom shall have a minimum of support for school personnel services provided by an intervention specialist licensed in the area for the child's sensory impairment(s) (e.g, PK-12 "Intervention Specialist for Hearing Impaired").
(6) Measuring child progress.
A school district shall measure a child's progress using multiple sources of information. Information must be obtained across multiple settings, representing a variety of interactions and input from parents and staff involved with the child.
(a) Information shall be analyzed to evaluate the conditions under which desired behaviors occur and if the desired behavior is not demonstrated, an analysis of contributing factors shall be conducted and changes in the environment, curriculum, and instruction shall be considered.
(b) Information on a child's progress shall be reported in the manner prescribed by the Ohio department of education.
(7) Preschool personnel qualifications.
Personnel providing preschool services shall be appropriately credentialed as defined by Chapter 3301-24 of the Administrative Code.
Intervention specialists who are assigned to categorical preschool classrooms for children with visual or hearing impairments must have the appropriate license required for the categorical area.
(8) Preschool supervisory services.
Each school district shall designate a qualified individual to ensure preschool special education services are provided in accordance with all applicable rules, regulations, and laws. The designated individual shall be responsible for the following:
(a) Ensuring the development and implementation of an interagency agreement as outlined in paragraph (D)(2) of this rule.
(b) Providing assistance to early childhood personnel in the provision of developmentally and exceptionality appropriate practices for preschool children who are eligible for special education services;
(c) Ensuring compliance with licensing requirements pursuant to section 3301.58 of the Revised Code;
(d) Facilitating the provision of comprehensive early childhood delivery systems for young children with disabilities including the integration of education, health, social services, and parent education components.
(e) Participating in the development and evaluation of professional development plans and induction programs that apply to early childhood personnel pursuant to rule 3301-24-06 of the Administrative Code and section 3319.223 of the Revised Code;
(f) Participating in the "Step Up to Quality" program established pursuant to section 5104.29 of the Revised Code and maintaining a status of three-, four-, or five-stars;
(g) Assisting with the implementation and evaluation of state standards that apply to early childhood programs;
(h) Collaborating with early childhood providers including "Head Start" programs, "Part C Early Intervention" providers, county boards of developmental disabilities, local family and children first councils, community childcare programs, and community preschools to ensure continuity of care for dual enrolled children and the availability of a full "Least Restrictive Environment" continuum;
(i) Collaborating with the regional state support team in the provision of training and technical assistance responsive to the needs of preschool special education staff; and
(j) Collaborating with the Ohio department of education, office of early learning and school readiness, as appropriate.
(9) Service provider workload determination for delivery of services.
In addition to caseload requirements, school districts must consider the overall workload of each staff member in accordance with rule 3301-51-09 and the licensing ratio requirements for preschool programs defined in rule 3301-37-04 of the Administrative Code.
(a) A full-time early childhood intervention specialist shall be provided when there are eight full-day or sixteen half-day children served on IEPs enrolled in a public school preschool special education class.
(b) An intervention specialist classroom teacher responsible for eight or more half-day class sessions (e.g., four morning and four afternoon sessions per week), or four full-day class sessions shall not carry an additional itinerant caseload;
(c) An intervention specialist classroom teacher responsible for up to five half-day class sessions (e.g., five morning sessions per week) or up to three full-day class sessions, may serve up to eight additional children on an itinerant caseload;
(d) An intervention specialist classroom teacher responsible for six or seven half-day class sessions (e.g., three morning and four afternoon sessions per week), may serve up to four additional children on an itinerant caseload;
(e) An itinerant intervention specialist at one FTE shall serve no more than twenty eligible preschool children; and
(f) A preschool attendant at one FTE shall have a caseload of no more than three eligible preschool children.
(g) The department may grant a waiver (on a case-by-case basis) to the itinerant caseload requirements in paragraphs (J)(9)(c) to (J)(9)(e) in this rule for an intervention specialist to serve additional children with disabilities.
(h) Staff serving preschool and school age children with disabilities will have FTE apportioned on the basis of the number of children served in each age category and the percentages totaling one hundred per cent.
(K) Transportation of children with disabilities. Rule 3301-51-10 of the Administrative Code applies to preschool special education. Transportation shall be listed as a related service on a preschooler's IEP if the IEP team determines that transportation is required for the child to access FAPE and benefit from special education.
Last updated December 1, 2023 at 9:34 AM
History
- Effective: December 1, 2023
- Promulgated Under: 119.03
Ohio Adm.Code 3301-51-04
(A) Each educational agency shall adopt and implement written policies and procedures, approved by the Ohio department of education, office for exceptional children, that afford parents the opportunity to examine records in accordance with the procedures of 34 C.F.R. 300.610 to 300.628, the Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act of 1974, August 1974, (FERPA) and its regulations at 34 CFR, Part 99, and as if it were named herein, and ensure protection of the confidentiality of any personally identifiable information in regard to the collection, use, storage, disclosure, retention, and destruction of that information.
(B) Definitions
The following terms are defined as they are used in this rule:
(1) "Destruction" means physical destruction or removal of personal identifiers from information so that the information is no longer personally identifiable.
(2) "Education records" means the type of records covered under the definition of education records in 34 C.F.R. Part 99 (January 14, 2013) (the regulations implementing FERPA).
(3) "Participating agency" means any agency or institution that collects, maintains, or uses personally identifiable information, or from which information is obtained, under Part B of the Individuals with Disabilities Education Act, as amended and specified in the Individuals with Disabilities Education Improvement Act of 2004, December 2004 (IDEA).
(C) Notice to parents
(1) The educational agency must give notice that is adequate to fully inform parents about the requirements to ensure that the school district, county educational agency comply with this rule related to protecting the confidentiality of any personally identifiable information collected, used, or maintained under Part B of the IDEA. The notice shall include:
(a) A description of the extent that the notice is given in the native languages of the various population groups in the educational agency, county, or other area served;
(b) A description of the children on whom personally identifiable information is maintained, the types of information sought, the methods the state intends to use in gathering the information (including the sources from whom information is gathered), and the uses to be made of the information;
(c) A summary of the policies and procedures that participating agencies must follow regarding storage, disclosure to third parties, retention, and destruction of personally identifiable information; and
(d) A description of all of the rights of parents and children regarding this information, including the rights under FERPA and implementing regulations in 34 C.F.R. Part 99.
(2) Before any major identification, location, or evaluation activity, the notice must be published or announced in newspapers or other media, or both, with circulation adequate to notify parents throughout the educational agency of the activity.
(D) Access rights
(1) Each participating agency must permit parents to inspect and review any education records relating to their children that are collected, maintained, or used by the agency under this rule. The agency must comply with a request without unnecessary delay and before any meeting regarding an individualized education program (IEP), or any hearing pursuant to rule 3301-51-05 of the Administrative Code or resolution session pursuant to rule 3301-51-05 of the Administrative Code, and in no case more than forty-five days after the request has been made.
(2) The right to inspect and review education records under this rule includes:
(a) The right to a response from the participating agency to reasonable requests for explanations and interpretations of the records;
(b) The right to request that the agency provide copies of the records containing the information if failure to provide those copies would effectively prevent the parent from exercising the right to inspect and review the records; and
(c) The right to have a representative of the parent inspect and review the records.
(3) An agency may presume that the parent has authority to inspect and review records relating to the parent's child unless the agency has been advised that the parent does not have the authority under applicable state law governing such matters as guardianship, separation, and divorce.
(E) Record of access
Each participating agency must keep a record of parties obtaining access to education records collected, maintained, or used under Part B of the IDEA (except access by parents and authorized employees of the participating agency), including the name of the party, the date access was given, and the purpose for which the party is authorized to use the records.
(F) Records on more than one child
If any education record includes information on more than one child, the parents of those children have the right to inspect and review only the information relating to their child or to be informed of that specific information.
(G) List of types and locations of information
Each participating agency must provide parents on request a list of the types and locations of education records collected, maintained, or used by the agency.
(H) Fees
(1) Each participating agency may charge a fee for copies of records that are made for parents under this rule if the fee does not effectively prevent the parents from exercising their right to inspect and review those records.
(2) A participating agency shall not charge a fee to search for or to retrieve information under this rule.
(I) Amendment of records at parent's request
(1) A parent who believes that information in the education records collected, maintained, or used under this rule is inaccurate or misleading or violates the privacy or other rights of the child may request the participating agency that maintains the information to amend the information.
(2) The agency must decide whether to amend the information in accordance with the request within a reasonable period of time of receipt of the request.
(3) If the agency decides to refuse to amend the information in accordance with the request, it must inform the parent of the refusal and advise the parent of the right to a hearing under this rule.
(J) Opportunity for a hearing
The agency must, on request, provide an opportunity for a hearing to challenge information in education records to ensure that it is not inaccurate, misleading, or otherwise in violation of the privacy or other rights of the child.
(K) Result of hearing
(1) If, as a result of the hearing, the agency decides that the information is inaccurate, misleading or otherwise in violation of the privacy or other rights of the child, it must amend the information accordingly and so inform the parent in writing.
(2) If, as a result of the hearing, the agency decides that the information is not inaccurate, misleading, or otherwise in violation of the privacy or other rights of the child, it must inform the parent of the parent's right to place in the records the agency maintains on the child a statement commenting on the information or setting forth any reasons for disagreeing with the decision of the agency.
(3) Any explanation placed in the records of the child under this rule must:
(a) Be maintained by the agency as part of the records of the child as long as the record or contested portion is maintained by the agency; and
(b) If the records of the child or the contested portion is disclosed by the agency to any party, the explanation must also be disclosed to the party.
(L) Hearing procedures
A hearing held under this rule must be conducted according to the procedures in 34 C.F.R. 99.22. The records hearing shall be held within a reasonable period of time after the educational agency has received the request.
(1) The parents shall be given notice of the date, time, and place reasonably in advance of the hearing.
(2) The records hearing shall be conducted by any individual, including an official of the educational agency who does not have a direct interest in the outcome of the hearing.
(3) The parents shall be afforded a full and fair opportunity to present evidence relevant to the content of the child's education records and the information the parent believes is inaccurate or misleading or violates the privacy or other rights of the child.
(4) The parents may, at their own expense, be assisted or represented by one or more individuals of their choice, including an attorney.
(5) The educational agency shall make its decision in writing within a reasonable period of time after the hearing.
(6) The decision of the school district, county board of DD or other educational agency shall be based solely upon the evidence presented at the hearing and shall include a summary of the evidence and the reasons for the decision.
(M) Consent
(1) Parental consent must be obtained before personally identifiable information is disclosed to parties, other than officials of participating agencies in accordance with this rule, unless the information is contained in education records, and the disclosure is authorized without parental consent under 34 C.F.R. Part 99 (.
The parent's consent must be in writing, signed, and dated and must:
(a) Specify the records to be disclosed;
(b) State the purpose of the disclosure; and
(c) Identify the party or class of parties to whom the disclosure may be made.
(2) Except as provided in paragraphs (M)(2)(a) and (M)(2)(b) of this rule, parental consent is not required before personally identifiable information is released to officials of participating agencies for purposes of meeting a requirement of this rule and 34 C.F.R. Part 300.
(a) Parental consent, or the consent of an eligible child who has reached the age of majority under Ohio law, must be obtained before personally identifiable information is released to officials of participating agencies providing or paying for transition services in accordance with rule 3301-51-07 of the Administrative Code.
(b) If a child is enrolled, or is going to enroll in a nonpublic school that is not located in the school district of the parent's residence, parental consent must be obtained before any personally identifiable information about the child is released between officials in the school district where the nonpublic school is located and officials in the school district of the parent's residence.
(N) Safeguards
(1) Each participating agency must protect the confidentiality of personally identifiable information at collection, storage, disclosure, and destruction stages.
(2) One official at each participating agency must assume responsibility for ensuring the confidentiality of any personally identifiable information.
(3) All persons collecting or using personally identifiable information must receive training or instruction regarding the policies and procedures of the educational agency under 34 C.F.R. Part 99.
(4) Each participating agency must maintain for public inspection a current listing of the names and positions of those employees within the agency who may have access to personally identifiable information.
(O) Destruction of information
(1) The public agency must inform parents when personally identifiable information collected, maintained, or used under this rule is no longer needed to provide educational services to the child.
(2) The information must be destroyed at the request of the parents. However, a permanent record of a student's name, address, telephone number, grades, attendance record, classes attended, grade level completed, and year completed shall be maintained without time limitation.
(P) Children's rights
(1) The educational agency must have in effect policies and procedures regarding the extent to which children are afforded rights of privacy similar to those afforded to parents, taking into consideration the age of the child and type or severity of disability.
(2) Under the regulations for FERPA in 34 C.F.R. 99.5(a) the rights of parents regarding education records are transferred to the student at age eighteen.
(3) If the rights accorded to parents under Part B of the IDEA are transferred to a student who reaches the age of majority, consistent with rule 3301-51-05 of the Administrative Code, the rights regarding education records under this rule must also be transferred to the student. However, the educational agency must provide any notice required under rule 3301-51-05 of the Administrative Code to the student and the parents.
(Q) Disciplinary information
(1) When a child transfers from one educational agency to another, the transmission of any of the child's records must include both the child's current IEP and any statement of current or previous disciplinary action that has been taken against the child. The statement is to be transmitted to the same extent that the disciplinary information is included in, and transmitted with, the student records of children who do not have a disability.
(2) The statement required in paragraph (Q)(1) of this rule:
(a) Shall specify the circumstances that resulted in the disciplinary action and provide a description of the disciplinary action taken if the disciplinary action was taken because the child:
(i) Carried a weapon to or possessed a weapon at school, on school premises, or to or at a school function under the jurisdiction of an educational agency;
(ii) Knowingly possessed or used illegal drugs, or sold or solicited the sale of a controlled substance, while at school, on school premises, or at a school function under the jurisdiction of an educational agency; or
(iii) Inflicted serious bodily injury upon another person while at school, on school premises, or at a school function under the jurisdiction of a school district, county board of DD, and an educational agency.
(b) Shall include any information that is relevant to the safety of the child and other individuals involved with the child; and
(c) May include a description of any other behavior engaged in by the child that required disciplinary action, and a description of the disciplinary action taken.
(3) An educational agency shall transmit copies of the records described in paragraph (C) of this rule only to the extent that the transmission is permitted by FERPA, even if that transmission is to another educational agency.
(R) Referral to and action by law enforcement and judicial authorities
(1) Rule of construction
Nothing in this rule prohibits an educational agency from reporting a crime committed by a child with a disability to appropriate authorities or prevents state law enforcement and judicial authorities from exercising their responsibilities with regard to the application of federal and state law to crimes committed by a child with a disability.
(2) Transmittal of records
(a) An educational agency reporting a crime committed by a child with a disability must ensure that copies of the special education and disciplinary records of the child are transmitted for consideration by the appropriate authorities to whom the agency reports the crime.
(b) An educational agency reporting a crime under this rule shall transmit copies of the child's special education and disciplinary records only to the extent that the transmission is permitted by FERPA.
Last updated July 26, 2023 at 2:22 PM
History
- Effective: July 1, 2023
- Promulgated Under: 119.03
Ohio Adm.Code 3301-51-07
(A) Each educational agency shall adopt and implement written policies and procedures approved by the Ohio department of education, office for exceptional children, that ensure an individualized education program is developed and implemented for each child with a disability.
(B) The county boards of developmental disabilities and other educational agencies shall adopt and implement written policies and procedures approved by the Ohio department of education, office for exceptional children, that ensure services identified in the child's individualized education program are provided as agreed upon with the child's school district of residence.
(C) Children in other districts or agencies
(1) The school district of residence is responsible for ensuring that an individualized education program is developed and implemented for each child with a disability residing in the school district, even when another educational agency implements the child's individualized education program. This includes the responsibility for initiating and conducting meetings for the purpose of developing, reviewing and revising the individualized education program of a child with a disability. When providing special education services for a child with a disability in another educational agency, the school district of residence must follow the same procedural safeguards as it does for all children with disabilities and have on file a copy of the current evaluation team report and the individualized education program.
(2) Each educational agency shall cooperate with another educational agency that serves children with disabilities in institutions or other care facilities to ensure that these children have access to an education in their least restrictive environment as appropriate and as specified in the individualized education program.
(D) Responsibility of the educational agency
Each educational agency must ensure that a child with a disability who is placed in or referred to a nonpublic school or facility by a public school district:
(1) Is provided special education and related services:
(a) In conformance with an individualized education program that meets the requirements of paragraphs (E) to (I) of this rule; and
(b) At no cost to the parents;
(2) Is provided an education that meets the applicable academic and operating standards provided by the Ohio department of education and the standards of the educational agency, except for as otherwise required in rule 3301-51-01 of the Administrative Code and rule 3301-51-09 of the Administrative Code; and
(3) Has all of the rights of a child with a disability who is served by a public school district.
(E) Individualized education programs (IEP)
(1) General
An individualized education program must include:
(a) A statement that discusses the child's future
The individualized education program team shall ensure that the family and child's preferences and interests are an essential part of the planning process. The individualized education program team will document planning information on the individualized education program;
(b) A statement of the child's present levels of academic achievement and functional performance, including:
(i) How the child's disability affects the child's involvement and progress in the general education curriculum (i.e., the same curriculum as for non disabled children); or
(ii) For preschool children, as appropriate, how the disability affects the child's participation in appropriate activities;
(c) A statement of measurable annual goals, including academic and functional goals and benchmarks or short-term objectives designed to:
(i) Meet the child's needs that result from the child's disability to enable the child to be involved in and make progress in the general education curriculum; and
(ii) Meet each of the child's other educational needs that result from the child's disability;
For children with disabilities who take alternate assessments aligned to alternate academic achievement standards, a description of benchmarks or short-term objectives.
(d) A description of:
(i) How the child's progress toward meeting the annual goals described in paragraph (E)(1)(c) of this rule will be measured; and
(ii) When periodic reports on the progress the child is making toward meeting the annual goals (such as through the use of quarterly or other periodic reports, concurrent with the issuance of report cards) will be provided;
(e) A statement of the special education and related services and supplementary aids and services, based on peer-reviewed research to the extent practicable, to be provided to the child, or on behalf of the child, and a statement of the program modifications or supports for school personnel that will be provided to enable the child:
(i) To advance appropriately toward attaining the annual goals;
(ii) To be involved in and make progress in the general education curriculum in accordance with paragraph (E)(1)(b) of this rule, and to participate in extracurricular and other nonacademic activities; and
(iii) To be educated and participate with other children with disabilities and non disabled children in the activities described in this rule;
(f) An explanation of the extent, if any, to which the child will not participate with non disabled children in the regular class and in the activities described in paragraph (E)(1)(e) of this rule;
(g) A statement of any individual appropriate accommodations that are necessary to measure the academic achievement and functional performance of the child on state and districtwide assessments consistent with Section 612(a)(16) of the IDEA;
(h) If the individualized education program team determines that the child must take an alternate assessment instead of a particular regular state or districtwide assessment of student achievement, a statement of why:
(i) The child cannot participate in the regular assessment; and
(ii) The particular alternate assessment selected is appropriate for the child; and
(i) The projected date for the beginning of the services and modifications described in paragraph (E)(1)(e) of this rule and the anticipated frequency, location, and duration of those services and modifications.
(2) Transition services
Beginning not later than the first individualized education program to be in effect when the child turns fourteen, or younger if determined appropriate by the individualized education program team, and updated annually, thereafter, the individualized education program must include:
(a) Appropriate measurable post-secondary goals based upon age-appropriate transition assessments related to training, education, and, if assessment data supports the need, independent living skills;
(b) Appropriate measurable post-secondary goals based on age-appropriate transition assessments related to competitive integrated employment ; and
(c) The transition services (including courses of study) as defined in 34 C.F.R. 300.43, needed to assist the child in reaching those goals.
(d) A transition progress report, including a description of progress toward the completion of transition services as defined in 34 C.F.R. 300.533 shall be provided to the parent at least as often as report cards are issued to all children. If the school district provides interim reports to all children, progress reports must be provided to all parents of a child with a disability concurrent with the issuance of progress reports for students without a disability.
(3) Transfer of rights at age of majority
By the child's seventeenth birthday, which is not later than one year before the child reaches the age of majority under Ohio law, the individualized education program must include a statement that the child has been informed of the child's rights under Part B of the IDEA that will transfer to the child on reaching the age of majority, as specified in paragraph (D) of rule 3301-51-05 of the Administrative Code.
(4) Construction
Nothing in this rule shall be construed to require:
(a) That additional information be included in a child's individualized education program beyond what is explicitly required in Section 614 of the IDEA; or
(b) The individualized education program.team to include information under one component of a child's individualized education program.that is already contained under another component of the child's individualized education program.
(F) Individualized education program team
(1) General
The school district must ensure that the individualized education program team for each child with a disability includes:
(a) The parents of the child;
(b) Not less than one regular education teacher of the child (if the child is, or may be, participating in the regular education environment);
(c) Not less than one special education teacher of the child or, where appropriate, not less than one special education provider of the child;
(d) A representative of the educational agency who:
(i) Is qualified to provide, or supervise the provision of, specially designed instruction to meet the unique needs of children with disabilities;
(ii) Is knowledgeable about the general education curriculum; and
(iii) Is knowledgeable about the availability of resources of the school district.
(e) An individual who can interpret the instructional implications of evaluation results, who may be a member of the team described in paragraphs (F)(1)(b) to (F)(1)(f) of this rule;
(f) At the discretion of the parent or the educational agency, other individuals who have knowledge or special expertise regarding the child, including related services personnel as appropriate; and
(g) Whenever appropriate, the child with a disability.
(2) Transition services participants
(a) In accordance with paragraph (F)(1)(g) of this rule, the educational agency must invite a child with a disability to attend the child's individualized education program team meeting if a purpose of the meeting will be the consideration of the postsecondary goals for the child and the transition services needed to assist the child in reaching those goals under paragraph (E)(2) of this rule.
(b) If the child does not attend the individualized education program team meeting, the educational agency must take other steps to ensure that the child's preferences and interests are considered.
(c) To the extent appropriate, with the consent of the parents or a child who has reached the age of majority, in implementing the requirements of paragraph (F)(2)(a) of this rule, the school district must invite a representative of any participating agency that is likely to be responsible for providing or paying for transition services.
(3) Determination of knowledge and special expertise
The determination of the knowledge or special expertise of any individual described in paragraph (F)(1)(f) of this rule must be made by the party (parents or educational agency) who invited the individual to be a member of the individualized education program team.
(4) Designating a school district representative
A school district may designate a school district member of the individualized education program team to also serve as the district representative, if the criteria in paragraph (F)(1)(d) of this rule are satisfied.
(5) Individualized education program team attendance
(a) A member of the individualized education program team described in paragraphs (F)(1)(b) to (F)(1)(e) of this rule is not required to attend an individualized education program team meeting, in whole or in part, if the parent of a child with a disability and the educational agency agree, in writing, that the attendance of the member is not necessary because the member's area of the curriculum or related services is not being modified or discussed in the meeting.
(b) A member of the individualized education program team described in paragraph (F)(5)(a) of this rule may be excused from attending an individualized education program team meeting, in whole or in part, when the meeting involves a modification to or discussion of the member's area of the curriculum or related services, if:
(i) The parent, in writing, and the educational agency consent to the excusal; and
(ii) The member submits, in writing to the parent and the individualized education program team, input into the development of the individualized education program prior to the meeting.
(6) Initial individualized education program team meeting for child under Part C
In the case of a child who was previously served under Part C of the IDEA, an invitation to the initial individualized education program team meeting must, at the request of the parent, be sent to the Part C service coordinator or other representatives of the Part C system to assist with the smooth transition of services.
(G) Parent participation
(1) Educational agency responsibility
Each educational agency must take steps to ensure that one or both of the parents of a child with a disability are present at each individualized education program team meeting or are afforded the opportunity to participate, including:
(a) Notifying parents of the meeting early enough to ensure that they will have an opportunity to attend; and
(b) Scheduling the meeting at a mutually agreed on time and place.
(2) Information provided to parents
(a) The notice required under paragraph (G)(1)(a) of this rule must:
(i) Indicate the purpose, time, and location of the meeting and who will be in attendance; and
(ii) Inform the parents of the provisions in paragraphs (F)(1)(f) and (F)(3) of this rule (relating to the participation of other individuals on the individualized educational program team who have knowledge or special expertise about the child), and this rule (relating to the participation of the Part C service coordinator or other representatives of the Part C system at the initial individualized education program team meeting for a child previously served under Part C of the IDEA).
(b) For a child with a disability, beginning not later than the first individualized education program to be in effect when the child turns fourteen, or younger if determined appropriate by the individualized education program team, the notice also must:
(i) Indicate:
(a) That a purpose of the meeting will be the consideration of the postsecondary goals and transition services for the child, in accordance with paragraph (E)(2)(b) of this rule; and
(b) That the educational agency will invite the child; and
(ii) Identify any other agency that will be invited to send a representative.
(3) Other methods to ensure parent participation
If neither parent can attend an individualized education program team meeting, the educational agency must use other methods to ensure parent participation, including individual or conference telephone calls, consistent with paragraph (L) of this rule (related to alternative means of meeting participation).
(4) Conducting an individualized education program team meeting without a parent in attendance
A meeting may be conducted without a parent in attendance if the educational agency is unable to convince the parents that they should attend. In this case, the educational agency must keep a record of its attempts to arrange a mutually agreed on time and place, such as:
(a) Detailed records of telephone calls made or attempted and the results of those calls;
(b) Copies of correspondence sent to the parents and any responses received; and
(c) Detailed records of visits made to the parent's home or place of employment and the results of those visits.
(5) Use of interpreters or other action, as appropriate
The educational agency must take whatever action is necessary to ensure that the parent understands the proceedings of the individualized education program team meeting, including arranging for an interpreter for parents with deafness or whose native language is other than English.
(6) Parent copy of child's individualized education program
Within thirty calendar days after the individualized education program meeting, the school district must give the parent a copy of the child's individualized education program at no cost to the parent.
(H) When individualized education program must be in effect
(1) General
On or before the child's third birthday and at the beginning of each subsequent school year, each educational agency must have in effect, for each child with a disability within its jurisdiction, an individualized education program, as defined in paragraph (E) of this rule. The individualized education program shall be implemented as soon as possible following the individualized education program meeting.
(2) The initial individualized education program must be developed and implemented within whichever of the following time periods is the shortest:
(a) Within thirty calendar days of the determination that the child needs special education and related services;
(b) Within ninety calendar days of receiving parental consent for an evaluation; or
(c) Within one hundred twenty calendar days of the receipt of a request for an evaluation from a parent or school district.
(3) Initial individualized education programs; provision of services
Each school district must ensure that:
(a) A meeting to develop an individualized education program for a child is conducted within thirty days of a determination that the child needs special education and related services; and
(b) As soon as possible following development of the individualized education program, special education and related services are made available to the child in accordance with the child's individualized education program.
(c) Once a child begins receiving services for the first time under an individualized education program, the school district in which the child is enrolled shall notify parents that the child is required to undergo a comprehensive eye exam within three months in accordance with section 3323.19 of the Revised Code.
(4) Accessibility of child's individualized education program to teachers and others
Each educational agency must ensure that:
(a) The child's individualized education program is accessible to each regular education teacher, special education teacher, related services provider, and any other service provider who is responsible for its implementation; and
(b) Each teacher and provider described in paragraph (H)(4)(a) of this rule is informed of:
(i) The teacher's and provider's specific responsibilities related to implementing the child's individualized education program; and
(ii) The specific accommodations, modifications, and supports that must be provided for the child in accordance with the individualized education program.
(5) Individualized education programs for children who transfer educational agency in the same state
If a child with a disability (who had an individualized education program that was in effect in a previous educational agency in the same state) transfers to a new school district of residence in the same state, and enrolls in a new school within the same school year, the new school district of residence (in consultation with the parents) must provide a free and appropriate public education (FAPE) to the child (including services comparable to those described in the child's individualized education program from the previous school district of residence), until the new school district of residence either:
(a) Adopts the child's individualized education program from the previous school district of residence; or
(b) Develops, adopts, and implements a new individualized education program that meets the applicable requirements in paragraphs (E) to (I) of this rule.
(6) Individualized education programs for children who transfer from another state
If a child with a disability (who had an individualized education program that was in effect in a previous educational agency in another state) transfers to a new school district of residence in Ohio, and enrolls in a new school within the same school year, the new school district of residence (in consultation with the parents) must provide the child with FAPE (including services comparable to those described in the child's individualized education program from the previous school district of residence), until the new school district of residence:
(a) Conducts an evaluation pursuant to paragraphs (E) to (G) of rule 3301-51-06 of the Administrative Code (if determined to be necessary by the new school district of residence); and
(b) Develops, adopts, and implements a new individualized education program, if appropriate, that meets the applicable requirements in paragraphs (E) to (I) of this rule.
(7) Transmittal of records
To facilitate the transition for a child described in paragraphs (H)(5) and (H)(6) of this rule:
(a) The new school district of residence in which the child enrolls must take reasonable steps to obtain the child's records within thirty days of enrollment, including the individualized education program and supporting documents and any other records relating to the provision of special education or related services to the child, from the previous school district of residence in which the child was enrolled, pursuant to 34 C.F.R. 99.31(a)(2) ; and
(b) The previous school district of residence in which the child was enrolled must respond to the request from the new school district of residence within thirty days of the notification of the child's enrollment at the new school district of residence..
(I) Development, review, and revision of individualized education program
(1) Development of individualized education program
(a) General
In developing each child's individualized education program, the individualized education program team must consider:
(i) The strengths of the child;
(ii) The concerns of the parents for enhancing the education of their child;
(iii) The results of the initial or most recent evaluation of the child;
(iv) The results of the child's performance on any state or districtwide assessment programs, as appropriate; and
(v) The academic, developmental, and functional needs of the child.
(b) Consideration of special factors
The individualized education program team must:
(i) In the case of a child whose behavior impedes the child's learning or that of others, consider the use of positive behavioral interventions and supports, and other strategies, to address that behavior;
(ii) In the case of a child with limited English proficiency, consider the language needs of the child as those needs relate to the child's individualized education program;
(iii) In the case of a child who is blind or visually impaired:
(a) Provide for instruction in braille and the use of braille unless the individualized education program team determines, after an evaluation of the child's reading and writing skills, needs, and appropriate reading and writing media (including an evaluation of the child's future needs for instruction in braille or the use of braille), that instruction in braille or the use of braille is not appropriate for the child; and
(b) Ensure that the additional requirements for individualized education programs for children who are blind or visually impaired are included as provided in section 3323.011 of the Revised Code;
(iv) Consider the communication needs of the child, and in the case of a child who is deaf or hard of hearing, consider the child's language and communication needs, opportunities for direct communications with peers and professional personnel in the child's language and communication mode, academic level, and full range of needs, including opportunities for direct instruction in the child's language and communication mode; and
(v) Consider whether the child needs assistive technology devices and services.
(c) Requirement with respect to regular education teacher
A regular education teacher of a child with a disability, as a member of the individualized education program team, must, to the extent appropriate, participate in the development of the individualized education program of the child, including the determination of:
(i) Appropriate positive behavioral interventions and supports and other strategies for the child; and
(ii) Supplementary aids and services, program modifications, and support for school personnel consistent with paragraph (E)(1)(e) of this rule.
(d) Agreement
(i) In making changes to a child's individualized education program after the annual individualized education program team meeting for a school year, the parent of a child with a disability and the educational agency may agree not to convene an individualized education program team meeting for the purposes of making those changes, and instead may develop a written document to amend or modify the child's current individualized education program.
(ii) If the individualized education program team amends or modifies the child's current individualized education program, as described in paragraph (I)(1)(d)(i) of this rule, the annual review date for the amended or modified individualized education program does not change. The annual review date will change upon a complete review and revision of the child's individualized education program as outlined in paragraph (I)(2) of this rule.
(iii) If changes are made to the child's individualized education program in accordance with paragraph (I)(1)(d)(i) of this rule, the educational agency must ensure that the child's team is informed of those changes.
(e) Consolidation of individualized education program team meetings
To the extent possible, the educational agency must encourage the consolidation of reevaluation meetings for the child and other individualized education program team meetings for the child.
(f) Amendments
Changes to the individualized education program may be made either by the entire individualized education program team at an individualized education program team meeting, or as provided in paragraph (I)(1)(d) of this rule, by amending the individualized education program rather than by redrafting the entire individualized education program. When an individualized education program is amended the school district shall send a copy of the amended individualized education program to the parent within thirty calendar days of the date the individualized education program was amended, the date of the amendment does not change the annual individualized education program review date.
(2) Review and revision of individualized education program
(a) General
Each school district must ensure that, subject to paragraphs (I)(2)(b) and (I)(2)(c) of this rule, the individualized education program team:
(i) Reviews the child's individualized education program periodically, but not less than annually, to determine whether the annual goals for the child are being achieved; and
(ii) Revises the individualized education program, as appropriate, to address:
(a) Any lack of expected progress toward the annual goals described in paragraph (E)(1)(c) of this rule, and in the general education curriculum, if appropriate;
(b) The results of any reevaluation conducted under rule 3301-51-06 of the Administrative Code;
(c) Information about the child provided to, or by, the parents, as described under paragraph (F)(1)(b) of rule 3301-51-06 of the Administrative Code;
(d) The child's anticipated needs; or
(e) Other matters.
(b) Consideration of special factors
In conducting a review of the child's individualized education program, the individualized education program team must consider the special factors described in paragraph (I)(1)(b) of this rule.
(c) Requirement with respect to regular education teacher
A regular education teacher of the child, as a member of the individualized education program team, must, consistent with paragraph (I)(1)(c) of this rule, participate in the review and revision of the individualized education program of the child.
(3) Failure to meet transition objectives
(a) Participating agency failure
If a participating agency, other than the educational agency, fails to provide the transition services described in the individualized education program in accordance with paragraph (E)(2) of this rule, the school district must reconvene the individualized education program team to identify alternative strategies to meet the transition objectives for the child set out in the individualized education program.
(b) Construction
Nothing in this rule relieves any participating agency, including a state vocational rehabilitation agency, of the responsibility to provide or pay for any transition service that the agency would otherwise provide to children with disabilities who meet the eligibility criteria of that agency.
(4) Children with disabilities in adult prisons
(a) Requirements that do not apply
The following requirements do not apply to children with disabilities who are convicted as adults under state law and incarcerated in adult prisons:
(i) The requirements contained in Section 612(a)(16) of the IDEA and paragraph (E)(1)(h) of this rule (relating to participation of children with disabilities in general assessments).
(ii) The requirements in paragraph (E)(2) of this rule (relating to transition planning and transition services) do not apply with respect to the children whose eligibility under Part B of the IDEA will end, because of their age, before they will be eligible to be released from prison based on consideration of their sentence and eligibility for early release.
(b) Modifications of individualized education program or placement
(i) Subject to paragraph (I)(4)(b)(ii) of this rule, the individualized education program team of a child with a disability who is convicted as an adult under state law and incarcerated in an adult prison may modify the child's individualized education program or placement if the state has demonstrated a bona fide security or compelling penological interest that cannot otherwise be accommodated.
(ii) The requirements of paragraph (E) of this rule do not apply with respect to the modifications described in paragraph (I)(4)(b)(i) of this rule.
(J) Nonpublic school placements by public school districts
(1) Developing individualized education programs
(a) Before a public school district places a child with a disability in, or refers a child to, a nonpublic school or facility, the district must initiate and conduct a meeting to develop an individualized education program for the child in accordance with paragraphs (E) and (I) of this rule.
(b) The educational agency must ensure that a representative of the nonpublic school or facility attends the meeting. If the representative cannot attend, the educational agency district must use other methods to ensure participation by the nonpublic school or facility, including individual or conference telephone calls.
(2) Reviewing and revising individualized education programs
(a) After a child with a disability enters a nonpublic school or facility, any meetings to review and revise the child's individualized education program may be initiated and conducted by the nonpublic school or facility at the discretion of the public educational agency.
(b) If the nonpublic school or facility initiates and conducts these meetings, the public educational agency must ensure that the parents and an educational agency representative:
(i) Are involved in any decision about the child's individualized education program; and
(ii) Agree to any proposed changes in the individualized education program before those changes are implemented.
(3) Responsibility
Even if a nonpublic school or facility implements a child's individualized education program, responsibility for compliance with this rule remains with the public educational agency and the Ohio department of education.
(K) Educational placements
Consistent with 34 C.F.R. 300.501(c), each educational agency must ensure that the parents of each child with a disability are members of any group that makes decisions on the educational placement of their child.
(L) Alternative means of meeting participation
When conducting individualized education program team meetings and placement meetings pursuant to this rule, and Subpart E of Part B of the IDEA, and carrying out administrative matters under Section 615 of the IDEA (such as scheduling, exchange of witness lists, and status conferences), the parent of a child with a disability and an educational agency may agree to use alternative means of meeting participation, such as video conferences and conference calls.
Last updated July 26, 2023 at 2:23 PM
History
- Effective: July 1, 2023
- Promulgated Under: 119.03
Ohio Adm.Code 3301-35-08
(A) A nonchartered nonpublic school that is not seeking a charter from the department of education and workforce because of truly held religious beliefs shall annually certify in a report to the parents of its pupils that the school meets minimum education standards for non-chartered nonpublic schools as described in section 3301.0732 of the Revised Code. A copy of the report shall be filed with the department of education and workforce on or before the thirtieth day of September of each year.
(B) A nonchartered nonpublic school shall be open for instruction with pupils in attendance for not less than four hundred fifty-five hours in the case of pupils in kindergarten unless such pupils are provided all-day kindergarten, in which case the pupils shall be in attendance for nine hundred ten hours; nine hundred ten hours in the case of pupils in grades one through six; and one thousand one hours in the case of pupils in grades seven through twelve in each school year .
(C) The parents of a child enrolled in a nonchartered nonpublic school shall be responsible for reporting their child's enrollment or withdrawal from that school to the treasurer of the board of education of the city, exempted village, or local school district in which the pupil resides. Pupil attendance is reported for the purposes of facilitating the administration of laws relating to compulsory education and the employment of minors. An individual in charge of the non-chartered nonpublic school may, as a matter of convenience, provide the report to the treasurer on behalf of the parent.
(1) The attendance report shall include the name, age, and place of residence of each pupil below eighteen years of age.
(2) The report shall be made within the first two weeks of the beginning of each school year. In the case of pupil withdrawal or entrance during the school year, notice shall be given to the treasurer of the appropriate board of education within the first week of the next school month.
(D) Teachers and administrators shall hold at least a bachelor's degree, or the equivalent, from a recognized college or university.
(E) The curriculum of each non-chartered nonpublic school shall study of the following subjects:
(1) Language arts;
(2) Geography, the history of the United States and Ohio, and national, state, and local government;
(3) Mathematics;
(4) Science;
(5) Health;
(6) Physical education;
(7) The fine arts, including music;
(8) First aid, safety, and fire prevention;
(9) Other subjects as prescribed by the non-charterednonpublic school.
(F) Each non-charterednonpublic school shall follow regular procedures for promotion from grade to grade of pupils who have met the school's educational requirements.
(G) Each non-chartered nonpublic school shall comply with all applicable health, fire, and safety laws.
(H) Pupils attending a non-chartered nonpublic school are not entitled to pupil transportation or auxiliary services.
A non-chartered nonpublic school is not entitled to reimbursement for administrative costs.
Last updated May 9, 2024 at 8:37 AM
History
- Effective: May 9, 2024
- Promulgated Under: 119.03
Ohio Adm.Code 3301-51-02
(A) Each educational agency shall adopt and implement written policies and procedures, approved by the Ohio department of education, office for exceptional children, ensuring that a free appropriate public education (FAPE) is made available to all children with disabilities between the ages of three and twenty-one, inclusive, including children with disabilities who have been suspended or expelled from school, for whom the school district is the child's school district of residence, as defined in rule 3301-51-01 of the Administrative Code and as in accordance with Part B of the Individuals with Disabilities Education Act of 2004, December 2004 (IDEA), related provisions of the Code of Federal Regulations and sections 3323.02, 3323.07 and 3314.19 of the Revised Code.
(B) FAPE
(1) General
Each educational agency shall make FAPE available to all children between the ages of three and twenty-one, inclusive, including children with disabilities who have been suspended or expelled from school, as provided for in rule 3301-51-05 of the Administrative Code.
(2) FAPE for children beginning at age three
Each educational agency must ensure that:
(a) The obligation to make FAPE available to each eligible child begins no later than the child's third birthday; and
(b) An individualized education program is in effect for the child by that date, in accordance with rule 3301-51-07 of the Administrative Code.
(c) If a child's third birthday occurs during the summer, the child's individualized education program team shall determine the date when services under the individualized education program will begin.
(3) Children advancing from grade to grade
(a) Each educational agency must ensure that FAPE is available to any individual child with a disability who needs special education and related services, even though the child has not failed or been retained in a course or grade, and is advancing from grade to grade.
(b) The determination that a child described in paragraph (B)(1) of this rule is eligible under this chapter of the Administrative Code, must be made on an individual basis by the group responsible within the child's school district of residence for making eligibility determinations.
(C) Limitation: exception to FAPE for certain ages
The obligation to make FAPE available to all children with disabilities does not apply with respect to the following:
(1) Children with disabilities who have graduated from high school with a regular high school diploma;
(2) The exception in paragraph (C)(1) of this rule does not apply to children who have graduated from high school but have not been awarded a regular high school diploma;
(3) Graduation from high school with a regular high school diploma constitutes a change in placement, requiring written prior notice in accordance with rule 3301-51-05 of the Administrative Code;
(4) As used in paragraphs (C)(1) to (C)(3) of this rule, the term regular high school diploma does not include an alternative degree that is not fully aligned with Ohio's academic content standards, such as a certificate or a general educational development credential; and
(5) Children with disabilities who are eligible under Subpart H of Part B of the Individuals with Disabilities Education Act, as amended by the Individuals with Disabilities Education Improvement Act of 2004, December 2004 (IDEA), but who receive early intervention services under Part C of the IDEA.
(D) FAPE: methods and payments
(1) Each educational agency shall use whatever state, local, federal, and private sources of support are available to the educational agency to meet the requirements of Part B of the IDEA. For example, if it is necessary to place a child with a disability in a residential facility, an educational agency could use joint agreements between the agencies involved for sharing the cost of that placement.
(2) Nothing in this rule relieves an insurer or similar third party from an otherwise valid obligation to provide or to pay for services provided to a child with a disability.
(3) Consistent with rule 3301-51-07 of the Administrative Code, each educational agency must ensure that there is no delay in implementing a child's individualized education program, including any case in which the payment source for providing or paying for special education and related services to the child is being determined.
(E) Residential placement
If placement by the school district of residence in a public or private residential program is necessary to provide special education and related services to a child with a disability, the program, including non-medical care and room and board, must be at no cost to the parents of the child.
(F) Assistive technology
(1) Each educational agency must ensure that assistive technology devices or assistive technology services, or both, as those terms are defined in rule 3301-51-01 of the Administrative Code, are made available to a child with a disability if required as a part of the child's:
(a) Special education under rule 3301-51-01 of the Administrative Code;
(b) Related services under rule 3301-51-01 of the Administrative Code; or
(c) Supplementary aids and services under rule 3301-51-09 of the Administrative Code.
(2) On a case-by-case basis, the use of school-purchased assistive technology devices in a child's home or in other settings is required if the child's individualized education program team determines that the child needs access to those devices in order to receive FAPE.
(G) Extended school year services
(1) General
(a) Each educational agency must ensure that extended school year services are available as necessary to provide FAPE, consistent with this rule.
(b) Extended school year services must be provided only if a child's individualized education program team determines, on an individual basis, in accordance with rule 3301-51-07 of the Administrative Code, that the services are necessary for the provision of FAPE to the child. Additionally, the educational agency shall consider the following when determining if extended school year services should be provided:
(i) Whether extended school year services are necessary to prevent significant regression of skills or knowledge retained by the child so as to seriously impede the child's progress toward the child's educational goals; and
(ii) Whether extended school years services are necessary to avoid something more than adequately recoupable regression.
(c) In implementing the requirements of this rule, an educational agency shall not:
(i) Limit extended school year services to particular categories of disability; or
(ii) Unilaterally limit the type, amount, or duration of those services.
(2) Definition
As used in this rule, the term "extended school year services" means special education and related services that:
(a) Are provided to a child with a disability:
(i) Beyond the normal school year of the educational agency;
(ii) In accordance with the child's individualized education program; and
(iii) At no cost to the parents of the child; and
(b) Meet the standards of the Ohio department of education.
(H) Nonacademic services
(1) Each educational agency must take steps, including the provision of supplementary aids and services determined appropriate and necessary by the child's individualized education program team, to provide nonacademic and extracurricular services and activities in the manner necessary to afford children with disabilities an equal opportunity for participation in those services and activities.
(2) Nonacademic and extracurricular services and activities shall include counseling services, athletics, transportation, health services, recreational activities, special interest groups or clubs sponsored by the school district, referrals to agencies that provide assistance to individuals with disabilities, and employment of students, including both employment by the educational agency and assistance in making outside employment available.
(I) Physical education
(1) General
Physical education services, specially designed if necessary, must be made available to every child with a disability receiving FAPE, unless the educational agency enrolls children without disabilities and does not provide physical education to children without disabilities in the same grades.
(2) Regular physical education
Each child with a disability must be afforded the opportunity to participate in the regular physical education program available to non disabled children unless:
(a) The child is enrolled full time in a separate facility; or
(b) The child needs specially designed physical education, as prescribed in the child's individualized education program.
(3) Special physical education
If specially designed physical education is prescribed in a child's individualized education program, the educational agency responsible for serving the child must provide the services directly or make arrangements for those services to be provided through other public or private programs.
(4) Education in separate facilities
The educational agency responsible for serving a child with a disability who is enrolled in a separate facility must ensure that the child receives appropriate physical education services in compliance with this rule.
(J) Program options
Each educational agency must take steps to ensure that children with disabilities served by the educational agency have available to them the variety of educational programs and services available to non disabled children in the area served by the school district, including art, music, industrial arts, consumer and homemaking education, and vocational education.
(K) Routine checking of hearing aids and external components of surgically implanted medical devices
(1) Hearing aids
Each educational agency must ensure that hearing aids worn in school by children with hearing impairments, including deafness, are functioning properly.
(2) External components of surgically implanted medical devices
(a) Subject to paragraph (K)(2)(b) of this rule, each school district must ensure that the external components of surgically implanted medical devices are functioning properly.
(b) For a child with a surgically implanted medical device who is receiving special education and related services under this chapter of the Administrative Code, an educational agency is not responsible for the post-surgical maintenance, programming, or replacement of the medical device that has been surgically implanted (or of an external component of the surgically implanted medical device).
(L) Placement of children by parents when FAPE is at issue
(1) General
This rule does not require a school district of residence to pay for the cost of education, including special education and related services, of a child with a disability at a nonpublic school or facility if that school district made FAPE available to the child and the parents elected to place the child in a nonpublic school or facility. However, the school district must include that child in the population whose needs are addressed consistent with rule 3301-51-08 of the Administrative Code.
(2) Disagreements about FAPE
Disagreements between the parents and a school district of residence regarding the availability of a program appropriate for the child, and the question of financial reimbursement, are subject to the due process procedures in rule 3301-51-05 of the Administrative Code.
(3) Reimbursement for nonpublic school placement
If the parents of a child with a disability, who previously received special education and related services under the authority of the school district of residence, enroll the child in a nonpublic preschool, elementary school, or secondary school without the consent of or referral by the school district of residence, a court or a hearing officer may require the school district of residence to reimburse the parents for the cost of that enrollment if the court or hearing officer finds that the school district of residence had not made FAPE available to the child in a timely manner prior to that enrollment and that the private placement is appropriate. A parental placement may be found to be appropriate by a hearing officer or a court even if it does not meet the state standards in this chapter of the Administrative Code that apply to education provided by the school districts.
(4) Limitation on reimbursement
The cost of reimbursement described in paragraph (L)(3) of this rule may be reduced or denied if:
(a) At the most recent individualized education program team meeting that the parents attended prior to removal of the child from the public school, the parents did not inform the individualized education program team that they were rejecting the placement proposed by the school district of residence to provide FAPE to their child, including stating their concerns and their intent to enroll their child in a nonpublic school at public expense; or
(b) At least ten business days (including any holidays that occur on a business day) prior to the removal of the child from the public school, the parents did not give written notice to the school district of residence of the information described in paragraph (L)(4)(a) of this rule; or
(c) If prior to the parents' removal of the child from the public school, the school district of residence informed the parents, through the notice requirements described in rule 3301-51-05 of the Administrative Code, of its intent to evaluate the child, including a statement of the purpose of the evaluation that was appropriate and reasonable, but the parents did not make the child available for the evaluation; or
(d) Upon a judicial finding of unreasonableness with respect to actions taken by the parents.
(5) Exception
Notwithstanding the notice requirement in paragraph (L)(4)(a) of this rule, the cost of reimbursement:
(a) Must not be reduced or denied for failure to provide the notice if:
(i) The school prevented the parents from providing the notice;
(ii) The parents had not received notice, pursuant to rule 3301-51-05 of the Administrative Code, of the notice requirement in paragraph (L)(4)(a) of this rule; or
(iii) Compliance with paragraph (L)(4)(a) of this rule would likely result in physical harm to the child.
(b) May, in the discretion of the court or a hearing officer, not be reduced or denied for failure to provide this notice if:
(i) The parents are not literate or cannot write in English; or
(ii) Compliance with paragraph (L)(4)(a) of this rule would likely result in serious emotional harm to the child.
Last updated July 26, 2023 at 2:15 PM
History
- Effective: July 1, 2023
- Promulgated Under: 119.03
Ohio Adm.Code 3301-51-09
(A) Least restrictive environment (LRE)
Each educational agency will ensure that to the maximum extent appropriate, children with disabilities, including children in public or nonpublic institutions or other care facilities, are educated with children who are non disabled.
(B) Least restrictive environment
General
(1) Except as provided in rule 3301-51-07 of the Administrative Code regarding children with disabilities in adult prisons, each school district will adopt and implement written policies and procedures approved by the department of education and workforce, to ensure that the school district meets the least restrictive environment provisions of this rule.
(2) Each educational agency will ensure that:
(a) To the maximum extent appropriate, children with disabilities, including children in public or nonpublic institutions or other care facilities, are educated with children who are non disabled; and
(b) Special classes, separate schooling, or other removal of children with disabilities from the regular educational environment occurs only if the nature or severity of the disability is such that education in regular classes with the use of supplementary aids and services cannot be achieved satisfactorily.
(C) Continuum of alternative placements
(1) Each educational agency will ensure that a continuum of alternative placements is available to meet the needs of children with disabilities for special education and related services.
(2) The continuum specified in paragraph (C)(1) of this rule will:
(a) Include the alternative placements listed in the definition of special education under rule 3301-51-01 of the Administrative Code (instruction in regular classes, special classes, special schools, home instruction, and instruction in hospitals and institutions); and
(b) Make provision for supplementary services (such as resource room or itinerant instruction) to be provided in conjunction with regular class placement.
(D) Placements
In determining the educational placement of a child with a disability, including a preschool child with a disability, each educational agency will ensure that:
(1) The placement decision:
(a) Is made by a group of persons, including the parents and other persons knowledgeable about the child, the meaning of the evaluation data, and the placement options; and
(b) Is made in conformity with the least restrictive environment provisions in paragraphs (B) to (E) of this rule.
(2) The child's placement:
(a) Is determined at least annually;
(b) Is based on the child's individualized education program (IEP); and
(c) Is as close as possible to the child's home;
(3) Unless the IEP of a child with a disability necessitates some other arrangement, the child is educated in the school that the child would attend if non disabled;
(4) In selecting the least restrictive environment, consideration is given to any potential harmful effect on the child or on the quality of services that the child needs; and
(5) A child with a disability is not removed from education in age-appropriate regular classrooms solely because of needed modifications in the general education curriculum.
(E) Nonacademic settings
In providing or arranging for the provision of nonacademic and extracurricular services and activities, including meals, recess periods, and the services and activities set forth in rule 3301-51-02 of the Administrative Code, each educational agency will ensure that each child with a disability participates with non disabled children in the extracurricular services and activities to the maximum extent appropriate to the needs of that child. The educational agency will ensure that each child with a disability has the supplementary aids and services determined by the child's IEP team to be appropriate and necessary for the child to participate in nonacademic settings.
(F) Length of school day and school year
Each child with a disability will be ensured:
(1) A school day consistent with rule 3301-35-06 of the Administrative Code and consistent in length to that provided to a child without disabilities, with special education and related services being provided during the regular school day unless otherwise indicated on the IEP; and
(2) A school year consistent with rule 3301-35-06 of the Administrative Code and consistent in length to that provided to a child without disabilities with special education and related services being implemented at the beginning of each school year.
(G) Role of preschool and school-age service providers
(1) The educational agency will assign early childhood, and school-age intervention specialists, and/or related service providers to meet the unique educational needs of each child with a disability. The school-age service provider may provide indirect or direct services in one or any combination of instructional groupings, including large group, small group, individual instruction, or parent and teacher training and consultation.
(2) The educational agency will ensure early childhood and school-age intervention specialists, and/or related service providers:
(a) Serve children with disabilities to assure a free appropriate public education and may serve children without disabilities where needs for services are identified;
(b) Support regular education teachers in serving and/or consulting about children with and without disabilities so that the regular education personnel, in partnership with the special education service providers and related service personnel, can implement a child's individualized education program in the least restrictive environment;
(c) Assist in organizing and facilitating supplemental supports provided within the regular classroom;
(d) Design parent involvement activities; and
(e) Implement educational interventions and specially designed instruction which means adapting, as appropriate, to the needs of the eligible child, the content, methodology, or delivery of instruction:
(i) To address the unique needs of the child that result from the child's disability; and
(ii) To ensure access to the general curriculum so that the child can meet the educational standards adopted by the state board of education that apply to all children.
(3) The educational agency will ensure services of paraprofessionals and related service assistants are supervised in accordance with Ohio law.
(H) Personnel qualifications and personnel development
(1) General
The educational agency will ensure that all personnel necessary to carry out the purposes of Part B of the Individuals with Disabilities Education Act, as amended by the Individuals with Disabilities Education Improvement Act of 2004, December 2004 (IDEA) will be employed and will be appropriately and adequately prepared and trained, including that those personnel have the content knowledge and skills to serve children with disabilities. Personnel will have appropriate certification or licensure as defined by Chapter 3301-24 of the Administrative Code.
(2) Related services personnel and paraprofessionals
The qualifications under paragraph (H)(1) of this rule will include qualifications for related services personnel and paraprofessionals that:
(a) Are consistent with state-approved or state-recognized certification, licensing, registration, or other comparable provisions that apply to the professional discipline in which those personnel are providing special education or related services; and
(b) Ensure that related services personnel who deliver services in their discipline or profession:
(i) Meet the provisions of paragraph (H)(2)(a) of this rule; and
(ii) Have not had certification or licensure obligations waived on an emergency, temporary, or provisional basis; and
(iii) Allow paraprofessionals and assistants who are appropriately trained and supervised, in accordance with state law, regulation, or written policy, in meeting the provisions of this rule, to be used to assist in the provision of special education and related services under this rule to children with disabilities.
(a) Paraprofessionals providing services to children with disabilities will hold an educational aide permit or associate license and meets the provisions under paragraph (I) of rule 3301-24-05 of the Administrative Code. Any educational agency that employs a paraprofessional will have written policies and procedures outlining:
(i) Criteria for staff selection;
(ii) A planned sequence of continuing education and annual training opportunities to enable the paraprofessional to continue to develop the knowledge and skills that are specific to the students with whom the paraprofessional works, including following lesson plans, implementing follow-up instructional procedures and activities, supporting effective classroom organization and behavior management, and working effectively with teachers and as part of an instructional team;
(iii) A process for direct continuing supervision by one or more licensed teachers or service providers and evaluation of the services of such personnel; and
(iv) A job description of the role and function of a paraprofessional.
(b) Personnel serving as school psychology interns will hold a temporary pupil service license as specified by paragraph (A)(5) of rule 3301-23-44 of the Administrative Code and will be enrolled in school psychologist preparation programs while completing the program internship.
(c) Ensure that personnel serving as physical therapists are licensed pursuant to Chapter 4755. of the Revised Code to practice physical therapy; physical therapist assistants are licensed pursuant to Chapter 4755. of the Revised Code to assist in the provision of physical therapy services under the supervision of a licensed physical therapist; and physical therapists and physical therapist assistants practice in accordance with sections 4755.40 to 4755.56 of the Revised Code and Chapters 4755-21 to 4755-29 of the Administrative Code.
(d) Ensure that personnel serving as occupational therapists are licensed pursuant to Chapter 4755. of the Revised Code to practice occupational therapy; occupational therapy assistants are licensed pursuant to Chapter 4755. of the Revised Code to assist in the provision of occupational therapy services under the supervision of a licensed occupational therapist; and occupational therapists and occupational therapy assistants practice in accordance with sections 4755.04 to 4755.13 of the Revised Code and Chapters 4755-1 to 4755-9 of the Administrative Code.
(3) Qualifications for special education teachers
The qualifications described in paragraph (H)(1) of this rule will ensure that each person employed as a public school special education teacher in the state who teaches in an elementary school, middle school, or secondary school has obtained full state certification as a special education teacher and include qualifications for special education teachers that:
(a) Are consistent with state-approved or state-recognized certification, licensing, registration, or other comparable provisions that apply to the professional discipline in which those personnel are providing special education or related services; and
(b) Ensure that licensed special education teachers who deliver services in their discipline or profession:
(i) Meet the provisions of paragraph (H)(3)(a) of this rule; and
(ii) Have not had certification or licensure provisions waived on an emergency, temporary, or provisional basis.
(4) Qualifications for supervisory personnel
Personnel with supervisory responsibilities for the delivery of special education services will hold a valid administrator license and be appropriately licensed as specified by rule 3301-24-05 of the Administrative Code and in compliance with each educational agency's approved board policies.
"Supervisory and coordinator services" includes, but is not limited to, providing information and explanation to all personnel who provide special education and related services to students with disabilities regarding state and federal laws, educating staff on recommended practices, and other topics essential for the delivery of services to children with disabilities; helping educational agency personnel evaluate the effectiveness of special education and related services; and providing in-service education to parents and personnel involved in educating children with disabilities.
(5) Policy
(a) Educational agencies in the state will take measurable steps to recruit, hire, train, and retain proper state certification to provide special education and related services under this rule to children with disabilities.
(b) Personnel will be provided professional development that aligns with educational agency goals and objectives and meets the changing needs of children as provided by rule 3301-35-05 of the Administrative Code.
(6) Rule of construction
Notwithstanding any other individual right of action that a parent or child may maintain under this rule, nothing in this rule will be construed to create a right of action on behalf of an individual child or a class of children for the failure of a particular department of education and workforce or educational agency employee to be properly certified, or to prevent a parent from filing a complaint about staff qualifications with the department of education and workforce as provided for under this rule.
(7) Transition services
Transition services will be coordinated and provided by individuals who have the competencies, experiences, and training to meet the child's transition service needs.
(a) Individuals who coordinate transition services will either:
(i) Obtain the transition to work endorsement as defined in rule 3301-24-05 of the Administrative Code; or
(ii) Possess the skills and knowledge as defined in rule 3301-51-01 of the Administrative Code.
(b) Individuals who provide transition services as defined in rule 3301-51-01 of the Administrative Code will possess the appropriate credential, skills, or knowledge necessary to carry out the transition services designated within the child's individualized education program.
(I) Service provider workload determination for delivery of services
Educational agencies providing special education and related services to children with disabilities will ensure that the educational agency and all service providers implement the individualized education programs for each child with a disability in the classrooms, including resource rooms, in which they provide service during regular school hours based upon all of the factors set forth in this rule. For additional preschool service provider workload determination see rule 3301-51-11 of the Administrative Code.
(1) Workload for an individual service provider will be determined by the following process, which incorporates the following components:
(a) All areas of service provided to children with and without disabilities, including, but not limited to school duties, staff meetings, professional development, supervisions, travel/transitions, screening, assessment, evaluation, progress documentation and reporting, secondary transition service planning, conferencing/consultation collaborative planning, documentation for individual students, and third party billing obligations.
(b) Services for children with disabilities will be based on the unique needs of the individual child and will take into consideration the severity of each child's need, and the level and frequency of services necessary to provide a free and appropriate public education.
(c) Time needed for planning in accordance with rule 3301-35-05 of the Administrative Code including statutory and/or contractual agreements applicable to the educational agency.
(2) School-age service providers serving grades kindergarten through age twenty-one will provide specially designed instruction in accordance with the following provisions limiting the number of students per licensed professional, as set forth in paragraphs (I)(2)(a) to (I)(2)(h) of this rule.
(a) An intervention specialist will serve no more than sixteen children at the elementary, middle, or junior high school levels, or no more than twenty-four children at the high school level with intellectual disabilities.
(i) No more than twelve children at the elementary, middle, or junior high school levels, or no more than sixteen children at the senior high school level will be served during any one instruction period.
(ii) The age range will not exceed sixty months within any one instructional period.
(b) An intervention specialist will serve no more than sixteen children at the elementary, middle, or junior high school levels, or no more than twenty-four children at the high school level with specific learning disabilities.
(i) No more than twelve children will be served during any one instructional period.
(ii) The age range will not exceed sixty months within any one instructional period.
(c) An intervention specialist will serve no more than ten children with hearing impairments, visual impairments, orthopedic impairments, and/or other health impairments.
(i) No more than eight children will be served during any one instructional period.
(ii) The age range will not exceed forty-eight months within any one instructional period.
(d) An intervention specialist will serve no more than twelve children with emotional disturbances.
(i) No more than ten children will be served during any one instructional period.
(ii) The age range will not exceed forty-eight months within any one instructional period.
(iii) There should be a plan on file and in operation in the educational agency to provide appropriate classroom management and crisis intervention support.
(iv) In the absence of a plan, the educational agency will employ at least one full-time paraprofessional in each special class for these children.
(e) An intervention specialist will serve no more than eight children with multiple disabilities.
(i) No more than eight children will be served during any one instructional period.
(ii) The age range will not exceed sixty months within any one instructional period.
(iii) There will be at least one full-time paraprofessional in each special class for children with multiple disabilities.
(f) An intervention specialist will serve no more than six children with autism, deaf-blindness and/or traumatic brain injury.
(i) The age range will not exceed sixty months within any one instructional period; and
(ii) There will be at least one full-time paraprofessional in each special class for these children.
(g) An intervention specialist may serve multiple categories of children with disabilities for which the person is properly certified. The ratio for this service will be determined in accordance with paragraph (I)(1) of this rule and will not exceed sixteen children at the elementary, middle, or junior high school levels, or no more than twenty-four at the high school level.
(i) No more than sixteen children at the elementary, middle, or junior high school levels, or no more than twenty-four children at the high school level will be served during any one instructional period.
(ii) The age range will not exceed sixty months within any one instructional period.
(iii) Indirect and direct services will be provided in accordance with each child's individualized education program.
(h) An adapted physical education specialist will serve no more than one hundred children with disabilities.
(3) Related service providers for preschool and school-age children with disabilities will provide specially designed instruction in accordance with the following provisions limiting the number of students per licensed professional:
(a) An audiologist will provide services to no more than one hundred school-age children with disabilities or no more than seventy-five preschool children with disabilities.
(b) An occupational therapist will provide services to no more than fifty school-age children with disabilities or no more than forty preschool children with disabilities. An occupational therapy assistant who provides occupational therapy techniques will do so under the general supervision of an occupational therapist as provided under rules 4755-7-01 and 4755-7-03 of the Administrative Code.
(c) An orientation and mobility instructor will provide services to no more than fifty school-age children with disabilities or no more than forty preschool children with disabilities.
(d) A physical therapist will provide services to no more than fifty school-age children with disabilities or no more than forty preschool children with disabilities. A physical therapist assistant who assists in the provision of physical therapy services will do so under the supervision of a physical therapist as provided under Chapter 4755-27 of the Administrative Code.
(e) A speech and language pathologist will provide services to no more than:
(i) Eighty school-age children with disabilities, or
(ii) No more than fifty school-age children with multiple disabilities, hearing impairments, autism, orthopedic impairments or other health impairments, or
(iii) No more than fifty preschool children with disabilities, or
(iv) A combination of preschool and school-age children with disabilities or children with multiple disabilities, hearing impairment, autism, orthopedic impairments, or other health impairments proportionate to the ratios set forth in paragraphs (I)(3)(f)(i) to (I)(3)(f)(iii) of this rule.
Each school district will provide speech and language pathology services as specified by division (F) of section 3317.15 of the Revised Code.
(f) A school psychologist will provide services to no more than:
(i) One hundred twenty-five school-age children with disabilities, or
(ii) Seventy-five preschool children with disabilities, or
(iii) A combination of preschool and school-age children with disabilities proportionate with the ratios set forth in paragraphs (I)(3)(f)(i) and (I)(3)(f)(ii) of this rule.
Psychological services are defined in rule 3301-51-01 of the Administrative Code. Each school district will provide school psychological services as specified by division (F) of section 3317.15 of the Revised Code.
(4) Transition services will be:
(a) Coordinated by personnel who possess the credential or skills and knowledge as defined in this rule;
(i) Personnel coordinating transition services will provide services to no more than seventy-five children with disabilities age fourteen through twenty-one, inclusive, or younger if determined appropriate by the individualized education program team; and
(ii) Personnel coordinating transition services will provide services to no more than twenty intervention specialists who are providing services to students with disabilities age fourteen through twenty-one, inclusive, or younger as determined appropriate by the individualized education program team.
(b) Provided per division (O) of section 3323.01 of the Revised Code by individuals who possess the credential or skills and knowledge as defined in this rule.
(c) Personnel coordinating and providing transition services while serving in the capacity of a school age or related service provider will operate in accordance with the workload determination for delivery of service as defined in this rule and provisions limiting the number of students per licensed professional as described in this rule.
(5) Supervisory services
A supervisor, as provided in this rule, will:
(a) Provide services, to no more than twenty intervention specialists who are providing services to children with disabilities; or
(b) Provide services to no more than twenty speech and language pathologists; or
(c) Provide services to no more than twenty school psychologists.
(d) Supervise an occupational therapy assistant under rule 4755-7-01 of the Administrative Code.
(e) Supervise a physical therapist assistant under Chapter 4755-27 of the Administrative Code.
(J) Housing, facilities, materials, and equipment and supplies for preschool and school-age programs
(1) Children and service providers will have a service area that will accommodate the special needs of the children in attendance and be of sufficient capacity to accommodate the use and storage of special equipment and teaching materials. Service areas used for special education classrooms will be equivalent to those used for general education classrooms.
(2) Each service provider will have access to an office or room space suitable for private consultation or intervention; access to a telephone in an area where scheduling, parent contacts, and confidential conversations regarding children can be completed; and adequate office equipment including a locking file cabinet with a key and supplies.
(3) Service areas will be equipped with the appropriate materials, equipment, and facilities necessary to identify children with disabilities and to implement the child's individualized education program and meet the educational, physical, developmental, and learning needs of children within the area.
(4) The service areas for intervention specialists will be located in the section of the building that houses children without disabilities of comparable age.
(5) The service areas will provide a work environment that supports service providers and is conducive to children's learning consistent with rule 3301-35-05 of the Administrative Code. Instructional materials, equipment, and technology will be provided to support each child's progress toward meeting educational objectives.
(6) Evaluation and instructional materials and equipment will be provided to enable the child with a disability to progress in the general curriculum or in the case of preschool, developmentally appropriate activities, and meet both individualized education program and performance objectives.
(7) Children with disabilities will have the same access to textbooks, educational materials, and computer technology that is provided to children without disabilities.
(8) Additional materials and/or technology will be provided to allow children with disabilities access to the materials used in the general curriculum.
(9) Equipment that is utilized for children with disabilities will be adequately maintained and promptly repaired.
(K) Waiver
(1) If an educational agency exceeds the workload provisions in paragraph (I) of this rule an educational agency will file a waiver request with the department of education and workforce. An educational agency may be granted a waiver for individual service provider limits or for age-range per instructional period as referenced by this rule.
(2) Requests will be submitted in writing to the department of education and workforce. The written request will include, but not be limited to, the following:
(a) Identification of the specific rule for which a waiver is being requested;
(b) Specific period of time for which the waiver is requested; and
(c) Rationale for the request.
(L) Mandatory medication
(1) General
School district personnel are not authorized to direct parents to obtain a prescription for substances identified under schedules I, II, III, IV, or V in Section 202(c) of the Controlled Substances Act as amended and specified in the Anabolic Steroids Control Act of 1990, November 1990, 21 U.S.C. 812(c) for a child as a condition of attending school, receiving an evaluation under rule 3301-51-06 of the Administrative Code, or receiving services under this rule.
(2) Rule of construction
Nothing in paragraph (L)(1) of this rule will be construed to prevent teachers and other school personnel consulting or sharing classroom-based observations with parents or guardians regarding a child's academic and functional performance, or behavior in the classroom or school, or regarding the need for evaluation for special education or related services under rules 3301-51-03 and 3301-51-06 of the Administrative Code.
Last updated July 1, 2025 at 8:29 AM
History
- Effective: July 1, 2025
- Promulgated Under: 119.03
Ohio Adm.Code 3301-14-01
(A) As used in this rule, the following definitions apply:
(1) "Education management information system (EMIS)" means an integrated system of statewide data collecting, reporting, and compiling for school districts, including the publication of guidelines as defined in paragraph (A)(4) of this rule and as required by section 3301.0714 of the Revised Code.
(2) "Department" means the department of education and workforce.
(3) "Information Technology Center (ITC)" means an entity that has been authorized as a data acquisition site pursuant to section 3301.075 of the Revised Code, and authorized by the department to provide core services to user entities.
(4) "Ohio education management information system: definitions, procedures, and guidelines," hereafter referred to as the "EMIS guidelines," which are available through the department's website at education.ohio.gov, means the publication issued by the department containing the school district student, staff, and financial information to be collected and reported, along with data-element definitions, procedures, and guidelines necessary to implement the education management information system.
(5) "School district" means any city, local, exempted village, or joint vocational school district, any educational service center, any community school, and any science, technology, engineering, and mathematics school established under chapter 3326. of the Revised Code.
(B) The provisions of this rule shall apply to school districts and Ohio's ITC's pursuant to section 3301.0714 of the Revised Code.
(C) The education management information system shall contain, but not be limited to, automated school district student, staff, and financial information. The information to be collected and reported shall be defined in the "EMIS guidelines." This publication shall be developed by the department and shall include, but not be limited to:
(1) Definitions of all data pursuant to divisions (A)(1), (B), and (C) of section 3301.0714 of the Revised Code.
(2) Procedures for collecting, transferring, and reporting data to the department pursuant to divisions (A)(2) and (D) of section 3301.0714 of the Revised Code.
(3) Procedures for the security, privacy, and retention of school district data records collected pursuant to section 3301.0714 of the Revised Code.
(4) Procedures for compiling the data pursuant to divisions (A)(3) and (E) of section 3301.0714 of the Revised Code.
(5) Procedures for annually reporting the data to the public pursuant to divisions (A)(4) and (F) of sections 3301.0714 of the Revised Code; sections 3319.32 and 3319.321 of the Revised Code; and 20 U.S.C. 1232(g). In accordance with these statutes, no data, such as a social security number, shall be used to release personally identifiable student information to the department.
(6) Procedures for user access to the education management information system data.
(D) School districts shall provide all data required by section 3301.0714 of the Revised Code as set forth in the "EMIS guidelines."
(E) Data shall be maintained within the education management information system pursuant to division (I) of section 3301.07 of the Revised Code.
(F) The EMIS guidelines shall be periodically reviewed by the department in consultation with the EMIS advisory council. The department shall update the guidelines in a manner consistent with changes in law and recommendations from the council to the director of education and workforce.
(G) All EMIS data submitted for reporting purposes shall be verified and approved by the school district superintendent and treasurer.
Last updated July 1, 2025 at 8:53 AM
History
- Effective: July 1, 2025
- Promulgated Under: 119.03
Ohio Adm.Code 3301-35-06
(A) Educational programs and experiences shall be designed and implemented to provide a general education of high quality for all students. Students shall be provided sufficient time and opportunity to achieve local school district performance requirements and objectives measured by required local and state achievement assessments. Instruction shall be focused on the personalized and individualized needs of each student and include intervention that is designed to meet student needs. Instruction shall:
(1) Be consistent with evidence-based practices;
(2) Be appropriate to student ages, developmental needs, learning styles, abilities, and English proficiency;
(3) Be designed to ease the transition of students from one educational environment to another; and
(4) Include phonics as a technique to teach reading in kindergarten through third grade in accordance with section 3301.07 of the Revised Code.
(B) Stakeholder partnerships
(1) The school district or chartered nonpublic school through its board of education or governing authority, superintendent, and staff shall work with key stakeholders, including, but not limited to, the following:
(a) Parents, in part through the adoption of a policy on parental involvement in the schools;
(b) Business advisory councils;
(c) Family and civic engagement teams;
(d) School-parent or school-business partnerships; and
(e) Other schools, social services, and organizations that impact educational programs for students.
(2) In addition to its regular budget process, the school district shall work with key stakeholders to review the school district's allocation of educational resources. This evaluation shall be conducted at least once every three years to ensure that the school district's resources are allocated in an effective and equitable manner. Allocation and expenditure of school district resources must be aligned with the school district's strategic plan and reflect best practices in financial management.
(C) Educational options
(1) All educational options shall require:
(a) An instructional and performance plan that is based on individual student needs and shall include:
(i) Instructional and performance objectives that align with the school district's or school's curriculum requirements;
(ii) An outline that specifies instructional activities, materials, and learning environments; and
(iii) A description of the criteria and methods for assessing student performance.
(b) Parental permission for students under age eighteen;
(c) Superintendent approval prior to student participation; and
(d) Involvement of a credentialed teacher in reviewing the instructional plan, which may include providing, supervising, or reviewing instruction or learning experiences, and the evaluation of student performance.
(2) Credit for approved educational options shall be assigned according to student performance relative to stated objectives of the approved instructional and performance plan and in accordance with local board policy and established procedures.
(3) Each school district shall communicate information and procedures related to credit flexibility and educational options available in the school district to students, parents and all interested stakeholders.
Last updated May 24, 2021 at 9:11 AM
History
- Effective: May 24, 2021
- Promulgated Under: 119.03
Ohio Adm.Code 3301-13-10
(A) For those students who have an individualized services plan (ISP) developed in accordance with 34 CFR 300.138(b), any excuse from an assessment pursuant to section 3301.0711 of the Revised Code will be made in that student's ISP.
(B) For those students who do not have an ISP, any excuse from an assessment pursuant to division (C)(1)(c)(i)(I) of section 3301.0711 of the Revised Code will be made in a written plan developed as follows:
(1) The written plan includes an academic profile of the student's academic performance and is developed and/or reviewed annually by the chartered nonpublic school;
(2) The written plan addresses the needs of the student with regards to being excused from statewide assessments;
(3) Parents are included in the development of the written plan and agree to the written plan;
(4) Any excuse from participation in statewide assessments will be made in accordance with the same procedures and criteria for excusals that are done through ISPs, and considering the accommodations consistent with Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973.
(5) Any accommodation will be made in accordance with rule 3301-13-03 of the Administrative Code and will be specified in the written plan; and
(6) The chartered nonpublic school will implement the written plan.
Last updated July 1, 2025 at 8:14 AM
History
- Effective: July 1, 2025
- Promulgated Under: 119.03
Ohio Adm.Code 3301-35-05
(A) Credentialed and classified staff shall be recruited, employed, assigned, evaluated and provided professional development in accordance with state and federal law.
(1) Except as otherwise provided in sections 3302.151, 3319.36, and 3319.361 of the Revised Code, each credentialed staff member shall hold the appropriate credentials for his/her assigned position prior to performing any activities or duties related to the assigned position. Copies of credentials appropriate to staff assignments shall be on file in the school district's or school's administrative office.
(2) Except as otherwise provided in rules 3301-35-03, 3301-35-09, 3301-51-09, and 3301-51-15 of the Administrative Code, the ratio of teachers to students school district-wide shall be at least one full-time equivalent classroom teacher for each twenty-five students.
The ratio of teachers to students in kindergarten through fourth grade on a school district-wide basis shall be at least one full-time equivalent classroom teacher per twenty-five students.
(3) The board of education of a school district shall be responsible for the scope and type of educational services in the district. The district shall employ educational service personnel to enhance the learning opportunities of all students.
(4) Every school shall be provided the services of a principal.
(5) Except as otherwise provided in Chapter 3319. of the Revised Code, credentialed staff shall be evaluated at regular intervals, with results to be discussed with credentialed staff in conferences. Evaluations of credentialed staff conducted under Chapter 3319. of the Revised Code shall use evaluation systems that align with state models and the Ohio educator standards available on the department of education's website.
(6) Classified staff shall be evaluated at regular intervals. Evaluation results shall be discussed with the classified staff in evaluation conferences.
(7) Data shall be used to determine the amount and nature of professional development for credentialed staff and classified staff necessary to implement the school district's vision, mission, and strategic plan.
(a) Professional development for credentialed staff shall be provided. Professional development planning shall align with Ohio educator standards and Ohio standards for professional development, which are available on the department's website, and may include the identification of observable and measurable staff learning outcomes, the individual or group needs of credentialed staff to develop or improve the knowledge and skills necessary to address personalized and individualized student learning needs, a focus on closing the gap between student performance and the expectations for student performance, and identification of the resources necessary to support the professional learning outcomes, follow-up and evaluation.
(b) Professional development for credentialed staff and classified staff shall continually be monitored, evaluated, and improved to align with school district goals and objectives and to meet the changing needs of students.
(c) Credentialed staff shall work with their local professional development committees to meet state certification and licensure requirements pursuant to section 3319.22 of the Revised Code.
(8) Teachers shall be provided sufficient time for designing their work, evaluating student progress, conferencing, and team planning. Time shall be established for teachers to pursue collaborative planning for the development of lesson plans, professional development, and shared learning. The schedule of full-time equivalent classroom teachers assigned to a school with a teacher day of six hours or longer, excluding the lunch period, shall include at least two hundred minutes per week for these purposes.
(B) The school district or school administrators, including superintendents, assistant superintendents, and principals, shall maintain an environment that supports personal and organizational performance excellence through the following elements:
(1) The organizational design of the school district or school shall promote communication, cooperation, and the sharing of knowledge and skills across work functions, units and locations.
(2) Credentialed staff and classified staff shall know and demonstrate knowledge of and commitment to the school district and school vision, mission, and strategic plan.
(3) The school district or school shall continually evaluate its work environment and improve it to support school district, school and student goals.
(4) Credentialed staff and classified staff shall strive to create and maintain an environment of encouragement, trust and mutual commitment to school district and school goals.
(5) Credentialed staff and classified staff shall work within a healthy, safe environment and help maintain and improve a healthy, safe environment conducive to student learning and performance excellence.
Last updated May 24, 2021 at 9:10 AM
History
- Effective: May 24, 2021
- Promulgated Under: 119.03
Ohio Adm.Code 3301-51-10 Transportation of children with disabilities.
(A) Definitions.
(1) Child with a disability means a child evaluated in accordance with rule 3301-51-06 of the Administrative Code as having an intellectual disability, a hearing impairment (including deafness), a speech or language impairment, a visual impairment (including blindness), a serious emotional disturbance (referred to in this rule as "emotional disturbance"), an orthopedic impairment, autism, traumatic brain injury, an other health impairment, a specific learning disability, deaf-blindness, a developmental delay (for a child between the ages of three and nine), or multiple disabilities, who by reason thereof, needs special education and related services..
(2) Special transportation means vehicle transportation service required by the individualized education program of a child with disabilities or any applicable state or federal law.
(3) Transportation means travel to and from school, between schools, and in and around school buildings, and may include the following:
(a) Travel to and from school, between schools, and in and around school buildings during normal school hours and outside of normal school hours if included on the child's individualized education program.
(b) Specialized equipment, such as special or adapted vehicles, lifts, and ramps, if required to provide special transportation for a child with disabilities.
(c) Fitting and/or retrofitting vehicles with specialized equipment, such as car seats, securement systems, and safety vests.
(d) Employment of transportation aides for particular special education vehicles if deemed necessary by the child's individualized education program.
(e) Alternative pick-up and drop-off locations, such as the curb, driveway, or front door of the child's home, if determined to be appropriate based upon the individual needs of the child.
(f) Other travel that may be arranged by the school district with no reimbursement from the state.
(4) School district means city, local, exempted village, educational service center, community school, STEM school, boarding school, or county board of developmental disabilities, for purposes of this rule.
(5) Children with disabilities in this rule refers to those aged three through twenty-one.
(6) Weekend travel on Saturday or Sunday for residential schools is permitted.
(7) Department means the Ohio department of education.
(B) State residential schools.
(1) This paragraph refers to the Ohio state school for the blind and the Ohio state school for the deaf.
(2) Reimbursement for transportation to and from the school district of residence shall be approved by the department for eligible children with disabilities placed in state residential schools, including the Ohio state for the blind and the Ohio state school for the deaf.
(3) Reimbursement claims for weekend travel and/or daily travel shall be approved by the department for eligible children with disabilities placed in state residential schools including the Ohio state school for the blind and the Ohio state school for the deaf.
(C) Eligibility.
(1) Reimbursement for special education transportation may be approved by the department's office of pupil transportation for children with disabilities attending a special education program approved by the department's office for exceptional children, and/or attending a regular class in a public school.
(2) School district transportation personnel shall be consulted in the preparation of the child's individualized education program based upon the unique needs of the child when transportation is required as a related service and when the child's needs are such that information to ensure the safe transportation and well-being of the child is necessary to provide such transportation.
(3) A community school governing authority shall provide or arrange transportation free of any charge for any child with disabilities enrolled in the school for whom the child's individualized education program specifies transportation in accordance with section 3314.091 of the Revised Code.
(4) For transportation purposes, a child with disabilities that is parentally placed in a nonpublic school, shall be entitled to transportation the same as any child without disabilities attending a nonpublic school in accordance with section 3327.01 of the Revised Code.
(D) General requirements.
(1) Each school district shall establish its own reasonable travel time. Travel time is defined as beginning at the initial pickup of the child and ending with the final arrival at the school destination.
The school district shall develop its travel time standard, approved by the district's board of education, and shall consider the following factors: age of the child, condition of disability, geographic size of the school district, location of the special education class, traffic patterns, and roadway conditions.
(2) Those who transport eligible children with disabilities must comply with Chapter 3301-83 of the Administrative Code.
(3) Drivers and transportation aides must have access to appropriate information about the child to the degree that such information might affect safe transportation and medical wellbeing during transport. This information must be accessible in the school transportation office and is confidential.
(4) Emergency evacuation and other pertinent safety precautions must be considered by school districts deciding upon the appropriate transportation services for children with disabilities.
(5) All vehicles used must be authorized vehicles as defined in rule 3301-83-19 of the Administrative Code. A privately-owned vehicle of the family utilized to transport a child is not subject to Chapter 3301-83 of the Administrative Code or regulations other than that required by state law.
Last updated December 1, 2023 at 9:34 AM
History
- Effective: December 1, 2023
- Promulgated Under: 119.03
Ohio Adm.Code 3301-83-19
The following are authorized vehicles for the transportation of pupils to and from school and school-related events:
(A) School buses
All vehicles designed to carry more than twelve passengers, not including the driver, and used to transport pupils to or from school or school-related events will meet or exceed all applicable federal regulations and the Ohio school bus construction standards. Refer to division (F) of section 4511.01 of the Revised Code, rules 4501-5-01 to 4501-5-04 of the Administrative Code, and 49 U.S.C. 30125.
(B) Mass transit system vehicles
"Mass transit system," as defined in rule 4501-1-01 of the Administrative Code, means any person engaged in the transportation of the general public over established routes under the United States department of transportation (USDOT) or a permit issued by the public utilities commission of Ohio or franchise of a political subdivision. Mass transit system vehicles under contract with a board of education or county board of developmental disabilities may operate on routes designed for the purpose of transporting fare-paying passengers and eligible pupils simultaneously under the following conditions:
(1) Whenever a mass transit system transports children to or from a school session or school function, the mass transit system will comply with applicable state and federal law, including section 4511.78 of the Revised Code and Chapter 4501-1 of the Administrative Code.
(2) Mass transit vehicles may only be used to transport students in accordance with section 3327.017 of the Revised Code.
(3) As set forth in division (A)(2) of section 4511.78 of the Revised Code and division (F) of section 4511.01 of the Revised Code, a bus devoted exclusively to the transportation of children to and from a school session or school function is a school bus subject to paragraph (A) of this rule.
(4) Nonconforming mass transit system vehicles (i.e., ten to fifteen passenger motor vehicles not meeting 49 U.S.C. 30125 standards for a school bus) will not be used for the transportation of pupils by any carrier unless they exceed ten-thousand pounds GVWR or are designed to carry more than sixteen passengers including the driver.
(C) Vehicles other than school buses
As set forth in rule 3301-83-04 of the Administrative Code, the rules in this chapter do not apply to parental transportation that is provided outside the authority of a school or education program or school-related activities or school-sanctioned events, or by any parent for their own children. Motor vans, as defined in rule 3301-83-04 of the Administrative Code, may be used for student transportation as provided for in section 4511.76 of the Revised Code and in compliance with the following:
(1) The vehicle is to be equipped with safety equipment including a fire extinguisher, first-aid kit, body fluid cleanup kit, fuses, spare fuses, and emergency reflectors.
(2) The vehicle will have a rooftop sign marked "School Transportation."
(3) The name of the school district, community school or chartered nonpublic school, or the name of the contractor, if applicable, will be clearly marked on the side of the vehicle.
(4) These vehicles will be inspected by a qualified mechanic not less than two times per year to determine that the vehicle is safe for pupil transportation. This inspection will cover at the minimum all applicable sections of the motor van inspection detailed in rule 3301-83-11 of the Administrative Code. In addition, periodic maintenance intervals will be established and implemented. Documentation and proof of these inspections and service procedures, in addition to all other vehicle records discussed in rule 3301-83-14 of the Administrative Code, are to be kept on file with the school district transportation department.
(5) It is the responsibility of each vehicle driver to complete and document a daily pre-trip inspection before transporting pupils as set forth in rule 3301-83-11 of the Administrative Code. The vehicle owner may designate another qualified individual to complete and record portions of the stationary inspection in lieu of the vehicle driver. Pre-trip inspection records will be kept on file for a minimum of twelve months.
(6) Loading of these vehicles will be performed in compliance with the passenger, weight, and other associated restrictions as identified by the original equipment manufacturer.
(7) Drivers of these vehicles are to be accustomed to driving the vehicle and meet all qualifications for school transportation drivers as identified in paragraph (B) of rule 3301-83-06 of the Administrative Code and section 3327.10 of the Revised Code.
(D) Commercial carriers
Commercial carriers include carriers that are licensed and inspected by the appropriate government agencies to transport passengers for hire. Examples would include railroads, airlines, commercial watercraft, or commercial buses. This paragraph applies to both routine transportation of students to and from regularly scheduled school session and to non-routine transportation as defined in rule 3301-83-04 of the Administrative Code.
(1) A vehicle designed to carry more than twelve passengers, not including the driver, that is devoted exclusively to the transportation of pupils to and from a school session or a school functions, is defined as a school bus under division (F) of 4511.01 of the Revised Code and is subject to paragraph (A) of this rule and applicable state and federal regulations for school buses.
(2) Nonconforming vehicles (i.e., ten to fifteen passenger vehicles not meeting the FMCSR's for school buses) will not be used for the transportation of pupils by any carrier unless they exceed ten-thousand pounds GVWR or are designed to carry sixteen or more passengers including the driver.
(3) Districts, educational service centers, community schools and chartered nonpublic schools who contract with commercial carriers (e.g., charter buses) are responsible for ensuring the safety of student and other passengers when utilizing commercial carriers. School boards and governing bodies should adopt and implement policies that include, but are not limited to:
(a) Requesting documentation from the vendor demonstrating that drivers and vehicles meet all applicable state and federal law standards (e.g., drivers possess a current commercial driver's license with passenger endorsements) and drivers have safe driving records;
(b) Verifying vendor information to screen potential contractors, for example:
(i) Does the vendor subcontract for equipment and/or drivers and if so, applying the same standard of review as to the subcontractor;
(ii) Does the vendor have public liability insurance for the operation of its buses that meet applicable state and federal minimum levels;
(iii) Does the vendor conduct driver criminal record background checks through local regulatory authorities or the U.S. department of transportation that are compliant with federal, state and local law;
(iv) What is the vendor's safety record and accident history as verified through https://safer.fmcsa.dot.gov/, and does the vendor have a satisfactory rating with the U.S. department of transportation;
(v) Does the vendor implement driver physical examinations;
(vi) Does the vendor implement a driver drug and alcohol testing program that includes pre-employment, for cause, and random testing;
(vii) Does the vendor consider driver fatigue in assigning work schedules and will the driver be able to complete planned trips within legal limits of driving hours;
(viii) Does the vendor require preventative maintenance for the vehicles, including regular inspections;
(ix) What procedures exist for roadside breakdowns, accidents, emergencies and bus evacuations, and does the vendor have a travel continuity plan in the event of breakdowns, accidents and emergencies.
(E) Taxicabs
Taxicabs may be used for transportation of pupils when the use of other modes of transportation as described in this rule are not reasonable as determined by the public school district. For purposes of this rule, taxicabs mean municipally licensed vehicles transporting passengers for hire. Taxicabs are to be originally designed and constructed at the factory for twelve or fewer passengers, not including the driver.
The owner or operator of taxicabs will provide documentation to the school district confirming compliance with this chapter.
The owner or operator of taxicabs will provide proof of insurance to the school district in the amounts as specified in section 3327.09 of the Revised Code for vehicles used in the transportation of school children.
(F) Vehicles not meeting the definitions listed in paragraphs (A) to (E) of this rule do not conform to state and federal law/rule and will not be used for transportation of pupils to or from school or or school related events.
Last updated July 24, 2025 at 8:12 AM
History
- Effective: July 24, 2025
- Promulgated Under: 119.03
Ohio Adm.Code 3301-51-15 Operating standards for identifying and serving students who are gifted.
(A) Definitions
(1) All terms within this rule have the same meaning as the definitions in section 3324.01 of the Revised Code.
(2) "Trained individual" means a person who by training or experience is qualified to perform the prescribed activity, e.g., educator, private teacher, higher education faculty member, working professional in the field of visual or performing arts or a person trained to administer assessment instruments to identify gifted ability in creative, visual or performing arts.
(3) "Visual or performing arts ability" means ability in areas such as music, dance, theatre, or the visual arts.
(B) Identification
(1) The board of education of each district will identify students who are gifted and are enrolled in that district in grades kindergarten through twelve pursuant to section 3324.03 of the Revised Code.
(2) A trained individual will determine if a student is identified as exhibiting "visual or performing arts ability" superior to that of students of similar age if the student has done both of the following:
(a) Demonstrated to the trained individual through a display of work, an audition, or other performance or exhibition, superior ability in a visual or performing arts area; and
(b) Exhibited to the trained individual sufficient performance, as established by the department of education and workforce, on an approved checklist of behaviors related to a specific arts area.
(3) After any initial gifted identification made in conformance with section 3324.03 of the Revised Code and this rule, a student will remain identified regardless of subsequent testing or classroom performance.
(4) Testing/assessment
The school district will select instruments in conformance with section 3324.02 of the Revised Code. In addition to section 3324.02 of the Revised Code the school district will ensure that the approved assessment instruments:
(a) Are administered by a trained individual in conformance with the instructions provided by their publisher;
(b) Have been validated for the specific purpose and populations for which they are used and measure the specific area(s) of gifted ability;
(c) Are provided and administered in the student's primary language or communication modality if English is a barrier to the student's performance or if requested by the parent;
(d) Are provided and administered using the accommodations in a student's "Individualized Education Program" or "504 Plan." If these accommodations are not consistent with a test's allowable accommodations, a comparable approved assessment instrument will be used; and
(e) Are selected and administered so as to best ensure that when a test is administered to a student with a disability or impaired sensory, manual or speaking skills, the test results accurately reflect the student's aptitude or achievement level or whatever other factors the test purports to measure, rather than reflecting the student's disability or impaired sensory, manual or speaking skills.
(5) District gifted identification plan
The school district will have a gifted identification plan adopted pursuant to section 3324.04 of the Revised Code. The district's gifted identification plan may be subject to the department of education and workforce's review of the district's guidelines during the department's audit of that district pursuant to section 3324.05 of the Revised Code.
(a) In addition to the district's gifted identification plan contents as specified in section 3324.04 of the Revised Code, the school district's plan will include the following:
(i) A provision of at least one whole grade screening opportunity for all students in the kindergarten through second grade band, once prior to the end of grade two, screening in the following areas:
(a) Superior cognitive ability, and
(b) Specific academic ability in the areas of mathematics and reading, writing or a combination of these skills.
(ii) A provision of at least one whole grade screening opportunity for all students in the third through sixth grand band, once prior to the end of grade six, screening in the following areas:
(a) Superior cognitive ability, and
(b) Specific academic ability in the areas of mathematics and reading, writing or a combination of these skills.
(iii) In the case of students who have requested assessment or who have been recommended for assessment by teachers, parents, or other students, at least two opportunities a year for assessment regardless of the grade levels where gifted services are offered. A student's initial assessment will be completed within ninety days of referral;
(b) School districts will distribute the district identification plan to parents of the district.
(c) The district will accept assessment results from other districts or from a trained individual outside the district, as equivalent to district testing as set forth in section 3324.03 of the Revised Code and paragraph (B) of this rule . Districts will not alter eligibility through any consideration or computation other than as set forth in section 3324.03 of the Revised Code and paragraph (B) of this rule.
(6) District gifted education policy
The board of education of each district will adopt a statement of its policy for the screening and identification of students pursuant to section 3324.06 of the Revised Code and that policy will additionally include a detailed list of all gifted services that are currently available within the school district including the criteria for receiving those services.
(C) Provision of services
(1) Gifted services include instruction that is differentiated from the standard curriculum for that course in depth, breadth, complexity, pace, and/or where content is above-grade level.
(2) Services occur during the typical instructional day with flexibility allowed for the scheduling of educational options as defined in rules 3301-35-01 and 3301-35-06 of the Administrative Code, dual enrollment opportunities, and the visual or performing arts.
(3) Instructional time, class size, and caseload ratios for all service settings will be equivalent to districtwide instructional time, class size, and caseload ratios for the corresponding subject, grade level, and setting under Chapter 3301-35 of the Administrative Code with exceptions as noted per paragraph (C)(4) of this rule.
(4) In addition to the continuum of services available in section 3324.07 of the Revised Code, a school district board of education may also include but is not limited to the following options :
(a) A full-time self-contained classroom where the gifted intervention specialist is the teacher of record and all students are identified as gifted.
(b) A single subject self-contained course where the gifted intervention specialist is the teacher of record and all students are identified as gifted;
(c) A resource room/pull-out with a gifted intervention specialist and all the students are identified as gifted;
(i) Each student served in this setting will be provided instruction for no less than one core content class period a day or an average of fifteen per cent of the school week;
(ii) The class size in this setting will be a maximum of twenty students identified as gifted;
(iii) The maximum caseload of the gifted intervention specialist is eighty students who are identified as gifted; and
(iv) The district may apply for a temporary waiver related to this setting with the department of education and workforce that is subject to the department's approval.
(d) Co-teaching with a gifted intervention specialist in a cluster grouping setting;
(i) Each student served in this setting will be provided instruction for no less than one core content class period a day or an average of fifteen percent of the total instructional time for the school week;
(ii) The cluster group size in this setting is a minimum of three students and a maximum of twenty students who are identified as gifted. The district may apply for a temporary waiver related to this setting with the department of education and workforce that is subject to the department's approval; and
(iii) The maximum caseload of the gifted interventional specialist is eighty students who are identified as gifted.
(e) Cluster grouping where the cluster group size is a minimum of three students who are gifted and where the students' gifted identification areas are similarly related. The district may apply for a temporary waiver related to this setting with the department of education and workforce that is subject to the department's approval. Reasons for applying for a waiver may include, but are not limited to, the waiver being necessary for compliance with IDEA;
(f) Services in the visual or performing arts through a trained arts instructor;
(g) Grade acceleration, early entrance to kindergarten or first grade, subject acceleration, or early graduation from high school per district acceleration policy approved under section 3324.10 of the Revised Code;
(h) Dual enrollment opportunities including but not limited to college credit plus; or
(i) Educational options including credit flexibility, advanced online courses and programs and other options as defined in rules 3301-35-01 and 3301-35-06 of the Administrative Code.
(5) Gifted services will be guided by a written education plan (WEP). The district will provide parents with periodic reports regarding the student's progress toward meeting goals and the effectiveness of the services provided in accordance with the WEP.
(a) The WEP will be developed in collaboration with an educator who holds licensure or endorsement in gifted education. The WEP will:
(i) Provide a description of gifted services including:
(a) Goals for the student, including but not limited to, measurable academic goals aligned with the Ohio Learning Standards. Goals may also include curricular, guidance and instructional practices which support the student's social and emotional needs;
(b) Methods and performance measurements for evaluating progress toward achieving the goals specified;
(c) Methods and schedule for reporting progress to students and parents;
(d) Staff members responsible for ensuring that specified services are delivered;
(e) Policies regarding the waiver of assignments and the scheduling of tests missed while participating in any gifted services provided outside the general education classroom;
(f) Include a date by which the WEP will be annually reviewed for possible revision; and
(g) An explanation of how the gifted services meet the student's documented strengths, educational needs, and goals for the student.
(ii) Parents, the collaborating educator, and all educators responsible for providing gifted education services to the student, including teachers providing differentiated instruction in general education settings, will be provided a copy of the WEP.
(iii) The district will make a reasonable attempt at the commencement of services and each year thereafter to obtain parent input on the WEP and the parent's signature on the WEP. Students will not be denied services due to the lack of a parent's signature.
(6) For each student identified as gifted who is not provided gifted services per this rule, districts will develop and disseminate to parents or guardians a no services letter which clearly communicates that the student is not receiving gifted services. This letter may include a list of enrichment opportunities provided to the student by the district.
(7) Services for students will be consistent with their area(s) of identification and differentiated to meet their needs.
(8) The district will only indicate to parents or report to the department of education and workforce that a student is receiving gifted education services when services are provided in conformance with Chapter 3324. of the Revised Code and this rule.
(9) Placement procedures for district services will be in conformance with the district's written criteria for determining eligibility for placement in those services.
(a) Written criteria for determining eligibility for placement in a gifted service will be provided to any parent, district educator, or the department of education and workforce upon request.
(b) Written criteria provided by the district will include an explanation of the methods used to ensure equal access to each gifted service for all eligible district students, including students who transfer into the district, minority, economically disadvantaged students, students with disabilities and English learners. This written criteria will not unduly restrict access to services.
(c) Subjective criteria such as grades and teacher recommendations will not be used to exclude a student from service.
(d) All district students who meet the written criteria for a gifted service will be provided an equal opportunity to receive that service.
(10) The district will ensure that students identified as gifted are placed in settings with similar or related areas of identification to the maximum extent possible.
(D) Model acceleration policy
The board of education of each district will implement a student acceleration policy pursuant to section 3324.10 of the Revised Code.
(E) Gifted education personnel
(1) Gifted personnel will meet the qualifications listed in this paragraph and provide services that are consistent with this rule.
(a) A gifted intervention specialist will:
(i) Hold licensure or endorsement in gifted education; and
(ii) Participate in ongoing professional development related to gifted education as documented on the individual professional development plan or other methods as determined by the department.
(b) A general education teacher who is designated as a provider of gifted services will:
(i) Earn at least fifteen clock hours of specialized training in gifted education during each year over four consecutive years in order to meet the following competencies:
(a) The ability to differentiate instruction based on a student's readiness, knowledge, language proficiency, and skill level, including using accelerated content, complexity, depth, challenge, creativity and abstractness;
(b) The ability to select, adapt, or create a variety of differentiated curricula that incorporate advanced, conceptually challenging, in-depth, distinctive and complex content;
(c) The ability to provide an extension or replacement of the general education curricula, to modify the learning process through strategies such as curriculum compacting, and to select alternative assignments and projects based on individual student needs
(d) The ability to understand the social and emotional needs of students who are gifted and to address the impact of those needs on student learning;
(e) The ability to recognize and respond to characteristics and needs of students from traditionally underrepresented populations who are gifted, including, but not limited to, students with economic disadvantage, minority students, English learners, and students with disabilities and to create safe and culturally responsive learning environments;
(f) The ability to use data from a variety of sources to measure and monitor the growth of students who are gifted;
(g) The ability to select, use, and interpret technically sound formal and informal assessments for the purpose of academic decision making; and
(h) The ability to collaborate in the development of and implementation of a"Written Education Plan."
(ii) For general education teachers who have earned at least twenty-four hours of certified advanced placement or international baccalaureate training within the past five years, earn at least seven and one-half clock hours of specialized training in gifted education during each year over four consecutive years in order to meet the competencies listed in paragraphs (E)(1)(b)(i), (E)(1)(b)(ii), (E)(1)(b)(iv), (E)(1)(b)(v), and (E)(1)(b)(viii) of this rule.
(iii) Participate in specialized training in gifted education per paragraph (E)(1)(b) of this rule from an educator who:
(a) Holds licensure or endorsement in gifted education:
(b) Holds a graduate degree in gifted education;
(c) Is a college or university faculty member and who teaches gifted education coursework that is part of an accredited gifted endorsement program;
(d) Is a state or national presenter in gifted education; or
(e) Additional providers as determined by the district if co-developed by an educator with gifted licensure or endorsement.
(iv) Participate in on-going specialized training in gifted education each year thereafter.
(v) Document specialized training in gifted education on the individual professional development plan, or by other methods as determined by the department and monitored by the district.
(vi) Participate in regularly scheduled collaborative planning in curriculum development and instruction with an educator who holds licensure or endorsement in gifted education.
(vii) Any clock hours earned in excess of the minimum in a particular year per paragraph (E)(1)(b) of this rule may be counted toward any subsequent year's clock hours.
(viii) Count any documented clock hours of qualifying specialized training in gifted education earned in the preceding twenty-four months prior to the designation of the educator as a provider of gifted education services.
(c) A gifted coordinator will:
(i) Demonstrate evidence of at least three years successful teaching experience;
(ii) Hold Ohio administrative specialist license, if the coordinator is to supervise teachers;
(iii) Hold licensure or endorsement in gifted education; and
(iv) Participate in ongoing professional development related to gifted education as documented on the individual professional development plan or other methods as determined by the department.
(d) Trained individuals may be gifted education personnel as long as they only provide gifted services in areas for which the trained individual is trained.
(2) Gifted coordinators will provide the following services for school districts:
(a) Assist in the identification of students who are gifted;
(b) Assist in the placement of students who are gifted in appropriate educational services and settings;
(c) Assist school personnel in the design of gifted education services;
(d) Consult with school personnel regarding gifted education issues in district strategic planning processes and the development of school improvement plans;
(e) Assist school personnel in the on-going evaluation of the effectiveness of gifted education services, including input from parents of students who are gifted;
(f) Consult with school personnel about ways to develop and adapt curriculum, materials, and teaching strategies; and
(g) Assist school personnel in ensuring that documents pursuant to Chapter 3324. of the Revised Code and this rule including but not limited to the gifted identification plan, gifted education policy, plan for service of students who are gifted, and student acceleration policy are accurate and accessible to parents and other stakeholders.
(3) All gifted personnel providing gifted services will be provided with appropriate space and sufficient time for designing their work, evaluating student progress, conferencing, and planning.
(4) Gifted intervention specialists and general education teachers providing service in a co-teaching setting will be provided with regularly scheduled collaborative planning time.
(5) All general personnel providing gifted services are accountable through the Ohio educator evaluation system.
(F) Gifted advisory council
The director of the department of education and workforce will establish a gifted advisory council. The council will:
(1) Represent a variety of stakeholders from diverse regions of the state, including parents, general and gifted educators, administrators, and others as determined by the director;
(2) Assist in the development and updating of a department-approved plan for gifted education in Ohio;
(3) Advise on policy recommendations;
(4) Consult on a performance indicator pursuant to section 3302.02 of the Revised Code; and
(5) Establish criteria for identifying and recognizing schools, districts, and other educational providers that demonstrate an exemplary ability to serve students who are gifted.
Last updated July 1, 2025 at 8:29 AM
History
- Effective: July 1, 2025
- Promulgated Under: 119.03
Ohio Adm.Code 3301-35-01
(A) The purpose for adopting the rules in this chapter, which comprise the operating standards for Ohio school districts and elementary and secondary schools, is to assure that all students are provided a general education of high quality. The rules in this chapter establish specific expectations for school districts and schools, as those terms are defined in paragraph (B) of this rule, to use in creating the best learning conditions for meeting the personalized and individualized needs of each student and achieving state and local educational goals and objectives. The operating standards focus on the most critical expectations for school districts and schools in order to foster a regulatory system that focuses on improving outputs and student outcomes.
(B) The following terms are defined as they are used in this chapter:
(1) "Assessment" means the measuring of student achievement of performance goals and objectives.
(2) "Blended learning" has the same meaning as in section 3301.079 of the Revised Code. For purposes of that definition, "primarily" means over the course of the school year, a student works more than fifty per cent of the time from a supervised physical location away from home.
(3) "Board of education" means a board of education as described in Chapter 3313. of the Revised Code.
(4) "Classified staff" means nonteaching school personnel who are assigned to positions that do not require a certificate, license, permit or other credentialing document issued by the state board of education and that are listed in accordance with section 3317.12 of the Revised Code.
(5) "Competency-based learning model" means any system of academic instruction, assessment, grading, and reporting where students receive credit based on demonstrations and assessments of their learning rather than the amount of time they spend studying a subject. A competency-based learning model encourages accelerated learning among students who master academic materials quickly while providing additional instructional support time for students who need it.
(6) "Computer as instructor" means instruction provided by a computer with no instruction or assessment of mastery of content of any kind provided by a teacher, either in-person or from a remote location. A teacher monitoring a student in a computer as instructor course is not involved in developing, adapting or modifying lessons and/or clarifying subject content. A teacher monitoring a student(s) receiving instruction via this delivery method may assign the grade for the course provided the assignments and/or evaluations are scored by the computer program.
(7) "Credentialed staff" means faculty or staff who hold a certificate, license, permit or other document issued by the state board of education under section 3301.071 or Chapter 3319. of the Revised Code. Credentialed staff includes, but is not limited to, teachers, principals, superintendents, treasurers, school business managers, related service personnel, administrative specialists, educational aides, and pupil activity providers.
(8) "Credit flexibility" means the method by which students may meet curriculum requirements or earn units of high school credit by demonstrating subject area competency through the completion of traditional coursework, testing out or otherwise demonstrating mastery of course content through the pursuit of an approved educational option pursuant to the plan for credit flexibility adopted by the state board of education in accordance with section 3313.603 of the Revised Code, and is available on the department of education's website.
(9) "Digital learning" has the same meaning as in section 3301.079 of the Revised Code.
(10) "Digital learning tools" means computers, tablets, software, applications, or other technology necessary to access a school's program of digital learning.
(11) "Educational options" means learning experiences or activities that are designed to extend, enhance, supplement, or serve as an alternative to classroom instruction and meet the personalized and individualized needs of each student. Educational options are offered in accordance with the models adopted by the state board of education, local board of education policy, and parental approval.
(12) "Educational service personnel" means individuals who hold appropriate qualifications and who possess the knowledge, skills and expertise to support the educational, instructional, health, mental health and college and career readiness needs for all students.
(a) Educational service personnel that support educational, instructional and college and career readiness programs include, but are not limited to: fine arts, music, and physical education teachers; librarian or media specialists; school counselors; and reading intervention specialists;
(b) Educational service personnel that support the learning needs of the special needs student population include, but are not limited to: gifted intervention specialists, adapted physical education teachers, audiologists, interpreters, speech-language pathologists, physical and occupational therapists, and English-as-a-second-language specialist;
(c) Educational service personnel that support the health and mental health of the student population include, but are not limited to: school nurses, social workers, school psychologists, and school resource officers.
(13) "Evidence-based" has the same meaning as in division (21) of section 8101 of the Elementary and Secondary Education Act of 1965, as amended by the Every Student Succeeds Act, at 20 U.S.C. 7801.
(14) "Harmful to juveniles" has the same meaning as in section 2907.01 of the Revised Code.
(15) "Intervention" means alternative or supplemental instruction designed to help students meet performance objectives.
(16) "Obscene" has the same meaning as in division (F) of section 2907.01 of the Revised Code as that division has been construed by the supreme court of this state.
(17) "OEDS" means the Ohio educational directory system or a successor system.
(18) "Online learning" has the same meaning as in section 3301.079 of the Revised Code. For purposes of that definition, "primarily" means over the course of the school year, a student works more than fifty per cent of the time from their residence on assignments delivered via the internet or other computer-based instructional method.
(19) "Parent" means:
(a) A natural or adoptive parent of a child;
(b) A guardian; or
(c) An individual acting in the place of a natural or adoptive parent, including a grandparent, stepparent, or other relative, with whom the child lives, or an individual who is legally responsible for the child's welfare.
(20) "Policies" means general principles governing the operation of a school and are established and adopted by the district board of education.
(21) "Procedures" means detailed rules, regulations and courses of action, specified in writing, for carrying out school district and school policies.
(22) "School," with the exception of the term "school" as used in rule 3301-35-08 of the Administrative Code, means an environment organized for learning and chartered pursuant to this chapter and section 3301.16 of the Revised Code to provide a community of students with the opportunity to acquire skills and knowledge necessary to meet state and local performance objectives.
(23) "School district" means a local, exempted village, city or joint vocational school district as defined in Chapter 3311. of the Revised Code.
(24) "School year" has the same meaning as in section 3313.62 of the Revised Code.
(25) "Site evaluation" means an evaluation the department of education conducts of a school district or school to determine whether a school district or school meets the operating standards in this chapter.
(26) "Site visit" means an evaluation the department of education conducts of a chartered nonpublic school in accordance with Chapter 3301-39 of the Administrative Code.
(27) "Stakeholder" means those who directly affect or are affected by the educational success of a school district and school. Stakeholders may include, but are not limited to, colleges and universities, school district and school staff, employers, parents, students, and other individuals or groups in the community. For nonpublic schools, the governing authority of the school identifies "stakeholders."
(28) "State performance data" means the data reported to the department of education in accordance with section 3302.03 of the Revised Code that reflects the performance of the school district or school.
(29) "Teacher of record" means an educator who is responsible for a significant portion of a student's instruction within a subject or a course.
Last updated October 28, 2022 at 12:12 AM
History
- Effective: October 28, 2022
- Promulgated Under: 119.03
Ohio Adm.Code 3301-51-20 Admission, transfer, suspension, and expulsion standard for the Ohio state schools for the blind and deaf.
(A) Definitions
(1) "Deaf/hard of hearing" refers to children who qualify under the special education eligibility categories of deafness and hearing impairment.
(2) "Deaf-blindness" mean co-occurring hearing and visual impairments, the combination of which causes such severe communication and other developmental and educational needs that they cannot be accommodated in special education programs solely for children with deafness or children with blindness.
(3) "Deafness" means a hearing impairment that is so severe that a child is impaired in processing linguistic information through hearing, with or without amplification that adversely affect a child's educational performance.
(4) "Hearing impairment" means an impairment in hearing, whether permanent or fluctuating, that adversely affects a child's educational performance but that is not included under the definition of deafness in rule 3301-51-01 of the Administrative Code.
(5) "Parent" means:
(a) A biological or adoptive parent of a child but not a foster parent of a child;
(b) A guardian generally authorized to act as the child's parent, or authorized to make educational decisions for the child (but not the state if the child is a ward of the state);
(c) An individual acting in the place of a biological or adoptive parent (including a grandparent, stepparent, or other relative) with whom the child lives, or an individual who is legally responsible for the child's welfare; or
(d) A surrogate parent who has been appointed in accordance with rule 3301-51-05 of the Administrative Code.
(e) Except as provided in paragraph (A)(5)(f) of this rule, the biological or adoptive parent, when attempting to act as the parent under this rule and when more than one party is qualified under this rule to act as a parent, must be presumed to be the parent for purpose of this chapter of the Administrative Code unless the biological or adoptive parent does not have legal authority to make educational decisions for the child.
(f) If a judicial decree or order identifies a specific person or persons under paragraphs (A)(5)(a) to (A)(5)(c) of this rule to act as the parent of a child or to make educational decisions on behalf of a child, then such person or persons shall by determined to be the parent for purposes of this rule.
(6) "School district of residence" means:
(a) The school district in which the child's parents reside;
(b) If the child is enrolled in a community school, the community school is considered to be the "school district of residence";
(c) If the school district specified in paragraph (A)(6)(a) or (A)(6)(b) of this rule cannot be determined, the last school district in which the child's parents are known to have resided if the parents' whereabouts are unknown;
(d) Notwithstanding paragraphs (A)(6)(a) to (A)(6)(d) of this rule, if a school district is required by section 3313.65 of the Revised Code to pay tuition for a child, that district shall be the child's school district of residence.
(7) "Visual impairment" including blindness means an impairment in vision that, even with correction, adversely affects a child's educational performance.
(a) The term "visual impairment" includes partial blindness, deafness, deaf-blindness, blindness, or multiple disabilities if one of the disabilities is vision related;
(b) The term "visual impairment" does not include a disorder in which one or more of the basic psychological processes, such as perceptual disabilities, brain injury, minimal brain dysfunction, dyslexia, and developmental aphasia.
(B) Admission
(1) Evaluation
(a) All children referred for placement at the Ohio school for the deaf or the Ohio state school for the blind will be given an initial evaluation by the school district of residence, which shall be conducted in accordance with rules 3301-51-05 and 3301-51-06 of the Administrative Code, and may include, but is not limited to, the following:
(i) For deaf/hard of hearing children: the communication needs of children; the child's and parent's preferred mode of communication; the child's linguistic needs; the severity of the hearing loss and potential use of residual hearing; the child's academic level; the social, emotional, and cultural needs of the child; opportunities for deaf/hard of hearing peer interactions and communication; consideration of the curriculum content and method of delivery; the child's need for direct instruction and interaction with teachers; opportunities for participation in extra-curricular activities; and access to specialists who are familiar with the needs of deaf/hard of hearing children.
(ii) For children with blindness or visual impairment: interpretation of medical vision examination information from an optometrist or ophthalmologist; functional vision, visual efficiency, low vision aids assessment; tactile, auditory, and other sensory skills; assessment of use of learning media (braille and print); cognitive development and intellectual functioning; academic skills; gross and fine motor development; orientation and mobility skills; career and vocational skills; daily living, recreation, and leisure skills; technology and skills for child access to the curriculum; environmental adaptations and accommodations necessary to meet the child's learning needs.
(b) The superintendent(s) of the state school for the deaf and the state school for the blind, or their designee, may request an evaluation by the evaluation team at the state school for the deaf or the state school for the blind if the information provided by the school district of residence does not satisfy the criteria needed for placement consideration. Evaluation by the state school for the deaf or the state school for the blind's evaluation team shall also be conducted in accordance with rules 3301-51-05 and 3301-51-06 of the Administrative Code.
(2) Placement
(a) The superintendent of the school district of residence, or his or her designee, shall convene an individualized education program (IEP) team meeting to review the evaluation's findings, child's needs, and to determine placement.
(b) The placement decision shall be based on the eligibility and free appropriate public education (FAPE) requirements contained in rules 3301-51-01 to 3301-51-10 and rule 3301-51-21 of the Administrative Code "Ohio Operating Standards for the Education of Children with Disabilities" along with the following standards:
(i) That there is adequate space in the facility and/or program;
(ii) That the child meets the federal definition of a hearing impairment (including deafness), a visual impairment (including blindness) or the child meets the definition of deaf-blindness as defined in the federal register at 34 C.F.R. 300.89 ; and
(iii) That the child has the potential for physical, emotional, and social maturity to adjust to the discipline of formal instruction and group living.
(3) Appeal procedure - If the superintendent(s) of the state school for the deaf and the state school for the blind objects to the placement decision by the referring school district superintendent and the individualized education program (IEP) team, then the following procedures shall be followed:
(a) The superintendent(s) of the state school for the deaf and the state school for the blind shall make a written objection to the superintendent of the school district of residence stating the specific reasons for objecting to the placement. A copy of the written objection shall be provided to the parents of the child. The superintendent of the school district of residence shall conduct a review, hold an informal hearing, and shall notify in writing all parties involved, including the parents, of his or her decision within twenty days.
(b) If the superintendent of the school district of residence and the superintendent(s) of the state school for the deaf and the state school for the blind cannot resolve their disagreement over placement of a child, then a representative of the Ohio department of education will conduct an administrative review of the facts of the case, may hold an informal hearing with those involved, issue a placement decision within twenty days of the informal hearing and communicate that decision in writing to the superintendent of the school district of residence, the superintendent(s), and the parents of the child.
(c) The superintendent of the school district of residence or the superintendent(s) of the state school for the deaf and the state school for the blind may present a formal objection in writing within twenty days to the school district of residence's board of education and the superintendent and request an impartial due process hearing. A copy of the written objection shall be provided to the parents of the child.
(d) An impartial hearing officer, appointed by the Ohio department of education, shall conduct a hearing to review the placement decision. The parents shall be provided with prior written notice regarding the hearing. The decision of the hearing officer shall be final, except that any party to the hearing may appeal the finding or decision in accordance with division (H) of section 3323.05 of the Revised Code.
(i) The educational status of the child will not be changed unless the state school for the deaf or the state school for the blind and the child's district of residence and the parent of the child agree otherwise; or, if applying for initial admission to a public school, shall, with the consent of the parents , be placed in a public school program until all such proceedings have been completed.
(ii) Cost incurred in the impartial due process hearing procedure will be divided equally between the referring school district and the state school for the deaf or the state school for the blind pursuant to section 3323.04 of the Revised Code.
(e) Nothing in this rule shall preclude a parent from exercising rights available to them in rules 3301-51-01 to 3301-51-10 of the Administrative Code, the "Ohio Operating Standards for the Education of Children with Disabilities."
(C) Dismissal program
(1) If, in the judgment of the superintendent(s) of the state school for the deaf and the state school for the blind and the individualized education program (IEP) team, the program is not appropriate for the child, the superintendent(s) of the state school for the deaf and the state school for the blind shall inform the superintendent of the school district of residence and the parent in writing of his or her intention to dismiss the child from the state school for the deaf or the state school for the blind in accordance with the authority contained in section 3325.03 of the Revised Code. Such written notice shall state the reasons supporting the superintendent(s) of the state school for the deaf and the state school for the blind's intention to dismiss the child.
(2) The superintendent(s) of the state school for the deaf and the state school for the blind may request an evaluation. Parental consent is required in accordance with paragraph (C)(4) of rule 3301-51-05 of the Administrative Code. Results of the evaluation will be provided to the superintendent(s) of the state school for the deaf and the state school fr the blind, the individualized education program (IEP) team, the superintendent of the school district of residence, and the parents.
(3) If the superintendent of the school district of residence or the parent of the child objects to the intention to dismiss the child, the steps in paragraphs (B)(3)(a) to (B)(3)(d) of this rule regarding the appeal procedure identified in paragraph (B)(3) of this rule shall be followed. The educational status of the child shall not change until all appeal proceedings are completed.
(D) Suspension, expulsion and temporary removal shall follow procedures outlined in section 3313.668 of the Revised Code and in paragraphs (K)(19) to (K)(25) of rule 3301-51-05 of the Administrative Code.
(1) Suspension, expulsion or temporary removal may result from one or more of the following: damaging or attempting to damage property on or off campus; disrupting school or other campus and dormitory activities; any acts of violence, force, coercion, extortion or threat; assault or attempted assault on other pupils or employees; possessing, using, transmitting or concealing any weapon, alcohol or drug; arson or attempted arson; theft; reckless operation of a vehicle on or near campus; truancy; or any other personal and/or social behavior deemed unacceptable by the superintendent(s) of the state school for the deaf and the state school for the blind or designee.
(2) All suspensions and expulsions will be approved by the superintendent(s) of the state school for the deaf and the state school for the blind and shall be in accordance with the following procedures:
(a) Suspension shall not exceed ten school days in a given school year. Prior to suspension, the child and his or her parent shall be given:
(i) Written notice of and reasons for the intended suspension.
(ii) An opportunity to appear at an informal hearing before the superintendent(s) of the state school for the deaf and the state school for the blind or his or her designee and challenge the reasons for the intended suspension.
(b) Prior to expulsion the child and his or her parent shall be given:
(i) Written notice of and reasons for the intention to expel the child.
(ii) An opportunity to appear at an informal hearing before the superintendent(s) of the state school for the deaf and the state school for the blind or his or her designee to challenge the reasons for the intended expulsion. The time and place of the informal hearing shall be designated in the notice.
(iii) The state school for the deaf and the state school for the blind shall consult with the school district of residence to ensure the provision of a free, appropriate public education (FAPE), and compliance with the Individuals with Disabilities Education Improvement Act (December 2004) during the expulsion.
(c) Special circumstances warranting temporary removal. The state school for the deaf and the state school for the blind may remove a child to an interim alternative educational setting as determined by the individualized education program (IEP) team for not more than forty-five school days without regard to whether the behavior is determined to be a manifestation of the child's disability in the special circumstances outlined in paragraph (K)(19)(g) of rule 3301-51-05 of the Administrative Code.
(i) The parent of a child temporarily removed shall be given written notice of the reasons for removal as soon as practicable after the removal.
(ii) The state school for the deaf or the state school for the blind shall conduct a hearing within seventy-two hours from the time of the removal order notice.
(iii) The state school for the deaf or the state school for the blind shall immediately consult with the school district of residence regarding an interim alternative educational setting, emergency health service, and a change of placement.
(3) Suspension, expulsion, and temporary removal notices shall be sent to the child's parent or custodian, a representative of the Ohio department of education, and the superintendent of the school district of residence. The notice shall include reasons for suspension or expulsion and the right of appeal to a representative of the Ohio department of education. Notice shall be given within twenty-four hours after the suspension or expulsion.
Last updated July 26, 2023 at 2:25 PM
History
- Effective: July 1, 2023
- Promulgated Under: 119.03
Ohio Adm.Code 3301-51-21
(A) Definitions
Except as otherwise specified, the following definitions are used in this rule:
(1) "Textbook" means textbooks, including related core instructional material, available for purchase by a school board, including new editions to a series or volume of that textbook.
(2) "National Instructional Materials Accessibility Standard (NIMAS), including Math Markup Language means the technical standard used by publishers to produce source files for use in creating multiple specialized formats, including braille, large print, digital text and audio.
(3) "National Instructional Materials Access Center (NIMAC)" means the national repository established at the American printing house for the blind, inc. (APH) that contains NIMAS file sets.
(4) "Math Markup Language 3" means the technical standard for the creation of valid XML source files containing mathematical and scientific content.
(5) "Instructional Materials and Technologies" includes "electronic book" as defined in division (C) of section 3329.01 of the Revised Code.
(B) For a textbook to be listed on the approved textbook publishers list, publishers shall deposit a NIMAS file set including images of the textbook, into the national instructional materials access center (NIMAC) for producing accessible formats prior to submission to the approved textbook publishers list.
(C) Publishers who list textbooks with the superintendent of public instruction shall be responsible for providing the wholesale price of the textbook and related print core instructional materials pursuant to section 3329.01 of the Revised Code. Publishers shall be responsible for providing the wholesale price of any textbook and related print core instructional materials, or textbooks that have been previously adopted, and reordered by a school board.
(D) Digital instructional materials and technologies must conform to the standards for accessibility set forth in Section 508 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, 29 U.S.C. 749, and 36 C.F.R. 1194. Local education agencies are required to ensure compliance of materials used in their schools.
Last updated July 26, 2023 at 2:26 PM
History
- Effective: July 1, 2023
- Promulgated Under: 119.03
Chapter 3301-53 Special Education Programs
Ohio Adm.Code 3301-53-01 Minimum standards for establishing county board of developmental disabilities special education programs.
(A) Definitions. All terms used in this rule shall be considered as defined in rules 3301-35-01 and 3301-51-01 of the Administrative Code.
(B) Responsibilities of the county board of developmental disabilities. The county board of developmental disabilities shall provide a special education program for eligible children appropriately placed in such programs pursuant to rules 3301-51-01 to 3301-51-11 of the Administrative Code.
(C) Eligible children. The county board of developmental disabilities shall provide a program to serve:
(1) Children with disabilities who have been determined eligible for special education services in accordance with rule 3301-51-06 of the Administrative Code regarding evaluations.
(2) Preschool children who are eligible for preschool special education services under rule 3301-51-11 of the Administrative Code.
(D) Special education program requirements.
(1) All programs shall comply with the following statutes and related rules:
(a) Confidentiality and personal information systems in section 3319.321 and Chapter 1347. of the Revised Code, regarding safeguards of student records.
(b) Scope of obligation in section 3321.04 of the Revised Code, regarding student attendance strategies.
(c) Education of children with disabilities in Chapter 3323. of the Revised Code.
(d) All applicable state and local health and safety codes.
(e) Section 3737.73 of the Revised Code, drills and rapid dismissals.
(f) Chapter 3301-51 of the Administrative Code, Ohio operating standards for the education of children with disabilities.
(E) School district of residence requirements.
(1) The school district of residence that placed a child in a special education program run by a county board of developmental disabilities shall ensure compliance with the following:
(a) A free education to be provided; hours in a school year, pursuant to section 3313.48 of the Revised Code.
(b) Policy regarding suspension, expulsion, removal, and permanent exclusion, pursuant to section 3313.661 of the Revised Code, policy regarding suspension or expulsion specifies the types of misconduct for which a pupil may be suspended, expelled, or removed, except that if the section is inconsistent with the Individuals with Disabilities Education Act (2006), then the Individuals with Disabilities Education Act shall control.
(c) Immunization of pupils, immunization record, annual summary, pursuant to section 3313.67 of the Revised Code, required immunizations.
(d) Emergency Medical Authorization pursuant to section 3313.712 of the Revised Code, emergency medical authorization.
(e) Contract with health district for services of physician, dentist, or nurse pursuant to section 3313.72 of the Revised Code.
(f) Purpose and definitions pursuant to rule 3301-35-01 of the Administrative Code, the purpose and definitions for the operating standards for kindergarten to twelfth grade.
(g) Governance, leadership, and strategic planning pursuant to rule 3301-35-02 of the Administrative Code, services that identify student health and safety concerns and opportunities for access to appropriate related resources.
(h) Board of health shall inspect schools and may close them pursuant to section 3707.26 of the Revised Code, regarding inspection of schools by the board of health.
(F) Evaluation and establishing.
(1) The program shall be evaluated by the department of education to determine if such program is in compliance with this rule. Following the initial evaluation of the program, the program shall be monitored by the department of education as determined appropriate by the department.
(2) The program shall be recommended by the department of education to the state board of education for establishing if the program meets the requirements specified in this rule and those set forth in Chapter 3301-51 of the Administrative Code regarding the education of children with disabilities.
Last updated April 28, 2022 at 10:57 AM
History
- Effective: April 28, 2022
- Promulgated Under: 119.03
Ohio Adm.Code 3301-35-01
(A) The purpose for adopting the rules in this chapter, which comprise the operating standards for Ohio school districts and elementary and secondary schools, is to assure that all students are provided a general education of high quality. The rules in this chapter establish specific expectations for school districts and schools, as those terms are defined in paragraph (B) of this rule, to use in creating the best learning conditions for meeting the personalized and individualized needs of each student and achieving state and local educational goals and objectives. The operating standards focus on the most critical expectations for school districts and schools in order to foster a regulatory system that focuses on improving outputs and student outcomes.
(B) The following terms are defined as they are used in this chapter:
(1) "Assessment" means the measuring of student achievement of performance goals and objectives.
(2) "Blended learning" has the same meaning as in section 3301.079 of the Revised Code. For purposes of that definition, "primarily" means over the course of the school year, a student works more than fifty per cent of the time from a supervised physical location away from home.
(3) "Board of education" means a board of education as described in Chapter 3313. of the Revised Code.
(4) "Classified staff" means nonteaching school personnel who are assigned to positions that do not require a certificate, license, permit or other credentialing document issued by the state board of education and that are listed in accordance with section 3317.12 of the Revised Code.
(5) "Competency-based learning model" means any system of academic instruction, assessment, grading, and reporting where students receive credit based on demonstrations and assessments of their learning rather than the amount of time they spend studying a subject. A competency-based learning model encourages accelerated learning among students who master academic materials quickly while providing additional instructional support time for students who need it.
(6) "Computer as instructor" means instruction provided by a computer with no instruction or assessment of mastery of content of any kind provided by a teacher, either in-person or from a remote location. A teacher monitoring a student in a computer as instructor course is not involved in developing, adapting or modifying lessons and/or clarifying subject content. A teacher monitoring a student(s) receiving instruction via this delivery method may assign the grade for the course provided the assignments and/or evaluations are scored by the computer program.
(7) "Credentialed staff" means faculty or staff who hold a certificate, license, permit or other document issued by the state board of education under section 3301.071 or Chapter 3319. of the Revised Code. Credentialed staff includes, but is not limited to, teachers, principals, superintendents, treasurers, school business managers, related service personnel, administrative specialists, educational aides, and pupil activity providers.
(8) "Credit flexibility" means the method by which students may meet curriculum requirements or earn units of high school credit by demonstrating subject area competency through the completion of traditional coursework, testing out or otherwise demonstrating mastery of course content through the pursuit of an approved educational option pursuant to the plan for credit flexibility adopted by the state board of education in accordance with section 3313.603 of the Revised Code, and is available on the department of education's website.
(9) "Digital learning" has the same meaning as in section 3301.079 of the Revised Code.
(10) "Digital learning tools" means computers, tablets, software, applications, or other technology necessary to access a school's program of digital learning.
(11) "Educational options" means learning experiences or activities that are designed to extend, enhance, supplement, or serve as an alternative to classroom instruction and meet the personalized and individualized needs of each student. Educational options are offered in accordance with the models adopted by the state board of education, local board of education policy, and parental approval.
(12) "Educational service personnel" means individuals who hold appropriate qualifications and who possess the knowledge, skills and expertise to support the educational, instructional, health, mental health and college and career readiness needs for all students.
(a) Educational service personnel that support educational, instructional and college and career readiness programs include, but are not limited to: fine arts, music, and physical education teachers; librarian or media specialists; school counselors; and reading intervention specialists;
(b) Educational service personnel that support the learning needs of the special needs student population include, but are not limited to: gifted intervention specialists, adapted physical education teachers, audiologists, interpreters, speech-language pathologists, physical and occupational therapists, and English-as-a-second-language specialist;
(c) Educational service personnel that support the health and mental health of the student population include, but are not limited to: school nurses, social workers, school psychologists, and school resource officers.
(13) "Evidence-based" has the same meaning as in division (21) of section 8101 of the Elementary and Secondary Education Act of 1965, as amended by the Every Student Succeeds Act, at 20 U.S.C. 7801.
(14) "Harmful to juveniles" has the same meaning as in section 2907.01 of the Revised Code.
(15) "Intervention" means alternative or supplemental instruction designed to help students meet performance objectives.
(16) "Obscene" has the same meaning as in division (F) of section 2907.01 of the Revised Code as that division has been construed by the supreme court of this state.
(17) "OEDS" means the Ohio educational directory system or a successor system.
(18) "Online learning" has the same meaning as in section 3301.079 of the Revised Code. For purposes of that definition, "primarily" means over the course of the school year, a student works more than fifty per cent of the time from their residence on assignments delivered via the internet or other computer-based instructional method.
(19) "Parent" means:
(a) A natural or adoptive parent of a child;
(b) A guardian; or
(c) An individual acting in the place of a natural or adoptive parent, including a grandparent, stepparent, or other relative, with whom the child lives, or an individual who is legally responsible for the child's welfare.
(20) "Policies" means general principles governing the operation of a school and are established and adopted by the district board of education.
(21) "Procedures" means detailed rules, regulations and courses of action, specified in writing, for carrying out school district and school policies.
(22) "School," with the exception of the term "school" as used in rule 3301-35-08 of the Administrative Code, means an environment organized for learning and chartered pursuant to this chapter and section 3301.16 of the Revised Code to provide a community of students with the opportunity to acquire skills and knowledge necessary to meet state and local performance objectives.
(23) "School district" means a local, exempted village, city or joint vocational school district as defined in Chapter 3311. of the Revised Code.
(24) "School year" has the same meaning as in section 3313.62 of the Revised Code.
(25) "Site evaluation" means an evaluation the department of education conducts of a school district or school to determine whether a school district or school meets the operating standards in this chapter.
(26) "Site visit" means an evaluation the department of education conducts of a chartered nonpublic school in accordance with Chapter 3301-39 of the Administrative Code.
(27) "Stakeholder" means those who directly affect or are affected by the educational success of a school district and school. Stakeholders may include, but are not limited to, colleges and universities, school district and school staff, employers, parents, students, and other individuals or groups in the community. For nonpublic schools, the governing authority of the school identifies "stakeholders."
(28) "State performance data" means the data reported to the department of education in accordance with section 3302.03 of the Revised Code that reflects the performance of the school district or school.
(29) "Teacher of record" means an educator who is responsible for a significant portion of a student's instruction within a subject or a course.
Last updated October 28, 2022 at 12:12 AM
History
- Effective: October 28, 2022
- Promulgated Under: 119.03
Ohio Adm.Code 3301-51-01
(A) Applicability of requirements
The purpose of Chapter 3301-51 of the Administrative Code is to ensure that all children with disabilities residing in Ohio between the ages of three and twenty-one years, inclusive, including children with disabilities who have been suspended or expelled from school, have available to them a free appropriate public education (FAPE), as provided by Part B of the Individuals with Disabilities Education Act, as amended by the Individuals with Disabilities Education Improvement Act of 2004 (IDEA) at 20 U.S.C. 1400, related federal regulations at 34 C.F.R. Part 300, Chapter 3323. of the Revised Code, the provisions of this chapter of the Administrative Code, and applicable state policies, procedures, and guidelines issued by the superintendent of public instruction.
(1) The provisions of this chapter shall provide that:
(a) Children with disabilities have available to them FAPE that emphasizes special education and related services designed to meet their unique needs and prepare them for further education, employment, and independent living; and
(b) The rights of children with disabilities and their parents are protected.
(2) School district of residence
(a) The child's school district of residence is responsible, in all instances, for ensuring that the requirements of paragraph (A) of this rule for making FAPE available are met for every eligible child in its jurisdiction, regardless of whether services are provided by another school district, other educational agency, juvenile justice facility, or other facility, agency, department, or entity unless Chapter 3323. of the Revised Code, or a rule adopted by the state board of education specifies that another school district, other educational agency, or other agency, department, or entity is responsible for ensuring compliance with Part B of the IDEA.
(b) Notwithstanding paragraph (A)(2)(a) of this rule, a school district of residence is not required to pay for the cost of education, including special education and related services, of a child with a disability at a nonpublic school or facility if that school district made FAPE available to the child, and the parents elected to place the child in a nonpublic school or facility. However, the school district must include the child in the population whose needs are addressed consistent with the requirements of rule 3301-51-08 of the Administrative Code.
(3) School district other than school district of residence
(a) Each school district is responsible for serving a child with a disability who is living in its school district, even though the school district is not the child's school district of residence. The child's school district of residence retains responsibility for making FAPE available to the child.
(b) "Serving a child with a disability" means educating the child which includes making special education and related services available to the child.
(i) The responsibility to serve a nonresident child with a disability living in the school district includes, but is not limited to, a child with a disability placed in a juvenile justice facility, institution, hospital, agency, department, home as defined in section 3313.64 of the Revised Code, or other facility or entity located in the school district.
(ii) The responsibility to serve a nonresident child with a disability does not apply to the school district in which the child is living if the child is already being served by another school district, a nonpublic school, county board of developmental disabilities (county board of DD), other educational agency, a state or local agency or institution, or other provider, including an open enrollment school district, the Ohio department of youth services, or provider for the "Autism Scholarship Program" established by section 3310.41 of the Revised Code, or a provider of the "Jon Peterson Special Needs Program" established by section 3310.52 of the Revised Code. However, if the child is placed in a nonpublic school in the school district, the school district must include the child in the population whose needs are addressed consistent with the requirements of rule 3301-51-08 of the Administrative Code.
(4) Funding for special education
No educational agency shall receive state or federal funds for special education and related services or provide special education and related services unless such special education and related services are provided in accordance with all applicable provisions of the IDEA and related federal regulations, Chapter 3323. of the Revised Code, this chapter of the Administrative Code, and related state policies, procedures, and guidelines issued by the superintendent of public instruction.
(5) Plan
Each educational agency, in providing for the education of children with disabilities within its jurisdiction, must have in effect a plan, written policies and procedures, and programs that are consistent with the state's policies and procedures related to the implementation of Part B of the IDEA. The plan shall provide assurances to the superintendent of public instruction that the educational agency meets each of the applicable conditions in 34 C.F.R. 300.201 to 300.213. Each school district's plan shall also meet the requirements of section 3323.08 of the Revised Code. Each educational agency shall submit its plan to the superintendent of public instruction as part of its comprehensive continuous improvement plan.
(6) Documentation and information
The superintendent of public instruction may require an educational agency to provide documentation that special education and related services for children with disabilities provided by the public agency are provided in compliance with the requirements specified in paragraph (A) of this rule.
(a) An educational agency must provide the superintendent of public instruction with information necessary to enable the superintendent to carry out the state's duties under Part B of the IDEA, including, information relating to the performance of children with disabilities participating in programs carried out under Part B of the IDEA.
(b) An educational agency must make available to parents of children with disabilities and to the general public all documents relating to the eligibility of the educational agency under Part B of the IDEA.
(c) An educational agency must cooperate in the secretary's efforts under section 1308 of the Elementary and Secondary Education Act of 1965, (ESEA) to ensure the linkage of records pertaining to migratory children with disabilities for the purpose of electronically exchanging, among the states, health, and educational information regarding those children.
(7) Ineligibility and opportunity for hearing
If the superintendent of public instruction determines that an educational agency is not eligible under Part B of the IDEA for purposes of receiving assistance under Part B of the IDEA, the superintendent shall:
(a) Notify the educational agency of that determination; and
(b) Provide the educational agency with reasonable notice and an opportunity for a hearing.
(8) Effect of noncompliance on funding; notice to public
If the superintendent of public instruction, after reasonable notice and an opportunity for a hearing, finds that an educational agency that has been determined to be eligible under Part B of the IDEA is failing to comply with any requirement in Sections 34 C.F.R. 300.201 to 34 C.F.R. 300.213:
(a) The superintendent of public instruction must reduce or must not provide any further payment to the educational agency until the state superintendent is satisfied that the educational agency is complying with that requirement.
(b) Any educational agency in receipt of a notice described in paragraph (A)(8)(a) of this rule must, by means of public notice, take the measures necessary to bring the pendency of an action pursuant to this rule to the attention of the public within the jurisdiction of the educational agency.
(c) In carrying out its responsibilities under this rule, the Ohio department of education must consider any decision resulting from a hearing held under rule 3301-51-05 of the Administrative Code that is adverse to the educational agency or state agency involved in the decision.
(B) Definitions
(1) "Act" or "IDEA" means the Individuals with Disabilities Education Act, as amended by the Individuals with Disabilities Education Improvement Act of 2004 at 20 U.S.C. 1400, Public Law 108-446 of the 108th Congress, December 3, 2004 (IDEA).
(2) "Assistive technology device" means any item, piece of equipment, or product system, whether acquired commercially off the shelf, modified, or customized, that is used to increase, maintain, or improve the functional capabilities of a child with a disability. The term does not include a medical device that is surgically implanted, or the replacement of such device.
(3) "Assistive technology service" means any service that directly assists a child with a disability in the selection, acquisition, or use of an assistive technology device. The term includes:
(a) The evaluation of the needs of a child with a disability, including a functional evaluation of the child in the child's customary environment;
(b) Purchasing, leasing, or otherwise providing for the acquisition of assistive technology devices by children with disabilities;
(c) Selecting, designing, fitting, customizing, adapting, applying, maintaining, repairing, or replacing assistive technology devices;
(d) Coordinating and using other therapies, interventions, or services with assistive technology devices, such as those associated with existing education and rehabilitation plans and programs;
(e) Training or technical assistance for a child with a disability or, if appropriate, that child's family; and
(f) Training or technical assistance for professionals (including individuals providing education or rehabilitation services), employers, or other individuals who provide services to, employ, or are otherwise substantially involved in the major life functions of that child.
(4) "Average daily membership" means the number of children that are counted to generate state funds under the Ohio school foundation funding program.
(5) "Benchmark" means a specific statement of what the child should know and be able to do in a specified segment of the year. Benchmarks describe how far the child is expected to progress toward the annual goal and by when. Benchmarks establish expected performance levels that allow for regular checks of progress that coincide with the reporting periods for informing parents of the child's progress toward achieving the annual goals.
(6) "Braille," unless otherwise specified, means a tactile system of reading and writing for individuals with visual impairments commonly known as standard English braille.
(7) "Caseload for one preschool special education teacher" means the number of children who collectively comprise the equivalency for ratios or funding.
(8) "Charter school" or "community school" has the meaning given the term in Section 4310 of the Elementary and Secondary Education Act of 1965, 20 U.S.C. 6301 (ESEA). The term "charter school" does not have the same meaning as "chartered nonpublic school."
(9) "Chartered nonpublic school" means a school chartered by the state board of education pursuant to section 3301.16 of the Revised Code and that meets the minimum standards for chartered nonpublic schools.
(10) "Child with a disability" means a child evaluated in accordance with rule 3301-51-06 of the Administrative Code as having an intellectual disability, a hearing impairment (including deafness), a speech or language impairment, a visual impairment (including blindness), a serious emotional disturbance (referred to in this rule as "emotional disturbance"), an orthopedic impairment, autism, traumatic brain injury, an other health impairment, a specific learning disability, deaf-blindness, a developmental delay (for a child between the ages of three and nine), or multiple disabilities, and who, by reason thereof, needs special education and related services.
(a) Subject to paragraph (B)(10)(b) of this rule, if it is determined, through an appropriate evaluation under rule 3301-51-06 of the Administrative Code, that a child has one of the disabilities identified in this rule, but needs only a related service and not special education, the child is not a child with a disability under this rule.
(b) If, consistent with the definition of special education in paragraph (B)(62) of this rule, the individualized education program (IEP) team considers the related service required by the child to be special education rather than a related service under state standards, the child would be determined to be a child with a disability under this rule.
(c) Children aged three through nine years who are experiencing developmental delays. "Child with a disability" for children aged three through nine years, may, subject to the conditions described in rule 3301-51-03 of the Administrative Code for the use of the term developmental delay, include a child:
(i) Who is experiencing developmental delays, as defined by rule 3301-51-11 of the Administrative Code and as measured by appropriate diagnostic instruments and procedures, in one or more of the following areas: physical development, cognitive development, communication development, social or emotional development, or adaptive development as provided by rule 3301-51-11 of the Administrative Code; and
(ii) Who, by reason thereof, needs special education and related services.
(d) Definitions of disability terms. The terms used in this definition of a "child with a disability" are defined as follows:
(i) "Autism" means a developmental disability significantly affecting verbal and nonverbal communication and social interaction, generally evident before age three, that adversely affects a child's educational performance. Other characteristics often associated with "autism" are engagement in repetitive activities and stereotyped movements, resistance to environmental change or change in daily routines, and unusual responses to sensory experiences.
(a) Autism does not apply if a child's educational performance is adversely affected primarily because the child has an emotional disturbance, as defined in paragraph (B)(10)(d)(v) of this rule.
(b) A child who manifests the characteristics of autism after age three could be identified as having autism if the criteria in paragraph (B)(10)(d)(i) of this rule are satisfied.
(ii) "Intellectual disability" means significantly sub average general intellectual functioning, existing concurrently with deficits in adaptive behavior and manifested during the developmental period, that adversely affects a child's educational performance.
(a) "Significantly sub average general intellectual functioning" refers to an intelligence quotient of seventy or below as determined through a measure of cognitive functioning administered by a school psychologist or a qualified psychologist using a test designed for individual administration. Based on a standard error of measurement and clinical judgment, a child may be determined to have significant sub average general intellectual functioning with an intelligence quotient not to exceed seventy-five.
(b) "Deficits in adaptive behavior" means deficits in two or more applicable skill areas occurring within the context of the child's environments and typical of the child's chronological age peers.
(c) A child who was identified by an Ohio educational agency as having a developmental handicap prior to July 1, 2002 shall be considered a child with a disability if the child continues to meet the definition of "developmentally handicapped" in paragraph "N." of former rule 3301-51-01 of the Administrative Code and the eligibility requirements of paragraph "F.1" of former rule 3301-51-04 of the Administrative Code that are both contained in the "Rules for the Education of Handicapped Children," which were effective July 1, 1982 and were rescinded July 1, 2002. A child who meets these provisions shall be eligible to receive special education and related services in accordance with the "Operating Standards for Ohio's Schools Serving Children with Disabilities" effective July 1, 2008.
(iii) "Deaf-blindness" means concomitant hearing and visual impairments, the combination of which causes such severe communication and other developmental and educational needs that they cannot be accommodated in special education programs solely for children with deafness or children with blindness.
(iv) "Deafness" means a hearing impairment that is so severe that the child is impaired in processing linguistic information through hearing, with or without amplification that adversely affects a child's educational performance.
(v) "Emotional disturbance" means a condition exhibiting one or more of the following characteristics over a long period of time and to a marked degree that adversely affects a child's educational performance:
(a) An inability to learn that cannot be explained by intellectual, sensory, or health factors.
(b) An inability to build or maintain satisfactory interpersonal relationships with peers and teachers.
(c) Inappropriate types of behavior or feelings under normal circumstances.
(d) A general pervasive mood of unhappiness or depression.
(e) A tendency to develop physical symptoms or fears associated with personal or school problems.
(f) Emotional disturbance includes schizophrenia. The term does not apply to children who are socially maladjusted, unless it is determined that they have an emotional disturbance under paragraph (B)(10)(d)(v) of this rule.
(vi) "Hearing impairment" means an impairment in hearing, whether permanent or fluctuating, that adversely affects a child's educational performance but that is not included under the definition of deafness in this rule.
(vii) "Multiple disabilities" means concomitant impairments (such as intellectual disability blindness or intellectual disability orthopedic impairment), the combination of which causes such severe educational needs that they cannot be accommodated in special education programs solely for one of the impairments. "Multiple disabilities" does not include deaf-blindness.
(viii) "Orthopedic impairment" means a severe orthopedic impairment that adversely affects a child's educational performance. The term includes impairments caused by a congenital anomaly, impairments caused by disease (e.g., poliomyelitis, bone tuberculosis), and impairments from other causes (e.g., cerebral palsy, amputations, and fractures or burns that cause contractures).
(ix) "Other health impairment" means having limited strength, vitality, or alertness, including a heightened alertness to environmental stimuli, that results in limited alertness with respect to the educational environment, that:
(a) Is due to chronic or acute health problems such as asthma, attention deficit disorder or attention deficit hyperactivity disorder, diabetes, epilepsy, a heart condition, hemophilia, lead poisoning, leukemia, nephritis, rheumatic fever, sickle cell anemia, and tourette syndrome; and
(b) Adversely affects a child's educational performance.
(x) Specific learning disability.
(a) General. "Specific learning disability" means a disorder in one or more of the basic psychological processes involved in understanding or in using language, spoken or written, that may manifest itself in the imperfect ability to listen, think, speak, read, write, spell, or to do mathematical calculations, including conditions such as perceptual disabilities, brain injury, minimal brain dysfunction, dyslexia, and developmental aphasia.
(b) Disorders not included. Specific learning disability does not include learning problems that are primarily the result of visual, hearing, or motor disabilities, of intellectual disability, of emotional disturbance, or of environmental, cultural, or economic disadvantage.
(xi) "Speech or language impairment" means a communication disorder, such as stuttering, impaired articulation, a language impairment, or a voice impairment, that adversely affects a child's educational performance.
(xii) "Traumatic brain injury" means an acquired injury to the brain caused by an external physical force or by other medical conditions, including but not limited to stroke, anoxia, infectious disease, aneurysm, brain tumors and neurological insults resulting from medical or surgical treatments. The injury results in total or partial functional disability or psychosocial impairment or both, that adversely affects a child's educational performance. The term applies to open or closed head injuries, as well as to other medical conditions that result in acquired brain injuries. The injuries result in impairments in one or more areas such as cognition; language; memory; attention; reasoning; abstract thinking; judgment; problem-solving; sensory, perceptual, and motor abilities; psychosocial behavior; physical functions; information processing; and speech. The term does not apply to brain injuries that are congenital or degenerative, or to brain injuries induced by birth trauma. This definition replaces the definition of traumatic brain injury in 34 C.F.R. 300.8(c)(12) and shall be used instead whenever the federal regulations at 34 C.F.R. Part 300, state statutes at Chapter 3323. of the Revised Code, or the state rules in Chapter 3301-51 of the Administrative Code refer to traumatic brain injury.
(xiii) "Visual impairment" including blindness means an impairment in vision that, even with correction, adversely affects a child's educational performance.
(a) The term visual impairment includes both partial sight and blindness;
(b) The term "visual impairment" does not include a disorder in one or more of the basic psychological processes, such as perceptual disabilities, brain injury, minimal brain dysfunction, dyslexia, and developmental aphasia.
(11) "Community school" means a public school, created in accordance with Chapter 3314. of the Revised Code. Community schools shall be considered school districts for the purposes of this chapter of the Administrative Code.
(12) "Consent" means that:
(a) The parent has been fully informed of all information relevant to the activity for which consent is sought, in the parent's native language, or other mode of communication;
(b) The parent understands and agrees in writing to the carrying out of the activity for which the parent's consent is sought, and the consent describes that activity and lists the records (if any) that will be released and to whom; and
(i) The parent understands that the granting of consent is voluntary on the part of the parent and may be revoked at anytime.
(ii) If a parent revokes consent, that revocation is not retroactive (i.e., it does not negate an action that has occurred after the consent was given and before the consent was revoked).
(13) "Coordinate Transition Services" means:
(a) Facilitate a planning process among multiple agencies, students and families to support a student's secondary transition process;
(b) Plan for the collection, sharing and utilization of student's transition data that is relevant to the student's post school outcomes, environment and support needs;
(c) Communicate a student's individual transition plan to students, families, educators and agencies;
(d) Coordinate the implementation of research-based practices that lead to effective postsecondary transition services and outcomes;
(e) Utilize methods to engage students and families in the secondary transition process;
(f) Assist in the coordination of referral process from school to adult services systems;
(g) Link appropriate course of study and instruction strategies to secondary transition related goals; and
(h) Create strategies that support the career development pathways of students with disabilities leading to career and college readiness.
(14) "County board of developmental disabilities" means a county board of developmental disabilities as provided by section 5126.02 of the Revised Code.
(15) "Day" means calendar day unless otherwise indicated as business day or school day.
(a) "Business day" means Monday through Friday, except for federal and state holidays (unless holidays are specifically included in the designation of business day).
(b) "School day" means any day, including a partial day that children are in attendance at school for instructional purposes. School day has the same meaning for all children in school, including children with and without disabilities.
(16) "Destruction" means physical destruction or removal of personal identifiers from information so that the information is no longer personally identifiable.
(17) "Education records" means the type of records covered under the definition of "education records" in 34 C.F.R. Part 99 (the regulations implementing the Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act of 1974, August 1974, 20 U.S.C. 1232g (FERPA)). Under that definition, the term "education records" means those records that are directly related to a student and are maintained by an educational agency or institution or by a party acting for the agency or institution. The term does not include the type of records which are listed and described as records excluded from that definition under 34 C.F.R. 99.3(b)(1) to 34 C.F.R. 99.3(b)(5).
(18) "Educational agency" means:
(a) School districts, including school districts of service, open enrollment school districts, community schools, the Ohio department of youth services, and joint vocational school districts;
(b) Juvenile justice facilities, educational service centers, county boards of developmental disabilities; and
(c) Any department; division; bureau; office; institution; board; commission; committee; authority; or other state or local agency, other than a school district or an agency administered by the department of developmental disabilities, that provides or seeks to provide special education or related services to children with disabilities, unless Chapter 3323. of the Revised Code, or a rule adopted by the state board of education specifies that another school district, other educational agency, or other agency, department, or entity is responsible for ensuring compliance with Part B of the IDEA.
(19) "Elementary school" means a nonprofit institutional day or residential school, including an elementary community school, that provides elementary education, as determined under state law.
(20) "Equipment" means:
(a) Machinery, utilities, and built-in equipment, and any necessary enclosures or structures to house the machinery, utilities, or equipment; and
(b) All other items necessary for the functioning of a particular facility as a facility for the provision of educational services, including items such as instructional equipment and necessary furniture; printed, published and audio-visual instructional materials; telecommunications, sensory, and other technological aids and devices; and books, periodicals, documents, and other related materials.
(21) "Evaluation" means procedures used in accordance with rule 3301-51-06 of the Administrative Code for evaluations to determine whether a child has a disability and the nature and extent of the special education and related services that the child needs.
(22) "Evaluation team" means the parents and a group of qualified professionals.
(23) "Evaluation team for a child suspected of having a specific learning disability" means the parents and a group of qualified professionals, which must include:
(a) The child's regular teacher; or
(b) If the child does not have a regular education teacher, a regular classroom teacher qualified to teach a child of the child's age; or
(c) For a child of less than school-age, an individual qualified by the Ohio department of education to teach a child of the child's age; and
(d) At least one person qualified to conduct individual diagnostic examinations of children, such as a school psychologist, speech-language pathologist, or remedial teacher.
(24) "Re-evaluation team" means the IEP team and other qualified professionals.
(25) "Excess costs" means those costs that are in excess of the average annual per-student expenditure in a school district during the preceding school year for an elementary school or secondary school student, as may be appropriate, and that must be computed after deducting:
(a) Amounts received:
(i) Under Part B of the IDEA;
(ii) Under Part A of Title I of the Elementary and Secondary Education Act of 1965, 20 U.S.C. 6301 (ESEA); and
(iii) Under Parts A and B of Title III of the ESEA and;
(b) Any state or local funds expended for programs that would qualify for assistance under any of the acts described in paragraph (B)(25)(a) of this rule, but excluding any amounts for capital outlay or debt service. (See appendix A to Part 300 of the IDEA for an example of how excess costs must be calculated.)
(26) "Free appropriate public education" or FAPE means special education and related services that:
(a) Are provided at public expense, under public supervision and direction, and without charge;
(b) Meet the standards of the Ohio department of education, including the requirements of this rule;
(c) Include an appropriate preschool, elementary school, or secondary school education in the state involved; and
(d) Are provided in conformity with an IEP that meets the requirements of rule 3301-51-07 of the Administrative Code for individualized education programs.
(27) "General curriculum" refers to the same curriculum that is used with children without disabilities.
(28) "General education" means a learning environment that provides a community of students with the opportunity to acquire skills and knowledge necessary to meet state and local performance objectives.
(29) "Homeless children" has the meaning given the term homeless children and youths in Section 725 (42 U.S.C. 11434a) of the McKinney-Vento Homeless Assistance Act.
(30) "Include" means that the items named are not all of the possible items that are covered, whether like or unlike the ones named.
(31) "Independent educational evaluation" means an evaluation conducted by a qualified examiner who is not employed by the educational agency responsible for the education of the child in question.
(32) "Individualized education program" or IEP means a written statement for a child with a disability that is developed, reviewed, and revised in accordance with rule 3301-51-07 of the Administrative Code.
(33) "Individualized education program team" or IEP team means a group of individuals described in paragraph (F) of rule 3301-51-07 of the Administrative Code that is responsible for developing, reviewing, or revising an IEP for a child with a disability.
(34) "Institution of higher education":
(a) Has the meaning given the term in Section 101 of the Higher Education Act of 1965, as amended and specified in the Higher Education Amendments of 1998, January 1998, 20 U.S.C. 1021 (HEA); and
(b) Also includes any community college receiving funds from the secretary of the interior under the Tribally Controlled Community College or University Assistance Act of 1978 (renamed Tribally Controlled College or University Assistance Act of 1978), October 1978, 25 U.S.C. 1801.
(35) "Instructional Materials and Technologies" includes "electronic book" as defined in division (C) of section 3329.01 of the Revised Code.
(36) "Limited English proficient" has the meaning given the term in Section 9101(25) of the Elementary and Secondary Education Act of 1965 (ESEA).
(37) "Math Markup Language 3" means the technical standard for the creation of valid XML source files containing mathematical and scientific content.
(38) "National Instructional Materials Access Center (NIMAC)" means the national repository established at the American printing house for the blind, inc. (APH) that contains NIMAS file sets.
(39) "National Instructional Materials Accessibility Standard (NIMAS)", including Math Markup Language, means the technical standard used by publishers to produce source files for use in creating multiple specialized formats, including braille, large print, digital text and audio.
(40) Native language:
(a) When used with respect to an individual who is limited English proficient, "native language" means the following:
(i) The language normally used by that individual, or, in the case of a child, the language normally used by the parents of the child, except as provided in paragraph (B)(40)(a)(ii) of this rule.
(ii) In all direct contact with a child (including evaluation of the child), the language normally used by the child in the home or learning environment.
(b) For an individual with deafness or blindness, or for an individual with no written language, the mode of communication is that normally used by the individual (such as sign language, braille, or oral communication).
(41) "Non-chartered nonpublic school" means a school, that is not chartered or seeking a charter from the state board of education because of truly held religious beliefs.
(42) "Nonpublic school" means a private school which is recognized by the Ohio department of education as either a chartered school as defined in section 3301.16 of the Revised Code or a non-chartered school as described in rule 3301-35-08 of the Administrative Code.
(43) "Objective" means a smaller, more manageable learning task that a child must master as a step toward achieving an annual goal. Objectives break the skills described in the annul goal into discrete components that, when mastered, allow the child to successfully obtain the goal.
(44) "Other educational agency" means a joint vocational school district; department; division; bureau; office; institution; board; commission; committee; authority; or other state or local agency, other than a school district or an agency administered by the department of developmental disabilities, that provides or seeks to provide special education or related services to children with disabilities.
(45) "Other health impairment major" means a child whose condition meets the definition of "other health impairment" and either of the following apply:
(a) The child is identified as having a medical condition that is among those listed by the superintendent of public instruction as conditions where a substantial majority of cases fall within the definition of "medically fragile child"; or
(b) The child is determined by the superintendent of public instruction to be a medically fragile child as defined in division (I) of section 3317.02 of the Revised Code.
(46) "Other health impairment minor" means a child whose condition meets the definition of "other health impairment" and whose condition does not meet either of the conditions specified in division (W)(1)(a) or (W)(1)(b) of section 3317.02 of the Revised Code.
(47) "Paraprofessional services" include services provided by educational agency employees who are adequately trained to assist in the provision of special education to children with disabilities. Paraprofessionals work under the supervision of teachers, intervention specialists, and/or related service providers. Other titles used to identify these service providers include teacher assistants, educational aides, school psychology aides, occupational therapy assistants, physical therapist assistants, and job coaches.
(48) "Parent" means:
(a) A biological or adoptive parent of a child but not a foster parent of a child;
(b) A guardian generally authorized to act as the child's parent, or authorized to make educational decisions for the child (but not the state if the child is a ward of the state);
(c) An individual acting in the place of a biological or adoptive parent (including a grandparent, stepparent, or other relative) with whom the child lives, or an individual who is legally responsible for the child's welfare; or
(d) A surrogate parent who has been appointed in accordance with rule 3301-51-05 of the Administrative Code;
(e) Except as provided in paragraph (B)(48)(f) of this rule, the biological or adoptive parent, when attempting to act as the parent under this rule and when more than one party is qualified under this rule to act as a parent, must be presumed to be the parent for purposes of this chapter of the Administrative Code unless the biological or adoptive parent does not have legal authority to make educational decisions for the child;
(f) If a judicial decree or order identifies a specific person or persons under paragraphs (B)(48)(a) to (B)(48)(c) of this rule to act as the parent of a child or to make educational decisions on behalf of a child, then such person or persons shall be determined to be the parent for purposes of this rule.
(49) "Parent training and information center" means a center assisted under Sections 671 or 672 of the IDEA.
(50) "Parentally placed nonpublic school children with disabilities" means children with disabilities enrolled by their parents in nonpublic, including religious, schools or facilities that meet the definition of elementary school or secondary school in this rule, other than children with disabilities in nonpublic schools who are placed or referred by public agencies.
(51) "Participating agency" means any agency or institution that collects, maintains, or uses personally identifiable information, or from which information is obtained, under Part B of the IDEA.
(52) "Personally identifiable" means information that contains:
(a) The name of the child, the child's parent, or other family member;
(b) The address of the child;
(c) A personal identifier, such as the child's social security number or student number; or
(d) A list of personal characteristics or other information that would make it possible to identify the child with reasonable certainty.
(53) "Public agency" includes the school districts, county boards of developmental disabilities, other educational agencies, community schools and any other political subdivisions of the state that are responsible for providing education to children with disabilities.
(54) "Qualified personnel" means personnel who have met Ohio department of education-approved or Ohio department of education-recognized certification, licensing, or other comparable requirements that apply to the area in which the individuals are providing special education or related services.
(55) "Referral" means the date the public school district or community school receives a parent's, school district's, or other educational agency's request for an initial evaluation or reevaluation.
(56) "Related services" means transportation and such developmental, corrective, and other supportive services as are required to assist a child with a disability to benefit from special education, and includes speech-language pathology and audiology services, interpreting services, psychological services, physical and occupational therapy, recreation, including therapeutic recreation, early identification and assessment of disabilities in children, counseling services, including rehabilitation counseling, orientation and mobility services, and medical services for diagnostic or evaluation purposes. Related services also include school health services and school nurse services, social work services in schools, and parent counseling and training.
(a) Exception; services that apply to children with surgically implanted devices, including cochlear implants.
(i) Related services do not include a medical device that is surgically implanted, the optimization of that device's functioning (e.g., mapping), maintenance of that device, or the replacement of that device.
(ii) Nothing in paragraph (B)(56)(a)(i) of this rule:
(a) Limits the right of a child with a surgically implanted device (e.g., cochlear implant) to receive related services (as listed in this rule) that are determined by the IEP team to be necessary for the child to receive FAPE.
(b) Limits the responsibility of a school district to appropriately monitor and maintain medical devices that are needed to maintain the health and safety of the child, including breathing, nutrition, or operation of other bodily functions, while the child is transported to and from school or is at school; or
(c) Prevents the routine checking of an external component of a surgically-implanted device to make sure it is functioning properly, as required in rule 3301-51-02 of the Administrative Code.
(b) Individual related services terms defined. The terms used in this rule are defined as follows:
(i) "Attendant services" are those that assist children with disabilities with personal health care needs.
(ii) "Audiology" includes:
(a) Identification of children with hearing loss;
(b) Determination of the range, nature, and degree of hearing loss, including referral for medical or other professional attention for the habilitation of hearing;
(c) Provision of habilitative activities, such as language habilitation, auditory training, speech reading (lip-reading), hearing evaluation, and speech conservation;
(d) Creation and administration of programs for prevention of hearing loss;
(e) Counseling and guidance of children, parents, and teachers regarding hearing loss; and
(f) Determination of children's needs for group and individual amplification, selecting and fitting an appropriate aid, and evaluating the effectiveness of amplification.
(iii) "Counseling services" means services provided by qualified social workers, psychologists, guidance counselors, or other qualified personnel.
(iv) "Early identification and assessment of disabilities in children" means the implementation of a formal plan for identifying a disability as early as possible in a child's life.
(v) "Interpreting services" includes:
(a) The following, when used with respect to children who are deaf or hard of hearing: oral transliteration services, cued language transliteration services, sign language transliteration and interpreting services, and transcription services, such as "communication access real-time translation (CART)," "C-Print," and "TypeWell"; and
(b) Special interpreting services for children who are deaf-blind.
(vi) "Medical services" means services provided by a licensed physician to determine a child's medically related disability that results in the child's need for special education and related services.
(vii) "Occupational therapy"
(a) Means services provided by a qualified occupational therapist licensed under Chapter 4755. of the Revised Code; and
(b) Includes:
(i) Improving, developing, or restoring functions impaired or lost through illness, injury, or deprivation;
(ii) Improving ability to perform tasks for independent functioning if functions are impaired or lost; and
(iii) Preventing, through early intervention, initial or further impairment or loss of function.
(viii) "Occupational therapy assistant services" means services provided by an occupational therapy assistant licensed under Chapter 4755. of the Revised Code and includes assisting in the practice of occupational therapy under the direction and supervision of an occupational therapist.
(ix) "Orientation and mobility services":
(a) Means services provided to blind or visually impaired children by qualified personnel to enable those students to attain systematic orientation to and safe movement within their environments in school, home, and community; and
(b) Includes teaching children the following, as appropriate:
(i) Spatial and environmental concepts and use of information received by the senses (such as sound, temperature and vibrations) to establish, maintain, or regain orientation and line of travel (e.g., using sound at a traffic light to cross the street);
(ii) To use the long cane or a service animal to supplement visual travel skills or as a tool for safely negotiating the environment for children with no available travel vision;
(iii) To understand and use remaining vision and distance low vision aids; and
(iv) Other concepts, techniques, and tools.
(x) "Parent counseling and training" means:
(a) Assisting parents in understanding the special needs of their child;
(b) Providing parents with information about child development; and
(c) Helping parents to acquire the necessary skills that will allow them to support the implementation of their child's IEP.
(xi) "Physical therapy" means services provided by a qualified physical therapist licensed under Chapter 4755. of the Revised Code.
(xii) "Physical therapist assistant services" means services provided by a physical therapist assistant licensed under Chapter 4755. of the Revised Code who performs such services under the direction and supervision of a physical therapist.
(xiii) "Psychological services"
(a) Include but are not limited to:
(i) Administering psychological and educational tests, and other assessment procedures;
(ii) Interpreting assessment results;
(iii) Obtaining, integrating, and interpreting information about child behavior and conditions relating to learning;
(iv) Consulting with other staff members to plan and develop school programs and interventions to meet the educational needs or special education needs of children or groups of children as indicated by psychological tests, interviews, direct observation, and behavioral evaluations;
(v) Conducting and monitoring interventions;
(vi) Diagnosing psychological disorders that effect learning and/or behavior;
(vii) Planning and managing a program of psychological services, including psychological counseling for children and parents;
(viii) Participating in the provision of a program of mental health services; and
(ix) Assisting in developing positive behavioral intervention strategies.
(b) The services of a school psychology aide shall be under the direct supervision of a school psychologist.
(c) The school psychologist intern program shall be organized under guidelines approved by the Ohio department of education, office for exceptional children.
(xiv) "Reader services" means assisting learners with visual impairments by orally reading written materials.
(xv) "Recreation" includes:
(a) Assessment of leisure function;
(b) Therapeutic recreation services;
(c) Recreation programs in schools and community agencies; and
(d) Leisure education.
(xvi) "Rehabilitation counseling services" means services provided by qualified personnel in individual or group sessions that focus specifically on career development, employment preparation, achieving independence, and integration in the workplace and community of a student with a disability. The term also includes vocational rehabilitation services provided to a student with a disability by vocational rehabilitation programs funded under the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, as amended and specified in the Rehabilitation Act Amendments of 1998, August 1998, 29 U.S.C. 701.
(xvii) "School health services and school nurse services" means health services that are designed to enable a child with a disability to receive FAPE as described in the child's IEP. School nurse services are services provided by a qualified school nurse. School health services are services that may be provided by either a qualified school nurse or other qualified person.
(xviii) "Social work services in schools" includes:
(a) Preparing a social or developmental history on a child with a disability;
(b) Group and individual counseling with the child and family;
(c) Working in partnership with parents and others on those problems in a child's living situation (home, school, and community) that affect the child's adjustment in school;
(d) Mobilizing school and community resources to enable the child to learn as effectively as possible in the child's educational program; and
(e) Assisting in developing positive behavioral intervention strategies.
(xix) "Speech-language pathology services" includes:
(a) Identification of children with speech or language impairments;
(b) Diagnosis and appraisal of specific speech or language impairments;
(c) Referral for medical or other professional attention necessary for the habilitation of speech or language impairments;
(d) Provision of speech and language services for the habilitation or prevention of communicative impairments; and
(e) Counseling and guidance of parents, children, and teachers regarding speech and language impairments.
(xx) "Transportation" includes:
(a) Travel to and from school and between schools;
(b) Travel in and around school buildings; and
(c) Specialized equipment (such as special or adapted buses, lifts, and ramps), if required to provide special transportation for a child with a disability.
(57) "School district" means a city, local, exempted village school district, or a community school.
(58) "School district of residence" means:
(a) The school district in which the child's parents reside;
(b) If the child is enrolled in a community school, the community school is considered to be the "school district of residence";
(c) If the school district specified in paragraph (B)(58)(a) or (B)(58)(b) of this rule cannot be determined, the last school district in which the child's parents are known to have resided if the parents' whereabouts are unknown;
(d) If the school district specified in paragraph (B)(58)(c) of this rule cannot be determined, the school district determined by the court under section 2151.362 of the Revised Code, or if no district has been so determined, the school district as determined by the probate court of the county in which the child resides.
(e) Notwithstanding paragraphs (B)(58)(a) to (B)(58)(d) of this rule, if a school district is required by section 3313.65 of the Revised Code to pay tuition for a child, that district shall be the child's school district of residence.
(59) "School district of service" means a school district that is responsible for serving a child with a disability who resides within another school district.
(60) "Secondary school" means a nonprofit institutional day or residential school, including a secondary community school that provides secondary education, as determined under state law, except that it does not include any education beyond grade twelve.
(61) "Services plan" means a written statement that describes the special education and related services the school district will provide to a parentally placed child with a disability enrolled in a nonpublic school who has been designated to receive services, including the location of the services and any transportation necessary, consistent with rule 3301-51-08 of the Administrative Code, and is developed and implemented in accordance with rule 3301-51-08 of the Administrative Code.
(62) Special education:
(a) General.
(i) "Special education" means specially designed instruction, at no cost to the parents, to meet the unique needs of a child with a disability, including:
(a) Instruction conducted in the classroom, in the home, in hospitals and institutions, and in other settings; and
(b) Instruction in physical education.
(ii) Special education includes each of the following, if the services otherwise meet the requirements of paragraph (B)(62)(a)(i) of this rule:
(a) Speech-language pathology services, or any other related service, if the IEP team considers the service special education rather than a related service under state standards;
(b) Travel training; and
(c) Vocational education.
(b) Individual special education terms defined. The terms in this rule are defined as follows:
(i) "At no cost" means that all specially-designed instruction is provided without charge, but does not preclude incidental fees that are normally charged to non disabled students or their parents as a part of the regular education program.
(ii) "Physical education" means:
(a) The development of:
(i) Physical and motor fitness;
(ii) Fundamental motor skills and patterns; and
(iii) Skills in aquatics, dance, and individual and group games and sports (including intramural and lifetime sports); and
(b) Includes special physical education, adapted physical education, movement education, and motor development.
(iii) "Specially designed instruction" means adapting, as appropriate to the needs of an eligible child under this rule, the content, methodology, or delivery of instruction:
(a) To address the unique needs of the child that result from the child's disability; and
(b) To ensure access of the child to the general curriculum, so that the child can meet the educational standards within the jurisdiction of the school district that apply to all children.
(iv) "Travel training" means providing instruction, as appropriate, to children with significant cognitive (intellectual) disabilities, and any other children with disabilities who require this instruction, to enable them to:
(a) Develop an awareness of the environment in which they live; and
(b) Learn the skills necessary to move effectively and safely from place to place within that environment (e.g., in school, in the home, at work, and in the community).
(v) "Vocational education" means organized educational programs that are directly related to the preparation of individuals for paid or unpaid employment, or for additional preparation for a career not requiring a baccalaureate or advanced degree.
(63) "Supervisory and coordinator services" includes providing information and explanation to all personnel who provide special education and related services to children with disabilities regarding state and federal laws, recommended practice, and other topics essential for the delivery of services to children with disabilities; helping school district personnel evaluate the effectiveness of special education and related services; and providing in-service education to parents and personnel involved in educating children with disabilities. Supervisory personnel as required by paragraph (D)(2) of rule 3301-24-05 of the Administrative Code and in compliance with each educational agency's approved board policies.
(64) "State residential school" means publicly funded residential educational services that are provided under the supervision of the Ohio department of education, including the Ohio school for the deaf and the Ohio state school for the blind.
(65) "Supplementary aids and services" means aids, services, and other supports that are provided in regular education classes, other education-related settings, and in extracurricular and nonacademic settings, to enable children with disabilities to be educated with non disabled children to the maximum extent appropriate in accordance with the requirements for least restrictive environment in rule 3301-51-09 of the Administrative Code.
(66) "Surrogate Parent" means a trained individual (see division (C)(5) of section 3310.51 of the Revised Code and rule 3301-51-01 of the Administrative Code) who acts in the place of the parent (as defined in Ohio Revised Code or Ohio Administrative Code) to make educational decisions on behalf of children who are or may be eligible for special education services under the Individuals with Disabilities Education Act (IDEA) in all matters relating to the identification, evaluation, educational placement, and provision of a free appropriate public education (FAPE).
(67) "Textbook" means textbooks, including related core instructional material, available for purchase by a school board, including new editions to a series or volume of that textbook.
(68) "Transition from Part C early intervention services" means the transition of children from the Part C programs to preschool programs as specified in rule 3301-51-11 of the Administrative Code.
(69) "Transition services":
(a) Means a coordinated set of activities for a child with a disability that:
(i) Is designed to be within a results-oriented process, that is focused on improving the academic and functional achievement of the child with a disability to facilitate the child's movement from school to post-school activities, including postsecondary education, vocational education, integrated employment (including supported employment), continuing and adult education, adult services, independent living, or community participation;
(ii) Is based on the individual child's needs, taking into account the child's strengths, preferences, and interests; and includes:
(a) Instruction;
(b) Related services;
(c) Community experiences;
(d) The development of employment in an integrated competitive environment and other post-school adult living objectives; and
(e) When assessment data supports a need, acquisition of daily living skills and provision of a functional vocational evaluation.
(b) Shall be provided by individuals who have the competencies, experiences, and training to meet the individual student's transition services needs. Individuals coordinating transition shall either:
(i) Obtain the transition to work endorsement; or
(ii) Possess the skills and knowledge to:
(a) Facilitate a planning process among multiple agencies, students and families to support a student's secondary transition process;
(b) Plan for the collection, sharing and utilization of student's transition data that is relevant to the student's post school outcomes, environment and support needs;
(c) Communicate a student's individual transition plan to students, families, educators and agencies;
(d) Coordinate the implementation research based practices that lead to effective postsecondary transition services and outcomes;
(e) Utilize methods to engage students and families in the secondary transition process;
(f) Assist in the coordination of referral process from school to adult services systems;
(g) Link appropriate course of study and instruction strategies to secondary transition related goals; and
(h) Create strategies that support the career development pathways of students with disabilities leading to career and college readiness.
(c) Transition services for children with disabilities may be special education, if provided as specially designed instruction, or a related service, if required to assist a child with a disability to benefit from special education.
(d) Competitive environment means competitive employment in an integrated setting.
(e) Competitive integrated employment as defined by 34 CFR 361(c)(9), means work that:
(i) In the competitive labor market that is performed on a full-time or part-time basis in an integrated setting; and
(ii) For which an individual is compensated at or above the minimum wage, but not less than the customary wage and level of benefits paid by the employer for the same or similar work performed by individuals who are not disabled.
(f) Integrated setting as defined by 34 CFR 361.5(33)(ii) and used in the context of employment outcomes, means a setting typically found in the community in which applicants or eligible individuals interact with non-disabled individuals, other than non-disabled individuals who are providing services to those applicants or eligible individuals, to the same extent that non-disabled individuals in a comparable positions interact with other persons.
(70) "Universal design" has the meaning given the term in Section 3 of the Assistive Technology Act of 1998, as amended and specified in the Assistive Technology Act of 2004, October 2004, 29 U.S.C. 3002.
(71) "Ward of the state" means a child who, as determined by the state where the child resides, is:
(a) A foster child;
(b) A ward of the state; or
(c) In the custody of a public child welfare agency.
Last updated December 1, 2023 at 9:33 AM
History
- Effective: December 1, 2023
- Promulgated Under: 119.03
Ohio Adm.Code 3301-51-11
(A) Except as otherwise specified in this rule, the definitions in rule 3301-51-01 of the Administrative Code apply to this rule and to preschool special education.
(1) Definitions
(a) "Co-taught class" means a class operated by a public school, educational service center, or county board of developmental disabilities that is taught by two licensed teachers: one licensed general education teacher and one licensed intervention specialist.
(i) Both teachers are assigned to the classroom for the full duration of each class session.
(ii) All children in the co-taught class are on the general education teacher's roster, and the children with disabilities are also counted in the intervention specialist's caseload.
(iii) A maximum of eight children with disabilities (i.e., children with IEPs) are enrolled in the class; the department may grant a waiver (on a case-by-case basis) for additional children with disabilities to be enrolled in a co-taught class.
(iv) The class must have more children without disabilities enrolled than children with disabilities.
(v) The co-taught class shall be considered a general education class for program licensing purposes.
(b) "Full-day class session" means a class session of four or more hours.
(c) "Half-day class session" means a class session of fewer than four hours.
(d) "Itinerant services" for a preschool child who is eligible for special education services means services provided by intervention specialists or related services personnel which occur in the setting where the child, the child and parent(s), or the child and caregiver are located.
(e) "Kindergarten age eligible" means the child is age eligible pursuant to section 3321.01 of the Revised Code in his or her school district of residence.
(f) "Public school preschool special education class" means a class in which the lead teacher is qualified to teach preschool special education according to rule 3301-37-04 of the Administrative Code, the lead teacher is responsible for specially designed instruction for one or more children with IEPs enrolled in the class, and at least fifty-one per cent of the students enrolled in the class are children with disabilities.
(g) "Regular early childhood setting" means any of the following educational settings in which fifty per cent or less of the students are children with disabilities:
(i) Public school preschool general education class, as defined in this rule;
"Public school preschool general education class" means a class that meets all of the following criteria:
(a) Operated by a public school (including community schools), educational service center, or county board of developmental disabilities;
(b) Taught by a general education teacher or dual-licensed teacher who meets the lead teacher qualifications for a preschool general education class according to rule 3301-37-04 of the Administrative Code;
(c) Includes instruction in the general education curriculum aligned to Ohio's Early Learning and Development Standards;
(d) The lead teacher of a public school preschool general education class shall not serve as the intervention specialist of record or IEP case manager for any children with disabilities (i.e., children with IEPs), even if the individual holds appropriate licensure for those roles;
(e) A maximum of eight children with disabilities (i.e., children with IEPs) enrolled in a public school preschool general education class that is taught by a general education teacher who meets the lead qualifications outlined in paragraph (A)(1)(a)(ii) of this rule, and the class must be made up of fifty per cent or fewer children with disabilities enrolled than children without disabilities; the department may grant a waiver (on a case-by-case basis) for additional children with disabilities to be enrolled.
(ii) Public school preschool integrated class, as defined in this rule:
"Public school preschool integrated class" means a class that meets all of the following criteria:
(a) Operated by a public school (including community schools), educational service center, or county board of developmental disabilities;
(b) Taught by a general education teacher or dual-licensed teacher who meets the lead teacher qualifications for a preschool special education class according with rule 3301-37-04 of the Administrative Code;
(c) Fifty per cent or fewer of the students in the class are children with disabilities; and
(d) The lead teacher of a public school preschool integrated class may serve as the intervention specialist of record or IEP case manager for any children with disabilities (i.e., children with IEPs) enrolled in the public school preschool integrated class, if the individual holds the appropriate licensure.
(iii) Non-public school preschool program, as defined in this rule; or
"Non-public school preschool program" means a program that meets all of the following:
(a) A chartered nonpublic school licensed by the Ohio department of education or a program licensed by the Ohio department of job and family services (e.g., head start or community child care program licensed by ODJFS); and
(b) A program having a three-, four-, or five-star rating in "Step Up to Quality" (SUTQ) in accordance with H. B. 49 (see section 265.2, 132nd General Assembly) and H. B. 64 (see section 263.20, 131st General Assembly). The ratings of each program shall be determined in accordance with rule 5101:2-17-01 of the Administrative Code.
(iv) Head start preschool program, as defined in 45 CFR 1305.2.
All references to the term "regular education" used in the federal regulations at 34 C.F.R. part 300 shall have the same meaning as this definition
(h) "Service provider location" means the child travels to the service provider's location to receive IEP services (e.g., when a child receives speech therapy in the speech therapist's office in the school building).
(i) "Support for school personnel services" may include modeling specially designed instruction, preparing materials for use by others, co-planning instruction or interventions, coaching, or otherwise consulting with a family member, caretaker, general education teacher, intervention specialist, related services personnel, paraprofessional, or other person who provides care, education, or related services to the child.
(B) Except as otherwise specified in this rule, all preschool programs are required to comply with Chapter 3301-37 of the Administrative Code, child day-care programs.
(C) Free appropriate public education. A school district who provides preschool special education shall comply with rule 3301-51-02 of the Administrative Code.
(D) Child find. A school district who provides preschool special education shall comply with rule 3301-51-03 of the Administrative Code, except as otherwise specified in this paragraph.
(1) A school district may choose to use the term "developmental delay" under the following conditions, as defined in rules 3301-51-01 and 3301-51-03 of the Administrative Code, for children who are experiencing developmental delays and who, by reason thereof, need special education and related services:
(a) The applicability of the term shall be based upon the individual needs of the child as determined by the evaluation team or the IEP team and other qualified professionals;
(b) In addition to the assessments required in paragraph (G)(1) of this rule, results of appropriate diagnostic instruments and procedures may also be used to help make the determination that a child has a "developmental delay." A developmental delay may be substantiated by a delay of two standard deviations below the mean in one or more of the areas of development or 1.5 standard deviations below the mean in two or more of the areas of development listed in paragraph (D)(1)(c) of this rule. The results shall not be used as the sole factor in making the determination that a child has a developmental delay.
(c) "Developmental delay" means a child who is experiencing a delay as determined by an evaluation team, IEP team, and other qualified professionals in one or more of the following areas of development:
(i) Physical development;
(ii) Cognitive development;
(iii) Communication development;
(iv) Social or emotional development; or
(v) Adaptive development.
(2) Interagency agreements
Each school district shall annually review interagency agreements with all partners to ensure a free appropriate public education (FAPE) is provided to all preschool children who are eligible for special education services between the ages of three through five residing in the school district. At a minimum, agreements with the following partners are required:
(a) "Head Start" programs within the school district's service delivery area that provide for:
(i) Service coordination for preschool children who are eligible for special education services, three through five years of age, in a manner consistent with the state interagency agreement for service coordination with "Head Start"; and
(ii) Transition of children eligible for special education and related services as a preschool child at age three.
(b) The county agency responsible for "Part C Early Intervention" delivery system that provides for the transition of children from Early Intervention services to preschool special education and related services at age three in a manner consistent with the state interagency agreement for service coordination with "Head Start." The agreement must include, but is not limited to, the following requirements:
(i) A process by which strategies are evaluated for effectiveness and appropriate revisions to the agreement are made;
(ii) A process by which "Early Intervention" refers any child who is forty-five days or fewer from his or her third birthday and is suspected of having a disability. A child referred to the district forty-five days or fewer from his or her third birthday must have an evaluation completed within sixty days of parental consent for evaluation, but an individualized education program (IEP) is not required by his or her third birthday;
(iii) Shared responsibilities for evaluating any child suspected of having a disability referred to "Early Intervention" at least forty-six days before his or her third birthday but not more than ninety days before his or her third birthday;
(iv) Shared responsibilities for child find, including locating, evaluating, and identifying children with disabilities birth through age five; and
(v) Timelines and processes for sharing information about any child who may be transitioning as a preschool child eligible for special education services from "Early Intervention" services to special education and related services.
(c) Agencies within the school district's service delivery area providing special education services (e.g. county boards of developmental disabilities, education service centers) for identification, service delivery, and funding to adequately serve preschool children who are eligible for special education services three through five years of age. The agreement must include, but is not limited to, the following requirements:
(i) A process by which strategies are evaluated for effectiveness and appropriate revisions to the agreement are made;
(ii) Shared responsibilities for evaluating any child suspected of having a disability;
(iii) Shared responsibilities for child find, including locating, evaluating, and identifying children with disabilities; and
(iv) Timelines and processes for sharing information about any child who may be transitioning as a preschool child into special education services.
(3) Transition from "Part C Early Intervention"
Each school district is responsible for the following activities related to transition for a child receiving Early Intervention services under part C of the Individuals with Disabilities Education Act, as amended by the Individuals with Disabilities Education Improvement Act of 2004, December 2004 (IDEA):
(a) If invited by a representative of the part C system, a school district representative shall attend a conference to discuss transition from "Early Intervention" services to preschool.
(i) The school district shall not delay or refuse participation in the transition conference because of residency disputes or the absence of a birth certificate. A school district may use the thirty days following the transition conference to confirm residency and gather other enrollment documentation, or document attempts to gather such evidence.
(ii) The transition conference may occur up to nine months before a child's third birthday.
(iii) The school district shall document participation in the conference.
(b) The date of referral to the school district shall be the earliest of the following:
(i) One hundred fifty days prior to the child's third birthday, if the transition planning conference or notification from part C occurs more than one hundred fifty days prior to the child's third birthday; or
(ii) The date the part C representative first notifies the school district about the child, if this date is within one hundred fifty days prior to the child's third birthday; or
(iii) The date of the transition planning conference, if the transition planning conference occurs within one hundred fifty days prior to the child's third birthday.
(c) At the parent's request, the school district shall invite the part C service coordinator to the initial IEP meeting.
(d) If a child is eligible for special education and related services as a preschool child, the school district shall work with the family to ensure an IEP is in place and implemented by the child's third birthday. If the child's third birthday occurs during the regular school year, services must begin by the child's third birthday.
(e) The IEP team must consider extended school year services as part of the IEP process for children transition from part C services. A school district shall not require any child to have previous school experience to receive extended school year services. Based upon data available from the part C system, the IEP team shall determine if extended school year services are required as outlined in rule 3301-51-02 of the Administrative Code.
(f) A school district determined by the Ohio department of education to be noncompliant with the transition timeline to have an IEP in place by an eligible child's third birthday:
(i) Shall develop a corrective action plan in addition to the interagency agreement. The corrective action plan must include the signature of a representative of the agency responsible for "Part C Early Intervention" services; and
(ii) May have funds reduced or terminated by the Ohio department of education.
(E) Confidentiality. A school district who provides preschool special education shall comply with rule 3301-51-04 of the Administrative Code.
(F) Procedural safeguards. A school district who provides preschool special education shall comply with rule 3301-51-05 of the Administrative Code.
(G) Evaluations. A school district who provides preschool special education shall comply with rule 3301-51-06 of the Administrative Code, except as otherwise specified in this paragraph.
(1) Eligibility. Sufficient information shall be obtained using a variety of information sources to confirm that a disability exists. Eligibility for special education and related services as a preschool child shall be determined on the basis of multiple sources of information, including, but not limited to:
(a) Data from part C for children transitioning from early intervention services and information from any current community or preschool program providers;
(b) Observations in more than one setting and in multiple activities shall be conducted after obtaining parental consent for such observations;
(c) Information provided by the parent or caregiver;
(d) Results of at least one criterion-referenced assessment; and
(e) Results of at least one norm-referenced assessment.
(2) Based on the variety of sources of information listed in paragraphs (G)(1)(a) to (G)(1)(e) of this rule, a group of qualified professionals and the parent of the child shall determine if the child has a disability and is eligible for special education and related services as a preschool child.
At a minimum, the group of qualified professionals must include two or more representatives of the school district who collectively meet the following requirements:
(a) Qualified to provide or supervise the provision of specially designed instruction to meet the unique needs of the child;
(b) Qualified to provide or supervise the provision of instruction in the preschool general education curriculum;
(c) Authorized to make decisions about the use of school district resources for special education and related services; and
(d) Qualified to interpret the instructional implications of evaluation results.
(3) A school district must ensure that sufficient resources are available to conduct evaluations during the summer months and meet the timelines described in rule 3301-51-06 of the Administrative Code.
(4) A preschool child eligible for special education services shall be at least age three and not age six, with the following exception:
(a) A child younger than three years of age may be eligible if the child will be three by October thirty-one of the current calendar year, and the child will receive special education and related services beginning the first day of the school year, unless an alternative start date is determined by the IEP team, which must include the child's parent.
(b) A child who is age eligible for kindergarten, but not compulsory school age, may remain in preschool special education through the completion of the school year despite turning six under the following conditions:
School-age services must be considered during the IEP process for a child who will be age eligible for kindergarten in the following school year;
(H) Individualized education program (IEP). A school district who provides preschool special education shall comply with rule 3301-51-07 of the Administrative Code.
(I) Parentally placed nonpublic school children. A school district who provides preschool special education shall comply with rule 3301-51-08 of the Administrative Code. Nothing in this section is intended to change the circumstances under which a district is or is not required to pay for the cost of FAPE pursuant to paragraph (B)(8) of rule 3301- 51-08 of the Administrative Code.
(J) Delivery of services/least restrictive environment. A school district who provides preschool special education shall comply with 34 C.F.R. 300.114 to 300.118 and rule 3301-51-09 of the Administrative Code.
(1) In ensuring that a continuum of alternative placements is available to meet the needs of children with disabilities for special education and related services, a school district shall annually prepare, post publicly, and make available to parents during the evaluation process; a list of the available preschool education service options in the community. This list shall not be limited to service providers within the geographic boundaries of the district but shall include providers outside the limits of the school district boundaries that may be more easily accessible to children with disabilities living within the boundaries of the school district. This list shall inform the discussions and decision on the appropriate placement of each child with a disability.
(2) In considering appropriate placement options consistent with the requirement to service students in the least restrictive environment, the IEP teams shall consider available options:
(a) A public school preschool general education class or a non-public school preschool program in which no more than eight children with disabilities are enrolled,
(b) A regular early childhood education setting in which fifty per cent or fewer of the students are children with disabilities,
(c) A public school preschool integrated class in which fifty per cent or fewer of the students are children with disabilities,
(d) A public school preschool special education class in which more than fifty per cent of the students are children with disabilities,
(e) A special school,
(f) A home or service provider location.
(3) The placement decision made annually by the IEP team, which includes the parents, shall include consideration of the child being educated in the school that he or she would have attended if nondisabled. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the IEP can require a different placement if it is determined that there would be a potential harmful effect on the child or on the quality of services that he or she needs. This determination could result in the child staying in his or her current class or program, as the case may be.
(4) A child who already participates in a regular early childhood setting when identified as a child with a disability shall remain in the program in which the child is enrolled unless the IEP team determines that it is unable to serve the child consistent with the provisions in paragraph (J)(3) of this rule. A child with a disability shall not be removed from education in age-appropriate regular classrooms solely because of needed modifications in the general education curriculum. Removing a child from his/her general education setting (such as, regular routines or activities) or removing a child from nondisabled peers to provide specially designed instruction and/or related services requires individualized justification within the child's IEP.
Nothing in this rule shall restrict an IEP team from placing a child in a non-public preschool environment which does not have a three-, four- or five-star rating in the "Step Up to Quality Program" if the IEP team, which must include the parent, determines the placement is in the best interest of the child.
(5) Preschool services.
(a) When determining services, the school district shall consider the requirements in rule 3301-51-09 of the Administrative Code and the following factors:
(i) The child's ability to participate and progress in the general early childhood curriculum;
(ii) The child's socialization needs; and
(iii) The child's educational and developmental progress.
(b) Unless otherwise specified by the IEP team, services shall be provided for all preschool children eligible for special education services in accordance with the following:
(i) A child served in the home or service provider location must be provided a minimum of one hour of instruction per week in the general education curriculum that includes specially designed instruction; or
(ii) From the effective date of this rule children served in any setting other than home or service provider location must be provided a minimum of three hundred sixty hours of programming per year, which must include instruction in the general education curriculum, and a minimum of one hour of specially designed instruction or related services per week, or a combination of specially designed instruction and related services; and
(iii) For all preschool children receiving special educations services "support for school personnel services" must be considered during each IEP meeting.
(c) A child with a visual and/or hearing impairment who receives services in a non-categorical classroom shall have a minimum of support for school personnel services provided by an intervention specialist licensed in the area for the child's sensory impairment(s) (e.g, PK-12 "Intervention Specialist for Hearing Impaired").
(6) Measuring child progress.
A school district shall measure a child's progress using multiple sources of information. Information must be obtained across multiple settings, representing a variety of interactions and input from parents and staff involved with the child.
(a) Information shall be analyzed to evaluate the conditions under which desired behaviors occur and if the desired behavior is not demonstrated, an analysis of contributing factors shall be conducted and changes in the environment, curriculum, and instruction shall be considered.
(b) Information on a child's progress shall be reported in the manner prescribed by the Ohio department of education.
(7) Preschool personnel qualifications.
Personnel providing preschool services shall be appropriately credentialed as defined by Chapter 3301-24 of the Administrative Code.
Intervention specialists who are assigned to categorical preschool classrooms for children with visual or hearing impairments must have the appropriate license required for the categorical area.
(8) Preschool supervisory services.
Each school district shall designate a qualified individual to ensure preschool special education services are provided in accordance with all applicable rules, regulations, and laws. The designated individual shall be responsible for the following:
(a) Ensuring the development and implementation of an interagency agreement as outlined in paragraph (D)(2) of this rule.
(b) Providing assistance to early childhood personnel in the provision of developmentally and exceptionality appropriate practices for preschool children who are eligible for special education services;
(c) Ensuring compliance with licensing requirements pursuant to section 3301.58 of the Revised Code;
(d) Facilitating the provision of comprehensive early childhood delivery systems for young children with disabilities including the integration of education, health, social services, and parent education components.
(e) Participating in the development and evaluation of professional development plans and induction programs that apply to early childhood personnel pursuant to rule 3301-24-06 of the Administrative Code and section 3319.223 of the Revised Code;
(f) Participating in the "Step Up to Quality" program established pursuant to section 5104.29 of the Revised Code and maintaining a status of three-, four-, or five-stars;
(g) Assisting with the implementation and evaluation of state standards that apply to early childhood programs;
(h) Collaborating with early childhood providers including "Head Start" programs, "Part C Early Intervention" providers, county boards of developmental disabilities, local family and children first councils, community childcare programs, and community preschools to ensure continuity of care for dual enrolled children and the availability of a full "Least Restrictive Environment" continuum;
(i) Collaborating with the regional state support team in the provision of training and technical assistance responsive to the needs of preschool special education staff; and
(j) Collaborating with the Ohio department of education, office of early learning and school readiness, as appropriate.
(9) Service provider workload determination for delivery of services.
In addition to caseload requirements, school districts must consider the overall workload of each staff member in accordance with rule 3301-51-09 and the licensing ratio requirements for preschool programs defined in rule 3301-37-04 of the Administrative Code.
(a) A full-time early childhood intervention specialist shall be provided when there are eight full-day or sixteen half-day children served on IEPs enrolled in a public school preschool special education class.
(b) An intervention specialist classroom teacher responsible for eight or more half-day class sessions (e.g., four morning and four afternoon sessions per week), or four full-day class sessions shall not carry an additional itinerant caseload;
(c) An intervention specialist classroom teacher responsible for up to five half-day class sessions (e.g., five morning sessions per week) or up to three full-day class sessions, may serve up to eight additional children on an itinerant caseload;
(d) An intervention specialist classroom teacher responsible for six or seven half-day class sessions (e.g., three morning and four afternoon sessions per week), may serve up to four additional children on an itinerant caseload;
(e) An itinerant intervention specialist at one FTE shall serve no more than twenty eligible preschool children; and
(f) A preschool attendant at one FTE shall have a caseload of no more than three eligible preschool children.
(g) The department may grant a waiver (on a case-by-case basis) to the itinerant caseload requirements in paragraphs (J)(9)(c) to (J)(9)(e) in this rule for an intervention specialist to serve additional children with disabilities.
(h) Staff serving preschool and school age children with disabilities will have FTE apportioned on the basis of the number of children served in each age category and the percentages totaling one hundred per cent.
(K) Transportation of children with disabilities. Rule 3301-51-10 of the Administrative Code applies to preschool special education. Transportation shall be listed as a related service on a preschooler's IEP if the IEP team determines that transportation is required for the child to access FAPE and benefit from special education.
Last updated December 1, 2023 at 9:34 AM
History
- Effective: December 1, 2023
- Promulgated Under: 119.03
Ohio Adm.Code 3301-51-06
(A) General
(1) Children with disabilities must be evaluated in accordance with this rule.
(2) Each educational agency shall adopt and implement written policies and procedures, approved by the Ohio department of education, office for exceptional children, to ensure that a referral process is employed to determine whether or not a child is a child with a disability. The school district of residence shall ensure that initial evaluations are conducted and that reevaluations are completed.
(3) Consistent with rule 3301-35-06 of the Administrative Code, each educational agency shall provide interventions to resolve concerns for any preschool or school-age child who is performing below grade-level standards.
(4) An educational agency may not use interventions to unnecessarily delay an evaluation to determine a child's eligibility for special education services. If such interventions have not been implemented prior to referral for evaluation, appropriate interventions shall be implemented during the same sixty calendar day time frame during which the educational agency conducts a full and individual evaluation.
(5) Each educational agency shall use data from interventions to determine eligibility for special education services, appropriate instructional practices, and access to the general curriculum. In the case of a preschool-age child, data collected through interventions is part of the differentiated referral process.
(B) Initial evaluations
(1) General
Each school district of residence must conduct a full and individual initial evaluation, in accordance with this rule, before the initial provision of special education and related services under Part B of the Individuals with Disabilities Education Act, as amended by the Individuals with Disabilities Education Improvement Act of 2004, December 2004 (IDEA) to a child with a disability residing in the school district.
(2) Request for initial evaluation
Consistent with the consent requirements in rule 3301-51-05 of the Administrative Code, either a parent of a child or a public agency may initiate a request for an initial evaluation to determine if the child is a child with a disability.
(3) A school district will, within thirty calendar days of receipt of a request for an evaluation from either a parent of a child or a public agency, either obtain parental consent for an initial evaluation or provide to the parents prior written notice stating that the school district does not suspect a disability and will not be conducting an evaluation.
(4) Procedures for initial evaluation
The initial evaluation:
(a) Must be conducted within sixty days of receiving parental consent for the evaluation; and
(b) Must consist of procedures:
(i) To determine if the child is a child with a disability as defined in paragraph (B)(10) of rule 3301-51-01 of the Administrative Code; and
(ii) To determine the educational needs of the child.
(5) Exception
The time frame described in paragraph (B)(4)(a) of this rule does not apply to a school district if:
(a) The parent of a child repeatedly fails or refuses to produce the child for the evaluation; or
(b) A child enrolls in a new school district of residence after the relevant time frame in paragraph (B)(4)(a) of this rule has begun, and prior to a determination by the child's previous school district of residence as to whether the child is a child with a disability as defined in paragraph (B)(10) of rule 3301-51-01 of the Administrative Code.
(6) The exception in paragraph (B)(5)(b) of this rule applies only if the subsequent school district of residence is making sufficient progress to ensure a prompt completion of the evaluation, and the parent and subsequent school district agree to a specific time when the evaluation will be completed.
(C) Screening for instructional purposes is not evaluation
The screening of a child by a teacher or specialist to determine appropriate instructional strategies for curriculum implementation shall not be considered to be an evaluation for eligibility for special education and related services.
(D) Reevaluations
(1) General
A school district of residence must ensure that a reevaluation of each child with a disability is conducted in accordance with paragraphs (E) to (I) of this rule:
(a) If the educational agency determines that the educational or related services needs, including improved academic achievement and functional performance, of the child warrant a reevaluation; or
(b) If the child's parent or teacher requests a reevaluation; or
(c) In order to make a change in disability category.
(2) Limitation
A reevaluation conducted under paragraph (D)(1) of this rule:
(a) May occur not more than once a year, unless the parent and the school district agree otherwise; and
(b) Must occur at least once every three years, unless the parent and the school district agree that a reevaluation is unnecessary.
(3) Evaluations for children who transfer educational agencies in the same state:
(a) An educational agency has thirty days from the date the prior educational agency's evaluation was received to either:
(i) Accept the evaluation from the prior educational agency; or
(ii) Obtain consent for a reevaluation.
(b) Reevaluation under this paragraph must be conducted within sixty days of parent consent.
(E) Evaluation procedures
(1) Notice
The school district of residence must provide notice to the parents of a child with a disability, in accordance with rule 3301-51-05 of the Administrative Code, that describes any evaluation procedures the educational agency proposes to conduct.
(2) Conduct of evaluation
In conducting the evaluation, the educational agency must:
(a) Use a variety of assessment tools and strategies to gather relevant functional, developmental, and academic information about the child, including information provided by the parent, that may assist in determining:
(i) Whether the child is a child with a disability as defined in paragraph (B)(10) of rule 3301-51-01 of the Administrative Code; and
(ii) The content of the child's individualized education program (IEP), including information related to enabling the child to be involved in and progress in the general education curriculum (or for a preschool child to participate in appropriate activities);
(b) Not use any single source of information, such as a single measure or score, as the sole criterion for determining whether a child is a child with a disability and for determining an appropriate educational program for the child; and
(c) Use technically sound instruments that may assess the relative contribution of cognitive and behavioral factors, in addition to physical or developmental factors.
(3) Other evaluation procedures
Each educational agency must ensure that:
(a) Assessments and other evaluation materials used to assess a child under this rule:
(i) Are selected and administered so as not to be discriminatory on a racial or cultural basis;
(ii) Are provided and administered in the child's native language or other mode of communication and in the form most likely to yield accurate information about what the child knows and can do academically, developmentally, and functionally, unless it is clearly not feasible to so provide or administer;
(iii) Are used for the purposes for which the assessments or measures are valid and reliable;
(iv) Are administered by trained and knowledgeable personnel; and
(v) Are administered in accordance with any instructions provided by the producer of the assessments.
(b) Assessments and other evaluation materials include those tailored to assess specific areas of educational need and not merely those that are designed to provide a single general intelligence quotient.
(c) Assessments are selected and administered so as best to ensure that if an assessment is administered to a child with impaired sensory, manual, or speaking skills, the assessment results accurately reflect the child's aptitude or achievement level or whatever other factors the test purports to measure, rather than reflecting the child's impaired sensory, manual, or speaking skills (unless those skills are the factors that the test purports to measure).
(d) The child is assessed in all areas related to the suspected disability, including, if appropriate, health, vision, hearing, social and emotional status, general intelligence, academic performance, communicative status, and motor abilities;
(e) Assessments of children with disabilities who transfer from one educational agency to another educational agency in the same school year are coordinated with those children's prior and subsequent schools, as necessary and as expeditiously as possible, consistent with paragraphs (B)(5)(b) and (B)(6) of this rule, to ensure prompt completion of full evaluations.
(f) In evaluating each child with a disability under paragraphs (E) to (G) of this rule, the evaluation is sufficiently comprehensive to identify all of the child's special education and related services needs, whether or not commonly linked to the disability category in which the child has been classified.
(g) Assessment tools and strategies that provide relevant information that directly assists persons in determining the educational needs of the child are provided.
(h) Medical consultation, as appropriate, for a preschool or school-age child on a continuing basis, especially when school authorities feel that there has been a change in the child's behavior or educational functioning or when new symptoms are detected; and
(i) For preschool-age children, as appropriate, the evaluation shall include the following specialized assessments:
(i) Physical examination which is completed by a licensed doctor of medicine or doctor of osteopathy in cases where the disability is primarily the result of a congenital or acquired physical disability;
(ii) Vision examination which is conducted by an eye care specialist in cases where the disability is primarily the result of a visual impairment; and
(iii) An audiological examination which is completed by a certified or licensed audiologist in cases where the disability is primarily the result of a hearing impairment.
(F) Additional requirements for evaluations and reevaluations
(1) Review of existing evaluation data
As part of an initial evaluation, and as part of any reevaluation under this rule, the evaluation team shall develop an evaluation plan that will provide for the following and be summarized in an evaluation team report:
(a) Review existing evaluation data on the child, including:
(i) Evaluations and information provided by the parents of the child;
(ii) Current classroom-based, local, or state assessments, and classroom-based observations;
(iii) Observations by teachers and related services providers;
(iv) Data about the child's progress in the general curriculum or, for the preschool-age child, data pertaining to the child's growth and development;
(v) Data from previous interventions, including:
(a) Interventions required by rule 3301-35-06 of the Administrative Code; and
(b) For the preschool child, data from early intervention, community or preschool program providers; and
(vi) Any relevant trend data beyond the past twelve months, including the review of current and previous IEPs; and
(b) On the basis of that review and input from the child's parents, identify what additional data, if any, are needed to determine:
(i) Whether the child is a child with a disability, as defined in rule 3301-51-01 of the Administrative Code, and the educational needs of the child; or
(ii) In case of a reevaluation of a child, whether the child continues to have such a disability, and the educational needs of the child;
(iii) The present levels of academic achievement and related developmental needs of the child;
(iv) Whether the child needs special education and related services; or
(v) In the case of a reevaluation of a child, whether the child continues to need special education and related services; and
(vi) Whether any additions or modifications to the special education and related services are needed to enable the child to meet the measurable annual goals set out in the IEP of the child and to participate, as appropriate, in the general education curriculum.
(2) Conduct of review
The group described in paragraph (F)(1) of this rule may conduct its review without a meeting.
(3) Source of data
The educational agency must administer such assessments and other evaluation measures as may be needed to produce the data identified under paragraph (F)(1) of this rule.
(4) Requirements if additional data are not needed
(a) If the evaluation team or the individualized education program team, as appropriate, determine that no additional data are needed to determine whether the child continues to be a child with a disability and to determine the child's educational needs, the educational agency must notify the child's parents of:
(i) That determination and the reasons for the determination; and
(ii) The right of the parents to request an assessment to determine whether the child continues to be a child with a disability and to determine the child's educational needs.
(b) The educational agency is not required to conduct the assessment described in paragraph (F)(4)(a)(ii) of this rule unless requested to do so by the child's parents.
(5) Evaluations before change in eligibility
(a) Except as provided in paragraph (F)(5)(b) of this rule, an educational agency must evaluate a child with a disability in accordance with paragraphs (E) to (I) of this rule before determining that the child is no longer a child with a disability.
(b) The evaluation described in paragraph (F)(5)(a) of this rule is not required before the termination of a child's eligibility under this rule due to graduation from secondary school with a regular diploma or due to exceeding the age eligibility for a free appropriate public education (FAPE) under state law.
(c) For a child whose eligibility terminates under circumstances described in paragraph (F)(5)(b) of this rule, an educational agency must provide the child with a summary of the child's academic achievement and functional performance, which shall include recommendations on how to assist the child in meeting the child's postsecondary goals.
(G) Determination of eligibility
(1) General
Upon completion of the administration of assessments and other evaluation measures:
(a) A group of qualified professionals and the parent of the child determines whether the child is a child with a disability, as defined in rule 3301-51-01 of the Administrative Code, in accordance with paragraph (G)(2) of this rule and the educational needs of the child; and
(b) The educational agency provides a copy of the evaluation report and the documentation of determination of eligibility at no cost to the parent.
(i) The written evaluation team report shall include:
(a) A summary of information obtained during the evaluation process; and
(b) The names, titles and signatures of each team member, including the parent, and an indication of whether or not they are in agreement with the eligibility determination. Any team member who is not in agreement with the team's determination of disability shall submit a statement of disagreement.
(ii) The educational agency must provide a copy of the evaluation team report and the documentation of determination of eligibility or continued eligibility to the parents prior to the next individualized education program meeting and in no case later than fourteen days from the date of eligibility determination.
(2) Special rule for eligibility determination
A child must not be determined to be a child with a disability under this rule:
(a) If the determinant factor for that determination is:
(i) Lack of appropriate instruction in reading, including the essential components of reading instruction as defined in Section 1208(3) of the Elementary and Secondary Education Act of 1965, as amended and specified in the No Child Left Behind Act of 2001, January 2002, 20 U.S.C. 6301 (ESEA);
(ii) Lack of appropriate instruction in math; or
(iii) Limited English proficiency; and
(b) If the child does not otherwise meet the eligibility criteria under paragraph (B)(10) of rule 3301-51-01 of the Administrative Code.
(3) Procedures for determining eligibility and educational need
(a) In interpreting evaluation data for the purpose of determining if a child is a child with a disability as defined in paragraph (B)(10) of rule 3301-51-01 of the Administrative Code, and the educational needs of the child, each educational agency must:
(i) Draw upon information from a variety of sources, including aptitude and achievement tests, state and districtwide assessments, parent input, and teacher recommendations, as well as information about the child's physical condition, social or cultural background, and adaptive behavior; and
(ii) Ensure that information obtained from all of these sources is documented and carefully considered.
(b) If a determination is made that a child has a disability and needs special education and related services, an IEP must be developed for the child in accordance with rule 3301-51-07 of the Administrative Code.
(H) Additional procedures for identifying children with specific learning disabilities
(1) Specific learning disabilities
(a) General
The Ohio department of education adopts in this rule, criteria for determining whether a child has a specific learning disability as defined in paragraph (B)(10)(d)(x) of rule 3301-51-01 of the Administrative Code. The criteria adopted by the state in this rule:
(i) Do not require the use of a severe discrepancy between intellectual ability and achievement for determining whether a child has a specific learning disability, as defined in paragraph (B)(10)(d)(x) of rule 3301-51-01 of the Administrative Code;
(ii) Permit the use of a process based on the child's response to scientific, research-based intervention; and
(iii) Permit the use of other alternative research-based procedures for determining whether a child has a specific learning disability as defined in paragraph (B)(10)(d)(x) of rule 3301-51-01 of the Administrative Code.
(b) Consistency with state criteria
An educational agency must use the state criteria adopted in this rule pursuant to paragraph (H)(1) of this rule in determining whether a child has a specific learning disability.
(2) Additional group members
The determination of whether a child suspected of having a specific learning disability is a child with a disability, as defined in rule 3301-51-01 of the Administrative Code, must be made by the child's parents and a team of qualified professionals which must include:
(a) The child's regular teacher; or
(b) If the child does not have a regular teacher, a regular classroom teacher qualified to teach a child of the child's age; or
(c) For a child of less than school-age, an individual qualified by the Ohio department of education to teach a child of the child's age; and
(d) At least one person qualified to conduct individual diagnostic examinations of children, such as a school psychologist, speech-language pathologist, or remedial reading teacher.
(3) Determining the existence of a specific learning disability
(a) The group described in paragraph (G) of this rule may determine that a child has a specific learning disability, as defined in paragraph (B)(10)(d)(x) of rule 3301-51-01 of the Administrative Code, if:
(i) The child does not achieve adequately for the child's age or to meet state-approved grade-level standards in one or more of the following areas, when provided with learning experiences and instruction appropriate for the child's age or state-approved grade-level standards:
(a) Oral expression;
(b) Listening comprehension;
(c) Written expression;
(d) Basic reading skill;
(e) Reading fluency skills;
(f) Reading comprehension;
(g) Mathematics calculation; or
(h) Mathematics problem-solving.
(ii) The child does not make sufficient progress to meet age or state-approved grade-level standards in one or more of the areas identified in paragraph (H)(3)(a)(i) of this rule when using a process based on the child's response to scientific, research-based intervention; or
(iii) The child exhibits a pattern of strengths and weaknesses in performance, achievement, or both, relative to age, state-approved grade-level standards, or intellectual development, that is determined by the group to be relevant to the identification of a specific learning disability, using appropriate assessments, consistent with paragraphs (E) and (F) of this rule; and
(iv) The group determines that its findings under paragraphs (H)(3)(a)(i) to (H)(3)(a)(iii) of this rule are not primarily the result of:
(a) A visual, hearing, or motor disability;
(b) Intellectual disability;
(c) Emotional disturbance;
(d) Cultural factors;
(e) Environmental or economic disadvantage; or
(f) Limited English proficiency.
(b) To ensure that underachievement in a child suspected of having a specific learning disability is not due to lack of appropriate instruction in reading or math, the group must consider, as part of the evaluation described in paragraphs (E) to (G) of this rule:
(i) Data that demonstrate that prior to, or as a part of, the referral process, the child was provided appropriate instruction in regular education settings, delivered by qualified personnel; and
(ii) Data-based documentation of repeated assessments of achievement at reasonable intervals, reflecting formal assessment of student progress during instruction, which was provided to the child's parents.
(c) The educational agency must promptly request parental consent to evaluate the child to determine if the child needs special education and related services, and must adhere to the time frames described in paragraphs (B) and (D) of this rule, unless the time frames are extended by mutual written agreement of the child's parents and a group of qualified professionals, as described in paragraph (G)(1)(a) of this rule:
(i) If, prior to a referral, a child has not made adequate progress after an appropriate period of time when provided instruction, as described in paragraphs (H)(3)(b)(i) and (H)(3)(b)(ii) of this rule; and
(ii) Whenever a child is referred for an evaluation.
(d) An evaluation may, but is not required to, utilize a process based on the child's response to evidence-based intervention to determine whether a child has a specific learning disability. This process:
(i) Begins when sufficient data have been gathered and analyzed under conditions of targeted and intensive individualized intervention conditions, when there is evidence of an inadequate response to intervention on the part of the child, and the group determines that the child's needs are unlikely to be met without certain specialized instruction in addition to the regular classroom instruction;
(ii) Employs interventions that are evidence-based and provided at appropriate levels of intensity, frequency, duration, and integrity, relative to the child's identified needs;
(iii) Is based on results of evidence-based, technically adequate assessment procedures that assess ongoing progress while the child is receiving evidence-based instruction, and that have been reported to the child's parents;
(iv) Includes the analysis of data described in paragraphs (H)(3)(b)(i) and (H)(3)(b)(ii) of this rule to determine whether a disparity is present between actual and expected performance, in both the child's rate of progress in developing skills, and in the child's level of performance on measures assessing one or more of the academic areas listed in paragraph (H)(3)(a)(i) of this rule;
(v) May not be used to unnecessarily delay a child's being evaluated to determine eligibility for special education services.
(e) An educational agency may use evidence-based procedures for determining whether a child exhibits a pattern of strengths and weaknesses in performance, achievement, or both, relative to age, state-approved grade-level standards, or intellectual development, that is determined by the group to be relevant to the identification of a specific learning disability, if prior approval of the procedures has been granted by the Ohio department of education.
(f) The school district must develop written procedures for the implementation of any method used to determine the existence of a specific learning disability that, at a minimum, incorporate guidelines developed by the Ohio department of education and as specified in this rule.
(4) Observation
(a) The educational agency must ensure that the child is observed in the child's learning environment, including the regular classroom setting, to document the child's academic performance and behavior in the areas of difficulty.
(b) The group described in paragraph (G) of this rule, in determining whether a child has a specific learning disability, must decide to:
(i) Use information from an observation in routine classroom instruction and monitoring of the child's performance that was done before the child was referred for an evaluation; or
(ii) Have at least one member of the group described in paragraph (G) of this rule conduct an observation of the child's academic performance in the regular classroom after the child has been referred for an evaluation and parental consent, consistent with rule 3301-51-05 of the Administrative Code, is obtained.
(c) In the case of a child of less than school-age or out of school, a group member must observe the child in an environment appropriate for a child of that age.
(5) Specific documentation for the eligibility determination
(a) For a child suspected of having a specific learning disability, the documentation of the determination of eligibility, as required in paragraph (G)(1)(b) of this rule, must contain a statement of:
(i) Whether the child has a specific learning disability;
(ii) The basis for making the determination, including an assurance that the determination has been made in accordance with paragraph (G)(3)(a) of this rule;
(iii) The relevant behavior, if any, noted during the observation of the child and the relationship of that behavior to the child's academic functioning;
(iv) The educationally relevant medical findings, if any;
(v) Whether:
(a) The child does not achieve adequately for the child's age or to meet state-approved grade-level standards consistent with paragraph (H)(3)(a)(i) of this rule; and
(b) The child does not make sufficient progress to meet age or state-approved grade-level standards consistent with paragraph (H)(3)(a)(ii) of this rule; or
(c) The child exhibits a pattern of strengths and weaknesses in performance, achievement, or both, relative to age, state-approved grade-level standards or intellectual development consistent with paragraph (H)(3)(a)(iii) of this rule;
(vi) The determination of the group concerning the effects of a visual, hearing, or motor disability; intellectual disability; emotional disturbance; cultural factors; environmental or economic disadvantage; or limited English proficiency on the child's achievement level; and
(vii) If the child has participated in a process that assesses the child's response to scientific, research-based intervention:
(a) The instructional strategies used and the student-centered data collected; and
(b) The documentation that the child's parents were notified about:
(i) The state's policies regarding the amount and nature of student performance data that would be collected and the general education services that would be provided;
(ii) Strategies for increasing the child's rate of learning; and
(iii) The parents' right to request an evaluation.
(b) Each group member must certify in writing whether the report reflects the member's conclusion. If it does not reflect the member's conclusion, the group member must submit a separate statement presenting the member's conclusions.
(I) Additional procedures for identifying children with multiple disabilities
A group of qualified professionals and the parents of the child may determine the child has multiple disabilities if the child exhibits:
(1) A combination of two or more areas of disability as defined in rule 3301-51-01 of the Administrative Code, except for a combination that includes a specific learning disability; and
(2) A severe or profound deficit in communication or adaptive behavior documented through the use of individually administered standardized instruments which have been validated for the specific purpose of measuring communication or adaptive behavior.
Last updated December 1, 2023 at 9:34 AM
History
- Effective: December 1, 2023
- Promulgated Under: 119.03
Ohio Adm.Code 3301-35-02
(A) The board of education of a school district or the governing authority of a chartered nonpublic school, or the board's or authority's designee, shall, in consultation with stakeholders, develop and communicate the school district's or governing authority's vision, mission, guiding principles, priorities, and strategies for addressing stakeholder needs, especially those of students. To assure that the school district or school operates as a successful teaching and learning organization, the board, superintendent, treasurer, faculty, and staff should serve as positive role models, reinforce best practices and provide strong leadership. The board of education or the governing authority of a chartered nonpublic school shall be responsible for developing policies governing the school district or school operations and educational programs, which are consistent with applicable local, state, and federal law and regulations.
(B) For the proper governance, leadership, organization, administration, and supervision of a school district or school, a board of education of a school district or the governing authority of a chartered nonpublic school, or the board's or authority's designee, may, in consultation with stakeholders and after engaging in strategic planning, implement a strategic plan that guides the school district or school and key stakeholders in the ongoing measurement of school district or school performance to ensure continuous improvement is being made.
Last updated May 24, 2021 at 9:09 AM
History
- Effective: May 24, 2021
- Promulgated Under: 119.03
Ohio Adm.Code 3301-53-03 Excess cost charges for county boards of developmental disabilities for special education programs.
(A) As used in this rule, the following definitions apply:
(1) "Excess cost" means the per-pupil educational cost for educating nonresident school-age children incurred by the educating county board of developmental disabilities that is in excess of the per-pupil amount of resident children received by the county board of developmental disabilities under Chapter 3317. of the Revised Code.
(2) "Individualized education program" (IEP) means a written statement for a child with a disability that is developed and implemented in accordance with rule 3301-51-07 of the Administrative Code.
(3) "Certified excess cost" means the cost calculated under this rule approved by the Ohio department of education which is the maximum amount of money a county board of developmental disabilities may charge a public school district responsible for tuition of a nonresident child enrolled in a county board of developmental disabilities program.
(4) "County board" means a county board of developmental disabilities.
(5) "Related Services" as defined in rule 3301-51-01 of the Administrative Code.
(B) County boards may charge the school district responsible for tuition an amount of certified excess cost calculated under this rule when the following occurs:
(1) A school district within the territory served by the county board places or has placed a child with the county board for special education, but another district outside the territory served by the county board is responsible for tuition under Chapter 3313. of the Revised Code; and
(2) The child is not a resident of the territory served by the county board.
(C) Excess cost calculations shall be the actual cost per individual pupil for special education and related services that exceeds the amount received from state sources and transfers for such pupils. District submission and review of excess cost reimbursement requests are to be completed by the end of the fiscal year subsequent to when the expenses occurred.
(D) Payment of certified excess cost by the public school district shall be made directly to the educating county board.
(E) Excess cost calculations completed by a county board shall be based on the following and shall apply only to school-age programs:
(1) Expenditures for direct services of the related service providers, teachers and aides, including teacher salary and benefits, instructional supplies, materials and equipment, administrative cost, operations support, staff support, pupil support, contracted educational cost, and related services; and
(2) Funding reported on the payment report and transportation reimbursement shall be deducted by the Ohio department of education, and the certified excess cost shall be reported to the county board.
Last updated April 28, 2022 at 10:57 AM
History
- Effective: April 28, 2022
- Promulgated Under: 119.03
Ohio Adm.Code 3301-51-07
(A) Each educational agency shall adopt and implement written policies and procedures approved by the Ohio department of education, office for exceptional children, that ensure an individualized education program is developed and implemented for each child with a disability.
(B) The county boards of developmental disabilities and other educational agencies shall adopt and implement written policies and procedures approved by the Ohio department of education, office for exceptional children, that ensure services identified in the child's individualized education program are provided as agreed upon with the child's school district of residence.
(C) Children in other districts or agencies
(1) The school district of residence is responsible for ensuring that an individualized education program is developed and implemented for each child with a disability residing in the school district, even when another educational agency implements the child's individualized education program. This includes the responsibility for initiating and conducting meetings for the purpose of developing, reviewing and revising the individualized education program of a child with a disability. When providing special education services for a child with a disability in another educational agency, the school district of residence must follow the same procedural safeguards as it does for all children with disabilities and have on file a copy of the current evaluation team report and the individualized education program.
(2) Each educational agency shall cooperate with another educational agency that serves children with disabilities in institutions or other care facilities to ensure that these children have access to an education in their least restrictive environment as appropriate and as specified in the individualized education program.
(D) Responsibility of the educational agency
Each educational agency must ensure that a child with a disability who is placed in or referred to a nonpublic school or facility by a public school district:
(1) Is provided special education and related services:
(a) In conformance with an individualized education program that meets the requirements of paragraphs (E) to (I) of this rule; and
(b) At no cost to the parents;
(2) Is provided an education that meets the applicable academic and operating standards provided by the Ohio department of education and the standards of the educational agency, except for as otherwise required in rule 3301-51-01 of the Administrative Code and rule 3301-51-09 of the Administrative Code; and
(3) Has all of the rights of a child with a disability who is served by a public school district.
(E) Individualized education programs (IEP)
(1) General
An individualized education program must include:
(a) A statement that discusses the child's future
The individualized education program team shall ensure that the family and child's preferences and interests are an essential part of the planning process. The individualized education program team will document planning information on the individualized education program;
(b) A statement of the child's present levels of academic achievement and functional performance, including:
(i) How the child's disability affects the child's involvement and progress in the general education curriculum (i.e., the same curriculum as for non disabled children); or
(ii) For preschool children, as appropriate, how the disability affects the child's participation in appropriate activities;
(c) A statement of measurable annual goals, including academic and functional goals and benchmarks or short-term objectives designed to:
(i) Meet the child's needs that result from the child's disability to enable the child to be involved in and make progress in the general education curriculum; and
(ii) Meet each of the child's other educational needs that result from the child's disability;
For children with disabilities who take alternate assessments aligned to alternate academic achievement standards, a description of benchmarks or short-term objectives.
(d) A description of:
(i) How the child's progress toward meeting the annual goals described in paragraph (E)(1)(c) of this rule will be measured; and
(ii) When periodic reports on the progress the child is making toward meeting the annual goals (such as through the use of quarterly or other periodic reports, concurrent with the issuance of report cards) will be provided;
(e) A statement of the special education and related services and supplementary aids and services, based on peer-reviewed research to the extent practicable, to be provided to the child, or on behalf of the child, and a statement of the program modifications or supports for school personnel that will be provided to enable the child:
(i) To advance appropriately toward attaining the annual goals;
(ii) To be involved in and make progress in the general education curriculum in accordance with paragraph (E)(1)(b) of this rule, and to participate in extracurricular and other nonacademic activities; and
(iii) To be educated and participate with other children with disabilities and non disabled children in the activities described in this rule;
(f) An explanation of the extent, if any, to which the child will not participate with non disabled children in the regular class and in the activities described in paragraph (E)(1)(e) of this rule;
(g) A statement of any individual appropriate accommodations that are necessary to measure the academic achievement and functional performance of the child on state and districtwide assessments consistent with Section 612(a)(16) of the IDEA;
(h) If the individualized education program team determines that the child must take an alternate assessment instead of a particular regular state or districtwide assessment of student achievement, a statement of why:
(i) The child cannot participate in the regular assessment; and
(ii) The particular alternate assessment selected is appropriate for the child; and
(i) The projected date for the beginning of the services and modifications described in paragraph (E)(1)(e) of this rule and the anticipated frequency, location, and duration of those services and modifications.
(2) Transition services
Beginning not later than the first individualized education program to be in effect when the child turns fourteen, or younger if determined appropriate by the individualized education program team, and updated annually, thereafter, the individualized education program must include:
(a) Appropriate measurable post-secondary goals based upon age-appropriate transition assessments related to training, education, and, if assessment data supports the need, independent living skills;
(b) Appropriate measurable post-secondary goals based on age-appropriate transition assessments related to competitive integrated employment ; and
(c) The transition services (including courses of study) as defined in 34 C.F.R. 300.43, needed to assist the child in reaching those goals.
(d) A transition progress report, including a description of progress toward the completion of transition services as defined in 34 C.F.R. 300.533 shall be provided to the parent at least as often as report cards are issued to all children. If the school district provides interim reports to all children, progress reports must be provided to all parents of a child with a disability concurrent with the issuance of progress reports for students without a disability.
(3) Transfer of rights at age of majority
By the child's seventeenth birthday, which is not later than one year before the child reaches the age of majority under Ohio law, the individualized education program must include a statement that the child has been informed of the child's rights under Part B of the IDEA that will transfer to the child on reaching the age of majority, as specified in paragraph (D) of rule 3301-51-05 of the Administrative Code.
(4) Construction
Nothing in this rule shall be construed to require:
(a) That additional information be included in a child's individualized education program beyond what is explicitly required in Section 614 of the IDEA; or
(b) The individualized education program.team to include information under one component of a child's individualized education program.that is already contained under another component of the child's individualized education program.
(F) Individualized education program team
(1) General
The school district must ensure that the individualized education program team for each child with a disability includes:
(a) The parents of the child;
(b) Not less than one regular education teacher of the child (if the child is, or may be, participating in the regular education environment);
(c) Not less than one special education teacher of the child or, where appropriate, not less than one special education provider of the child;
(d) A representative of the educational agency who:
(i) Is qualified to provide, or supervise the provision of, specially designed instruction to meet the unique needs of children with disabilities;
(ii) Is knowledgeable about the general education curriculum; and
(iii) Is knowledgeable about the availability of resources of the school district.
(e) An individual who can interpret the instructional implications of evaluation results, who may be a member of the team described in paragraphs (F)(1)(b) to (F)(1)(f) of this rule;
(f) At the discretion of the parent or the educational agency, other individuals who have knowledge or special expertise regarding the child, including related services personnel as appropriate; and
(g) Whenever appropriate, the child with a disability.
(2) Transition services participants
(a) In accordance with paragraph (F)(1)(g) of this rule, the educational agency must invite a child with a disability to attend the child's individualized education program team meeting if a purpose of the meeting will be the consideration of the postsecondary goals for the child and the transition services needed to assist the child in reaching those goals under paragraph (E)(2) of this rule.
(b) If the child does not attend the individualized education program team meeting, the educational agency must take other steps to ensure that the child's preferences and interests are considered.
(c) To the extent appropriate, with the consent of the parents or a child who has reached the age of majority, in implementing the requirements of paragraph (F)(2)(a) of this rule, the school district must invite a representative of any participating agency that is likely to be responsible for providing or paying for transition services.
(3) Determination of knowledge and special expertise
The determination of the knowledge or special expertise of any individual described in paragraph (F)(1)(f) of this rule must be made by the party (parents or educational agency) who invited the individual to be a member of the individualized education program team.
(4) Designating a school district representative
A school district may designate a school district member of the individualized education program team to also serve as the district representative, if the criteria in paragraph (F)(1)(d) of this rule are satisfied.
(5) Individualized education program team attendance
(a) A member of the individualized education program team described in paragraphs (F)(1)(b) to (F)(1)(e) of this rule is not required to attend an individualized education program team meeting, in whole or in part, if the parent of a child with a disability and the educational agency agree, in writing, that the attendance of the member is not necessary because the member's area of the curriculum or related services is not being modified or discussed in the meeting.
(b) A member of the individualized education program team described in paragraph (F)(5)(a) of this rule may be excused from attending an individualized education program team meeting, in whole or in part, when the meeting involves a modification to or discussion of the member's area of the curriculum or related services, if:
(i) The parent, in writing, and the educational agency consent to the excusal; and
(ii) The member submits, in writing to the parent and the individualized education program team, input into the development of the individualized education program prior to the meeting.
(6) Initial individualized education program team meeting for child under Part C
In the case of a child who was previously served under Part C of the IDEA, an invitation to the initial individualized education program team meeting must, at the request of the parent, be sent to the Part C service coordinator or other representatives of the Part C system to assist with the smooth transition of services.
(G) Parent participation
(1) Educational agency responsibility
Each educational agency must take steps to ensure that one or both of the parents of a child with a disability are present at each individualized education program team meeting or are afforded the opportunity to participate, including:
(a) Notifying parents of the meeting early enough to ensure that they will have an opportunity to attend; and
(b) Scheduling the meeting at a mutually agreed on time and place.
(2) Information provided to parents
(a) The notice required under paragraph (G)(1)(a) of this rule must:
(i) Indicate the purpose, time, and location of the meeting and who will be in attendance; and
(ii) Inform the parents of the provisions in paragraphs (F)(1)(f) and (F)(3) of this rule (relating to the participation of other individuals on the individualized educational program team who have knowledge or special expertise about the child), and this rule (relating to the participation of the Part C service coordinator or other representatives of the Part C system at the initial individualized education program team meeting for a child previously served under Part C of the IDEA).
(b) For a child with a disability, beginning not later than the first individualized education program to be in effect when the child turns fourteen, or younger if determined appropriate by the individualized education program team, the notice also must:
(i) Indicate:
(a) That a purpose of the meeting will be the consideration of the postsecondary goals and transition services for the child, in accordance with paragraph (E)(2)(b) of this rule; and
(b) That the educational agency will invite the child; and
(ii) Identify any other agency that will be invited to send a representative.
(3) Other methods to ensure parent participation
If neither parent can attend an individualized education program team meeting, the educational agency must use other methods to ensure parent participation, including individual or conference telephone calls, consistent with paragraph (L) of this rule (related to alternative means of meeting participation).
(4) Conducting an individualized education program team meeting without a parent in attendance
A meeting may be conducted without a parent in attendance if the educational agency is unable to convince the parents that they should attend. In this case, the educational agency must keep a record of its attempts to arrange a mutually agreed on time and place, such as:
(a) Detailed records of telephone calls made or attempted and the results of those calls;
(b) Copies of correspondence sent to the parents and any responses received; and
(c) Detailed records of visits made to the parent's home or place of employment and the results of those visits.
(5) Use of interpreters or other action, as appropriate
The educational agency must take whatever action is necessary to ensure that the parent understands the proceedings of the individualized education program team meeting, including arranging for an interpreter for parents with deafness or whose native language is other than English.
(6) Parent copy of child's individualized education program
Within thirty calendar days after the individualized education program meeting, the school district must give the parent a copy of the child's individualized education program at no cost to the parent.
(H) When individualized education program must be in effect
(1) General
On or before the child's third birthday and at the beginning of each subsequent school year, each educational agency must have in effect, for each child with a disability within its jurisdiction, an individualized education program, as defined in paragraph (E) of this rule. The individualized education program shall be implemented as soon as possible following the individualized education program meeting.
(2) The initial individualized education program must be developed and implemented within whichever of the following time periods is the shortest:
(a) Within thirty calendar days of the determination that the child needs special education and related services;
(b) Within ninety calendar days of receiving parental consent for an evaluation; or
(c) Within one hundred twenty calendar days of the receipt of a request for an evaluation from a parent or school district.
(3) Initial individualized education programs; provision of services
Each school district must ensure that:
(a) A meeting to develop an individualized education program for a child is conducted within thirty days of a determination that the child needs special education and related services; and
(b) As soon as possible following development of the individualized education program, special education and related services are made available to the child in accordance with the child's individualized education program.
(c) Once a child begins receiving services for the first time under an individualized education program, the school district in which the child is enrolled shall notify parents that the child is required to undergo a comprehensive eye exam within three months in accordance with section 3323.19 of the Revised Code.
(4) Accessibility of child's individualized education program to teachers and others
Each educational agency must ensure that:
(a) The child's individualized education program is accessible to each regular education teacher, special education teacher, related services provider, and any other service provider who is responsible for its implementation; and
(b) Each teacher and provider described in paragraph (H)(4)(a) of this rule is informed of:
(i) The teacher's and provider's specific responsibilities related to implementing the child's individualized education program; and
(ii) The specific accommodations, modifications, and supports that must be provided for the child in accordance with the individualized education program.
(5) Individualized education programs for children who transfer educational agency in the same state
If a child with a disability (who had an individualized education program that was in effect in a previous educational agency in the same state) transfers to a new school district of residence in the same state, and enrolls in a new school within the same school year, the new school district of residence (in consultation with the parents) must provide a free and appropriate public education (FAPE) to the child (including services comparable to those described in the child's individualized education program from the previous school district of residence), until the new school district of residence either:
(a) Adopts the child's individualized education program from the previous school district of residence; or
(b) Develops, adopts, and implements a new individualized education program that meets the applicable requirements in paragraphs (E) to (I) of this rule.
(6) Individualized education programs for children who transfer from another state
If a child with a disability (who had an individualized education program that was in effect in a previous educational agency in another state) transfers to a new school district of residence in Ohio, and enrolls in a new school within the same school year, the new school district of residence (in consultation with the parents) must provide the child with FAPE (including services comparable to those described in the child's individualized education program from the previous school district of residence), until the new school district of residence:
(a) Conducts an evaluation pursuant to paragraphs (E) to (G) of rule 3301-51-06 of the Administrative Code (if determined to be necessary by the new school district of residence); and
(b) Develops, adopts, and implements a new individualized education program, if appropriate, that meets the applicable requirements in paragraphs (E) to (I) of this rule.
(7) Transmittal of records
To facilitate the transition for a child described in paragraphs (H)(5) and (H)(6) of this rule:
(a) The new school district of residence in which the child enrolls must take reasonable steps to obtain the child's records within thirty days of enrollment, including the individualized education program and supporting documents and any other records relating to the provision of special education or related services to the child, from the previous school district of residence in which the child was enrolled, pursuant to 34 C.F.R. 99.31(a)(2) ; and
(b) The previous school district of residence in which the child was enrolled must respond to the request from the new school district of residence within thirty days of the notification of the child's enrollment at the new school district of residence..
(I) Development, review, and revision of individualized education program
(1) Development of individualized education program
(a) General
In developing each child's individualized education program, the individualized education program team must consider:
(i) The strengths of the child;
(ii) The concerns of the parents for enhancing the education of their child;
(iii) The results of the initial or most recent evaluation of the child;
(iv) The results of the child's performance on any state or districtwide assessment programs, as appropriate; and
(v) The academic, developmental, and functional needs of the child.
(b) Consideration of special factors
The individualized education program team must:
(i) In the case of a child whose behavior impedes the child's learning or that of others, consider the use of positive behavioral interventions and supports, and other strategies, to address that behavior;
(ii) In the case of a child with limited English proficiency, consider the language needs of the child as those needs relate to the child's individualized education program;
(iii) In the case of a child who is blind or visually impaired:
(a) Provide for instruction in braille and the use of braille unless the individualized education program team determines, after an evaluation of the child's reading and writing skills, needs, and appropriate reading and writing media (including an evaluation of the child's future needs for instruction in braille or the use of braille), that instruction in braille or the use of braille is not appropriate for the child; and
(b) Ensure that the additional requirements for individualized education programs for children who are blind or visually impaired are included as provided in section 3323.011 of the Revised Code;
(iv) Consider the communication needs of the child, and in the case of a child who is deaf or hard of hearing, consider the child's language and communication needs, opportunities for direct communications with peers and professional personnel in the child's language and communication mode, academic level, and full range of needs, including opportunities for direct instruction in the child's language and communication mode; and
(v) Consider whether the child needs assistive technology devices and services.
(c) Requirement with respect to regular education teacher
A regular education teacher of a child with a disability, as a member of the individualized education program team, must, to the extent appropriate, participate in the development of the individualized education program of the child, including the determination of:
(i) Appropriate positive behavioral interventions and supports and other strategies for the child; and
(ii) Supplementary aids and services, program modifications, and support for school personnel consistent with paragraph (E)(1)(e) of this rule.
(d) Agreement
(i) In making changes to a child's individualized education program after the annual individualized education program team meeting for a school year, the parent of a child with a disability and the educational agency may agree not to convene an individualized education program team meeting for the purposes of making those changes, and instead may develop a written document to amend or modify the child's current individualized education program.
(ii) If the individualized education program team amends or modifies the child's current individualized education program, as described in paragraph (I)(1)(d)(i) of this rule, the annual review date for the amended or modified individualized education program does not change. The annual review date will change upon a complete review and revision of the child's individualized education program as outlined in paragraph (I)(2) of this rule.
(iii) If changes are made to the child's individualized education program in accordance with paragraph (I)(1)(d)(i) of this rule, the educational agency must ensure that the child's team is informed of those changes.
(e) Consolidation of individualized education program team meetings
To the extent possible, the educational agency must encourage the consolidation of reevaluation meetings for the child and other individualized education program team meetings for the child.
(f) Amendments
Changes to the individualized education program may be made either by the entire individualized education program team at an individualized education program team meeting, or as provided in paragraph (I)(1)(d) of this rule, by amending the individualized education program rather than by redrafting the entire individualized education program. When an individualized education program is amended the school district shall send a copy of the amended individualized education program to the parent within thirty calendar days of the date the individualized education program was amended, the date of the amendment does not change the annual individualized education program review date.
(2) Review and revision of individualized education program
(a) General
Each school district must ensure that, subject to paragraphs (I)(2)(b) and (I)(2)(c) of this rule, the individualized education program team:
(i) Reviews the child's individualized education program periodically, but not less than annually, to determine whether the annual goals for the child are being achieved; and
(ii) Revises the individualized education program, as appropriate, to address:
(a) Any lack of expected progress toward the annual goals described in paragraph (E)(1)(c) of this rule, and in the general education curriculum, if appropriate;
(b) The results of any reevaluation conducted under rule 3301-51-06 of the Administrative Code;
(c) Information about the child provided to, or by, the parents, as described under paragraph (F)(1)(b) of rule 3301-51-06 of the Administrative Code;
(d) The child's anticipated needs; or
(e) Other matters.
(b) Consideration of special factors
In conducting a review of the child's individualized education program, the individualized education program team must consider the special factors described in paragraph (I)(1)(b) of this rule.
(c) Requirement with respect to regular education teacher
A regular education teacher of the child, as a member of the individualized education program team, must, consistent with paragraph (I)(1)(c) of this rule, participate in the review and revision of the individualized education program of the child.
(3) Failure to meet transition objectives
(a) Participating agency failure
If a participating agency, other than the educational agency, fails to provide the transition services described in the individualized education program in accordance with paragraph (E)(2) of this rule, the school district must reconvene the individualized education program team to identify alternative strategies to meet the transition objectives for the child set out in the individualized education program.
(b) Construction
Nothing in this rule relieves any participating agency, including a state vocational rehabilitation agency, of the responsibility to provide or pay for any transition service that the agency would otherwise provide to children with disabilities who meet the eligibility criteria of that agency.
(4) Children with disabilities in adult prisons
(a) Requirements that do not apply
The following requirements do not apply to children with disabilities who are convicted as adults under state law and incarcerated in adult prisons:
(i) The requirements contained in Section 612(a)(16) of the IDEA and paragraph (E)(1)(h) of this rule (relating to participation of children with disabilities in general assessments).
(ii) The requirements in paragraph (E)(2) of this rule (relating to transition planning and transition services) do not apply with respect to the children whose eligibility under Part B of the IDEA will end, because of their age, before they will be eligible to be released from prison based on consideration of their sentence and eligibility for early release.
(b) Modifications of individualized education program or placement
(i) Subject to paragraph (I)(4)(b)(ii) of this rule, the individualized education program team of a child with a disability who is convicted as an adult under state law and incarcerated in an adult prison may modify the child's individualized education program or placement if the state has demonstrated a bona fide security or compelling penological interest that cannot otherwise be accommodated.
(ii) The requirements of paragraph (E) of this rule do not apply with respect to the modifications described in paragraph (I)(4)(b)(i) of this rule.
(J) Nonpublic school placements by public school districts
(1) Developing individualized education programs
(a) Before a public school district places a child with a disability in, or refers a child to, a nonpublic school or facility, the district must initiate and conduct a meeting to develop an individualized education program for the child in accordance with paragraphs (E) and (I) of this rule.
(b) The educational agency must ensure that a representative of the nonpublic school or facility attends the meeting. If the representative cannot attend, the educational agency district must use other methods to ensure participation by the nonpublic school or facility, including individual or conference telephone calls.
(2) Reviewing and revising individualized education programs
(a) After a child with a disability enters a nonpublic school or facility, any meetings to review and revise the child's individualized education program may be initiated and conducted by the nonpublic school or facility at the discretion of the public educational agency.
(b) If the nonpublic school or facility initiates and conducts these meetings, the public educational agency must ensure that the parents and an educational agency representative:
(i) Are involved in any decision about the child's individualized education program; and
(ii) Agree to any proposed changes in the individualized education program before those changes are implemented.
(3) Responsibility
Even if a nonpublic school or facility implements a child's individualized education program, responsibility for compliance with this rule remains with the public educational agency and the Ohio department of education.
(K) Educational placements
Consistent with 34 C.F.R. 300.501(c), each educational agency must ensure that the parents of each child with a disability are members of any group that makes decisions on the educational placement of their child.
(L) Alternative means of meeting participation
When conducting individualized education program team meetings and placement meetings pursuant to this rule, and Subpart E of Part B of the IDEA, and carrying out administrative matters under Section 615 of the IDEA (such as scheduling, exchange of witness lists, and status conferences), the parent of a child with a disability and an educational agency may agree to use alternative means of meeting participation, such as video conferences and conference calls.
Last updated July 26, 2023 at 2:23 PM
History
- Effective: July 1, 2023
- Promulgated Under: 119.03
Chapter 3301-55 Special Education Programs for State Institutions
Ohio Adm.Code 3301-55-01 Minimum standards for establishing special education programs in state developmental centers and hospitals of the department of developmental disabilities and the department of mental health and addiction services.
(A) Definitions. All terms used in this rule shall be considered as defined in rules 3301-35-01 and 3301-51-01 of the Administrative Code.
(B) Responsibilities of the state developmental centers and hospitals. A state developmental center or hospital shall provide a special education program for eligible children appropriately placed in such programs pursuant to Chapter 3301-51 of the Administrative Code, which sets forth the procedural safeguards for special education programs.
(C) Eligible children.
(1) State developmental centers operated by the department of developmental disabilities shall provide programs to serve school-age children with disabilities who are determined eligible under rule 3301-51-06 of the Administrative Code; and state hospitals operated by the department of mental health and addiction services shall provide programs to serve school-age children who are determined eligible under rule 3301-51-06 of the Administrative Code. State developmental centers operated by the department of developmental disabilities may provide programs to serve preschool children who are eligible for preschool special education services under rule 3301-51-11 of the Administrative Code;
(2) The program shall be offered to such children who:
(a) Are admitted to a center or hospital under the department of developmental disabilities or the department of mental health and addiction services; and
(b) Are eligible under Chapter 5119. or 5123. of the Revised Code which relate to the department of mental health and addiction services and the department of developmental disabilities, respectively.
(3) A child may be enrolled in the program if admitted to the center or hospital on a day basis.
(D) Special educational program requirements.
(1) All program personnel shall comply with the following statutes and related rules:
(a) Confidentiality and personal information systems in section 3319.321 and Chapter 1347. of the Revised Code, regarding safeguarding of student records.
(b) Scope of obligation in section 3321.04 of the Revised Code, regarding student attendance and attendance strategies.
(c) Education of children with disabilities in Chapter 3323. of the Revised Code, education of children with disabilities.
(d) All applicable state and local health and safety codes.
(e) Section 3737.73 of the Revised Code, drills and rapid dismissals.
(f) Chapter 3301-51 of the Administrative Code, Ohio operating standards for the education of children with disabilities.
(E) School district of residence requirements.
(1) The school district of residence of the child placed in a special education program under this rule, shall ensure compliance with the following:
(a) A free education to be provided; hours in a school year pursuant to section 3313.48 of the Revised Code.
(b) Policy regarding suspension, expulsion, removal, and permanent exclusion pursuant to section 3313.661 of the Revised Code, policy regarding suspension or expulsion specifies the types of misconduct for which a pupil may be suspended, expelled, or removed, except that if the section is inconsistent with the Individuals with Disabilities Education Act (2006), then the Individuals with Disabilities Education Act shall control.
(c) Immunization of pupils, immunization record, annual summary pursuant to section 3313.67 of the Revised Code, required immunizations.
(d) Emergency Medical Authorization pursuant to section 3313.712 of the Revised Code, emergency medical authorization.
(e) Purpose and definitions pursuant to rule 3301-35-01 of the Administrative Code, the purpose and definitions for the operating standards for kindergarten to twelfth grade.
(f) Governance, leadership, and strategic planning pursuant to rule 3301-35-02 of the Administrative Code, services that identify student health and safety concerns and opportunities for access to appropriate related resources.
(g) Board of health shall inspect schools and may close them pursuant to section 3707.26 of the Revised Code, regarding inspection of schools by the board of health.
(F) Evaluation and establishing special education programs.
(1) The program shall be evaluated by the department of education to determine if such program is in compliance with this rule. After the initial evaluation of the program, the program shall be monitored by the department of education as determined appropriate by the department.
(2) The program shall be recommended by the department of education to the state board of education for establishing if the program meets the requirements specified in this rule and those set forth in Chapter 3301-51 of the Administrative Code relating to the education of children with disabilities.
Last updated April 28, 2022 at 10:57 AM
History
- Effective: April 28, 2022
- Promulgated Under: 119.03
Ohio Adm.Code 3301-35-01
(A) The purpose for adopting the rules in this chapter, which comprise the operating standards for Ohio school districts and elementary and secondary schools, is to assure that all students are provided a general education of high quality. The rules in this chapter establish specific expectations for school districts and schools, as those terms are defined in paragraph (B) of this rule, to use in creating the best learning conditions for meeting the personalized and individualized needs of each student and achieving state and local educational goals and objectives. The operating standards focus on the most critical expectations for school districts and schools in order to foster a regulatory system that focuses on improving outputs and student outcomes.
(B) The following terms are defined as they are used in this chapter:
(1) "Assessment" means the measuring of student achievement of performance goals and objectives.
(2) "Blended learning" has the same meaning as in section 3301.079 of the Revised Code. For purposes of that definition, "primarily" means over the course of the school year, a student works more than fifty per cent of the time from a supervised physical location away from home.
(3) "Board of education" means a board of education as described in Chapter 3313. of the Revised Code.
(4) "Classified staff" means nonteaching school personnel who are assigned to positions that do not require a certificate, license, permit or other credentialing document issued by the state board of education and that are listed in accordance with section 3317.12 of the Revised Code.
(5) "Competency-based learning model" means any system of academic instruction, assessment, grading, and reporting where students receive credit based on demonstrations and assessments of their learning rather than the amount of time they spend studying a subject. A competency-based learning model encourages accelerated learning among students who master academic materials quickly while providing additional instructional support time for students who need it.
(6) "Computer as instructor" means instruction provided by a computer with no instruction or assessment of mastery of content of any kind provided by a teacher, either in-person or from a remote location. A teacher monitoring a student in a computer as instructor course is not involved in developing, adapting or modifying lessons and/or clarifying subject content. A teacher monitoring a student(s) receiving instruction via this delivery method may assign the grade for the course provided the assignments and/or evaluations are scored by the computer program.
(7) "Credentialed staff" means faculty or staff who hold a certificate, license, permit or other document issued by the state board of education under section 3301.071 or Chapter 3319. of the Revised Code. Credentialed staff includes, but is not limited to, teachers, principals, superintendents, treasurers, school business managers, related service personnel, administrative specialists, educational aides, and pupil activity providers.
(8) "Credit flexibility" means the method by which students may meet curriculum requirements or earn units of high school credit by demonstrating subject area competency through the completion of traditional coursework, testing out or otherwise demonstrating mastery of course content through the pursuit of an approved educational option pursuant to the plan for credit flexibility adopted by the state board of education in accordance with section 3313.603 of the Revised Code, and is available on the department of education's website.
(9) "Digital learning" has the same meaning as in section 3301.079 of the Revised Code.
(10) "Digital learning tools" means computers, tablets, software, applications, or other technology necessary to access a school's program of digital learning.
(11) "Educational options" means learning experiences or activities that are designed to extend, enhance, supplement, or serve as an alternative to classroom instruction and meet the personalized and individualized needs of each student. Educational options are offered in accordance with the models adopted by the state board of education, local board of education policy, and parental approval.
(12) "Educational service personnel" means individuals who hold appropriate qualifications and who possess the knowledge, skills and expertise to support the educational, instructional, health, mental health and college and career readiness needs for all students.
(a) Educational service personnel that support educational, instructional and college and career readiness programs include, but are not limited to: fine arts, music, and physical education teachers; librarian or media specialists; school counselors; and reading intervention specialists;
(b) Educational service personnel that support the learning needs of the special needs student population include, but are not limited to: gifted intervention specialists, adapted physical education teachers, audiologists, interpreters, speech-language pathologists, physical and occupational therapists, and English-as-a-second-language specialist;
(c) Educational service personnel that support the health and mental health of the student population include, but are not limited to: school nurses, social workers, school psychologists, and school resource officers.
(13) "Evidence-based" has the same meaning as in division (21) of section 8101 of the Elementary and Secondary Education Act of 1965, as amended by the Every Student Succeeds Act, at 20 U.S.C. 7801.
(14) "Harmful to juveniles" has the same meaning as in section 2907.01 of the Revised Code.
(15) "Intervention" means alternative or supplemental instruction designed to help students meet performance objectives.
(16) "Obscene" has the same meaning as in division (F) of section 2907.01 of the Revised Code as that division has been construed by the supreme court of this state.
(17) "OEDS" means the Ohio educational directory system or a successor system.
(18) "Online learning" has the same meaning as in section 3301.079 of the Revised Code. For purposes of that definition, "primarily" means over the course of the school year, a student works more than fifty per cent of the time from their residence on assignments delivered via the internet or other computer-based instructional method.
(19) "Parent" means:
(a) A natural or adoptive parent of a child;
(b) A guardian; or
(c) An individual acting in the place of a natural or adoptive parent, including a grandparent, stepparent, or other relative, with whom the child lives, or an individual who is legally responsible for the child's welfare.
(20) "Policies" means general principles governing the operation of a school and are established and adopted by the district board of education.
(21) "Procedures" means detailed rules, regulations and courses of action, specified in writing, for carrying out school district and school policies.
(22) "School," with the exception of the term "school" as used in rule 3301-35-08 of the Administrative Code, means an environment organized for learning and chartered pursuant to this chapter and section 3301.16 of the Revised Code to provide a community of students with the opportunity to acquire skills and knowledge necessary to meet state and local performance objectives.
(23) "School district" means a local, exempted village, city or joint vocational school district as defined in Chapter 3311. of the Revised Code.
(24) "School year" has the same meaning as in section 3313.62 of the Revised Code.
(25) "Site evaluation" means an evaluation the department of education conducts of a school district or school to determine whether a school district or school meets the operating standards in this chapter.
(26) "Site visit" means an evaluation the department of education conducts of a chartered nonpublic school in accordance with Chapter 3301-39 of the Administrative Code.
(27) "Stakeholder" means those who directly affect or are affected by the educational success of a school district and school. Stakeholders may include, but are not limited to, colleges and universities, school district and school staff, employers, parents, students, and other individuals or groups in the community. For nonpublic schools, the governing authority of the school identifies "stakeholders."
(28) "State performance data" means the data reported to the department of education in accordance with section 3302.03 of the Revised Code that reflects the performance of the school district or school.
(29) "Teacher of record" means an educator who is responsible for a significant portion of a student's instruction within a subject or a course.
Last updated October 28, 2022 at 12:12 AM
History
- Effective: October 28, 2022
- Promulgated Under: 119.03
Ohio Adm.Code 3301-51-01
(A) Applicability of requirements
The purpose of Chapter 3301-51 of the Administrative Code is to ensure that all children with disabilities residing in Ohio between the ages of three and twenty-one years, inclusive, including children with disabilities who have been suspended or expelled from school, have available to them a free appropriate public education (FAPE), as provided by Part B of the Individuals with Disabilities Education Act, as amended by the Individuals with Disabilities Education Improvement Act of 2004 (IDEA) at 20 U.S.C. 1400, related federal regulations at 34 C.F.R. Part 300, Chapter 3323. of the Revised Code, the provisions of this chapter of the Administrative Code, and applicable state policies, procedures, and guidelines issued by the superintendent of public instruction.
(1) The provisions of this chapter shall provide that:
(a) Children with disabilities have available to them FAPE that emphasizes special education and related services designed to meet their unique needs and prepare them for further education, employment, and independent living; and
(b) The rights of children with disabilities and their parents are protected.
(2) School district of residence
(a) The child's school district of residence is responsible, in all instances, for ensuring that the requirements of paragraph (A) of this rule for making FAPE available are met for every eligible child in its jurisdiction, regardless of whether services are provided by another school district, other educational agency, juvenile justice facility, or other facility, agency, department, or entity unless Chapter 3323. of the Revised Code, or a rule adopted by the state board of education specifies that another school district, other educational agency, or other agency, department, or entity is responsible for ensuring compliance with Part B of the IDEA.
(b) Notwithstanding paragraph (A)(2)(a) of this rule, a school district of residence is not required to pay for the cost of education, including special education and related services, of a child with a disability at a nonpublic school or facility if that school district made FAPE available to the child, and the parents elected to place the child in a nonpublic school or facility. However, the school district must include the child in the population whose needs are addressed consistent with the requirements of rule 3301-51-08 of the Administrative Code.
(3) School district other than school district of residence
(a) Each school district is responsible for serving a child with a disability who is living in its school district, even though the school district is not the child's school district of residence. The child's school district of residence retains responsibility for making FAPE available to the child.
(b) "Serving a child with a disability" means educating the child which includes making special education and related services available to the child.
(i) The responsibility to serve a nonresident child with a disability living in the school district includes, but is not limited to, a child with a disability placed in a juvenile justice facility, institution, hospital, agency, department, home as defined in section 3313.64 of the Revised Code, or other facility or entity located in the school district.
(ii) The responsibility to serve a nonresident child with a disability does not apply to the school district in which the child is living if the child is already being served by another school district, a nonpublic school, county board of developmental disabilities (county board of DD), other educational agency, a state or local agency or institution, or other provider, including an open enrollment school district, the Ohio department of youth services, or provider for the "Autism Scholarship Program" established by section 3310.41 of the Revised Code, or a provider of the "Jon Peterson Special Needs Program" established by section 3310.52 of the Revised Code. However, if the child is placed in a nonpublic school in the school district, the school district must include the child in the population whose needs are addressed consistent with the requirements of rule 3301-51-08 of the Administrative Code.
(4) Funding for special education
No educational agency shall receive state or federal funds for special education and related services or provide special education and related services unless such special education and related services are provided in accordance with all applicable provisions of the IDEA and related federal regulations, Chapter 3323. of the Revised Code, this chapter of the Administrative Code, and related state policies, procedures, and guidelines issued by the superintendent of public instruction.
(5) Plan
Each educational agency, in providing for the education of children with disabilities within its jurisdiction, must have in effect a plan, written policies and procedures, and programs that are consistent with the state's policies and procedures related to the implementation of Part B of the IDEA. The plan shall provide assurances to the superintendent of public instruction that the educational agency meets each of the applicable conditions in 34 C.F.R. 300.201 to 300.213. Each school district's plan shall also meet the requirements of section 3323.08 of the Revised Code. Each educational agency shall submit its plan to the superintendent of public instruction as part of its comprehensive continuous improvement plan.
(6) Documentation and information
The superintendent of public instruction may require an educational agency to provide documentation that special education and related services for children with disabilities provided by the public agency are provided in compliance with the requirements specified in paragraph (A) of this rule.
(a) An educational agency must provide the superintendent of public instruction with information necessary to enable the superintendent to carry out the state's duties under Part B of the IDEA, including, information relating to the performance of children with disabilities participating in programs carried out under Part B of the IDEA.
(b) An educational agency must make available to parents of children with disabilities and to the general public all documents relating to the eligibility of the educational agency under Part B of the IDEA.
(c) An educational agency must cooperate in the secretary's efforts under section 1308 of the Elementary and Secondary Education Act of 1965, (ESEA) to ensure the linkage of records pertaining to migratory children with disabilities for the purpose of electronically exchanging, among the states, health, and educational information regarding those children.
(7) Ineligibility and opportunity for hearing
If the superintendent of public instruction determines that an educational agency is not eligible under Part B of the IDEA for purposes of receiving assistance under Part B of the IDEA, the superintendent shall:
(a) Notify the educational agency of that determination; and
(b) Provide the educational agency with reasonable notice and an opportunity for a hearing.
(8) Effect of noncompliance on funding; notice to public
If the superintendent of public instruction, after reasonable notice and an opportunity for a hearing, finds that an educational agency that has been determined to be eligible under Part B of the IDEA is failing to comply with any requirement in Sections 34 C.F.R. 300.201 to 34 C.F.R. 300.213:
(a) The superintendent of public instruction must reduce or must not provide any further payment to the educational agency until the state superintendent is satisfied that the educational agency is complying with that requirement.
(b) Any educational agency in receipt of a notice described in paragraph (A)(8)(a) of this rule must, by means of public notice, take the measures necessary to bring the pendency of an action pursuant to this rule to the attention of the public within the jurisdiction of the educational agency.
(c) In carrying out its responsibilities under this rule, the Ohio department of education must consider any decision resulting from a hearing held under rule 3301-51-05 of the Administrative Code that is adverse to the educational agency or state agency involved in the decision.
(B) Definitions
(1) "Act" or "IDEA" means the Individuals with Disabilities Education Act, as amended by the Individuals with Disabilities Education Improvement Act of 2004 at 20 U.S.C. 1400, Public Law 108-446 of the 108th Congress, December 3, 2004 (IDEA).
(2) "Assistive technology device" means any item, piece of equipment, or product system, whether acquired commercially off the shelf, modified, or customized, that is used to increase, maintain, or improve the functional capabilities of a child with a disability. The term does not include a medical device that is surgically implanted, or the replacement of such device.
(3) "Assistive technology service" means any service that directly assists a child with a disability in the selection, acquisition, or use of an assistive technology device. The term includes:
(a) The evaluation of the needs of a child with a disability, including a functional evaluation of the child in the child's customary environment;
(b) Purchasing, leasing, or otherwise providing for the acquisition of assistive technology devices by children with disabilities;
(c) Selecting, designing, fitting, customizing, adapting, applying, maintaining, repairing, or replacing assistive technology devices;
(d) Coordinating and using other therapies, interventions, or services with assistive technology devices, such as those associated with existing education and rehabilitation plans and programs;
(e) Training or technical assistance for a child with a disability or, if appropriate, that child's family; and
(f) Training or technical assistance for professionals (including individuals providing education or rehabilitation services), employers, or other individuals who provide services to, employ, or are otherwise substantially involved in the major life functions of that child.
(4) "Average daily membership" means the number of children that are counted to generate state funds under the Ohio school foundation funding program.
(5) "Benchmark" means a specific statement of what the child should know and be able to do in a specified segment of the year. Benchmarks describe how far the child is expected to progress toward the annual goal and by when. Benchmarks establish expected performance levels that allow for regular checks of progress that coincide with the reporting periods for informing parents of the child's progress toward achieving the annual goals.
(6) "Braille," unless otherwise specified, means a tactile system of reading and writing for individuals with visual impairments commonly known as standard English braille.
(7) "Caseload for one preschool special education teacher" means the number of children who collectively comprise the equivalency for ratios or funding.
(8) "Charter school" or "community school" has the meaning given the term in Section 4310 of the Elementary and Secondary Education Act of 1965, 20 U.S.C. 6301 (ESEA). The term "charter school" does not have the same meaning as "chartered nonpublic school."
(9) "Chartered nonpublic school" means a school chartered by the state board of education pursuant to section 3301.16 of the Revised Code and that meets the minimum standards for chartered nonpublic schools.
(10) "Child with a disability" means a child evaluated in accordance with rule 3301-51-06 of the Administrative Code as having an intellectual disability, a hearing impairment (including deafness), a speech or language impairment, a visual impairment (including blindness), a serious emotional disturbance (referred to in this rule as "emotional disturbance"), an orthopedic impairment, autism, traumatic brain injury, an other health impairment, a specific learning disability, deaf-blindness, a developmental delay (for a child between the ages of three and nine), or multiple disabilities, and who, by reason thereof, needs special education and related services.
(a) Subject to paragraph (B)(10)(b) of this rule, if it is determined, through an appropriate evaluation under rule 3301-51-06 of the Administrative Code, that a child has one of the disabilities identified in this rule, but needs only a related service and not special education, the child is not a child with a disability under this rule.
(b) If, consistent with the definition of special education in paragraph (B)(62) of this rule, the individualized education program (IEP) team considers the related service required by the child to be special education rather than a related service under state standards, the child would be determined to be a child with a disability under this rule.
(c) Children aged three through nine years who are experiencing developmental delays. "Child with a disability" for children aged three through nine years, may, subject to the conditions described in rule 3301-51-03 of the Administrative Code for the use of the term developmental delay, include a child:
(i) Who is experiencing developmental delays, as defined by rule 3301-51-11 of the Administrative Code and as measured by appropriate diagnostic instruments and procedures, in one or more of the following areas: physical development, cognitive development, communication development, social or emotional development, or adaptive development as provided by rule 3301-51-11 of the Administrative Code; and
(ii) Who, by reason thereof, needs special education and related services.
(d) Definitions of disability terms. The terms used in this definition of a "child with a disability" are defined as follows:
(i) "Autism" means a developmental disability significantly affecting verbal and nonverbal communication and social interaction, generally evident before age three, that adversely affects a child's educational performance. Other characteristics often associated with "autism" are engagement in repetitive activities and stereotyped movements, resistance to environmental change or change in daily routines, and unusual responses to sensory experiences.
(a) Autism does not apply if a child's educational performance is adversely affected primarily because the child has an emotional disturbance, as defined in paragraph (B)(10)(d)(v) of this rule.
(b) A child who manifests the characteristics of autism after age three could be identified as having autism if the criteria in paragraph (B)(10)(d)(i) of this rule are satisfied.
(ii) "Intellectual disability" means significantly sub average general intellectual functioning, existing concurrently with deficits in adaptive behavior and manifested during the developmental period, that adversely affects a child's educational performance.
(a) "Significantly sub average general intellectual functioning" refers to an intelligence quotient of seventy or below as determined through a measure of cognitive functioning administered by a school psychologist or a qualified psychologist using a test designed for individual administration. Based on a standard error of measurement and clinical judgment, a child may be determined to have significant sub average general intellectual functioning with an intelligence quotient not to exceed seventy-five.
(b) "Deficits in adaptive behavior" means deficits in two or more applicable skill areas occurring within the context of the child's environments and typical of the child's chronological age peers.
(c) A child who was identified by an Ohio educational agency as having a developmental handicap prior to July 1, 2002 shall be considered a child with a disability if the child continues to meet the definition of "developmentally handicapped" in paragraph "N." of former rule 3301-51-01 of the Administrative Code and the eligibility requirements of paragraph "F.1" of former rule 3301-51-04 of the Administrative Code that are both contained in the "Rules for the Education of Handicapped Children," which were effective July 1, 1982 and were rescinded July 1, 2002. A child who meets these provisions shall be eligible to receive special education and related services in accordance with the "Operating Standards for Ohio's Schools Serving Children with Disabilities" effective July 1, 2008.
(iii) "Deaf-blindness" means concomitant hearing and visual impairments, the combination of which causes such severe communication and other developmental and educational needs that they cannot be accommodated in special education programs solely for children with deafness or children with blindness.
(iv) "Deafness" means a hearing impairment that is so severe that the child is impaired in processing linguistic information through hearing, with or without amplification that adversely affects a child's educational performance.
(v) "Emotional disturbance" means a condition exhibiting one or more of the following characteristics over a long period of time and to a marked degree that adversely affects a child's educational performance:
(a) An inability to learn that cannot be explained by intellectual, sensory, or health factors.
(b) An inability to build or maintain satisfactory interpersonal relationships with peers and teachers.
(c) Inappropriate types of behavior or feelings under normal circumstances.
(d) A general pervasive mood of unhappiness or depression.
(e) A tendency to develop physical symptoms or fears associated with personal or school problems.
(f) Emotional disturbance includes schizophrenia. The term does not apply to children who are socially maladjusted, unless it is determined that they have an emotional disturbance under paragraph (B)(10)(d)(v) of this rule.
(vi) "Hearing impairment" means an impairment in hearing, whether permanent or fluctuating, that adversely affects a child's educational performance but that is not included under the definition of deafness in this rule.
(vii) "Multiple disabilities" means concomitant impairments (such as intellectual disability blindness or intellectual disability orthopedic impairment), the combination of which causes such severe educational needs that they cannot be accommodated in special education programs solely for one of the impairments. "Multiple disabilities" does not include deaf-blindness.
(viii) "Orthopedic impairment" means a severe orthopedic impairment that adversely affects a child's educational performance. The term includes impairments caused by a congenital anomaly, impairments caused by disease (e.g., poliomyelitis, bone tuberculosis), and impairments from other causes (e.g., cerebral palsy, amputations, and fractures or burns that cause contractures).
(ix) "Other health impairment" means having limited strength, vitality, or alertness, including a heightened alertness to environmental stimuli, that results in limited alertness with respect to the educational environment, that:
(a) Is due to chronic or acute health problems such as asthma, attention deficit disorder or attention deficit hyperactivity disorder, diabetes, epilepsy, a heart condition, hemophilia, lead poisoning, leukemia, nephritis, rheumatic fever, sickle cell anemia, and tourette syndrome; and
(b) Adversely affects a child's educational performance.
(x) Specific learning disability.
(a) General. "Specific learning disability" means a disorder in one or more of the basic psychological processes involved in understanding or in using language, spoken or written, that may manifest itself in the imperfect ability to listen, think, speak, read, write, spell, or to do mathematical calculations, including conditions such as perceptual disabilities, brain injury, minimal brain dysfunction, dyslexia, and developmental aphasia.
(b) Disorders not included. Specific learning disability does not include learning problems that are primarily the result of visual, hearing, or motor disabilities, of intellectual disability, of emotional disturbance, or of environmental, cultural, or economic disadvantage.
(xi) "Speech or language impairment" means a communication disorder, such as stuttering, impaired articulation, a language impairment, or a voice impairment, that adversely affects a child's educational performance.
(xii) "Traumatic brain injury" means an acquired injury to the brain caused by an external physical force or by other medical conditions, including but not limited to stroke, anoxia, infectious disease, aneurysm, brain tumors and neurological insults resulting from medical or surgical treatments. The injury results in total or partial functional disability or psychosocial impairment or both, that adversely affects a child's educational performance. The term applies to open or closed head injuries, as well as to other medical conditions that result in acquired brain injuries. The injuries result in impairments in one or more areas such as cognition; language; memory; attention; reasoning; abstract thinking; judgment; problem-solving; sensory, perceptual, and motor abilities; psychosocial behavior; physical functions; information processing; and speech. The term does not apply to brain injuries that are congenital or degenerative, or to brain injuries induced by birth trauma. This definition replaces the definition of traumatic brain injury in 34 C.F.R. 300.8(c)(12) and shall be used instead whenever the federal regulations at 34 C.F.R. Part 300, state statutes at Chapter 3323. of the Revised Code, or the state rules in Chapter 3301-51 of the Administrative Code refer to traumatic brain injury.
(xiii) "Visual impairment" including blindness means an impairment in vision that, even with correction, adversely affects a child's educational performance.
(a) The term visual impairment includes both partial sight and blindness;
(b) The term "visual impairment" does not include a disorder in one or more of the basic psychological processes, such as perceptual disabilities, brain injury, minimal brain dysfunction, dyslexia, and developmental aphasia.
(11) "Community school" means a public school, created in accordance with Chapter 3314. of the Revised Code. Community schools shall be considered school districts for the purposes of this chapter of the Administrative Code.
(12) "Consent" means that:
(a) The parent has been fully informed of all information relevant to the activity for which consent is sought, in the parent's native language, or other mode of communication;
(b) The parent understands and agrees in writing to the carrying out of the activity for which the parent's consent is sought, and the consent describes that activity and lists the records (if any) that will be released and to whom; and
(i) The parent understands that the granting of consent is voluntary on the part of the parent and may be revoked at anytime.
(ii) If a parent revokes consent, that revocation is not retroactive (i.e., it does not negate an action that has occurred after the consent was given and before the consent was revoked).
(13) "Coordinate Transition Services" means:
(a) Facilitate a planning process among multiple agencies, students and families to support a student's secondary transition process;
(b) Plan for the collection, sharing and utilization of student's transition data that is relevant to the student's post school outcomes, environment and support needs;
(c) Communicate a student's individual transition plan to students, families, educators and agencies;
(d) Coordinate the implementation of research-based practices that lead to effective postsecondary transition services and outcomes;
(e) Utilize methods to engage students and families in the secondary transition process;
(f) Assist in the coordination of referral process from school to adult services systems;
(g) Link appropriate course of study and instruction strategies to secondary transition related goals; and
(h) Create strategies that support the career development pathways of students with disabilities leading to career and college readiness.
(14) "County board of developmental disabilities" means a county board of developmental disabilities as provided by section 5126.02 of the Revised Code.
(15) "Day" means calendar day unless otherwise indicated as business day or school day.
(a) "Business day" means Monday through Friday, except for federal and state holidays (unless holidays are specifically included in the designation of business day).
(b) "School day" means any day, including a partial day that children are in attendance at school for instructional purposes. School day has the same meaning for all children in school, including children with and without disabilities.
(16) "Destruction" means physical destruction or removal of personal identifiers from information so that the information is no longer personally identifiable.
(17) "Education records" means the type of records covered under the definition of "education records" in 34 C.F.R. Part 99 (the regulations implementing the Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act of 1974, August 1974, 20 U.S.C. 1232g (FERPA)). Under that definition, the term "education records" means those records that are directly related to a student and are maintained by an educational agency or institution or by a party acting for the agency or institution. The term does not include the type of records which are listed and described as records excluded from that definition under 34 C.F.R. 99.3(b)(1) to 34 C.F.R. 99.3(b)(5).
(18) "Educational agency" means:
(a) School districts, including school districts of service, open enrollment school districts, community schools, the Ohio department of youth services, and joint vocational school districts;
(b) Juvenile justice facilities, educational service centers, county boards of developmental disabilities; and
(c) Any department; division; bureau; office; institution; board; commission; committee; authority; or other state or local agency, other than a school district or an agency administered by the department of developmental disabilities, that provides or seeks to provide special education or related services to children with disabilities, unless Chapter 3323. of the Revised Code, or a rule adopted by the state board of education specifies that another school district, other educational agency, or other agency, department, or entity is responsible for ensuring compliance with Part B of the IDEA.
(19) "Elementary school" means a nonprofit institutional day or residential school, including an elementary community school, that provides elementary education, as determined under state law.
(20) "Equipment" means:
(a) Machinery, utilities, and built-in equipment, and any necessary enclosures or structures to house the machinery, utilities, or equipment; and
(b) All other items necessary for the functioning of a particular facility as a facility for the provision of educational services, including items such as instructional equipment and necessary furniture; printed, published and audio-visual instructional materials; telecommunications, sensory, and other technological aids and devices; and books, periodicals, documents, and other related materials.
(21) "Evaluation" means procedures used in accordance with rule 3301-51-06 of the Administrative Code for evaluations to determine whether a child has a disability and the nature and extent of the special education and related services that the child needs.
(22) "Evaluation team" means the parents and a group of qualified professionals.
(23) "Evaluation team for a child suspected of having a specific learning disability" means the parents and a group of qualified professionals, which must include:
(a) The child's regular teacher; or
(b) If the child does not have a regular education teacher, a regular classroom teacher qualified to teach a child of the child's age; or
(c) For a child of less than school-age, an individual qualified by the Ohio department of education to teach a child of the child's age; and
(d) At least one person qualified to conduct individual diagnostic examinations of children, such as a school psychologist, speech-language pathologist, or remedial teacher.
(24) "Re-evaluation team" means the IEP team and other qualified professionals.
(25) "Excess costs" means those costs that are in excess of the average annual per-student expenditure in a school district during the preceding school year for an elementary school or secondary school student, as may be appropriate, and that must be computed after deducting:
(a) Amounts received:
(i) Under Part B of the IDEA;
(ii) Under Part A of Title I of the Elementary and Secondary Education Act of 1965, 20 U.S.C. 6301 (ESEA); and
(iii) Under Parts A and B of Title III of the ESEA and;
(b) Any state or local funds expended for programs that would qualify for assistance under any of the acts described in paragraph (B)(25)(a) of this rule, but excluding any amounts for capital outlay or debt service. (See appendix A to Part 300 of the IDEA for an example of how excess costs must be calculated.)
(26) "Free appropriate public education" or FAPE means special education and related services that:
(a) Are provided at public expense, under public supervision and direction, and without charge;
(b) Meet the standards of the Ohio department of education, including the requirements of this rule;
(c) Include an appropriate preschool, elementary school, or secondary school education in the state involved; and
(d) Are provided in conformity with an IEP that meets the requirements of rule 3301-51-07 of the Administrative Code for individualized education programs.
(27) "General curriculum" refers to the same curriculum that is used with children without disabilities.
(28) "General education" means a learning environment that provides a community of students with the opportunity to acquire skills and knowledge necessary to meet state and local performance objectives.
(29) "Homeless children" has the meaning given the term homeless children and youths in Section 725 (42 U.S.C. 11434a) of the McKinney-Vento Homeless Assistance Act.
(30) "Include" means that the items named are not all of the possible items that are covered, whether like or unlike the ones named.
(31) "Independent educational evaluation" means an evaluation conducted by a qualified examiner who is not employed by the educational agency responsible for the education of the child in question.
(32) "Individualized education program" or IEP means a written statement for a child with a disability that is developed, reviewed, and revised in accordance with rule 3301-51-07 of the Administrative Code.
(33) "Individualized education program team" or IEP team means a group of individuals described in paragraph (F) of rule 3301-51-07 of the Administrative Code that is responsible for developing, reviewing, or revising an IEP for a child with a disability.
(34) "Institution of higher education":
(a) Has the meaning given the term in Section 101 of the Higher Education Act of 1965, as amended and specified in the Higher Education Amendments of 1998, January 1998, 20 U.S.C. 1021 (HEA); and
(b) Also includes any community college receiving funds from the secretary of the interior under the Tribally Controlled Community College or University Assistance Act of 1978 (renamed Tribally Controlled College or University Assistance Act of 1978), October 1978, 25 U.S.C. 1801.
(35) "Instructional Materials and Technologies" includes "electronic book" as defined in division (C) of section 3329.01 of the Revised Code.
(36) "Limited English proficient" has the meaning given the term in Section 9101(25) of the Elementary and Secondary Education Act of 1965 (ESEA).
(37) "Math Markup Language 3" means the technical standard for the creation of valid XML source files containing mathematical and scientific content.
(38) "National Instructional Materials Access Center (NIMAC)" means the national repository established at the American printing house for the blind, inc. (APH) that contains NIMAS file sets.
(39) "National Instructional Materials Accessibility Standard (NIMAS)", including Math Markup Language, means the technical standard used by publishers to produce source files for use in creating multiple specialized formats, including braille, large print, digital text and audio.
(40) Native language:
(a) When used with respect to an individual who is limited English proficient, "native language" means the following:
(i) The language normally used by that individual, or, in the case of a child, the language normally used by the parents of the child, except as provided in paragraph (B)(40)(a)(ii) of this rule.
(ii) In all direct contact with a child (including evaluation of the child), the language normally used by the child in the home or learning environment.
(b) For an individual with deafness or blindness, or for an individual with no written language, the mode of communication is that normally used by the individual (such as sign language, braille, or oral communication).
(41) "Non-chartered nonpublic school" means a school, that is not chartered or seeking a charter from the state board of education because of truly held religious beliefs.
(42) "Nonpublic school" means a private school which is recognized by the Ohio department of education as either a chartered school as defined in section 3301.16 of the Revised Code or a non-chartered school as described in rule 3301-35-08 of the Administrative Code.
(43) "Objective" means a smaller, more manageable learning task that a child must master as a step toward achieving an annual goal. Objectives break the skills described in the annul goal into discrete components that, when mastered, allow the child to successfully obtain the goal.
(44) "Other educational agency" means a joint vocational school district; department; division; bureau; office; institution; board; commission; committee; authority; or other state or local agency, other than a school district or an agency administered by the department of developmental disabilities, that provides or seeks to provide special education or related services to children with disabilities.
(45) "Other health impairment major" means a child whose condition meets the definition of "other health impairment" and either of the following apply:
(a) The child is identified as having a medical condition that is among those listed by the superintendent of public instruction as conditions where a substantial majority of cases fall within the definition of "medically fragile child"; or
(b) The child is determined by the superintendent of public instruction to be a medically fragile child as defined in division (I) of section 3317.02 of the Revised Code.
(46) "Other health impairment minor" means a child whose condition meets the definition of "other health impairment" and whose condition does not meet either of the conditions specified in division (W)(1)(a) or (W)(1)(b) of section 3317.02 of the Revised Code.
(47) "Paraprofessional services" include services provided by educational agency employees who are adequately trained to assist in the provision of special education to children with disabilities. Paraprofessionals work under the supervision of teachers, intervention specialists, and/or related service providers. Other titles used to identify these service providers include teacher assistants, educational aides, school psychology aides, occupational therapy assistants, physical therapist assistants, and job coaches.
(48) "Parent" means:
(a) A biological or adoptive parent of a child but not a foster parent of a child;
(b) A guardian generally authorized to act as the child's parent, or authorized to make educational decisions for the child (but not the state if the child is a ward of the state);
(c) An individual acting in the place of a biological or adoptive parent (including a grandparent, stepparent, or other relative) with whom the child lives, or an individual who is legally responsible for the child's welfare; or
(d) A surrogate parent who has been appointed in accordance with rule 3301-51-05 of the Administrative Code;
(e) Except as provided in paragraph (B)(48)(f) of this rule, the biological or adoptive parent, when attempting to act as the parent under this rule and when more than one party is qualified under this rule to act as a parent, must be presumed to be the parent for purposes of this chapter of the Administrative Code unless the biological or adoptive parent does not have legal authority to make educational decisions for the child;
(f) If a judicial decree or order identifies a specific person or persons under paragraphs (B)(48)(a) to (B)(48)(c) of this rule to act as the parent of a child or to make educational decisions on behalf of a child, then such person or persons shall be determined to be the parent for purposes of this rule.
(49) "Parent training and information center" means a center assisted under Sections 671 or 672 of the IDEA.
(50) "Parentally placed nonpublic school children with disabilities" means children with disabilities enrolled by their parents in nonpublic, including religious, schools or facilities that meet the definition of elementary school or secondary school in this rule, other than children with disabilities in nonpublic schools who are placed or referred by public agencies.
(51) "Participating agency" means any agency or institution that collects, maintains, or uses personally identifiable information, or from which information is obtained, under Part B of the IDEA.
(52) "Personally identifiable" means information that contains:
(a) The name of the child, the child's parent, or other family member;
(b) The address of the child;
(c) A personal identifier, such as the child's social security number or student number; or
(d) A list of personal characteristics or other information that would make it possible to identify the child with reasonable certainty.
(53) "Public agency" includes the school districts, county boards of developmental disabilities, other educational agencies, community schools and any other political subdivisions of the state that are responsible for providing education to children with disabilities.
(54) "Qualified personnel" means personnel who have met Ohio department of education-approved or Ohio department of education-recognized certification, licensing, or other comparable requirements that apply to the area in which the individuals are providing special education or related services.
(55) "Referral" means the date the public school district or community school receives a parent's, school district's, or other educational agency's request for an initial evaluation or reevaluation.
(56) "Related services" means transportation and such developmental, corrective, and other supportive services as are required to assist a child with a disability to benefit from special education, and includes speech-language pathology and audiology services, interpreting services, psychological services, physical and occupational therapy, recreation, including therapeutic recreation, early identification and assessment of disabilities in children, counseling services, including rehabilitation counseling, orientation and mobility services, and medical services for diagnostic or evaluation purposes. Related services also include school health services and school nurse services, social work services in schools, and parent counseling and training.
(a) Exception; services that apply to children with surgically implanted devices, including cochlear implants.
(i) Related services do not include a medical device that is surgically implanted, the optimization of that device's functioning (e.g., mapping), maintenance of that device, or the replacement of that device.
(ii) Nothing in paragraph (B)(56)(a)(i) of this rule:
(a) Limits the right of a child with a surgically implanted device (e.g., cochlear implant) to receive related services (as listed in this rule) that are determined by the IEP team to be necessary for the child to receive FAPE.
(b) Limits the responsibility of a school district to appropriately monitor and maintain medical devices that are needed to maintain the health and safety of the child, including breathing, nutrition, or operation of other bodily functions, while the child is transported to and from school or is at school; or
(c) Prevents the routine checking of an external component of a surgically-implanted device to make sure it is functioning properly, as required in rule 3301-51-02 of the Administrative Code.
(b) Individual related services terms defined. The terms used in this rule are defined as follows:
(i) "Attendant services" are those that assist children with disabilities with personal health care needs.
(ii) "Audiology" includes:
(a) Identification of children with hearing loss;
(b) Determination of the range, nature, and degree of hearing loss, including referral for medical or other professional attention for the habilitation of hearing;
(c) Provision of habilitative activities, such as language habilitation, auditory training, speech reading (lip-reading), hearing evaluation, and speech conservation;
(d) Creation and administration of programs for prevention of hearing loss;
(e) Counseling and guidance of children, parents, and teachers regarding hearing loss; and
(f) Determination of children's needs for group and individual amplification, selecting and fitting an appropriate aid, and evaluating the effectiveness of amplification.
(iii) "Counseling services" means services provided by qualified social workers, psychologists, guidance counselors, or other qualified personnel.
(iv) "Early identification and assessment of disabilities in children" means the implementation of a formal plan for identifying a disability as early as possible in a child's life.
(v) "Interpreting services" includes:
(a) The following, when used with respect to children who are deaf or hard of hearing: oral transliteration services, cued language transliteration services, sign language transliteration and interpreting services, and transcription services, such as "communication access real-time translation (CART)," "C-Print," and "TypeWell"; and
(b) Special interpreting services for children who are deaf-blind.
(vi) "Medical services" means services provided by a licensed physician to determine a child's medically related disability that results in the child's need for special education and related services.
(vii) "Occupational therapy"
(a) Means services provided by a qualified occupational therapist licensed under Chapter 4755. of the Revised Code; and
(b) Includes:
(i) Improving, developing, or restoring functions impaired or lost through illness, injury, or deprivation;
(ii) Improving ability to perform tasks for independent functioning if functions are impaired or lost; and
(iii) Preventing, through early intervention, initial or further impairment or loss of function.
(viii) "Occupational therapy assistant services" means services provided by an occupational therapy assistant licensed under Chapter 4755. of the Revised Code and includes assisting in the practice of occupational therapy under the direction and supervision of an occupational therapist.
(ix) "Orientation and mobility services":
(a) Means services provided to blind or visually impaired children by qualified personnel to enable those students to attain systematic orientation to and safe movement within their environments in school, home, and community; and
(b) Includes teaching children the following, as appropriate:
(i) Spatial and environmental concepts and use of information received by the senses (such as sound, temperature and vibrations) to establish, maintain, or regain orientation and line of travel (e.g., using sound at a traffic light to cross the street);
(ii) To use the long cane or a service animal to supplement visual travel skills or as a tool for safely negotiating the environment for children with no available travel vision;
(iii) To understand and use remaining vision and distance low vision aids; and
(iv) Other concepts, techniques, and tools.
(x) "Parent counseling and training" means:
(a) Assisting parents in understanding the special needs of their child;
(b) Providing parents with information about child development; and
(c) Helping parents to acquire the necessary skills that will allow them to support the implementation of their child's IEP.
(xi) "Physical therapy" means services provided by a qualified physical therapist licensed under Chapter 4755. of the Revised Code.
(xii) "Physical therapist assistant services" means services provided by a physical therapist assistant licensed under Chapter 4755. of the Revised Code who performs such services under the direction and supervision of a physical therapist.
(xiii) "Psychological services"
(a) Include but are not limited to:
(i) Administering psychological and educational tests, and other assessment procedures;
(ii) Interpreting assessment results;
(iii) Obtaining, integrating, and interpreting information about child behavior and conditions relating to learning;
(iv) Consulting with other staff members to plan and develop school programs and interventions to meet the educational needs or special education needs of children or groups of children as indicated by psychological tests, interviews, direct observation, and behavioral evaluations;
(v) Conducting and monitoring interventions;
(vi) Diagnosing psychological disorders that effect learning and/or behavior;
(vii) Planning and managing a program of psychological services, including psychological counseling for children and parents;
(viii) Participating in the provision of a program of mental health services; and
(ix) Assisting in developing positive behavioral intervention strategies.
(b) The services of a school psychology aide shall be under the direct supervision of a school psychologist.
(c) The school psychologist intern program shall be organized under guidelines approved by the Ohio department of education, office for exceptional children.
(xiv) "Reader services" means assisting learners with visual impairments by orally reading written materials.
(xv) "Recreation" includes:
(a) Assessment of leisure function;
(b) Therapeutic recreation services;
(c) Recreation programs in schools and community agencies; and
(d) Leisure education.
(xvi) "Rehabilitation counseling services" means services provided by qualified personnel in individual or group sessions that focus specifically on career development, employment preparation, achieving independence, and integration in the workplace and community of a student with a disability. The term also includes vocational rehabilitation services provided to a student with a disability by vocational rehabilitation programs funded under the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, as amended and specified in the Rehabilitation Act Amendments of 1998, August 1998, 29 U.S.C. 701.
(xvii) "School health services and school nurse services" means health services that are designed to enable a child with a disability to receive FAPE as described in the child's IEP. School nurse services are services provided by a qualified school nurse. School health services are services that may be provided by either a qualified school nurse or other qualified person.
(xviii) "Social work services in schools" includes:
(a) Preparing a social or developmental history on a child with a disability;
(b) Group and individual counseling with the child and family;
(c) Working in partnership with parents and others on those problems in a child's living situation (home, school, and community) that affect the child's adjustment in school;
(d) Mobilizing school and community resources to enable the child to learn as effectively as possible in the child's educational program; and
(e) Assisting in developing positive behavioral intervention strategies.
(xix) "Speech-language pathology services" includes:
(a) Identification of children with speech or language impairments;
(b) Diagnosis and appraisal of specific speech or language impairments;
(c) Referral for medical or other professional attention necessary for the habilitation of speech or language impairments;
(d) Provision of speech and language services for the habilitation or prevention of communicative impairments; and
(e) Counseling and guidance of parents, children, and teachers regarding speech and language impairments.
(xx) "Transportation" includes:
(a) Travel to and from school and between schools;
(b) Travel in and around school buildings; and
(c) Specialized equipment (such as special or adapted buses, lifts, and ramps), if required to provide special transportation for a child with a disability.
(57) "School district" means a city, local, exempted village school district, or a community school.
(58) "School district of residence" means:
(a) The school district in which the child's parents reside;
(b) If the child is enrolled in a community school, the community school is considered to be the "school district of residence";
(c) If the school district specified in paragraph (B)(58)(a) or (B)(58)(b) of this rule cannot be determined, the last school district in which the child's parents are known to have resided if the parents' whereabouts are unknown;
(d) If the school district specified in paragraph (B)(58)(c) of this rule cannot be determined, the school district determined by the court under section 2151.362 of the Revised Code, or if no district has been so determined, the school district as determined by the probate court of the county in which the child resides.
(e) Notwithstanding paragraphs (B)(58)(a) to (B)(58)(d) of this rule, if a school district is required by section 3313.65 of the Revised Code to pay tuition for a child, that district shall be the child's school district of residence.
(59) "School district of service" means a school district that is responsible for serving a child with a disability who resides within another school district.
(60) "Secondary school" means a nonprofit institutional day or residential school, including a secondary community school that provides secondary education, as determined under state law, except that it does not include any education beyond grade twelve.
(61) "Services plan" means a written statement that describes the special education and related services the school district will provide to a parentally placed child with a disability enrolled in a nonpublic school who has been designated to receive services, including the location of the services and any transportation necessary, consistent with rule 3301-51-08 of the Administrative Code, and is developed and implemented in accordance with rule 3301-51-08 of the Administrative Code.
(62) Special education:
(a) General.
(i) "Special education" means specially designed instruction, at no cost to the parents, to meet the unique needs of a child with a disability, including:
(a) Instruction conducted in the classroom, in the home, in hospitals and institutions, and in other settings; and
(b) Instruction in physical education.
(ii) Special education includes each of the following, if the services otherwise meet the requirements of paragraph (B)(62)(a)(i) of this rule:
(a) Speech-language pathology services, or any other related service, if the IEP team considers the service special education rather than a related service under state standards;
(b) Travel training; and
(c) Vocational education.
(b) Individual special education terms defined. The terms in this rule are defined as follows:
(i) "At no cost" means that all specially-designed instruction is provided without charge, but does not preclude incidental fees that are normally charged to non disabled students or their parents as a part of the regular education program.
(ii) "Physical education" means:
(a) The development of:
(i) Physical and motor fitness;
(ii) Fundamental motor skills and patterns; and
(iii) Skills in aquatics, dance, and individual and group games and sports (including intramural and lifetime sports); and
(b) Includes special physical education, adapted physical education, movement education, and motor development.
(iii) "Specially designed instruction" means adapting, as appropriate to the needs of an eligible child under this rule, the content, methodology, or delivery of instruction:
(a) To address the unique needs of the child that result from the child's disability; and
(b) To ensure access of the child to the general curriculum, so that the child can meet the educational standards within the jurisdiction of the school district that apply to all children.
(iv) "Travel training" means providing instruction, as appropriate, to children with significant cognitive (intellectual) disabilities, and any other children with disabilities who require this instruction, to enable them to:
(a) Develop an awareness of the environment in which they live; and
(b) Learn the skills necessary to move effectively and safely from place to place within that environment (e.g., in school, in the home, at work, and in the community).
(v) "Vocational education" means organized educational programs that are directly related to the preparation of individuals for paid or unpaid employment, or for additional preparation for a career not requiring a baccalaureate or advanced degree.
(63) "Supervisory and coordinator services" includes providing information and explanation to all personnel who provide special education and related services to children with disabilities regarding state and federal laws, recommended practice, and other topics essential for the delivery of services to children with disabilities; helping school district personnel evaluate the effectiveness of special education and related services; and providing in-service education to parents and personnel involved in educating children with disabilities. Supervisory personnel as required by paragraph (D)(2) of rule 3301-24-05 of the Administrative Code and in compliance with each educational agency's approved board policies.
(64) "State residential school" means publicly funded residential educational services that are provided under the supervision of the Ohio department of education, including the Ohio school for the deaf and the Ohio state school for the blind.
(65) "Supplementary aids and services" means aids, services, and other supports that are provided in regular education classes, other education-related settings, and in extracurricular and nonacademic settings, to enable children with disabilities to be educated with non disabled children to the maximum extent appropriate in accordance with the requirements for least restrictive environment in rule 3301-51-09 of the Administrative Code.
(66) "Surrogate Parent" means a trained individual (see division (C)(5) of section 3310.51 of the Revised Code and rule 3301-51-01 of the Administrative Code) who acts in the place of the parent (as defined in Ohio Revised Code or Ohio Administrative Code) to make educational decisions on behalf of children who are or may be eligible for special education services under the Individuals with Disabilities Education Act (IDEA) in all matters relating to the identification, evaluation, educational placement, and provision of a free appropriate public education (FAPE).
(67) "Textbook" means textbooks, including related core instructional material, available for purchase by a school board, including new editions to a series or volume of that textbook.
(68) "Transition from Part C early intervention services" means the transition of children from the Part C programs to preschool programs as specified in rule 3301-51-11 of the Administrative Code.
(69) "Transition services":
(a) Means a coordinated set of activities for a child with a disability that:
(i) Is designed to be within a results-oriented process, that is focused on improving the academic and functional achievement of the child with a disability to facilitate the child's movement from school to post-school activities, including postsecondary education, vocational education, integrated employment (including supported employment), continuing and adult education, adult services, independent living, or community participation;
(ii) Is based on the individual child's needs, taking into account the child's strengths, preferences, and interests; and includes:
(a) Instruction;
(b) Related services;
(c) Community experiences;
(d) The development of employment in an integrated competitive environment and other post-school adult living objectives; and
(e) When assessment data supports a need, acquisition of daily living skills and provision of a functional vocational evaluation.
(b) Shall be provided by individuals who have the competencies, experiences, and training to meet the individual student's transition services needs. Individuals coordinating transition shall either:
(i) Obtain the transition to work endorsement; or
(ii) Possess the skills and knowledge to:
(a) Facilitate a planning process among multiple agencies, students and families to support a student's secondary transition process;
(b) Plan for the collection, sharing and utilization of student's transition data that is relevant to the student's post school outcomes, environment and support needs;
(c) Communicate a student's individual transition plan to students, families, educators and agencies;
(d) Coordinate the implementation research based practices that lead to effective postsecondary transition services and outcomes;
(e) Utilize methods to engage students and families in the secondary transition process;
(f) Assist in the coordination of referral process from school to adult services systems;
(g) Link appropriate course of study and instruction strategies to secondary transition related goals; and
(h) Create strategies that support the career development pathways of students with disabilities leading to career and college readiness.
(c) Transition services for children with disabilities may be special education, if provided as specially designed instruction, or a related service, if required to assist a child with a disability to benefit from special education.
(d) Competitive environment means competitive employment in an integrated setting.
(e) Competitive integrated employment as defined by 34 CFR 361(c)(9), means work that:
(i) In the competitive labor market that is performed on a full-time or part-time basis in an integrated setting; and
(ii) For which an individual is compensated at or above the minimum wage, but not less than the customary wage and level of benefits paid by the employer for the same or similar work performed by individuals who are not disabled.
(f) Integrated setting as defined by 34 CFR 361.5(33)(ii) and used in the context of employment outcomes, means a setting typically found in the community in which applicants or eligible individuals interact with non-disabled individuals, other than non-disabled individuals who are providing services to those applicants or eligible individuals, to the same extent that non-disabled individuals in a comparable positions interact with other persons.
(70) "Universal design" has the meaning given the term in Section 3 of the Assistive Technology Act of 1998, as amended and specified in the Assistive Technology Act of 2004, October 2004, 29 U.S.C. 3002.
(71) "Ward of the state" means a child who, as determined by the state where the child resides, is:
(a) A foster child;
(b) A ward of the state; or
(c) In the custody of a public child welfare agency.
Last updated December 1, 2023 at 9:33 AM
History
- Effective: December 1, 2023
- Promulgated Under: 119.03
Ohio Adm.Code 3301-51-06
(A) General
(1) Children with disabilities must be evaluated in accordance with this rule.
(2) Each educational agency shall adopt and implement written policies and procedures, approved by the Ohio department of education, office for exceptional children, to ensure that a referral process is employed to determine whether or not a child is a child with a disability. The school district of residence shall ensure that initial evaluations are conducted and that reevaluations are completed.
(3) Consistent with rule 3301-35-06 of the Administrative Code, each educational agency shall provide interventions to resolve concerns for any preschool or school-age child who is performing below grade-level standards.
(4) An educational agency may not use interventions to unnecessarily delay an evaluation to determine a child's eligibility for special education services. If such interventions have not been implemented prior to referral for evaluation, appropriate interventions shall be implemented during the same sixty calendar day time frame during which the educational agency conducts a full and individual evaluation.
(5) Each educational agency shall use data from interventions to determine eligibility for special education services, appropriate instructional practices, and access to the general curriculum. In the case of a preschool-age child, data collected through interventions is part of the differentiated referral process.
(B) Initial evaluations
(1) General
Each school district of residence must conduct a full and individual initial evaluation, in accordance with this rule, before the initial provision of special education and related services under Part B of the Individuals with Disabilities Education Act, as amended by the Individuals with Disabilities Education Improvement Act of 2004, December 2004 (IDEA) to a child with a disability residing in the school district.
(2) Request for initial evaluation
Consistent with the consent requirements in rule 3301-51-05 of the Administrative Code, either a parent of a child or a public agency may initiate a request for an initial evaluation to determine if the child is a child with a disability.
(3) A school district will, within thirty calendar days of receipt of a request for an evaluation from either a parent of a child or a public agency, either obtain parental consent for an initial evaluation or provide to the parents prior written notice stating that the school district does not suspect a disability and will not be conducting an evaluation.
(4) Procedures for initial evaluation
The initial evaluation:
(a) Must be conducted within sixty days of receiving parental consent for the evaluation; and
(b) Must consist of procedures:
(i) To determine if the child is a child with a disability as defined in paragraph (B)(10) of rule 3301-51-01 of the Administrative Code; and
(ii) To determine the educational needs of the child.
(5) Exception
The time frame described in paragraph (B)(4)(a) of this rule does not apply to a school district if:
(a) The parent of a child repeatedly fails or refuses to produce the child for the evaluation; or
(b) A child enrolls in a new school district of residence after the relevant time frame in paragraph (B)(4)(a) of this rule has begun, and prior to a determination by the child's previous school district of residence as to whether the child is a child with a disability as defined in paragraph (B)(10) of rule 3301-51-01 of the Administrative Code.
(6) The exception in paragraph (B)(5)(b) of this rule applies only if the subsequent school district of residence is making sufficient progress to ensure a prompt completion of the evaluation, and the parent and subsequent school district agree to a specific time when the evaluation will be completed.
(C) Screening for instructional purposes is not evaluation
The screening of a child by a teacher or specialist to determine appropriate instructional strategies for curriculum implementation shall not be considered to be an evaluation for eligibility for special education and related services.
(D) Reevaluations
(1) General
A school district of residence must ensure that a reevaluation of each child with a disability is conducted in accordance with paragraphs (E) to (I) of this rule:
(a) If the educational agency determines that the educational or related services needs, including improved academic achievement and functional performance, of the child warrant a reevaluation; or
(b) If the child's parent or teacher requests a reevaluation; or
(c) In order to make a change in disability category.
(2) Limitation
A reevaluation conducted under paragraph (D)(1) of this rule:
(a) May occur not more than once a year, unless the parent and the school district agree otherwise; and
(b) Must occur at least once every three years, unless the parent and the school district agree that a reevaluation is unnecessary.
(3) Evaluations for children who transfer educational agencies in the same state:
(a) An educational agency has thirty days from the date the prior educational agency's evaluation was received to either:
(i) Accept the evaluation from the prior educational agency; or
(ii) Obtain consent for a reevaluation.
(b) Reevaluation under this paragraph must be conducted within sixty days of parent consent.
(E) Evaluation procedures
(1) Notice
The school district of residence must provide notice to the parents of a child with a disability, in accordance with rule 3301-51-05 of the Administrative Code, that describes any evaluation procedures the educational agency proposes to conduct.
(2) Conduct of evaluation
In conducting the evaluation, the educational agency must:
(a) Use a variety of assessment tools and strategies to gather relevant functional, developmental, and academic information about the child, including information provided by the parent, that may assist in determining:
(i) Whether the child is a child with a disability as defined in paragraph (B)(10) of rule 3301-51-01 of the Administrative Code; and
(ii) The content of the child's individualized education program (IEP), including information related to enabling the child to be involved in and progress in the general education curriculum (or for a preschool child to participate in appropriate activities);
(b) Not use any single source of information, such as a single measure or score, as the sole criterion for determining whether a child is a child with a disability and for determining an appropriate educational program for the child; and
(c) Use technically sound instruments that may assess the relative contribution of cognitive and behavioral factors, in addition to physical or developmental factors.
(3) Other evaluation procedures
Each educational agency must ensure that:
(a) Assessments and other evaluation materials used to assess a child under this rule:
(i) Are selected and administered so as not to be discriminatory on a racial or cultural basis;
(ii) Are provided and administered in the child's native language or other mode of communication and in the form most likely to yield accurate information about what the child knows and can do academically, developmentally, and functionally, unless it is clearly not feasible to so provide or administer;
(iii) Are used for the purposes for which the assessments or measures are valid and reliable;
(iv) Are administered by trained and knowledgeable personnel; and
(v) Are administered in accordance with any instructions provided by the producer of the assessments.
(b) Assessments and other evaluation materials include those tailored to assess specific areas of educational need and not merely those that are designed to provide a single general intelligence quotient.
(c) Assessments are selected and administered so as best to ensure that if an assessment is administered to a child with impaired sensory, manual, or speaking skills, the assessment results accurately reflect the child's aptitude or achievement level or whatever other factors the test purports to measure, rather than reflecting the child's impaired sensory, manual, or speaking skills (unless those skills are the factors that the test purports to measure).
(d) The child is assessed in all areas related to the suspected disability, including, if appropriate, health, vision, hearing, social and emotional status, general intelligence, academic performance, communicative status, and motor abilities;
(e) Assessments of children with disabilities who transfer from one educational agency to another educational agency in the same school year are coordinated with those children's prior and subsequent schools, as necessary and as expeditiously as possible, consistent with paragraphs (B)(5)(b) and (B)(6) of this rule, to ensure prompt completion of full evaluations.
(f) In evaluating each child with a disability under paragraphs (E) to (G) of this rule, the evaluation is sufficiently comprehensive to identify all of the child's special education and related services needs, whether or not commonly linked to the disability category in which the child has been classified.
(g) Assessment tools and strategies that provide relevant information that directly assists persons in determining the educational needs of the child are provided.
(h) Medical consultation, as appropriate, for a preschool or school-age child on a continuing basis, especially when school authorities feel that there has been a change in the child's behavior or educational functioning or when new symptoms are detected; and
(i) For preschool-age children, as appropriate, the evaluation shall include the following specialized assessments:
(i) Physical examination which is completed by a licensed doctor of medicine or doctor of osteopathy in cases where the disability is primarily the result of a congenital or acquired physical disability;
(ii) Vision examination which is conducted by an eye care specialist in cases where the disability is primarily the result of a visual impairment; and
(iii) An audiological examination which is completed by a certified or licensed audiologist in cases where the disability is primarily the result of a hearing impairment.
(F) Additional requirements for evaluations and reevaluations
(1) Review of existing evaluation data
As part of an initial evaluation, and as part of any reevaluation under this rule, the evaluation team shall develop an evaluation plan that will provide for the following and be summarized in an evaluation team report:
(a) Review existing evaluation data on the child, including:
(i) Evaluations and information provided by the parents of the child;
(ii) Current classroom-based, local, or state assessments, and classroom-based observations;
(iii) Observations by teachers and related services providers;
(iv) Data about the child's progress in the general curriculum or, for the preschool-age child, data pertaining to the child's growth and development;
(v) Data from previous interventions, including:
(a) Interventions required by rule 3301-35-06 of the Administrative Code; and
(b) For the preschool child, data from early intervention, community or preschool program providers; and
(vi) Any relevant trend data beyond the past twelve months, including the review of current and previous IEPs; and
(b) On the basis of that review and input from the child's parents, identify what additional data, if any, are needed to determine:
(i) Whether the child is a child with a disability, as defined in rule 3301-51-01 of the Administrative Code, and the educational needs of the child; or
(ii) In case of a reevaluation of a child, whether the child continues to have such a disability, and the educational needs of the child;
(iii) The present levels of academic achievement and related developmental needs of the child;
(iv) Whether the child needs special education and related services; or
(v) In the case of a reevaluation of a child, whether the child continues to need special education and related services; and
(vi) Whether any additions or modifications to the special education and related services are needed to enable the child to meet the measurable annual goals set out in the IEP of the child and to participate, as appropriate, in the general education curriculum.
(2) Conduct of review
The group described in paragraph (F)(1) of this rule may conduct its review without a meeting.
(3) Source of data
The educational agency must administer such assessments and other evaluation measures as may be needed to produce the data identified under paragraph (F)(1) of this rule.
(4) Requirements if additional data are not needed
(a) If the evaluation team or the individualized education program team, as appropriate, determine that no additional data are needed to determine whether the child continues to be a child with a disability and to determine the child's educational needs, the educational agency must notify the child's parents of:
(i) That determination and the reasons for the determination; and
(ii) The right of the parents to request an assessment to determine whether the child continues to be a child with a disability and to determine the child's educational needs.
(b) The educational agency is not required to conduct the assessment described in paragraph (F)(4)(a)(ii) of this rule unless requested to do so by the child's parents.
(5) Evaluations before change in eligibility
(a) Except as provided in paragraph (F)(5)(b) of this rule, an educational agency must evaluate a child with a disability in accordance with paragraphs (E) to (I) of this rule before determining that the child is no longer a child with a disability.
(b) The evaluation described in paragraph (F)(5)(a) of this rule is not required before the termination of a child's eligibility under this rule due to graduation from secondary school with a regular diploma or due to exceeding the age eligibility for a free appropriate public education (FAPE) under state law.
(c) For a child whose eligibility terminates under circumstances described in paragraph (F)(5)(b) of this rule, an educational agency must provide the child with a summary of the child's academic achievement and functional performance, which shall include recommendations on how to assist the child in meeting the child's postsecondary goals.
(G) Determination of eligibility
(1) General
Upon completion of the administration of assessments and other evaluation measures:
(a) A group of qualified professionals and the parent of the child determines whether the child is a child with a disability, as defined in rule 3301-51-01 of the Administrative Code, in accordance with paragraph (G)(2) of this rule and the educational needs of the child; and
(b) The educational agency provides a copy of the evaluation report and the documentation of determination of eligibility at no cost to the parent.
(i) The written evaluation team report shall include:
(a) A summary of information obtained during the evaluation process; and
(b) The names, titles and signatures of each team member, including the parent, and an indication of whether or not they are in agreement with the eligibility determination. Any team member who is not in agreement with the team's determination of disability shall submit a statement of disagreement.
(ii) The educational agency must provide a copy of the evaluation team report and the documentation of determination of eligibility or continued eligibility to the parents prior to the next individualized education program meeting and in no case later than fourteen days from the date of eligibility determination.
(2) Special rule for eligibility determination
A child must not be determined to be a child with a disability under this rule:
(a) If the determinant factor for that determination is:
(i) Lack of appropriate instruction in reading, including the essential components of reading instruction as defined in Section 1208(3) of the Elementary and Secondary Education Act of 1965, as amended and specified in the No Child Left Behind Act of 2001, January 2002, 20 U.S.C. 6301 (ESEA);
(ii) Lack of appropriate instruction in math; or
(iii) Limited English proficiency; and
(b) If the child does not otherwise meet the eligibility criteria under paragraph (B)(10) of rule 3301-51-01 of the Administrative Code.
(3) Procedures for determining eligibility and educational need
(a) In interpreting evaluation data for the purpose of determining if a child is a child with a disability as defined in paragraph (B)(10) of rule 3301-51-01 of the Administrative Code, and the educational needs of the child, each educational agency must:
(i) Draw upon information from a variety of sources, including aptitude and achievement tests, state and districtwide assessments, parent input, and teacher recommendations, as well as information about the child's physical condition, social or cultural background, and adaptive behavior; and
(ii) Ensure that information obtained from all of these sources is documented and carefully considered.
(b) If a determination is made that a child has a disability and needs special education and related services, an IEP must be developed for the child in accordance with rule 3301-51-07 of the Administrative Code.
(H) Additional procedures for identifying children with specific learning disabilities
(1) Specific learning disabilities
(a) General
The Ohio department of education adopts in this rule, criteria for determining whether a child has a specific learning disability as defined in paragraph (B)(10)(d)(x) of rule 3301-51-01 of the Administrative Code. The criteria adopted by the state in this rule:
(i) Do not require the use of a severe discrepancy between intellectual ability and achievement for determining whether a child has a specific learning disability, as defined in paragraph (B)(10)(d)(x) of rule 3301-51-01 of the Administrative Code;
(ii) Permit the use of a process based on the child's response to scientific, research-based intervention; and
(iii) Permit the use of other alternative research-based procedures for determining whether a child has a specific learning disability as defined in paragraph (B)(10)(d)(x) of rule 3301-51-01 of the Administrative Code.
(b) Consistency with state criteria
An educational agency must use the state criteria adopted in this rule pursuant to paragraph (H)(1) of this rule in determining whether a child has a specific learning disability.
(2) Additional group members
The determination of whether a child suspected of having a specific learning disability is a child with a disability, as defined in rule 3301-51-01 of the Administrative Code, must be made by the child's parents and a team of qualified professionals which must include:
(a) The child's regular teacher; or
(b) If the child does not have a regular teacher, a regular classroom teacher qualified to teach a child of the child's age; or
(c) For a child of less than school-age, an individual qualified by the Ohio department of education to teach a child of the child's age; and
(d) At least one person qualified to conduct individual diagnostic examinations of children, such as a school psychologist, speech-language pathologist, or remedial reading teacher.
(3) Determining the existence of a specific learning disability
(a) The group described in paragraph (G) of this rule may determine that a child has a specific learning disability, as defined in paragraph (B)(10)(d)(x) of rule 3301-51-01 of the Administrative Code, if:
(i) The child does not achieve adequately for the child's age or to meet state-approved grade-level standards in one or more of the following areas, when provided with learning experiences and instruction appropriate for the child's age or state-approved grade-level standards:
(a) Oral expression;
(b) Listening comprehension;
(c) Written expression;
(d) Basic reading skill;
(e) Reading fluency skills;
(f) Reading comprehension;
(g) Mathematics calculation; or
(h) Mathematics problem-solving.
(ii) The child does not make sufficient progress to meet age or state-approved grade-level standards in one or more of the areas identified in paragraph (H)(3)(a)(i) of this rule when using a process based on the child's response to scientific, research-based intervention; or
(iii) The child exhibits a pattern of strengths and weaknesses in performance, achievement, or both, relative to age, state-approved grade-level standards, or intellectual development, that is determined by the group to be relevant to the identification of a specific learning disability, using appropriate assessments, consistent with paragraphs (E) and (F) of this rule; and
(iv) The group determines that its findings under paragraphs (H)(3)(a)(i) to (H)(3)(a)(iii) of this rule are not primarily the result of:
(a) A visual, hearing, or motor disability;
(b) Intellectual disability;
(c) Emotional disturbance;
(d) Cultural factors;
(e) Environmental or economic disadvantage; or
(f) Limited English proficiency.
(b) To ensure that underachievement in a child suspected of having a specific learning disability is not due to lack of appropriate instruction in reading or math, the group must consider, as part of the evaluation described in paragraphs (E) to (G) of this rule:
(i) Data that demonstrate that prior to, or as a part of, the referral process, the child was provided appropriate instruction in regular education settings, delivered by qualified personnel; and
(ii) Data-based documentation of repeated assessments of achievement at reasonable intervals, reflecting formal assessment of student progress during instruction, which was provided to the child's parents.
(c) The educational agency must promptly request parental consent to evaluate the child to determine if the child needs special education and related services, and must adhere to the time frames described in paragraphs (B) and (D) of this rule, unless the time frames are extended by mutual written agreement of the child's parents and a group of qualified professionals, as described in paragraph (G)(1)(a) of this rule:
(i) If, prior to a referral, a child has not made adequate progress after an appropriate period of time when provided instruction, as described in paragraphs (H)(3)(b)(i) and (H)(3)(b)(ii) of this rule; and
(ii) Whenever a child is referred for an evaluation.
(d) An evaluation may, but is not required to, utilize a process based on the child's response to evidence-based intervention to determine whether a child has a specific learning disability. This process:
(i) Begins when sufficient data have been gathered and analyzed under conditions of targeted and intensive individualized intervention conditions, when there is evidence of an inadequate response to intervention on the part of the child, and the group determines that the child's needs are unlikely to be met without certain specialized instruction in addition to the regular classroom instruction;
(ii) Employs interventions that are evidence-based and provided at appropriate levels of intensity, frequency, duration, and integrity, relative to the child's identified needs;
(iii) Is based on results of evidence-based, technically adequate assessment procedures that assess ongoing progress while the child is receiving evidence-based instruction, and that have been reported to the child's parents;
(iv) Includes the analysis of data described in paragraphs (H)(3)(b)(i) and (H)(3)(b)(ii) of this rule to determine whether a disparity is present between actual and expected performance, in both the child's rate of progress in developing skills, and in the child's level of performance on measures assessing one or more of the academic areas listed in paragraph (H)(3)(a)(i) of this rule;
(v) May not be used to unnecessarily delay a child's being evaluated to determine eligibility for special education services.
(e) An educational agency may use evidence-based procedures for determining whether a child exhibits a pattern of strengths and weaknesses in performance, achievement, or both, relative to age, state-approved grade-level standards, or intellectual development, that is determined by the group to be relevant to the identification of a specific learning disability, if prior approval of the procedures has been granted by the Ohio department of education.
(f) The school district must develop written procedures for the implementation of any method used to determine the existence of a specific learning disability that, at a minimum, incorporate guidelines developed by the Ohio department of education and as specified in this rule.
(4) Observation
(a) The educational agency must ensure that the child is observed in the child's learning environment, including the regular classroom setting, to document the child's academic performance and behavior in the areas of difficulty.
(b) The group described in paragraph (G) of this rule, in determining whether a child has a specific learning disability, must decide to:
(i) Use information from an observation in routine classroom instruction and monitoring of the child's performance that was done before the child was referred for an evaluation; or
(ii) Have at least one member of the group described in paragraph (G) of this rule conduct an observation of the child's academic performance in the regular classroom after the child has been referred for an evaluation and parental consent, consistent with rule 3301-51-05 of the Administrative Code, is obtained.
(c) In the case of a child of less than school-age or out of school, a group member must observe the child in an environment appropriate for a child of that age.
(5) Specific documentation for the eligibility determination
(a) For a child suspected of having a specific learning disability, the documentation of the determination of eligibility, as required in paragraph (G)(1)(b) of this rule, must contain a statement of:
(i) Whether the child has a specific learning disability;
(ii) The basis for making the determination, including an assurance that the determination has been made in accordance with paragraph (G)(3)(a) of this rule;
(iii) The relevant behavior, if any, noted during the observation of the child and the relationship of that behavior to the child's academic functioning;
(iv) The educationally relevant medical findings, if any;
(v) Whether:
(a) The child does not achieve adequately for the child's age or to meet state-approved grade-level standards consistent with paragraph (H)(3)(a)(i) of this rule; and
(b) The child does not make sufficient progress to meet age or state-approved grade-level standards consistent with paragraph (H)(3)(a)(ii) of this rule; or
(c) The child exhibits a pattern of strengths and weaknesses in performance, achievement, or both, relative to age, state-approved grade-level standards or intellectual development consistent with paragraph (H)(3)(a)(iii) of this rule;
(vi) The determination of the group concerning the effects of a visual, hearing, or motor disability; intellectual disability; emotional disturbance; cultural factors; environmental or economic disadvantage; or limited English proficiency on the child's achievement level; and
(vii) If the child has participated in a process that assesses the child's response to scientific, research-based intervention:
(a) The instructional strategies used and the student-centered data collected; and
(b) The documentation that the child's parents were notified about:
(i) The state's policies regarding the amount and nature of student performance data that would be collected and the general education services that would be provided;
(ii) Strategies for increasing the child's rate of learning; and
(iii) The parents' right to request an evaluation.
(b) Each group member must certify in writing whether the report reflects the member's conclusion. If it does not reflect the member's conclusion, the group member must submit a separate statement presenting the member's conclusions.
(I) Additional procedures for identifying children with multiple disabilities
A group of qualified professionals and the parents of the child may determine the child has multiple disabilities if the child exhibits:
(1) A combination of two or more areas of disability as defined in rule 3301-51-01 of the Administrative Code, except for a combination that includes a specific learning disability; and
(2) A severe or profound deficit in communication or adaptive behavior documented through the use of individually administered standardized instruments which have been validated for the specific purpose of measuring communication or adaptive behavior.
Last updated December 1, 2023 at 9:34 AM
History
- Effective: December 1, 2023
- Promulgated Under: 119.03
Ohio Adm.Code 3301-51-11
(A) Except as otherwise specified in this rule, the definitions in rule 3301-51-01 of the Administrative Code apply to this rule and to preschool special education.
(1) Definitions
(a) "Co-taught class" means a class operated by a public school, educational service center, or county board of developmental disabilities that is taught by two licensed teachers: one licensed general education teacher and one licensed intervention specialist.
(i) Both teachers are assigned to the classroom for the full duration of each class session.
(ii) All children in the co-taught class are on the general education teacher's roster, and the children with disabilities are also counted in the intervention specialist's caseload.
(iii) A maximum of eight children with disabilities (i.e., children with IEPs) are enrolled in the class; the department may grant a waiver (on a case-by-case basis) for additional children with disabilities to be enrolled in a co-taught class.
(iv) The class must have more children without disabilities enrolled than children with disabilities.
(v) The co-taught class shall be considered a general education class for program licensing purposes.
(b) "Full-day class session" means a class session of four or more hours.
(c) "Half-day class session" means a class session of fewer than four hours.
(d) "Itinerant services" for a preschool child who is eligible for special education services means services provided by intervention specialists or related services personnel which occur in the setting where the child, the child and parent(s), or the child and caregiver are located.
(e) "Kindergarten age eligible" means the child is age eligible pursuant to section 3321.01 of the Revised Code in his or her school district of residence.
(f) "Public school preschool special education class" means a class in which the lead teacher is qualified to teach preschool special education according to rule 3301-37-04 of the Administrative Code, the lead teacher is responsible for specially designed instruction for one or more children with IEPs enrolled in the class, and at least fifty-one per cent of the students enrolled in the class are children with disabilities.
(g) "Regular early childhood setting" means any of the following educational settings in which fifty per cent or less of the students are children with disabilities:
(i) Public school preschool general education class, as defined in this rule;
"Public school preschool general education class" means a class that meets all of the following criteria:
(a) Operated by a public school (including community schools), educational service center, or county board of developmental disabilities;
(b) Taught by a general education teacher or dual-licensed teacher who meets the lead teacher qualifications for a preschool general education class according to rule 3301-37-04 of the Administrative Code;
(c) Includes instruction in the general education curriculum aligned to Ohio's Early Learning and Development Standards;
(d) The lead teacher of a public school preschool general education class shall not serve as the intervention specialist of record or IEP case manager for any children with disabilities (i.e., children with IEPs), even if the individual holds appropriate licensure for those roles;
(e) A maximum of eight children with disabilities (i.e., children with IEPs) enrolled in a public school preschool general education class that is taught by a general education teacher who meets the lead qualifications outlined in paragraph (A)(1)(a)(ii) of this rule, and the class must be made up of fifty per cent or fewer children with disabilities enrolled than children without disabilities; the department may grant a waiver (on a case-by-case basis) for additional children with disabilities to be enrolled.
(ii) Public school preschool integrated class, as defined in this rule:
"Public school preschool integrated class" means a class that meets all of the following criteria:
(a) Operated by a public school (including community schools), educational service center, or county board of developmental disabilities;
(b) Taught by a general education teacher or dual-licensed teacher who meets the lead teacher qualifications for a preschool special education class according with rule 3301-37-04 of the Administrative Code;
(c) Fifty per cent or fewer of the students in the class are children with disabilities; and
(d) The lead teacher of a public school preschool integrated class may serve as the intervention specialist of record or IEP case manager for any children with disabilities (i.e., children with IEPs) enrolled in the public school preschool integrated class, if the individual holds the appropriate licensure.
(iii) Non-public school preschool program, as defined in this rule; or
"Non-public school preschool program" means a program that meets all of the following:
(a) A chartered nonpublic school licensed by the Ohio department of education or a program licensed by the Ohio department of job and family services (e.g., head start or community child care program licensed by ODJFS); and
(b) A program having a three-, four-, or five-star rating in "Step Up to Quality" (SUTQ) in accordance with H. B. 49 (see section 265.2, 132nd General Assembly) and H. B. 64 (see section 263.20, 131st General Assembly). The ratings of each program shall be determined in accordance with rule 5101:2-17-01 of the Administrative Code.
(iv) Head start preschool program, as defined in 45 CFR 1305.2.
All references to the term "regular education" used in the federal regulations at 34 C.F.R. part 300 shall have the same meaning as this definition
(h) "Service provider location" means the child travels to the service provider's location to receive IEP services (e.g., when a child receives speech therapy in the speech therapist's office in the school building).
(i) "Support for school personnel services" may include modeling specially designed instruction, preparing materials for use by others, co-planning instruction or interventions, coaching, or otherwise consulting with a family member, caretaker, general education teacher, intervention specialist, related services personnel, paraprofessional, or other person who provides care, education, or related services to the child.
(B) Except as otherwise specified in this rule, all preschool programs are required to comply with Chapter 3301-37 of the Administrative Code, child day-care programs.
(C) Free appropriate public education. A school district who provides preschool special education shall comply with rule 3301-51-02 of the Administrative Code.
(D) Child find. A school district who provides preschool special education shall comply with rule 3301-51-03 of the Administrative Code, except as otherwise specified in this paragraph.
(1) A school district may choose to use the term "developmental delay" under the following conditions, as defined in rules 3301-51-01 and 3301-51-03 of the Administrative Code, for children who are experiencing developmental delays and who, by reason thereof, need special education and related services:
(a) The applicability of the term shall be based upon the individual needs of the child as determined by the evaluation team or the IEP team and other qualified professionals;
(b) In addition to the assessments required in paragraph (G)(1) of this rule, results of appropriate diagnostic instruments and procedures may also be used to help make the determination that a child has a "developmental delay." A developmental delay may be substantiated by a delay of two standard deviations below the mean in one or more of the areas of development or 1.5 standard deviations below the mean in two or more of the areas of development listed in paragraph (D)(1)(c) of this rule. The results shall not be used as the sole factor in making the determination that a child has a developmental delay.
(c) "Developmental delay" means a child who is experiencing a delay as determined by an evaluation team, IEP team, and other qualified professionals in one or more of the following areas of development:
(i) Physical development;
(ii) Cognitive development;
(iii) Communication development;
(iv) Social or emotional development; or
(v) Adaptive development.
(2) Interagency agreements
Each school district shall annually review interagency agreements with all partners to ensure a free appropriate public education (FAPE) is provided to all preschool children who are eligible for special education services between the ages of three through five residing in the school district. At a minimum, agreements with the following partners are required:
(a) "Head Start" programs within the school district's service delivery area that provide for:
(i) Service coordination for preschool children who are eligible for special education services, three through five years of age, in a manner consistent with the state interagency agreement for service coordination with "Head Start"; and
(ii) Transition of children eligible for special education and related services as a preschool child at age three.
(b) The county agency responsible for "Part C Early Intervention" delivery system that provides for the transition of children from Early Intervention services to preschool special education and related services at age three in a manner consistent with the state interagency agreement for service coordination with "Head Start." The agreement must include, but is not limited to, the following requirements:
(i) A process by which strategies are evaluated for effectiveness and appropriate revisions to the agreement are made;
(ii) A process by which "Early Intervention" refers any child who is forty-five days or fewer from his or her third birthday and is suspected of having a disability. A child referred to the district forty-five days or fewer from his or her third birthday must have an evaluation completed within sixty days of parental consent for evaluation, but an individualized education program (IEP) is not required by his or her third birthday;
(iii) Shared responsibilities for evaluating any child suspected of having a disability referred to "Early Intervention" at least forty-six days before his or her third birthday but not more than ninety days before his or her third birthday;
(iv) Shared responsibilities for child find, including locating, evaluating, and identifying children with disabilities birth through age five; and
(v) Timelines and processes for sharing information about any child who may be transitioning as a preschool child eligible for special education services from "Early Intervention" services to special education and related services.
(c) Agencies within the school district's service delivery area providing special education services (e.g. county boards of developmental disabilities, education service centers) for identification, service delivery, and funding to adequately serve preschool children who are eligible for special education services three through five years of age. The agreement must include, but is not limited to, the following requirements:
(i) A process by which strategies are evaluated for effectiveness and appropriate revisions to the agreement are made;
(ii) Shared responsibilities for evaluating any child suspected of having a disability;
(iii) Shared responsibilities for child find, including locating, evaluating, and identifying children with disabilities; and
(iv) Timelines and processes for sharing information about any child who may be transitioning as a preschool child into special education services.
(3) Transition from "Part C Early Intervention"
Each school district is responsible for the following activities related to transition for a child receiving Early Intervention services under part C of the Individuals with Disabilities Education Act, as amended by the Individuals with Disabilities Education Improvement Act of 2004, December 2004 (IDEA):
(a) If invited by a representative of the part C system, a school district representative shall attend a conference to discuss transition from "Early Intervention" services to preschool.
(i) The school district shall not delay or refuse participation in the transition conference because of residency disputes or the absence of a birth certificate. A school district may use the thirty days following the transition conference to confirm residency and gather other enrollment documentation, or document attempts to gather such evidence.
(ii) The transition conference may occur up to nine months before a child's third birthday.
(iii) The school district shall document participation in the conference.
(b) The date of referral to the school district shall be the earliest of the following:
(i) One hundred fifty days prior to the child's third birthday, if the transition planning conference or notification from part C occurs more than one hundred fifty days prior to the child's third birthday; or
(ii) The date the part C representative first notifies the school district about the child, if this date is within one hundred fifty days prior to the child's third birthday; or
(iii) The date of the transition planning conference, if the transition planning conference occurs within one hundred fifty days prior to the child's third birthday.
(c) At the parent's request, the school district shall invite the part C service coordinator to the initial IEP meeting.
(d) If a child is eligible for special education and related services as a preschool child, the school district shall work with the family to ensure an IEP is in place and implemented by the child's third birthday. If the child's third birthday occurs during the regular school year, services must begin by the child's third birthday.
(e) The IEP team must consider extended school year services as part of the IEP process for children transition from part C services. A school district shall not require any child to have previous school experience to receive extended school year services. Based upon data available from the part C system, the IEP team shall determine if extended school year services are required as outlined in rule 3301-51-02 of the Administrative Code.
(f) A school district determined by the Ohio department of education to be noncompliant with the transition timeline to have an IEP in place by an eligible child's third birthday:
(i) Shall develop a corrective action plan in addition to the interagency agreement. The corrective action plan must include the signature of a representative of the agency responsible for "Part C Early Intervention" services; and
(ii) May have funds reduced or terminated by the Ohio department of education.
(E) Confidentiality. A school district who provides preschool special education shall comply with rule 3301-51-04 of the Administrative Code.
(F) Procedural safeguards. A school district who provides preschool special education shall comply with rule 3301-51-05 of the Administrative Code.
(G) Evaluations. A school district who provides preschool special education shall comply with rule 3301-51-06 of the Administrative Code, except as otherwise specified in this paragraph.
(1) Eligibility. Sufficient information shall be obtained using a variety of information sources to confirm that a disability exists. Eligibility for special education and related services as a preschool child shall be determined on the basis of multiple sources of information, including, but not limited to:
(a) Data from part C for children transitioning from early intervention services and information from any current community or preschool program providers;
(b) Observations in more than one setting and in multiple activities shall be conducted after obtaining parental consent for such observations;
(c) Information provided by the parent or caregiver;
(d) Results of at least one criterion-referenced assessment; and
(e) Results of at least one norm-referenced assessment.
(2) Based on the variety of sources of information listed in paragraphs (G)(1)(a) to (G)(1)(e) of this rule, a group of qualified professionals and the parent of the child shall determine if the child has a disability and is eligible for special education and related services as a preschool child.
At a minimum, the group of qualified professionals must include two or more representatives of the school district who collectively meet the following requirements:
(a) Qualified to provide or supervise the provision of specially designed instruction to meet the unique needs of the child;
(b) Qualified to provide or supervise the provision of instruction in the preschool general education curriculum;
(c) Authorized to make decisions about the use of school district resources for special education and related services; and
(d) Qualified to interpret the instructional implications of evaluation results.
(3) A school district must ensure that sufficient resources are available to conduct evaluations during the summer months and meet the timelines described in rule 3301-51-06 of the Administrative Code.
(4) A preschool child eligible for special education services shall be at least age three and not age six, with the following exception:
(a) A child younger than three years of age may be eligible if the child will be three by October thirty-one of the current calendar year, and the child will receive special education and related services beginning the first day of the school year, unless an alternative start date is determined by the IEP team, which must include the child's parent.
(b) A child who is age eligible for kindergarten, but not compulsory school age, may remain in preschool special education through the completion of the school year despite turning six under the following conditions:
School-age services must be considered during the IEP process for a child who will be age eligible for kindergarten in the following school year;
(H) Individualized education program (IEP). A school district who provides preschool special education shall comply with rule 3301-51-07 of the Administrative Code.
(I) Parentally placed nonpublic school children. A school district who provides preschool special education shall comply with rule 3301-51-08 of the Administrative Code. Nothing in this section is intended to change the circumstances under which a district is or is not required to pay for the cost of FAPE pursuant to paragraph (B)(8) of rule 3301- 51-08 of the Administrative Code.
(J) Delivery of services/least restrictive environment. A school district who provides preschool special education shall comply with 34 C.F.R. 300.114 to 300.118 and rule 3301-51-09 of the Administrative Code.
(1) In ensuring that a continuum of alternative placements is available to meet the needs of children with disabilities for special education and related services, a school district shall annually prepare, post publicly, and make available to parents during the evaluation process; a list of the available preschool education service options in the community. This list shall not be limited to service providers within the geographic boundaries of the district but shall include providers outside the limits of the school district boundaries that may be more easily accessible to children with disabilities living within the boundaries of the school district. This list shall inform the discussions and decision on the appropriate placement of each child with a disability.
(2) In considering appropriate placement options consistent with the requirement to service students in the least restrictive environment, the IEP teams shall consider available options:
(a) A public school preschool general education class or a non-public school preschool program in which no more than eight children with disabilities are enrolled,
(b) A regular early childhood education setting in which fifty per cent or fewer of the students are children with disabilities,
(c) A public school preschool integrated class in which fifty per cent or fewer of the students are children with disabilities,
(d) A public school preschool special education class in which more than fifty per cent of the students are children with disabilities,
(e) A special school,
(f) A home or service provider location.
(3) The placement decision made annually by the IEP team, which includes the parents, shall include consideration of the child being educated in the school that he or she would have attended if nondisabled. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the IEP can require a different placement if it is determined that there would be a potential harmful effect on the child or on the quality of services that he or she needs. This determination could result in the child staying in his or her current class or program, as the case may be.
(4) A child who already participates in a regular early childhood setting when identified as a child with a disability shall remain in the program in which the child is enrolled unless the IEP team determines that it is unable to serve the child consistent with the provisions in paragraph (J)(3) of this rule. A child with a disability shall not be removed from education in age-appropriate regular classrooms solely because of needed modifications in the general education curriculum. Removing a child from his/her general education setting (such as, regular routines or activities) or removing a child from nondisabled peers to provide specially designed instruction and/or related services requires individualized justification within the child's IEP.
Nothing in this rule shall restrict an IEP team from placing a child in a non-public preschool environment which does not have a three-, four- or five-star rating in the "Step Up to Quality Program" if the IEP team, which must include the parent, determines the placement is in the best interest of the child.
(5) Preschool services.
(a) When determining services, the school district shall consider the requirements in rule 3301-51-09 of the Administrative Code and the following factors:
(i) The child's ability to participate and progress in the general early childhood curriculum;
(ii) The child's socialization needs; and
(iii) The child's educational and developmental progress.
(b) Unless otherwise specified by the IEP team, services shall be provided for all preschool children eligible for special education services in accordance with the following:
(i) A child served in the home or service provider location must be provided a minimum of one hour of instruction per week in the general education curriculum that includes specially designed instruction; or
(ii) From the effective date of this rule children served in any setting other than home or service provider location must be provided a minimum of three hundred sixty hours of programming per year, which must include instruction in the general education curriculum, and a minimum of one hour of specially designed instruction or related services per week, or a combination of specially designed instruction and related services; and
(iii) For all preschool children receiving special educations services "support for school personnel services" must be considered during each IEP meeting.
(c) A child with a visual and/or hearing impairment who receives services in a non-categorical classroom shall have a minimum of support for school personnel services provided by an intervention specialist licensed in the area for the child's sensory impairment(s) (e.g, PK-12 "Intervention Specialist for Hearing Impaired").
(6) Measuring child progress.
A school district shall measure a child's progress using multiple sources of information. Information must be obtained across multiple settings, representing a variety of interactions and input from parents and staff involved with the child.
(a) Information shall be analyzed to evaluate the conditions under which desired behaviors occur and if the desired behavior is not demonstrated, an analysis of contributing factors shall be conducted and changes in the environment, curriculum, and instruction shall be considered.
(b) Information on a child's progress shall be reported in the manner prescribed by the Ohio department of education.
(7) Preschool personnel qualifications.
Personnel providing preschool services shall be appropriately credentialed as defined by Chapter 3301-24 of the Administrative Code.
Intervention specialists who are assigned to categorical preschool classrooms for children with visual or hearing impairments must have the appropriate license required for the categorical area.
(8) Preschool supervisory services.
Each school district shall designate a qualified individual to ensure preschool special education services are provided in accordance with all applicable rules, regulations, and laws. The designated individual shall be responsible for the following:
(a) Ensuring the development and implementation of an interagency agreement as outlined in paragraph (D)(2) of this rule.
(b) Providing assistance to early childhood personnel in the provision of developmentally and exceptionality appropriate practices for preschool children who are eligible for special education services;
(c) Ensuring compliance with licensing requirements pursuant to section 3301.58 of the Revised Code;
(d) Facilitating the provision of comprehensive early childhood delivery systems for young children with disabilities including the integration of education, health, social services, and parent education components.
(e) Participating in the development and evaluation of professional development plans and induction programs that apply to early childhood personnel pursuant to rule 3301-24-06 of the Administrative Code and section 3319.223 of the Revised Code;
(f) Participating in the "Step Up to Quality" program established pursuant to section 5104.29 of the Revised Code and maintaining a status of three-, four-, or five-stars;
(g) Assisting with the implementation and evaluation of state standards that apply to early childhood programs;
(h) Collaborating with early childhood providers including "Head Start" programs, "Part C Early Intervention" providers, county boards of developmental disabilities, local family and children first councils, community childcare programs, and community preschools to ensure continuity of care for dual enrolled children and the availability of a full "Least Restrictive Environment" continuum;
(i) Collaborating with the regional state support team in the provision of training and technical assistance responsive to the needs of preschool special education staff; and
(j) Collaborating with the Ohio department of education, office of early learning and school readiness, as appropriate.
(9) Service provider workload determination for delivery of services.
In addition to caseload requirements, school districts must consider the overall workload of each staff member in accordance with rule 3301-51-09 and the licensing ratio requirements for preschool programs defined in rule 3301-37-04 of the Administrative Code.
(a) A full-time early childhood intervention specialist shall be provided when there are eight full-day or sixteen half-day children served on IEPs enrolled in a public school preschool special education class.
(b) An intervention specialist classroom teacher responsible for eight or more half-day class sessions (e.g., four morning and four afternoon sessions per week), or four full-day class sessions shall not carry an additional itinerant caseload;
(c) An intervention specialist classroom teacher responsible for up to five half-day class sessions (e.g., five morning sessions per week) or up to three full-day class sessions, may serve up to eight additional children on an itinerant caseload;
(d) An intervention specialist classroom teacher responsible for six or seven half-day class sessions (e.g., three morning and four afternoon sessions per week), may serve up to four additional children on an itinerant caseload;
(e) An itinerant intervention specialist at one FTE shall serve no more than twenty eligible preschool children; and
(f) A preschool attendant at one FTE shall have a caseload of no more than three eligible preschool children.
(g) The department may grant a waiver (on a case-by-case basis) to the itinerant caseload requirements in paragraphs (J)(9)(c) to (J)(9)(e) in this rule for an intervention specialist to serve additional children with disabilities.
(h) Staff serving preschool and school age children with disabilities will have FTE apportioned on the basis of the number of children served in each age category and the percentages totaling one hundred per cent.
(K) Transportation of children with disabilities. Rule 3301-51-10 of the Administrative Code applies to preschool special education. Transportation shall be listed as a related service on a preschooler's IEP if the IEP team determines that transportation is required for the child to access FAPE and benefit from special education.
Last updated December 1, 2023 at 9:34 AM
History
- Effective: December 1, 2023
- Promulgated Under: 119.03
Ohio Adm.Code 3301-35-02
(A) The board of education of a school district or the governing authority of a chartered nonpublic school, or the board's or authority's designee, shall, in consultation with stakeholders, develop and communicate the school district's or governing authority's vision, mission, guiding principles, priorities, and strategies for addressing stakeholder needs, especially those of students. To assure that the school district or school operates as a successful teaching and learning organization, the board, superintendent, treasurer, faculty, and staff should serve as positive role models, reinforce best practices and provide strong leadership. The board of education or the governing authority of a chartered nonpublic school shall be responsible for developing policies governing the school district or school operations and educational programs, which are consistent with applicable local, state, and federal law and regulations.
(B) For the proper governance, leadership, organization, administration, and supervision of a school district or school, a board of education of a school district or the governing authority of a chartered nonpublic school, or the board's or authority's designee, may, in consultation with stakeholders and after engaging in strategic planning, implement a strategic plan that guides the school district or school and key stakeholders in the ongoing measurement of school district or school performance to ensure continuous improvement is being made.
Last updated May 24, 2021 at 9:09 AM
History
- Effective: May 24, 2021
- Promulgated Under: 119.03
Chapter 3301-56 Intervention Standards for Districts Declared To Be under Academic Watch or in Academic Emergency Status
Ohio Adm.Code 3301-56-01 School district and building improvement, supports, and interventions.
(A) Pursuant to sections 3302.04 and 3302.041 of the Revised Code, school districts, school buildings, community schools, science technology, engineering and mathematics (STEM) schools, and college preparatory boarding schools shall be identified for improvement using the criteria and calculations delineated in Ohio's differentiated system of accountability, supports, and interventions contained in Ohio's "Amended Consolidated State Plan" under the Elementary and Secondary Act of 1965 (ESEA), as amended by the Every Student Succeeds Act (ESSA) as approved by the U.S. department of education on June 13, 2023.
(1) Additionally, the department of education and workforce shall establish an academic distress commission to assist any school district that meets the conditions outlined in section 3302.10 of Revised Code.
(2) Additionally, pursuant to section 3302.12 of the Revised Code, school buildings performing poorly and meeting other conditions for three consecutive years will be identified as " Comprehensive Support and Improvement ("CSI") Schools" and will be required to implement interventions designated in Ohio's "Amended Consolidated State Plan."
(B) Each school district, community school, STEM school, college preparatory boarding school, and school building identified for improvement in paragraph (A) of this rule shall implement all interventions as outlined in Ohio's "Amended Consolidated State Plan", including the Ohio improvement process. The Ohio department of education and workforce shall notify each entity identified in paragraph (A) of this rule annually, to which categories the buildings and district have been assigned.
(C) The department of education and workforce may direct a site evaluation of any entity identified in paragraph (A) of this rule. The site evaluation will be designed to review conditions in the school district, building and schools as well as to document the implementation of the requirements as outlined in Ohio's "Amended Consolidated State Plan."
(D) The department of education and workforce may require that an entity identified in paragraph (A) of this rule provide data and other documentation related to the implementation of the requirements of sections 3302.04 and 3302.041 of the Revised Code.
Last updated July 1, 2025 at 9:01 AM
History
- Effective: July 1, 2025
- Promulgated Under: 119.03
Ohio Adm.Code 3301-56-02 Reading achievement improvement plans.
(A) The following terms are defined as used in this chapter:
(1) "Adult Implementation Data" means data used to help determine if educators have effectively applied strategies and properly collected and analyzed student outcome data to identify successes and challenges.
(2) "Culturally Responsive Practice" means an approach that recognizes and encompasses students' and educators' lived experiences, cultures and linguistic capital to inform, support and ensure high-quality instruction. Educators have high expectations of all students, demonstrate positive attitudes toward student achievement, involve students in multiple phases of academic programming, and support the unique abilities and learning needs of each student.
(3) "Root Cause Analysis" means a structured, facilitated team process aimed at identifying breakdowns in processes and systems that result in undesirable outcomes, such as low literacy achievement. The purpose of a root cause analysis is to find out what happened, why it happened and determine what changes need to be made.
(B) By December 31, 2016, and by the thirty-first day of each December thereafter, each school district or community school established under Chapter 3314. of the Revised Code that meets the criteria outlined in division (A) of section 3302.13 of the Revised Code shall modify or submit to the department of education and workforce a reading achievement improvement plan.
(C) Each improvement plan shall contain, at a minimum, the following components:
(1) A root cause analysis of relevant disaggregated student performance data from sources including, but not limited to, the English language arts assessments prescribed under section 3301.0710 of the Revised Code, the Ohio English language proficiency assessment, diagnostic assessments and reading segments of diagnostic assessments administered under sections 3313.608 and 3301.0715 of the Revised Code (examining subscores by grade level), including the kindergarten readiness assessment, alternate assessment for students with significant cognitive disabilities, and benchmark assessments, as applicable;
(2) A root cause analysis of internal and external factors believed to contribute to low reading achievement in the school district or community school established under Chapter 3314. of the Revised Code;
(3) Measurable student performance goals based on student data analysis by grade band (kindergarten through grade three). Measurable adult implementation goals based on the internal and external factor analysis by grade band (kindergarten through grade three);
(4) Evidence-based strategies to meet specific adult and student goals and improve instruction, which shall include at least all of the following:
(a) Strategies reflecting culturally responsive practices;
(b) A process for monitoring the progress and implementation of the plan's strategies;
(c) Action steps to implement the plan's strategies, including professional development for each strategy;
(d) A description of how these strategies support students on reading improvement and monitoring plans; and
(e) A description of how the district will ensure the proposed strategies will be effective, show progress, and improve upon strategies utilized during the two prior consecutive school years.
(5) A staffing and professional development plan that supports the strategies proposed in the report.
(D) A school district or community school established under Chapter 3314. of the Revised Code that is required to develop or modify a local equitable access plan, an improvement plan or implement improvement strategies as required by section 3302.04, 3302.10, division (G) of section 3301.0715 or another section of the Revised Code shall ensure the plan required by this rule aligns with other improvement and equity efforts.
(E) The department of education and workforce shall develop a template for the plan required by this rule and make it available for districts and schools by July 1, 2016.
(F) Each plan must include the following:
(1) A description of how the district or community school will fund the plan's strategies and professional development activities.
(2) Identification of the stakeholders involved in the plan's development.
(G) Districts and community schools required to submit plans will provide an update regarding implementation progress of activities outlined in the plan in a manner designated by the department of education and workforce.
Last updated July 1, 2025 at 9:01 AM
History
- Effective: July 1, 2025
- Promulgated Under: 119.03
Chapter 3301-61 Vocational Education
Ohio Adm.Code 3301-61-02 Career-technical education plan.
(A) Each school district will provide a plan to the department of education and workforce for providing career technical education, for students in grades seven through twelve.
(B) Every plan approved by the department will be updated at five-year intervals to provide a revised current listing of career-technical workforce development programs, which will be submitted to the office of career-technical and adult education.
(C) The program listing will reflect current and future needs of students, community, business and industry and meet criteria for secondary workforce development programs in accordance with rule 3301-61-03 of the Administrative Code.
(D) Revisions of plans for a career-technical education planning district, individual district, or combination of districts, will be submitted to the department for approval. Proposed amendments are to be submitted to the department by the twentieth of the month prior to the month in which they are to be considered by the department. In accordance with section 3313.90 of the Revised Code, in approving the organization for career-technical education, the department will provide that no school district is excluded in the statewide plan.
Last updated May 9, 2024 at 8:38 AM
History
- Effective: May 9, 2024
- Promulgated Under: 119.03
Ohio Adm.Code 3301-61-03
(A) Each school district will provide, through an approved plan for career-technical education approved programs that meet all criteria as specified in paragraphs (B) to (G) of this rule.
(B) Each school district working through their career-technical planning district will provide Ohio career-technical educational programming representing twelve programs in at least eight career fields approved by the department of education and workforce. Career-technical planning districts with fewer than twenty-two hundred fifty students enrolled in grades seven through twelve will provide course offerings in ten different programs in at least eight of the career fields.
(C) The lead district of a career-technical planning district will establish deadlines for receiving applications for new and continuing program applications from the city, local, or exempted village school district, community school, or STEM/STEAM School assigned to the career-technical planning district. The deadlines will include the date by which the lead district will approve or disapprove applications. The lead district will submit all approved program applications to the department of education and workforce for approval no later than the first day of March.
(D) The lead district's decision to approve or disapprove a program pursuant to division (C) of section 3317.161 of the Revised Code will include the following criteria in addition to the criteria in division (C)(1) of section 3317.161 of the Revised Code:
(1) The program is aligned with state, regional, and local economic growth priorities and demands for employment;
(2) Prepares students for careers that generate a sustaining wage;
(3) Complies with guidelines from other state agencies as appropriate regarding coursework, licensure, and instruction;
(4) Ensures students have access to career-technical student organizations;
(5) Addresses the department of education and workforce approved career field technical content standards adopted by the department (http://www.education.ohio.gov), including at a minimum, all competencies identified by business and industry as essential; and/or accrediting association and/or licensing agency standards where applicable;
(6) Reinforces department if education and workforce approved academic content standards adopted by the department (http://www.education.ohio.gov) in mathematics, English language arts, science, and social studies;
(7) Provides multiple measures to assess student attainment of academic and technical content standards (http://www.education.ohio.gov), including, but not limited to department of education and workforce approved technical assessments, assessments for state recognized national credentialing/certifications, where applicable, and accrediting association and/or licensing agency examinations where applicable;
(8) Meets all state and federal criteria with regard to access, non-discrimination and meeting of performance expectations for special populations, including preparation for careers in industry sectors needing technical expertise; and
(9) Technical and academic course offerings will be designed in a department of education and workforce approved sequence of courses/program of study that meets state approved graduation criteria (http://www.education.ohio.gov), creates an educational pathway for grades seven through twelve, and identifies a high-school pathway, a postsecondary pathway, and employment options.
(E) Career-technical advisory committees reflecting career fields and authorized by local boards of education will engage business/industry and postsecondary representatives and utilize input from professional associations, labor, government, and the community. Advisory committees will identify new and emerging careers; advise current programs on curriculum, assessment, work-based learning, facilities and equipment; and engage educators to improve and expand programs; and ensure the quality of the program using the department's quality program standards (http://www.education.ohio.gov).
(F) Facilities and equipment will support instruction of the technical and academic content standards (http://www.education.ohio.gov) and reflect current and emerging technology in the career-technical education program.
(G) All districts receiving state career-technical education supplemental funds for career-technical education programs and courses will annually report performance data on measures identified by the department of education and workforce. Data will be reviewed as part of the program review and five-year renewal process.
Last updated May 9, 2024 at 8:38 AM
History
- Effective: May 9, 2024
- Promulgated Under: 119.03
Ohio Adm.Code 3301-61-06 Contracts between school districts for career-technical education.
(A) Contractual agreements for provision of career-technical education programs will include all the following terms:
(1) All districts that are parties to the agreement will agree upon the department of education and workforce approved plan for providing career-technical education programs.
(2) The method of assessing student need used to determine the number of students for which each district will provide funding for career-technical programs will be set out in the agreement. The scope for the education programs will be set out in the agreement. The scope of the education programs will be a minimum of five percent of the eleventh and twelfth grade enrollment from the previous year.
(3) The educating district's documented cost per student and the transfer of state and local funds will be identified in the agreement. The amount due will be at least the cost per student, less the amount of state reimbursement per student, times no less than the number of students as stated in the agreement.
(4) Each district's responsibility regarding facilities and equipment value and any repayment of state or federal funding related to construction and/or purchase of equipment will be stated in the agreement.
(5) Agreements will be in effect for a term of at least five years and will be renewable on the basis of at least five-year periods. In cases where a board of education offering the scope of the career-technical offerings has obligated funds for the construction and for equipping career-technical facilities, the contract between the boards of education will either cover a period of years necessary to amortize the obligation, or the contract will specify the parties' responsibility for repayment if the contract is not renewed at the expiration of a contract period.
(6) Any district not renewing the contractual agreement at the end of a contract term will provide written notice of the intention to not renew the agreement to all other parties to the agreement at least eighteen months prior to the expiration of the contract term in effect at the time.
(7) Arrangements for changes in contractual relationships at the expiration of each contract period or modifications of the contractual relationships during the life on the contract will have approval of all participating districts and notice will be provided to the department.
Last updated May 9, 2024 at 8:38 AM
History
- Effective: May 9, 2024
- Promulgated Under: 119.03
Chapter 3301-69 Miscellaneous Programs
Ohio Adm.Code 3301-69-02 Excuses from school attendance.
(A) Regulations governing excuses from future school attendance:
(1) Pursuant to division (B) of section 3321.04 of the Revised Code, the superintendent of the local school district may excuse a child over fourteen years of age from attendance for a future limited period for the purpose of performing necessary work directly and exclusively for the child's parents or legal guardians or custodians.
(2) Acceptable reasons for an excuse from future attendance may include the following:
(a) The existence of an emergency condition at home such as absence, illness or death of the parent, legal guardian, or custodian of the child;
(b) Farm work of the parent, legal guardian, or custodian during a time of the year in which the amount of farm work to be performed may be regarded as properly exceptional; or
(c) Inability of the parent, legal guardian, or custodian to employ help in the family business. The determination of inability shall be made by the superintendent.
(3) Except for cases in which an excuse has already been approved by the superintendent, a child may not be granted the excuse described in paragraph (A)(1) of this rule if the child has not been in regular attendance at school during the current school year.
(4) Except for emergency situations in which there is insufficient time for a child to apply for an excuse from future attendance from school and for such a permit to be granted, no permit shall be issued for the excuse of a child from future attendance at school until proof is established to the satisfaction of the superintendent of the need for such absence. In cases of emergency, the parent, legal guardian, or custodian, as defined in section 2151.011 of the Revised Code, shall seek a permit as soon as possible.
(5) The excuse shall be limited to a period not to exceed thirty school hours and can be renewed for thirty additional hours. At no time, however, shall such excuses permit a child to be absent from school for a period of more than sixty consecutive hours. Renewals shall be granted at the discretion of the superintendent.
(6) Notwithstanding paragraph (A)(1) of this rule, no child shall be excused for any period of time when such absence would materially endanger the child's educational welfare or scholastic advancement. Such determination shall be made by the superintendent.
(7) The written request for the absence of a child for a future limited period of time and the reasons for such absence, as stated by the parent, legal guardian or custodian over their signature, shall be filed by the parent, legal guardian or custodian with the superintendent in the district from which the child is seeking to obtain an excuse from school. Requests for absence may be filed with the superintendent by the principal or teacher of the school or schools under the administration of such superintendent when requested by the parent, legal guardian or custodian. A copy of the excuse shall be sent to the person in charge of the child.
(8) The absence from school shall apply to only those hours specified by the superintendent. Such absence can begin only after the permit is granted in writing by the superintendent except in emergency situations in which there is insufficient time for a child to apply for an excuse from future attendance from school and for such a permit to be granted. In cases of emergency, the parent, legal guardian, or custodian shall seek a permit as quickly as possible.
(9) Notwithstanding paragraphs (A)(5) and (A)(6) of this rule, at the discretion of the superintendent, a child may be excused for a longer period of time than sixty school hours if a child's parent, legal guardian, or custodian has recently died or become totally or partially incapacitated and there is no older sibling living in the home who is out of school. In such cases, the superintendent may request a certificate of a physician attesting to the physical condition of the parent, legal guardian, or custodian.
(B) In this paragraph are additional conditions governing the issuance of excuses for absence from school:
For purposes of this paragraph, "approving authority" includes the person or office designated by the principal, superintendent, or local policy that in a given school reviews student absenteeism on a day-to-day basis and either approves or denies a child's reason for being absent from school.
(1) The parent, legal guardian, or custodian must provide an explanation for the absence, which shall be recorded by the approving authority of the school and shall include the date and time of the absence according to local policy. Emancipated youth and married children under the age of eighteen may provide the explanation for their absence from school to the approving authority;
(2) An excuse for absence from school may be approved on the basis of one or more of the following conditions:
(a) Illness of the child. The approving authority may require the written statement of a physician/mental health professional if it is deemed appropriate;
(b) Illness in the family necessitating the presence of the child. The approving authority may require the written statement of a physician and an explanation as to why the child's absence was necessary, if it is deemed appropriate;
(c) Quarantine in the home. The absence of a child from school under this condition is limited to the length of quarantine as determined by the proper health officials;
(d) Death of a relative. The absence arising from this condition is limited to a period of eighteen school hours unless a reasonable cause may be shown by the applicant child for a longer absence;
(e) Medical, behavioral or dental appointment. The approving authority may require the written statement of a physician, mental health professional, or dentist if it is deemed appropriate;
(f) Observance of religious holidays. A child shall be excused if the child's absence is pursuant to section 3320.04 of the Revised Code;
(g) Post-secondary visitation. The approving authority may require verification of the date and time of the visitation by the post-secondary institution. The approving authority may mark a student as "present" if the local school board of education has adopted a policy that reasonably accommodates such visitations and does not exceed three days each school year;
(h) Pre-enlistment reporting to military enlistment processing station. The approving authority may require verification of the date and time of the reporting. The approving authority may also mark a student as "present" if the absence is used to help fulfill graduation requirements;
(i) Absences due to a child's placement in foster care or change in foster care placement or any court proceedings related to the child's foster care status;
(j) Absences due to a child being homeless;
(k) Children of military families. Absences due to deployment activities of a parent, legal guardian, or custodian consistent with section 3301.60 of the Revised Code;
(l) Emergency or other set of circumstances in which the judgment of the superintendent of schools constitutes a good and sufficient cause for absence from school; or
(m) Any additional reason stated in a policy adopted by the local school board of education.
Last updated March 24, 2025 at 7:59 AM
History
- Effective: March 23, 2025
- Promulgated Under: 119.03
Ohio Adm.Code 3301-69-03 Medicaid school component administrative costs.
(A) Pursuant to section 5162.363 of the Revised Code, the purpose of this rule is to establish a process by which qualified medicaid school providers participating in the medicaid school component of the medicaid program pay to the department of education the nonfederal share of the department's expenses incurred administering the component.
(B) As used in this rule, the following definitions apply:
(1) "Medicaid school component of the Medicaid program" means the program established pursuant to sections 5162.36 to 5162.364 of the Revised Code;
(2) "Provider" means a qualified medicaid school provider as defined in section 5162.36 of the Revised Code;
(3) "Department" means the Ohio department of education;
(4) "Administering office" means the office within the department assigned the duty of administering the department's responsibilities related to the medicaid program;
(5) "Administering costs" means the costs incurred by the department in carrying out its administrative responsibilities related to the medicaid school component of the medicaid program. Such costs include, but shall not be limited to, personnel, contracted services, costs expected to be paid to the Ohio department of medicaid pursuant to the interagency agreement entered into pursuant to section 5162.363 of the Revised Code, and other appropriate indirect costs; and
(6) "State education aid" has the same meaning as defined in section 5751.20 of the Revised Code.
(C) The administering office shall compute the following for each fiscal year during which the medicaid school component is in operation:
(1) An estimate of the total administrative costs for the fiscal year, developed pursuant to this paragraph, which may be revised from time to time as determined by the administering office. Amounts to ensure sufficient cash flow may be included in this estimate;
(2) An estimate of the federal share of funding to be reimbursed to the department from the department of medicaid for administrative costs for the fiscal year;
(3) In consultation with the department of medicaid, a numeric value for each provider, reflective of the proportion that each provider's estimated paid claims represents, of the estimated total of all paid claims to all providers for the fiscal year;
(4) An estimate of the amount to be collected from each provider for administrative costs by subtracting the amount computed pursuant to paragraph (C)(2) of this rule from the amount computed pursuant to paragraph (C)(1) of this rule and multiplying the resulting value by the numeric value developed for each provider pursuant to paragraph (C)(3) of this rule. The results of these computations shall be published on the department's website, and should specify for each provider the estimate of the annual amount computed to be collected and the schedule, frequency, and proportion by which such amounts shall be calculated; and
(5) After the close of each fiscal year, the following shall be computed by the administering office:
(a) The department's actual administrative costs;
(b) The actual federal share of funding reimbursed to the department;
(c) The actual federal share of funding reimbursed to each provider, and for the program as a whole, and a numerical value for each provider reflective of the actual proportion of each provider's actual paid claims to the actual total of all paid claims for the fiscal year;
(d) The amount each provider would have actually contributed toward the administrative costs by subtracting the amount computed in paragraph (C)(5)(b) of this rule from the amount computed in paragraph (C)(5)(a) of this rule and multiplying the resulting value by the numeric value developed for each provider in paragraph (C)(5)(c) of this rule.
(e) The difference between the actual amount each provider should have contributed as computed in paragraph (C)(5)(d) of this rule and the amount estimated and actually collected pursuant to paragraph (C)(4) and paragraph (D) of this rule. The results of this computation shall be published on the department's website and disseminated to providers.
(D) Pursuant to a schedule published on the department's website and proportions determined by the administering office, the estimated amount to be collected from each provider as determined pursuant to paragraph (C)(4) of this rule shall be collected in the following manner:
(1) In the case of a city, exempted village, or local school district, the amount shall be deducted from the state education aid calculated for the district, and, if necessary, from the payment made to the district under sections 321.24 and 323.156 of the Revised Code;
(2) In the case of a community school, the amount shall be deducted from the payment made to the school pursuant to division (D) of section 3314.08 of the Revised Code; and
(3) In the case of the state school for the blind or the state school for the deaf, the amount shall be collected by the submission of an intrastate transfer voucher for the amount owed to the respective entity.
(E) Upon the computation of amounts pursuant to paragraph (C)(5)(e) of this rule, if the computation is a positive value, additional collections shall be made in the manner specified in paragraphs (D)(1) to (D)(3) of this rule. If the amount is a negative value, amounts shall be repaid to the provider in a manner determined by the administering office and communicated to the effected providers.
Last updated December 30, 2021 at 10:51 AM
History
- Effective: December 30, 2021
- Promulgated Under: 119.03
Chapter 3301-83 Pupil Transportation
Ohio Adm.Code 3301-83-01 Calculation of pupil transportation operation payments.
(A) Formula for calculation of regular education payment amounts.
(1) Type I (board-owned and operated school buses):
(a) Funding is computed and distributed as specified in section 3317.0212 of the Revised Code.
(b) Qualifying ridership is defined according to division (A) of section 3317.0212 of the Revised Code.
(2) Type II (contractor-owned and operated school buses):
(a) Funding is computed and distributed as specified in section 3317.0212 of the Revised Code.
(b) Qualifying ridership is defined according to division (A) of section 3317.0212 of the Revised Code.
(3) Other types of transportation service: In accordance with division (G) of section 3317.0212 of the Revised Code, payment will be made to each district for transportation service provided for students on other than board-owned or contractor-operated buses. This payment applies to eligible students that use transportation services, as reported on the T-1 and T-2 reports submitted to the department of education and workforce.
(a) Type III (public utility) - an amount per pupil equal to thirty-five per cent of the amount as calculated in division (C) of section 3317.0212 of the Revised Code.
(b) Type V (board-owned vehicles other than school buses) - an amount per pupil equal to fifty per cent of the amount as calculated in division (C) of section 3317.0212 of the Revised Code.
(c) Type VI (privately-owned vehicles other than school buses) - an amount per pupil equal to fifty per cent of the amount as calculated in division (C) of section 3317.0212 of the Revised Code.
(B) Reimbursement for special education transportation.
(1) Reimbursement for special transportation may be approved by the department for children with disabilities attending a special education program approved by the department of education and workforce and/or attending a regular class in a public school, and who have transportation appropriately identified as a related service on their individual education plans.
(2) For eligible children with disabilities, the department will calculate reimbursement in accordance with division (C) of section 3317.024 of the Revised Code.
(3) Reimbursement may be made for transportation of pupils in authorized vehicles as defined in rule 3301-83-19 of the Administrative Code. A privately owned vehicle utilized to transport a pupil of the family is not subject to regulation other than that required by state law.
(4) Special education transportation reimbursement does not apply to transportation of children with disabilities who ride on regular school buses on regular routes. They are to be counted and reported on the department's T-1 and T-2 forms as regular education riders; except that if fifty per cent or more of the passengers on a route are children with disabilities, the cost can be prorated and reported to the department for reimbursement.
(5) The department will provide forms for reporting reimbursement claims for transportation of eligible children with disabilities.
(C) Reporting and annual adjustments
(1) In order to receive transportation operation payments each school district will file annual reports of all pupils transported, miles traveled, actual costs, and other necessary information for the purposes of calculation and adjustments in amount due. Pupils transported and miles traveled are to be reported by vehicle as the average daily number of eligible pupils actually transported and miles traveled during the first full week of October that school is in session for five days. Actual cost is to be reported by vehicle on or before the last day of August following the close of the fiscal year.
(2) All adjustments by transportation service type are to be made within the first quarter following the close of the fiscal year.
(D) Vehicles approved for use and operational payment: Transportation operation payments may be made for the use of authorized vehicles, as described in rule 3301-83-19 of the Administrative Code, for transportation of pupils to and from school and school related events that conform to state and federal law.
(E) Operational regulations
(1) Funding will be received for pupils who are eligible for transportation services according to section 3327.01 of the Revised Code.
(2) Miles traveled to transport eligible pupils participating in an open enrollment program may be reported for payment purposes by the resident district from home to the designated border pick-up point and by the educating school district from the border pick-up point to the building of attendance in the educating district. If the educating district or the resident district provides all the open enrollment transportation for a student, the miles may be reported by the district providing the service.
(3) Miles traveled from bus storage location or school building to first student pick-up, all route miles, and return to storage both a.m. and p.m., including kindergarten miles, are approved for payment purposes.
(4) Miles traveled to and from storage locations outside the county or counties of the school district location are not approved miles for payment purposes. Miles traveled from county line to first pick-up and return to county line are approved miles.
(5) Total annual miles for payment purposes are calculated by multiplying total daily miles by one hundred eighty days.
(6) Recalculation of pupil transportation operation payment amount due may be approved when:
(a) Local board policy or routing is revised to provide transportation service for additional pupils or increased miles on or before the first of February, and providing such change in policy is to continue in effect for the remainder of the school year; or
(b) A community or nonpublic school is chartered for operation subsequent to the initial reporting period; or
(c) School district erroneously reports or the department errs in actual calculation of amount due.
(7) School districts contracting with transit authorities for the purpose of transporting eligible pupils to and from school may be reimbursed if:
(a) The transit authority director files with the district board of education actual costs in excess of, or less than, reimbursement as provided for by paragraph (A)(3) of this rule by the close of each fiscal year; and
(b) The district board of education files with the department all transit authority and local board costs on or before the twentieth day of July of each year.
Last updated July 1, 2025 at 7:47 AM
History
- Effective: July 1, 2025
- Promulgated Under: 119.03
Ohio Adm.Code 3301-83-19
The following are authorized vehicles for the transportation of pupils to and from school and school-related events:
(A) School buses
All vehicles designed to carry more than twelve passengers, not including the driver, and used to transport pupils to or from school or school-related events will meet or exceed all applicable federal regulations and the Ohio school bus construction standards. Refer to division (F) of section 4511.01 of the Revised Code, rules 4501-5-01 to 4501-5-04 of the Administrative Code, and 49 U.S.C. 30125.
(B) Mass transit system vehicles
"Mass transit system," as defined in rule 4501-1-01 of the Administrative Code, means any person engaged in the transportation of the general public over established routes under the United States department of transportation (USDOT) or a permit issued by the public utilities commission of Ohio or franchise of a political subdivision. Mass transit system vehicles under contract with a board of education or county board of developmental disabilities may operate on routes designed for the purpose of transporting fare-paying passengers and eligible pupils simultaneously under the following conditions:
(1) Whenever a mass transit system transports children to or from a school session or school function, the mass transit system will comply with applicable state and federal law, including section 4511.78 of the Revised Code and Chapter 4501-1 of the Administrative Code.
(2) Mass transit vehicles may only be used to transport students in accordance with section 3327.017 of the Revised Code.
(3) As set forth in division (A)(2) of section 4511.78 of the Revised Code and division (F) of section 4511.01 of the Revised Code, a bus devoted exclusively to the transportation of children to and from a school session or school function is a school bus subject to paragraph (A) of this rule.
(4) Nonconforming mass transit system vehicles (i.e., ten to fifteen passenger motor vehicles not meeting 49 U.S.C. 30125 standards for a school bus) will not be used for the transportation of pupils by any carrier unless they exceed ten-thousand pounds GVWR or are designed to carry more than sixteen passengers including the driver.
(C) Vehicles other than school buses
As set forth in rule 3301-83-04 of the Administrative Code, the rules in this chapter do not apply to parental transportation that is provided outside the authority of a school or education program or school-related activities or school-sanctioned events, or by any parent for their own children. Motor vans, as defined in rule 3301-83-04 of the Administrative Code, may be used for student transportation as provided for in section 4511.76 of the Revised Code and in compliance with the following:
(1) The vehicle is to be equipped with safety equipment including a fire extinguisher, first-aid kit, body fluid cleanup kit, fuses, spare fuses, and emergency reflectors.
(2) The vehicle will have a rooftop sign marked "School Transportation."
(3) The name of the school district, community school or chartered nonpublic school, or the name of the contractor, if applicable, will be clearly marked on the side of the vehicle.
(4) These vehicles will be inspected by a qualified mechanic not less than two times per year to determine that the vehicle is safe for pupil transportation. This inspection will cover at the minimum all applicable sections of the motor van inspection detailed in rule 3301-83-11 of the Administrative Code. In addition, periodic maintenance intervals will be established and implemented. Documentation and proof of these inspections and service procedures, in addition to all other vehicle records discussed in rule 3301-83-14 of the Administrative Code, are to be kept on file with the school district transportation department.
(5) It is the responsibility of each vehicle driver to complete and document a daily pre-trip inspection before transporting pupils as set forth in rule 3301-83-11 of the Administrative Code. The vehicle owner may designate another qualified individual to complete and record portions of the stationary inspection in lieu of the vehicle driver. Pre-trip inspection records will be kept on file for a minimum of twelve months.
(6) Loading of these vehicles will be performed in compliance with the passenger, weight, and other associated restrictions as identified by the original equipment manufacturer.
(7) Drivers of these vehicles are to be accustomed to driving the vehicle and meet all qualifications for school transportation drivers as identified in paragraph (B) of rule 3301-83-06 of the Administrative Code and section 3327.10 of the Revised Code.
(D) Commercial carriers
Commercial carriers include carriers that are licensed and inspected by the appropriate government agencies to transport passengers for hire. Examples would include railroads, airlines, commercial watercraft, or commercial buses. This paragraph applies to both routine transportation of students to and from regularly scheduled school session and to non-routine transportation as defined in rule 3301-83-04 of the Administrative Code.
(1) A vehicle designed to carry more than twelve passengers, not including the driver, that is devoted exclusively to the transportation of pupils to and from a school session or a school functions, is defined as a school bus under division (F) of 4511.01 of the Revised Code and is subject to paragraph (A) of this rule and applicable state and federal regulations for school buses.
(2) Nonconforming vehicles (i.e., ten to fifteen passenger vehicles not meeting the FMCSR's for school buses) will not be used for the transportation of pupils by any carrier unless they exceed ten-thousand pounds GVWR or are designed to carry sixteen or more passengers including the driver.
(3) Districts, educational service centers, community schools and chartered nonpublic schools who contract with commercial carriers (e.g., charter buses) are responsible for ensuring the safety of student and other passengers when utilizing commercial carriers. School boards and governing bodies should adopt and implement policies that include, but are not limited to:
(a) Requesting documentation from the vendor demonstrating that drivers and vehicles meet all applicable state and federal law standards (e.g., drivers possess a current commercial driver's license with passenger endorsements) and drivers have safe driving records;
(b) Verifying vendor information to screen potential contractors, for example:
(i) Does the vendor subcontract for equipment and/or drivers and if so, applying the same standard of review as to the subcontractor;
(ii) Does the vendor have public liability insurance for the operation of its buses that meet applicable state and federal minimum levels;
(iii) Does the vendor conduct driver criminal record background checks through local regulatory authorities or the U.S. department of transportation that are compliant with federal, state and local law;
(iv) What is the vendor's safety record and accident history as verified through https://safer.fmcsa.dot.gov/, and does the vendor have a satisfactory rating with the U.S. department of transportation;
(v) Does the vendor implement driver physical examinations;
(vi) Does the vendor implement a driver drug and alcohol testing program that includes pre-employment, for cause, and random testing;
(vii) Does the vendor consider driver fatigue in assigning work schedules and will the driver be able to complete planned trips within legal limits of driving hours;
(viii) Does the vendor require preventative maintenance for the vehicles, including regular inspections;
(ix) What procedures exist for roadside breakdowns, accidents, emergencies and bus evacuations, and does the vendor have a travel continuity plan in the event of breakdowns, accidents and emergencies.
(E) Taxicabs
Taxicabs may be used for transportation of pupils when the use of other modes of transportation as described in this rule are not reasonable as determined by the public school district. For purposes of this rule, taxicabs mean municipally licensed vehicles transporting passengers for hire. Taxicabs are to be originally designed and constructed at the factory for twelve or fewer passengers, not including the driver.
The owner or operator of taxicabs will provide documentation to the school district confirming compliance with this chapter.
The owner or operator of taxicabs will provide proof of insurance to the school district in the amounts as specified in section 3327.09 of the Revised Code for vehicles used in the transportation of school children.
(F) Vehicles not meeting the definitions listed in paragraphs (A) to (E) of this rule do not conform to state and federal law/rule and will not be used for transportation of pupils to or from school or or school related events.
Last updated July 24, 2025 at 8:12 AM
History
- Effective: July 24, 2025
- Promulgated Under: 119.03
Ohio Adm.Code 3301-83-04 Scope and definitions.
(A) Scope.
(1) The rules in this chapter are designed to establish minimum requirements for a safe pupil transportation program, including management, general operation, maintenance of school buses and other transportation vehicles, training of personnel, pupil management, driver qualifications and emergency procedures.
(2) The rules in this chapter apply to all student transportation operations pursuant to section 4511.76 of the Revised Code.
(3) The rules in this chapter do not apply to parental transportation that is provided outside the authority of a school or education program, or by any parent for their own children.
(B) Definitions. As contained in this chapter:
(1) "Barrier" is the restraining barrier that meets the specifications in paragraph (RR)(1) of rule 4501-5-02 of the Administrative Code.
(2) "Designated place of safety" means the place assigned to each pupil on the residence side of the roadway on which the vehicle is scheduled to stop, in accordance with paragraph (B)(6) of rule 3301-83-13 of the Administrative Code.
(3) "Measurement of distance," unless otherwise specified, means measurement originating at a point on the traveled portion of the roadway nearest the primary entrance to the place of residence and then along the most direct route traversable excluding interstate routes by motor vehicle to the school bus loading area nearest and opposite the entrance door used by pupils transported.
(4) "Motor van " means a vehicle originally designed for not more than twelve passengers, not including the driver.
(5) "Non-routine student transportation," "non-routine trips", or "non-routine use" means transportation of passengers for purposes other than regularly scheduled routes to and from school, including but not limited to transportation to school-related events.
(6) "School bus owner" or "motor van owner" means the board of education of a city, local or exempted village school district, the governing board of an educational service center, county boards of developmental disabilities, and the governing authority of all non-public schools, community schools, private contractors and head start programs.
Last updated July 1, 2025 at 7:48 AM
History
- Effective: July 1, 2025
- Promulgated Under: 119.03
Ohio Adm.Code 4501-5-02
[Comment: For dates and availability of material incorporated by reference in this rule, see paragraph (S) of rule 4501-5-01 of the Administrative Code.]
These standards apply to any school bus used to transport school children to and from school and/or school related activities and events.
(A) Access steps shall be installed (except "Type A" buses). Access steps include:
(1) Steps installed on each side of the school bus to allow access to windshield for cleaning.
(2) Grab handles securely mounted in a suitable position to assist in using the steps.
(3) In lieu of steps installed on each side, the steps are permitted in or on the front bumper if the windshield can be accessible for cleaning from that position.
(B) Air compressor for accessories.
An accessory compressor that supplies air to accessories only shall be sized appropriately and are not to be connected to the braking system in any way.
(C) Aisles shall meet minimum measurements. Minimum aisle measurements include:
(1) Twelve inches at floor level.
(2) Twelve inches between seats at seat level.
(3) The aisle is not to be less than twelve inches wide between any two objects from the service doors to the aisle in the passenger area from floor to ceiling.
(4) Hold-down fastening devices used on inside engine cover are to designed to prevent hooking or catching on shoes or clothing.
(D) Axles and suspensions shall meet minimum standards. Minimum axle and suspension standards include:
(1) The front and rear axles, including suspension assemblies, and all frame-to-ground components, are to have a gross axle weight rating when measured at the ground at least equal to that portion of the load as would be imposed by the chassis manufacturer's maximum gross vehicle weight rating.
(2) Heavy-duty, double-acting shock absorbers compatible with the manufacturer's rated axle capacity are to be installed on the front and rear of the school bus chassis.
(3) Suspension assemblies as specified are to maintain/control stability of school bus under all conditions.
(E) Battery.
(1) "Type B, C and D" buses:
(a) A battery or batteries of at least eight hundred cold cranking amperes for a gasoline powered engine.
(b) A battery or batteries of at least one thousand two hundred fifty cold cranking amperes for a diesel powered engine.
(2) "Type A I and A II" buses:
(a) A battery or batteries of at least six hundred cold cranking amperes for a gasoline powered engine.
(b) A battery or batteries of at least one thousand cold cranking amperes for a diesel powered engine.
(3) A battery or batteries of at least one thousand two hundred cold cranking amperes if equipped with a lift.
(4) One-piece, non-spliced battery cables that conform to SAE standard J541 with respect to electrical resistance shall be provided by the chassis manufacturer.
(5) "Type A I and A II" buses may have the battery/batteries located at the manufacturer's standard. Batteries for "Types B, C, and D" buses shall be mounted in the body skirt by the body manufacturer. Rear engine buses may have batteries mounted in engine compartment.
(6) A drawer-type pull-out tray shall be installed whenever the battery/batteries are accessed through the body fender skirt. The batteries shall be enclosed by a compartment constructed of mill-applied zinc coated steel, or other acid resistant material, provided with drain ports, hold-down carrier mounted so as to avoid blocking filler ports, and latching device to prevent accidental opening. Drawer assembly shall be covered with acid-resistant paint or material. Battery tray shall be equipped with a positive locking device to keep tray from sliding completely out to prevent battery from being dropped.
(F) Body construction shall meet minimum standards. Minimum body construction standards include:
(1) All construction components (except door handles, grab handles, interior decorative parts, other interior plated parts, and components heavier than twelve-gauge), are to be of prime commercial quality mill-applied zinc coated steel, other anti-corrosive coating or composite materials. Components are to meet or exceed current strength and durability and all applicable "Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards." The zinc plating are to be one hundred twenty grams per meter square minimum coating weight (G60) or equivalent applied by either hot dipping or electroplating. All such construction materials are to be fire resistant.
(2) All metal surfaces that will be painted are to be chemically cleaned, etched, zinc-phosphate coated, and zinc-chromate or epoxy-primed, or conditioned by equivalent process.
(3) In providing for the requirements in paragraphs (F)(1) and (F)(2) of this rule, particular attention are to be given to lapped surfaces, welded connections of structural members, cut edges, punched or drilled holed areas in sheet metal, closed or box sections, unvented or undrained areas, and surfaces subject to abrasion during vehicle operation.
(4) Upon final assembly of the bus body and after mounting body upon chassis, the total unit strength of the school bus are to meet or exceed all strength criteria as established by FMVSS 571.220 and FMVSS 571.221.
(5) Body construction is to provide a dustproof and watertight unit.
(6) Exterior body panels are to meet or exceed FMVSS 571.221.
(7) Floor.
(a) The floor is not to be less than fourteen-gauge mill, corrosive resistant coated steel or composite materials. If zinc plated, the plating is to be one hundred twenty grams per meter square minimum coating weight (grade sixty) or equivalent applied by either hot dipping or electroplating.
(b) The floor may be flat.
(c) "Type A" buses have an additional step from the step well.
(d) A fuel access plate is to be installed for easy access to fuel gauge mechanism. ("Type A" buses excluded)
(8) Rub rails.
(a) Manufacturers are to install one rub rail at approximately seat level, except for the opening for engine compartment side door in a rear engine bus. This rail is to extend from the main vertical post behind the service door to the forward-most vertical post on the left side of the body, including left side emergency door. (Rear emergency door exempted)
(b) A second rub rail is to be installed at approximately the floor line and cover the same longitudinal area as the seat level rail, except at wheel housings, and needs only to extend to the radii of right and left rear corners.
(c) A third rub rail may be installed on the lower edge of the body skirt.
(d) All rub rails are to be attached at each body post and all other upright structural members.
(e) Each rub rail is to be four inches or more in width in its finished form and be constructed of sixteen gauge metal or other material of equivalent strength suitable to help protect body side panels from damage.
(f) All rub rails are to be mounted outside of body panels.
(g) Additional external rub rails are permissible if they form an integral part of the body construction and meet the fastening requirements.
(9) Fold out steps may be installed at the regular service entrance.
(a) The fold out step will provide a step level that is six inches or less to ground level.
(b) The fold out step may be power activated or manually operated.
(10) If the ceiling is so constructed to contain lap joints, the forward panel is to be lapped by the rear panel and the exposed edges are to be beaded, hemmed, flanged or otherwise treated to minimize sharp edges.
(11) All body components are to be designed and constructed so as to avoid the entrapment of moisture.
(G) Brakes.
All braking systems and components shall meet or exceed the minimum requirements specified in applicable Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards 571.105 or 571.121 and the following:
(1) Air or hydraulic brake systems are acceptable. If brakes are air actuated, they are to be of the cam drum type on front and rear wheels, disc front and drum rear or four-wheel disc. Brakes that are hydraulically actuated, are to be disc front and drum rear or four-wheel disc.
(2) All air brake systems are to have both visual and audible warning systems that activate as required by FMVSS 571.121. Hydraulic brake systems that utilize hydraulic power assist are to have both visual and audible warning systems that activate as required by FMVSS 571.105.
(3) For air brake systems, an air pressure gauge are to be provided in the instrument panel capable of complying with CDL pre-trip inspection requirements.
(4) Air compressors that supply air to brakes must have sufficient rated capacity that meets or exceeds FMVSS 571.121 (minimum of thirteen cubic feet per minute) and are to be pressure oil fed. Clean air to all compressors is to be supplied and filtered through engine air cleaner.
(5) All air supplied from the air tanks is to be taken at or above the center line of the air tank to avoid contaminates entering the braking system or air operated accessories.
(6) All school buses equipped with air brakes are to require a desiccant type air dryer with a renewable or replaceable desiccant cartridge (filter). Dryer is to incorporate an automatic purge and drain cycle with heating element.
(H) Bumpers shall meet minimum standards. Bumper minimum standards include:
(1) Front bumper for all buses having a GVWR of twenty-one thousand five hundred pounds or less is to be manufacturers standard. ("Type A" buses)
(2) Front bumper for all buses having a GVWR greater than twenty-one thousand five hundred pounds rating:
(a) Bumper is to be at least three-sixteenths of an inch thick pressed steel channel, one-piece construction, with a minimum width of eight inches after forming. Materials other than pressed steel may be used if equivalent in strength and durability of pressed steel.
(b) Bumper is to be contoured to offer maximum protection of fender lines without permitting snagging or hooking.
(c) Bumper is to be attached to the frame and extended forward of grille, head lamps, fender, or hood sections and extend the entire width of the bus to provide maximum protection.
(d) The bumper is to be of sufficient strength to permit lifting the bus with a bumper type lift for servicing
(3) Rear bumper.
(a) Bumper is to be of sufficient strength to permit lifting the bus with a bumper type lift for servicing and is to be one piece, heavy-duty type of pressed steel channel, at least three-sixteenths inch of thickness. Materials other than pressed steel may be used if equivalent in strength and durability of pressed steel.
(b) Bumper is to be a minimum of eight inches in height after forming.
(c) Bumper is to be wrapped around back corners of bus and extend forward at least twelve inches, measured from rear-most point of body at floor line. Rear bumper is to also protect rear corners of body by extending beyond the body exterior side panels. The bend of the rear bumper at the rear body corners is to be sufficient to allow the entire contour of the forward end of the rear bumper to extend no more than one inch beyond the body line of the exterior side panels.
(d) Bumper is to be fastened to chassis frame side rails in such a manner as to develop full strength of bumper section from rear or side impact. Bracing materials is to have an impact ratio comparable to that of bumper material and be fastened at the ends and radii of the bumper, attached to the side of the frame only and not to the body at any point.
(e) Bumper is to extend beyond rear-most part of body surface at least one inch, measured at floor line.
(f) No spaces, projections, or cutouts that will permit a handhold are permitted.
(g) Front ends of the bumper is to be enclosed by endcaps or other protective metal or have the ends rounded or tucked in and be free from sharp edges or projections likely to cause injury or snagging.
(h) A rubber or metal strip is to be installed to close any opening exceeding one-fourth inch between rear bumper and body metal.
(i) The vertical distance between the bottom of the bumper and the ground is not to exceed thirty inches when the vehicle is empty.
(I) Bus must meet color standards. Bus color standards include:
(1) Bumpers are to be black.
(2) Fender and body are to be painted national school bus yellow.
(3) Hood may be painted non-reflective national school bus yellow or flat black (except "Type A").
(4) Frame is to be painted black.
(5) Grille may be painted national school bus yellow, black or chrome or anodized aluminum in finish. Rear engine bus grille area(s) are to be national school bus yellow.
(6) Steel wheels are to be black and/or gray. Aluminum wheels are permitted.
(7) All lettering and numbering on exterior is to be black.
(8) Background area and optional hoods for warning lights are to be black.
(9) Rub rails are to be black.
(10) Service door may be black. Note:
(a) Special service doors are not to be black.
(b) Left side driver's door on "Type A and A II" buses are not to be black.
(J) Cooling system shall meet minimum standards. Cooling system minimum standards include:
(1) Cooling system is to be manufacturer's standard.
(2) Cooling fan(s) may be variable speed.
(3) The cooling system is to have a means of checking the coolant without having to remove the radiator cap.
(K) Defroster system shall meet minimum standards. Defroster minimum standards include:
(1) Defroster system is to meet or exceed SAE standard J381 performance requirements without use of auxiliary fan.
(2) The defroster system is to be of sufficient capacity to keep windshield area, left front side driver's window, and service door glass area free of condensation or ice under all possible combinations of pupil load and climatic conditions.
(3) Defroster system is to be capable of providing at least sixty per cent fresh air.
(4) Two adjustable six-inch auxiliary fans shielded with small mesh metal or polypropylene guards are to be installed. Only one adjustable six-inch auxiliary fan is required for "Type A" buses.
(a) Each auxiliary fan(s) is/are to be controlled individually by a multi-speed switch.
(b) The switch is to be located within easy reach of the driver while seated.
(L) Drive shaft and differential shall meet minimum standards. Drive shaft and differential minimum standards include:
(1) Drive shafts and universal joints are to be original equipment manufacturer standard.
(2) Metal drive shaft guards are required for each drive shaft section extending lengthwise under the floor of the passenger compartment to prevent projecting through the floor or dropping to the ground if broken. The drive shaft guard is to be at the end of the shaft which is provided with a sliding connection (spline or other such device) to prevent whipping of the shaft in event of failure thereof or any of its component parts.
(3) The rear axle ratio is to be compatible with engine, transmission and tire size.
(M) Driver's seat shall meet minimum standards. Minimum driver's seat standards include:
(1) Minimum distance between steering wheel and back rest of driver's seat is to be eleven inches. Driver's seat is to have vertical adjustment of not less than four inches and horizontal adjustment of not less than four inches.
(2) The driver's seat and driver's area are to have a restraining barrier meeting FMVSS 571.222 positioned immediately behind the driver's area.
(3) The driver's seat upholstery is to meet FMVSS 571.302 (Flammability of interior materials).
(4) A "Type II" seat belt is required for the driver. Belts are to be equipped with protective boots of sufficient quality and strength to keep it retracted and off the floor and within easy reach of the driver. Belt is to be adjustable on one side only and keep the driver from sliding sideways under the belt.
(5) Seating options allowed:
(a) Adjustable air driver's seat;
(b) Internal heating provided by manufacturer; and
(c) Driver alert technology.
(N) Electrical system.
(1) Alternator.
(a) Minimum of a one hundred forty five ampere alternator on all "Type A" buses.
(b) Minimum of a two hundred ampere alternator on all other buses.
(2) All wiring is to conform to current society of automotive engineers standards.
(O) Emergency equipment shall be on the bus and mounted in an easily accessible location. Minimum emergency equipment includes:
(1) Bus is to be equipped with at least one dry-chemical-type fire extinguisher of at least five-pound capacity, 3A - 40 B.C. rating, located outside of the passenger area, mounted in a quick release-type bracket and easily accessible by the driver. The extinguisher is to be equipped with a dial-type graduated gauge which indicates loss of pressure. Fire extinguisher is to be of the type that permits the dry-chemical base to be refilled by ordinary procedures.
(2) First aid kits are to be dustproof, plainly labeled, mounted in a location easily accessible to the driver, located outside of the passenger area, and securely mounted in a metal or plastic container.
(3) A twenty-four unit kit is required for all buses. Note: The first aid kit may be installed at time of manufacture by the manufacturer, installed by dealer, or installed by the owner/operator of the school bus.
(4) Three triangle reflectors with weighted stands are to be properly encased for easy storage. The triangle reflectors are to meet FMVSS 571.125. The storage container is to be mounted to prevent movement and be mounted within easy access of the driver.
(5) One body fluid kit is required. The kit is to contain the following items:
(a) Effective chlorine absorbent deodorant.
(b) Effective germicidal detergent. If detergent contains alcohol, no more than one fluid ounce is permitted in a single-use disposable container.
(c) Single-use, disposable bag.
(d) Single-use, disposable scraper.
(e) Minimum of one pair of disposable, single-use, effective protective gloves.
(f) Effective hand rinse. If hand rinse contains alcohol, no more than one-half fluid ounce is permitted in a single-use disposable container.
(g) The body fluid clean-up kit is to be easily accessible to the driver in the area of the first aid kit and be securely mounted in a metal or plastic container.
(h) If alcohol is included, the body fluid clean-up kit is not to contain more than one and one-half fluid ounces of alcohol.
Note: The body fluid kit may be installed at time of manufacture, installed by dealer or the owner/operator of the school bus.
(P) Emergency exits shall meet minimum standards. Emergency exit minimum standards include:
Any installed emergency exit is to comply with the design and performance requirements of FMVSS 571.217 applicable to that type of exit, regardless of whether or not that exit is required by FMVSS 571.217. Additional exits are allowed in addition to the minimum required by this rule.
(1) Emergency doors.
(a) Emergency doors are to meet FMVSS 571.217. An interior handle is to be provided to pull the door shut from the inside which may be used as a protection against accidental release.
(b) When the interior handle is not in the position that causes the emergency door to be closed, a continuous warning sound is to be audible at the driver's seating position and in the vicinity of the emergency door and the dome lights (driver's dome light excluded) are to illuminate with the ignition switch in any position.
(c) Exterior door handle is to be of permanent hitch-proof design and mounted with enough clearance to permit opening without touching door surface.
(d) All emergency door openings are to be completely weather-stripped.
(e) There is to be no step-type mechanism in the use of the emergency door.
(f) There is to be a head bumper pad installed on the inside at the top of the emergency exit frame. This pad is to be approximately four inches in width and extend across the entire top of the emergency exit opening and meet FMVSS 571.302 for flammability standards of interior materials.
(2) Rear emergency door.
(a) On all buses, except rear-engine design, an emergency door is to be located in the rear of the school bus body and centered with respect to the body.
(b) Emergency door is to have a minimum horizontal opening of twenty-four inches and a minimum vertical opening of forty-eight inches measured from floor level.
(c) Rear emergency door is to be hinged on right side and open outward.
(d) The rear emergency door is to contain upper and lower glass panels. Glass in emergency door is to provide maximum area of visibility for safe operation of the school bus.
(e) The rear emergency door is to have a prop rod/lock out bar.
(3) Left side emergency door.
(a) On all rear-engine school buses, a left side emergency door is to be installed.
(b) If a door sill or heater line extends above the floor line, a ramp is to be provided covering the area over which a foot must pass when an individual exits through the door.
(c) The left side emergency door is to have a prop rod/lock out bar.
(4) Emergency side window exits.
(a) Emergency window is to display the words "emergency exit" at the top of or directly above, or at the bottom of the emergency window exit on both the inside and outside of the bus, in a color contrasting the background.
(b) Emergency windows, when not fully latched, is to activate a continuous warning sound that is to be audible in driver's compartment and activate all dome lights (driver's dome lights excluded). Warning sound and dome lights is to be operational with the ignition switch in any position.
(5) Emergency window, rear-engine buses.
(a) An emergency window is to be installed above the engine compartment.
(b) Window is to be hinged from top and provided with a device to ensure against accidental closing when open.
(c) Emergency window in rear is to be equipped with a latch on the inside, and also be equipped with a handle of hitch-proof design which will permit opening from the outside.
(d) Emergency window is to display the words "emergency exit" at the top of or directly above, or at the bottom of the emergency window exit on both the inside and outside of the bus, in a color contrasting the background.
(e) Emergency window, when not fully latched, is to activate a continuous warning sound that is to be audible in the driver's compartment and all dome lights are to activate (driver dome lights excluded). Warning sound and dome lights will be operational with the ignition switch in any position.
(6) Emergency roof exits.
(a) A continuous warning sound that is to be audible in the driver's compartment and all dome lights are to activate when the hatch is opened in the escape position (driver dome lights excluded). Warning sound and dome lights are to be operational with ignition switch in any position.
(b) If a bus is not manufactured with a static vent, the emergency roof exit is to be a static-type with exhaust vent.
(7) Number of emergency roof exits required.
(a) One roof hatch is required for a bus with a manufacturer's rated shell capacity of one to forty-five.
(b) Two roof hatches are required for a bus with a manufacturer's rated shell capacity of forty-six and above.
(Q) Engine speed governor shall be installed on all buses. Setting shall comply with manufacturer's maximum recommended governed speed. A revolution per minute limiter in lieu of the engine speed governor is acceptable. Note: Recommended governed speed will reference maximum speed limits established in section 4511.21 of the Revised Code.
(R) Exhaust system shall meet minimum standards. Exhaust system minimum standards include:
(1) Exhaust pipe, muffler or a diesel particulate filter in lieu of the muffler, and tailpipe are to be outside bus body and attached to chassis.
(2) The tailpipe and after-treatment system are to be constructed of a corrosion-resistant tubing material at least equal in strength and durability to sixteen-gauge steel tubing of equal diameter.
(3) The tailpipe may be flush with, or is not to extend more than two inches beyond, the perimeter of the body for side-exit pipe or the bumper for rear-exit pipe. The exhaust is to be designed such that exhaust gas will not be trapped under the body of the bus.
(4) The tailpipe is to exit to the left or right of the emergency exit door in the rear of the vehicle to the left side of the bus, in front of or behind the rear drive axle, or the tailpipe may extend through the bumper. The tailpipe is not to exit beneath any fuel filler location, emergency door, or lift door.
(5) The exhaust system is to be insulated in a manner to prevent any damage to any fuel system component.
(6) The design of the after-treatment systems is not to allow active (non-manual) regeneration of the particulate filter during the loading and unloading of passengers. Manual regeneration systems will be designed such that unintentional operation will not occur.
(7) Right side discharge exhaust systems are not permitted.
(S) For after treatment systems that require diesel exhaust fluid (DEF) An optional left side discharge exhaust system is permitted. If a left side discharge, the tailpipe shall be located at least three inches and not more than eighteen inches in front of the rear wheel opening and angled down at a forty-five degree angle six inches from the end of the pipe. The discharge shall extend to the edge of the body.
(1) The composition of the DEF must comply with ISO 22241-1.
(2) The DEF supply tank shall be sized to meet a minimum ratio of three diesel fills to one DEF fill.
(T) Fenders shall meet minimum standards. Minimum fender standards include:
(1) Total spread at outer edges of front fenders, measured at fender line, is to exceed total spread of front tires when front wheels are in straight ahead position.
(2) Front fenders are to be braced and free from any body attachment. Trailing edge of front fender is to extend to bottom of front body section. Fender extensions are acceptable.
(3) Fiberglass replacement fenders and cowl pieces are permitted.
(U) Floor covering shall meet minimum standards. Minimum floor cover requirements include:
(1) All floor covering is to have a calculated burn rate of .1 mm per minute or less using the test methods, procedures and formulas listed in FMVSS 571.302 and be permanently bonded to the floor and must not crack or lose its adhesive power when vehicle is subjected to sudden changes in temperature. Bonding or adhesive material is to be waterproof and recommended by the manufacturer of the floor covering material.
(2) Underseat areas are to have a fire-resistant floor covering, having a minimum overall thickness of one-eighth inch. The entire joint between the floor covering and the wall of the school bus body is to be covered with a fitted, rust-free metal or composite molding or reformed interior panel.
(3) Driver's compartment floor area is to be of the same quality material as the underseat floor covering. The driver's compartment floor covering is to be attached to the floor.
Exception - On "Type A" buses, the driver's compartment floor area is to be manufacturer's standard and be attached to the floor.
(4) Center aisle covering is to be fire-resistant, non-skid and wear-resistant. If ribbed, minimum thickness is to be one hundred eighty-seven thousandths inch measured from the top of the ribs.
(5) Metal, composite molding, bonding or non-metal welding is to cover all floor-covering joints.
(6) Molding around the wheel-well and floor covering is to be provided to seal floor covering with the wheel well.
(7) A fuel access plate is to be installed for easy access to fuel gauge mechanism and is to be installed above the regular floor covering when possible. The access plate is to not be undercoated. Panel is to be sealed to prevent any leakage or moisture. Diamond plate may be used as an access panel. ("Type A" buses and alternative fuel systems excluded)
(8) Floor covering on top step landing is to be one piece.
(9) A plywood floor is to be applied on top of the steel floor. Floor covering is to be applied on top of the plywood. Plywood is to be five-eighths inch five-ply type CD exterior grade. Plywood is to extend to fire-wall and under the driver's seat. Plywood is to be sanded and vacuumed before covering is applied. Waterproof sealing material is to be applied to seams in the sections of plywood floor. Plywood is to be four feet by eight feet sections, pieced only as necessary. Waterproof sealing applied on top of the plywood to hold the floor covering is considered as one method of sealing the seams in the plywood floor.
(10) Equivalent material applied to top of steel floor may be used in lieu of plywood, provided it has equal or greater insulation r-value, sound abatement, deterioration-resistant and moisture-resistant properties.
(11) If alternate materials are used in lieu of plywood, manufacturer must certify that FMVSS 571.222 and 571.302 are met.
(V) Frame shall meet minimum standards. Minimum frame standards include:
(1) Frame is to be designed to correspond with or exceed standard practice performance criteria for trucks of same general load specifications used for highway service.
(2) Chassis frame is to extend to rear edge of rear body cross member.
(3) Frame side members are to be one-piece construction with the following exceptions:
(a) Extension of these members are to be designed, furnished, and guaranteed by chassis or body manufacturer. Installation is to be guaranteed by the company installing the extension. Extension of frame lengths are not to be for the purpose of extending wheel base.
(b) No holes are to be permitted in the chassis rails except those drilled at the chassis plant or authorized by the frame manufacturer.
(4) Welding to chassis rails is permitted only when guaranteed by the company making the modifications and authorized by the frame manufacturer. The Ohio state highway patrol is to be notified after the repair and authorized inspection have been completed and prior to the school bus being operated with students on board.
(W) Fuel fill opening- shall be in the body and be equipped with a hinged cover held closed by a spring or other conveniently operated device. The mechanism that holds this cover closed shall be sufficient to keep it closed under severe operating conditions. "Type B, C, and D" buses may be provided without a door only if a fuel bucket/spill containment is provided. Exception: On "Type A" buses, the fuel fill opening shall be manufacturer's standard.
(X) Fuel system-all fuel storage specifications shall meet minimum standards and conform to FMVSS 571.301 (fuel system integrity). Fuel system minimum standards include:
(1) Fuel tank is to have a minimum capacity of twenty-five gallons, for buses up to and including a shell capacity of fifty-nine passengers. School buses of sixty passengers and above are to have a minimum capacity of sixty gallons. It is to be filled and vented outside of the body. Construction will prevent the spillage or drainage of fuel on any part of the exhaust system.
(2) Fuel filter with replaceable element installed.
(3) In addition to the fuel filter, all diesel fueled engines are to have a water separator installed between fuel tank and the injector pumps. The fuel/water separator may be incorporated with the fuel filter but the fuel/water separator is not to serve as the fuel filter.
(4) Drain plug of at least one-fourth inch pipe thread located in center of the bottom of gas and diesel fuel tanks.
(Y) Glass.
(1) All glass shall be manufactured and maintained as follows:
Glass table
| Location | Glasstype | Rating | | --- | --- | --- | | Service door | Laminated | AS 1 or AS2 | | Emergencydoor | Tempered orlaminated | AS 2 or AS3 | | Emergencywindow | Tempered orlaminated | AS 2 or AS3 | | Windshield | Laminated | AS1 | | Driver's sideglass | Laminated | AS 1 or AS 2 | | All other glass in passenger'sarea | Tempered orlaminated | AS 2 or AS3 |
Exception- On "Type A" buses the driver's door glass shall be manufacturer's standard.
(2) All other glass not noted in table shall meet FMVSS 571.205 glazing materials.
(Z) Heaters shall meet minimum standards. Minimum heater standards include:
(1) Heating systems are to provide evenly distributed heat throughout the bus body and provide defrosting for windshield, driver's left side window and service door.
(2) Buses are to be equipped with heaters capable of maintaining inside temperature of fifty degrees Fahrenheit using an ambient temperature of zero degrees Fahrenheit as measured per SAE standard J2233.
(3) Buses are to be equipped with a front heater.
(4) Heaters are to display the name plate rating in accordance with the standard code for testing and rating automotive bus hot water heater and ventilating equipment.
(5) All heaters are to be independently controlled by multi-speed switches.
(6) All hot water lines inside the driver's/passenger's area are to be enclosed.
(7) Heater cores and fans are to be completely encased, but designed to permit servicing heating assembly by removing all or part of the case.
(8) Heater hose installation in the engine compartment is to include two shut-off valves able to shut off coolant completely when necessary.
(a) One shut-off valve is to be mounted between the water pump inlet and heater hose connection.
(b) One shut-off valve is to be mounted between the engine block and the heater hose connection.
(9) There is to be a heater flow regulating valve installed for convenient operation when the driver is in a normal seated position.
(AA) "Type D" buses with an interior engine cover shall have a device or design to secure the engine cover when in the open position, or shall be fully removable.
"Type C" buses shall have a design for the hood that minimizes the risk of accidental closing.
(BB) Horns.
Buses shall be equipped with a horn(s) of standard make capable of producing complex sound in band of audio frequencies from two hundred fifty to two thousand hertz and having total sound level of one hundred to one hundred twenty decibels within these frequency limits when measured at fifty feet from the vehicle. Air horns are permitted.
(CC) Electronic stability control shall be equipped on:
(1) Air brake equipped school buses with a build date of August 1, 2019 or later.
(2) All school buses with a build date of August 1, 2020 or later.
(DD) Instruments and instrument panel shall meet minimum standards. Instruments and instrument panel minimum standards include:
(1) Chassis is to be equipped with the following instruments and gauges. Lights in lieu of gauges are not acceptable.
(a) Speedometer.
(b) Odometer which will show accrued mileage up to nine hundred ninety-nine thousand nine hundred ninety-nine.
(c) A voltmeter showing the battery voltage. The voltmeter is to be off when the ignition switch is in the off position.
(d) Oil pressure gauge.
(e) Engine temperature gauge.
(f) Fuel gauge.
(g) Air brake systems is to have independent gauges indicating air pressure in the primary and secondary air tanks.
(h) Buses may be equipped with a tachometer.
(i) A diesel exhaust fluid (DEF) gauge is required for diesel engines.
(2) All buses are to have a warning system consisting of a light and optional audible warning to notify driver of low engine oil pressure, low engine coolant level, and coolant overheating. System is not to automatically shut off engine, unless warning signals have been displayed to the driver and the engine has derated for a period of time.
(3) The visibility and illumination of the instruments is to comply with FMVSS 571.101.
(EE) Insulation shall meet minimum standards. Minimum insulation standards include:
(1) Bus body is to be fully insulated in the roof and all body panels to deaden sound, reduce vibrations and heat transfer.
(2) Fire resistant fiberglass insulation or equivalent material of at least one-inch thickness is to be added in the roof, in addition to the usual sprayed on material.
(FF) Interior.
(1) Interior of the school bus is to be free of all projections.
(2) All school buses are to have inner lining on ceiling and walls and are to include acoustical (perforated) headlining in the driver area.
(3) The interior sound level at the driver's seating position is not to exceed ninety decibels when measured in accordance with test procedures found in 49 CFR 393.94(C).
(4) Cameras and other monitoring devices may be installed inside the bus as long as they do not intrude into the head impact zone. For "Type C and D" buses, cameras may be installed in the ceiling as long as they are above the window ling. Cameras mounted on the sidewall cannot protrude more than three inches. All camera mounting is to meet FMVSS 571.222.
(5) Padded/foam covered panels may be installed on the interior walls to prevent head injuries by self-abusive pupils.
(a) The padded panels are to be constructed of the same materials used in the construction of the bus seats.
(b) The padded panel may cover the window.
(c) The padded panel is to be attached to the sidewall of the bus.
(d) The padded panels are not to obstruct any portion of an emergency window or exit.
(e) Materials used in the padded panel are to comply with FMVSS 571.302.
(GG) Inside body height shall be a minimum of seventy-two inches measured from floor to ceiling at any point on longitudinal center line from the beginning of the aisle of the passenger compartment to the end of the aisle.
For "Type A" buses, the inside body height shall be a minimum of sixty-eight inches measured from floor to ceiling at any point on longitudinal center line from the beginning of the aisle of the passenger compartment to the end of the aisle.
Inside height measurement does not apply to air conditioning equipment.
(HH) Lamps, signals and backing warning device shall meet minimum standards. Minimum lamp, signal and backing warning device standards include:
(1) All lamps herein listed and their installation are to conform to current standards and recommendations of the society of automotive engineers and meet FMVSS 571.108.
(2) Construction of components:
(a) Directional signal, stop light, taillight, marker light, clearance light, identification light, back up light and reflector lenses are to meet applicable society of automotive engineers standards.
(b) All exterior lamp sockets are to be zinc-plated or chromated steel, or other suitable non-corrosive materials such as plastic or stainless steel.
(c) Alternately flashing warning signal lamps, body-mounted directional signals and stop lamps are to be grounded.
(3) When the ignition switch is in the off position, the hazard warning, stop light, marker lights, headlamps, passenger dome lights and emergency exit audible warnings are to be operational.
(4) The service door step-well light is to automatically operate when the headlights are in operation and be activated by a switch controlled by the service door.
(5) High beams are to be controlled by a column mounted dimmer switch.
(6) A maximum of two fog lamps may be installed. Fog lamps are to be amber in color.
(7) Daytime running lamps are required.
(8) One white strobe light is to be installed on the roof of the bus. The strobe light is to cycle sixty to two-hundred forty flashes per minute. The roof strobe light is to be installed on the top of the bus toward the rear as close to the center of the bus as is practical.
(9) Interior dome lights.
(a) Passenger dome lights when activated are to adequately and uniformly illuminate aisleway to three to four foot candles.
(b) All dome lights are to be equipped with clear/white shatter-proof lenses.
(c) Passenger dome lights are to be controlled by switches in the driver's console. Passenger zones may be switched separately. Power is to be provided when the ignition switch is in the "On" or "Accessory" position and be on a protected circuit.
(d) A separate driver dome light is to be provided and controlled by a single switch in the driver's console.
(10) Directional signals.
(a) Side and rear directional signals are to be wired to operate properly with the front directional signals.
(b) Manufacturer is to install required signal lamps to the directional signal control switch so all directional signal lamps are operative. The directional signal system is to be installed on an integral part of the hazard warning signal switch activated by an independent switch furnished.
(c) Direction signals, when illuminated, are to be amber in color and meet society of automotive engineers specifications.
(d) Rear directional signals are to have a minimum of thirty-eight square inches of illuminated surface each. The rear directional signals are to be identical in type, shape, size, and location.
(11) Backing warning devices.
(a) Two back up lights are required and are to be mounted on or below the belt line on the school bus body. Back up lights are to conform to FMVSS 571.108.
(b) All school buses are to be equipped with an audible electrical warning device, automatically actuated when the bus is in reverse gear. Device is to be one hundred seven decibels or more, meeting SAE standard J994. Device is to be installed in an area on or behind the rear axle. A variable volume sounding device ranging from eighty-seven to one hundred twelve decibels may be used, maintaining a minimum of five decibels above the ambient noise level.
(12) Stop/tail lights.
(a) Each bus is to have two combination stop/tail lamps as required in FMVSS 571.108. These two lamps are to be identical in type, shape, and size.
(b) In addition to the two stop/tail lamps required by FMVSS 571.108, each bus is to be equipped with two combination stop/tail lamps with a minimum illuminated surface area of thirty-eight square inches, emitting red light plainly visible from a distance of five hundred feet to the rear. These lamps are to be as high as practical but below the window line and spaced as far apart laterally as practicable, but not less than three feet. Measurements are to be taken from lamp centers. These additional two lamps are to be identical in type, shape, and size.
(13) A white light is to be installed to illuminate the area on the body near the left lower brake/tail lamp to illuminate the state identification number. This light may be incorporated into the lower left brake/tail lamp.
This light may be incorporated into the lower left brake/tail lamp.
(14) All school bus body lamps and reflectors are to comply with FMVSS 571.108.
Reflectors are not to be combined with any other lamp or items of associated equipment. Exception-front amber reflectors may be incorporated into a front lamp.
(15) All marker, clearance and identity lamps are to conform to society of automotive engineers standards for the type of lamp. These lamps are to be activated by the chassis headlight switch.
(II) Alternately flashing warning signal lamps shall meet minimum standards. Minimum alternately flashing warning signal map standards include:
(1) Each school bus is to be equipped with a system of four red signal lamps and four amber signal lamps. Both red and amber lamps are to be installed in accordance with FMVSS 571.108 and the SAE standard J887. The four red signal lamps are to be identical in type, shape, and size.
(a) There is to be a system in place to allow the deactivation of the amber signal lamps without the need to open the service door or placing the ignition switch in the off position.
(b) These lamps are to alternately flash at a designated rate from sixty to one hundred twenty cycles per minute.
(2) Operation of alternately flashing warning signal lamps, stop signal arm and optional crossing control arm.
(a) Power for these devices are to be provided when the ignition switch is in the on position. An optional master switch may be installed for these devices. If installed, a green pilot light is to illuminate to indicate the system is ready for operation.
(b) With the service door closed and the manual momentary (amber) start switch activated and released, the amber pilot light and amber warning lamps are to flash.
(c) When the service door is moved toward the open position, the amber pilot light and the amber warning lamps are to turn off and the red pilot light and red warning lamps are to flash.
(d) The stop signal arm and, if installed, the crossing control arm are to automatically extend when the red warning lamps flash. The stop arm signal lamps are to flash when extended.
(e) When the service door is closed, the red warning lights are to deactivate, the stop signal arm and, if installed, crossing control arm are to retract.
(f) With the service door open and the manual momentary (amber) start switch activated and released, the red pilot light and the red warning lamps are to flash and the stop signal arm and, if equipped, the crossing control arm are to extend. The stop signal arm lamps are to flash when extended.
(g) The service door switch that activates the red warning lamps are to be located in a position by a cover or guard that will prevent the switch from being activated or deactivated by persons boarding or leaving the bus.
(h) An emergency override system for activating the red warning lamps and extending the stop signal arm is to be installed. This emergency override system is to be operational with the ignition switch in any position.
(i) A red colored or red outlined emergency override switch is to be installed. This switch is to be marked with the words "Emergency warning lights" (abbreviation is acceptable). This is to be the only red colored or red outlined switch on the switch panel.
(ii) When the emergency override system is activated, the red pilot light and the red warning lamps are to flash and the stop signal arm are to extend with the door in any position.
The stop signal arm lamps are to flash when extended.
(iii) Power for the system is to be on a protected circuit.
(3) Hoods may be installed above the lamps. If installed, all the lamps are to have hoods.
(4) Eight lamp warning system.
(a) LED "strobelike" effects may be used in the eight lamp warning system. All lamps are to conform to FMVSS 571.108.
(b) All eight amber and red lamps are to alternate between left and right at a rate of sixty to one-hundred twenty cycles per minutes.
(c) The "strobe" effect are to appear as a flash of varying intensity and not as separate flashes.
(d) All the warning lamps, amber and red, are to "strobe" in the same pattern. The same pattern is defined as the same number of flashes per lamp before the system alternates to the other side.
(e) All eight lamp warning systems on buses manufactured after January 1, 2027, are to be of LED type.
(JJ) Length of a school bus shall not exceed forty-five feet, excluding safety devices/bumpers.
(KK) Markings - body shall display identification (in black lettering if not indicated otherwise). The following are to be displayed:
(1) "School Bus" at least eight inches high on both the front and rear of the body. Lettering is to be placed as high as possible without impairment of visibility. The "School Bus" marking is to be on a background of retro reflective national school bus yellow material. The material is to be the same quality and type as Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards requires for the marking of emergency exits.
(2) "Stop" on buses manufactured after January 1, 2027, are to be high-visibility (reflective) marking.
"Stop" on the rear of the bus in black letters not less than ten inches in height with red reflective material, meeting FMVSS 517.217 in between the black letters. Black letters are to have a brush stroke of one-half inches and placed on the metal panel of the rear emergency door, or for rear engine buses centered on the rear of the bus.
(3) Name of the private school, school district, school bus owner or operator is to appear on both sides of the vehicle at the belt line and be at least five inches high.
(4) The county in which the private school or the school district resides is to appear on both sides of the vehicle in a minimum of three-inch letters, unless the name of the city or exempted village appears as a part of the school district or private school name.
(5) When required by FMCSR 390.21, the ownership of the school bus (company name, city, state and USDOT number as required by FMCSR 390.21) is to appear on both sides of the bus. The right side markings are to be to the rear of the service door below the floor rub rail. The left side markings are to be in the area of the stop signal arm below the floor rub rail. The markings are to be in two inch high letters. Only the information required by FMCSR 390.21 is to be displayed.
(6) Local school bus numbers approximately five inches high and be located as follows:
(a) On body near the service door.
(b) On the body, near the right lower tail light.
(c) On the left side of the body in the area of the driver's window.
(d) Visible to the front, in an area designated by the operator.
(7) Buses are to be marked with reflectorized material as follows: All reflectorized material is to be a retro reflective material which meets FMVSS 517.217 for marking of emergency exits. In addition:
(a) All reflective material is to be able to retain at least fifty per cent of the reflective values for a minimum of seven years.
(b) All reflective material is to be warranted against peeling, cracking, separation and lifting due to weather conditions, pressure and mechanical washing for a minimum of seven years.
(c) Reflective yellow material two inches in width (plus/minus one forth inch) is to be applied to both corners of the rear of the bus and extend from the bumper vertically up to the top of the rear windows.
(d) All emergency doors and windows are to be outlined in yellow only. Emergency roof exits are to be outlined in either red, yellow or white around the outside perimeter with reflective material as required by FMVSS 571.217.
(e) Both sides of the bus body are to be marked with retro reflective national school bus yellow material, extending the length of the body (passenger area) and located at approximately the floor line. This marking is to be two inches in width and run parallel with the rub rails.
(f) Three seven by fourteen-inch wide pieces of white to white-silver in color reflective material is to be applied to the front and rear of the bus to accommodate the state identification and local bus numbers as follows:
(i) State identification number on the front of the vehicle is to be placed on a seven by fourteen-inch piece of reflective material which is to be applied and centered on the front bumper. If the bumper is manufactured with the holes in the center for two hooks, the seven by fourteen-inch piece of material may be located on the driver's side of the bumper. If the bumper is less than six inches in height, a seven by fourteen-inch plate will be permanently attached to the bumper to accommodate the seven by fourteen-inch reflective material.
(ii) In the rear, the state identification number and the local number is to be placed on individual seven by fourteen-inch pieces of reflective material which is to be applied and centered on the flat surface near the left and right lower taillights as the bus body design will allow.
(8) Additional markings are permitted as follows and are optional:
(a) Vinyl stick-on lettering in lieu of painted-on letters, either on original equipment or as replacement letters.
(b) Maximum of two American flags, overall size of each decal is not to exceed six inches by eleven inches, is not to interfere with required markings and is not to obstruct the view of the driver.
(c) Buses used for transporting special needs may display two universal handicap emblems. The emblems are to be reflectorized white on blue located on the front and rear bumpers.
(d) Route number or marker bracket beside entrance door.
(e) Optional roof ID numbers, if used, are to be black in color and measure eighteen inches tall by ten inches wide with a brush stroke of three inches.
(LL) Mirrors must meet minimum standards. Minim mirror standards include:
(1) The buses are to be equipped with mirrors meeting the requirements of FMVSS 571.111 for school buses.
(2) Interior rear view mirror is to be a minimum of six by thirty inches. Exception: "Type A" - Six by sixteen inches.
(3) All exterior mirrors are to be heated and fully adjustable.
(4) Mirror assemblies are to be warranted one hundred per cent replacement coverage for thirty-six months against rust, and corrosion, and against any reduction in clarity of view due to discoloration or other deterioration of the lens.
(MM) Mounting of body on chassis.
(1) Isolators shall be placed between the frame and body main cross-sill and intermediate members. The isolators shall be at least one-fourth inch thick and shall be attached to chassis frame or body members in a fashion to prevent the isolators from shifting, separating or displacement of the isolators under severe operating conditions.
(2) Bus body shall be attached to chassis frame in such a manner as to prevent shifting or separation of the body from the chassis under severe operating conditions.
(3) Body front shall be attached and sealed to the chassis cowl in such a manner as to prevent entry of moisture.
(NN) Mud flaps - All buses shall be equipped with mud flaps at all wheel positions. The mud flaps shall be installed as close as practical to the wheel. May use a system for suppressing flying spray on a wet surface. Such system may consist of filament type, which is installed around the fender wheels. A full width mud flap or a full-width filament type plastic skirt may be placed at the rear wheels. May utilize rubber fender extensions. Length shall be in accordance with section 5577.11 of the Revised Code.
(OO) Noise suppression switch shall meet minimum standards. Minimum noise suppression switch standards include:
(1) Installed within easy reach of the driver in a seated position.
(2) Switch to be be an on/off type.
(3) Deactivation of factory installed devices that produce noise. (Exception - devices installed in "Type A" buses during the manufacture of the chassis/cowl).
(a) AM/FM radios
(b) Heaters
(c) Air conditioner fans
(d) Fans
(e) Defrosters
(4) This switch is not to deactivate safety systems, such as windshield wipers, lighting systems or two-way communication systems.
(PP) Openings created in mounting of bus body to chassis shall be sealed by manufacturer to prevent entrance of gases, dust or moisture into passenger and driver's compartments. All openings made by the manufacturer in the floorboard and fire-wall shall be sealed by the manufacturer to prevent gases from entering the driver's compartment.
(QQ) Paint shall meet minimum standards. Minimum paint standards include:
(1) Paint finish coats to bus body, hood, cowl and all attaching sheet metal and fiberglass parts are to be warranted for sixty months or one-hundred thousand miles whichever comes first, one hundred per cent parts and labor, for adhesion and color retention.
(2) Paint finish to bus body, hood, cowl and all attaching sheet metal and fiberglass parts are to be applied for a total dry thickness at a minimum of one and eight tenths mils over all painted surfaces.
(3) Body exterior.
All exterior body and chassis sheet metal including fiberglass are to be painted with polyurethane paint or equivalent.
(4) All interior panels, walls, and roof surfaces are to be painted. Finished metal/plastic may be unpainted.
(RR) Passenger seats shall meet minimum standards. Minimum passenger seat standards include:
(1) All seating and restraining barrier design and construction is to meet the provisions of FMVSS 571.222. The top surface of the restraining barriers are to be the same height as the top surfaces of the seat backs
(2) All seats are to have a minimum depth of fifteen inches.
(3) Equipment installed above the seating area is to comply with head impact zone requirements found in FMVSS 571.222.
(4) All school buses equipped with attachment points, securement devices (seatbelts), and/or wheelchair securement systems are to also be equipped with a durable webbing cutter having a full width hand-grip and protected blade. The cutter is to be appropriately stored in the driver's compartment to the left of the driver. This equipment may be excluded from the manufacturer's bid and purchased separately.
(5) Seat construction.
(a) Seat, seat back cushion, seat bottom and restraining barrier are to be covered with flame-barrier fire-retardant seating material. Such material must pass the "National School Transportation Specifications and Procedures" school bus seat upholstery "Fire Block" test.
(i) The flame will not spread to seat back in front of the fire.
(ii) The flames on the rear seat will self-extinguish.
(iii) The flame-barrier, fire retardant seating material will successfully prevent the underlying padding material from being exposed to the flames.
(b) All seat backs and restraining barriers are to be covered with energy-absorbing padding material as required by FMVSS 571.222.
(SS) Engine power shall meet minimum standards. Minimum engine power standards include:
(1) Diesel engines are to have a minimum of two-hundred horsepower and five-hundred twenty foot pounds of torque.
(2) Gasoline engines are to have a minimum of two-hundred sixty-five horsepower and four-hundred sixty foot pounds of torque.
(3) All diesel engines are to be equipped with a block heater. Heater is to be a minimum of seven hundred fifty watts.
(4) Dry type air cleaner with an air filter restriction indicator.
(5) Engine is to be equipped with a fast idle (air, electronic, or manual) throttle.
(6) An electric powered school bus is to meet all federal motor vehicle safety standards and all society of automotive engineers standards that are applicable at time of manufacture. The school bus is to meet Ohio school bus construction standards at the time of manufacture or bid date.
(7) A factory build hybrid electric school bus is to meet all federal motor vehicle safety standards and all society of automotive engineers standards that are applicable at time of manufacture. The school bus is to meet Ohio school bus construction standards at the time of manufacture or bid date.
(TT) School safety zone decal
(1) The decal shall be approximately seven inches by seven inches. At the top of the decal shall be the word "NOTICE," underlined, and immediately below the word "NOTICE" the symbol for no handgun allowed. Below the no handgun symbol, the decal shall state in black lettering on a white background "Unless Otherwise Authorized By Law, Pursuant to Ohio Revised Code Section 2923.122, No Person Shall Knowingly Possess, Have Under The Person's Control, Convey Or Attempt To Convey A Deadly Weapon Or Dangerous Ordnance Onto A School Bus (School Safety Zone)."
(2) No other markings, symbols or lettering are allowed on the decal.
(3) The location of the decal shall be on the flat metal surface just above the seat rub rail to the immediate left of the service door. The right edge of the decal shall be within two inches of the end of the rub rail.
(UU) Service door shall meet minimum standards. Minimum service door standards include:
(1) Service door is to be outward-opening, split-type on all buses. Service door is to be air, electric, or manually-operated. Door is to be under the control of the driver and designed to afford easy release and prevent accidental opening.
(2) Service door is to be located on right side of bus opposite the driver and within the driver's direct view.
(3) Service door entrance is to have minimum horizontal opening of twenty-four inches and minimum vertical opening of sixty-eight inches.
(4) Glass in service door is to provide maximum area of visibility for operation of the bus.
(5) All edges of service door are to be sealed by a flexible material to prevent air from entering the door entrance when closed.
(6) There are to be no safety rail or handholds mounted on the inside of the service door.
(7) Only one handle or handhold may be placed on the outside of the service door.
(8) There is to be a head bumper pad installed on the inside at the top of the service door frame. This pad is to be approximately four inches in width and extend across the entire top of the service door opening and meet FMVSS 571.302 for flammability standards of interior materials.
(9) Service door is to have suitable access for easy lubrication.
(10) Manual service door.
(a) When a manual lever is used, no parts are to come together so as to shear or crush fingers. Lever is to be equipped with an approved safety latch to prevent accidental opening which will lock in the over-center position when door is fully opened. Manually operated doors are to require no more than twenty-five pounds of pull to close and may be hydraulically assisted.
(b) Manual door control mechanism is to be heavy-duty bearing type, adjustable for wear, non-corrosive, anodized steel, or equivalent.
(11) On power-operated service doors, the emergency release valve, switch or device to release the service door is to be placed above the required head bumper or at the same height to the immediate left or right of the service door and be clearly labeled.
(a) When the switch or lever is in the released position, it will override door control in driver's area making it non-operational in any of the door control positions.
(b) Whenever the switch or lever is placed in the released position, it will allow the service door to be opened or closed freely.
(c) This switch and distribution block that control eight light warning system is to be securely fastened near the door control valve and be easily accessible for service and repair.
(VV) Service door steps shall meet minimum standards. Minimum service door steps standards include:
(1) The first step of the service door cannot be less than six inches and not more than sixteen inches from the ground.
(2) Service door entrance is to be equipped with step risers that do not exceed ten inches. Risers in each case are to be approximately equal.
(3) Steps are to be enclosed to prevent accumulation of ice and snow.
(4) Steps are not to protrude beyond side body line.
(5) Hand rails of maximum length, but not less than ten inches long, are to be installed on both sides of the interior step-well area. These handles are to be stainless steel clad. Both hand rails are to be securely fastened and designed so as to prevent clothing or any other item from being caught. Hand rails may also be yellow polymer coated.
(6) Surface of steps are to be of non-skid material.
(a) Steps are to be covered with a covering material which have non-skid characteristics. Step covering is to have a turned-down nosing of a contrasting color of either white, silver, yellow, or bright orange.
(b) Step covering is to be securely fastened to the steps in a manner that will minimize tripping. This requires that the heads of mounting screws or bolts be below the top surface of the step tread.
(7) The service door steps are to have a restraining barrier that is in compliance with FMVSS 571.222 positioned between the stairwell and the passenger compartment. This barrier is to be equipped with a modesty panel.
(WW) Steering system shall meet minimum standards. Steering system minimum standards include:
(1) All school buses are to be equipped with heavy-duty, truck-type integral power steering.
(2) Steering mechanism is to provide for easy adjustment for lost motion.
(3) No changes are to be made in the steering mechanism unless approved by manufacturer.
(4) There is to be a clearance of at least two inches between steering wheel and any other surface or control.
(XX) Stop signal arm.
The stop signal arm(s) shall comply with the requirements of FMVSS 571.131 (School bus pedestrian devices).
(YY) Sun visor.
The school bus shall be equipped with at least one interior adjustable transparent sun visor, folding type, which is a minimum of six by thirty inches in size. If only one sun visor is installed, it shall be positioned for use by the driver. Exception - "Type A" shall be manufacturer's standard.
(ZZ) Tires, rims and wheels shall meet minimum standards. Minimum standards fro tires, rims, and wheels include:
(1) Manufacturer or authorized dealer is to balance all wheels and make necessary alignments prior to delivery.
(2) Dual rear tires and wheels are to be provided (except "Type A.")
(3) All tires on a given axle are to be of same size, tread design, construction and capacity.
(4) All are to be equipped with tubeless radial tires of proper size and load range that meets or exceeds chassis gross vehicle weight ratings and body combinations as required by FMVSS 571.120.
(5) Disc wheels are to be used.
(6) Wheel composition - wheels are to be made of steel or aluminum.
(AAA) Tow hooks.
(1) Two rear tow hooks shall be installed, with the hooks and their mounting of sufficient strength to tow the vehicle at the vehicle's curb weight.
(2) Two front tow hooks may be installed, with the hooks and their mounting of sufficient strength to tow the vehicle at the vehicle's curb weight.
(BBB) Transmission shall meet minimum standards. Minimum transmission standards include:
(1) Manufacturer is to furnish an automatic transmission or automated manual transmission.
(2) The torque rating of the transmission is to meet or exceed the maximum torque output of the engine.
(CCC) Vehicle identification plates - All chassis serial number identification plates shall be attached to the bus and be clearly identifiable and legible for the entire life of the bus.
(DDD) Wheel-housings shall meet minimum standards. Minimum wheel-housing standards include:
(1) Wheel-house is to be attached to floor components in such a manner to prevent water, dust or fumes from entering the bus body.
(2) Wheel-house openings are to allow for easy tire removal and service.
(3) Inside height of wheel-housing above floor line is not to exceed ten inches.
(4) Wheel-housing is to provide clearance to permit the installation of tire chains per SAE standard J683.
(EEE) Width - Overall width of a bus shall not exceed one hundred and two inches, excluding mirrors.
(FFF) Windows shall met minimum standards. Minimum window standards include:
(1) Driver's side window is to be capable of opening and be equipped with a lock-type closure. Exception - "Type A" buses are to be manufacturer's standard.
(2) Each side window in the passenger area is to be split sash and provide unobstructed opening at least nine inches high and twenty-two inches wide, obtained by lowering the upper sash. If the bus body design does not allow for all windows to meet the width dimension requirement, up to two side windows per side in the passenger area may be less than the twenty-two inches. They may or may not open.
(3) Individual windows are not to have a vertical opening greater than twelve inches. Stops are to be installed where needed to obtain this dimension.
(4) Windows may be tinted pursuant to section 4513.241 of the Revised Code. Any window tinting is also meet FMVSS 571.205.
(GGG) Windshield washers shall meet minimum standards. Minimum windshield washers standards include:
(1) The windshield washer fluid reservoir is to have a minimum capacity of two quarts in a rigid plastic container. It is to be mounted outside the interior of the bus and in a position readily accessible for refilling,
(2) Windshield washer is to incorporate a check valve in supply line. Check valve will not allow washer fluid to drain back into washer tank when not in use.
(3) Heated windshield wipers and heated washer fluid units are permitted.
(HHH) Windshield wipers shall meet minimum standards. Minimum windshield wiper standards include:
(1) Two heavy-duty windshield wipers.
(2) Windshield wipers to be operated by one or more electric motors.
(3) Windshield wipers are to be controlled with one switch. Switch is to provide multi-speed operation and incorporate an intermittent position.
(4) Wipers are to be wet arm type.
(5) The windshield wiper motor or motors are to have sufficient power and the wiper arms and blades are to be of sufficient length to provide the largest cleaning area possible.
(III) Wiring shall meet minimum standards. Minimum wiring standards include:
(1) All wiring is to conform to current society of automotive engineers standards. Wiring diagrams are tobe made available to school bus owners.
(2) Short circuit protective devices are to be provided for each major circuit and all other electrical functions, except starter motor and ignition circuits.
(3) All wires within body are to be insulated and protected by a covering which will protect them from external damage and minimize dangers from short circuits. Whenever wires pass through body members, additional protection in the form of an appropriate type of insert is to be provided.
(4) Wires not enclosed within body shell are to be fastened securely at intervals of not more than twenty-four inches.
(5) All joints are to be soldered or joined by equally effective connectors.
Last updated July 1, 2025 at 9:07 AM
History
- Effective: July 1, 2025
- Promulgated Under: 119.03
Ohio Adm.Code 3301-83-13
(A) Designation of school bus stops
(1) It is the responsibility of the superintendent or designee to determine the location of all school bus stops to be approved annually by the districts' board of education. Authority to designate or relocate subsequent school bus stops may be delegated by the board of education to the superintendent or designee. Bus stops and a time schedule will be adopted and put in force by the board not earlier than thirty days prior to and not later than thirty days after the beginning of the school term.
(2) Districts will comply with section 3327.016 of the Revised Code for eligible student riders who are enrolled in a community or chartered nonpublic school.
(B) School bus stop location
Policies and procedures will be developed by administrators and transportation personnel to ensure school bus stop locations are designated in safe locations and will include the following:
(1) Pupils in grades kindergarten through eight may walk up to not more than one-half mile to a designated bus stop.
(2) School bus stop locations will provide for the maximum safety of pupils giving consideration to distance from residence, traffic volume, physical characteristics, residences of persons on the state registry of sex offenders and child-victim offenders established under section 2950.13 of the Revised Code, and visibility and weather conditions.
(3) School bus stops will be established on the residence side of all four-lane highways and on the residence side of other roadways posing potential hazards to students as determined by school bus owners.
(4) School bus stops will be located at a distance from the crest of a hill or curve to allow motorists traveling at the posted speed to stop within the sight distance. If the line of sight is less than five hundred feet in either direction, a request will be submitted to the appropriate authority to install an approved "school bus stop ahead" sign at least five hundred feet in advance of the school bus stop.
(5) Each pupil will be assigned to use a specific school bus stop except in unusual circumstances as approved by the school bus owner or designee.
(6) Each pupil will be assigned a designated place of safety on the residence side of the roadway on which the vehicle is scheduled to stop. The driver will account for each pupil at the designated place of safety before leaving. Pupils are not to proceed to their residence until the school bus has departed.
(7) The school bus driver will use the established route and make stops only at points designated by the school vehicle owner or the administrator who is authorized to designate such stops. School districts and community schools offering pupil transportation will have a documented routing plan in place for all established routes.
(8) The school bus driver will operate the bus on the time schedule for the established route and wait for pupils if ahead of schedule.
(9) The superintendent or designee is to communicate changes to bus stop locations and drop off/pick up times to parents or guardians of pupils impacted by the changes as soon as practicable in order to ensure pupil safety and timely transportation to school.
(C) School bus stop procedures
School bus drivers are subject to school bus stop and safety procedures set forth in section 4511.75 of the Revised Code and rule 3301-83-12 of the Administrative Code.
(D) Each bus will have a detailed route sheet on board which will include the following:
(1) Direction to designated stops;
(2) Time schedule;
(3) Designated stop;
(4) Driver-designated place of safety;
(5) Number of riders at each stop location and residence side; and
(6) List identifying road hazards.
(E) If practical, each route will have a responsible student designated to assist a substitute bus driver with each route.
(F) School districts will conduct safety audits of their bus routes, bus stops, and school pick-up/drop off sites on school property, not less than annually, to reduce safety risks and mitigate the severity of school bus accidents. It is recommended that district bus drivers' input be considered in conducting audits. Safety audits include an examination of:
(1) Left turns, to determine whether route adjustments can be made to avoid crossing oncoming lanes of traffic;
(2) Structural components of bus routes that can impact bus safety such as high speed limits, traffic congestion, areas of low visibility, and areas with steep drop-offs adjacent to the roadway;
(3) School bus stops, to minimize school bus stops that necessitate students crossing a roadway;
(4) The efficiency of individual bus routes.
Last updated July 1, 2025 at 8:23 AM
History
- Effective: July 1, 2025
- Promulgated Under: 119.03
Ohio Adm.Code 3301-83-05 Administration.
Responsibility for administration of pupil transportation operation and safety rules
(A) The state agencies responsible for pupil transportation may assist in pupil transportation operation and safety by providing:
(1) Leadership;
(2) Management;
(3) Safety programs;
(4) Training programs.
(B) The state agencies responsible for pupil transportation will assist in pupil transportation operation and safety by providing:
(1) Disbursement of state funding;
(2) Standards for school bus construction;
(3) Rules for pupil transportation operations;
(4) Forms and reports.
(C) All school bus owners may designate a transportation director/supervisor to administer the transportation program and be responsible for the management and supervision of:
(1) Personnel;
(2) Safety;
(3) Training;
(4) Operations;
(5) Maintenance.
(D) School bus owners will implement personnel policies and/or programs for bus drivers that include, but are not limited to:
(1) Opportunities for professional development as discussed in rule 3301-83-10 of the Administrative Code;
(2) Annual performance reviews, that are recommended to include driving evaluations, implemented no later than the next effective applicable collective bargaining unit agreement date;
(3) Implementing wellness support programming offered by the department of education and workforce and the department of public safety specific to bus drivers and encouraging drivers to utilize the programming.
(E) The department of education and workforce will assist city, exempted, village and local school districts by performing official timings to determine whether pupils attending non-public or community schools are eligible for transportation in accordance with section 3327.01 of the Revised Code. In performing the timings, the department will use the procedures set forth in the current version of the "Transportation Services for Chartered Nonpublic and Community School Students Handbook," located on the department's website (education.ohio.gov), including but not limited to:
(1) Eligibility will be determined by measuring the most direct route, which may include the interstate, by school bus from the public-school building to which the pupils would be assigned if attending the public school designated by the district of residence to the school bus loading area nearest and opposite the entrance door used by pupils transported at the attending non-public or community school;
(2) Timings will be conducted in a school bus, when both schools are in session, during the regular attendance times that the bus would travel to the school, and the bus should arrive at the building entrance or drop off location at the attending school at a reasonable time, based on the attending school's bell schedule; and
(3) Timings conducted by a department representative are final. A second timing will not be conducted unless it can be demonstrated that the conditions pertaining to the original timing have substantially changed and the department approves it. The department's determination regarding a second timing is final.
Last updated July 1, 2025 at 8:04 AM
History
- Effective: July 1, 2025
- Promulgated Under: 119.03
Ohio Adm.Code 3301-83-10
(A) Minimum school bus driver training
Before a school administrator or contractor may issue a certificate to qualifying drivers to be employed to operate a school bus, in accordance with division (A) or (B) of section 3327.10 of the Revised Code, drivers will successfully complete the Ohio pre-service school bus driver training program. Successful completion of training, annual in-service training, and the driver qualifications set forth in rule 3301-83-06 of the Administrative Code, are documented in the department of education and workforce's web-based driver's record and through a school bus driver training completion certificate issued by an Ohio pre-service school bus driver training instructor, which expires six years from the date of issuance.
(1) To achieve an acceptable level of competence, a minimum of twelve hours of on-the-bus instruction will be completed prior to a driver being assigned to operate a school bus with pupils on board. This instruction will consist of:
(a) Pre-trip inspection, control systems and dashboard instrumentation and mirror adjustment;
(b) Identification of acceptable driving techniques;
(c) Starting the engine;
(d) Position of hands for steering;
(e) Shifting the automatic and/or standard transmissions;
(f) Off road CDL maneuvers;
(g) Starting into traffic and pulling to the curb;
(h) Entering and leaving the freeway;
(i) Stopping for emergencies;
(j) Speed control;
(k) Changing lanes;
(l) Passing;
(m) Intersections - stop and through;
(n) Left and right turns;
(o) Turn-arounds;
(p) Loading and unloading pupils;
(q) Railroad crossings;
(r) Practice driving utilizing a detailed route sheet;
(s) Emergency evacuation procedures;
(t) Miscellaneous items to include at least the following:
(i) Special driving situations;
(ii) Special trips;
(iii) Regular trip restrictions;
(iv) Environmental compliance issues;
(v) Fatigue and wellness;
(vi) Handling equipment and cargo;
(vii) Hours of service conditions.
(u) Student management;
(v) School bus security; and
(w) Defensive driving.
(2) A minimum of fifteen hours of pre-service classroom instruction prior to operating a school bus with pupils on board. Alternatively, an individual may complete the department of education and workforce on-line pre-service school bus driver training course as authorized under section 3327.101 of the Revised Code. This instruction will consist of the following:
(a) School bus and commercial driver license provisions;
(b) Public relations;
(c) Pre-driving instructions;
(d) Driving the bus;
(e) Defensive driving;
(f) Pupil management, including bullying behaviors;
(g) Safety and emergency procedures;
(h) Use of first aid and blood borne pathogens equipment;
(i) Transporting the preschool and special needs children, including a practical overview of the characteristics and needs of those individuals;
(j) Fuel conservation and air quality and other environmental issues;
(k) Radio/cellular phone communication;
(l) Motor vehicle laws and Ohio pupil transportation operation and safety rules;
(m) School district policies;
(n) Drug and alcohol testing conditions; and
(o) Liability and responsibility.
(3) The school bus driver will demonstrate familiarity with the topics covered in the pre-service training at the completion of the pre-service training.
(4) A valid commercial driver's license with school bus and passenger endorsements, in accordance with sections 4506.03 and 4506.12 of the Revised Code, is a precondition for the school bus driver training certificate to be issued.
(5) After a driver has received a school bus driver training certificate and before transporting pupils, the driver will:
(a) Observe a route with an experienced driver with students onboard; and
(b) Drive a route with an experienced driver and students onboard.
Prior to a school bus driver training certificate being issued, records of time, test scores, names, districts and other documentation of on-the-bus instruction will be maintained and filed with the department of education and workforce in the method prescribed by the department. Copies of original records are to be maintained by the school bus owner.
(6) Each school bus owner will provide additional training for drivers and bus aides who transport preschool and special needs students. Such training will be completed prior to operating a bus with preschool and special needs children on board and will include:
(a) Appropriate behavior management, including bullying behaviors;
(b) Physical handling;
(c) Effective communication;
(d) Use and operation of adaptive equipment;
(e) An understanding of related behaviors and/or the particular disabling conditions; and
(f) Administer health care according to their qualifications and the needs of the student.
(7) To be considered valid, all portions of the training set forth in this rule will be completed and electronically reported to the department of education and workforce, according to division (G) of section 3327.10 of the Revised Code, within a twelve-month period. Pre-service and re-certification classes are valid for twelve months from the last day class is completed. After training set forth in paragraph (A) of this rule is completed, but before the school bus driver training certificate may be issued:
(a) The on-the-bus instructor will sign the driver's application for the school bus driver training certificate; and
(b) The school bus owner will sign, and electronically submit, a T-9 form with the department within thirty days of the application.
(c) Supporting documentation of records of completion of the training in paragraph (A) of this rule will be submitted to with the department in the method prescribed by the department prior to a school bus driver training certificate being issued. Copies of original records will be maintained by the school bus owner for a minimum of six years.
(8) Upon approval of the department and in the case of unusual circumstances, with the exception of safety and emergency procedures, pupil management, and school bus owner policies, the pre-service training components set forth in paragraphs (A)(2) and (G)(1) of this rule may be completed within forty-five days of employment. A temporary certificate will be issued for the operation of a school bus during the training period. A satisfactory state and federal criminal background check will be completed prior to the issuance of the temporary certificate. Temporary certificates may only be issued to first time drivers seeking certification.
(B) Minimum motor van driver training
(1) Before a certificate to operate a motor van, as defined in rule 3301-83-04 of the Administrative Code, may be issued under division (A) or (B) of section 3327.10 of the Revised Code, drivers will successfully complete pre-service motor van driver training. This training will include completion of:
(a) A four-hour minimum Ohio preservice driver curriculum or other course approved in advance by the department of education and workforce. A current school bus driver certificate may also fulfill the curriculum component of training; and
(b) A driving performance evaluation and review by a certified on-the-bus-instructor, or by another individual employed and designated by an educational service center, school or district, demonstrating that the driver is accustomed to the vehicle.
(2) Each motor van owner will provide additional training for drivers who transport preschool and special needs students. Such training will be completed prior to operating a motor van with preschool and special needs children on board and will include:
(a) Appropriate behavior management, including bullying behaviors;
(b) Physical handling;
(c) Effective communication;
(d) Use and operation of adaptive equipment;
(e) An understanding of related behaviors and/or the particular disabling conditions; and
(f) Administer health care according to their qualifications and the needs of the student.
(C) Annual in-service training
The board of education or governing board/administrator is to offer annual in-service training for all regular and substitute school bus drivers, all drivers of vehicles other than school buses, and bus aides and ensure that all drivers and aides complete the training. This training may be offered in one session, or multiple sessions as determined by each employer. The employer may also recognize training offered by other sources in lieu of their own program. School bus drivers and aides will participate in a minimum of four hours of training. The training will be based on a needs assessment that includes one or more of the following:
(1) School bus and commercial driver license provisions;
(2) Public and staff relations;
(3) Equipment and care, including the operation of all adaptive equipment needed to safely transport pre-school and special needs students;
(4) Driving the bus;
(5) Defensive driving;
(6) Highway/railroad grade crossing safety;
(7) Pupil management, including bullying behaviors;
(8) Safety and emergency procedures;
(9) Use of first aid and blood borne pathogens equipment;
(10) Transporting the preschool and special needs children;
(11) Motor vehicle laws and Ohio pupil transportation operation and safety rules;
(12) Signs, signals and pavement markings;
(13) Fuel conservation;
(14) Radio/cellular phone communications;
(15) Detailed route sheets.
(D) Pupil transportation director/supervisor training
Pupil transportation administrators are to participate in a minimum of four hours of related training annually. School bus owners should encourage and support directors/supervisors of pupil transportation to attend local, regional, state and national workshops and conferences devoted to the management, supervision, organization and technical components of pupil transportation.
(E) School bus mechanic training
Each school bus owner will provide the opportunity for school bus maintenance personnel to participate in an annual workshop or training seminar, with a minimum of four hours of instruction, in one or more of the following areas:
(1) Preventive maintenance procedures;
(2) Repair procedures for each type of vehicle in the fleet and its special equipment;
(3) Servicing procedures for equipment;
(4) Inspection of the vehicle and its equipment;
(5) Recovery procedures for vehicles involved in an accident or breakdown;
(6) Preparation of maintenance records;
(7) Parts and equipment purchasing and storage; and
(8) Establishment of parts inventory control procedures.
(F) On-the-bus instructors
(1) All school bus owners are to select and have a designated on-the-bus instructor or contract to obtain the services of a certified on-the-bus instructor.
(2) On-the-bus instructor(s) will be trained and certified by an Ohio pre-service school bus driver training instructor. On-the-bus instructor(s) will attend annual in-service trainings as scheduled and provided by the Ohio pre-service school bus driver training instructor.
(3) An on-the-bus instructor verification is to be indicated in the department's web-based driver's record and remains valid unless revoked by the Ohio pre-service school bus driver training instructor.
(a) The Ohio pre-service school bus driver training instructor will revoke the on-the-bus status in the event the driver or an on-the-bus instructor does not attend the annual in-service training conducted by the Ohio pre-service school bus driver training instructor, or does not receive an individual recertification evaluation by the Ohio pre-service school bus driver training instructor;
(b) The Ohio pre-service school bus driver training instructor may revoke or suspend the on-the-bus instructor status upon the request of the school bus owner.
(4) When appropriate, the Ohio pre-service school bus driver training instructor or other certified on-the-bus instructor may provide all or part of on-the-bus instruction in lieu of the assigned on-the-bus instructor.
(G) School bus driver training certificate renewal
A school bus driver will be issued a new school bus driver training certificate upon successful completion of the qualifications every six years. Application for a renewal certificate will be made no later than thirty days prior to the expiration of the current certificate. The completion of the following school bus driver certificate qualifications may occur anytime in the twelve months prior to application. No school bus driver will transport pupils without a current certificate:
(1) A minimum of nine hours of the Ohio pre-service school bus driver training classroom instruction will be completed prior to applying for renewal certification. Alternatively, an individual may complete the department of education and workforce on-line pre-service school bus driver training course as authorized under section 3327.101 of the Revised Code. That instruction consists of the following:
(a) Public relations;
(b) Pupil management, including bullying behavior;
(c) Pre-trip inspection;
(d) Driving the bus;
(e) Defensive driving;
(f) Fuel conservation;
(g) Transporting preschool and special needs children;
(h) Safety and emergency procedures;
(i) Radio/cellular phone communications; and
(j) Motor vehicle laws and Ohio pupil transportation operation and safety rules.
(2) The driver will demonstrate their familiarity with the topics covered at the completion of the class.
(3) A driving performance evaluation and review will be completed prior to applying for certification. The driving skills evaluation and review consists of the following:
(a) Identification of acceptable driving techniques, including the following:
(i) Position of hands for steering;
(ii) Braking;
(iii) Following distance;
(iv) Speed control; and
(v) Observing traffic conditions ahead.
(b) Intersections - stop and through;
(c) Left and right turns;
(d) Curves;
(e) Changing lanes;
(f) Passing;
(g) Railroad crossings;
(h) Loading and unloading pupils;
(i) Turn-arounds;
(j) Entering and leaving the freeway;
(k) Starting into traffic and pulling to the curb;
(l) Stopping for emergencies;
(m) Pre-trip inspection; and
(n) Mirror adjustment.
(4) The driver may have no more than four opportunities to successfully demonstrate the driving skills as follows:
(a) A certified on-the-bus instructor designated by the school district or private operator will administer the first three opportunities.
(b) A fourth opportunity to demonstrate driving skills, if necessary, will be administered by an Ohio pre-service instructor. The driver will be offered appropriate driving instruction prior to this fourth opportunity.
(c) Drivers that fail to successfully demonstrate driving skills on the fourth opportunity will repeat the initial training set forth in paragraph (A) of this rule in order for the driver's certificate to be renewed.
(5) The certification qualifications for classroom instruction, pursuant to paragraphs (G)(1) and (G)(2) of this rule, may be substituted with successful completion of the Ohio pre-service advanced school bus driver training course if completed during the driver's current six-year certification period.
(6) The certification qualifications for driving skills, pursuant to paragraphs (G)(3) and (G)(4) of this rule, may be substituted with participation in a state and/or regional school bus driver safety road-e-o, and achieving a minimum of eighty per cent of the possible points, if completed during the driver's current six-year certification period.
(7) All other qualifications for school bus drivers as described in paragraph (B) of rule 3301-83-06 of the Administrative Code are to be met prior to application for a renewal certificate.
(8) Records of completion of the qualifications in paragraphs (G)(1) to (G)(7) of this rule will be maintained and filed with the department in the method prescribed by the department before a certificate of successful completion is issued. Copies of original records will be maintained by the school bus owner for a minimum of six years.
(9) The certificate of any person who cannot provide proof of having operated a school bus during the previous twenty-four months will be considered invalid. That person is to then successfully satisfy the certification qualifications described in paragraphs (A)(1) to (A)(7) or (G)(1) to (G)(7) of this rule, as applicable, prior to resuming transportation of pupils.
(H) A driver's completion of training certificate issued by a pre-service instructor may be rescinded in the department's web-based driver's record if the driver fails to :
(1) Complete annual in-service training;
(2) Meet the qualifications set forth in section 3327.10 of the Revised Code or rule 3310-83-06 of the Administrative Code.
(I) Districts will identify, share, and encourage bus drivers to participate in professional development opportunities.
Last updated July 1, 2025 at 7:49 AM
History
- Effective: July 1, 2025
- Promulgated Under: 119.03
Ohio Adm.Code 3301-83-06 Personnel qualifications.
(A) The qualifications for the transportation director/supervisor are:
(1) A satisfactory driving record as verified through checks made by the employing agency.
(2) A satisfactory work history as verified through professional references as determined by the employing agency.
(3) A satisfactory criminal background report in accordance with divisions (J) and (K) of section 3327.10 of the Revised Code.
(4) Post-high school education or work experience in education, business administration, management or transportation as determined by the employing agency.
(5) Completion of annual training as specified in paragraph (D) of rule 3301-83-10 of the Administrative Code.
(6) Completion of the classroom portion of the Ohio preservice driver training program set forth in paragraph (A)(2) of rule 3301-83-10 of the Administrative Code within six months of appointment to the position, and at least once every six years after appointment.
(7) Compliance with training for supervisors of commercial motor vehicles set forth in 49 C.F.R. 382.603.
(B) The qualifications for a school bus or motor van driver are:
(1) Having an understanding of the role of pupil transportation in the educational program and meeting all the qualifications established by federal rule, state laws and this chapter of the Administrative Code.
(2) Meeting applicable age qualifications under 49 C.F.R. 391.11 and section 3327.10 of the Revised Code, and having a minimum of two years driving experience.
(3) Being physically qualified pursuant to rule 3301-83-07 of the Administrative Code.
(4) Completion of initial and semi-annual driver record checks according to division (F) of section 3327.10 of the Revised Code through the department of education and workforce with records to be maintained by the employer and/or school district for a minimum of six years. School bus or motor van drivers with any of the following are disqualified from operating a school bus or motor van:
(a) More than six points during the past two years;
(b) A guilty plea or conviction of driving while under the influence of alcohol and/or a controlled substance during the past ten years as set forth in division (F) of section 3327.10 of the Revised Code;
(c) Two (or more) serious traffic violations, as defined in division (II) of section 4506.01 of the Revised Code, during the past two years;
(d) Any railroad crossing violation during the past year as evidenced by a conviction, video, or a report by a railroad official; or
(e) Any other disqualifying offense, as set forth in rule(s) adopted by the Ohio state board of education pursuant to division (K) of section 3327.10 of the Revised Code.
(f) Nothing in paragraph (B) of this rule limits any district or employer from adopting more stringent qualifications.
(5) All drivers are to hold a valid driver's license, and school bus drivers will hold a valid commercial driver's license, with school bus and passenger endorsements, in accordance with sections 4506.03 and 4506.12 of the Revised Code.
(6) Holding school bus or motor van driver certification by a city or exempted village superintendent, a community school superintendent, a county educational service center, county board of developmental disabilities, head start program administrator, non-public administrator, or contractor.
(7) Completion of pre-service and in-service training as specified in rule 3301-83-10 of the Administrative Code.
(8) Physical capability of safely and appropriately lifting and managing preschool and special needs children when necessary.
(9) Ability to cope with stressful situations.
(10) Possessing or upgrading skills through formal and/or in-service training.
(11) A satisfactory criminal background report in accordance with divisions (J) and (K) of section 3327.10 of the Revised Code.
(a) A new report is to be obtained every six years with driver re-certification pursuant to divisions (J) and (K) of section 3327.10 of the Revised Code.
(b) A driver is not qualified for employment unless the driver has been enrolled in the retained applicant fingerprint database by the state board of education according to division (B) of section 3319.316 of the Revised Code and division (J)(4) of section 3327.10 of the Revised Code.
(c) Records are to be maintained by the employer and/or school district for a minimum of six years.
(12) A negative pre-employment drug test.
(13) Participation in drug and alcohol testing as mandated by the federal motor carrier safety administration (FMCSA) pursuant to 49 C.F.R. 382. Individuals who refuse to participate in testing are disqualified from operating a school bus. Employers will implement drug and alcohol testing for motor van drivers and impose standards for motor van driver disqualification.
(C) The qualifications for maintenance personnel are:
(1) Being qualified to perform quality preventive and regular maintenance programs and understanding the relationship of vehicle maintenance to a safe pupil transportation program.
(2) Meeting qualifications determined by the employer, including:
(a) Work history.
(b) Education and professional development.
(c) Testing.
(d) On-the-job performance evaluations.
(3) Completion of training as specified in paragraph (E) of rule 3301-83-10 of the Administrative Code.
(4) For individuals who operate a school bus with pupils on board, bus driver qualifications as listed in paragraph (B) of this rule apply.
(D) The qualifications for bus aides are:
(1) Physical capability of safely and appropriately lifting and managing preschool and special needs children when necessary.
(2) Ability to cope with stressful situations as related to preschool and special needs children.
(3) Possessing or upgrading skills through formal and/or in-service training related to transportation of preschool and special needs children.
(4) A satisfactory criminal background report in accordance with section 3319.391 of the Revised Code. A new report will be conducted every five years and the standard for evaluation of this report will be as provided for in rule 3301-20-01 of the Administrative Code.
(5) Completing the training specified in paragraph (C) of rule 3301-83-10 of the Administrative Code.
(E) The qualifications for on-the-bus instructors are:
(1) Completing the training specified in paragraph (F) of rule 3301-83-10 of the Administrative Code.
(2) Meeting the qualifications for a school bus driver as listed in paragraph (B) of this rule.
(3) Skills necessary to plan and organize instruction.
(4) Ability to communicate effectively.
(5) Capability of coordinating instruction for pre-school and special needs transportation.
(6) Be currently employed in a role that includes school bus driving duties and be listed as an active driver with the department.
(7) Passing a driving and pre-trip skills evaluation at least once every six years with a state pre-service instructor.
(8) Being sponsored by a school transportation provider or preservice instructor.
Last updated July 1, 2025 at 7:48 AM
History
- Effective: July 1, 2025
- Promulgated Under: 119.03
Ohio Adm.Code 3301-83-07
(A) A person who meets the physical qualifications set forth in this rule as certified by a proper medical authority may be authorized to operate a school bus, as defined by division (F) of section 4511.01 of the Revised Code, or a motor van as defined in rule 3301-83-04 of the Administrative Code, for the purpose of transporting pupils.
(B) Annual physical exams are to be performed for operators of school buses and motor vans as set forth in divisions (A) and (B) of section 3327.10 of the Revised Code by one or more medical examiners annually appointed by the school bus or motor van owner. For purposes of this rule, a "medical examiner"is one of the professionals listed in those divisions of section 3327.10 of the Revised Code.
(C) Physical examination time schedule
(1) School bus and motor van drivers' medical examinations are to be scheduled after the first day of May and the completed medical examination is valid for the upcoming school year. A completed T-8 form is to be on file in accordance with procedures established by the department of education and workforce and completed before drivers will be qualified to operate a school bus or motor van with passengers on board for the next school year.
(2) Persons employed as new drivers before January first are to meet the physical qualifications as defined in paragraph (E) of this rule prior to operating a school bus or motor van with passengers on board and be re-examined if re-employed as a school bus or motor van driver for the next school year.
(3) Persons employed as new drivers on or after January first are to be examined prior to operating a school bus or motor van with passengers on board and the examination will remain valid throughout the following school year.
(D) A person may be certified by the appointed medical examiner as physically qualified to operate a school bus or motor van if the person:
(1) Has no loss of a foot, a leg, a hand, fingers, or an arm. Upon request to the department, a driver applicant missing a foot, leg, fingers, hand, or arm, may request a performance evaluation to be conducted by the Ohio pre-service program instructor(s) to determine the person's ability to control and safely operate a school bus or motor van and satisfactorily perform other related duties. Individuals who are granted an impaired or missing limb waiver are to be re-evaluated prior to applying for renewal of a T-9 certificate;
(2) Has no impairment of the use of a foot, a leg, a hand, fingers, or an arm, and no other structural defect or limitation which is likely to interfere with a person's ability to control and safely operate a school bus or motor van. Upon request made to the department, a driver applicant with an impairment of a foot, leg, fingers, hand, or arm, may request a performance evaluation to be conducted by the Ohio pre-service program instructor(s) to determine the applicant's ability to control and safely operate a school bus or motor van and satisfactorily perform other related duties. Individuals who are granted an impaired or missing limb waiver are to be re-evaluated prior to applying for renewal of a T-9 certificate;
(3) Has no established medical history or clinical diagnosis of diabetes mellitus currently requiring insulin for control. Drivers who are insulin dependent are not eligible to operate school buses or motor vans unless they have obtained a waiver from the department pursuant to paragraph (F) of this rule;
(4) Annual urinalysis screening for glucose is to be performed. If glucosuria is detected, a medical examiner's statement regarding the potential condition of diabetes mellitus and any necessary treatment is to be attached to the T-8 form. If the medical examiner determines diabetes mellitus is not likely to impair the ability to operate school buses or motor vans, and the individual is not insulin dependent, a medical examiner will provide certification to that effect with the examination report;
(5) Has no current clinical diagnosis of myocardial infarction, angina pectoris, coronary insufficiency, thrombosis, or any other cardiovascular disease of a variety known to be accompanied by syncope, dyspnea, collapse, or congestive cardiac failure. A person with a history of cardiovascular surgery or abnormality will be given a more stringent examination (example: stress testing, holter monitoring, angiography or other examinations) to determine whether or not the surgery or abnormality is likely to impair a person's ability to control, inspect, and safely operate a school bus or motor van. If it is determined that the surgery or abnormality is not likely to impair the ability, a medical examiner will provide certification to that effect with the examination report;
(6) Has no history of transient ischemic attack (TIA), carotid insufficiency, cerebral vascular accidents (stroke) or other vascular abnormalities which are unstable or uncontrolled and/or likely to interfere with a person's ability to control and safely operate a school bus or motor van;
(7) Has no established medical history or clinical diagnosis of respiratory dysfunction likely to interfere with a person's ability to control and safely operate a school bus or motor van;
(8) Has blood pressure not higher than 160/90 mmHg. If the blood pressure is greater than 160/90 mmHg, a medical certificate is to be attached referencing the hypertension. To be eligible to drive a school bus or motor van, the medical certificate is to establish the nature of the treatment, that the blood pressure is now controlled at or below 160/90 mmHg, with treatment documented, and that the hypertension and treatment are not likely to interfere with a person's ability to control and safely operate a school bus or motor van. If initial blood pressure systolic is 161-180 and/or diastolic is 91-104, a non-renewable temporary certificate may be issued for up to ninety days pending control of blood pressure at or below 160/90 mmHg. In all cases where blood pressure is initially greater than 160/90 mmHg, a six month follow-up certificate will be furnished to the employer by the driver's treating medical examiner stating the blood pressure remains at or below 160/90 mmHg and under good control;
(9) Has no established medical history or clinical diagnosis of rheumatic, arthritic, orthopedic, muscular, or neuromuscular disease which is likely to interfere with a person's ability to control and safely operate a school bus or motor van;
(10) Has no established medical history or clinical diagnosis of epilepsy or any other seizure disorder and has no other condition which is likely to cause loss of consciousness or any loss of a person's ability to control and safely operate a school bus or motor van;
(11) Has no mental, emotional, nervous, organic, or functional disease or psychiatric disorder which is likely to interfere with a person's ability to control and safely operate a school bus or motor van;
(12) Has distant visual acuity of at least 20/40 (Snellen) in each eye without corrective lenses or visual acuity separately corrected to 20/40 (Snellen) or better with corrective lenses, distant binocular acuity of at least 20/40 (Snellen) in both eyes with or without corrective lenses, field of vision of at least seventy degrees in the horizontal meridian in each eye, and the ability to recognize the colors of traffic signals and devices showing standard red, green, and amber. Persons may use corrective lenses to attain these standards;
(13) Screening audiometer test does not indicate an average hearing loss in the better ear greater than forty decibels at five hundred Hz, one thousand Hz, and two thousand Hz with or without a hearing aid when the audiometric device is calibrated to "American National Standard" (formerly ASA standard) Z24.5. (Hearing in at least one ear is to meet the preceding criteria). The hearing qualification does not apply to drivers employed by Ohio deaf and blind education services when transporting students enrolled at any division of Ohio deaf and blind education services, interpreters, and authorized passengers as provided within rule 3301-83-17 of the Administrative Code, after pre-trip procedures are conducted for each trip, including confirming communication capability to ensure the driver has the ability to communicate with passengers. The deaf driver's ability to communicate may be satisfied by transporting groups of students and employees that can communicate using both speech and sign language or a group that includes a sighted individual that can communicate using speech and sign language;
(14) Has no current clinical evidence or clinical record of use of illegal substances, or the use of prescription drugs not in accordance with a current, valid prescription, and has no current clinical evidence or clinical record of use of legally prescribed medication which is likely to interfere with a person's ability to control and safely operate a school bus or motor van;
(15) Has no recent history of alcohol abuse and has no current clinical diagnosis of alcoholism;
(16) Has no neurologic deficit that would impair a person's ability to control and safely operate a school bus or motor van;
(17) Does not show clinical evidence of active pulmonary tuberculosis or other communicable diseases; and
(18) Has speech and other communication capabilities to give clear and understandable directions or commands.
(E) Administration
(1) School bus or motor van drivers who have experienced a prolonged period of absence due to illness or injury or who have a significant change in their state of health are to be re-examined at the discretion of the school bus or motor van owner in accordance with this rule.
(2) Currently employed school bus or motor van drivers disqualified by the appointed medical examiner are to be notified by the school bus or motor van owner within fifteen days following receipt of the examination report. Currently employed school bus or motor van drivers desiring to appeal a disqualification may file the appeal in writing within no more than fifteen days with the school bus or motor van owner.
(3) Upon receipt of an appeal, the school bus or motor van owner is to arrange for a medical re-examination. The re-examination may be conducted by a public health board or private medical examiner who was not the medical examiner that performed the original examination.
(4) All re-examinations will be based on the school bus or motor van driver physical qualifications set forth in this rule and are final.
(5) Physical qualification examination reports are to contain a release authorization to be signed by the examinee for purposes of evaluation by the medical examiner.
(6) Costs for examinations are the responsibility of the school bus or motor van owner.
(7) Physical examination reports for persons certified by the medical examiner as meeting this rule are to be retained for a period of six years by the school bus or motor van owner.
(F) Insulin dependent waivers
The department may grant waivers to insulin using individuals under the following conditions:
(1) The individual has not had a previously issued insulin waiver revoked or lapsed;
(2) The individual completes an insulin dependent waiver packet and submits the packet to the department's pupil transportation office;
(3) The individual has passed all other components of the Ohio school transportation vehicle physical;
(4) The individual possesses a currently valid operator's driver license and has had a driving record for a two-year period immediately preceding the date of application that:
(a) Contains no suspensions or revocations of their licenses for the operation of any motor vehicle, including their personal vehicle, except for suspensions or revocations due to nonpayment of fines;
(b) Contains no involvement in a reportable accident in any vehicle with an associated citation for a moving traffic violation; and
(c) Contains no involvement in more than one serious traffic violation in any vehicle as defined in division (II) of section 4506.01 of the Revised Code.
(5) Medical components for application
(a) The individual has provided a licensed endocrinologist with a complete medical history including, but not limited to, the date insulin use began, all hospitalization reports, consultation notes for diagnostic examinations, special studies pertaining to the diabetes, all follow-up reports, and reports of any hypoglycemic insulin reactions within the last three years;
(b) The individual has been examined by a licensed endocrinologist and a complete medical evaluation concerning their medical history and current status has been made, including, at a minimum, the following:
(i) Fasting blood studies (glucose, glycostylated hemoglobin/HB A1c, including lab reference range) and urinalysis performed during the last six months; and
(ii) A detailed report of insulin dosages and types, diet utilized for control, and any significant factors such as smoking, alcohol use, and other medications or drugs taken; and
(iii) Assessment of proliferative diabetic retinopathy.
(c) The individual submits a signed statement prepared by the examining endocrinologist whose license status is indicated. The signed statement is to include separate declarations indicating the following medical determinations:
(i) That the endocrinologist is familiar with the applicant's medical history for the past three years either through actual treatment over that time or through consultation with a medical examiner who has treated the applicant during that time;
(ii) That the applicant has been using insulin to control the applicant's diabetes on the date of the application;
(iii) That the applicant does not have severe hypoglycemia or episodes of altered consciousness requiring the assistance of another person to regain control;
(iv) The applicant does not have hypoglycemia unawareness or the inability to recognize the early symptoms of hypoglycemia such as sweating, anxiety, forceful heartbeat, and light-headedness;
(v) That, within the past three years, the applicant has not had a hypoglycemic reaction at any time that resulted in any change in mental status that would have been, in the endocrinologist's opinion, detrimental to safe driving;
(vi) That the applicant's diabetic condition will not adversely affect the applicant's ability to operate a school bus or a motor van;
(vii) That the applicant has been educated in diabetes and its management, thoroughly informed of and understands the procedures that are to be followed to monitor and manage the applicant's diabetes, and what procedures should be followed if complications arise; and
(viii) That the applicant has the ability and has demonstrated willingness to properly monitor and manage the applicant's diabetes.
(d) The individual submits a separate statement from an examining ophthalmologist that the applicant has been examined and that the applicant does not have unstable proliferative diabetic retinopathy or unstable advancing disease of blood vessels in the retina and has stable visual acuity of at least 20/40 (Snellen) in each eye separately, with or without corrective lenses.
(6) Maintaining a valid waiver.
Each insulin-dependent driver will:
(a) Carry, use, and record readings from a portable self-monitoring blood glucose device (SMBG) that is equipped with a computerized memory. Blood glucose monitoring is to be performed one hour prior to and approximately every four hours while on duty. The driver will present the glucometer or a printout of the device's electronic records, showing the preceding three months of blood glucose values, to any authorized enforcement official upon request;
(b) Carry, upon their person, and use, as necessary, a source of rapidly absorbable glucose;
(c) Carry insulin and the equipment/materials necessary for administering the medication;
(d) Report, in writing, any citation for a moving violation involving the operation of any vehicle, including personal vehicles, to the employer and the department no later than fifteen days following the issuance of such citation. A photostatic copy of the citation issued is to accompany the written report;
(e) Report, in writing, the judicial or administrative disposition of any citation for a moving violation involving the operation of any vehicle, including personal vehicles, to the employer and the department no later than fifteen days following the notice of disposition;
(f) Report, in writing, any involvement in an accident whatsoever, regardless of whether the driver was cited, while operating any vehicle, including personal vehicles, to the employer and the department no later than fifteen days following the accident, and include in that report, any state, insurance company, and/or motor carrier accident reports;
(g) Submit any medical information derived from medical assistance or treatment arising from any accident involvement to the department upon request following the accident. A copy of the attending medical specialist and laboratory reports may be provided to satisfy this paragraph;
(h) Submit a signed statement from a licensed endocrinologist, upon request of the employer, that the driver has been examined and that any diabetic condition is currently stable and under control. Log records of blood glucose values for the preceding three months are to be made available to the examining endocrinologist at the time of the examination.
(7) All documentation described in paragraph (F)(5) of this rule is to be submitted by secured electronic transmission to waiverapp@education.ohio.gov or mailed to the department's pupil transportation office, 25 South Front street, Columbus, Ohio 43215-4183. Failure to timely submit reports may be cause for waiver revocation.
(8) Any individual driver operating a school bus or motor van granted a waiver pursuant to this rule remains subject to the provisions of section 3327.10 of the Revised Code, including providing written notice of incidents as set forth in division (D) of section 3327.10 of the Revised Code.
(9) Applicants for a waiver from the insulin-using diabetes mellitus qualification are to submit applications on plain paper and include all supporting documents and the information as set forth in this paragraph. Each information item is to contain a complete and appropriate answer, or, if an item is not applicable, marked with "none."
(a) Vital statistics
(i) Name of applicant (first name, middle initial, last name);
(ii) Address (street number and name);
(iii) City, state, and zip code;
(iv) Telephone number (including area code);
(v) Sex (male or female);
(vi) Date of birth (month, day, and year);
(vii) Age;
(viii) State driver's license number and a list of all licenses held during the three-year period immediately preceding the date of application to operate a school transportation vehicle;
(ix) Issuing state;
(x) Driver's license expiration date;
(xi) Driver's license classification; and
(xii) Employer's or prospective employer's name, address, and telephone number.
(b) Experience
(i) Number of years and approximate miles driving school buses;
(ii) Approximate number of years and miles driving a commercial motor vehicle (CMV) as defined in rule 4901:2-5-01 of the Administrative Code; and
(iii) Number of years driving vehicles other than a CMV or school bus.
(c) Experience factor
(i) Unless the department is satisfied otherwise, the driver has accumulated at least two years' experience operating a motor vehicle on a regular basis and that experience is recent enough to reflect the driver's capabilities; and
(ii) Additionally, to qualify for a waiver, a driver has a clean driving record as described in paragraph (F)(4)(a) of this rule for the three years immediately preceding the date of the application.
(d) Applications will include supporting documents necessitated by this rule and any other documents deemed necessary by the department.
(G) The following applies to waivers under this rule:
(1) A waiver issued by the department is valid for six years from the date of issuance unless the waiver is revoked by the department for cause or based on a change in statute or rule.
(2) A waiver issued by the department may be revoked for failure to comply with this rule.
(3) All medical documentation submitted to the department according to this rule may be reviewed by a panel of physicians appointed by the department. This panel of physicians is to make a recommendation on whether a waiver should be issued based upon medical documentation.
(4) The department has final approval say on all waiver determinations.
Last updated July 1, 2025 at 7:48 AM
History
- Effective: July 1, 2025
- Promulgated Under: 119.03
Ohio Adm.Code 3301-83-17
(A) Authorized passengers:
(1) Pupils enrolled in approved programs who are eligible for transportation services according to state and federal law and school bus owner policy.
(2) Children attending an approved preschool program authorized and directed by a district or educational service center board of education, governing board of a community school or chartered nonpublic school, or county board of developmental disabilities.
(3) Resident preschool children and parent(s) or guardian(s) who are participating in school-sponsored special programs that demand attendance of both, including participation in a graduation, reality, and dual-role skills (e.g, GRADS) or similar type program.
(4) School officials may authorize transportation of a school-age visitor to the home of a regular school bus passenger upon proper parental authorization on a space-available basis which does not displace regular riders.
(5) Resident preschool children and school age pupils may be transported to preschool programs and school-age child-care programs (for example, latchkey programs).
(6) Resident preschool special needs children are to be transported to school district preschool special education programs within the district and outside the district if assigned by the school district of residence. If transportation is necessary for preschool special needs children to receive a free and appropriate education it will be provided at no cost to the parent or guardian.
(7) School districts may enter into contractual agreements to provide transportation service for latchkey programs under the provisions of sections 3313.207, 3313.208, and 3313.209 of the Revised Code; and to provide transportation service for preschool and childcare providers under provisions of division (C) of section 3313.646 of the Revised Code.
(8) Ohio works first participants and the aged may be transported under the provisions of paragraph (F) of rule 3301-83-16 of the Administrative Code and according to policy and procedure of the school bus owner.
(9) School bus owners may establish a volunteer bus rider assistance program pursuant to section 3327.16 of the Revised Code. Qualified adults, including parents, or responsible older pupils may be authorized.
(10) School employees may be authorized passengers on school buses used for non-routine trips according to rule 3301-83-16 of the Administrative Code.
(B) Unauthorized passengers:
For purposes of this paragraph, "approved programs" refers to programs discussed in paragraph (A) of this rule.
(1) Family members of school bus drivers who are not enrolled in any approved programs, except for adults appointed as chaperones on non-routine trips.
(2) School employees, on routine bus routes, unless assigned by proper school officials as part of their duties.
(3) Adults not enrolled in any of the approved programs, unless by proper school officials as bus monitors.:
(a) Assigned by proper school officials as bus monitors; or
(b) According to policies adopted by the district or educational service center board of education or governing body of the community or chartered nonpublic school, that owns the bus, authorizing its buses to be used in emergency situations to transport passengers.
Last updated July 1, 2025 at 7:50 AM
History
- Effective: July 1, 2025
- Promulgated Under: 119.03
Ohio Adm.Code 4901:2-5-01
(A) "Authorized personnel" means employees of the commission's transportation department authorized to conduct inspections of motor vehicles and drivers, and employees of the state highway patrol designated by the superintendent to conduct inspections of motor vehicles and drivers.
(B) "Commercial motor vehicle" when used in connection with a motor carrier operating in intrastate commerce, has the same meaning as in 49 C.F.R. 390.5, as effective on the date referenced in paragraph (C) of rule 4901:2-5-02 of the Administrative Code, when operated by a for-hire motor carrier, and the same meaning as in 49 C.F.R. 383.5, as effective on the date referenced in paragraph (C) of rule 4901:2-5-02 of the Administrative Code, when operated by a private motor carrier.
(C) "Commercial vehicle safety plan" has the same meaning as in 49 C.F.R. 350.105, as effective on the date referenced in paragraph (C) of rule 4901:2-5-02 of the Administrative Code.
(D) "Commission" means the public utilities commission of Ohio.
(E) "Excepted carrier" means a person excepted as a for-hire motor carrier under divisions (B)(1) to (B)(9) of section 4923.01 of the Revised Code or a person excepted as a private motor carrier under divisions (A)(1) to (A)(9) of section 4923.02 of the Revised Code.
(F) "For-hire motor carrier" has the same meaning as in section 4923.01 of the Revised Code.
(G) "Hazardous material" has the same meaning as in 49 C.F.R. 171.8, as effective on the date referenced in paragraph (C) of rule 4901:2-5-02 of the Administrative Code.
(H) "Hazardous materials transporter" means a person engaged in the highway transportation of hazardous materials, in intrastate commerce, by motor vehicles that are not commercial motor vehicles.
(I) "Immediate destination" is the next scheduled stop of the vehicle already in motion where the cargo on board can be safely secured.
(J) "Imminent hazard" means any condition of a motor vehicle, driver, or operation which is likely to result in serious injury or death if not discontinued immediately.
(K) "Inspection report" means the "Driver Vehicle Examination Report" prescribed by the U.S. department of transportation pursuant to 49 C.F.R. 396.9, as effective on the date referenced in paragraph (C) of rule 4901:2-5-02 of the Administrative Code, to record the results of inspections conducted by authorized personnel.
(L) "Interstate commerce" has the same meaning as in section 4923.01 of the Revised Code.
(M) "Intrastate commerce" means any trade, traffic, or transportation within Ohio which does not meet the definition of interstate commerce.
(N) "Medical examiner" has the same meaning as in 49 C.F.R. 390.5, as effective on the date referenced in paragraph (C) of rule 4901:2-5-02 of the Administrative Code.
(O) "Motor carrier" includes all for-hire motor carriers and private motor carriers operating commercial motor vehicles in intrastate commerce. "Motor carrier" also includes those defined in 49 C.F.R. 390.5, as effective on the date referenced in paragraph (C) of rule 4901:2-5-02 of the Administrative Code, operating in Ohio in interstate commerce.
(P) "Motor Carrier Safety Assistance Program" is the federal grant program described in 49 C.F.R. 350.101, as effective on the date referenced in paragraph (C) of rule 4901:2-5-02 of the Administrative Code.
(Q) "Motor vehicle" has the same definition as in section 4921.01 of the Revised Code and includes commercial motor vehicles.
(R) "Offeror" means any person that is subject to the regulations contained in 49 C.F.R. 171 to 180, as effective on the date referenced in paragraph (C) of rule 4901:2-5-02 of the Administrative Code, by reason of offering hazardous materials for transportation by motor vehicle into, within, or through Ohio.
(S) "Private motor carrier" has the same meaning as in section 4923.01 of the Revised Code.
(T) "Public highway" has the same meaning as in section 4923.01 of the Revised Code.
(U) "Transportation of construction materials and equipment" means the transportation of construction and pavement materials, construction equipment, and construction maintenance vehicles, by a driver to or from an active construction site (a construction site between mobilization of equipment and materials to the site to the final completion of the construction project) within a fifty air mile radius of the normal work reporting location of the driver. This definition shall not apply to the transportation of hazardous materials in a quantity requiring placarding pursuant to 49 C.F.R. 172, subpart f, as effective on the date referenced in paragraph (C) of rule 4901:2-5-02 of the Administrative Code.
Last updated July 13, 2023 at 3:02 PM
History
- Effective: October 30, 2014
- Promulgated Under: 111.15
Ohio Adm.Code 3301-83-08 Pupil transportation management policies.
Pupil transportation management policies and procedures are to be developed cooperatively by administrators and transportation personnel. Policies and procedures will be designed to ensure the safety and welfare of all school bus passengers and include the following:
(A) The school bus driver's authority and/or responsibility to maintain control of the pupils.
(B) The pupil's right to "due process" as provided for by the policies and procedures of the educating agency.
(C) Pupil management and safety instruction policies will include the following. Pupils are to::
(1) Arrive at the bus stop before the bus is scheduled to arrive.
(2) Wait in the school bus or motor van driver designated place of safety in a location clear of traffic and away from the bus stops.
(3) Not engage in behavior at the school bus stop that may threaten life, limb or property of any individual.
(4) Go directly to an available or assigned seat so the bus may safely resume motion.
(5) Remain seated behind the barrier, keeping aisles and exits clear.
(6) Observe classroom conduct, or the bus conduct established by administrators and transportation personnel, and obey the driver promptly and respectfully.
(7) Not use profane language.
(8) Refrain from eating and drinking on the bus except as necessitated for medical reasons or as permitted by the school district for non-routine trips during which the pupils on the bus are to be supervised by a chaperone(s) as described in rule 3301-83-16 of the Administrative Code, a school administrator or school personnel.
(9) Not use nicotine products, or any cigarette, tobacco, alternative to nicotine product, vapor product, or electronic smoking device, as those terms are defined in section 2927.02 of the Revised Code, on the bus.
(10) Not have alcohol or drugs in their possession on the bus except in accordance with medication policies adopted under Chapter 3313. of the Revised Code, as applicable.
(11) Not throw or pass objects on, from or into the bus.
(12) Carry on the bus only objects that can be held in their laps. Any objects that cannot be held are to be secured according to paragraph (H) of rule 3301-83-20 of the Administrative Code. Guidelines are to be formulated for the use and storage of equipment and other means of assistance for preschool and special needs children.
(13) Leave or board the bus at locations to which they have been assigned unless they have parental and administrative authorization to do otherwise.
(14) Not put head or arms out of the bus windows.
(D) Drivers and bus aides are to have access to appropriate information about the child to the degree that such information might affect safe transportation, pupil management and medical well-being. This information is to be readily accessible in the transportation office. All such information is strictly confidential.
(E) Suspension, expulsion or immediate removal from bus
(1) The superintendent or superintendent designees, or principals are authorized to suspend or remove pupils from school bus riding privileges in accordance with section 3327.014 of the Revised Code.
(2) Immediate removal of a pupil from transportation is authorized. A pupil immediately removed from transportation will be given notice as soon as practicable of a hearing which will be held within seventy-two hours of the removal. The notice is to also include the reason for removal. Immediate removal is authorized when the pupil's presence poses a danger to persons or property or a threat to the safe operation of the school bus. Length of time removed from ridership will be in accordance with policies of the school bus owner.
(3) School bus drivers will report in writing to the appropriate administrator all rule violations or conduct that justify immediate removal, suspension or expulsion.
(4) Modification of procedures may be needed for suspension or immediate removal of preschool and special needs children.
Last updated July 1, 2025 at 7:48 AM
History
- Effective: July 1, 2025
- Promulgated Under: 119.03
Ohio Adm.Code 3301-83-16
"Non-routine student transportation" as defined in rule 3301-83-04 of the Administrative Code means the transportation of passengers for purposes other than regularly scheduled routes to and from school. School buses and motor vans may be used for non-routine trips only when such trips will not interfere with routine transportation services. Passengers participating in non-routine use of school vehicles will receive safety instructions at the beginning of the non-routine trip including, for school buses, identification of safety exits, keeping aisles clear, remaining seated behind the barrier while the bus is in motion, and for all school vehicles, safe riding practices including instruction on rules as adopted by the vehicle owner's policy.
School bus and motor van owners using school buses or motor vans for purposes other than transporting enrolled students to or from a school session or a school function may need to obtain approval of the vehicle and operator as a commercial motor carrier pursuant to federal motor carrier safety administration (fmcsa.dot.gov), public utilities commission of Ohio, and Ohio department of transportation regulations, and, in accordance with section 4511.01 of the Revised Code and rule 3301-83-19 of the Administrative Code.
(A) Permits
School bus or motor van owners, superintendents or their designees are to issue a trip permit that will accompany the driver on any non-routine student transportation trip. The permit will provide the following information:
(1) Date of trip;
(2) Destination;
(3) Purpose of trip;
(4) Name of school district;
(5) Driver's name;
(6) Bus or motor van registration number or vehicle license number;
(7) Total miles of trip;
(8) Designated stops;
(9) Route map and/or written directions for destination;
(10) School bus or motor van owners, superintendent or designee signature.
(B) Chaperones
One or more adult chaperones, as approved by the school bus or motor van owner, superintendent or designee, may accompany each school bus or motor van used for any non-routine trip involving school-age passengers. The chaperone's responsibility is to assist the school transportation vehicle driver in maintaining passenger control and in enforcing procedures for the safety of all passengers. A person holding a current bus driver or motor van certificate may serve as a chaperone and driver concurrently.
(C) Out-of-state trips
The board of education of any school district that owns and operates motor vehicles for transporting pupils may permit such vehicles to be used outside of Ohio for any lawful purpose provided the entire distance traveled outside Ohio on any trip does not exceed one-thousand miles. Mileage is calculated from point of exit from the state to the point of entry to the state.
(D) Driver selection for assignment to non-routine trips should be based upon a policy adopted by the school bus or motor van owner which gives consideration to driver knowledge, skill, experience, vehicle familiarity and experience in operating a school transportation vehicle in the area to be traveled.
(E) A pre-trip inspection as detailed in rule 3301-83-11 of the Administrative Code will be completed and documented immediately prior to departure of a school bus or motor van on a non-routine trip. Such pre-trip inspection will not be necessary provided the school transportation vehicle received a documented pre-trip inspection during routine service on the same day and by the same driver.
(F) Transportation coordination
(1) Each school transportation vehicle owner or district may participate in the written county transportation plan that establishes policies regarding the transportation needs of Ohio works first participants seeking or striving to retain employment. A copy of the plan will be maintained by the school bus or school transportation vehicle owner for reference.
(2) School bus owners or districts may enter into contractual agreements with entities according to section 3327.018 of the Revised Code.
Mileage under such contract/agreement is not reimbursable by the department of education and workforce.
(3) The first priority for the use of school transportation vehicles is for the purposes outlined in Chapter 3301-83 of the Administrative Code.
(4) Transportation coordination will not be conducted during those times the school transportation vehicle is in regular use and pupils, or persons attending programs offered by county boards of developmental disabilities, are being transported.
(5) It will be the responsibility of the school transportation vehicle owner or district to ensure compliance with all laws and regulations applicable to such additional use of the school transportation vehicles.
Last updated August 13, 2025 at 11:18 AM
History
- Effective: July 1, 2025
- Promulgated Under: 119.03
Ohio Adm.Code 3301-83-20
(A) For purposes of this paragraph, "vehicle(s)" means school buses and motor vans, as defined in rule 3301-83-19 and rule 3301-83-04 of the Administrative Code.
(1) The use of alcohol, nicotine products, or any cigarette, tobacco, alternative to nicotine product, vapor product, or electronic smoking device, as those terms are defined in section 2927.02 of the Revised Code, and non-prescribed drugs is prohibited in the vehicle.
(2) Firearms, ammunition, weapons, explosives or other dangerous materials or objects are prohibited on school buses. Animals are also prohibited, with the exception of those identified as service animals as defined by 28 C.F.R. 35.104 and C.F.R. 36.104.
(3) All vehicles will be kept clean on the inside and on the outside. Front and rear windows, lights and mirrors should be clean and all markings clearly visible.
(4) The following equipment may be installed or stored in the vehicle: broom, snow brush, ice scraper, and trash container. All equipment will be properly secured.
(5) All vehicles will be equipped with emergency assistance cards which list three telephone numbers to call. The cards are to provide space for describing the location of the vehicle and the type of emergency.
(6) The vehicle driver will use the seat belt whenever the vehicle is in motion.
(7) Identified route hazards will be documented and provided to vehicle drivers whose routes are affected. Vehicle drivers should report any such regular pedestrian or vehicular concerns as the following:
(a) Construction sites;
(b) Areas of poor visibility;
(c) Restricted sight distances;
(d) Railroad crossings.
(e) Other route hazards as noted by the vehicle driver.
(8) Fueling
(a) Vehicles will not be fueled while the engine is running.
(b) Smoking will not be permitted while fueling.
(c) Vehicles will not be fueled with pupils on board.
(9) Except in cases of extreme-emergency, cellular telephones, including hands-free and wireless devices, or other portable communication devices will not be used by the driver while the vehicle is in motion or while the driver is supervising the loading or unloading of students.
(10) Medically necessary oxygen for students may be transported provided it is properly secured. The oxygen will be housed in portable units less than fifteen pounds total weight each. Guidelines for transporting oxygen developed by the department of education and workforce are available at: education.ohio.gov.
(11) Districts will adopt engine idling time policies that minimize the amount of time diesel engines are left idling. Diesel engine idling in excess of five minutes in school loading zones is not permitted unless a wheelchair lift is needed.
(B) When school buses are transporting items such as music instruments, athletic equipment, etc., which cannot be held by passengers in their laps, the items will be stored in the rear of the school bus. The placement of such items in the rear of the bus will not displace students. When it is necessary to transport such equipment concurrently with pupils, space is to be provided to comply with this rule without having standees in the bus. A clear aisle to all doors and emergency exits will be maintained at all times. Equipment needed to assist preschool and special needs children will be safely and properly secured.
(C) When motor vans are transporting items such as music instruments, athletic equipment, etc., which cannot be held by passengers in their laps, the items will be properly secured in the storage compartment of the van. The placement of such items in the storage compartment will not obscure the driver's vision through the rear window. Equipment needed to assist preschool and special needs children will be safely and properly secured.
(D) Maximum hours. The school bus driver will not operate the bus for more than ten hours in any one twenty-four-hour period. Operation means on-road driving. Lay-over time does not count as operating time.
Last updated July 1, 2025 at 7:51 AM
History
- Effective: July 1, 2025
- Promulgated Under: 119.03
Ohio Adm.Code 3301-83-09 Pupil and parent or guardian bus safety orientation; pupil instruction.
(A) Student, parent and/or guardian school bus safety orientation program. At the beginning of each school year, school districts will:
(1) Offer opportunities for students, along with their parents or guardians, to meet their bus drivers, tour a bus and learn about school safety;
(2) Provide families with take-home materials that parents and guardians can use to encourage positive school bus behaviors;
(3) When possible, school bus safety orientations should be incorporated into existing school-required orientations, meetings or assemblies.
(B) All school districts will implement a program to provide safety instruction to all regularly transported pupils in grades kindergarten through third within two weeks after the commencement of classes each school year pursuant to section 3327.16 of the Revised Code. The program will include but not be limited to:
(1) Safe walking practices to and from the bus stop.
(2) Wearing of light-colored or reflective clothing when going to and from the bus stop in darkness.
(3) How and where to wait safely for the bus including how to avoid personal risks involving strangers.
(4) What to do if the bus is late or does not arrive.
(5) How to enter and leave the bus safely. This instruction will include the potential hazards regarding the snagging of clothing, backpacks, or other items, as well as items which may be dropped around or under the bus.
(6) Safe riding practices (including instruction on rule 3301-83-08 of the Administrative Code, pupil transportation management policies).
(7) Safely crossing the street or roadway before boarding and after leaving the bus.
(8) Respect for the rights and privileges of others.
(9) The dangers of trespassing in a railroad right-of-way and other dangerous areas.
(C) Pupils enrolled in grades four through twelve and regularly transported are to be properly instructed in safety procedures on and around the school bus.
(D) Passengers participating in nonroutine use of school buses are to receive safety instructions at the beginning of the bus trip. (This does not apply to the return portion of a round trip event.) Instruction is to include identification of safety exits, keeping aisles clear, remaining seated behind the barrier while the bus is in motion, and other rules as adopted by local policy.
(E) The procedure in paragraphs (A), (B), and (C) of this rule may need to be modified for preschool and special needs children.
Last updated August 13, 2025 at 11:18 AM
History
- Effective: July 1, 2025
- Promulgated Under: 119.03
Ohio Adm.Code 3301-83-11 School bus and motor van inspections.
(A) Ohio state highway patrol safety inspection for school buses
The school bus owner, operator, lessee, or designee is responsible for presenting all school buses for the Ohio state highway patrol safety inspections and will be responsible for the pre-inspection, repair and preparation of each school bus.
(B) Qualified mechanic safety inspection for school buses and motor vans
The school bus or motor van owner, operator, lessee or designee is responsible for ensuring inspections by a qualified mechanic of all vehicles used by school districts, chartered nonpublic and community schools for pupil transportation in accordance with rule 3301-83-22 of the Administrative Code to ensure the vehicle is safe for pupil transportation.
(C) Daily inspection of the school bus and motor van
It is the responsibility of each school bus or motor van driver to complete and document a daily pre-trip inspection of the school bus or motor van, on the day students are to be transported and before transporting students on that day. The school bus or motor van owner, operator, lessee, or designee may designate another qualified individual to complete and record portions of the stationary inspection in lieu of the school bus or motor van driver. Any defects will be reported in writing to the school bus or motor van owner or designee. It is the responsibility of the school bus or motor van owner to provide each driver with all inspection forms for reporting purposes, which document inspections that include the following:
(1) Stationary inspection of the school bus
(a) Pre-starting inspection:
Raise the hood and visually check the safety latch or hinges, then check belts, hoses and wiring for frayed, cracked and/or deteriorated conditions.
(b) Walk around inspection:
Place the transmission in neutral and set the parking brake. Start the engine and check the following:
(i) Tires: underinflated, flat, evidence of oil on wheels and tires, excessive wear (tread depth) or damaged.
(ii) Wheels: loose or missing nuts, damage, and rear mud flaps.
(iii) Battery compartment (secure and no loose connections).
(iv) Observe the bus for evidence of oil, fuel, or coolant leaks and vandalism.
(v) All school bus windows should be clean.
(vi) All outside mirrors: clean, mounted securely and not cracked or broken.
(vii) Warning systems: headlights (high/low beam), brake lights, backup lights and alarm, clearance and marker lights, all signals and signs, reflectors, turn signals, stop lights and warning flashers clean and working properly.
(viii) Exhaust system: visually check for leaks and proper support.
(ix) Fuel tank secure - visually inspect for damage.
(x) Exits: check service and emergency doors for ease of operation and verification that lights and alarms are operating properly.
(xi) Check wheelchair lift operation, (if installed).
(c) Inside safety check:
(i) Check service door steps and handrail.
(ii) Check driver's seat and seat belt.
(iii) With the engine running check or inspect the following instruments and controls:
(a) Warning lights, if installed:
(i) Oil pressure warning light.
(ii) Service brake warning light.
(iii) Alternator warning light.
(iv) Ampmeter and/or voltmeter, if applicable.
(v) Water temperature gauge or warning light.
(b) Indicator lights.
(i) Amber warning light.
(ii) Red warning light.
(iii) Red over-ride switch.
(iv) Indicator lights.
(v) Head light high beam.
(vi) Panel lights.
(vii) Left and right turn signal indicators.
(viii) Hazard indicators.
(ix) Strobe indicator light.
(c) Horn.
(d) Mirrors properly adjusted, sunshade mounted and not broken.
(e) Wipers and washer fluid.
(f) Heaters, fans and defrosters.
(g) Dome lights.
(h) Brake system for leaks
(i) Storage tanks - two psi, one minute.
(ii) Service brake - three psi, one minute.
(iii) Low air pressure light and buzzer - sixty psi.
(iv) Emergency brake - twenty to forty psi.
(v) Hydraulic - pump three times hold five seconds.
(i) Air pressure guage or hydraulic brake warning lights.
(j) Oil pressure guage.
(k) Check passenger seats, frames, emergency exits, windows, and adaptive equipment needed for the transportation of pre-school and special needs students.
(l) Check emergency equipment: first-aid kit, fire extinguisher and emergency reflectors.
(2) Operation inspection for the school bus
A planned road pre-check when driving between storage and first pupil pickup enables the driver to evaluate the steering, suspension, clutch, transmission, driveline, engine and brakes. The following items are to be checked and, if found in need of repair, a written report will be submitted to the school bus owner or designee:
(a) Parking brake: check by slowly engaging the drive train while the parking brake is on. (In air brake systems, the parking brake will remain applied if there is a partial or complete air pressure loss in the service brakes.)
(b) Service brakes: test at low speeds and bring the bus to a complete stop. The bus should stop in a straight line without skidding, swerving or pulling to one side.
(c) Steering: check for any unusual handling characteristics.
(d) Transmission operation: an automatic transmission should not slip and a manual transmission should allow for easy and smooth gear changes throughout the entire shifting range.
(e) Clutch: the clutch should engage easily and smoothly without jerking, slipping excessively or "chattering." A properly adjusted clutch should have some "free play" when the pedal is fully released.
(f) Engine: listen for unusual engine noises.
(g) Suspension: check for any unusual ride or handling characteristics.
(3) Stationary inspection of the motor van
(a) Pre-starting inspection:
Raise the hood and visually check the safety latch or hinges, then check belts, hoses and wiring for frayed, cracked and/or deteriorated conditions.
(b) Walk around inspection:
Place the transmission in park and set the parking brake. Start the engine and check the following:
(i) Note whether the vehicle is level or leaning to one side;
(ii) Check for vehicle body damage;
(iii) Doors, windows, and wiper blades are properly operating;
(iv) Driver and passenger seats belts and belt indicators are properly operating;
(v) Heater, fan, and defrosters are properly operating;
(vi) Locks and child locks are properly operating;
(vii) Check gauges and/or indicator lights;
(viii) Test horn;
(ix) Mirrors properly adjusted;
(x) Check emergency equipment: first-aid kit, fire extinguisher and emergency reflectors.
(xi) Warning systems: headlights (low/high beam), brake lights, backup lights, all signals and signs, and turn signals;
(xii) Check for exhaust leaks and proper support.
(c) Inside safety check:
(i) Steering wheel has no more than ten degrees, or two inches play in the wheel;
(ii) Conduct three separate brake checks:
(a) Hydraulic brake: pump brake pedal three times and hold down (pedal should not fade);
(b) Parking brake: set parking brake and put vehicle in gear (vehicle should not move);
(c) Service brake: drive vehicle forward, apply firm pressure to the brake pedal vehicle should not pull left or right to ensure proper adjustment.
(iii) Doors, windows, and wiper blades are properly operating;
(iv) Driver and passenger seats belts and belt indicators are properly operating;
(v) Heater, fan, and defrosters are properly operating;
(vi) Locks and child locks are properly operating;
(vii) Check gauges and/or indicator lights;
(viii) Test horn;
(ix) Mirrors properly adjusted;
(x) Check emergency equipment: first-aid kit, fire extinguisher and emergency reflectors.
(4) Post-trip check for the school bus and motor van:
(a) Ensure all passengers have left the vehicle by visually inspecting each seat position;
(b) Clean the vehicle and remove all loose belongings.
Last updated August 13, 2025 at 11:18 AM
History
- Effective: July 1, 2025
- Promulgated Under: 119.03
Ohio Adm.Code 3301-83-22
School buses and other vehicles used to transport school children will be maintained in safe operating condition through a systematic preventative maintenance program, to include, for school buses, inspections on not less than a quarterly basis, and for other vehicles inspections not less than twice per year, by a qualified mechanic.
All school buses being used for pupil transportation will be presented to the Ohio department of public safety for inspection, and will not be operated with students on board without a current inspection sticker signifying that they have passed such inspection.
Last updated July 1, 2025 at 7:51 AM
History
- Effective: July 1, 2025
- Promulgated Under: 119.03
Ohio Adm.Code 3301-83-12 Safety procedures.
(A) School bus stops
All school districts and bus owners are to develop policies and procedures for drivers making school bus stops for purposes of receiving and discharging pupils consistent with section 4511.75 of the Revised Code and procedures described in the current version of the school bus driving evaluation form (www.education.ohio.gov). The following are to be included in those policies and procedures:
(1) Alternately flashing amber lamps are to be used to warn motorists that the bus is stopping to take on or to discharge passengers. They are to be activated approximately three-hundred feet prior to a stop whenever practical.
(2) Alternately flashing red lights and a stop sign are to be used to inform motorists that the bus is stopped on the roadway to take on or discharge passengers.
(3) Bus drivers are to only activate amber and red visual signals, and extended stop warning signs in accordance with section 4511.75 of the Revised Code.
(4) Before receiving or discharging pupils, the bus will be driven to the right side of the paved or traveled portion of the roadway and brought to a full stop.
(5) School buses operating on divided highways or highways with four or more traffic lanes are to receive and discharge passengers on the passenger's residence side of the highway in accordance with section 4511.75 of the Revised Code.
(6) The bus will stop along the driveway entrance or along the curb when receiving or discharging passengers with special needs that require the use of special equipment.
(7) The parking brake is to be set at all stops whenever pupils are being received or discharged unless the vehicle has an interlock device approved by the state highway patrol.
(8) The transmission is to be placed into park if available, and if not, into the neutral gear for both manual and automatic transmissions.
(9) The driver is to use an approved hand signal and eye contact with students outside the bus at any stop where students are in the process of loading and unloading.
(10) The driver will ensure students to be discharged remain seated until the bus comes to a complete stop.
(11) The driver will not move the bus until after a passenger has reached a designated place of safety on the passenger's residence side of the road in accordance with section 4511.75 of the Revised Code or is safely seated behind the barrier.
(12) The bus driver is to be the only operator of the service entrance door. The driver will not load or unload pupils until it is safe to do so.
(13) The door will remain in a securely closed position while the bus is in motion.
(B) Railroad grade crossings
(1) The school bus driver will follow procedures described in the current version of the school bus driving evaluation form (www.education.ohio.gov).
(2) General procedures
(a) For improved vision and hearing, a window at the driver's left will be opened and radios and other noisy equipment (e.g. fans) will be turned off upon approaching the crossing and remain off until the bus has cleared the crossing.
(b) The driver of any school bus, with or without passengers, will come to a complete stop, set the parking brake, shift to neutral, engage the noise suppression switch, fully open the service door, and look and listen in both directions along the track or tracks for approaching engines, trains, or train cars.
(c) After a train has passed the crossing, the bus driver will not drive the bus onto any tracks until the driver is certain that no train, hidden by the first train, is approaching on an adjacent track.
(d) The school bus driver is to shift the bus into gear, look and listen, close the service door, release the parking brake, and when the driver is certain the crossing can be made safely, drive across the tracks in an appropriate gear without shifting.
(e) Crossing when flashing or audible signals malfunction is only permitted when authorized in accordance with section 4511.62 of the Revised Code.
(3) Weather conditions - during wet, stormy or foggy weather, before placing part of the bus on the tracks, the driver is to determine that the crossing can be made safely.
(4) Behavior of passengers at railroad crossings - when any school bus is stopped for any railroad track, the driver is to direct all passengers to be silent until the crossing is completed. A signal for silence will be given by the school bus driver approximately three hundred feet from the crossing.
(5) Other vehicles authorized for student transportation
(a) Drivers of vehicles other than school buses that are authorized for student transportation, as defined in rule 3301-83-19 of the Administrative Code, including motor vans, will:
(i) Comply with the provisions of division (A) of section 4511.63 of the Revised Code; and
(ii) Follow procedures described in the current version of the Ohio pre-service driver training manual for student transportation for vehicles other than school buses (www.education.ohio.gov).
(C) School bus turn-around
(1) Whenever possible, the bus will be clearly visible to the other motorists five hundred feet in both directions.
(2) Whenever possible, turn-arounds will not be scheduled at intersections where the vehicle would need to cross a lane of traffic to back.
(3) Four-way hazard lights will be actuated unless prohibited by local ordinance.
(4) The driver will sound the horn twice before backing or have an audible signal while backing.
(5) The driver will not back the school bus at pick-up or discharge locations while pupils are outside the vehicle.
(D) Loading and unloading at school facilities
(1) When it is necessary to load or unload pupils off the school grounds, the bus will be positioned and parked (with parking brake set) so that pupils do not cross the roadway to get to or from the bus.
(2) Student warning lights will be deactivated when loading and unloading on school grounds or when loading and unloading from a school bus stopped in a school zone curbside on the roadway adjoining the school grounds.
(3) Parking for loading and unloading on school grounds is to be bumper to bumper or diagonal. Either method used is to exclude any necessity for backing the school bus. The rear and/or side emergency exits will remain accessible at all times.
(4) Pupils in the loading area will be properly supervised by the building principal or designee.
(5) Except when loading or unloading pre-school or special needs children, the driver will remain on the bus while pupils are loading and unloading.
(E) General operations:
(1) Headlights will be actuated during operation of the school bus.
(2) A white, flashing strobe light, individually switched, may be used, when unfavorable atmospheric conditions or time of day limit visibility (e.g. fog, rain, snow, darkness).
(3) Four-way hazard lights will be activated at railroad crossings and turn-arounds unless prohibited by local ordinance.
(4) The school bus driver will not leave a vehicle unattended with pupils on board except when loading or unloading pre-school and special needs children or in the event of an emergency. Drivers who need to leave the bus for these purposes will not leave the immediate vicinity of the bus, except in an emergency.
(5) The school bus driver will not leave the vehicle until the brakes are set, the engine is stopped and the ignition key is removed, with the exception for buses equipped with wheelchair lifts or diesel engines that need the engine to be running.
(6) At the conclusion of each route or trip, the driver will ensure all passengers have left the bus by visually inspecting each seat position. Additional procedures for driver's post-trip inspections are detailed in the current version of the "Ohio Preservice School Bus Pre-Trip/Post-Trip Evaluation Form" (https://www.education.ohio.gov).
Last updated July 1, 2025 at 7:49 AM
History
- Effective: July 1, 2025
- Promulgated Under: 119.03
Ohio Adm.Code 3301-83-14 Records and reports.
Each school transportation vehicle owner or operator shall maintain and make available for inspection, upon request of the Ohio state highway patrol or the department of education and workforce, the following records for the management and reporting of the pupil transportation program.
(A) Maintenance and repair:
(1) Records to document that reported mechanical deficiencies discovered during inspections were corrected.
(2) A maintenance and repair record for each school transportation vehicle.
(3) Documented proof of pre-trip inspection for each school transportation vehicle will be kept on file for no less than twelve months.
(B) An accounting system for fuel consumption and costs for routine and non-routine use of school buses and annual operating costs by vehicle and by fleet needed to submit T-2 data electronically to the department of education and workforce if applicable.
(C) A pupil accounting system that details assigned:
(1) School bus;
(2) School bus stop;
(3) School of attendance, student name and address, telephone number, date of birth, and grade.
(D) A record of routine and non-routine daily and annual miles driven by vehicle and by fleet.
(E) A reporting of the numbers of regular and substitute school bus drivers, mechanics, supervisors, secretaries, clerks and drivers' aides.
(F) Maintain and file a copy of the following documents:
(1) Driver training records
(2) Ohio pre-service driver training certificate
(3) Drug and alcohol training certificate
(4) Blood-borne pathogens training certificate
(5) Biannual BMV reports
(6) Annual in-service training records
(7) Criminal record check
(8) Physical examination report
(9) Local certificate issued pursuant to section 3327.10 of the Revised Code.
The physical examination, criminal record, BMV reports, and the drug and alcohol test results are to be kept confidential.
(G) Vehicle accident data:
(1) Report T-10 accident data electronically to the department of education and workforce, and submit a copy by email to the Ohio state highway patrol at: adlcs@dps.ohio.gov, for any school bus or motor van accident that results in a fatality, an injury, or vehicle or property damage in excess of one thousand dollars. Accident data will be submitted within fifteen days of the accident or occurrence.
(2) The Ohio state highway patrol is to be notified within forty-eight hours of when any school bus, or other vehicle authorized in rule 3301-83-19 of the Administrative Code for pupil transportation, is involved in a motor vehicle accident involving injury or property damage.
(3) For purposes of this rule, "accident" has the same meaning as in paragraph (B) of rule 4501-31-01 of the Administrative Code.
(H) Submit reports according to instructions provided by the department of education and workforce and the Ohio state highway patrol.
Last updated July 1, 2025 at 8:02 AM
History
- Effective: July 1, 2025
- Promulgated Under: 119.03
Ohio Adm.Code 4501-31-01
[Comment: All materials incorporated by reference are available at https://publicsafety.ohio.gov/what-we-do/crash-reports/crash-reports-statistics/order-crash-forms/order-crash-forms]
(A) Pursuant to section 5502.11 of the Revised Code, every law enforcement agency representing a township, county, municipal corporation, or other political subdivision investigating a motor vehicle accident shall, within five days, forward a report of such accident to the director of public safety on the "Ohio traffic crash report" which consists of form numbers "OH-1," "OH-2," and "OH-3." Only the OH-1 form needs to be forwarded to the director of public safety. The OH-1 form is made up of the following as applicable:
(1) "HSY 7001, OH-1 Traffic Crash Report Page" (1/2019);
(2) "HSY 8304, OH-1 Unit Page" (1/2019);
(3) "HSY 8306, OH-1 Motorist/Non-Motorist/Occupant Page" (1/2019); and
(4) "HSY 8355, OH-1 Occupant/Witness Addendum" (1/2019).
(B) As used in this rule:
(1) "Accident" means a happening that is not expected, foreseen, or intended, sometimes resulting from negligence, that results in a fatality, personal injury, or property damage;
(2) "Motor vehicle accident" or "traffic crash" means any accident arising from the operation or use of a motor vehicle involving a fatality, any personal injury, or property damage in an amount not less than the amount specified in section 5502.11 of the Revised Code, but does not include an accident occurring on private property nor any fatality, personal injury, or property damage directly caused by intentional assault, by theft, by the discharge of a firearm or explosive device, by natural disaster, or by cataclysm;
(3) "Investigating" a motor vehicle accident or traffic crash means the personal observation of the motor vehicles and crash scene by any trooper of the Ohio highway patrol or law enforcement officer of any township, county, municipal corporation, or other political subdivision and, if no trooper or other law enforcement officer is available to observe the crash scene, may include the preparation of an Ohio traffic crash report by a trooper or law enforcement officer based upon reliable information provided by persons who were involved in or witnessed the traffic crash.
(C) The director of public safety shall prescribe, and may from time to time amend, the form and contents of the Ohio traffic crash report. In prescribing and amending the crash report, the director shall, to the fullest practical extent, do all of the following:
(1) Include all necessary elements to insure the accurate reporting of all relevant causes and conditions relating to the crash and the persons, passengers, motor vehicles, and other property involved in the crash;
(2) Consider and incorporate any applicable federal standards;
(3) Design the form and provide instructions and a procedure manual, "HSY 7010" (1/2019) in a manner to facilitate clarity and ease of use; and
(4) Consider suggestions submitted by any person for the addition, deletion, or amendment of any information in the crash report.
(D) The registrar of motor vehicles shall prescribe whatever forms may be necessary to report motor vehicle accidents to the bureau of motor vehicles for financial responsibility purposes pursuant to Chapter 4509. of the Revised Code. In doing so, the registrar may authorize the use of a copy of the Ohio traffic crash report as part of the reporting requirement or may prescribe other forms.
Last updated July 1, 2025 at 7:53 AM
History
- Effective: July 1, 2025
- Promulgated Under: 119.03
Ohio Adm.Code 3301-83-15 Emergency and evacuation procedures.
(A) Emergency procedure -
Each school bus and motor van owner will adopt a policy and provide training for handling emergencies on school buses and motor vans while pupils are being transported including but not necessarily limited to:
(1) Procedures for handling any medical emergencies of pupils while they are being transported. Each school bus or motor van owner will provide training to all school bus and motor van drivers transporting pupils to ensure that the drivers understand the policy and their responsibilities. No school bus or motor van driver will transport pupils unless the driver has received such training.
(2) Training for bus drivers in seizure disorders according to section 3313.7117 of the Revised Code.
(3) Procedures for when and how to notify parents if their students were on a transportation vehicle involved in an accident.
(B) Policies will be developed in cooperation with all those whose services are needed in the event of emergencies. The transportation director/supervisor, school administrators, teachers, drivers, maintenance and service personnel and students will be provided instruction in the procedures to be followed in the event of:
(1) Accident procedure -
The policy will describe how to protect the accident scene; evacuate and control students; evaluate the need for medical assistance; notify the responsible law enforcement agency, the Ohio state highway patrol according to rule 3301-83-14 of the Administrative Code, school officials and emergency services; collect and record data essential to the preparation of necessary reports; and communicate with parents and/or guardians.
(2) Disability of driver procedure-
The policy will describe situations in the event of illness, injury, or disability of the vehicle driver.
(3) School vehicle failure procedure -
The policy will describe procedures for securing the vehicle, discharging and controlling passengers, notifying school officials, securing alternate equipment, and repairing and recovering the disabled school vehicle.
(4) Inclement weather conditions procedure -
The pre-emergency policy will provide instruction as to school closings, delayed take-ups and/or early dismissals.
(5) Tornado procedure
The policy will provide procedures for drivers and students in the event of tornado sightings and/or warnings.
(6) Policies will also be developed to address other dangerous and/or threatening situations (e.g., weapons, assaults, unauthorized attempted boardings, and impeding the movement of the school vehicle).
(7) Policies adopted under this paragraph will be posted by school bus and motor van owners online if feasible or will be made available upon request, subject to redactions that may be necessary in accordance with section 149.433 of the Revised Code.
(C) Evacuation procedure -
The superintendent or designee will organize and conduct three emergency exit drills for all students who ride school buses to and from school.
(1) Each of the following emergency procedures will be conducted at least once annually:
(a) Everyone exits through the front entrance door;
(b) Everyone exits through the rear emergency door; and
(c) Front half exits through the front door and rear half exits through the rear door.
(2) The transportation director/supervisor in cooperation with building principals will arrange and schedule all drills. The drills will be supervised by at least one staff person other than the driver assigned to the route.
(3) Drills will be held on school property when possible and not on the bus route.
(4) The driver is to remain in the bus during evacuation drills. The parking brake will be set, the ignition turned off and the transmission placed in neutral or park.
(5) Pupils are not to take lunch boxes, books, etc., when they leave the bus.
(6) Pupils are to assemble at a distance of at least one hundred feet from the bus during an "emergency drill" and remain there until given further directions.
(7) Emergency evacuation drills of preschool and special needs children may necessitate modification of the procedures listed in this paragraph.
Last updated July 1, 2025 at 8:02 AM
History
- Effective: July 1, 2025
- Promulgated Under: 119.03
Ohio Adm.Code 3301-83-18 Passenger capacity.
(A) School bus seating will be provided permitting each passenger to sit in a position which provides maximum protection by the barrier and does not exceed the school bus manufacturer's rated capacity if applicable, and will be adjusted according to each passenger's individual physical size.
(B) No person will stand while the school bus is in motion, with the exception of bus aides and driver training staff, in the official performance of their duties.
(C) Passengers in motor vans will be seated in a manner compliant with applicable state and federal standards for passenger seat belts or restraints.
Last updated July 1, 2025 at 7:50 AM
History
- Effective: July 1, 2025
- Promulgated Under: 119.03
Ohio Adm.Code 4501-5-01
[Comment: For dates and availability of material incorporated by reference in Chapter 4501-5 of the Administrative Code, see paragraph (R) of this rule.]
(A) Except as otherwise provided in paragraphs (Q)(2)(a) to (Q)(2)(i) of this rule, all school buses for which bids are issued, bid on or after the effective date of this rule, shall conform to the rules in this chapter. These rules also cancel all existing "Approved Equal" certification and all construction approvals or waivers.
(B) School buses shall be manufactured and maintained as specified in rules 4501-5-02 and 4501-5-03 of the Administrative Code as applicable for the type of school bus. Any manufacturer, dealer or owner wishing to install any equipment or product other than those specified in rules 4501-5-02 and 4501-5-03 of the Administrative Code, including equipment or products the manufacturer, dealer or owner believes are equivalent or superior to equipment or products specified in those rules shall have prior approval, in writing, from the director.
(C) A manufacturer's and/or dealer's failure to comply with any of the rules in this chapter and all national highway traffic safety administration recalls may result in the suspension of authorization for sale and/or use of the chassis and/or body in the state of Ohio until such discrepancy is corrected by the manufacturer or responsible representative and written approval is issued by the department.
(D) Each manufacturer shall file a statement of compliance within thirty days after the effective date of this rule certifying that all products and components manufactured for use in school buses sold for use in Ohio, as defined in division (F) of section 4511.01 of the Revised Code, meet all rules in this chapter.
(E) When new models are introduced, an updated statement of compliance shall be filed with the director.
(F) Pre-delivery inspection shall be conducted by both body and chassis manufacturers to assure the bus being delivered is in satisfactory operating order (all components) and meets all applicable federal and Ohio standards. This predelivery inspection shall be according to the specific instructions of the purchaser and to the purchaser's satisfaction.
(G) The bus shall be delivered clean inside and out.
(H) Body and chassis manufacturers shall provide documents specifying warranty provisions and enumerating major parts and equipment covered under warranty. Bus body and chassis dealers are responsible for providing full warranty service.
(I) For "Type A" school bus only: the chassis manufacturer shall provide for service at the body plant location after the body is mounted and prior to delivery to the purchaser.
(J) At the time of delivery, the manufacturer shall provide to the purchaser the following documents (either printed or electronic):
(1) Line set tickets.
(2) Warranty book and statement of warranty.
(K) Any changes in design or equipment by school bus owners after receipt of the school bus must have prior approval in writing from the director of the department.
(L) School buses equipped with equipment or products that have been approved by the director pursuant to rule 4501-5-04 of the Administrative Code shall comply with the installation and operation requirements as approved.
(M) All materials used in school bus construction shall meet or exceed all applicable federal motor vehicle safety standards (FMVSS) and society of automotive engineers (SAE) standards.
(N) School bus definitions
(1) A "Type A School Bus" is a conversion bus constructed utilizing a cutaway front section vehicle with a left side driver's door. This definition shall include two classifications:
(a) Type A-1, with a gross vehicle weight rating (GVWR) of fourteen thousand five hundred pounds or less,
(b) Type A-II, with a gross vehicle weight rating (GVWR) of fourteen thousand five hundred one pounds or more.
(2) A "Type B School Bus" is constructed utilizing a stripped chassis with a gross vehicle weight rating of more than ten thousand pounds, designed for carrying more than ten persons. Part of the engine is beneath and/or behind the windshield and beside the driver's seat. The entrance door is behind the front wheels.
(3) A "Type C School Bus" is a body installed upon a flat back cowl chassis with a gross vehicle weight rating of more than ten thousand pounds, designed for carrying more than ten persons, including the driver. All of the engine is in front of the windshield and the entrance door is behind the front wheels.
(4) A "Type D School Bus" is a body installed upon a chassis, with the engine mounted in the front, midship, or rear, with a gross vehicle weight rating of more than ten thousand pounds and designed for carrying more than ten persons, including the driver. The engine may be behind the windshield and beside the driver's seat, at the rear of the bus behind the rear wheels, or midship between the front and rear axles. The entrance door is ahead of the front wheels.
(O) All body and chassis manufacturers shall provide a current up-to-date parts and service repair manual(s) (either printed or electronic) for each body and chassis. This is not to be interpreted as an owner's manual. If the school bus owner is ordering more than one of the same body and chassis then only one parts and service manual would be required.
(P) All chassis and body replacement parts shall be readily available for a minimum of ten years.
(Q) Compliance, maintenance
(1) The responsibility for compliance with these rules and/or national highway traffic safety administration (NHTSA) recalls lies with the school bus owner. A manufacturer's and/or dealer's failure to comply with any of the rules in this chapter and all NHTSA recalls may result in the suspension of authorization for sale and/or use of the chassis and/or body in the state of Ohio until such discrepancy is corrected by the manufacturer or the responsible representative and written approval is issued by the department.
(2) School bus owners shall maintain all school buses in such condition that they continue to meet Ohio school bus construction standards federal motor vehicle safety standards in effect on the bid date, or if the bid date is unknown, on the manufacture date until such standards or specifications are subsequently repealed or reduced:
(a) For school buses with a manufacture date on or after July 1, 2025, the Ohio department of public safety school bus construction standards effective July 1, 2025.
(b) For school buses with a manufacture date on or after January 1, 2018, but before the effective date of this rule, the Ohio department of public safety school bus construction standards, effective July 1, 2019.
(c) For school buses with a bid date, or if bid date is unknown, with a manufacture date on or after May 15, 2014, but before the effective date of this rule, the Ohio department of public safety school bus construction standards, effective May 15, 2014.
(d) For school buses with a bid date, or if bid date is unknown, with a manufacture date on or after December 1, 2008, but before the effective date of this rule, the Ohio department of public safety school bus construction standards, effective December 1, 2008.
(e) For school buses with a bid date, or if bid date is unknown, with a manufacture date on or after August 16, 2007, but before the effective date of this rule, the Ohio department of public safety Ohio school bus construction standards, effective August 16, 2007.
(f) For school buses with a bid date, or if bid date is unknown, with a manufacture date on or after September 1, 2003, but before August 16, 2007, the Ohio department of public safety Ohio school bus construction standards, effective September 1, 2003.
(g) For school buses with a bid date, or if bid date is unknown, with a manufacture date on or after September 1, 1998, but before September 1, 2003, the Ohio department of public safety Ohio school bus construction standards, effective September 1, 1998.
(h) For school buses with a bid date, or if bid date is unknown, with a manufacture date on or after January 1, 1990, but before September 1, 1998, the Ohio department of education and workforce school bus minimum construction standards, effective January 1, 1990.
(i) For school buses with a bid date, or if bid date is unknown, with a manufacture date on or after July 1, 1988, but before January 1, 1990, the Ohio department of education and workforce school bus minimum construction standards, effective July 1, 1988.
(j) For school buses with a bid date, or if bid date is unknown, with a manufacture date on or after April 1, 1978, but before July 1, 1988, the Ohio department of education and workforce school bus minimum construction standards, effective April 1, 1978.
(R) All school bus body and chassis manufacturers shall immediately notify the director and the superintendent of public instruction of any safety-related product recalls.
(S) Incorporated by reference. This chapter includes material that has been incorporated by reference. If the material is subject to change, only the specific version listed in this rule is incorporated. Any revision to the referenced material is not incorporated unless and until this rule has been amended to specify the new date.
Except as otherwise provided in paragraphs (Q)(2)(a) to (Q)(2)(i) and paragraphs (S)(1) to (S)(6) of this rule, the versions of all federal regulations and other texts incorporated by reference throughout Chapter 4501-5 of the Administrative Code are those in effect on the effective date of this rule.
(1) Code of Federal Regulations (CFR) may be obtained by writing to "U.S. Government Printing Office, 400 7th Street SW, Washington DC 20590" or via its website at http://www.gpoaccess.gov.
Chapter 4501-5 of the Administrative Code incorporates 49 CFR 393.94 (October 1, 2012).
(2) Federal motor carrier safety regulations (FMCSR) may be obtained by writing to "U.S. Department of Transportation, National Highway Traffic Safety Administration (DOT-NHTSA), 400 7th Street SW, Washington D.C. 20590" or via its website at http://www.fmcsa.dot.gov/ or at http://www.gpoaccess.gov.
Chapter 4501-5 of the Administrative Code incorporates FMCSR 390.21 (October 1, 2012).
(3) Federal motor vehicle safety standards (FMVSS) may be obtained by writing to "U.S. Department of Transportation, National Highway Traffic Safety Administration (DOT-NHTSA), 400 7th Street SW, Washington D.C. 20590" or via its website at http://www.fmcsa.dot.gov/ or at http://www.gpoaccess.gov. For the purpose of this chapter, references to federal motor vehicle safety standards are to those set forth in the Code of Federal Regulations printed as of October 1, 2012. Chapter 4501-5 of the Administrative Code incorporates the following federal motor vehicle safety standards:
(a) FMVSS 571.101;
(b) FMVSS 571.105;
(c) FMVSS 571.108;
(d) FMVSS 571.111;
(e) FMVSS 571.120
(f) FMVSS 571.121;
(g) FMVSS 571.125;
(h) FMVSS 571.131;
(i) FMVSS 571.205;
(j) FMVSS 571.209;
(k) FMVSS 571.210;
(l) FMVSS 571.217;
(m) FMVSS 571.220;
(n) FMVSS 571.221;
(o) FMVSS 571.222;
(p) FMVSS 571.301;
(q) FMVSS 571.302;
(r) FMVSS 571.403;
(s) FMVSS 571.404.
(4) National highway traffic safety administration (NHTSA) recalls may be accessed at the "National Highway Traffic Safety Administration's" website at http://www.nhtsa.gov.
(5) National school transportation specifications and procedures (May 2015), may be obtained by writing to the "NASDPTS, 3980 River Road, Wisconsin Dells, WI 53562" or via the national congress on school transportation's website at http://www.ncstonline.org.
(6) Ohio department of public safety Ohio school bus minimum construction standards and Ohio department of education and workforce school bus minimum construction standards may be obtained by writing to "Ohio Department of Public Safety, Licensing and Commercial Standards, 1970 West Broad Street, Columbus, Ohio, 43223" or via its website at http://www.statepatrol.ohio.gov. A complete and accurate copy of each publication has also been deposited in each of five depository libraries designated by the state library board.
(7) Society of automotive engineers international (SAE) standards are to be those set forth in the "2008 Society of Automotive Engineers Handbook" as published by the "Society of Automotive Engineers, Inc." SAE standards may be obtained by writing to "SAE World Headquarters, 400 Commonwealth Drive, Warrendale, PA 15096" or via its website at http://www.sae.org. Chapter 4501-5 of the Administrative Code incorporates the following SAE standards:
(a) SAE standard J381;
(b) SAE standard J541;
(c) SAE standard J683;
(d) SAE standard J800;
(e) SAE standard J887;
(f) SAE standard J994;
(g) SAE standard J1019;
(h) SAE standard J2233
(i) SAE standard J2249.
(T) Definitions:
As used in this chapter of the Administrative Code:
(1) "Department" means the department of public safety.
(2) "Director" means the director of the department of public safety or the director's designee.
(3) "Manufacturer's rated seating capacity," also known as "shell capacity," means the theoretical passenger capacity that a vehicle would have if it were constructed with the maximum number of seating positions.
(U) The director shall appoint an "Ohio School Bus Construction Standards Advisory Group" to assist with the adoption of standards.
The advisory group is administered by the Ohio state highway patrol and consists of a representative from each of the following if possible:
(1) The Ohio department of education and workforce;
(2) The national highway traffic safety administration;
(3) An individual or organization representing pupil transportation;
(4) An individual or organization representing school bus mechanics;
(5) An individual or organization representing school administrators; and
(6) An individual or organization representing school bus manufacturers.
Last updated July 1, 2025 at 7:53 AM
History
- Effective: July 1, 2025
- Promulgated Under: 119.03
Ohio Adm.Code 4501-5-04
(A) Application - This rule shall apply to any manufacturer, dealer or owner of a school bus who wishes to incorporate or install any equipment or product other than those specified in rules 4501-5-01 to 4501-5-03 of the Administrative Code, including equipment or products the manufacturer, dealer or owner believes are equivalent or superior to equipment or products specified in those rules.
(B) Permission - Prior to the installation of new or additional equipment or products, or changes to any existing equipment on a school bus, the school bus manufacturer, dealer or owner shall request permission, in writing, from the director. This request includes, but is not limited to,
(1) A complete description of the item, including:
(a) Photographs or illustrations.
(b) Diagrams and/or informational pamphlets.
(c) Schematics, technical data, specifications, dimensions.
(d) Results of testing by an independent testing facility or laboratory specific to the product being tested.
(e) If the manufacturer, dealer or owner believes the equipment or product is equivalent or superior to those included in the specifications set forth in rules 4501-5-01 to 4501-5-03 of the Administrative Code, a statement explaining how this determination was made.
(2) If practical, actual models or samples of the equipment or product should be submitted.
(3) Complete cost estimates for the new or additional product, or equipment, including initial, cost and cost of installation, labor, maintenance, and continued use.
(4) An explanation of the expected benefits.
(5) A statement of the effect, whether positive or negative, the new or additional product, or equipment, will have on other construction standards contained in rules 4501-5-01 to 4501-5-03 of the Administrative Code, as well as on any other rules governing pupil transportation adopted by the department of public safety or the department of education and workforce.
(C) Upon receipt of a request for permission submitted pursuant to paragraph (B) of this rule, the department may take any of the following actions:
(1) Immediately approve or deny the request.
(2) Ask for additional information.
(3) Order field testing to be conducted in accordance with paragraph (D) of this rule.
(4) Seek guidance from the Ohio school bus construction standards advisory group at the group's next meeting. The advisory group shall make recommendations to the department regarding the action to be taken in response to the request.
(D) The department may order field testing of any new or additional equipment or products as part of the process of evaluating a request for permission submitted pursuant to paragraph (B) of this rule. The length and extent of the field test shall be determined by the department based on the nature of the product being tested, but shall be conducted on no fewer than three school buses. If a field test is being conducted pursuant to a request submitted by a school bus manufacturer, the manufacturer will be expected to maintain, adjust, and modify the equipment or product at no cost to the school bus owner. At the conclusion of the field test, an evaluation of the equipment or product shall be submitted on a form provided by the department by at least three school bus drivers, one school bus mechanic, and one school transportation director.
(E) The department shall either approve or deny the request for permission submitted pursuant to paragraph (B) of this rule after considering the materials submitted in support of the request, any recommendations made by the Ohio school bus construction standards advisory group, the results of any field tests conducted, and any other information available to the department. The manufacturer or the school owner will be notified in writing of the director's decision. If the request for permission is denied, the school bus manufacturer, dealer or owner may appeal the denial in writing to the director. The director's decision on such appeal shall be final.
(F) Based upon any information which may become available to the department regarding any equipment or products that have been approved pursuant to this rule for use on school buses, the director may remove such equipment or products from service. The manufacturer, dealer or the school owner will be notified in writing of the director's decision.
(1) Any item deleted from service shall be removed from the bus, unless written permission to retain it is given by the director.
(2) Any item which, at any time is determined to present a potential hazard to occupants of the school bus or other persons or property, shall be immediately removed from the school bus and any ongoing field test terminated.
(G) The department shall maintain a list of all equipment or products that have been approved pursuant to this rule for use in school buses. This list shall be made available upon request in writing to: the "Ohio State Highway Patrol Office of Licensing and Commercial Standards, Ohio Department of Public Safety, 1970 West Broad Street, Columbus, Ohio 43223."
Last updated July 1, 2025 at 7:53 AM
History
- Effective: July 1, 2025
- Promulgated Under: 119.03
Ohio Adm.Code 4501-1-01
For purposes of this chapter:
(A) "Director" means the director of the department of public safety or the director's designee.
(B) "Superintendent" means superintendent of the Ohio state highway patrol.
(C) "License" means the license issued by the director to each person who engages in the transportation or training for the transportation of pupils to or from school on a school bus or enters into a contract with a board of education of any school district for the transportation of pupils on a school bus.
(D) "Licensee" means each person who holds a license issued by the director pursuant to division (D) of section 4511.76 and section 4511.763 of the Revised Code.
(E) "Insurance" means property damage, liability, and bodily injury accident insurance and medical payment.
(F) "Bond" means performance bond which may be required for each and every school bus operated by the licensee.
(G) "Mass transit system" means any person engaged in the transportation of the general public over established routes under the United States department of transportation (USDOT) or a permit issued by the public utilities commission of Ohio or franchise of a political subdivision.
(H) "Dual operations" means any person engaged in the transportation of the general public over established routes under the United States department of transportation (USDOT) or a permit issued by the public utilities commission of Ohio or franchise of a political subdivision and also owns one or more school buses.
(I) "Person" includes an individual, corporation, business trust, estate, trust, partnership, and association.
(J) "Umbrella coverage" means a form of insurance protection against losses in excess of amounts covered by other liability insurance policies.
Last updated January 5, 2026 at 7:58 AM
History
- Effective: January 1, 2026
- Promulgated Under: 119.03
Ohio Adm.Code 3301-83-21 Supplementary provisions for county boards of developmental disabilities.
(A) As used in this rule, the following definitions apply:
(1) "Behavioral intervention plan" means a comprehensive plan for managing problem behavior by changing or removing contextual factors that trigger or maintain it, by strengthening replacement skills, teaching new skills and by providing positive behavior intervention and supports and services to address behavior, as set forth in rule 3301-35-15 of the Administrative Code.
(2) "Individualized education program" has the same meaning as used in rule 3501-51-07 of the Administrative Code.
(3) "County board" means a county board of developmental disabilities.
(4) "Department" means department of education and workforce.
(B) The county board may provide transportation services for children ages three to twenty-one eligible for transportation and enrolled in department-funded programs, subject to an agreement with the district in which the child resides, the county board and the parent or guardian. The nature and extent of transportation services to be provided to each individual served will be determined through the individualized education program that may include a behavioral intervention plan. The determination will be reviewed annually.
(1) When it is determined through the individualized education program and behavioral intervention plan process that transportation other than that provided by the county board is an integral part of the education or habilitation of the individual, the county board may provide reimbursement for transportation by the parent or guardian. Under these circumstances, a written agreement between the county board and the parent or guardian will be obtained prior to the provision of such transportation services. Documentation of this agreement will be kept on file.
(2) The county board will report its transportation costs to the department according to rule 3301-83-01 of the Administrative Code.
(C) The county board will maintain insurance for transportation vehicles and pupils as identified in section 3327.09 of the Revised Code.
(D) A school bus driver will have a current and valid "American Red Cross" first-aid certificate or equivalent first aid training.
(E) All new bus drivers, assistants, and substitutes will attend, prior to their assignment to a bus with passengers on board, an orientation which includes a review of the vehicle operator's manual and a practical overview of the characteristics and needs of individuals to be transported.
(F) The county board will adopt a policy and procedures that ensure assistance is provided to individuals while being transported on county board vehicles according to the individualized education program or behavioral intervention plan indicates indicating a need for such assistance.
(G) Individuals will be picked up and returned to the location of their residences unless other arrangements have been agreed upon by the county board program and the responsible parent or guardian.
(H) All pupil transportation provided for children ages three through twenty-one will comply with all pupil transportation rules as identified in Chapter 3301-83 of the Administrative Code and rule 3301-51-10 of the Administrative Code. As provided in section 3327.01 of the Revised Code, a board of education will provide transportation as a related service for all children with disabilities living in the school district who are enrolled in a nonpublic school if the school district is provided with supporting documentation from the child's individual education program developed pursuant to Chapter 3323. of the Revised Code or an individual service plan developed pursuant to section 5126.41 of the Revised Code.
Last updated July 1, 2025 at 7:51 AM
History
- Effective: July 1, 2025
- Promulgated Under: 119.03
Ohio Adm.Code 3301-35-15
(A) Notwithstanding rule 3301-35-01 of the Administrative Code, the following definitions apply for purposes of this rule:
(1) "Aversive behavioral interventions" means an intervention that is intended to induce pain or discomfort to a student for the purpose of eliminating or reducing maladaptive behaviors, including such interventions as application of noxious, painful and/or intrusive stimuli, including any form of noxious, painful or intrusive spray, inhalant or taste or other sensory stimuli such as climate control, lighting and sound.
(2) "Behavior Intervention Plan" means a comprehensive plan for managing problem behavior by changing or removing contextual factors that trigger or maintain it, by strengthening replacement skills, teaching new skills and by providing positive behavior intervention and supports and services to address behavior.
(3) "Chemical restraint" means a drug or medication used to control a student's behavior or restrict freedom of movement. Chemical restraint is prohibited by school districts in accordance with paragraph (D) of this rule. Chemical restraint, as used under this rule, does not apply to a drug or medication that is:
(a) Prescribed by a licensed physician, or other qualified health professional acting under the scope of the professional's authority under Ohio law, for the standard treatment of a student's medical or psychiatric condition; and
(b) Administered as prescribed by the licensed physician or other qualified health professional acting under the scope of the professional's authority under Ohio law.
(4) "De-escalation techniques" means interventions that are used to prevent violent and aggressive behaviors and reduce the intensity of threatening, violent and disruptive incidents.
(5) "Functional Behavior Assessment" is a school-based process for students with disabilities and students without disabilities that includes the parent and, as appropriate, the child, to determine why a child engages in challenging behaviors and how the behavior relates to the child's environment. Consent from the parent and, as appropriate, the child, is to be obtained at the initial functional behavior assessment.
(6) "Mechanical restraint" means any method of restricting a student's freedom of movement, physical activity, or normal use of the student's body by using an appliance or device manufactured for this purpose; but does not mean a device used by trained student personnel, or used by a student, for the specific and approved therapeutic or safety purpose for which the device was designed and, if applicable, prescribed, including:
(a) Restraints for medical immobilization;
(b) Adaptive devices or mechanical supports used to allow greater freedom of mobility than would be possible without the use of such devices or mechanical supports; or
(c) Vehicle safety restraints when used as intended during the transport of a student in a moving vehicle.
(7) "Parent" means:
(a) A biological or adoptive parent;
(b) A guardian generally authorized to act as the child's parent, or authorized to make decisions for the child (but not the state if the child is a ward of the state);
(c) An individual acting in the place of a biological or adoptive parent (including a grandparent, stepparent or other relative) with whom the child lives, or an individual who is legally responsible for the child's welfare;
(d) A surrogate parent who has been appointed in accordance with paragraph (E) of rule 3301-51-05 of the Administrative Code; or
(e) Any person identified in a judicial decree or order as the parent of a child or the person with authority to make educational decisions on behalf of a child.
(8) "Physical escort" means the temporary touching or holding of the hand, wrist, arm, shoulder, waist, hip, or back for the purpose of inducing a student to move to a safe location.
(9) "Physical restraint" means the use of physical contact in a way that immobilizes or reduces the ability of an individual to move the individual's arms, legs, body, or head freely. Such term does not include a physical escort, mechanical restraint, or chemical restraint. Physical restraint does not include brief physical contact for the following or similar purposes:
(a) To break up a fight;
(b) To knock a weapon away from a student's possession;
(c) To calm or comfort;
(d) To assist a student in completing a task/response if the student does not resist the contact; or
(e) To prevent imminent risk of injury to the student or others.
(10) "Positive behavior intervention and supports" has the same meaning as in section 3319.46 of the Revised Code.
(11) "Positive Behavior Intervention and Supports leadership team" means the assigned team at the district and building level that plans, coaches and monitors positive behavior intervention and supports implementation in the district and building. Positive behavior intervention and supports leadership teams may include, but are not limited to, school administrators, teacher representatives across grade levels and programs, staff able to provide behavioral expertise, and other representatives identified by the district or school such as bus drivers, food service staff, custodial staff, and paraprofessionals.
(12) "Prone restraint" means physical or mechanical restraint while the individual is in the face-down position.
(13) "School district" means a local, exempted village, city, joint vocational or cooperative education school district as defined in Chapter 3311. of the Revised Code; an educational service center that operates a school or educational program; a community school as defined in Chapter 3314. of the Revised Code; a science, technology, engineering, and mathematics school as defined in Chapter 3326. of the Revised Code; or a college-preparatory boarding school as defined in Chapter 3328. of the Revised Code. For purposes of this rule, the term does not include schools operated in facilities under the jurisdiction of the department of rehabilitation and corrections or the department of youth services.
(14) "Seclusion" means the involuntary isolation of a student in a room, enclosure, or space from which the student is prevented from leaving by physical restraint or by a closed door or other physical barrier.
(15) "Student" means an individual enrolled in a school district.
(16) "Student personnel" means teacher, principal, counselor, social worker, school resource officer, teacher's aide, psychologist, bus driver, related services providers, nursing staff, or other school district staff who interact directly with students.
(17) "Timeout" means a behavior intervention in which a student, for a limited and specified time, is separated from the class within the classroom or in a non-locked setting for the purpose of self-regulating and controlling his or her own behavior. In a timeout, the student is not physically restrained or prevented from leaving the area by physical barriers.
(B) Positive behavior intervention and supports framework. Each school district shall implement positive behavior intervention and supports on a system-wide basis in accordance with section 3319.46 of the Revised Code and this rule.
(1) The requirements for a district's implementation of a positive behavior intervention and supports framework are as follows:
(a) Includes a decision-making framework that guides selection, integration, and implementation of evidence-based academic and behavior practices for improving academic and behavior outcomes for all students.
(b) Includes the following integrated elements:
(i) Data-based decision making (to select, monitor, and evaluate outcomes, practices, and systems);
(ii) Evidence-based practices along a multi-tiered continuum of supports;
(iii) Systems that enable accurate and sustainable implementation of practices; and
(iv) Progress monitoring for fidelity and target outcomes.
(2) Standards for a school district's implementation of positive behavior intervention and supports framework include:
(a) Student personnel to receive professional development in accordance with paragraph (C) of this rule;
(b) Explicit instruction of school-wide behavior expectations;
(c) Consistent systems of acknowledging and correcting behaviors;
(d) Teaching environments designed to eliminate behavior triggers; and
(e) Family and community involvement.
(C) Professional development for the implementation of positive behavior intervention and supports. The following are requirements for professional development to be received by student personnel to implement positive behavior intervention and supports on a system-wide basis:
(1) Occurs at least every three years;
(2) Provided by a building or district positive behavior intervention and supports leadership team or an appropriate state, regional, or national source in collaboration with the building or district positive behavior intervention and supports leadership team;
(3) The trained positive behavior intervention and supports leadership team will provide professional development to the school or district in accordance with a district developed positive behavior intervention and supports training plan. It's the district's responsibility to retain records of completion of the professional development; and
(4) The professional development under this rule will include the following topics:
(a) An overview of positive behavior intervention and supports;
(b) The process for teaching behavioral expectations;
(c) Data collection;
(d) Implementation of positive behavior intervention and supports with fidelity;
(e) Consistent systems of feedback to students for acknowledgment of appropriate behavior and corrections for behavior errors; and
(f) Consistency in discipline and discipline referrals.
(5) For the purpose of satisfying the professional development requirements of this rule, the district may accept any professional development or continuing education provided in accordance with division (B) of section 3319.237 of the Revised Code, as long as the professional development or continuing education meets the professional development requirements of paragraph (C)(4) of this rule.
(6) Districts and schools are to ensure that they have continuous training structures in place to provide ongoing coaching and implementation with fidelity.
(7) The listed requirements may be appropriately modified for the intended audience.
(D) General rules for restraint and seclusion.
(1) The following practices are prohibited by student personnel under any circumstance:
(a) Prone restraint;
(b) Any form of physical restraint that involves the intentional, knowing, or reckless use of any technique that:
(i) Involves the use of pinning down a student by placing knees to the torso, head, or neck of the student;
(ii) Uses pressure point, pain compliance, or joint manipulation techniques; or
(iii) Otherwise involves techniques that are used to unnecessarily cause pain.
(c) Corporal punishment as defined in section 3319.41 of the Revised Code;
(d) Child endangerment, as defined in section 2919.22 of the Revised Code;
(e) Deprivation of basic needs;
(f) Seclusion or restraint of preschool children in violation of paragraph (D) of rule 3301-37-10 of the Administrative Code and this rule;
(g) Chemical restraint;
(h) Mechanical restraint;
(i) Aversive behavioral interventions; and
(j) Seclusion in a locked room or area.
(2) A school district may only use physical restraint or seclusion if staff:
(a) Are appropriately trained to protect the care, welfare, dignity, and safety of the student;
(b) Continually observe the student in restraint and seclusion for indications of physical or mental distress and seek immediate medical assistance if there is a concern;
(c) Use communication strategies and research-based de-escalation techniques in an effort to help the student regain control;
(d) Remove the student from physical restraint or seclusion immediately when the immediate risk of physical harm to self or others has dissipated;
(e) Conduct a de-briefing including all involved staff to evaluate the trigger for the incident, staff response, and methods to address the student's behavioral needs; and
(f) Complete all mandatory reports and document staff's observations of the student.
(E) Physical restraint.
(1) Prone restraint, including any physical restraint that obstructs the airway of the student, or any physical restraint that impacts a student's primary mode of communication, is prohibited. A statement to this effect is to be included in the school district's policy. Student personnel may use physical restraint only as a last resort and in accordance with local policy and the requirements of this rule.
(2) Physical restraint may be used only:
(a) If a student's behavior poses an immediate risk of physical harm to the student or others and no other safe or effective method of intervention is available;
(b) If the physical restraint does not obstruct the student's ability to breathe;
(c) If the physical restraint does not interfere with the student's ability to communicate in the student's primary language or mode of communication; and
(d) By student personnel who are trained in safe restraint techniques, except in the case of rare and unavoidable emergency situations when trained personnel are not immediately available.
(3) Physical restraint may not be used for punishment or discipline or as a substitute for other less restrictive means of assisting a student in regaining control.
(F) Seclusion
(1) Seclusion may be used only:
(a) If a student's behavior poses an immediate risk of physical harm to the student or others and no other safe or effective method of intervention is available;
(b) As a last resort to provide an opportunity for the student to regain control of his or her actions;
(c) For the minimum amount of time necessary for the purpose of protecting the student and others from physical harm;
(d) In a room or area that:
(i) Is not locked;
(ii) Does not prevent the student from exiting the area should staff become incapacitated or leave the area; and
(iii) Provides adequate space, lighting, ventilation, and the ability to observe the student; and
(e) If under constant supervision by staff who are trained to be able to detect indications of physical or mental distress that require removal and/or immediate medical assistance and who document their observations of the student.
(2) Seclusion may not be used:
(a) For punishment or discipline;
(b) For the convenience of staff;
(c) As a substitute for an educational program;
(d) As a substitute for inadequate staffing;
(e) As a substitute for staff training in positive behavior intervention and supports framework and crisis management;
(f) As a means to coerce, retaliate, or in a manner that endangers a student; or
(g) As a substitute for other less restrictive means of assisting a student in regaining control, such that it is reflective of the cognitive, social and emotional level of the student.
(G) Multiple incidents of restraint and seclusion.
(1) After the third incident of physical restraint or seclusion in a school year of a student who has been found eligible for special education services or has a 504 plan, the requirements are as follows:
(a) The student's individualized education program or 504 team will meet within ten school days of the third incident;
(b) The individualized education program or 504 team will consider the need to conduct or develop a functional behavior assessment or behavior intervention plan, or amend an existing functional behavior assessment or behavior intervention plan.
(2) For students not described in paragraph (G)(1) of this rule, a team, consisting of the parent, an administrator or designee, a teacher of the student, a staff member involved in the incident (if not the teacher or administrator already invited), and other appropriate staff members will meet within ten school days of the third incident to discuss the need to conduct or review a functional behavior assessment and/or develop a behavior intervention plan.
(3) Nothing in this section is meant to prevent the completion of a functional behavior assessment or behavior intervention plan for any student who might benefit from these measures, but has fewer than three incidents of restraint or seclusion.
(4) Nothing in this rule is meant to prevent a school district from conducting any evaluations or other obligations they feel appropriate under the Individuals with Disabilities Education Act.
(H) Training and professional development for the use of crisis management and de-escalation techniques which includes the use of restraint and seclusion.
(1) A school district shall ensure that an appropriate number of personnel in each building are trained annually in evidence-based crisis management and de-escalation techniques, as well as the safe use of physical restraint and seclusion. The minimum training requirements are as follows:
(a) Proactive measures to prevent the use of seclusion or restraint;
(b) Crisis management;
(c) Documentation and communication about the restraint or seclusion with appropriate parties;
(d) The safe use of restraint and seclusion;
(e) Instruction and accommodation for age and body size diversity;
(f) Directions for monitoring signs of distress during and following physical control;
(g) Debriefing practices and procedures;
(h) Face-to-face training;
(i) Allow for a simulated experience of administering and receiving physical restraint; and
(j) Ensure that participants will demonstrate proficiency in items described in paragraphs (H)(1)(a) to (H)(1)(i) of this rule.
(2) The school district shall maintain written or electronic documentation that includes the following:
(a) The name, position, and building assignment of each person who has completed training;
(b) The name, position, and credentials of each person who has provided the training;
(c) When the training was completed; and
(d) What protocols, techniques, and materials were included in training.
(3) As part of the training under this rule, student personnel are to be trained to perform the following functions:
(a) Identify conditions such as: where, under what conditions, with whom and why specific inappropriate behavior may occur; and
(b) Use preventative assessments that include at least the following:
(i) A review of existing data;
(ii) Input from parents, family members, and students; and
(iii) Examination of previous and existing behavior intervention plans.
(I) Policies and procedures. A school district shall develop written policies and procedures for the implementation of positive behavior intervention and supports and the use of seclusion and restraint that are consistent with section 3319.46 of the Revised Code and this rule. A district's complaint procedures shall include:
(1) A written procedure for a parent to present written complaints to the superintendent of the school district to initiate a complaint investigation by the school district regarding an incident of restraint or seclusion. Additionally, the procedure will inform the parent of additional options for complaints to include other public agencies such as law enforcement, the county department of job and family services, or the office of professional conduct within the Ohio department of education, as defined in paragraph (L) of this rule;
(2) Annually, a school district will provide a review regarding the content of this rule and any local policies or procedures related to the use of positive behavior intervention and supports, physical restraint and seclusion;
(3) An annual notice which informs parents of the district's policies or procedures related to the requirements of positive behavior intervention and supports, physical restraint and seclusion, including the local complaint process; and
(4) Within thirty days of the filing of a complaint regarding an incident of restraint and seclusion, it's the district's responsibility to make reasonable efforts to have an in-person follow up meeting with the parent.
(5) Districts are to ensure there is a support plan in place for substitute teachers if they need assistance with positive behavior intervention and supports or crisis management and de-escalation, which includes restraint and seclusion.
(J) Monitoring. A school district shall establish a procedure to monitor the implementation of this rule and the district's policy on positive behavior intervention and supports and restraint and seclusion. Each school district shall make its records concerning positive behavior intervention and supports and restraint and seclusion available to staff from the Ohio department of education upon request.
(K) Reporting.
(1) Any incident of seclusion or restraint shall be immediately reported to building administration and the parent and also be documented in a written report that is issued to the parent immediately or within twenty-four hours. This written report is thereafter maintained by the school district, including the county board of developmental disabilities or the educational service center in the event the district delegates this responsibility.
(2) A school district shall annually report information regarding its use of restraint and seclusion to the Ohio department of education in the form and manner as prescribed by the department. Failure to report may subject the school district to a corrective action plan and/or a potential reduction in funding. A school district that chooses to educate its student through a county board of developmental disabilities or to an educational service center reports as follows:
(a) Report all information on the use of restraint and seclusion by the county board of developmental disabilities or educational service center to the department; or
(b) Authorize the county board of developmental disabilities or the educational service center to report information on the use of restraint and seclusion directly.
(L) Complaint process. A parent may choose to file a complaint with the Ohio department of education, office of integrated student supports, in accordance with the complaint procedures available and as outlined below. The term "school district" as used in this rule means those entities listed in paragraph (A)(13) of this rule.
(1) The parent forwards a copy of the complaint to the school district serving the child at the same time the party files the complaint with the Ohio department of education.
(2) A sufficient complaint includes the following:
(a) A statement that a school district has violated a requirement of paragraphs (G) to (K) of this rule;
(b) The facts on which the statement is based; and
(c) The signature and contact information for the parent.
(3) Timeline of the complaint:
(a) The complaint must allege a violation that occurred not more than one year prior to the date that the complaint is received.
(b) The Ohio department of education, office of integrated student supports has a time limit of ninety days after the complaint is filed to:
(i) Provide the school district with the opportunity to respond to the parent, including, at the discretion of the school district, a proposal to resolve the complaint;
(ii) Give the parent the opportunity to submit additional information, either orally or in writing, about the allegations of the complaint;
(iii) Review all relevant information and make an independent determination as to whether the school district is violating a requirement;
(iv) Carry out an independent investigation, whether on-site or off-site, if the Ohio department of education determines that an investigation is needed;
(v) Issue a written decision to the complainant that addresses each allegation in the complaint and contains findings of fact and conclusions and the reasons for the Ohio department of education's final decision.
(4) This rule does not limit the ability of a parent of a student with a disability to file a complaint under any other provision of law.
Last updated June 24, 2021 at 8:34 AM
History
- Effective: June 24, 2021
- Promulgated Under: 119.03
Ohio Adm.Code 3301-51-10
(A) Definitions.
(1) Child with a disability means a child evaluated in accordance with rule 3301-51-06 of the Administrative Code as having an intellectual disability, a hearing impairment (including deafness), a speech or language impairment, a visual impairment (including blindness), a serious emotional disturbance (referred to in this rule as "emotional disturbance"), an orthopedic impairment, autism, traumatic brain injury, an other health impairment, a specific learning disability, deaf-blindness, a developmental delay (for a child between the ages of three and nine), or multiple disabilities, who by reason thereof, needs special education and related services..
(2) Special transportation means vehicle transportation service required by the individualized education program of a child with disabilities or any applicable state or federal law.
(3) Transportation means travel to and from school, between schools, and in and around school buildings, and may include the following:
(a) Travel to and from school, between schools, and in and around school buildings during normal school hours and outside of normal school hours if included on the child's individualized education program.
(b) Specialized equipment, such as special or adapted vehicles, lifts, and ramps, if required to provide special transportation for a child with disabilities.
(c) Fitting and/or retrofitting vehicles with specialized equipment, such as car seats, securement systems, and safety vests.
(d) Employment of transportation aides for particular special education vehicles if deemed necessary by the child's individualized education program.
(e) Alternative pick-up and drop-off locations, such as the curb, driveway, or front door of the child's home, if determined to be appropriate based upon the individual needs of the child.
(f) Other travel that may be arranged by the school district with no reimbursement from the state.
(4) School district means city, local, exempted village, educational service center, community school, STEM school, boarding school, or county board of developmental disabilities, for purposes of this rule.
(5) Children with disabilities in this rule refers to those aged three through twenty-one.
(6) Weekend travel on Saturday or Sunday for residential schools is permitted.
(7) Department means the Ohio department of education.
(B) State residential schools.
(1) This paragraph refers to the Ohio state school for the blind and the Ohio state school for the deaf.
(2) Reimbursement for transportation to and from the school district of residence shall be approved by the department for eligible children with disabilities placed in state residential schools, including the Ohio state for the blind and the Ohio state school for the deaf.
(3) Reimbursement claims for weekend travel and/or daily travel shall be approved by the department for eligible children with disabilities placed in state residential schools including the Ohio state school for the blind and the Ohio state school for the deaf.
(C) Eligibility.
(1) Reimbursement for special education transportation may be approved by the department's office of pupil transportation for children with disabilities attending a special education program approved by the department's office for exceptional children, and/or attending a regular class in a public school.
(2) School district transportation personnel shall be consulted in the preparation of the child's individualized education program based upon the unique needs of the child when transportation is required as a related service and when the child's needs are such that information to ensure the safe transportation and well-being of the child is necessary to provide such transportation.
(3) A community school governing authority shall provide or arrange transportation free of any charge for any child with disabilities enrolled in the school for whom the child's individualized education program specifies transportation in accordance with section 3314.091 of the Revised Code.
(4) For transportation purposes, a child with disabilities that is parentally placed in a nonpublic school, shall be entitled to transportation the same as any child without disabilities attending a nonpublic school in accordance with section 3327.01 of the Revised Code.
(D) General requirements.
(1) Each school district shall establish its own reasonable travel time. Travel time is defined as beginning at the initial pickup of the child and ending with the final arrival at the school destination.
The school district shall develop its travel time standard, approved by the district's board of education, and shall consider the following factors: age of the child, condition of disability, geographic size of the school district, location of the special education class, traffic patterns, and roadway conditions.
(2) Those who transport eligible children with disabilities must comply with Chapter 3301-83 of the Administrative Code.
(3) Drivers and transportation aides must have access to appropriate information about the child to the degree that such information might affect safe transportation and medical wellbeing during transport. This information must be accessible in the school transportation office and is confidential.
(4) Emergency evacuation and other pertinent safety precautions must be considered by school districts deciding upon the appropriate transportation services for children with disabilities.
(5) All vehicles used must be authorized vehicles as defined in rule 3301-83-19 of the Administrative Code. A privately-owned vehicle of the family utilized to transport a child is not subject to Chapter 3301-83 of the Administrative Code or regulations other than that required by state law.
Last updated December 1, 2023 at 9:34 AM
History
- Effective: December 1, 2023
- Promulgated Under: 119.03
Ohio Adm.Code 3301-83-24 School transportation fees.
(A) Fees for routine school transportation:
(1) No school vehicle owner will charge for transporting pupils to and from regular day classes when that transportation is provided in accordance with section 3327.01, 3326.20, and 3314.091 of the Revised Code. This applies equally to buses or other vehicles authorized for pupil transportation owned by school boards, non-public schools, community schools, STEM schools, and the county boards of developmental disabilities as well as buses and other vehicles authorized for pupil transportation operated under contract for one of these agencies.
This rule does not apply to private transportation arranged for or by parents or other groups not related to the educating school board, non-public school, community school, STEM school, or county board of developmental disabilities.
(2) The governing authority of a chartered nonpublic school may charge for transportation of pupils in a manner consistent with section 3327.07 of the Revised Code. Vehicles used by the governing authority of the chartered nonpublic school or its contractor will comply with section 4511.76 of the Revised Code and rule 3301-83-19 of the Administrative Code. Drivers employed or contracted by the governing authority of the chartered nonpublic school or its contractor will comply with all provisions for school bus drivers and motor van drivers in Chapter 3327. of the Revised Code and Chapter 3301-83 of the Administrative Code.
(B) Fees for non-routine school transportation during the school day:
No school vehicle owner will charge for transporting pupils to and from educational field-trips during school days. This applies equally to buses and vehicles authorized for pupil transportation owned by school boards, non-public schools, community schools, STEM schools, and county boards of developmental disabilities as well as buses and vehicles authorized for pupil transportation operated under contract for an agency described in paragraph (A) of this rule.
(C) Fees for non-routine school transportation outside of the school day:
No school vehicle owner will charge a fee that exceeds the actual costs assessed for transportation to and from educational field trips on non-school days.
(D) Recovery of cost:
The board of education or county board of developmental disabilities may recover an amount not to exceed the actual operational costs associated with non-routine use of school buses when that transportation is provided for agencies other than those directly related to the bus owner.
(E) Identification of costs when costs are to be recovered:
Districts may charge both an hourly rate and mileage fee when costs are to be recovered.
The following costs, as reported on the district or community school that provides transportation T-2 reports, will be used in determination of fees to be charged when costs are to be recovered:
(1) Driver salary and benefits;
(2) Fuel;
(3) Maintenance;
(4) Service;
(5) Supervision;
(6) Insurance.
Last updated July 1, 2025 at 7:51 AM
History
- Effective: July 1, 2025
- Promulgated Under: 119.03
Ohio Adm.Code 3301-83-25 Transportation collaboration grant.
(A) As used in the rule:
(1) "Shared resource management" means school district resources that are collaboratively agreed upon and shared between at least two city, local, or exempted village school districts to reduce transportation costs.
(2) "Routing consolidation" means reducing the number of routes by collaborating with one or more school districts to reduce transportation costs.
(3) "Regional collaboration" means identifying opportunities within a given region that includes at least two city, local, or exempted village school districts working together collaboratively to reduce transportation costs.
(B) A city, local or exempted village school district may apply to the department of education and workforce in accordance with paragraph (C) of this rule for a transportation collaboration grant.
(C) Application Process
(1) A city, local or exempted village school district may apply for a transportation collaboration grant by submitting an application to the department by the thirtieth day of September in any fiscal year for which this grant is authorized and funds are appropriated for its administration.
(2) The application will include all of the following information:
(a) A description of the proposed activity or activities that will lead to a reduction of the district's overall transportation operation costs. Allowable activities include those that lead to:
(i) Shared resource management;
(ii) Routing consolidation;
(iii) Regional collaboration; or
(iv) Other activities that have the potential to reduce transportation operating costs.
(b) A list of all school districts involved as partners in the planned activity or activities. An educational service center may be included as a partner. The application will include the signature of the superintendent and treasurer of the applying city, local, or exempted village school district and any partners indicating that each participating partner agrees to participate in the proposed activities.
(c) The estimated transportation cost reduction that the city, local or exempted village district anticipates through implementation of the activities in the proposal that will be saved by city, local or exempted village school district as a result of this activity.
(d) Evidence to support the estimated reduction in transportation costs.
(D) Each city, local, or exempted village school district awarded a grant under this rule is to submit a report to the department by the thirtieth day of September following the fiscal year in which the grant was administered. The report will include:
(1) The activities conducted using grant funds; and
(2) Reductions in operating costs resulting from grant activities.
(E) In order for a grant recipient to be eligible for subsequent fiscal year grant awards, the recipient is to either:
(1) Demonstrate on the report submitted under paragraph (D) of this rule that the activities conducted using grant funds resulted in transportation operating cost reductions; or
(2) If the activities in the prior grant cycle did not lead to reductions in transportation operating costs, demonstrate that new approaches will lead to reductions in transportation operating costs through the allowable activities under paragraph (C)(2)(a) of this rule.
(F) The grants administered under this rule were available for fiscal years 2022 and 2023. In the event that the general assembly appropriates funds and reauthorizes the administration of this grant in subsequent fiscal years, this rule will apply to subsequent grants.
Last updated July 1, 2025 at 7:52 AM
History
- Effective: July 1, 2025
- Promulgated Under: 119.03
Chapter 3301-91 Standards for School Lunch and Breakfast Programs
Ohio Adm.Code 3301-91-01 Eligibility for receiving state matching funds.
State funds appropriated to meet the federal matching requirement as provided for by the Richard B. Russell National School Lunch Act, 60 Stat. 230 (1946), 42 U.S.C. 1751, 7 C.F.R. 210.7 and the Child Nutrition Act of 1966, 80 Stat. 885 (1966), 42 U.S.C. 1771 shall be distributed to city, exempted village, local school districts, joint vocational school districts, career-technical centers and community schools that have participated in the national school lunch program in the months schools were in session during the preceding school year, that claimed free meals in the prior program year, and that have a national school lunch program application approved for the current program year.
Last updated July 1, 2025 at 9:03 AM
History
- Effective: July 1, 2025
- Promulgated Under: 119.03
Ohio Adm.Code 3301-91-02 Schedule of payments.
In accordance with the "National School Lunch Program" regulations at 7 CFR 210.17, state funds appropriated in each fiscal year to match federal funds shall be distributed to school districts to assist in providing free lunches to eligible children in annual payments beginning in the fiscal year for which the funds are appropriated.
Last updated February 11, 2025 at 8:44 AM
History
- Effective: September 4, 2020
- Promulgated Under: 119.03
Ohio Adm.Code 3301-91-03 Report required.
Each board of education participating in the "National School Lunch Program" shall report monthly the number of free lunches served by the district each month in accordance with the "National School Lunch Program" regulations at 7 CFR 210.8. The monthly report shall be submitted to the department of education and workforce not later than the forty-fifth day following the month being reported.
Last updated July 1, 2025 at 9:03 AM
History
- Effective: July 1, 2025
- Promulgated Under: 119.03
Ohio Adm.Code 3301-91-04 Calculation of payment.
The funds appropriated to meet the federal matching requirement in accordance with the Richard B. Russell National School Lunch Act, 60 Stat. 230 (1946), 42 U.S.C. 1751, 7 C.F.R. 210.17 and as described in rule 3301-91-01 of the Administrative Code shall be divided by the total number of free lunches served by city, exempted village, local school districts, joint vocational school districts, career- technical centers and community schools in the state during the preceding school year. The quotient shall be multiplied by the total number of free lunches served by each school district during the same period to determine the amount to be paid the school district.
Last updated July 1, 2025 at 9:02 AM
History
- Effective: July 1, 2025
- Promulgated Under: 119.03
Ohio Adm.Code 3301-91-07 Appeal for extension of time for compliance.
(A) The board of education of each school district is required to establish a breakfast program in every school where at least one-fifth of the pupils in the school are eligible under federal requirements for free breakfast and is required to establish a lunch program in every school where at least one-fifth of the pupils are eligible for free lunches
(B) The board of education of each school district is required to establish a breakfast program in every school in which the parents of at least one-half of the children enrolled in the school have requested that the breakfast program be established.
(C) If a school district cannot comply with the requirements prescribed in section 3313.813 of the Revised Code, an appeal must be made to the department of education and workforce defining the paragraph of the section being appealed. The following data must be provided to describe the circumstances which preclude compliance:
(1) Statement of reason(s) for requesting an extension of time to comply with the prescribed deadlines.
(2) The schools in the district and number of children for which breakfast and lunch are available.
(3) The average daily membership and the number of children eligible for free and reduced-price meals in each school for which the appeal is submitted.
(4) The criteria used for determining the number of children eligible.
(5) The date by which compliance will be accomplished.
(D) Requests for an extension of time to comply with the provisions of section 3313.813 of the Revised Code shall be evaluated on the basis of the following criteria:
(1) Availability of facilities for preparing and serving meals.
(2) Adequacy of financial resources to fund a meal service from local, state and federal sources.
(3) Availability of time for providing breakfast and lunch in the school day.
(4) Reasonableness of the requested time extension to accomplish compliance.
(E) If the board of education of a school district does not comply with paragraph (A) of this rule in accordance with division (C)(4)(b) of Ohio Revised Code section 3313.813, the district board is required to establish a breakfast program in every school where at least one-third of the pupils in the school are eligible under federal requirements for free breakfast and is required to establish a lunch program in every school where at least one-third of the pupils are eligible for free lunches. The district board may make a charge in accordance with the definition of reduce price in 7 CFR 220.2 (September 28, 2016) for each reduced price breakfast or paid breakfast to cover the cost incurred in providing that meal.
(F) If a school district cannot for good cause comply with the requirements of division 3313.813(C)(2) or (C)(4)(b) or (c) of the Revised Code at the time the department of education and workforce determines that a district is subject to these requirements, the district is to be granted a reasonable extension of time. Good cause for an extension of time will include, but need not be limited to, economic impossibility of compliance with the requirements at the time the department of education and workforce determines that a district is subject to division 3313.813(C)(4)(d) of the Revised Code.
Last updated July 1, 2025 at 9:03 AM
History
- Effective: July 1, 2025
- Promulgated Under: 119.03
Ohio Adm.Code 3301-91-09 Guidance for approving food to be sold in schools.
To comply with section 3313.814 of the Revised Code, each school district board of education and chartered nonpublic school governing authority shall adopt and enforce standards that shall be used as the basis for approving all food and beverages to be sold in schools and establishing a time and place for such approved food and beverages to be sold. Such standards shall comply with sections 3313.816 and 3313.817 of the Revised Code, but nothing in this rule shall prohibit the standards from being more restrictive than otherwise required by those sections. The following criteria, set by the United States department of agriculture, are to be used as guidance for establishing standards:
(A) Consider the nutritional value of each food or beverage. The types of food and beverages sold in schools should be determined as to their potential to contribute significantly to the daily nutritional needs of children and to enhance the school district's nutrition philosophy and nutrition education curriculum.
(B) Establish the time of day and place for sale of food and beverages. The time of day and place for the sale of food and beverages to students should be consistent with the nutrient intake needs and eating patterns of students and compatible with class schedules for schools within the district and comply with sections 3313.814, 3313.816, and 3313.817 of the Revised Code. Separate standards may be established for the types of food and beverages to be sold to staff members.
(C) Approve provisions through resolution. Each board of education and chartered nonpublic school governing authority should approve the types of food and beverages to be sold and determine when and where such food and beverages will be sold through board or governing authority resolution. Each board of education or governing authority should provide opportunity for input from members of the community, including students, parents, nutritionists and school personnel, on the sale of food and beverages in schools.
(D) Prepare an annual report and presentation. Each board or governing authority should designate staff to be responsible for ensuring that the school district or school meets the nutrition standards adopted under this section. The staff should prepare an annual report regarding the district's or school's compliance with the standards and include it in the report to the department of education and workforce prescribed in section 3301.68 of the Revised Code. The board or governing authority annually may schedule a presentation on the nutrition standards report at one of its regular meetings. Any nutrition standards report made by a board or governing authority shall be available to the public upon request.
Last updated July 1, 2025 at 9:04 AM
History
- Effective: July 1, 2025
- Promulgated Under: 119.03
Ohio Adm.Code 3301-91-10 Establishing summer food service programs at school sites and associated cost.
(A) The board of education of each school district is required to establish and maintain a school breakfast, lunch and summer food service program pursuant to the National School Lunch Act and the Child Nutrition Act of 1966, as described in section 3313.813 of the Revised Code.
(B) The board of education of each school district is required to establish one of the following meal programs to support summer intervention services:
(1) An extension of the school breakfast program pursuant to the Richard B. Russell National School Lunch Act, 60 Stat. 230 (1946), 42 U.S.C. 1751 and the Child Nutrition Act of 1966, 80 Stat. 885 (1966), 42 U.S.C. 1771;
(2) An extension of the school lunch program pursuant to those acts;
(3) A summer food service program pursuant to those acts.
(C) If the board of education of school district does not comply with paragraph (B) of this rule, the district board is required to permit an approved summer food service program sponsor to use school facilities located in a school building attendance area where at least one-half of the pupils are eligible for free lunches.
(D) A school district may charge the summer food service program sponsor a reasonable fee for the use of school facilities that may include the actual cost of custodial services, charges for the use of school equipment, and a prorated share of the utility costs as determined by the district board. A school district shall require the summer food service program sponsor to indemnify and hold harmless the district from any potential liability resulting from the operation of the summer food service program under this division. For this purpose, the district shall either add the summer food service program sponsor, as an additional insured party, to the district's existing liability insurance policy or require the summer food service program sponsor to submit evidence of a separate liability insurance policy, for an amount approved by the district board. The summer food service program sponsor shall be responsible for any costs incurred in obtaining coverage under either option of division (4)(c) of section 3313.813 of the Revised Code.
Last updated February 11, 2025 at 8:44 AM
History
- Effective: March 31, 2022
- Promulgated Under: 119.03
Chapter 3301-92 Distribution of State Aid
Ohio Adm.Code 3301-92-02 Capital improvement and maintenance fund.
(A) As used in this rule, "capital improvements and maintenance" means the acquisition, replacement, enhancement, maintenance or repair of permanent improvements as those terms are defined in this rule.
(1) "Permanent improvement" means a permanent improvement as defined under division (E) of section 5705.01 of the Revised Code.
(2) "Acquisition" means addition of or assuming possession of an asset.
(3) "Replacement" means the substitution of one asset for another of substantially similar value or quality.
(4) "Enhancement" means the modification of an existing asset that increases its value, quality or life expectancy.
(5) "Maintenance or repair" means the act of keeping a permanent improvement in normal working condition. "Maintenance or repair" includes preventative maintenance, periodic repairs and replacement of parts, structural components and other activities needed to maintain the asset but does not include routine janitorial and utility costs. Any non-routine janitorial cost shall be substantiated through a work order.
(B) In each fiscal year, except as provided in division (D) of section 3315.18 of the Revised Code, the school district shall set aside for capital improvements and maintenance, the amount required by division (A) of section 3315.18 of the Revised Code unless the board of education elects, by board resolution, to set aside funds for capital improvements and maintenance in accordance with section 3315.19 of the Revised Code.
The required set aside may be reduced in any fiscal year by any amount received during the same fiscal year from a permanent improvement levy as authorized under section 5705.21 of the Revised Code.
(C) If the board of education elects to set aside funds in accordance with section 3315.19 of the Revised Code, the amount of the set aside shall equal three per cent of all revenues received by the district for operating expenses for the prior fiscal year.
For a city, local or exempted village school district, "all revenues received by the district for operating expenses" means the school district's general fund revenue in the prior fiscal year from property taxes as provided for in Chapter 5705. of the Revised Code plus income taxes as provided in Chapter 5748. of the Revised Code after adjusting for payments for students participating in an open enrollment agreement pursuant to section 3313.98 of the Revised Code, students attending a community school pursuant to Chapter 3314. of the Revised Code, or students receiving an educational choice scholarship pursuant to Chapter 3310. of the Revised Code plus any amount of this revenue that would have been allocated to the general fund but was allocated to the debt service fund for payment of tax or revenue anticipation notes.
For a joint vocational school district, "all revenues received by the district for operating expenses" means the school district's general fund revenue in the prior fiscal year from property taxes as provided for in Chapter 5705. of the Revised Code plus income taxes as provided for in Chapter 5748. of the Revised Code plus funds provided to the district pursuant to division (B) of section 3317.16 of the Revised Code plus any amount of this revenue that would have been allocated to the general fund but was allocated to the debt service fund or payment of tax or revenue anticipation notes.
(D) The amount set aside for capital improvements and maintenance shall be accounted for within the school district's general fund using a generally accepted accounting method. The school district shall appropriate from the amount set aside for capital improvements and maintenance and maintain appropriate accounting records for amounts expended. Any unexpended balance shall carry forward to the subsequent fiscal year. Any unexpended balance carried forward to the subsequent fiscal year does not reduce the amount of the set aside required by paragraph (B) of this rule. This requirement to set aside an amount for capital improvements and maintenance applies only to those school districts as defined in division (A) of section 3315.18 of the Revised Code.
(E) As part of each school district's annual financial report, the school district shall prepare a supplemental schedule pursuant to reporting procedures prescribed by the auditor of state to demonstrate compliance with this rule. The supplemental schedule shall include the following:
(1) The balance of the set aside carried forward from the previous fiscal year;
(2) The current fiscal year set aside amount;
(3) Qualifying expenditures;
(4) The amount of funding received from a permanent improvement levy as authorized under section 5705.21 of the Revised Code that may reduce the amount of the set aside.
(5) The balance of the set aside carried forward to the subsequent fiscal year.
(6) If a district did not set aside the funds described in paragraph (B) or (C) of this rule, a statement indicating the statutory authority on which it relied.
(F) Restricted revenue including, but not limited to, funding received from e-tech Ohio, state aid for bus purchases and specific state and federal grants may not be used to meet the amount required to be set aside for capital improvements and maintenance.
(G) Acceptable costs for acquisitions, replacements and enhancements of permanent improvements include, but are not limited to: acquisition price; direct materials, labor and overhead incurred during a qualifying project; professional fees necessary to complete a qualifying project; site preparation; demolition or removal of any existing assets; freight and handling; and principal included as part of the cost of a capital lease. Acquisitions, replacements and enhancements of permanent improvements does not include debt service on a long-term debt whose proceeds were used for capital improvements and maintenance.
Last updated August 14, 2026 at 10:10 AM
History
- Effective: December 1, 2022
- Promulgated Under: 119.03
Ohio Adm.Code 3301-92-04 Reporting five-year projections.
The provisions of this rule only apply to city, exempted village, local and joint vocational districts.
(A) Definitions.
(1) The terms "five-year forecast" and "five-year projections" are used interchangeably and refer to the "five-year projections of operational revenues and expenditures" described in section 5705.391 of the Revised Code.
(2) The term "fiscal oversight" refers to the three fiscal declaration categories established under Chapter 3316. of the Revised Code: fiscal caution, fiscal watch, and fiscal emergency.
(3) All references to the "department" refer to the Ohio department of education.
(4) All references to the "auditor" refer to the Ohio auditor of state.
(B) Submission dates.
(1) No later than November thirtieth of each fiscal year, a board of education shall submit to the department a board of education approved five-year projection of operational revenues and expenditures for the current fiscal year and the ensuing four fiscal years. A board of education may approve and submit its five-year projection to the department up to sixty days in advance of this due date.
(2) .By May thirty-first of each fiscal year, a board of education shall submit to the department a board of education approved update of its five-year projection. A board of education may approve and submit the update of its five-year projection up to sixty days in advance of this due date.
(3) Nothing precludes a board of education from filing other updates to its five-year projection at any time in addition to the filings required by paragraphs (B)(1) and (B)(2) of this rule.
(C) Submission requirements.
(1) All five-year forecasts shall:
(a) Use the known operational revenues, expenditures, and resulting cash balance of the district as the basis for projections;
(b) Include accompanying notes for each reported line item that describe the assumptions used to develop the projected amounts;
(c) Ccontain all required information and be in the format prescribed by the department and auditor;
(d) Be approved by the board of education; and
(e) Be submitted to the department through the education management information system (EMIS).
(2) The department of education or auditor of state may require historical financial information.
(D) Examinations.
The department or the auditor shall examine, at no cost to the district, the five-year projections and determine whether any further fiscal analysis is needed to ascertain whether a district has the potential to incur a deficit during the first three years of the five-year period, and may make recommendations to update a five-year forecast submission ased on their examination.
(E) Written plan requirements.
(1) A board of education notified under division (A) of section 5705.391 of the Revised Code shall submit a board of education approved written plan to the department to eliminate any current fiscal year deficits and avoid the projected future deficits.
(2) All written plans are to be in the format prescribed by the department and contain the following information:
(a) A summary narrative describing the district's plan to eliminate the forecasted deficits which demonstrates the board of education's understanding of the fiscal distress reflected in the projections and acknowledges the board of education's responsibility to resolve the forecasted deficits;
(b) A completed written plan workbook using the workbook template provided by the department, unless the board of education requests and the department approves an alternative format; and
(c) An explanation of how the board of education will be kept informed on the status of the written plan implementation including the financial reports to be used to monitor and manage the district's financial status.
(3) The department may request the written plan to be submitted through EMIS.
(4) All written plans are due within forty-five days of the date of the notification letter which required the written plan, unless extended by the department. Prior to the original due date of the written plan, a district board of education may submit, via email, a written request for an extension. The extension request will be approved or disapproved at the discretion of the department.
(5) The department will evaluate written plan submissions and either approve or disapprove the plans. If the initial written plan is disapproved, recommendations to render the written plan acceptable will be provided along with a due date to remedy the identified written plan deficiencies.
(F) Written plan implementation and results monitoring.
(1) If the board of education fails to submit a written plan or does not modify a disapproved plan to render it approvable by the due date established by the department, it may be cause for the district to be subject to fiscal oversight in accordance with Chapter 3316. of the Revised Code.
(2) The department may request the board of education to update the district's five-year forecast, including assumptions, to be consistent with the board of education's written plan approved by the department. If the board of education does not update the forecast as requested, the department may determine the district to be subject to fiscal oversight in accordance with Chapter 3316. of the Revised Code.
(3) The department may request evidence the board of education is monitoring the implementation of the written plan. This evidence may include documentation necessary to identify and evaluate the sufficiency of the actions taken by the board to correct the budgetary conditions which prompted the need for the written plan and to determine if fiscal oversight is necessary to prevent further fiscal decline. If the board does not provide evidence, the department may determine the district to be subject to fiscal oversight in accordance with Chapter 3316. of the Revised Code.
Last updated August 14, 2026 at 10:10 AM
History
- Effective: December 1, 2022
- Promulgated Under: 119.03
Ohio Adm.Code 3301-92-05 Certification of adequate revenue.
(A) "Qualifying contract" has the same meaning as in section 5705.412 of the Revised Code. Expenditures that, if they meet the criteria in divisions (A)(1) and (A)(2) of section 5705.412 of the Revised Code, are to be qualifying contracts include, but are not limited to:
(1) Negotiated agreements;
(2) Contracts for benefits; and
(3) Construction contracts, if the source of funds is included in the school district's five-year forecast under section 5705.391 of the Revised Code.
(B) The events for which each school district shall certify the availability of revenue pursuant to section 5705.412 of the Revised Code include, but are not limited to:
(1) Qualifying contracts;
(2) Appropriation measures; and
(3) Increased salary or wage schedules.
(C) For the purpose of certifying revenue pursuant to section 5705.412 of the Revised Code, a school district may use the following guidelines for estimating revenue:
(1) Property taxes;
(a) For current year revenues, estimates may be based on assessed values and effective tax rates.
(b) For future years, revenue growth may be based on historical patterns including, but not limited to, reappraisal, updates, unusual growth or declines in valuation, collection rates and refunds.
(c) Certifications of appropriation measures under section 5705.412 of the Revised Code shall not anticipate the renewal or replacement of existing levies nor anticipate the revenue from a new levy.
(d) All other certifications under section 5705.412 of the Revised Code may anticipate the renewal or replacement of existing levies.
(2) Income taxes;
(a) Income tax estimates may be based on estimates provided by the department of taxation.
(b) Certifications of appropriation measures under section 5705.412 of the Revised Code shall not anticipate the approval to extend a current income tax beyond its expiration nor anticipate the revenue from a new levy.
(c) All other certifications under section 5705.412 of the Revised Code may anticipate the approval to extend a current income tax beyond its expiration.
(3) State aid;
Estimates may be based on the most current annual estimate of state funding and historical patterns and modifications may be made based on changes in average daily membership, valuation, and other factors that may result in significant adjustments to funding levels. These other factors include, but are not limited to, parity aid or other similar programs for which the school district can reasonably assume continued funding.
(4) Property tax allocation; and
Calculate the average percentage of property tax allocation receipts to property tax receipts over the prior three fiscal years. For each year of the certification, multiply estimated property tax receipts by the average percentage of property tax allocation receipts to calculate the estimate.
(5) State and federal grants.
(a) Estimates may include the continuation of existing programs that are reasonably expected to continue.
(b) Estimates shall not include new programs that have not been approved by the granting authority.
(D) A school district may include anticipated proceeds from the issuance of debt as estimated revenue for the purpose of certification.
(E) A school district shall not include:
(1) Advancements made under section 3316.20 of the Revised Code as a revenue source until the advancement has been approved by the superintendent of public instruction; and
(2) As estimated revenue, proceeds from borrowing under division (H) of section 133.10 of the Revised Code for purposes of certifying the current year appropriation measure.
(F) Each school district shall maintain sufficient documentation to justify each certification made under section 5705.412 of the Revised Code and must identify the actual date of certification:
(1) Each school district shall maintain a continuing record of the contracts which have been certified. This record includes, but is not limited to, vendor name, contract amount, contract amount allocated by year, purchase order number and date; and
(2) All information, records and documentation used to estimate available resources or any change made to the five-year projection including, but not limited to, the current annual estimate of state funding, property tax calculations, fee schedules and average daily membership calculations shall be retained by the school district and be made available to the auditor of state or the independent public accountant at the time the school district is audited pursuant to section 117.11 of the Revised Code.
(G) The certification under section 5705.412 of the Revised Code shall be based on the current five-year projection. If the revenue assumptions or the revenue estimates used as a basis for the certificate differ from the current five-year projection, the projection needs to be updated to reflect the new information. If the certificate is associated with a contract or obligation that results in additional costs or changes in the expenditure assumptions in the current five-year projection, the projection must be updated to reflect the new information. Any change to the five-year projection must be approved by the board of education. Each school district shall maintain sufficient documentation to support these changes.
(H) A district declared to be in fiscal emergency is expected to comply with all requirements of certification under section 5705.412 of the Revised Code and all requirements of this rule. Additionally, the financial planning and supervision commission will also review and approve or disapprove all such certifications. In the event a district is not able to make the certification required under section 5705.412 of the Revised Code based on the district's most recent five-year forecast approved by the district board of education and the financial planning and supervision commission, the certification may be approved by the commission if the subject matter conforms to the currently approved financial recovery plan under which the district is operating pursuant to Chapter 3316. of the Revised Code.
Last updated August 14, 2026 at 10:10 AM
History
- Effective: December 1, 2022
- Promulgated Under: 119.03
Chapter 3301-101 Jon Peterson Special Needs Scholarship Program
Ohio Adm.Code 3301-101-01 Definitions.
The following terms are defined as they are used in this chapter of the Administrative Code:
(A) "Administrative or judicial mediations or proceedings" includes, but is not limited to, pending written complaints, mediations, or due process hearings with respect to the content of the individualized education program (IEP) that an alternative public provider or registered private provider would implement if a special needs scholarship is awarded to a child whose parent has applied for a scholarship for his or her child; or is implementing if a child was awarded a scholarship and is participating in the special needs scholarship program;
(B) "Alternative public provider" has the same meaning as in section 3310.51 of the Revised Code;
(C) "Special needs scholarship program" has the same meaning as the Jon Peterson special needs scholarship program established in section 3310.52 of the Revised Code;
(D) "Category one" child is a child who has been identified with a disability of speech or language impairment as defined in rule 3301-51-01 of the Administrative Code;
(E) "Category two" child is a child who has been identified as specific learning disabled as that term is defined in rule 3301-51-01 of the Administrative Code, a child who has an intellectual disability as that term is defined in rule 3301-51-01 of the Administrative Code, or a child who has other health impairment-minor as defined in section 3317.02 of the Revised Code;
(F) "Category three" child is a child who has been identified with a hearing impairment or an emotional disturbance as that term is defined in rule 3301-51-01 of the Administrative Code or as severe behavior disabled;
(G) "Category four" child is a child who has been identified with a visual impairment as that term is defined in rule 3301-51-01 of the Administrative Code or as having another health impairment-major, as defined in section 3317.02 of the Revised Code;
(H) "Category five" child is a child who has been identified with an orthopedic impairment or as having multiple disabilities as those terms are defined in rule 3301-51-01 of the Administrative Code;
(I) "Category six" child is a child who has been identified as having autism as that term is defined in rule 3301-51-01 of the Administrative Code, as having traumatic brain injuries as that term is defined in rule 3301-51-01 of the Administrative Code, or as deaf-blindness as that term is defined in rule 3301-51-01 of the Administrative Code;
(J) "Child find" has the same meaning as in rule 3301-51-03 of the Administrative Code;
(K) "Department" means the department of education and workforce;
(L) "IDEA" means the Individuals with Disabilities Education Improvement Act of 2004 at 20 U.S.C. 1400, Public Law 108-446 of the 108th Congress, December 3, 2004;
(M) "Entitled to attend school" has the same meaning as in section 3310.51 of the Revised Code;
(N) "FAPE" means free and appropriate public education under the Rehabilitation Act of 1973 and the Individual with Disabilities Education Act;
(O) " "IEP" means an individualized education program and has the same meaning as in section 3310.51 of the Revised Code;
(P) "Eligible applicant" has the same meaning as in section 3310.51 of the Revised Code ;
(Q) "Modify services" means to provide services identified on the IEP at a different frequency or in a different amount than specified on the IEP, as measured by goals and objectives, or to provide services other than those identified on the IEP, but associated with educating the child. A parent and provider do not have the ability to independently amend or alter the IEP as written by the school district;
(R) "Qualified special education child" has the same meaning as in section 3310.51 of the Revised Code;
(S) "Registered private provider" has the same meaning as in section 3310.51 of the Revised Code;
(T) "Primary Provider," for a child with more than one provider, means the provider responsible for submission and maintenance of the child's scholarship application and the administration of the state assessment to the child;
(U) "Scholarship" has the same meaning as in section 3310.51 of the Revised Code;
(V) "School district of residence" has the same meaning as in section 3310.51 of the Revised Code;
(W) "Special education program" has the same meaning as in section 3310.51 of the Revised Code.
Last updated June 27, 2024 at 10:38 PM
History
- Effective: June 27, 2024
- Promulgated Under: 119.03
Ohio Adm.Code 3301-51-01
(A) Applicability of requirements
The purpose of Chapter 3301-51 of the Administrative Code is to ensure that all children with disabilities residing in Ohio between the ages of three and twenty-one years, inclusive, including children with disabilities who have been suspended or expelled from school, have available to them a free appropriate public education (FAPE), as provided by Part B of the Individuals with Disabilities Education Act, as amended by the Individuals with Disabilities Education Improvement Act of 2004 (IDEA) at 20 U.S.C. 1400, related federal regulations at 34 C.F.R. Part 300, Chapter 3323. of the Revised Code, the provisions of this chapter of the Administrative Code, and applicable state policies, procedures, and guidelines issued by the superintendent of public instruction.
(1) The provisions of this chapter shall provide that:
(a) Children with disabilities have available to them FAPE that emphasizes special education and related services designed to meet their unique needs and prepare them for further education, employment, and independent living; and
(b) The rights of children with disabilities and their parents are protected.
(2) School district of residence
(a) The child's school district of residence is responsible, in all instances, for ensuring that the requirements of paragraph (A) of this rule for making FAPE available are met for every eligible child in its jurisdiction, regardless of whether services are provided by another school district, other educational agency, juvenile justice facility, or other facility, agency, department, or entity unless Chapter 3323. of the Revised Code, or a rule adopted by the state board of education specifies that another school district, other educational agency, or other agency, department, or entity is responsible for ensuring compliance with Part B of the IDEA.
(b) Notwithstanding paragraph (A)(2)(a) of this rule, a school district of residence is not required to pay for the cost of education, including special education and related services, of a child with a disability at a nonpublic school or facility if that school district made FAPE available to the child, and the parents elected to place the child in a nonpublic school or facility. However, the school district must include the child in the population whose needs are addressed consistent with the requirements of rule 3301-51-08 of the Administrative Code.
(3) School district other than school district of residence
(a) Each school district is responsible for serving a child with a disability who is living in its school district, even though the school district is not the child's school district of residence. The child's school district of residence retains responsibility for making FAPE available to the child.
(b) "Serving a child with a disability" means educating the child which includes making special education and related services available to the child.
(i) The responsibility to serve a nonresident child with a disability living in the school district includes, but is not limited to, a child with a disability placed in a juvenile justice facility, institution, hospital, agency, department, home as defined in section 3313.64 of the Revised Code, or other facility or entity located in the school district.
(ii) The responsibility to serve a nonresident child with a disability does not apply to the school district in which the child is living if the child is already being served by another school district, a nonpublic school, county board of developmental disabilities (county board of DD), other educational agency, a state or local agency or institution, or other provider, including an open enrollment school district, the Ohio department of youth services, or provider for the "Autism Scholarship Program" established by section 3310.41 of the Revised Code, or a provider of the "Jon Peterson Special Needs Program" established by section 3310.52 of the Revised Code. However, if the child is placed in a nonpublic school in the school district, the school district must include the child in the population whose needs are addressed consistent with the requirements of rule 3301-51-08 of the Administrative Code.
(4) Funding for special education
No educational agency shall receive state or federal funds for special education and related services or provide special education and related services unless such special education and related services are provided in accordance with all applicable provisions of the IDEA and related federal regulations, Chapter 3323. of the Revised Code, this chapter of the Administrative Code, and related state policies, procedures, and guidelines issued by the superintendent of public instruction.
(5) Plan
Each educational agency, in providing for the education of children with disabilities within its jurisdiction, must have in effect a plan, written policies and procedures, and programs that are consistent with the state's policies and procedures related to the implementation of Part B of the IDEA. The plan shall provide assurances to the superintendent of public instruction that the educational agency meets each of the applicable conditions in 34 C.F.R. 300.201 to 300.213. Each school district's plan shall also meet the requirements of section 3323.08 of the Revised Code. Each educational agency shall submit its plan to the superintendent of public instruction as part of its comprehensive continuous improvement plan.
(6) Documentation and information
The superintendent of public instruction may require an educational agency to provide documentation that special education and related services for children with disabilities provided by the public agency are provided in compliance with the requirements specified in paragraph (A) of this rule.
(a) An educational agency must provide the superintendent of public instruction with information necessary to enable the superintendent to carry out the state's duties under Part B of the IDEA, including, information relating to the performance of children with disabilities participating in programs carried out under Part B of the IDEA.
(b) An educational agency must make available to parents of children with disabilities and to the general public all documents relating to the eligibility of the educational agency under Part B of the IDEA.
(c) An educational agency must cooperate in the secretary's efforts under section 1308 of the Elementary and Secondary Education Act of 1965, (ESEA) to ensure the linkage of records pertaining to migratory children with disabilities for the purpose of electronically exchanging, among the states, health, and educational information regarding those children.
(7) Ineligibility and opportunity for hearing
If the superintendent of public instruction determines that an educational agency is not eligible under Part B of the IDEA for purposes of receiving assistance under Part B of the IDEA, the superintendent shall:
(a) Notify the educational agency of that determination; and
(b) Provide the educational agency with reasonable notice and an opportunity for a hearing.
(8) Effect of noncompliance on funding; notice to public
If the superintendent of public instruction, after reasonable notice and an opportunity for a hearing, finds that an educational agency that has been determined to be eligible under Part B of the IDEA is failing to comply with any requirement in Sections 34 C.F.R. 300.201 to 34 C.F.R. 300.213:
(a) The superintendent of public instruction must reduce or must not provide any further payment to the educational agency until the state superintendent is satisfied that the educational agency is complying with that requirement.
(b) Any educational agency in receipt of a notice described in paragraph (A)(8)(a) of this rule must, by means of public notice, take the measures necessary to bring the pendency of an action pursuant to this rule to the attention of the public within the jurisdiction of the educational agency.
(c) In carrying out its responsibilities under this rule, the Ohio department of education must consider any decision resulting from a hearing held under rule 3301-51-05 of the Administrative Code that is adverse to the educational agency or state agency involved in the decision.
(B) Definitions
(1) "Act" or "IDEA" means the Individuals with Disabilities Education Act, as amended by the Individuals with Disabilities Education Improvement Act of 2004 at 20 U.S.C. 1400, Public Law 108-446 of the 108th Congress, December 3, 2004 (IDEA).
(2) "Assistive technology device" means any item, piece of equipment, or product system, whether acquired commercially off the shelf, modified, or customized, that is used to increase, maintain, or improve the functional capabilities of a child with a disability. The term does not include a medical device that is surgically implanted, or the replacement of such device.
(3) "Assistive technology service" means any service that directly assists a child with a disability in the selection, acquisition, or use of an assistive technology device. The term includes:
(a) The evaluation of the needs of a child with a disability, including a functional evaluation of the child in the child's customary environment;
(b) Purchasing, leasing, or otherwise providing for the acquisition of assistive technology devices by children with disabilities;
(c) Selecting, designing, fitting, customizing, adapting, applying, maintaining, repairing, or replacing assistive technology devices;
(d) Coordinating and using other therapies, interventions, or services with assistive technology devices, such as those associated with existing education and rehabilitation plans and programs;
(e) Training or technical assistance for a child with a disability or, if appropriate, that child's family; and
(f) Training or technical assistance for professionals (including individuals providing education or rehabilitation services), employers, or other individuals who provide services to, employ, or are otherwise substantially involved in the major life functions of that child.
(4) "Average daily membership" means the number of children that are counted to generate state funds under the Ohio school foundation funding program.
(5) "Benchmark" means a specific statement of what the child should know and be able to do in a specified segment of the year. Benchmarks describe how far the child is expected to progress toward the annual goal and by when. Benchmarks establish expected performance levels that allow for regular checks of progress that coincide with the reporting periods for informing parents of the child's progress toward achieving the annual goals.
(6) "Braille," unless otherwise specified, means a tactile system of reading and writing for individuals with visual impairments commonly known as standard English braille.
(7) "Caseload for one preschool special education teacher" means the number of children who collectively comprise the equivalency for ratios or funding.
(8) "Charter school" or "community school" has the meaning given the term in Section 4310 of the Elementary and Secondary Education Act of 1965, 20 U.S.C. 6301 (ESEA). The term "charter school" does not have the same meaning as "chartered nonpublic school."
(9) "Chartered nonpublic school" means a school chartered by the state board of education pursuant to section 3301.16 of the Revised Code and that meets the minimum standards for chartered nonpublic schools.
(10) "Child with a disability" means a child evaluated in accordance with rule 3301-51-06 of the Administrative Code as having an intellectual disability, a hearing impairment (including deafness), a speech or language impairment, a visual impairment (including blindness), a serious emotional disturbance (referred to in this rule as "emotional disturbance"), an orthopedic impairment, autism, traumatic brain injury, an other health impairment, a specific learning disability, deaf-blindness, a developmental delay (for a child between the ages of three and nine), or multiple disabilities, and who, by reason thereof, needs special education and related services.
(a) Subject to paragraph (B)(10)(b) of this rule, if it is determined, through an appropriate evaluation under rule 3301-51-06 of the Administrative Code, that a child has one of the disabilities identified in this rule, but needs only a related service and not special education, the child is not a child with a disability under this rule.
(b) If, consistent with the definition of special education in paragraph (B)(62) of this rule, the individualized education program (IEP) team considers the related service required by the child to be special education rather than a related service under state standards, the child would be determined to be a child with a disability under this rule.
(c) Children aged three through nine years who are experiencing developmental delays. "Child with a disability" for children aged three through nine years, may, subject to the conditions described in rule 3301-51-03 of the Administrative Code for the use of the term developmental delay, include a child:
(i) Who is experiencing developmental delays, as defined by rule 3301-51-11 of the Administrative Code and as measured by appropriate diagnostic instruments and procedures, in one or more of the following areas: physical development, cognitive development, communication development, social or emotional development, or adaptive development as provided by rule 3301-51-11 of the Administrative Code; and
(ii) Who, by reason thereof, needs special education and related services.
(d) Definitions of disability terms. The terms used in this definition of a "child with a disability" are defined as follows:
(i) "Autism" means a developmental disability significantly affecting verbal and nonverbal communication and social interaction, generally evident before age three, that adversely affects a child's educational performance. Other characteristics often associated with "autism" are engagement in repetitive activities and stereotyped movements, resistance to environmental change or change in daily routines, and unusual responses to sensory experiences.
(a) Autism does not apply if a child's educational performance is adversely affected primarily because the child has an emotional disturbance, as defined in paragraph (B)(10)(d)(v) of this rule.
(b) A child who manifests the characteristics of autism after age three could be identified as having autism if the criteria in paragraph (B)(10)(d)(i) of this rule are satisfied.
(ii) "Intellectual disability" means significantly sub average general intellectual functioning, existing concurrently with deficits in adaptive behavior and manifested during the developmental period, that adversely affects a child's educational performance.
(a) "Significantly sub average general intellectual functioning" refers to an intelligence quotient of seventy or below as determined through a measure of cognitive functioning administered by a school psychologist or a qualified psychologist using a test designed for individual administration. Based on a standard error of measurement and clinical judgment, a child may be determined to have significant sub average general intellectual functioning with an intelligence quotient not to exceed seventy-five.
(b) "Deficits in adaptive behavior" means deficits in two or more applicable skill areas occurring within the context of the child's environments and typical of the child's chronological age peers.
(c) A child who was identified by an Ohio educational agency as having a developmental handicap prior to July 1, 2002 shall be considered a child with a disability if the child continues to meet the definition of "developmentally handicapped" in paragraph "N." of former rule 3301-51-01 of the Administrative Code and the eligibility requirements of paragraph "F.1" of former rule 3301-51-04 of the Administrative Code that are both contained in the "Rules for the Education of Handicapped Children," which were effective July 1, 1982 and were rescinded July 1, 2002. A child who meets these provisions shall be eligible to receive special education and related services in accordance with the "Operating Standards for Ohio's Schools Serving Children with Disabilities" effective July 1, 2008.
(iii) "Deaf-blindness" means concomitant hearing and visual impairments, the combination of which causes such severe communication and other developmental and educational needs that they cannot be accommodated in special education programs solely for children with deafness or children with blindness.
(iv) "Deafness" means a hearing impairment that is so severe that the child is impaired in processing linguistic information through hearing, with or without amplification that adversely affects a child's educational performance.
(v) "Emotional disturbance" means a condition exhibiting one or more of the following characteristics over a long period of time and to a marked degree that adversely affects a child's educational performance:
(a) An inability to learn that cannot be explained by intellectual, sensory, or health factors.
(b) An inability to build or maintain satisfactory interpersonal relationships with peers and teachers.
(c) Inappropriate types of behavior or feelings under normal circumstances.
(d) A general pervasive mood of unhappiness or depression.
(e) A tendency to develop physical symptoms or fears associated with personal or school problems.
(f) Emotional disturbance includes schizophrenia. The term does not apply to children who are socially maladjusted, unless it is determined that they have an emotional disturbance under paragraph (B)(10)(d)(v) of this rule.
(vi) "Hearing impairment" means an impairment in hearing, whether permanent or fluctuating, that adversely affects a child's educational performance but that is not included under the definition of deafness in this rule.
(vii) "Multiple disabilities" means concomitant impairments (such as intellectual disability blindness or intellectual disability orthopedic impairment), the combination of which causes such severe educational needs that they cannot be accommodated in special education programs solely for one of the impairments. "Multiple disabilities" does not include deaf-blindness.
(viii) "Orthopedic impairment" means a severe orthopedic impairment that adversely affects a child's educational performance. The term includes impairments caused by a congenital anomaly, impairments caused by disease (e.g., poliomyelitis, bone tuberculosis), and impairments from other causes (e.g., cerebral palsy, amputations, and fractures or burns that cause contractures).
(ix) "Other health impairment" means having limited strength, vitality, or alertness, including a heightened alertness to environmental stimuli, that results in limited alertness with respect to the educational environment, that:
(a) Is due to chronic or acute health problems such as asthma, attention deficit disorder or attention deficit hyperactivity disorder, diabetes, epilepsy, a heart condition, hemophilia, lead poisoning, leukemia, nephritis, rheumatic fever, sickle cell anemia, and tourette syndrome; and
(b) Adversely affects a child's educational performance.
(x) Specific learning disability.
(a) General. "Specific learning disability" means a disorder in one or more of the basic psychological processes involved in understanding or in using language, spoken or written, that may manifest itself in the imperfect ability to listen, think, speak, read, write, spell, or to do mathematical calculations, including conditions such as perceptual disabilities, brain injury, minimal brain dysfunction, dyslexia, and developmental aphasia.
(b) Disorders not included. Specific learning disability does not include learning problems that are primarily the result of visual, hearing, or motor disabilities, of intellectual disability, of emotional disturbance, or of environmental, cultural, or economic disadvantage.
(xi) "Speech or language impairment" means a communication disorder, such as stuttering, impaired articulation, a language impairment, or a voice impairment, that adversely affects a child's educational performance.
(xii) "Traumatic brain injury" means an acquired injury to the brain caused by an external physical force or by other medical conditions, including but not limited to stroke, anoxia, infectious disease, aneurysm, brain tumors and neurological insults resulting from medical or surgical treatments. The injury results in total or partial functional disability or psychosocial impairment or both, that adversely affects a child's educational performance. The term applies to open or closed head injuries, as well as to other medical conditions that result in acquired brain injuries. The injuries result in impairments in one or more areas such as cognition; language; memory; attention; reasoning; abstract thinking; judgment; problem-solving; sensory, perceptual, and motor abilities; psychosocial behavior; physical functions; information processing; and speech. The term does not apply to brain injuries that are congenital or degenerative, or to brain injuries induced by birth trauma. This definition replaces the definition of traumatic brain injury in 34 C.F.R. 300.8(c)(12) and shall be used instead whenever the federal regulations at 34 C.F.R. Part 300, state statutes at Chapter 3323. of the Revised Code, or the state rules in Chapter 3301-51 of the Administrative Code refer to traumatic brain injury.
(xiii) "Visual impairment" including blindness means an impairment in vision that, even with correction, adversely affects a child's educational performance.
(a) The term visual impairment includes both partial sight and blindness;
(b) The term "visual impairment" does not include a disorder in one or more of the basic psychological processes, such as perceptual disabilities, brain injury, minimal brain dysfunction, dyslexia, and developmental aphasia.
(11) "Community school" means a public school, created in accordance with Chapter 3314. of the Revised Code. Community schools shall be considered school districts for the purposes of this chapter of the Administrative Code.
(12) "Consent" means that:
(a) The parent has been fully informed of all information relevant to the activity for which consent is sought, in the parent's native language, or other mode of communication;
(b) The parent understands and agrees in writing to the carrying out of the activity for which the parent's consent is sought, and the consent describes that activity and lists the records (if any) that will be released and to whom; and
(i) The parent understands that the granting of consent is voluntary on the part of the parent and may be revoked at anytime.
(ii) If a parent revokes consent, that revocation is not retroactive (i.e., it does not negate an action that has occurred after the consent was given and before the consent was revoked).
(13) "Coordinate Transition Services" means:
(a) Facilitate a planning process among multiple agencies, students and families to support a student's secondary transition process;
(b) Plan for the collection, sharing and utilization of student's transition data that is relevant to the student's post school outcomes, environment and support needs;
(c) Communicate a student's individual transition plan to students, families, educators and agencies;
(d) Coordinate the implementation of research-based practices that lead to effective postsecondary transition services and outcomes;
(e) Utilize methods to engage students and families in the secondary transition process;
(f) Assist in the coordination of referral process from school to adult services systems;
(g) Link appropriate course of study and instruction strategies to secondary transition related goals; and
(h) Create strategies that support the career development pathways of students with disabilities leading to career and college readiness.
(14) "County board of developmental disabilities" means a county board of developmental disabilities as provided by section 5126.02 of the Revised Code.
(15) "Day" means calendar day unless otherwise indicated as business day or school day.
(a) "Business day" means Monday through Friday, except for federal and state holidays (unless holidays are specifically included in the designation of business day).
(b) "School day" means any day, including a partial day that children are in attendance at school for instructional purposes. School day has the same meaning for all children in school, including children with and without disabilities.
(16) "Destruction" means physical destruction or removal of personal identifiers from information so that the information is no longer personally identifiable.
(17) "Education records" means the type of records covered under the definition of "education records" in 34 C.F.R. Part 99 (the regulations implementing the Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act of 1974, August 1974, 20 U.S.C. 1232g (FERPA)). Under that definition, the term "education records" means those records that are directly related to a student and are maintained by an educational agency or institution or by a party acting for the agency or institution. The term does not include the type of records which are listed and described as records excluded from that definition under 34 C.F.R. 99.3(b)(1) to 34 C.F.R. 99.3(b)(5).
(18) "Educational agency" means:
(a) School districts, including school districts of service, open enrollment school districts, community schools, the Ohio department of youth services, and joint vocational school districts;
(b) Juvenile justice facilities, educational service centers, county boards of developmental disabilities; and
(c) Any department; division; bureau; office; institution; board; commission; committee; authority; or other state or local agency, other than a school district or an agency administered by the department of developmental disabilities, that provides or seeks to provide special education or related services to children with disabilities, unless Chapter 3323. of the Revised Code, or a rule adopted by the state board of education specifies that another school district, other educational agency, or other agency, department, or entity is responsible for ensuring compliance with Part B of the IDEA.
(19) "Elementary school" means a nonprofit institutional day or residential school, including an elementary community school, that provides elementary education, as determined under state law.
(20) "Equipment" means:
(a) Machinery, utilities, and built-in equipment, and any necessary enclosures or structures to house the machinery, utilities, or equipment; and
(b) All other items necessary for the functioning of a particular facility as a facility for the provision of educational services, including items such as instructional equipment and necessary furniture; printed, published and audio-visual instructional materials; telecommunications, sensory, and other technological aids and devices; and books, periodicals, documents, and other related materials.
(21) "Evaluation" means procedures used in accordance with rule 3301-51-06 of the Administrative Code for evaluations to determine whether a child has a disability and the nature and extent of the special education and related services that the child needs.
(22) "Evaluation team" means the parents and a group of qualified professionals.
(23) "Evaluation team for a child suspected of having a specific learning disability" means the parents and a group of qualified professionals, which must include:
(a) The child's regular teacher; or
(b) If the child does not have a regular education teacher, a regular classroom teacher qualified to teach a child of the child's age; or
(c) For a child of less than school-age, an individual qualified by the Ohio department of education to teach a child of the child's age; and
(d) At least one person qualified to conduct individual diagnostic examinations of children, such as a school psychologist, speech-language pathologist, or remedial teacher.
(24) "Re-evaluation team" means the IEP team and other qualified professionals.
(25) "Excess costs" means those costs that are in excess of the average annual per-student expenditure in a school district during the preceding school year for an elementary school or secondary school student, as may be appropriate, and that must be computed after deducting:
(a) Amounts received:
(i) Under Part B of the IDEA;
(ii) Under Part A of Title I of the Elementary and Secondary Education Act of 1965, 20 U.S.C. 6301 (ESEA); and
(iii) Under Parts A and B of Title III of the ESEA and;
(b) Any state or local funds expended for programs that would qualify for assistance under any of the acts described in paragraph (B)(25)(a) of this rule, but excluding any amounts for capital outlay or debt service. (See appendix A to Part 300 of the IDEA for an example of how excess costs must be calculated.)
(26) "Free appropriate public education" or FAPE means special education and related services that:
(a) Are provided at public expense, under public supervision and direction, and without charge;
(b) Meet the standards of the Ohio department of education, including the requirements of this rule;
(c) Include an appropriate preschool, elementary school, or secondary school education in the state involved; and
(d) Are provided in conformity with an IEP that meets the requirements of rule 3301-51-07 of the Administrative Code for individualized education programs.
(27) "General curriculum" refers to the same curriculum that is used with children without disabilities.
(28) "General education" means a learning environment that provides a community of students with the opportunity to acquire skills and knowledge necessary to meet state and local performance objectives.
(29) "Homeless children" has the meaning given the term homeless children and youths in Section 725 (42 U.S.C. 11434a) of the McKinney-Vento Homeless Assistance Act.
(30) "Include" means that the items named are not all of the possible items that are covered, whether like or unlike the ones named.
(31) "Independent educational evaluation" means an evaluation conducted by a qualified examiner who is not employed by the educational agency responsible for the education of the child in question.
(32) "Individualized education program" or IEP means a written statement for a child with a disability that is developed, reviewed, and revised in accordance with rule 3301-51-07 of the Administrative Code.
(33) "Individualized education program team" or IEP team means a group of individuals described in paragraph (F) of rule 3301-51-07 of the Administrative Code that is responsible for developing, reviewing, or revising an IEP for a child with a disability.
(34) "Institution of higher education":
(a) Has the meaning given the term in Section 101 of the Higher Education Act of 1965, as amended and specified in the Higher Education Amendments of 1998, January 1998, 20 U.S.C. 1021 (HEA); and
(b) Also includes any community college receiving funds from the secretary of the interior under the Tribally Controlled Community College or University Assistance Act of 1978 (renamed Tribally Controlled College or University Assistance Act of 1978), October 1978, 25 U.S.C. 1801.
(35) "Instructional Materials and Technologies" includes "electronic book" as defined in division (C) of section 3329.01 of the Revised Code.
(36) "Limited English proficient" has the meaning given the term in Section 9101(25) of the Elementary and Secondary Education Act of 1965 (ESEA).
(37) "Math Markup Language 3" means the technical standard for the creation of valid XML source files containing mathematical and scientific content.
(38) "National Instructional Materials Access Center (NIMAC)" means the national repository established at the American printing house for the blind, inc. (APH) that contains NIMAS file sets.
(39) "National Instructional Materials Accessibility Standard (NIMAS)", including Math Markup Language, means the technical standard used by publishers to produce source files for use in creating multiple specialized formats, including braille, large print, digital text and audio.
(40) Native language:
(a) When used with respect to an individual who is limited English proficient, "native language" means the following:
(i) The language normally used by that individual, or, in the case of a child, the language normally used by the parents of the child, except as provided in paragraph (B)(40)(a)(ii) of this rule.
(ii) In all direct contact with a child (including evaluation of the child), the language normally used by the child in the home or learning environment.
(b) For an individual with deafness or blindness, or for an individual with no written language, the mode of communication is that normally used by the individual (such as sign language, braille, or oral communication).
(41) "Non-chartered nonpublic school" means a school, that is not chartered or seeking a charter from the state board of education because of truly held religious beliefs.
(42) "Nonpublic school" means a private school which is recognized by the Ohio department of education as either a chartered school as defined in section 3301.16 of the Revised Code or a non-chartered school as described in rule 3301-35-08 of the Administrative Code.
(43) "Objective" means a smaller, more manageable learning task that a child must master as a step toward achieving an annual goal. Objectives break the skills described in the annul goal into discrete components that, when mastered, allow the child to successfully obtain the goal.
(44) "Other educational agency" means a joint vocational school district; department; division; bureau; office; institution; board; commission; committee; authority; or other state or local agency, other than a school district or an agency administered by the department of developmental disabilities, that provides or seeks to provide special education or related services to children with disabilities.
(45) "Other health impairment major" means a child whose condition meets the definition of "other health impairment" and either of the following apply:
(a) The child is identified as having a medical condition that is among those listed by the superintendent of public instruction as conditions where a substantial majority of cases fall within the definition of "medically fragile child"; or
(b) The child is determined by the superintendent of public instruction to be a medically fragile child as defined in division (I) of section 3317.02 of the Revised Code.
(46) "Other health impairment minor" means a child whose condition meets the definition of "other health impairment" and whose condition does not meet either of the conditions specified in division (W)(1)(a) or (W)(1)(b) of section 3317.02 of the Revised Code.
(47) "Paraprofessional services" include services provided by educational agency employees who are adequately trained to assist in the provision of special education to children with disabilities. Paraprofessionals work under the supervision of teachers, intervention specialists, and/or related service providers. Other titles used to identify these service providers include teacher assistants, educational aides, school psychology aides, occupational therapy assistants, physical therapist assistants, and job coaches.
(48) "Parent" means:
(a) A biological or adoptive parent of a child but not a foster parent of a child;
(b) A guardian generally authorized to act as the child's parent, or authorized to make educational decisions for the child (but not the state if the child is a ward of the state);
(c) An individual acting in the place of a biological or adoptive parent (including a grandparent, stepparent, or other relative) with whom the child lives, or an individual who is legally responsible for the child's welfare; or
(d) A surrogate parent who has been appointed in accordance with rule 3301-51-05 of the Administrative Code;
(e) Except as provided in paragraph (B)(48)(f) of this rule, the biological or adoptive parent, when attempting to act as the parent under this rule and when more than one party is qualified under this rule to act as a parent, must be presumed to be the parent for purposes of this chapter of the Administrative Code unless the biological or adoptive parent does not have legal authority to make educational decisions for the child;
(f) If a judicial decree or order identifies a specific person or persons under paragraphs (B)(48)(a) to (B)(48)(c) of this rule to act as the parent of a child or to make educational decisions on behalf of a child, then such person or persons shall be determined to be the parent for purposes of this rule.
(49) "Parent training and information center" means a center assisted under Sections 671 or 672 of the IDEA.
(50) "Parentally placed nonpublic school children with disabilities" means children with disabilities enrolled by their parents in nonpublic, including religious, schools or facilities that meet the definition of elementary school or secondary school in this rule, other than children with disabilities in nonpublic schools who are placed or referred by public agencies.
(51) "Participating agency" means any agency or institution that collects, maintains, or uses personally identifiable information, or from which information is obtained, under Part B of the IDEA.
(52) "Personally identifiable" means information that contains:
(a) The name of the child, the child's parent, or other family member;
(b) The address of the child;
(c) A personal identifier, such as the child's social security number or student number; or
(d) A list of personal characteristics or other information that would make it possible to identify the child with reasonable certainty.
(53) "Public agency" includes the school districts, county boards of developmental disabilities, other educational agencies, community schools and any other political subdivisions of the state that are responsible for providing education to children with disabilities.
(54) "Qualified personnel" means personnel who have met Ohio department of education-approved or Ohio department of education-recognized certification, licensing, or other comparable requirements that apply to the area in which the individuals are providing special education or related services.
(55) "Referral" means the date the public school district or community school receives a parent's, school district's, or other educational agency's request for an initial evaluation or reevaluation.
(56) "Related services" means transportation and such developmental, corrective, and other supportive services as are required to assist a child with a disability to benefit from special education, and includes speech-language pathology and audiology services, interpreting services, psychological services, physical and occupational therapy, recreation, including therapeutic recreation, early identification and assessment of disabilities in children, counseling services, including rehabilitation counseling, orientation and mobility services, and medical services for diagnostic or evaluation purposes. Related services also include school health services and school nurse services, social work services in schools, and parent counseling and training.
(a) Exception; services that apply to children with surgically implanted devices, including cochlear implants.
(i) Related services do not include a medical device that is surgically implanted, the optimization of that device's functioning (e.g., mapping), maintenance of that device, or the replacement of that device.
(ii) Nothing in paragraph (B)(56)(a)(i) of this rule:
(a) Limits the right of a child with a surgically implanted device (e.g., cochlear implant) to receive related services (as listed in this rule) that are determined by the IEP team to be necessary for the child to receive FAPE.
(b) Limits the responsibility of a school district to appropriately monitor and maintain medical devices that are needed to maintain the health and safety of the child, including breathing, nutrition, or operation of other bodily functions, while the child is transported to and from school or is at school; or
(c) Prevents the routine checking of an external component of a surgically-implanted device to make sure it is functioning properly, as required in rule 3301-51-02 of the Administrative Code.
(b) Individual related services terms defined. The terms used in this rule are defined as follows:
(i) "Attendant services" are those that assist children with disabilities with personal health care needs.
(ii) "Audiology" includes:
(a) Identification of children with hearing loss;
(b) Determination of the range, nature, and degree of hearing loss, including referral for medical or other professional attention for the habilitation of hearing;
(c) Provision of habilitative activities, such as language habilitation, auditory training, speech reading (lip-reading), hearing evaluation, and speech conservation;
(d) Creation and administration of programs for prevention of hearing loss;
(e) Counseling and guidance of children, parents, and teachers regarding hearing loss; and
(f) Determination of children's needs for group and individual amplification, selecting and fitting an appropriate aid, and evaluating the effectiveness of amplification.
(iii) "Counseling services" means services provided by qualified social workers, psychologists, guidance counselors, or other qualified personnel.
(iv) "Early identification and assessment of disabilities in children" means the implementation of a formal plan for identifying a disability as early as possible in a child's life.
(v) "Interpreting services" includes:
(a) The following, when used with respect to children who are deaf or hard of hearing: oral transliteration services, cued language transliteration services, sign language transliteration and interpreting services, and transcription services, such as "communication access real-time translation (CART)," "C-Print," and "TypeWell"; and
(b) Special interpreting services for children who are deaf-blind.
(vi) "Medical services" means services provided by a licensed physician to determine a child's medically related disability that results in the child's need for special education and related services.
(vii) "Occupational therapy"
(a) Means services provided by a qualified occupational therapist licensed under Chapter 4755. of the Revised Code; and
(b) Includes:
(i) Improving, developing, or restoring functions impaired or lost through illness, injury, or deprivation;
(ii) Improving ability to perform tasks for independent functioning if functions are impaired or lost; and
(iii) Preventing, through early intervention, initial or further impairment or loss of function.
(viii) "Occupational therapy assistant services" means services provided by an occupational therapy assistant licensed under Chapter 4755. of the Revised Code and includes assisting in the practice of occupational therapy under the direction and supervision of an occupational therapist.
(ix) "Orientation and mobility services":
(a) Means services provided to blind or visually impaired children by qualified personnel to enable those students to attain systematic orientation to and safe movement within their environments in school, home, and community; and
(b) Includes teaching children the following, as appropriate:
(i) Spatial and environmental concepts and use of information received by the senses (such as sound, temperature and vibrations) to establish, maintain, or regain orientation and line of travel (e.g., using sound at a traffic light to cross the street);
(ii) To use the long cane or a service animal to supplement visual travel skills or as a tool for safely negotiating the environment for children with no available travel vision;
(iii) To understand and use remaining vision and distance low vision aids; and
(iv) Other concepts, techniques, and tools.
(x) "Parent counseling and training" means:
(a) Assisting parents in understanding the special needs of their child;
(b) Providing parents with information about child development; and
(c) Helping parents to acquire the necessary skills that will allow them to support the implementation of their child's IEP.
(xi) "Physical therapy" means services provided by a qualified physical therapist licensed under Chapter 4755. of the Revised Code.
(xii) "Physical therapist assistant services" means services provided by a physical therapist assistant licensed under Chapter 4755. of the Revised Code who performs such services under the direction and supervision of a physical therapist.
(xiii) "Psychological services"
(a) Include but are not limited to:
(i) Administering psychological and educational tests, and other assessment procedures;
(ii) Interpreting assessment results;
(iii) Obtaining, integrating, and interpreting information about child behavior and conditions relating to learning;
(iv) Consulting with other staff members to plan and develop school programs and interventions to meet the educational needs or special education needs of children or groups of children as indicated by psychological tests, interviews, direct observation, and behavioral evaluations;
(v) Conducting and monitoring interventions;
(vi) Diagnosing psychological disorders that effect learning and/or behavior;
(vii) Planning and managing a program of psychological services, including psychological counseling for children and parents;
(viii) Participating in the provision of a program of mental health services; and
(ix) Assisting in developing positive behavioral intervention strategies.
(b) The services of a school psychology aide shall be under the direct supervision of a school psychologist.
(c) The school psychologist intern program shall be organized under guidelines approved by the Ohio department of education, office for exceptional children.
(xiv) "Reader services" means assisting learners with visual impairments by orally reading written materials.
(xv) "Recreation" includes:
(a) Assessment of leisure function;
(b) Therapeutic recreation services;
(c) Recreation programs in schools and community agencies; and
(d) Leisure education.
(xvi) "Rehabilitation counseling services" means services provided by qualified personnel in individual or group sessions that focus specifically on career development, employment preparation, achieving independence, and integration in the workplace and community of a student with a disability. The term also includes vocational rehabilitation services provided to a student with a disability by vocational rehabilitation programs funded under the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, as amended and specified in the Rehabilitation Act Amendments of 1998, August 1998, 29 U.S.C. 701.
(xvii) "School health services and school nurse services" means health services that are designed to enable a child with a disability to receive FAPE as described in the child's IEP. School nurse services are services provided by a qualified school nurse. School health services are services that may be provided by either a qualified school nurse or other qualified person.
(xviii) "Social work services in schools" includes:
(a) Preparing a social or developmental history on a child with a disability;
(b) Group and individual counseling with the child and family;
(c) Working in partnership with parents and others on those problems in a child's living situation (home, school, and community) that affect the child's adjustment in school;
(d) Mobilizing school and community resources to enable the child to learn as effectively as possible in the child's educational program; and
(e) Assisting in developing positive behavioral intervention strategies.
(xix) "Speech-language pathology services" includes:
(a) Identification of children with speech or language impairments;
(b) Diagnosis and appraisal of specific speech or language impairments;
(c) Referral for medical or other professional attention necessary for the habilitation of speech or language impairments;
(d) Provision of speech and language services for the habilitation or prevention of communicative impairments; and
(e) Counseling and guidance of parents, children, and teachers regarding speech and language impairments.
(xx) "Transportation" includes:
(a) Travel to and from school and between schools;
(b) Travel in and around school buildings; and
(c) Specialized equipment (such as special or adapted buses, lifts, and ramps), if required to provide special transportation for a child with a disability.
(57) "School district" means a city, local, exempted village school district, or a community school.
(58) "School district of residence" means:
(a) The school district in which the child's parents reside;
(b) If the child is enrolled in a community school, the community school is considered to be the "school district of residence";
(c) If the school district specified in paragraph (B)(58)(a) or (B)(58)(b) of this rule cannot be determined, the last school district in which the child's parents are known to have resided if the parents' whereabouts are unknown;
(d) If the school district specified in paragraph (B)(58)(c) of this rule cannot be determined, the school district determined by the court under section 2151.362 of the Revised Code, or if no district has been so determined, the school district as determined by the probate court of the county in which the child resides.
(e) Notwithstanding paragraphs (B)(58)(a) to (B)(58)(d) of this rule, if a school district is required by section 3313.65 of the Revised Code to pay tuition for a child, that district shall be the child's school district of residence.
(59) "School district of service" means a school district that is responsible for serving a child with a disability who resides within another school district.
(60) "Secondary school" means a nonprofit institutional day or residential school, including a secondary community school that provides secondary education, as determined under state law, except that it does not include any education beyond grade twelve.
(61) "Services plan" means a written statement that describes the special education and related services the school district will provide to a parentally placed child with a disability enrolled in a nonpublic school who has been designated to receive services, including the location of the services and any transportation necessary, consistent with rule 3301-51-08 of the Administrative Code, and is developed and implemented in accordance with rule 3301-51-08 of the Administrative Code.
(62) Special education:
(a) General.
(i) "Special education" means specially designed instruction, at no cost to the parents, to meet the unique needs of a child with a disability, including:
(a) Instruction conducted in the classroom, in the home, in hospitals and institutions, and in other settings; and
(b) Instruction in physical education.
(ii) Special education includes each of the following, if the services otherwise meet the requirements of paragraph (B)(62)(a)(i) of this rule:
(a) Speech-language pathology services, or any other related service, if the IEP team considers the service special education rather than a related service under state standards;
(b) Travel training; and
(c) Vocational education.
(b) Individual special education terms defined. The terms in this rule are defined as follows:
(i) "At no cost" means that all specially-designed instruction is provided without charge, but does not preclude incidental fees that are normally charged to non disabled students or their parents as a part of the regular education program.
(ii) "Physical education" means:
(a) The development of:
(i) Physical and motor fitness;
(ii) Fundamental motor skills and patterns; and
(iii) Skills in aquatics, dance, and individual and group games and sports (including intramural and lifetime sports); and
(b) Includes special physical education, adapted physical education, movement education, and motor development.
(iii) "Specially designed instruction" means adapting, as appropriate to the needs of an eligible child under this rule, the content, methodology, or delivery of instruction:
(a) To address the unique needs of the child that result from the child's disability; and
(b) To ensure access of the child to the general curriculum, so that the child can meet the educational standards within the jurisdiction of the school district that apply to all children.
(iv) "Travel training" means providing instruction, as appropriate, to children with significant cognitive (intellectual) disabilities, and any other children with disabilities who require this instruction, to enable them to:
(a) Develop an awareness of the environment in which they live; and
(b) Learn the skills necessary to move effectively and safely from place to place within that environment (e.g., in school, in the home, at work, and in the community).
(v) "Vocational education" means organized educational programs that are directly related to the preparation of individuals for paid or unpaid employment, or for additional preparation for a career not requiring a baccalaureate or advanced degree.
(63) "Supervisory and coordinator services" includes providing information and explanation to all personnel who provide special education and related services to children with disabilities regarding state and federal laws, recommended practice, and other topics essential for the delivery of services to children with disabilities; helping school district personnel evaluate the effectiveness of special education and related services; and providing in-service education to parents and personnel involved in educating children with disabilities. Supervisory personnel as required by paragraph (D)(2) of rule 3301-24-05 of the Administrative Code and in compliance with each educational agency's approved board policies.
(64) "State residential school" means publicly funded residential educational services that are provided under the supervision of the Ohio department of education, including the Ohio school for the deaf and the Ohio state school for the blind.
(65) "Supplementary aids and services" means aids, services, and other supports that are provided in regular education classes, other education-related settings, and in extracurricular and nonacademic settings, to enable children with disabilities to be educated with non disabled children to the maximum extent appropriate in accordance with the requirements for least restrictive environment in rule 3301-51-09 of the Administrative Code.
(66) "Surrogate Parent" means a trained individual (see division (C)(5) of section 3310.51 of the Revised Code and rule 3301-51-01 of the Administrative Code) who acts in the place of the parent (as defined in Ohio Revised Code or Ohio Administrative Code) to make educational decisions on behalf of children who are or may be eligible for special education services under the Individuals with Disabilities Education Act (IDEA) in all matters relating to the identification, evaluation, educational placement, and provision of a free appropriate public education (FAPE).
(67) "Textbook" means textbooks, including related core instructional material, available for purchase by a school board, including new editions to a series or volume of that textbook.
(68) "Transition from Part C early intervention services" means the transition of children from the Part C programs to preschool programs as specified in rule 3301-51-11 of the Administrative Code.
(69) "Transition services":
(a) Means a coordinated set of activities for a child with a disability that:
(i) Is designed to be within a results-oriented process, that is focused on improving the academic and functional achievement of the child with a disability to facilitate the child's movement from school to post-school activities, including postsecondary education, vocational education, integrated employment (including supported employment), continuing and adult education, adult services, independent living, or community participation;
(ii) Is based on the individual child's needs, taking into account the child's strengths, preferences, and interests; and includes:
(a) Instruction;
(b) Related services;
(c) Community experiences;
(d) The development of employment in an integrated competitive environment and other post-school adult living objectives; and
(e) When assessment data supports a need, acquisition of daily living skills and provision of a functional vocational evaluation.
(b) Shall be provided by individuals who have the competencies, experiences, and training to meet the individual student's transition services needs. Individuals coordinating transition shall either:
(i) Obtain the transition to work endorsement; or
(ii) Possess the skills and knowledge to:
(a) Facilitate a planning process among multiple agencies, students and families to support a student's secondary transition process;
(b) Plan for the collection, sharing and utilization of student's transition data that is relevant to the student's post school outcomes, environment and support needs;
(c) Communicate a student's individual transition plan to students, families, educators and agencies;
(d) Coordinate the implementation research based practices that lead to effective postsecondary transition services and outcomes;
(e) Utilize methods to engage students and families in the secondary transition process;
(f) Assist in the coordination of referral process from school to adult services systems;
(g) Link appropriate course of study and instruction strategies to secondary transition related goals; and
(h) Create strategies that support the career development pathways of students with disabilities leading to career and college readiness.
(c) Transition services for children with disabilities may be special education, if provided as specially designed instruction, or a related service, if required to assist a child with a disability to benefit from special education.
(d) Competitive environment means competitive employment in an integrated setting.
(e) Competitive integrated employment as defined by 34 CFR 361(c)(9), means work that:
(i) In the competitive labor market that is performed on a full-time or part-time basis in an integrated setting; and
(ii) For which an individual is compensated at or above the minimum wage, but not less than the customary wage and level of benefits paid by the employer for the same or similar work performed by individuals who are not disabled.
(f) Integrated setting as defined by 34 CFR 361.5(33)(ii) and used in the context of employment outcomes, means a setting typically found in the community in which applicants or eligible individuals interact with non-disabled individuals, other than non-disabled individuals who are providing services to those applicants or eligible individuals, to the same extent that non-disabled individuals in a comparable positions interact with other persons.
(70) "Universal design" has the meaning given the term in Section 3 of the Assistive Technology Act of 1998, as amended and specified in the Assistive Technology Act of 2004, October 2004, 29 U.S.C. 3002.
(71) "Ward of the state" means a child who, as determined by the state where the child resides, is:
(a) A foster child;
(b) A ward of the state; or
(c) In the custody of a public child welfare agency.
Last updated December 1, 2023 at 9:33 AM
History
- Effective: December 1, 2023
- Promulgated Under: 119.03
Ohio Adm.Code 3301-51-03
(A) Each educational agency shall adopt and implement written policies and procedures approved by the Ohio department of education, office for exceptional children, that ensure all children with disabilities residing within the district, including children with disabilities who are homeless children or are wards of the state, and children with disabilities attending nonpublic schools, regardless of the severity of their disability, and who are in need of special education and related services are identified, located, and evaluated as required by the Individuals with Disabilities Education Act, as amended by the Individuals with Disabilities Education Improvement Act of 2004, December 2004 (IDEA) and federal regulations at 34 C.F.R. Part 300 (October 13, 2006) pertaining to child find, including the regulations at 34 C.F.R. 300.111 and 300.646.
(B) Child find
(1) General
The child find policies and procedures that each educational agency adopts and implements under this rule shall ensure that:
(a) All children with disabilities residing in the state, including children with disabilities who are homeless children or are wards of the state, and children with disabilities attending nonpublic schools, regardless of the severity of their disability, and who are in need of special education and related services, are identified, located, and evaluated; and
(b) A practical method is developed and implemented to determine which children are currently receiving needed special education and related services.
(2) Use of the term developmental delay
The following provisions apply with respect to implementing the child find requirements of this rule:
(a) The Ohio department of education has adopted in rule 3301-51-11 of the Administrative Code a definition of "developmental delay" under 34 C.F.R. 300.8(b) and under that section has determined in rule 3301-51-01 of the Administrative Code that the term applies to children aged three through nine years;
(b) A school district of residence is not required to adopt and use the term developmental delay for any children within its jurisdiction;
(c) If a school district of residence uses the term developmental delay for children described in rule 3301-51-01 of the Administrative Code as experiencing developmental delays, the school district must conform to both the state's definition of that term in rule 3301-51-11 of the Administrative Code and to the age range of three through nine years of age which is the age range subset that has been adopted by the Ohio department of education in rule 3301-51-01 of the Administrative Code.
(3) Other children in child find
Child find must also include:
(a) Children who are suspected of being a child with a disability under the definition of child with a disability in paragraph (B)(10) of rule 3301-51-01 of the Administrative Code and in need of special education, even though they are advancing from grade to grade; and
(b) Highly mobile children, including migrant children.
(4) Construction
Nothing in the IDEA requires that children be classified by their disability so long as each child who has a disability that is listed in the definition of child with a disability in paragraph (B)(10) of rule 3301-51-01 of the Administrative Code and who, by reason of that disability, needs special education and related services is regarded as a child with a disability under Part B of the IDEA.
(C) Disproportionality
(1) The school district must annually report data to be examined by the Ohio department of education to determine if significant disproportionality based on race and ethnicity is occurring in the school district with respect to:
(a) The identification of children as children with disabilities, including the identification of children as children with disabilities in accordance with a particular impairment described in section 602(3) of IDEA and as defined in rule 3301-51-01 of the Administrative Code;
(b) The placement in particular educational settings of these children; and
(c) The incidence, duration, and type of disciplinary removals from placement, including suspensions and expulsions.
(2) To determine if significant disproportionality is occurring in the school district, the Ohio department of education must apply the risk ratio threshold or thresholds determined by the Ohio department of education to risk ratios or alternate risk ratios, as appropriate, in each category described in paragraph (C)(1) of this rule and the following racial and ethnic groups:
(a) Hispanic/Latino of any race; and, for individuals who are non-Hispanic/ Latino only;
(b) American Indian or Alaska Native;
(c) Asian;
(d) Black or African American;
(e) Native Hawaiian or Other Pacific Islander;
(f) White; and
(g) Two or more races.
(3) Review and revision of policies, practices, and procedures
In the case of a determination of significant disproportionality with respect to the identification of children as children with disabilities or the placement in particular educational settings, including disciplinary removals of such children, in accordance with paragraph (C)(1) of this rule, the school district must ensure the following:
(a) Provide for the annual review and, if appropriate, revision of the policies, practices, and procedures used in identification or placement in particular education settings, including disciplinary removals, to ensure that the policies, practices, and procedures comply with the requirements of IDEA.
(b) Publicly report on the revision of policies, practices, and procedures described under this rule consistent with the requirements of the Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act of 1974, January 1974, its implementing regulations in 34 CFR part 99 (January 2012), and Section 618(b)(1) of IDEA.
(4) Comprehensive coordinated early intervening services.
Except as provided in paragraph (C)(5) of this rule, the school district identified under (C)(1) of this rule shall reserve the maximum amount of funds under section 613(f) of IDEA to provide comprehensive coordinated early intervening services to address factors contributing to the significant disproportionality.
(a) In implementing comprehensive coordinated early intervening services a school district:
(i) May carry out activities that include professional development and educational and behavioral evaluations, services, and supports.
(ii) Must identify and address the factors contributing to the significant disproportionality, which may include, among other identified factors the following:
(a) A lack of access to scientifically based instruction;
(b) Economic, cultural, or linguistic barriers to appropriate identification or placement in particular educational settings;
(c) Inappropriate use of disciplinary removals; lack of access to appropriate diagnostic screenings;
(d) Differences in academic achievement levels; and
(e) Policies, practices, or procedures that contribute to the significant disproportionality.
(iii) Must address a policy, practice, or procedure it identifies as contributing to the significant disproportionality, including a policy, practice or procedure that results in a failure to identify, or the inappropriate identification of, a racial or ethnic group (or groups).
(b) A school district may use funds reserved for comprehensive coordinated early intervening services to serve children from age three through grade twelve, particularly, but not exclusively, children in those groups that were significantly over identified under paragraph (C)(1) of this rule, including:
(i) Children who are not currently identified as needing special education or related services but who need additional academic and behavioral support to succeed in a general education environment; and
(ii) Children with disabilities.
(c) A school district may not limit the provision of comprehensive coordinated early intervening services under this paragraph to children with disabilities.
(5) Exception to comprehensive coordinated early intervening services
A school district that serves only children with disabilities identified under paragraph (C)(1) of this rule shall not be required to reserve funds to provide comprehensive coordinated early intervening services.
(6) Rule of construction
Nothing in this rule authorizes the school district to develop or implement policies, practices, or procedures that result in actions that violate the requirements of this rule, including requirements related to child find and ensuring that a free appropriate public education is available to all eligible children with disabilities.
(7) General
If a school district is found by the department to have significant disproportionality in any category for three consecutive years without reasonable progress, the department may direct the school district to: Review their policies, procedures and practices related to identification, placement and discipline of children with disabilities:
(a) Review their policies, procedures and practices related to identification, placement and discipline of children with disabilities;
(b) Identify the factors that may be contributing to significant disproportionality; and
(c) Redirect fifteen per cent of IDEA funds toward comprehensive coordinated early intervening services, which are designed to address the contributing factors and include professional development, education and behavioral evaluations, services and supports.
(D) Data reporting
(1) Each school district and other educational agencies shall maintain an education management information system and submit data to the Ohio department of education pursuant to rule 3301-14-01 of the Administrative Code as well as the data reporting required under 20 U.S.C. 1418.
(2) County boards of developmental disabilities and state institutions operated under the Ohio department of mental health, Ohio department of youth services, and the Ohio central school system shall submit data reports directly to the Ohio department of education on prescribed forms and in the prescribed manner.
(3) The collection and use of data to meet the requirements of this rule are subject to the confidentiality requirements in rule 3301-51-04 of the Administrative Code.
Last updated December 1, 2023 at 9:34 AM
History
- Effective: December 1, 2023
- Promulgated Under: 119.03
Ohio Adm.Code 3301-101-02 Jon Peterson special needs scholarship program established.
(A) The department of education and workforce will pay a scholarship to the parent or other eligible applicant of each qualified special education child upon the submission of a fully completed application pursuant to procedures established by the department's rules in this chapter.
(B) Each scholarship will be used only to pay all or part of the tuition and fees for the child on whose behalf the scholarship is awarded to attend a special education program that provides services under the child's (IEP) in the following manner:
(1) For a special education program which is operated by an alternative public provider or by a registered private provider may be used in lieu of the child's special education program operated by the school district in which the child is entitled to attend school.
(2) Additional services agreed to in writing by the provider and eligible applicant that are not included in the IEP but are associated with educating the child. Upon written agreement with the eligible applicant, the provider may modify the services provided to the child through the development of measurable goals and objectives in addition to the services included in the IEP.
(C) The purpose of the scholarship is to permit the parent or other eligible applicant of a qualified special education child the choice to send the child to a special education program, instead of the one operated by or for the school district in which the child is entitled to attend school, to receive the services prescribed in the child's IEP once the IEP is finalized, and other services agreed to in writing by the provider and eligible applicant that are not included in the IEP but are associated with educating the child. Upon written agreement with the eligible applicant, the provider may modify services provided to the child through the development of measurable goals and objectives in addition to or in lieu of the services included in the IEP.
(D) The following exclusions and provisions apply to the program:
(1) A scholarship will not be awarded to the parent or other eligible applicant for a first-time scholarship while a child's IEP is being developed or while any administrative or judicial mediation or proceedings with respect to the content of the child's initial IEP are pending. Disputes regarding the development of subsequent IEPs do not affect the eligible applicant's and the child's continued eligibility for scholarship payments. A parent or eligible applicant will not lose a scholarship while any administrative or judicial mediation or proceedings with respect to the content of the child's subsequent IEP are pending.
(2) The responsibility for developing the child's IEP lies with the school district in which the child is entitled to attend school, or the child's school district of residence, if different. The school district of residence has the primary responsibility for developing a child's IEP. The school district where the child is entitled to attend school may develop the IEP in accordance with paragraph (C) of 3301-101-05 of the Administrative Code.
(3) The eligible applicant is responsible for ensuring that a child receiving a scholarship has the services necessary to educate the child. Once the child is no longer enrolled in a public school district, the public school district is not obligated to provide the child with a FAPE.
(4) For purposes of Chapter 3323. of the Revised Code and IDEA, a scholarship recipient has only those rights that apply to all other unilaterally parentally placed children, with the exception of the right to have a public school district develop an IEP in accordance with division (B) of section 3310.53 of the Revised Code. To the extent that tuition and fees for the scholarship child exceed the scholarship amount, the eligible applicant is responsible for the payment of all amounts that exceed the scholarship amount in accordance with the terms agreed to between the eligible applicant and the providers.
(5) The eligible applicant is responsible for the allocation of scholarship funds if the eligible applicant has selected multiple providers.
(6) A scholarship under this section will not be used for the following purposes:
(a) For a child to attend a public special education program that operates under a contract, compact, or other bilateral agreement between the school district in which the child is entitled to attend school and another school district or other public provider; or
(b) For a child to attend a community school established under Chapter 3314. of the Revised Code.
(7) Nothing in sections 3310.51 to 3310.64 of the Revised Code or in the rules in this chapter or any other rules adopted by the department prevents a parent or other eligible applicant whose child attends a public special education program under a contract, compact, or other bilateral agreement, or whose child attends a community school, from applying for and accepting a scholarship so that the applicant may withdraw the child from that program or community school and use the scholarship for the child to attend a special education program operated by an alternative public provider or a registered private provider.
Last updated June 27, 2024 at 10:38 PM
History
- Effective: June 27, 2024
- Promulgated Under: 119.03
Ohio Adm.Code 3301-101-03 Eligibility to receive a scholarship.
(A) In accordance with section 3301.51 of the Revised Code, a child will meet the following conditions to be eligible to participate in the scholarship program:
(1) The child will be at least five years of age and less than twenty-two years of age at the beginning of the school year for which the scholarship is sought;
(2) The school district in which the child is entitled to attend school, or the child's school district of residence, if different, has identified the child as a child with a disability under 20 U.S.C. 1401(3) and division (A) of section 3323.01 of the Revised Code;
(3) The school district in which the child is entitled to attend school, or the child's school district of residence, if different, has completed an IEP for the child;
(a) If the child is a first-time applicant, no administrative or judicial proceedings as defined in paragraph (A) of rule 3301-101-01 of the Administrative Code are pending regarding the contents of the IEP;
(b) If the child is seeking a subsequent scholarship, the existence of administrative or judicial proceedings about the subsequent IEP does not affect continued eligibility for a scholarship.
(c) Administrative or judicial proceedings regarding the services provided by the district do not affect the child's eligibility for a scholarship.
(B) A child is not eligible for a scholarship if the department of education and workforce has approved and the applicant has accepted a scholarship for the child under the educational choice scholarship pilot program, the autism scholarship program, or the pilot project scholarship program for the same year in which a scholarship is sought, unless the applicant relinquishes the scholarship awarded under the other program upon acceptance of a scholarship under the Jon Peterson scholarship program.
Last updated June 27, 2024 at 10:39 PM
History
- Effective: June 27, 2024
- Promulgated Under: 119.03
Ohio Adm.Code 3301-101-04 Application for a scholarship.
(A) Scholarships awarded under the Jon Peterson special needs scholarship program will be valid from the date of the department of education and workforce's written notification of approval to the end of the scholarship year, provided all program conditions have been met.
(B) An applicant seeking a scholarship for a student who is not currently receiving a scholarship shall complete and submit an application for the scholarship, along with all information and forms determined by the department to be necessary to determine eligibility and make scholarship award determinations.
(C) A new or renewal applicant seeking a scholarship for the year subsequent to a year in which a scholarship was received may have to complete an application in the manner established by the department and provide the information and documentation that the department determines is necessary for the effective implementation of the program.
(D) In submitting an application for a scholarship, the applicant will attest to the following:
(1) That the information provided on the application is true and correct;
(2) That the applicant has received the profile of the registered private provider's special education program under division (B) of section 3310.521 of the Revised Code and rule 3301-101-09 of the Administrative Code;
(3) That the applicant has received the comparison document under section 3323.052 of the Revised Code;
(4) That the applicant understands that by accepting and receiving the scholarship and the FAPE comparison document, the applicant agrees to comply with the provisions of sections 3310.51 to 3310.64 of the Revised Code and the provisions of the rules in this chapter;
(5) That the applicant understands that acceptance of a scholarship relieves the school district of residence and the school district in which the student is entitled to attend school, if different, of the obligation to provide the child with FAPE;
(6) That the provider and the department will be informed immediately of any change in the student's residential address;
(7) That the applicant agrees to abide by the dispute resolution process described in rule 3301-101-12 of the Administrative Code;
(8) That the scholarship amount will only be applied to the tuition and fees of the enrolling provider and that the applicant understands that the applicant will need to pay tuition and fees that exceed the amount of the scholarship, and other fees and costs as prescribed by the policies of the provider; and
(9) Any other representations prescribed by the department determined to be necessary to ensure the effective implementation of the program and compliance with Chapter 3310. of the Revised Code.
(E) Application for program participation will be made on forms or through electronic means as prescribed by the department. Applicants may designate, in writing, another entity to submit the application on behalf of the applicant. Such designation may be made only to registered providers or alternative public providers.
Last updated July 8, 2024 at 9:00 AM
History
- Effective: June 27, 2024
- Promulgated Under: 119.03
Ohio Adm.Code 3301-101-09
(A) Each year, the department of education and workforce will publish a list of registered private providers and alternative public providers who are participating in the scholarship program.
(B) To participate in the program, a private provider will register with the department in accordance with procedures established by the department. No private provider will enroll scholarship students or receive scholarship payments until the private provider has registered with the department. To be eligible for registration, a private provider will be able to demonstrate the following:
(1) That it will not discriminate on the basis of race, color, or national origin, regardless of whether the provider receives federal financial assistance;
(2) That it is in compliance with sections 3319.39, 3319.391, and 3319.392 of the Revised Code regarding background checks as if it were a school district;
(3) That the teaching and nonteaching professionals employed by the provider hold credentials that are appropriate for the qualified special education children enrolled in the special education program that it operates as determined by the department. The teaching and nonteaching professionals directly providing special education and related services to a scholarship recipient will meet the minimum standards of the applicable professional organization for individual or non-school providers. The private provider and employees will hold appropriate credentials from the state board of education or from a national or state board for their specific professions, and these credentials will be applicable to the special education or related services that the provider or employee will be providing. If the private provider contracts with another provider who will be providing special education and related services to children participating in the scholarship program, the contracted provider and any subcontractors or employees of both will also hold appropriate credentials from the Ohio state board of education or credentials from a national or state board for their specific profession;
(a) If any employee referenced in paragraph (B)(3) of this rule holds credentials issued by the Ohio state board of education that are either currently suspended or have been revoked in accordance with Chapter 119. and section 3319.31 of the Revised Code, that individual will not be permitted to provide services to a child receiving a scholarship, regardless of whether the individual holds credentials from a national or state board for his or her specific profession;
(b) If any employee referenced in paragraph (B)(3) of this rule holds appropriate credentials issued by a state other than Ohio, those credentials shall will be recognized as appropriate credentials under paragraph (B)(3) of this rule unless that party holds credentials issued by the Ohio board of education that are either currently suspended or have been revoked in accordance with Chapter 119. and section 3319.31 of the Revised Code;
(c) If a provider uses volunteers to assist in providing special education and related services to a scholarship recipient, those volunteers will be supervised by a person meeting the requirements in paragraph (B)(3) of this rule.
(4) That its educational program complies with program standards prescribed by the department and located on the department's website;
(5) That it meets all applicable health and safety codes;
(6) That it agrees to provide a record of compliance with the IEP and a record of the student's progress to the school district who wrote the IEP, in the form and manner prescribed by the department, and to cooperate with the district during the process of revising IEPs for scholarship students;
(7) That it agrees to retain the documentation and information identified in rule 3301-101-04 of the Administrative Code and any other documentation and information directly related to the student's scholarship application for one year from the submission of the application.
(8) That it agrees to notify the eligible applicant in writing of its reasons for declining to enroll the child receiving a scholarship.
(9) That it is physically located within the boundaries of the state of Ohio, and all children served by the provider will be served within the state of Ohio, unless a registered private provider is otherwise approved by the department to provide services in another state to Ohio residents due to the provider's proximity to the child's school or residence or if an out-of-state provider meets the department's conditions to provide on-line services to Ohio residents.
(10) The private provider demonstrates fiscal soundness. A private provider will demonstrate fiscal soundness by meeting the following conditions:
(a) Providing the department with a written statement confirming that the private provider has adequate liability and property and casualty insurance;
(b) Having no outstanding findings for recovery from the auditor of state; and
(c) Providing the parent with a fee schedule and description of the special education and related services that the private provider will be providing as part of the Jon Peterson scholarship program and making the fee schedule available to the department ;
(C) To participate in the program, an alternative public provider will notify the department in writing of its intent to participate in the Jon Peterson scholarship program. The registration conditions that apply to private providers do not apply to an alternative public provider. An alternative provider may utilize the scholarship program to enroll a child if the child's parent would owe fees for the services provided by the alternative public provider.
(D) A registered private provider, chartered nonpublic school providing a special education program, or alternative public provider will make the following representations to the department in order to participate:
(1) That it will annually communicate its tuition or fee structure including all discounts and other adjustments offered or available;
(2) That it will prepare a profile of its special education program that contains the methods of instruction that will be utilized to provide services to children receiving scholarships and the qualifications of teachers, instructors, and all other employees or subcontractors who will provide services to scholarship children, in the form prescribed by the department;
(3) That it will provide the profile under paragraph (D)(2) of this rule to eligible applicants;
(4) In cases where it is listed on a scholarship as the primary provider, that it, or another entity with qualifying credentials on behalf of the primary provider, will administer tests or alternate assessments to students receiving scholarships and enrolled in grade levels for which tests are regularly administered pursuant to sections 3301.0710 and 3301.0712 of the Revised Code, and that the results of such tests will be reported to the department pursuant to procedures established by the department;
(5) That it will make its facilities and the records pertinent to the effective implementation of the provisions established by the rules in this chapter available at any time during regular business hours for announced or unannounced visits by the department, or by persons under contract with the department to perform compliance reviews;
(6) That it has established sufficient student attendance recordkeeping procedures, including processes for documentation of excused absences;
(7) That it has established reliable systems to ensure confidentiality of student records;
(8) That it will promptly refund to the state any amounts overpaid on behalf of a student due to ineligibility, disenrollment, expulsion, data error, or for any other reason;
(9) That it will disenroll any scholarship student once a determination is made that the student will no longer attend the school. Disenrollment will be recorded as the last date the student attended classes;
(10) That it will allow the department to monitor compliance with the provisions of this rule and of other laws and rules as they apply to chartered nonpublic schools and will provide at the request of the department such information and copies of records as may be necessary to ensure such compliance, including:
(a) Information and records related to school staff and volunteers, including, but not limited to, license or certificate numbers, and background check results;
(b) Information and records related to school policies and procedures including, but not limited to, the parent or student handbook, admissions policies, and withdrawal and transfer policies; and
(c) Information and records related to building, vehicle and operational safety including, but not limited to, fire inspection reports, food service licenses, and vehicle inspection reports.
(E) The department may revoke the registration of a private provider if the department determines that the private provider is in violation of any of the provisions of section 3310.58 of the Revised Code, the rules of this chapter, or program guidelines established by the department. In lieu of revocation, the department may suspend a registered provider from participating in the program until issues of noncompliance have been corrected to the satisfaction of the department.
(F) Any alternative public provider that fails to meet the provisions established by the rules of this chapter may be suspended from participation in the program for a period of time to be determined by the department, or until such time as the alternative public provider provides assurances to the satisfaction of the department that such provisions will be met.
(G) If the department revokes or suspends a private provider's registration, the provider will be entitled to and may request a hearing under Chapter 119. of the Revised Code.
Last updated July 8, 2024 at 8:59 AM
History
- Effective: July 5, 2024
- Promulgated Under: 119.03
Ohio Adm.Code 3301-101-12
(A) Although the district of residence is not obligated to make FAPE available to a child with a disability who resides in the district and is participating in the scholarship program, the parent of a child participating in the scholarship program has the right to file a written complaint or request for a due process hearing as provided by rule 3301-51-05 of the Administrative Code. A complaint or request for a due process hearing may allege that the district of residence violated a provision of IDEA but cannot allege a violation of any provision involving the implementation of the IEP and whether the child has received FAPE.
(B) Any dispute as to whether a student is a child with a disability, under 20 U.S.C. 1401(3) and division (A) of section 3323.01 of the Revised Code and thus satisfies the eligibility criteria set forth in paragraph (A)(2) of rule 3301-101-03 of the Administrative Code, will be resolved through the dispute resolution procedures set forth in IDEA and paragraph (K) of rule 3301-51-05 of the Administrative Code.
(C) An applicant or other aggrieved person has the right to file with the department scholarship office a written complaint alleging that a violation of one of the provisions set forth in sections 3310.51 to 3310.64 of the Revised Code and/or the rules of this chapter. A complaint will be forwarded, in writing, by the aggrieved party to the department. Attached to the complaint will be any documentation supporting the position of the aggrieved party. The department will review the documents and make any further inquiry deemed necessary. The department will be the final authority in the resolution of the complaint.
Last updated June 27, 2024 at 10:43 PM
History
- Effective: June 27, 2024
- Promulgated Under: 119.03
Ohio Adm.Code 3301-101-06 Awarding scholarships.
(A) Scholarships will be awarded from fully completed applications received in the following order:
(1) First, to any eligible student enrolled in grades kindergarten through twelve who received a scholarship in the school year immediately prior to the year for which the scholarship is sought and for whom eligibility has not been terminated pursuant to rule 3301-101-08 of the Administrative Code;
(2) Then, to other eligible students.
(B)
Initial determinations will be made in the following manner:
(1) If the number of valid applications received is equal to or less than the number of scholarships authorized by section 3310.52 of the Revised Code, scholarships will be awarded to all eligible students. The department of education and workforce may establish procedures for the acceptance of applications and for the awarding of scholarships consistent with the priorities specified in paragraph (A) of this rule.
(2) If the number of valid applications received exceeds the number of scholarships authorized by section 3310.52 of the Revised Code, no additional applications will be accepted. Scholarships will be awarded in the manner set forth in paragraph (B)(3) of this rule.
(3) Scholarships will be awarded in the following manner:
(a) All eligible students who meet the condition described in paragraph (A)(1) of this rule will be awarded scholarships, if possible;
(b) If the number of eligible students who meet the condition described in paragraph (A)(1) of this rule exceed the number of scholarships authorized by section 3310.52 of the Revised Code, priority will be given based on the number of years the student has participated in the program. Regarding students with the same number of years of participation, the department will determine eligibility by lottery, if needed.
(c) If the number of eligible students who meet the condition described in paragraph (A)(2) of this rule is equal to or less than the number of total scholarships authorized by section 3310.52 of the Revised Code minus the number of scholarships awarded to eligible students meeting the condition of paragraph (A)(1) of this rule, all eligible students meeting the condition of paragraph (A)(2) of this rule will be awarded scholarships;
(d) If, after awarding scholarships to eligible students who meet the condition described in paragraph (A)(1) of this rule, the number of eligible students who meet the condition of paragraph (A)(2) of this rule exceeds the number of scholarships authorized by section 3310.52 of the Revised Code minus the number of scholarships awarded to eligible students meeting the condition of paragraph (A)(1) of this rule, the remaining scholarships will be awarded through the use of a lottery system.
(C) Applicants and the provider identified by the applicant will be notified of a scholarship award in writing, or through electronic communication, within thirty days of award determination.
(D) If an eligible student who is awarded a scholarship subsequently declines the scholarship, the applicant will notify the department of the intention to relinquish the scholarship. The department will establish dates by when such notifications will be made.
(E) Any eligible student who has not been awarded a scholarship will be placed on a waiting list maintained by the department according to the order of the lottery. Scholarships will be awarded to eligible students on the waiting list as they are relinquished by other applicants in a manner to be specified by the department, until a deadline as established by the department is reached.
Last updated June 27, 2024 at 10:40 PM
History
- Effective: June 27, 2024
- Promulgated Under: 119.03
Ohio Adm.Code 3301-101-08
(A) Eligibility to continue to receive a scholarship in the school year in which it is being received will be terminated if any of the following occur:
(1) The department of education and workforce determines that the application made for the program contained false information that, had such information been correct, would have caused the scholarship recipient to be ineligible for the program; or
(2) The scholarship recipient is withdrawn from, or is expelled from, the entity that is providing the child with an educational program that complies with the minimum standards of the department as prescribed in Chapter 3301-34 or 3301-35 of the Administrative Code, and fails within thirty calendar days to enroll with another entity to provide an educational program to the child that complies with those standards.
(3) If the child is not receiving any of the special education and related services identified on the IEP or approved modifications to the services on the IEP.
(B) Eligibility to receive scholarships in subsequent school years and to submit an application for continuing eligibility pursuant to paragraph (C) of rule 3301-101-04 of the Administrative Code will cease if the scholarship recipient fails to comply with the provisions of rule 3301-101-04 of the Administrative Code as determined by the department.
(C) Eligibility to receive scholarships in subsequent school years will not be terminated because a student failed to take a state test or alternate assessment prescribed for the student's grade level if the department determines that the provider failed to meet its obligation to administer the test.
(D) If the department intends to terminate eligibility for the reasons set forth in paragraphs (A)(1) to (A)(3) and (B) of this rule, it will notify the applicant and the provider in writing of its determination to terminate eligibility. Such notification will include the effective date of the termination.
Last updated June 27, 2024 at 10:42 PM
History
- Effective: June 27, 2024
- Promulgated Under: 119.03
Ohio Adm.Code 3301-101-07 Transfer of scholarship.
Scholarships may be transferred to other registered providers or alternative public providers pursuant to this rule. Both the applicant and the provider accepting the transferred student will notify the department of education and workforce and the public school district writing the IEP of the applicant's intent to transfer and the anticipated effective date of transfer. The provider enrolling the applicant may provide such notification to the department and the public school district on the applicant's behalf, if so designated in writing or through electronic communication by the applicant. Scholarships are not transferable to other students.
Last updated June 27, 2024 at 10:41 PM
History
- Effective: June 27, 2024
- Promulgated Under: 119.03
Ohio Adm.Code 3301-101-10 Payment of scholarship amounts.
(A) Payment of scholarship amounts will be mailed to the address or made through electronic funds transfer using the information provided by the provider. Eligible applicants that authorize payment be made solely to the provider may revoke their authorization at any time by notifying the department and the provider in writing.
(B) The actual amount of each scholarship will be the lesser of the applicable net fees or tuition charged by the provider, or the maximum amount of the scholarship. The net fees or tuition will be the fees or tuition amount specified by the provider minus all other financial aid, discounts and adjustments received for the student. In cases where discounts are offered for multiple students from the same family, and not all students in the same family are scholarship recipients, the scholarship amount will be the lowest tuition to which the family is entitled.
(C) The scholarship amount will be proportionately reduced in the case of any scholarship recipient who is not enrolled in the scholarship program and/or attending, participating and receiving special education and related services from an alternative public provider or a registered private provider for the entire school year.
(D) In the case where a child transfers during the course of the school year to another registered provider or participating alternative provider with a different tuition, the department will prorate the amounts paid to each provider based on the period of attendance at each provider.
(E) In cases in which an overpayment is made on behalf of a participating student, the department will inform the provider of the amount of the overpayment, and the provider will refund the amount to the department. In the event that payment has been made for services that were not provided to a child by that provider, that portion of the scholarship paid to that provider will be revoked.
(F) In cases in which a student withdraws or is expelled from a provider, or when a student's eligibility to continue to receive a scholarship is terminated pursuant to rule 3301-101-08 of the Administrative Code, payment of the scholarship amount will be prorated based on the number of days the student was enrolled with the provider or the services actually provided. Funded enrollment would end as of the last day of the student's attendance, or the effective date of the student's termination, whichever is earlier.
(G) Invoices for payment for each scholarship will identify each credentialed employee providing the service(s), an itemized list of services provided by the credentialed employee, and the amount of the service.
(H) No scholarship funds will be expended for services the child received prior to the start date of the scholarship, services prior to placement of the child with an alternative public provider or registered provider, and service provided by a person who does not hold a credential described in section 3310.58 of the Revised Code.
Last updated June 27, 2024 at 10:42 PM
History
- Effective: June 27, 2024
- Promulgated Under: 119.03
Ohio Adm.Code 3301-101-11 Entities designated to file applications.
Registered private providers, alternative public providers, and primary providers as defined in rule 3301-101-01 of the Administrative Code may be authorized to file applications on behalf of applicants if so designated in writing by the applicant. In no case will any financial charge be made to the applicant for application assistance.
Last updated June 27, 2024 at 10:43 PM
History
- Effective: June 27, 2024
- Promulgated Under: 119.03
Ohio Adm.Code 3301-51-05
(A) Each educational agency shall adopt and implement written policies and procedures approved by the department of education and workforce to ensure that children with disabilities and their parents are provided procedural safeguards.
(B) Each educational agency shall adopt and implement written policies and procedures approved by the department of education and workforce to ensure that children with disabilities and their parents and public agencies are provided an opportunity to resolve disputes regarding identification, evaluation, or educational placement of a child with a disability or the provision of a free appropriate public education (FAPE).
(C) Parental consent
(1) Parental consent for initial evaluation
(a) The educational agency proposing to conduct an initial evaluation to determine if a child qualifies as a child with a disability under the definition of "child with a disability" in rule 3301-51-01 of the Administrative Code must, after providing notice consistent with the requirements of this rule, obtain informed consent, consistent with the definition of "consent" in rule 3301-51-01 of the Administrative Code, from the parent of the child before conducting the evaluation.
(b) Parental consent for initial evaluation must not be construed as consent for initial provision of special education and related services.
(c) The educational agency must make reasonable efforts to obtain the informed consent from the parent for an initial evaluation to determine whether the child is a child with a disability.
(d) For initial evaluations only, if the child is a ward of the state and is not residing with the child's parent, the educational agency is not required to obtain informed consent from the parent for an initial evaluation to determine whether the child is a child with a disability if:
(i) Despite reasonable efforts to do so, the educational agency cannot discover the whereabouts of the parent of the child;
(ii) The rights of the parents of the child have been terminated in accordance with state law; or
(iii) The rights of the parent to make educational decisions have been subrogated by a judge in accordance with state law and consent for an initial evaluation has been given by an individual appointed by the judge to represent the child.
(e) If the parent of a child enrolled in an educational agency or seeking to be enrolled in an educational agency does not provide consent for an initial evaluation under this rule, or the parent fails to respond to a request to provide consent, the educational agency may, but is not required to, pursue the initial evaluation of the child by utilizing the procedural safeguards in Subpart E of Part B of the Individuals with Disabilities Education Act, as amended by the Individuals with Disabilities Education Improvement Act of 2004, December 2004 (IDEA) (including the mediation procedures or the due process procedures under this rule).
The educational agency does not violate its obligation under rule 3301-51-03 of the Administrative Code for child find and under rule 3301-51-06 of the Administrative Code for evaluations if it declines to pursue the evaluation.
(2) Parental consent for services
(a) An educational agency that is responsible for making "Free Appropriate Public Education" available to a child with a disability must obtain informed consent from the parent of the child before the initial provision of special education and related services to the child.
(b) An educational agency must make reasonable efforts to obtain informed consent from the parent for the initial provision of special education and related services to the child.
(c) If the parent of the child refuses to consent to the initial provision of special education and related services, or the parent fails to respond to a request to provide consent for the initial provision of special education and related services, the educational agency:
(i) Shall not use the procedures in Subpart E of Part B of the IDEA, including the mediation procedures or the due process procedures described in this rule, in order to obtain agreement or a ruling that special education and related services may be provided to the child;
(ii) Will not be considered to be in violation of the requirement to make "Free Appropriate Public Education" available to the child for the failure to provide the child with the special education and related services for which the educational agency requests consent; and
(iii) Is not required to convene an individualized education program (IEP) team meeting or develop an IEP under rule 3301-51-07 of the Administrative Code for the child for the special education and related services for which the educational agency requests such consent.
(3) Revocation of parental consent. If, at any time subsequent to the initial provision of special education and related services, the parent of a child revokes consent in writing for the continued provision of special education and related services, the educational agency:
(a) Shall not continue to provide special education and related services to the child, but shall provide prior written notice in accordance with paragraph (H) of this rule before ceasing the provision of special education and related services;
(b) Shall not use the procedures in Subpart E of Part B of the IDEA, including the mediation procedures or the due process procedures described in this rule, in order to obtain agreement or a ruling that the services shall be provided to the child;
(c) Shall not be considered to be in violation of the requirement to make "Free Appropriate Public Education" available to the child for the failure to provide the child with further special education and related services; and
(d) Shall not be required to convene an individualized education program (IEP) team meeting or develop an IEP pursuant to rule 3301-51-07 of the Administrative Code for the child for further provision of special education and related services.
(4) Parental consent for reevaluations
(a) Subject to paragraph (C)(4)(b) of this rule, each educational agency:
(i) Must obtain informed parental consent, in accordance with paragraph (C)(1) of this rule, prior to conducting any reevaluation of a child with a disability.
(ii) If the parent refuses to consent to the reevaluation, the educational agency may, but is not required to, pursue the reevaluation by using the consent override procedures described in paragraph (C)(1)(e) of this rule.
(iii) The educational agency does not violate its obligation under rule 3301-51-03 of the Administrative Code for child find and under rule 3301-51-06 of the Administrative Code for reevaluations if it declines to pursue the reevaluation.
(b) The informed parental consent described in paragraph (C)(4)(a) of this rule need not be obtained if the educational agency can demonstrate that:
(i) It made reasonable efforts to obtain such consent; and
(ii) The child's parent has failed to respond.
(5) Parental consent for a change of placement
(a) A "change of placement" means a change from one option on the continuum of alternative placements to another.
(b) Informed parental consent must be obtained before making a change of placement of a child with a disability.
(c) Informed parental consent need not be obtained before:
(i) A change of placement if the educational agency can demonstrate that it has made reasonable efforts, as described in rule 3301-51-07 of the Administrative Code, to obtain consent, and the child's parent has failed to respond;
(ii) A change of placement of a child with a disability that is the result of a disciplinary action taken in accordance with paragraph (K)(19) of this rule;
(iii) Reviewing existing data as part of an evaluation or a reevaluation; or
(iv) Administering a test or other evaluation that is administered to all children unless, before administration of that test or evaluation, consent is required of parents of all children.
(6) Parental consent for use of public benefits for insurance
(a) Informed parental consent must be obtained prior to the initial use of public benefits or insurance to pay for special education and related services with notice of rights under this provision provided annually.
(b) Parental refusal or withdrawal of consent for the use of public benefits or insurance to pay for special education and related services may not be used by an educational agency to deny the child or parent access to required services at no cost to the parent.
(c) Informed parental consent need not be obtained before:
(i) Reviewing existing data as part of an evaluation or a reevaluation; or
(ii) Administering a test or other evaluation that is administered to all children unless, before administration of that test or evaluation, consent is required of parents of all children.
(7) Other consent requirements
(a) An educational agency may not use a parent's refusal to consent to one service or activity under paragraph (C)(1) of this rule to deny the parent or child any other service, benefit, or activity of the educational agency, except as required by this rule.
(b) To meet the reasonable efforts requirement in paragraphs (C)(1)(c), (C)(1)(d)(i), (C)(2)(b), and (C)(4)(b)(i) of this rule, the educational agency must document its attempts to obtain parental consent using the procedures in rule 3301-51-07 of the Administrative Code.
(D) Transfer of parental rights at age of majority
(1) Beginning no later than one year before a child with a disability (except for a child with a disability who has been determined to be incompetent under Ohio law) reaches the age of majority under Ohio law (eighteen years of age), the individualized education program must include a statement that the child and parent have been informed of the child's rights under Part B of the Act that will transfer to the child upon reaching the age of majority.
(2) When a child with a disability reaches the age of majority under Ohio law (eighteen years of age) that applies to all children (except for a child with a disability who has been determined to be incompetent under Ohio law):
(a) All rights accorded to parents under Part B of the IDEA and Chapter 3323. of the Revised Code transfer to the child;
(b) All rights accorded to parents under Part B of the IDEA and Chapter 3323. of the Revised Code transfer to children who are incarcerated in an adult or juvenile, state or local correctional institution; and
(c) The educational agency must provide any notice required by this rule to notify both the child and the parents of the transfer of rights.
(E) Surrogate parents
(1) General
Each educational agency must ensure that the rights of a child are protected when:
(a) No parent (as defined in rule 3301-51-01 of the Administrative Code) can be identified;
(b) The educational agency, after reasonable efforts, cannot locate a parent;
(c) The child is a ward of the state under the laws of Ohio; or
(d) The child is an unaccompanied homeless youth as defined in Section 725(6) of the McKinney-Vento Homeless Assistance Act of 2001 (42 U.S.C. 11434a(6)).
(2) Duties of the educational agency
The duties of an educational agency under paragraph (E)(1) of this rule include the assignment of an individual to act as a surrogate for the parents. This must include a method:
(a) For determining whether a child needs a surrogate parent; and
(b) For assigning a surrogate parent to the child.
(3) Wards of the state
In the case of a child who is a ward of the state, the surrogate parent alternatively may be appointed by the judge overseeing the child's case, provided that the surrogate meets the requirements in paragraphs (E)(4)(c)(i), (E)(4)(c)(iv), and (E)(5) of this rule.
(4) Criteria for selection of surrogate parents
(a) A surrogate parent shall be assigned as soon as possible but no later than thirty days of the date that it is determined that the child is in need of the surrogate.
(b) The school district of residence maintains the ultimate responsibility for the assignment of a surrogate parent. If requested by the school district of residence and mutually agreed upon, the school district of attendance, county board of developmental disabilities (county board of DD), or other educational agency may appoint the surrogate parent.
(c) The educational agency must ensure that a person selected as a surrogate parent:
(i) Is not an employee of the department of education and workforce, the educational agency, or any other agency that is involved in the education or care of the child;
(ii) Has no personal or professional interest that conflicts with the interest of the child the surrogate parent represents;
(iii) Has knowledge and skills that ensure adequate representation of the child; and
(iv) Has successfully completed the training prescribed by the department of education and workforce prior to acting on behalf of the child.
(5) Non-employee requirement; compensation
A person who is otherwise qualified to be a surrogate parent under paragraph (E)(4) of this rule is not an employee of the educational agency solely because the person is paid by the educational agency to serve as a surrogate parent.
(6) Civil damages
Pursuant to section 3323.051 of the Revised Code, neither the surrogate parent nor the authority that assigned the surrogate parent shall be liable in civil damages for acts of the surrogate parent unless such acts constitute willful or wanton misconduct.
(7) Appointment of surrogate by a judge
If a surrogate parent is appointed by a judge overseeing the child's case, upon the request of the judge, the school district of residence will confirm that the person appointed meets the requirements in paragraphs (E)(4)(c)(i), (E)(4)(c)(iv), and (E)(5) of this rule.
(8) Child who has reached age of majority
A child who has reached the age of majority may request a surrogate parent.
(9) Unaccompanied homeless youth
In the case of a child who is an unaccompanied homeless youth, appropriate staff of emergency shelters, transitional shelters, independent living programs, and street outreach programs may be appointed as temporary surrogate parent without regard to paragraph (E)(4)(c)(i) of this rule, until a surrogate parent can be appointed that meets all of the requirements of paragraph (E)(4) of this rule.
(10) Surrogate parent responsibilities
The surrogate parent may represent the child in all matters relating to:
(a) The identification, evaluation, and educational placement of the child; and
(b) The provision of "Free Appropriate Public Education" to the child.
(11) Surrogate parent duties
(a) The surrogate parent will:
(i) Review a child's educational records as needed to make informed special education decisions for the child;
(ii) When appropriate, provide consent to evaluations and re-evaluations;
(iii) Agree or disagree with the following:
(a) Individualized education programs;
(b) Results of an evaluation team report; and
(c) Changes in educational placement.
(iv) Disagree with or dispute the recommendations of the educational agency by:
(a) Requesting mediation;
(b) Filing a formal written complaint; or
(c) By requesting a due process hearing.
(b) A surrogate parent under this rule has only the rights stated in this rule.
(c) Procedures for assignment of a surrogate parent.
(i) Whenever parents have retained legal rights to make educational decisions and can be contacted by the educational agency to act as the parent on behalf of their child in the special education process, the educational agency must treat the parent as the educational decision maker. The educational agency cannot appoint a surrogate parent for a child when there is another person in the child's life who qualifies as a parent under IDEA and whose rights to make educational decisions for the child have not been terminated.
(ii) For a child who is eligible or thought to be eligible for special education services and requires the appointment of a surrogate parent, the school district of residence must ensure that a surrogate parent is appointed to represent the child in all matters related to identification, evaluation, placement, and the provision of a free appropriate public education according to the procedures in 34 C.F.R. 300.519.
(F) Opportunity to examine records; parent participation in meetings
(1) The parents of a child with a disability must be afforded, in accordance with the procedures of rule 3301-51-04 of the Administrative Code, an opportunity to inspect and review all education records with respect to:
(a) The identification, evaluation, and educational placement of the child; and
(b) The provision of "Free Appropriate Public Education" to the child.
(2) Parent participation in meetings
(a) The parents of a child with a disability must be afforded an opportunity to participate in meetings with respect to:
(i) The identification, evaluation, and educational placement of the child; and
(ii) The provision of "Free Appropriate Public Education" to the child.
(b) Each educational agency must provide notice consistent with the parent participation requirements of rule 3301-51-07 of the Administrative Code to ensure that parents of children with disabilities have the opportunity to participate in meetings described in paragraph (F)(2)(a) of this rule.
(c) A meeting does not include informal or unscheduled conversations involving educational agency personnel and conversations on issues such as teaching methodology, lesson plans, or coordination of service provision. A meeting also does not include preparatory activities that educational agency personnel engage in to develop a proposal or response to a parent proposal that will be discussed at a later meeting.
(3) Parent involvement in placement decisions
(a) Each educational agency must ensure that a parent of each child with a disability is a member of any group that makes decisions on the educational placement of the parent's child.
(b) In implementing the requirements of paragraph (F)(3)(a) of this rule, the educational agency must use procedures consistent with the procedures described in the parent participation requirements of rule 3301-51-07 of the Administrative Code.
(c) If neither parent can participate in a meeting in which a decision is to be made relating to the educational placement of their child, the educational agency must use other methods to ensure their participation, including individual or conference telephone calls, or video conferencing.
(d) A placement decision may be made by a group without the involvement of a parent, if the educational agency is unable to obtain the parent's participation in the decision. In this case, the educational agency must have a record of its attempt to ensure their involvement.
(G) Independent educational evaluation
(1) General
(a) The parents of a child with a disability have the right under this rule to obtain an independent educational evaluation of the child, subject to paragraphs (G)(2) to (G)(5) of this rule.
(b) Each educational agency must provide to parents, upon request for an independent educational evaluation, information about where an independent educational evaluation may be obtained, and the educational agency's criteria applicable for independent educational evaluations as set forth in paragraph (G)(5) of this rule.
(c) The following terms are defined as they are used in this rule:
(i) "Independent educational evaluation" means an evaluation conducted by a qualified examiner who is not employed by the educational agency responsible for the education of the child in question; and
(ii) "Public expense" means that the educational agency either pays for the full cost of the evaluation or ensures that the evaluation is otherwise provided at no cost to the parent, consistent with rule 3301-51-02 of the Administrative Code.
(2) Parent right to evaluation at public expense
(a) A parent has the right to an independent educational evaluation at public expense if the parent disagrees with an evaluation obtained by the educational agency, subject to the conditions in paragraphs (G)(2)(b) to (G)(2)(d) of this rule.
(b) If a parent requests an independent educational evaluation at public expense, the educational agency must, without unnecessary delay, either:
(i) File a due process complaint to request a hearing to show that its evaluation is appropriate; or
(ii) Ensure that an independent educational evaluation is provided at public expense, unless the educational agency demonstrates in a hearing pursuant to paragraphs (K)(2) and (K)(7) to (K)(12) of this rule that the evaluation obtained by the parent did not meet educational agency criteria.
(c) If the educational agency files a due process complaint notice to request a hearing and the final decision is that the educational agency's evaluation is appropriate, the parent still has the right to an independent educational evaluation, but not at public expense.
(d) If a parent requests an independent educational evaluation, the educational agency may ask for the parent's reason why the parent objects to the public evaluation. However, the educational agency may not require the parent to provide an explanation. The educational agency may not unreasonably delay either providing the independent educational evaluation at public expense or filing a due process complaint to request a due process hearing to defend the public evaluation.
(e) A parent is entitled to only one independent educational evaluation at public expense each time the educational agency conducts an evaluation with which the parent disagrees.
(3) Parent-initiated evaluations
If the parent obtains an independent educational evaluation at public expense or shares with the educational agency an evaluation obtained at private expense, the results of the evaluation:
(a) Must be considered by the educational agency, if it meets educational agency criteria, in any decision made with respect to the provision of "Free Appropriate Public Education" to the child; and
(b) May be presented by any party as evidence at a hearing on a due process complaint under Subpart E of Part B of the IDEA regarding that child.
(4) Requests for evaluations by hearing officers
If a hearing officer requests an independent educational evaluation as part of a hearing on a due process complaint, the cost of the evaluation must be at public expense.
(5) Educational agency criteria
(a) If an independent educational evaluation is at public expense, the criteria under which the evaluation is obtained, including the location of the evaluation and the qualifications of the examiner, must be the same as the criteria that the educational agency uses when it initiates an evaluation, to the extent those criteria are consistent with the parent's right to an independent educational evaluation.
(b) Except for the criteria described in paragraph (G)(5)(a) of this rule, an educational agency may not impose conditions or timelines related to obtaining an independent educational evaluation at public expense.
(H) Prior notice by the educational agency; content of notice
(1) Notice
Written notice that meets the requirements of paragraph (H)(2) of this rule must be given to the parents of a child with a disability a reasonable time before the educational agency:
(a) Proposes to initiate or change the identification, evaluation, or educational placement of the child or the provision of "Free Appropriate Public Education" to the child; or
(b) Refuses to initiate or change the identification, evaluation, or educational placement of the child or the provision of "Free Appropriate Public Education" to the child.
(2) Content of notice
The notice required under paragraph (H)(1) of this rule must include:
(a) A description of the action proposed or refused by the educational agency;
(b) An explanation of why the educational agency proposes or refuses to take the action;
(c) A description of each evaluation procedure, assessment, record, or report the educational agency used as a basis for the proposed or refused action;
(d) A statement that the parents of a child with a disability have protection under the procedural safeguards of this rule and, if this notice is not an initial referral for evaluation, the means by which a copy of a description of the procedural safeguards can be obtained;
(e) Sources for parents to contact to obtain assistance in understanding the provisions of this rule;
(f) A description of other options that the IEP team considered and the reasons why those options were rejected; and
(g) A description of other factors that are relevant to the educational agency's proposal or refusal.
(3) Notice in understandable language
(a) The notice required under paragraph (H)(1) of this rule must be:
(i) Written in language understandable to the general public; and
(ii) Provided in the native language of the parent or other mode of communication used by the parent, unless it is clearly not feasible to do so.
(b) If the native language or other mode of communication of the parent is not a written language, the educational agency must take steps to ensure:
(i) That the notice is translated orally or by other means to the parent in the parent's native language or other mode of communication;
(ii) That the parent understands the content of the notice; and
(iii) That there is written evidence that the requirements in paragraphs (H)(3)(b)(i) and (H)(3)(b)(ii) of this rule have been met.
(4) Additional notice requirements
(a) Prior written notice shall be provided to the parents of a child with a suspected or confirmed disability within thirty days of the date of referral.
(b) Prior written notice shall be provided to the parents of a child with a suspected or confirmed disability prior to a change of placement that is a result of a disciplinary action.
(I) Procedural safeguards notice
(1) General
A copy of the procedural safeguards available to the parents of a child with a disability must be given to the parents only one time a school year, except that a copy also must be given to the parents:
(a) Upon initial referral or parent request for evaluation;
(b) Upon receipt of the first due process complaint under paragraph (K)(7) of this rule in a school year;
(c) In accordance with the discipline procedures in paragraph (K)(19) of this rule; and
(d) Upon request by a parent.
(2) Internet web site
An educational agency may place a current copy of the procedural safeguards notice on its internet web site if a web site exists, but the educational agency must still provide parents a printed copy of the procedural safeguards notice.
(3) Contents of notice
The procedural safeguards notice must include a full explanation of all of the procedural safeguards available under rule 3301-51-02 of the Administrative Code, rule 3301-51-04 of the Administrative Code, and this rule including:
(a) Independent educational evaluations;
(b) Prior written notice;
(c) Parental consent;
(d) Access to education records;
(e) Opportunity to present and resolve complaints through the due process complaint and state complaint procedures, including:
(i) The time period in which to file a complaint;
(ii) The opportunity for the educational agency to resolve the complaint; and
(iii) The difference between the due process complaint and the state complaint procedures, including the jurisdiction of each procedure, what issues may be raised, filing and decisional timelines, and relevant procedures;
(f) The availability of mediation;
(g) The child's placement during the pendency of any due process complaint;
(h) Procedures for children who are subject to placement in an interim alternative educational setting;
(i) Requirements for unilateral placement by parents of children in nonpublic schools at public expense;
(j) Hearings on due process complaints, including requirements for disclosure of evaluation results and recommendations;
(k) State-level appeals;
(l) Civil actions, including the time period in which to file those actions; and
(m) Attorneys' fees.
(4) Notice in understandable language
The notice required under paragraph (I)(1) of this rule must meet the requirements of paragraph (H)(3) of this rule.
(J) Electronic mail
A parent of a child with a disability may elect to receive notices required by this rule by an electronic mail communication, if the educational agency makes that option available.
(K) Dispute resolution
(1) Administrative reviews
(a) Administrative reviews are recommended, but cannot be used to delay or deny an impartial due process hearing that has been requested in writing or to deny any other rights afforded under this chapter of the Administrative Code.
(b) The child's parent or educational agency other than the school district of residence may request an opportunity to present complaints to the superintendent.
(i) Within twenty school days of receipt of a complaint, the superintendent, or the superintendent's designee, without undue delay and at a time and place convenient to all parties, shall conduct a review, may hold an administrative hearing, and shall notify all parties in writing of the superintendent's or designee's decision. Where the child is placed in a program operated by a county board of developmental disabilities or other educational agency, the superintendent will consult with the administrator of that board or agency.
(ii) Every effort should be made in the review to resolve any disagreements.
(iii) All parties have the right to invite others to participate in the administrative review, including legal counsel.
(2) Model forms
(a) The department of education and workforce must develop model forms to assist parents and educational agencies in filing a due process complaint in accordance with paragraphs (K)(7)(a) and (K)(8)(a) to (K)(8)(c) of this rule and to assist parents and other parties in filing a state complaint under paragraphs (K)(4) to (K)(6) of this rule. However, the department of education and workforce or any educational agency may not require the use of the model forms.
(b) Parents, educational agencies, public agencies, and other parties may use the appropriate model form described in paragraph (K)(2)(a) of this rule, or another form or other document, so long as the form or document that is used meets, as appropriate, the content requirements in paragraph (K)(8)(b) of this rule for filing a due process complaint, or the requirements in paragraph (K)(6)(b) of this rule for filing a state complaint.
(3) Mediation
(a) General
The department of education and workforce shall establish state mediation procedures. Additionally, each educational agency must ensure that procedures are established and implemented to allow parties to disputes involving any matter under Part B of the IDEA, including matters arising prior to the filing of a due process complaint, to resolve disputes through a mediation process.
(b) The procedures must meet the following requirements:
The procedures must meet the following requirements:
(i) The procedures must ensure that the mediation process:
(a) Is voluntary on the part of the parties;
(b) Is not used to deny or delay a parent's right to a hearing on the parent's due process complaint, or to deny any other rights afforded under Part B of the IDEA; and
(c) Is conducted by a qualified and impartial mediator who is trained in effective mediation techniques.
(ii) An educational agency may establish procedures to offer to parents and schools that choose not to use the mediation process, an opportunity to meet, at a time and location convenient to the parents, with a disinterested party:
(a) Who is under contract with an appropriate alternative dispute resolution entity, or a parent training and information center or community parent resource center in the state established under Section 671 or 672 of the IDEA; and
(b) Who would explain the benefits of, and encourage the use of, the mediation process to the parents.
(iii) The department of education and workforce shall maintain a list of individuals who are qualified mediators and knowledgeable in laws and regulations relating to the provision of special education and related services.
(iv) The department of education and workforce shall select mediators on a random, rotational, or other impartial basis.
(v) The department of education and workforce shall bear the cost of the mediation process, including the costs of meetings described in paragraph (K)(3)(b)(ii) of this rule.
(vi) Each session in the mediation process must be scheduled in a timely manner and must be held in a location that is convenient to the parties to the dispute.
(vii) If the parties resolve a dispute through the mediation process, the parties must execute a legally binding agreement that sets forth that resolution and that:
(a) States that all discussions that occurred during the mediation process will remain confidential and may not be used as evidence in any subsequent due process hearing or civil proceeding; and
(b) Is signed by both the parent and a representative of the educational agency who has the authority to bind such educational agency.
(viii) A written, signed mediation agreement under this paragraph is enforceable in any state court of competent jurisdiction or in a district court of the United States.
(ix) If the mediation requires changes in the individualized education program, the individualized education program team shall be notified of the results of the mediation and the individualized education program team will convene to incorporate changes into the IEP within twenty school days following the mediation agreement or as agreed to in the mediation agreement.
(x) No part of the mediation discussion or sessions may be electronically recorded. Discussions that occur during the mediation process must be confidential and may not be used as evidence in any subsequent due process hearing or civil proceeding of any federal court or state court of a state receiving assistance under the IDEA. The mediator may not be called as a witness in future proceedings related to the mediation sessions.
(c) Impartiality of mediator
(i) An individual who serves as a mediator under this rule:
(a) May not be an employee of the department of education and workforce or any educational agency or agency that is involved in the education or care of the child; and
(b) Must not have a personal or professional interest that conflicts with the person's objectivity.
(ii) A person who otherwise qualifies as a mediator is not an employee of an educational agency or state agency that receives a subgrant under Section 611 of the IDEA solely because the person is paid by the educational agency to serve as a mediator.
(4) Adoption of state complaint procedures
(a) General
The department of education and workforce shall adopt written procedures for:
(i) Resolving any complaint, including a complaint filed by an organization or individual from another state, that meets the requirements of paragraph (K)(6) of this rule by:
(a) Providing for the filing of a complaint with the department of education and workforce; and
(b) At the department of education and workforce's discretion, providing for the filing of a complaint with a an educational agency and the right to have the department of education and workforce review the educational agency's decision on the complaint; and
(ii) Widely disseminating to parents and other interested individuals, including parent training and information centers, protection and advocacy agencies, independent living centers, and other appropriate entities, the state procedures under paragraphs (K)(4) to (K)(6) of this rule.
(b) Remedies for denial of appropriate services
In resolving a complaint in which the department of education and workforce has found a failure to provide appropriate services, the department of education and workforce, pursuant to its general supervisory authority under Part B of the IDEA, must address:
(i) The failure to provide appropriate services, including corrective action appropriate to address the needs of the child (such as compensatory services or monetary reimbursement); and
(ii) Appropriate future provision of services for all children with disabilities.
(5) Minimum state complaint procedures
(a) Time limit; minimum procedures
The department of education and workforce shall include in its complaint procedures a time limit of sixty days after a complaint is filed under this rule to:
(i) Carry out an independent on-site investigation, if the department of education and workforce determines that an investigation is necessary;
(ii) Give the complainant the opportunity to submit additional information, either orally or in writing, about the allegations in the complaint;
(iii) Provide the educational agency with the opportunity to respond to the complaint, including, at a minimum:
(a) At the discretion of the educational agency, a proposal to resolve the complaint; and
(b) An opportunity for a parent who has filed a complaint and the educational agency to voluntarily engage in mediation consistent with paragraph (K)(3) of this rule;
(iv) Review all relevant information and make an independent determination as to whether the educational agency is violating a requirement of Part B of the IDEA or of this rule; and
(v) Issue a written decision to the complainant that addresses each allegation in the complaint and contains:
(a) Findings of fact and conclusions; and
(b) The reasons for the department of education and workforce's final decision.
(b) Time extension; final decision; implementation
The department of education and workforce's procedures described in paragraph (K)(5)(a) of this rule also shall:
(i) Permit an extension of the time limit under paragraph (K)(5)(a) of this rule only if:
(a) Exceptional circumstances exist with respect to a particular complaint; or
(b) The parent and the educational agency involved agree to extend the time to engage in mediation pursuant to this rule, or to engage in other alternative means of dispute resolution, including, but not limited to, an administrative review; and
(ii) Include procedures for effective implementation of the department of education and workforce's final decision, if needed, including:
(a) Technical assistance activities;
(b) Negotiations; and
(c) Corrective actions to achieve compliance.
(c) Complaints and due process hearings filed under this rule
(i) If a written complaint is received that is also the subject of a due process hearing under this rule, or contains multiple issues of which one or more are part of that hearing, the department of education and workforce shall set aside any part of the complaint that is being addressed in the due process hearing until the conclusion of the hearing. However, any issue in the complaint that is not a part of the due process action must be resolved using the time limit and procedures described in this rule.
(ii) If an issue raised in a complaint filed under this rule has previously been decided in a due process hearing involving the same parties:
(a) The due process hearing decision is binding on that issue; and
(b) The department of education and workforce shall inform the complainant to that effect.
(iii) A complaint alleging an educational agency's failure to implement a due process hearing decision shall be resolved by the department of education and workforce.
(6) Filing a complaint
(a) An organization or individual may file a signed written complaint under the procedures described in paragraphs (K)(4) to (K)(5) of this rule.
(b) The complaint must include:
(i) A statement that an educational agency has violated a requirement of Part B of the IDEA or of this rule;
(ii) The facts on which the statement is based;
(iii) The signature and contact information for the complainant; and
(iv) If alleging violations with respect to a specific child:
(a) The name and address of the residence of the child;
(b) The name of the school the child is attending;
(c) In the case of a homeless child or youth (within the meaning of Section 725(2) of the McKinney-Vento Homeless Assistance Act (42 U.S.C. 11434a(2), available contact information for the child, and the name of the school the child is attending;
(d) A description of the nature of the problem of the child, including facts relating to the problem; and
(e) A proposed resolution of the problem to the extent known and available to the party at the time the complaint is filed.
(c) The complaint must allege a violation that occurred not more than one year prior to the date that the complaint is received in accordance with this rule.
(d) The party filing the complaint must forward a copy of the complaint to the educational agency at the same time the party files the complaint with the department of education and workforce.
(7) Filing a due process complaint
(a) General
(i) A parent or an educational agency may file a due process complaint on any of the matters described in this rule relating to the identification, evaluation or educational placement of a child with a disability, or the provision of "Free Appropriate Public Education" to the child.
(ii) The due process complaint must allege a violation that occurred not more than two years before the date the parent or educational agency knew or should have known about the alleged action that forms the basis of the due process complaint, except that the exceptions to the timeline described in paragraph (K)(10)(f) of this rule apply to the timeline in this paragraph.
(b) Information for parents
The educational agency must inform the parent of any free or low-cost legal and other relevant services available in the area if:
(i) The parent requests the information; or
(ii) The parent or the educational agency files a due process complaint under this rule.
(c) Hearing requested by an educational agency
If a hearing has been requested by an educational agency, the parent of the student with disability who is the subject of the hearing shall be informed in writing of the request. The parent shall be invited to participate in the proceedings and shall be provided copies of all communications between the parties.
(8) Due process complaint
(a) General
(i) The department of education and workforce shall establish state due process procedures. Additionally, the educational agency must have procedures that require either party, or the attorney representing a party, to provide to the other party a due process complaint (which must remain confidential).
(ii) The party filing a due process complaint must forward a copy of the due process complaint to the department of education and workforce.
(b) Content of complaint
The due process complaint required in this rule must include:
(i) The name of the child;
(ii) The address of the residence of the child;
(iii) The name of the school the child is attending;
(iv) In the case of a homeless child or youth (within the meaning of Section 725(2) of the McKinney-Vento Homeless Assistance Act (42 U.S.C. 11434a(2)), available contact information for the child, and the name of the school the child is attending;
(v) A description of the nature of the problem of the child relating to the proposed or refused initiation or change, including facts relating to the problem; and
(vi) A proposed resolution of the problem to the extent known and available to the party at the time.
(c) Notice required before a hearing on a due process complaint
A party may not have a hearing on a due process complaint until the party, or the attorney representing the party, files a due process complaint that meets the requirements of paragraph (K)(8)(b) of this rule.
(d) Appointment of hearing officer
Upon receipt of a request for a due process hearing, the department of education and workforce will appoint an impartial hearing officer from a list of attorneys maintained by the department of education and workforce. The impartial hearing officer has the responsibility of conducting the hearing in accordance with the requirements set forth by the department of education and workforce, including, but not limited to:
(i) Notifying all parties of the date, time and location of the hearing;
(ii) Arranging a disclosure conference at least five business days prior to the hearing to assure that information to be presented at the hearing is disclosed;
(iii) Issuing a subpoena or a subpoena duces tecum when relevant, necessary, and material, with fees and mileage paid by the party requesting the subpoena;
(iv) Either party may request subpoenas to compel the attendance of witnesses at the hearing. Either party may request subpoenas duces tecum to compel the witnesses to bring specified documents to the hearing. Requests for subpoenas duces tecum are submitted to the hearing officer. The hearing officer signs the subpoenas;
(v) A subpoena may be served by an attorney at law, or by any person who is not a party and over the age of eighteen. Service of a subpoena upon a person named therein shall be made by delivering a copy of the subpoena to the person, by reading it to him or her in person, or by leaving it at the person's usual place of residence. Service of subpoenas is solely the responsibility of the party requesting the subpoena and shall not be assumed by the impartial hearing officer;
(vi) Ruling on procedural issues presented at the hearing; and
(vii) Arriving at a written decision based solely on evidence and testimony presented at the hearing and mailing such decision, by certified mail, to the parties involved and the department of education and workforce.
(e) Sufficiency of complaint
(i) The due process complaint required by this rule must be deemed sufficient unless the party receiving the due process complaint notifies the hearing officer and the other party in writing, within fifteen days of receipt of the due process complaint, that the receiving party believes the due process complaint does not meet the requirements in paragraph (K)(8)(b) of this rule.
(ii) The appointed hearing officer shall handle all phases of the due process request, including, but not limited to, whether a determination of insufficiency should result in the amendment or dismissal of a due process complaint.
(iii) Within five days of receipt of the notification under paragraph (K)(8)(e)(i) of this rule, the hearing officer must make a determination on the face of the due process complaint of whether the due process complaint meets the requirements of paragraph (K)(8)(b) of this rule, and must immediately notify the parties in writing of that determination.
The hearing officer shall review the sufficiency issues in accordance with the following:
(a) The hearing officer shall make a determination on the face of the due process complaint no later than five days after receipt of the notification under paragraph (K)(8)(e)(i) of this rule;
(b) The hearing officer shall immediately notify all parties of that written determination on the same date the determination is made;
(c) If the due process complaint is determined to be insufficient, the determination shall include:
(i) The reasons for the determination of insufficiency;
(ii) A statement in clear language that the case has not been dismissed;
(iii) The case cannot go to hearing until a due process notice is filed which meets the requirements of paragraph (K)(8)(b) of this rule; and
(iv) Notice of resources to assist parents without counsel in completing due process complaints and in correcting deficiencies included in the finding of insufficiency by the hearing officer, including, but not limited to, the identity and contact information of the employee at the department of education and workforce who is qualified to answer parents' questions about the required information specified in paragraph (K)(8)(b) of this rule that must be included in a due process complaint notice.
(iv) A party may amend its due process complaint only if:
(a) The other party consents in writing to the amendment and is given the opportunity to resolve the due process complaint through a meeting held pursuant to paragraph (K)(9) of this rule; or
(b) The hearing officer grants permission, except that the hearing officer may only grant permission to amend at any time not later than five days before the due process hearing begins.
(v) If a party files an amended due process complaint, the timelines for the resolution meeting in paragraph (K)(9)(a) of this rule and the time period to resolve in paragraph (K)(9)(b) of this rule begin again with the filing of the amended due process complaint.
(f) Educational agency response to a due process complaint
(i) If the educational agency has not sent a prior written notice under paragraph (H) of this rule to the parent regarding the subject matter contained in the parent's due process complaint, the educational agency must, within ten days of receiving the due process complaint, send to the parent a response that includes:
(a) An explanation of why the educational agency proposed or refused to take the action raised in the due process complaint;
(b) A description of other options that the IEP team considered and the reasons why those options were rejected;
(c) A description of each evaluation procedure, assessment, record, or report the educational agency used as the basis for the proposed or refused action; and
(d) A description of the other factors that are relevant to the educational agency's proposed or refused action.
(ii) A response by an educational agency under paragraph (K)(8)(f)(i) of this rule shall not be construed to preclude the educational agency from asserting that the parent's due process complaint was insufficient, where appropriate.
(g) Other party response to a due process complaint
Except as provided in paragraph (K)(8)(f) of this rule, the party receiving a due process complaint must, within ten days of receiving the due process complaint, send to the other party a response that specifically addresses the issues raised in the due process complaint.
(9) Resolution process
(a) Resolution meeting
(i) Within fifteen days of receiving notice of the parent's due process complaint, and prior to the initiation of a due process hearing under paragraph (K)(10) of this rule, the educational agency must convene a meeting with the parent and the relevant member or members of the IEP team who have specific knowledge of the facts identified in the due process complaint that:
(a) Includes a representative of the educational agency who has decision-making authority on behalf of that educational agency; and
(b) May not include an attorney of the educational agency unless the parent is accompanied by an attorney.
(ii) The purpose of the meeting is for the parent of the child to discuss the due process complaint, and the facts that form the basis of the due process complaint, so that the educational agency has the opportunity to resolve the dispute that is the basis for the due process complaint.
(iii) The meeting described in paragraphs (K)(9)(a)(i) and (K)(9)(a)(ii) of this rule need not be held if:
(a) The parent and the educational agency agree in writing to waive the meeting; or
(b) The parent and the educational agency agree to use the mediation process described in paragraph (K)(3) of this rule.
(iv) The parent and the educational agency determine the relevant members of the IEP team to attend the meeting.
(b) Resolution period
(i) If the educational agency has not resolved the due process complaint to the satisfaction of the parent within thirty days of the receipt of the due process complaint, the due process hearing may occur.
(ii) Except as provided in paragraph (K)(9)(c) of this rule, the timeline for issuing a final decision under paragraph (K)(14) of this rule begins at the expiration of this thirty-day period.
(iii) Except where the parties have jointly agreed to waive the resolution process or to use mediation, notwithstanding paragraphs (K)(9)(b)(i) and (K)(9)(b)(ii) of this rule, the failure of the parent filing a due process complaint to participate in the resolution meeting will delay the timelines for the resolution process and due process hearing until the meeting is held.
(iv) If the educational agency is unable to obtain the participation of the parent in the resolution meeting after reasonable efforts have been made (and documented using the procedures in rule 3301-51-07 of the Administrative Code), the educational agency may, at the conclusion of the thirty-day period, request that a hearing officer dismiss the parent's due process complaint.
(v) If the educational agency fails to hold the resolution meeting specified in paragraph (K)(9)(a) of this rule within fifteen days of receiving notice of a parent's due process complaint or fails to participate in the resolution meeting, the parent may seek the intervention of a hearing officer to begin the due process hearing timeline.
(c) Adjustments to thirty-day resolution period
The forty-five-day timeline for the due process hearing in paragraph (K)(14)(a) of this rule starts the day after one of the following events:
(i) Both parties agree in writing to waive the resolution meeting;
(ii) After either the mediation or resolution meeting starts but before the end of the thirty-day period, the parties agree in writing that no agreement is possible;
(iii) If both parties agree in writing to continue the mediation at the end of the thirty-day resolution period, but later, the parent or educational agency withdraws from the mediation process.
(d) Written settlement agreement
If a resolution to the dispute is reached at the meeting described in paragraphs (K)(9)(a)(i) and (K)(9)(a)(ii) of this rule, the parties must execute a legally binding agreement that:
(i) States that all discussions that occurred during the resolution process shall be confidential and shall not be used as evidence in any subsequent due process hearing or civil procedure;
(ii) Is signed by both the parent and a representative of the educational agency who has the authority to bind the educational agency; and
(iii) Is enforceable in any state court of competent jurisdiction or in a district court of the United States.
(e) Agreement review period
If the parties execute an agreement pursuant to paragraph (K)(9)(d) of this rule, a party may void the agreement within three business days of the agreement's execution.
(10) Impartial due process hearing
(a) General
Whenever a due process complaint is received under paragraph (K)(7) or (K)(21) of this rule, the parents or the educational agency involved in the dispute must have an opportunity for an impartial due process hearing, consistent with the procedures in paragraphs (K)(7) to (K)(9) of this rule.
(b) Educational agency responsible for conducting the due process hearing
The hearing described in this rule must be conducted by the educational agency as provided by section 3323.05 of the Revised Code, the provisions of this rule, and procedures of the department of education and workforce.
(c) Impartial hearing officer
(i) At a minimum, a hearing officer:
(a) Must not be:
(i) An employee of the department of education and workforce or the educational agency that is involved in the education or care of the child; or
(ii) A person having a personal or professional interest that conflicts with the person's objectivity in the hearing;
(b) Must possess knowledge of, and the ability to understand, the provisions of the IDEA, federal and state regulations pertaining to the IDEA, and legal interpretations of the IDEA by federal and state courts;
(c) Must possess the knowledge and ability to conduct hearings in accordance with appropriate, standard legal practice and be trained in accordance with requirements set forth by the department of education and workforce;
(d) Must possess the knowledge and ability to render and write decisions in accordance with appropriate, standard legal practice; and
(e) Must be an attorney licensed to practice law in Ohio who has successfully completed all training required by the department of education and workforce.
(ii) A person who otherwise qualifies to conduct a hearing under paragraph (K)(10)(c)(i) of this rule is not an employee of the educational agency solely because the person is paid by the educational agency to serve as a hearing officer.
(iii) Each educational agency must keep a list of the persons who serve as hearing officers. The list must include a statement of the qualifications of each of those persons.
(iv) The department of education and workforce may require any and all current hearing or state level review officers to reapply for eligibility to remain on the list. Training sessions are a mandatory requirement to remain eligible for appointments. In addition, being on the list of possible hearing or state level review officers should not be considered a guarantee or expectation of appointment.
(d) Subject matter of due process hearings
The party requesting the due process hearing may not raise issues at the due process hearing that were not raised in the due process complaint filed under paragraph (K)(8)(b) of this rule, unless the other party agrees otherwise.
(e) Timeline for requesting a hearing
A parent or educational agency must request an impartial hearing on their due process complaint within two years of the date the parent or educational agency knew or should have known about the alleged action that forms the basis of the due process complaint.
(f) Exceptions to the timeline
The timeline described in paragraph (K)(10)(e) of this rule does not apply to a parent if the parent was prevented from filing a due process complaint due to:
(i) Specific misrepresentations by the educational agency that it had resolved the problem forming the basis of the due process complaint; or
(ii) The educational agency's withholding of information from the parent that was required under this rule to be provided to the parent.
(11) Hearing rights
(a) General
Any party to a hearing conducted pursuant to paragraphs (K)(2) and (K)(7) to (K)(12) of this rule or paragraphs (K)(19) to (K)(23) of this rule, or an appeal conducted pursuant to paragraph (K)(13) of this rule, has the right to:
(i) Be accompanied and advised by counsel and by individuals with special knowledge or training with respect to the problems of children with disabilities;
(ii) Present evidence and confront, cross-examine, and compel the attendance of witnesses;
(iii) Prohibit the introduction of any evidence at the hearing that has not been disclosed to that party at least five business days before the hearing;
(iv) Obtain a written, or, at the option of the parents, electronic, verbatim record of the hearing; and
(v) Obtain written, or, at the option of the parents, electronic findings of fact and decisions.
(b) Additional disclosure of information
(i) At least five business days prior to the first day of a hearing conducted pursuant to paragraph (K)(10)(a) of this rule, each party must disclose to all other parties all evaluations completed by that date and recommendations based on the offering party's evaluations that the party intends to use at the hearing.
(ii) A hearing officer may bar any party that fails to comply with paragraph (K)(11)(b)(i) of this rule from introducing the relevant evaluation or recommendation at the hearing without the consent of the other party.
(c) Parental rights at hearings
Parents involved in hearings must be given the right to:
(i) Have the child who is the subject of the hearing present;
(ii) Open the hearing to the public; and
(iii) Have the record of the hearing and the findings of fact and decisions described in paragraphs (K)(11)(a)(iv) and (K)(11)(a)(v) of this rule provided at no cost to parents.
(12) Hearing decisions
(a) Decision of hearing officer on the provision of "Free Appropriate Public Education"
(i) Subject to paragraph (K)(12)(a)(ii) of this rule, a hearing officer's determination of whether a child received "Free Appropriate Public Education" must be based on substantive grounds.
(ii) In matters alleging a procedural violation, a hearing officer may find that a child did not receive "Free Appropriate Public Education" only if the procedural inadequacies:
(a) Impeded the child's right to "Free Appropriate Public Education";
(b) Significantly impeded the parent's opportunity to participate in the decision-making process regarding the provision of "Free Appropriate Public Education" to the parent's child; or
(c) Caused a deprivation of educational benefit.
(iii) Nothing in paragraph (K)(12)(a) of this rule shall be construed to preclude a hearing officer from ordering an educational agency to comply with procedural requirements under this rule.
(b) Construction clause
Nothing in paragraphs (K)(2) and (K)(7) to (K)(12) of this rule shall be construed to affect the right of a parent to file an appeal of the due process hearing decision with the department of education and workforce.
(c) Separate request for a due process hearing
Nothing in this rule shall be construed to preclude a parent from filing a separate due process complaint on an issue separate from a due process complaint already filed.
(d) Findings and decision to advisory panel and general public
The department of education and workforce, after deleting any personally identifiable information, must:
(i) Transmit the findings and decisions referred to in paragraph (K)(11)(a)(v) of this rule to the state advisory panel which is hereby established and shall be maintained in accordance with section 3323 06 of the Revised Code; and
(ii) Make those findings and decisions available to the public.
(13) Finality of decision; appeal; impartial review
(a) Finality of hearing decision
A decision made in a hearing conducted pursuant to this rule is final, except that any party involved in the hearing may appeal the decision under the provisions of paragraphs (K)(13)(b) and (K)(16) of this rule.
(b) Appeal of decisions; impartial review
(i) Any party aggrieved by the findings and decision in the hearing may appeal the findings and decision in writing to the department of education and workforce within forty-five days of receipt of the hearing decision in accordance with division (H) of section 3323.05 of the Revised Code.
(a) The notice shall set forth the order appealed and the grounds of the party's appeal; and
(b) A party filing an appeal shall notify the other party of the filing of the appeal.
(ii) If there is an appeal, the department of education and workforce must conduct an impartial review of the findings and decision appealed. Upon receipt of an appeal, the department of education and workforce shall appoint a state level review officer who will conduct the review.
(iii) The official conducting the review must:
(a) Examine the entire hearing record;
(b) Ensure that the procedures at the hearing were consistent with the requirements of due process;
(c) Seek additional evidence, if necessary. If a hearing is held to receive additional evidence, the rights in paragraph (K)(11) of this rule apply;
(d) Afford the parties an opportunity for oral or written argument, or both, at the discretion of the reviewing official;
(e) Make an independent decision on completion of the review; and
(f) Give a copy of the written, or, at the option of the parents, electronic findings of fact and decisions to the parties.
(c) Findings and decision to advisory panel and general public
The department of education and workforce, after deleting any personally identifiable information, must:
(i) Transmit the findings and decisions referred to in paragraph (K)(13)(b)(iii)(f) of this rule to the state advisory panel established under this rule and maintained in accordance with section 3323.06 of the Revised Code; and
(ii) Make those findings and decisions available to the public.
(d) Finality of review decision
The decision made by the reviewing official is final unless a party brings a civil action under paragraph (K)(16) of this rule.
(14) Timelines and convenience of hearings and reviews
(a) The department of education and workforce must ensure that not later than forty-five days after the expiration of the thirty-day period under paragraph (K)(9)(b) of this rule, or the adjusted time periods described in paragraph (K)(9)(c) of this rule:
(i) A final decision is reached in the hearing; and
(ii) A copy of the decision is mailed to each of the parties.
(b) The department of education and workforce must ensure that not later than thirty days after the receipt of a request for a review:
(i) A final decision is reached in the review; and
(ii) A copy of the decision is mailed to each of the parties.
(c) A hearing or reviewing officer may grant specific extensions of time beyond the periods set out in paragraphs (K)(14)(a) and (K)(14)(b) of this rule at the request of either party.
(d) Each hearing and each review involving oral arguments must be conducted at a time and place that is reasonably convenient to the parents and child involved.
(15) Cost of hearings
(a) The educational agency shall provide one copy of the written, or at the option of the parents, an electronic verbatim record of the hearing and findings of fact and decisions to the parent at no cost.
(b) All other costs incurred in impartial due process hearings requested by the parent shall be assumed by the educational agency, except as follows:
(i) Expert testimony, outside medical evaluation, witness fees, subpoena fees, and cost of counsel will be paid by the party requesting the services; and
(ii) If requested by the parents or their attorney, additional copies of the record of the hearing and findings of fact and decisions.
(c) When the educational agency providing special education and related services to a child requests the impartial due process hearing, the educational agency will share equally the costs of the hearing with the school district of residence, except those costs included in paragraph (K)(15)(b) of this rule.
(d) Educational agencies shall compensate hearing officers upon invoice at an hourly rate not higher than that established for special counsel for the state of Ohio. Educational agencies shall compensate hearing officers for no more than fifty hours of actual hearing time, excluding work done outside of the hearing, for any due process request unless the hearing officer submits to the department of education and workforce a written rationale for a hearing to exceed fifty hours of hearing time.
(e) The department of education and workforce shall compensate state level review officers upon invoice at an hourly rate not higher than that established for special counsel for the state of Ohio.
(16) Civil action
(a) General
Any party aggrieved by the findings and decision under paragraph (K)(13)(b) of this rule, has the right to bring a civil action with respect to the due process complaint notice requesting a due process hearing under paragraph (K)(7) or paragraphs (K)(19) to (K)(21) of this rule. The action may be brought in any state court of competent jurisdiction or in a district court of the United States without regard to the amount in controversy.
(b) Time limitation
The party bringing the action shall have ninety days from the date of the decision of the state review official, to bring a civil action in the district court of the United States, or shall within forty-five days of notification of the decision of the state review official, appeal the final order to the common pleas court of the county of the educational agency as provided by section 3323.05 of the Revised Code.
(c) Additional requirements
In any action brought under paragraph (K)(16)(a) of this rule, the court:
(i) Receives the records of the administrative proceedings;
(ii) Hears additional evidence at the request of a party; and
(iii) Basing its decision on the preponderance of the evidence, grants the relief that the court determines to be appropriate.
(d) Jurisdiction of district courts
The district courts of the United States have jurisdiction of actions brought under Section 615 of the IDEA without regard to the amount in controversy.
(e) Rule of construction
Nothing in this rule restricts or limits the rights, procedures, and remedies available under the United States Constitution, the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990, January 1990, Title V of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973 as amended by the Rehabilitation Act Amendments of 1998, August 1998, or other federal laws protecting the rights of children with disabilities, except that before the filing of a civil action under these laws seeking relief that is also available under Section 615 of the IDEA, the procedures under paragraphs (K)(7) and (K)(13) of this rule must be exhausted to the same extent as would be required had the action been brought under Section 615 of the IDEA.
(17) Attorneys' fees
(a) In general
In any action or proceeding brought under Section 615 of the IDEA, the court, in its discretion, may award reasonable attorneys' fees as part of the costs to:
(i) The prevailing party who is the parent of a child with a disability;
(ii) To a prevailing party who is the department of education and workforce or an educational agency against the attorney of a parent who files a complaint or subsequent cause of action that is frivolous, unreasonable, or without foundation, or against the attorney of a parent who continued to litigate after the litigation clearly became frivolous, unreasonable, or without foundation; or
(iii) To a prevailing department of education and workforce or educational agency against the attorney of a parent, or against the parent, if the parent's request for a due process hearing or subsequent cause of action was presented for any improper purpose, such as to harass, to cause unnecessary delay, or to needlessly increase the cost of litigation.
(b) Prohibition on use of funds
(i) Funds under Part B of the IDEA may not be used to pay attorneys' fees or costs of a party related to any action or proceeding under Section 615 of the IDEA and Subpart E of Part B of the IDEA.
(ii) Paragraph (K)(17)(b)(i) of this rule does not preclude the department of education and workforce or an educational agency from using funds under Part B of the IDEA for conducting an action or proceeding under Section 615 of the IDEA.
(c) Award of fees
A court awards reasonable attorneys' fees under Section 615(i)(3) of the IDEA consistent with the following:
(i) Fees awarded under Section 615(i)(3) of the IDEA must be based on rates prevailing in the community in which the action or proceeding arose for the kind and quality of services furnished. No bonus or multiplier may be used in calculating the fees awarded under this paragraph.
(ii) Attorneys' fees may not be awarded and related costs may not be reimbursed in any action or proceeding under Section 615 of the IDEA for services performed subsequent to the time of a written offer of settlement to a parent if:
(a) The offer is made within the time prescribed by rule 68 of the "Federal Rules of Civil Procedure" or, in the case of an administrative proceeding, at any time more than ten days before the proceeding begins;
(b) The offer is not accepted within ten days; and
(c) The court or administrative hearing officer finds that the relief finally obtained by the parents is not more favorable to the parents than the offer of settlement.
(iii) Attorneys' fees may not be awarded relating to any meeting of the IEP team unless the meeting is convened as a result of an administrative proceeding or judicial action, or at the discretion of the state, for a mediation described in paragraph (K)(3) of this rule.
(iv) A meeting conducted pursuant to paragraph (K)(9) of this rule shall not be considered:
(a) A meeting convened as a result of an administrative hearing or judicial action; or
(b) An administrative hearing or judicial action for purposes of this rule.
(v) Notwithstanding paragraph (K)(17)(c)(ii) of this rule, an award of attorneys' fees and related costs may be made to a parent who is the prevailing party and who was substantially justified in rejecting the settlement offer.
(vi) Except as provided in paragraph (K)(17)(c)(vii) of this rule, the court reduces, accordingly, the amount of the attorneys' fees awarded under Section 615 of the IDEA, if the court finds that:
(a) The parent, or the parent's attorney, during the course of the action or proceeding, unreasonably protracted the final resolution of the controversy;
(b) The amount of the attorneys' fees otherwise authorized to be awarded unreasonably exceeds the hourly rate prevailing in the community for similar services by attorneys of reasonably comparable skill, reputation, and experience;
(c) The time spent and legal services furnished were excessive considering the nature of the action or proceeding; or
(d) The attorney representing the parent did not provide to the educational agency the appropriate information in the due process request notice in accordance with paragraph (K)(8) of this rule.
(vii) The provisions of paragraph (K)(17)(c)(vi) of this rule do not apply in any action or proceeding if the court finds that the state or educational agency unreasonably protracted the final resolution of the action or proceeding or there was a violation of Section 615 of the IDEA.
(18) Child's status during proceedings
(a) Except as provided in paragraph (K)(22) of this rule, during the pendency of any administrative or judicial proceeding regarding a due process complaint notice requesting a due process hearing under paragraph (K)(7) of this rule, unless the department of education and workforce or educational agency and the parents of the child agree otherwise, the child involved in the complaint must remain in the child's current educational placement.
(b) If the complaint involves an application for initial admission to the educational agency, the child, with the consent of the parents, must be placed in the educational agency until the completion of all the proceedings.
(c) If the complaint involves an application for initial services under this rule from a child who is transitioning from Part C of the IDEA to Part B of the IDEA and is no longer eligible for Part C services because the child has turned three, the educational agency is not required to provide the Part C services that the child had been receiving. If the child is found eligible for special education and related services under Part B and the parent consents to the initial provision of special education and related services under rule 3301-51-06 of the Administrative Code, then the educational agency must provide those special education and related services that are not in dispute between the parent and the educational agency.
(d) If the state level review officer in an administrative appeal conducted by the department of education and workforce agrees with the child's parents that a change of placement is appropriate, that placement must be treated as an agreement between the state and the parents for purposes of paragraph (K)(18)(a) of this rule.
(19) Authority of school personnel
(a) Case-by-case determination
School personnel may consider any unique circumstances on a case-by-case basis when determining whether a change in placement, consistent with the other requirements of this rule, is appropriate for a child with a disability who violates a code of student conduct.
(b) General
(i) School personnel under this rule may remove a child with a disability who violates a code of student conduct from the child's current placement to an appropriate interim alternative educational setting, another setting, or suspension, for not more than ten consecutive school days (to the extent those alternatives are applied to children without disabilities), and for additional removals of not more than ten consecutive school days in that same school year for separate incidents of misconduct (as long as those removals do not constitute a change of placement under paragraph (K)(25) of this rule).
(ii) After a child with a disability has been removed from the child's current placement for ten school days in the same school year, during any subsequent days of removal the educational agency must provide services to the extent required under paragraph (K)(19)(d) of this rule.
(c) Additional authority
For disciplinary changes in placement that would exceed ten consecutive school days, if the behavior that gave rise to the violation of the school code is determined not to be a manifestation of the child's disability pursuant to paragraph (K)(19)(e) of this rule, school personnel may apply the relevant disciplinary procedures to children with disabilities in the same manner and for the same duration as the procedures would be applied to children without disabilities, except as provided in paragraph (K)(19)(d) of this rule.
(d) Services
(i) A child with a disability who is removed from the child's current placement pursuant to paragraph (K)(19)(c) or (K)(19)(g) of this rule must:
(a) Continue to receive educational services, as provided in rule 3301-51-02 of the Administrative Code, so as to enable the child to continue to participate in the general education curriculum, although in another setting, and to progress toward meeting the goals set out in the child's IEP; and
(b) Receive, as appropriate, a functional behavioral assessment, and behavioral intervention services and modifications, that are designed to address the behavior violation so that it does not recur.
(ii) The services required by paragraphs (K)(19)(d)(i), (K)(19)(d)(iii), (K)(19)(d)(iv), and (K)(19)(d)(v) of this rule may be provided in an interim alternative educational setting.
(iii) An educational agency is only required to provide services during periods of removal to a child with a disability who has been removed from the child's current placement for ten school days or less in that school year, if it provides services to a child without disabilities who is similarly removed.
(iv) After a child with a disability has been removed from the child's current placement for ten school days in the same school year, if the current removal is for not more than ten consecutive school days and is not a change of placement under this rule, school personnel, in consultation with at least one of the child's teachers, determine the extent to which services are needed, as provided in rule 3301-51-02 of the Administrative Code, so as to enable the child to continue to participate in the general education curriculum, although in another setting, and to progress toward meeting the goals set out in the child's IEP.
(v) If the removal is a change of placement under this rule, the child's IEP team determines appropriate services under paragraph (K)(19)(d)(i) of this rule.
(e) Manifestation determination
(i) Within ten school days of any decision to change the placement of a child with a disability because of a violation of a code of student conduct, the educational agency, the parent, and relevant members of the child's IEP team (as determined by the parent and the educational agency) must review all relevant information in the child's file, including the child's IEP, any teacher observations, and any relevant information provided by the parents to determine:
(a) If the conduct in question was caused by, or had a direct and substantial relationship to, the child's disability; or
(b) If the conduct in question was the direct result of the educational agency's failure to implement the IEP.
(ii) The conduct must be determined to be a manifestation of the child's disability if the educational agency, the parent, and relevant members of the child's IEP team determine that a condition in either paragraph (K)(19)(e)(i)(a) or (K)(19)(e)(i)(b) of this rule was met.
(iii) If the educational agency, the parent, and relevant members of the child's IEP team determine the condition described in paragraph (K)(19)(e)(i)(b) of this rule was met, the educational agency must take immediate steps to remedy those deficiencies.
(f) Determination that behavior was a manifestation
If the educational agency, the parent, and relevant members of the IEP team make the determination that the conduct was a manifestation of the child's disability, the IEP team must:
(i) Either:
(a) Conduct a functional behavioral assessment unless the educational agency had conducted a functional behavioral assessment before the behavior that resulted in the change of placement occurred, and implement a behavioral intervention plan for the child; or
(b) If a behavioral intervention plan already has been developed, review the behavioral intervention plan and the implementation of the plan, and modify it, as necessary, to address the behavior; and
(ii) Except as provided in paragraph (K)(19)(g) of this rule, return the child to the placement from which the child was removed, unless the parent and the educational agency agree to a change of placement as part of the modification of the behavioral intervention plan.
(g) Special circumstances
School personnel may remove a child to an interim alternative educational setting for not more than forty-five school days without regard to whether the behavior is determined to be a manifestation of the child's disability, if the child:
(i) Carries a weapon to or possesses a weapon at school, on school premises, or to or at a school function under the jurisdiction of the department of education and workforce or an educational agency;
(ii) Knowingly possesses or uses illegal drugs, or sells or solicits the sale of a controlled substance, while at school, on school premises, or at a school function under the jurisdiction of the department of education and workforce or an educational agency; or
(iii) Has inflicted serious bodily injury upon another person while at school, on school premises, or at a school function under the jurisdiction of the department of education and workforce or an educational agency.
(h) Notification
On the date on which the decision is made to make a removal that constitutes a change of placement of a child with a disability because of a violation of a code of student conduct, the educational agency must notify the parents of that decision and provide the parents the procedural safeguards notice described in paragraph (I) of this rule.
(i) The following terms are defined as they are used in this rule:
(a) "Controlled substance" means a drug or other substance identified under schedules I, II, III, IV, or V in Section 202(c) of the Controlled Substances Act as amended and specified in the Anabolic Steroids Control Act of 1990, November 1990, 21 U.S.C. 812(c).
(b) "Illegal drug" means a controlled substance; but does not include a controlled substance that is legally possessed or used under the supervision of a licensed health-care professional or that is legally possessed or used under any other authority under that act or under any other provision of federal law.
(c) "Serious bodily injury" has the meaning given the term "serious bodily injury" under paragraph (3) of subsection (h) of section 1365 of Title 18, United States Code (December 2, 2002).
(d) "Weapon" has the meaning given the term "dangerous weapon" under paragraph (2) of the first subsection (g) of section 930 of Title 18, United States Code (January 7, 2008).
(20) Determination of setting
The child's IEP team determines the interim alternative educational setting for services under paragraph (K)(19) of this rule.
(21) Appeal
(a) General
The parent of a child with a disability who disagrees with any decision regarding placement under paragraphs (K)(19) and (K)(20) of this rule, or the manifestation determination under paragraph (K)(19)(e) of this rule, or an educational agency that believes that maintaining the current placement of the child is substantially likely to result in injury to the child or others, may appeal the decision by requesting a hearing. The hearing is requested by filing a complaint pursuant to paragraphs (K)(7) and (K)(8) of this rule.
(b) Authority of hearing officer
(i) A hearing officer under paragraph (K)(10) of this rule hears and makes a determination regarding an appeal.
(ii) In making the determination under paragraph (K)(21)(b)(i) of this rule, the hearing officer may:
(a) Return the child with a disability to the placement from which the child was removed if the hearing officer determines that the removal was a violation of paragraph (K)(19) of this rule or that the child's behavior was a manifestation of the child's disability; or
(b) Order a change of placement of the child with a disability to an appropriate interim alternative educational setting for not more than forty-five school days if the hearing officer determines that maintaining the current placement of the child is substantially likely to result in injury to the child or to others.
(iii) The procedures under paragraphs (K)(21)(a), (K)(21)(b)(i), and (K)(21)(b)(ii) of this rule may be repeated, if the educational agency believes that returning the child to the original placement is substantially likely to result in injury to the child or to others.
(c) Expedited due process hearing
(i) Whenever a hearing is requested under paragraph (K)(21)(a) of this rule, the parents or the educational agency involved in the dispute must have an opportunity for an impartial due process hearing consistent with the requirements of this rule, as provided in paragraphs (K)(7), (K)(8)(a) to (K)(8)(d), and (K)(9) to (K)(13) of this rule except as provided in paragraphs (K)(21)(c)(ii) to (K)(21)(c)(iv) of this rule.
(ii) The department of education and workforce or the educational agency is responsible for arranging the expedited due process hearing, which must occur within twenty school days of the date the complaint requesting the hearing is filed. The hearing officer must make a determination within ten school days after the hearing.
(iii) Unless the parents and educational agency agree in writing to waive the resolution meeting described in paragraph (K)(21)(c)(iii)(a) of this rule, or agree to use the mediation process described in paragraph (K)(3) of this rule:
(a) A resolution meeting must occur within seven days of receiving notice of the due process complaint; and
(b) The due process hearing may proceed unless the matter has been resolved to the satisfaction of both parties within fifteen days of the receipt of the due process complaint.
(iv) The department of education and workforce may establish different state-imposed procedural rules for expedited due process hearings conducted under this rule than it has established for other due process hearings, but, except for the timelines as modified in paragraph (K)(21)(c)(iii) of this rule, the state must ensure that the requirements in paragraphs (K)(9) to (K)(13) of this rule are met.
(v) The decisions on expedited due process hearings are appealable consistent with paragraph (K)(13) of this rule.
(d) Procedures for expedited due process hearings
(i) If a parent requests an expedited due process hearing, educational agency personnel must contact the department of education and workforce, before the end of the next business day following receipt of the parent's request.
(ii) If an educational agency initiates an expedited due process hearing under this rule, educational agency personnel must contact the department of education and workforce on the day the expedited due process hearing is requested. The educational agency shall provide the parents with notification of the request for the hearing and procedural safeguards no later than the end of the next business day.
(iii) An impartial hearing officer will be appointed by the department of education and workforce before the end of the next business day from the day the educational agency informs the department of education and workforce.
(a) The impartial hearing officer shall meet the qualifications set forth in paragraph (K)(10)(c) of this rule.
(b) The impartial hearing officer shall contact both parties of the hearing.
(iv) The expedited due process hearing shall be conducted in accordance with paragraphs (K)(8) and (K)(14) of this rule, except that no extensions of time shall be granted, and the hearing will occur within twenty school days of the date the complaint requesting the hearing was filed. The hearing officer's decision will be completed within ten days of the conclusion of the hearing.
(v) The decision of the hearing officer is final, unless a party to the expedited due process hearing appeals the decision to the department of education and workforce, within forty-five calendar days of the notification of the decision. In consideration of the issues that are the basis of the expedited appeal, the appeal should be filed as soon as possible.
(a) The state level review officer will be appointed in accordance with paragraph (K)(13)(b) of this rule;
(b) The state level review will be conducted in accordance with paragraphs (K)(13) and (K)(14) of this rule, except that no extensions of time shall be granted, and the written decision shall be issued no later than thirty days from the date the Ohio department of education receives the request.
(c) The final order of the state level review officer may be appealed to the courts in accordance with paragraph (K)(16) of this rule.
(22) Placement during appeals
When an appeal under paragraph (K)(21) of this rule has been made by either the parent or the educational agency, the child must remain in the interim alternative educational setting pending the decision of the hearing officer or until the expiration of the time period specified in paragraph (K)(19)(c) or (K)(19)(g) of this rule, whichever occurs first, unless the parent and the Ohio department of education or educational agency agree otherwise.
(23) Protections for children not determined eligible for special education and related services
(a) General
A child who has not been determined to be eligible for special education and related services under this chapter of the Administrative Code and who has engaged in behavior that violated a code of student conduct, may assert any of the protections provided for in this rule if the educational agency had knowledge (as determined in accordance with paragraph (K)(23)(b) of this rule) that the child was a child with a disability before the behavior that precipitated the disciplinary action occurred.
(b) Basis of knowledge
An educational agency must be deemed to have knowledge that a child is a child with a disability if before the behavior that precipitated the disciplinary action occurred:
(i) The parent of the child expressed concern in writing to supervisory or administrative personnel of the appropriate educational agency, or a teacher of the child, that the child is in need of special education and related services;
(ii) The parent of the child requested an evaluation of the child pursuant to rule 3301-51-06 of the Administrative Code; or
(iii) The teacher of the child, or other personnel of the educational agency, expressed specific concerns about a pattern of behavior demonstrated by the child directly to the director of special education of the educational agency or to other supervisory personnel of the educational agency.
(c) Exception
An educational agency would not be deemed to have knowledge under paragraph (K)(23)(b) of this rule if:
(i) The parent of the child:
(a) Has not allowed an evaluation of the child pursuant to rule 3301-51-06 of the Administrative Code; or
(b) Has refused services under this chapter of the Administrative Code; or
(ii) The child has been evaluated in accordance with rule 3301-51-06 of the Administrative Code and determined to not be a child with a disability under this chapter.
(d) Conditions that apply if no basis of knowledge
(i) If an educational agency does not have knowledge that a child is a child with a disability (in accordance with paragraphs (K)(23)(b) and (K)(23)(c) of this rule) prior to taking disciplinary measures against the child, the child may be subjected to the disciplinary measures applied to children without disabilities who engage in comparable behaviors consistent with paragraph (K)(23)(d)(ii) of this rule.
(ii) If a request is made for an evaluation of a child during the time period in which the child is subjected to disciplinary measures under paragraph (K)(19) of this rule, the evaluation must be conducted in an expedited manner.
(iii) Until the evaluation is completed, the child remains in the educational placement determined by school authorities, which can include suspension or expulsion without educational services.
(iv) If the child is determined to be a child with a disability, taking into consideration information from the evaluation conducted by the educational agency and information provided by the parents, the educational agency must provide special education and related services in accordance with this chapter of the Administrative Code, including the requirements of paragraphs (K)(19) to (K)(25) of this rule and Section 612(a)(1)(A) of the IDEA.
(24) Referral to and action by law enforcement and judicial authorities
Rule of construction. Nothing in this rule prohibits an educational agency from reporting a crime committed by a child with a disability to appropriate authorities or prevents state law enforcement and judicial authorities from exercising their responsibilities with regard to the application of federal and state law to crimes committed by a child with a disability. Transmittal of records shall be done in accordance with paragraph (R)(2) of rule 3301-51-04 of the Administrative Code.
(25) Change of placement because of disciplinary removals
(a) For purposes of removals of a child with a disability from the child's current educational placement under paragraphs (K)(19) to (K)(24) of this rule, a change of placement occurs if:
(i) The removal is for more than ten consecutive school days; or
(ii) The child has been subjected to a series of removals that constitute a pattern:
(a) Because the series of removals total more than ten school days in a school year;
(b) Because the child's behavior is substantially similar to the child's behavior in previous incidents that resulted in the series of removals; and
(c) Because of such additional factors as the length of each removal, the total amount of time the child has been removed, and the proximity of the removals to one another.
(b) The educational agency determines on a case-by-case basis whether a pattern of removals constitutes a change of placement. This determination is subject to review through due process and judicial proceedings.
(L) Availability of scholarship notification
(1) Each time an educational agency completes an evaluation for a child with a disability or undertakes the development, review or revision of the child's IEP, the educational agency shall notify the child's parent, by letter or electronic means, about both the autism scholarship program, established by section 3310.41 of the Revised Code, and the Jon Peterson special needs scholarship program, established by section 3310.52 of the Revised Code, in accordance with division (C) of section 3323.052 of the Revised Code.
(2) The notice shall include the following:
(a) Information that the child may be eligible for a scholarship under either the autism scholarship program or the Jon Peterson special needs scholarship program that implements the child's individualized education program and that is operated by an alternative public provider or by a registered private provider; and
(b) The telephone number of the office of the department responsible for administering the scholarship programs and the specific location of scholarship information on the department's website.
Last updated January 27, 2025 at 7:57 AM
History
- Effective: January 24, 2025
- Promulgated Under: 119.03
Ohio Adm.Code 3301-101-13 Program administration.
(A) The department will establish procedures for satisfying the provisions of this chapter. Such procedures, which are located on the department's website, will include, but not be limited to, the following:
(1) Addressing incomplete applications;
(2) Conducting the lottery specified in rule 3301-101-06 of the Administrative Code;
(3) Resolving questions of legal guardianship;
(4) Improving program administration and client satisfaction;
(5) Reissuing lost or damaged warrants.
(B) The department will report annually on the operation of the program, including at least the following information:
(1) Number of students utilizing a scholarship;
(2) Resident districts of students;
(3) Number of students returning to a public school district after receiving a scholarship;
(4) Amount of scholarship funds disbursed statewide, by grade, by district, and by disability category, except to the extent that this information would violate the "Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act of 1974," 124 Stat. 3192, 20 U.S.C. 1232g (December 13, 2010);
(5) Number of scholarship recipients by provider;
(6) Names and addresses of providers of services;
(7) Amount of state and federal aid received by the resident district for scholarship students;
(8) Information on the number of students receiving scholarships by number of years enrolled in the scholarship program, including grade, district of residence, and disability category.
Last updated June 27, 2024 at 10:44 PM
History
- Effective: June 27, 2024
- Promulgated Under: 119.03
Ohio Adm.Code 3301-101-14 Standards for Jon Peterson special needs scholarship program direct services provided by virtual means.
(A) "Services provided by virtual means" means direct services provided through the use of information and communication technology in real time by an individual holding the appropriate licensure or credential who is located at a site other than the site where the student is located.
(B) Registered private providers as defined in division (G) of section 3310.51 of the Revised Code who are not a chartered nonpublic school and are registered to participate in the Jon Peterson special needs scholarship program as established in Chapter 3310. of the Revised Code may offer services provided by virtual means.
(C) If the registered private provider supplies a student with a device necessary to facilitate the provision of services by virtual means under this paragraph, the provider will ensure the following conditions are met:
(1) The device includes a filtering device or filtering software that prevents access to inappropriate or obscene material online;
(2) The device is appropriate to the student's needs and the services provided by virtual means will facilitate visual, face-to-face contact and interaction between the student and the registered private provider; and
(3) The availability of necessary technical support.
(D) Registered private providers will communicate the following to each student and the parent or guardian of the student prior to commencing services by virtual means:
(1) If the registered private provider supplies the device, instruction in the operation of the device and online access,
(2) Expectations for the student's attendance and participation, including the times and dates when services will be provided by virtual means; and
(3) An explanation of all applicable privacy laws, including the Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act, 20 U.S.C.1232g, 34 CFR Part 99 and the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996, Pub. L. 104-191.
(E) Registered private providers may employ or contract with an individual listed in division (C) of section 3310.58 of the Revised Code to provide services by virtual means.
(F) Documentation and billing for services provided by virtual means will comply with program conditions established for the Jon Peterson special needs scholarship program including the following:
(1) All registered private providers will document all services in point of service notes;
(2) All invoice amounts for services delivered by virtual means will be consistent with the fee schedule submitted by the registered private provider as part of their application submitted to the department of education and workforce; and
(3) Registered private providers will submit to the department invoices for services provided by virtual means within sixty days of the date of service.
(G) In cases of noncompliance with the provisions of this rule, the department may call for a corrective action plan for registered private providers in lieu of removal from the Jon Peterson special needs scholarship program.
Last updated December 5, 2024 at 8:32 AM
History
- Effective: December 5, 2024
- Promulgated Under: 119.03
Chapter 3301-102 Community Schools
Ohio Adm.Code 3301-102-02 Definitions.
The following terms are defined as they are used in this chapter:
(A) "Capacity" means possessing the leadership, professional expertise, human capital management, financial resources, strategic planning and commitment necessary to provide oversight, monitoring and technical assistance, consistent with sponsor duties defined in division (D) of section 3314.03 of the Revised Code.
(B) "Chief administrator" or chief administrative officer" means the individual assigned the role of superintendent in the Ohio educational directory system (OEDS) or its successor system.
(C) "Community school" means a public school created under Chapter 3314. of the Revised Code, independent of any school district and part of the state's program of education.
(D) "Community school contract" means a written agreement, and any amendments or modifications thereto, between a sponsor and a governing authority of a community school that outlines the duties, rights, and responsibilities of both parties as required under section 3314.03 of the Revised Code.
(E) "Department" means the Ohio department of education.
(F) "Education-oriented entity" means an organization that:
(1) Has been granted tax-exempt status under section 501(c)(3) of the Internal Revenue Code. This will be demonstrated through evidence of tax-exemption status by the applicant or a parent organization of the applicant; and
(2) Supports, promotes or provides services and/or programs, associated with educational systems demonstrated through submission of evidence as part of the application outlined in rule 3301-102-03 of the Administrative Code.
(G) "Eligible entity" means an entity described under division (C)(1) of section 3314.02 of the Revised Code:
(H) "EMIS" (education management information system) The education management information system provides the architecture and standards for reporting data to the Ohio department of education. EMIS is the statewide data collection system for Ohio's primary and secondary education system. Staff, student, district, building, and financial data are collected through this system. The source data for Ohio's accountability and funding systems are the EMIS data files. In addition, these files are utilized for many other state and federal requirements.
(I) "Governing authority" means a group of individuals who are charged with the responsibility of establishing policies and procedures for the operation and management of a new start-up or conversion community school and responsible for carrying out all of the provisions of a community school contract.
(J) "Learning opportunity" means classroom-based or non-classroom-based supervised instructional and educational activities that are defined in the community school's contract and are:
(1) Provided by or supervised by a licensed teacher;
(2) Goal oriented; and
(3) Certified by a licensed teacher as meeting the criteria established for completing the learning opportunity.
(K) "Preliminary agreement" means a written agreement and any amendments thereto, between a proposing person or group and a sponsor that sets forth the intention of both parties to negotiate in good faith towards the execution of a community school contract in accordance with Chapter 3314. of the Revised Code.
(L) "Site visit" means a visit in person, or virtually, by a representative of the sponsor, or of the department, on-site at the location of the school with the school administrator, fiscal officer, and/or member(s) of the governing authority to review and verify contractual, local, state and federal compliance as to the following matters, including, but not limited to: health and safety, educational program, including provision of student learning opportunities as referenced in division (A)(23) of section 3314.03 of the Revised Code and as defined in paragraph (J) of this rule, student state-required academic assessment(s), fiscal operations, governance and administration, and other assessment and accountability measures, as defined in the community school's contract.
(M) "SOES" (School options enrollment system) The SOES or its successor system is the EMIS subsystem that drives funding for students in community schools and STEM schools. This web application is used to enter and review student enrollment and demographic data to form the basis for the flow of funds to community schools and STEM schools. School personnel enter data in the SOES and traditional public school personnel review, verify, or challenge that data.
(N) "Sponsorship agreement" means a written agreement, and any amendments thereto, between the department and a sponsor which establishes the duties, rights and responsibilities of both parties in accordance with all sections of the Revised Code and all rules of the Administrative Code that are applicable to sponsors.
(O) "State board" means the state board of education.
(P) "Technical assistance" means the provision of targeted and customized supports by professionals with subject matter expertise relevant to the operations of a community school toward successfully fulfilling its obligations under applicable rules, laws and the terms of applicable contract.
Last updated June 25, 2025 at 6:42 PM
History
- Effective: July 28, 2022
- Promulgated Under: 119.03
Ohio Adm.Code 3301-102-03
(A) The department shall establish an application and approval process, including cycles and deadlines during the fiscal year, for eligible entities seeking to become sponsors of conversion or new start-up community schools and post that information on the department's website (education.ohio.gov) by July fifteenth of each year with a defined cut score and rubric.
(B) An eligible entity shall obtain a written application from the department to become a sponsor and shall complete it and submit it to the department no later than December thirty-first of each year.
(C) Confirmation of applications received shall be posted on the department's website.
(D) The department shall provide written notice to each applicant of the department's approval or rationale for disapproval of each application after completion of the department's review process by March thirty-first of each year.
(E) An applicant shall provide as part of its initial written application, as well as during the application review process, evidence requested and deemed necessary by the department, including, but not limited to, evidence of its willingness to do all of the following:
(1) Demonstrate that the applicant is an eligible entity capable of sponsoring a conversion or new start-up school(s);
(2) Demonstrate that if the applicant sponsors or operates schools in another state, at least one of the schools sponsored or operated by the applicant is comparable to a "C" or better on the Ohio school's report card its successor equivalent rating under section 3302.03 of the Revised Code;
(a) Applicants must provide performance on a state accountability system of at least one of the schools sponsored or operated equivalent of the Ohio school's report card. The department will analyze the data provided and determine if a comparable scale can be developed for comparison using the accountability system from another state. If the department can develop a comparable scale, the department will analyze the performance data provided and determine if the school meets the criteria established in paragraph (E)(2) of this rule.
(b) If the department determines a comparable system cannot be developed using the accountability system from another state or the applicant does not meet the criteria established in paragraph (E)(2) of this rule, the application will be denied.
(3) Demonstrate, in its application that the applicant or its representative(s) possess the requisite skills, professional knowledge and expertise to provide technical assistance and monitor, oversee, and hold accountable for compliance with all applicable laws, rules, and terms of the community school contract for each community school that it proposes to sponsor;
(4) Demonstrate the applicant's specific willingness to comply with all other sections of the Revised Code and all rules of the Administrative Code which are applicable to sponsors and community schools;
(5) Demonstrate the applicant's understanding and commitment to meet the criteria for adherence to quality practices as defined by the sponsor evaluation required under section 3314.016 of the Revised Code;
(6) Demonstrate the applicant has a record of financial responsibility through submission of audited financial statements without findings or going-concerns;
(7) If the applicant is an education-oriented entity, demonstrate the applicant has successfully implemented educational programs through the submission of outcome data related to the goals of the applicant's educational program and may include progress measures, financial measures and other indicators of added value to the program participants and others;
(8) Indication of the entity's ability and willingness to comply with provisions of division (D) of section 3314.03 of the Revised Code through assurances; and
(9) Applicants intending to sponsor schools within an alliance municipal school district, as defined in section 3311.86 of the Revised Code, must demonstrate they have sought recommendation from the Cleveland transformation alliance to sponsor community schools.
(F) Any applicant that has been approved as a sponsor of a community school shall enter into a sponsorship agreement with the department before it enters into any preliminary agreement or community school contract.
(G) The decision of the department to disapprove an applicant for sponsorship of a community school may be appealed by the applicant in accordance with section 119.12 of the Revised Code.
Last updated November 16, 2022 at 11:24 AM
History
- Effective: July 28, 2022
- Promulgated Under: 119.03
Ohio Adm.Code 3301-102-04 Sponsorship agreement.
(A) The duties and responsibilities of a sponsor shall be specified in a sponsorship agreement with the department. In addition to duties of the sponsor specified in the Ohio Revised Code and Ohio Administrative Code, duties and responsibilities to meet the criteria of the sponsorship agreement include the following:
(1) Attend required training sessions as offered by the department,
(2) Make written reports of information obtained related to the monitoring of the community school's compliance with laws and rules applicable to the school, and provide written reports to the department upon request.
(B) In addition to the terms required to be included in the sponsorship agreement between the department and the sponsor described in section 3314.015 of the Revised Code, the sponsorship agreement between the department and the sponsor shall include the term of the agreement.
Initially, the conditions and terms of the first sponsorship agreement entered into between the department and a newly approved applicant shall be based upon the entity's capacity as demonstrated in its sponsorship application.
(C) Sponsors may seek to modify their agreement with the department at any time. The department's decisions regarding modification requests may be informed by the rationale provided by the sponsor for expanding the current territory and/or portfolio size, current portfolio size, recent trends in the number of community schools opening, the results of the sponsor evaluation performed in accordance with section 3314.016 of the Revised Code and any additional information submitted by the sponsor. The department shall consider such proposed modifications in a timely manner.
(D) At least one hundred eighty days prior to the expiration of the sponsorship agreement term, the sponsor shall notify the department as to its intent regarding the renewal of its sponsorship agreement, but nothing in the sponsorship agreement precludes the sponsor from seeking an earlier sponsor agreement renewal decision from the department. In any case when a sponsor becomes unwilling or unable to fulfill the obligations under the sponsorship agreement, a sponsor shall notify the department at least one hundred eighty days prior to any termination of the sponsorship agreement.
(E) Unless otherwise provided by law, a sponsor shall not enter into any new or successor community school contract that has a term exceeding the term of the sponsorship agreement. If the sponsorship agreement is renewed, the department's renewal decision will be based on criteria established in section 3314.015 of the Revised Code. When evaluating these criteria, the department will consider the same information the department would evaluate for modification request established under paragraph (C) of this rule.
(F) Prior to terminating the sponsor agreement as outlined in paragraph (G) of this rule, the department may require actions of the sponsor to correct deficiencies in the sponsor's compliance with its obligations in rule and/or law and may impose restrictions on the conditions of the sponsorship agreement if such deficiencies are not remedied in a reasonable time based on the circumstances.
(G) The department may immediately revoke the sponsor's authority by terminating the sponsorship agreement if the department determines a sponsor is unable or unwilling to remedy conditions or violations of law at a community school that pose an imminent danger to the health and safety of the school's students and/or employees.
Last updated November 16, 2022 at 11:24 AM
History
- Effective: July 28, 2022
- Promulgated Under: 119.03
Ohio Adm.Code 3301-102-05 Monitoring and reporting requirements for all sponsors.
(A) In addition to a sponsor's responsibilities under the Ohio Revised Code and Ohio Administrative Code, the monitoring and reporting duties and responsibilities of all community school sponsors include the following:
(1) Notify the department within three business days of a sponsor's determination to declare a community school to be on probationary status, to suspend the operation of the community school, or to terminate the community school contract. Within ten business days of notification to the department , the sponsor shall provide additional information specifying the nature of the problem and a proposed plan for resolution.
(2) Specific to the reporting requirements within section 3314.025 of the Revised Code, sponsors shall report all expenditures using the auditor of state's uniform school account system (or successor system). The department shall make available technical assistance on the specific codes to utilize for reporting;
(3) Have in place a written plan of action to be undertaken in the event that the sponsor sends written notification of intent to suspend the community school or if the community school experiences financial difficulties or closes prior to the end of a school year, consistent with requirements of division (E) of section 3314.015 of the Revised Code including the handling of facilities, equipment, materials, supplies, employees, students, school records, which include student records that are consistent with section 3314.44 of the Revised Code, and address any other obligations of the community school and submit the written plan to the department upon request.
(B) A sponsor shall submit a copy of each preliminary agreement, community school contract adoption resolution, executed community school contract, and any amendments thereto, in accordance with the procedure established by the department. Any such agreements, contracts, or amendments shall be submitted to the department within ten business days of execution.
(C) Sponsors shall respond in a timely manner to reasonable requests from the department for information, data, and documents.
Last updated November 16, 2022 at 11:24 AM
History
- Effective: July 28, 2022
- Promulgated Under: 119.03
Ohio Adm.Code 3301-102-06 Payments, adjustments and deductions for community schools.
Instructions regarding the flow of state foundation funds for all new and continuing community schools shall be found in the manuals for SOES/EMIS (school options enrollment system/education management information system) or their successor systems, which shall be made available on the department's website (education.ohio.gov).
Last updated November 4, 2024 at 1:29 PM
History
- Effective: June 27, 2013
- Promulgated Under: 119.03
Ohio Adm.Code 3301-102-07 Probation and revocation of sponsorship authority.
(A) In accordance with the timelines established in division (F) of section 3314.015 of the Revised Code, if the department finds that a sponsor is not in compliance with applicable laws and administrative rules, the department shall declare in a written notice to the sponsor the specific laws and/or rules, or both, for which the sponsor is noncompliant. Indicators of noncompliance include:
(1) Failure of the sponsor to meet the obligations established in section 3314.023 of the Revised Code resulting in a mid-year closure or a community school's continued noncompliance with any state or federal rules and regulations and/or contractual obligations on the part of a community school identified by the department or other state or federal regulatory agencies;
(2) Failure of the sponsor to meet the obligations established in section 3314.023 of the Revised Code resulting in a community school's recurring financial losses from either reporting of negative disbursements as actuals over multiple years reported on the five-year forecasts or recurring losses from operations identified on the most recent audit;
(3) Failure of the sponsor to implement a quality improvement plan as required in section 3314.016 of the Revised Code; or
(4) Instances where sponsor action knowingly resulted in a sponsor or community school's noncompliance with Revised Code, Administrative Code, federal statute and/or terms of the contract.
(B) After receiving written notice of noncompliance from the department, a sponsor that failed to meet expectations established in section 3314.015 of the Revised Code shall be placed in probationary status and may result in the department limiting the sponsor's ability to sponsor additional schools while on probationary status.
(C) In addition to revocation based on the results of the evaluation as outlined in section 3314.016 of the Revised Code, the department shall notify the sponsor when it intends to seek a finding by the state board of education that the sponsor is non-compliant pursuant to the criteria in section 3314.015 of the Revised Code, other criteria for sponsorship contained in Chapter 3314. of the Revised Code, the sponsorship agreement, or criteria in the Administrative Code.
(D) When the state board of education is evaluating whether to determine that a sponsor is noncompliant or unwilling to comply with Revised Code, Administrative Code, federal statute and/or terms of the contract for the purposes of revocation, the review shall consist of the following factors:
(1) Failure to remedy conditions or violations of law at a community school that may pose an imminent danger to the health and safety of the school's students and/or employee.
(2) Failure to remedy any cause for the department to place a sponsor on probation in accordance with division (F) of section 3314.015 of the Revised Code after the probation process has been completed.
(3) If a sponsor is on probation and has failed to remedy the initial instance of noncompliance, the department identifies another instance where the department determines the sponsor is not in compliance with additional applicable laws and administrative rules as referenced in paragraph (A) of this rule.
(E) After the state board makes a finding of noncompliance, the department, on behalf of the state board, shall notify the sponsor and all of the community schools that it sponsors within ten business days of its finding. The notification shall include the state board's resolution detailing the basis for the state board's finding of non-compliance and include the fact that the sponsor may request a hearing on the matter.
(F) If the request for a hearing is received within ten business days, the state board or its designee shall conduct a hearing on that matter in accordance with Chapter 119. of the Revised Code. Within thirty days of receipt of the transcript from the hearing, a hearing officer will submit a report and recommendation, unless an extension is granted by the department.
(G) Upon conclusion of the hearing, a party may file written objections pursuant to Chapter 119. of the Revised Code. The state board may confirm, modify, or reverse the hearing officer's findings.
(H) The resolution of the state board confirming the revocation of the sponsor's authority to sponsor community schools may be appealed by the sponsor in accordance with section 119.12 of the Revised Code.
Last updated November 16, 2022 at 11:24 AM
History
- Effective: July 28, 2022
- Promulgated Under: 119.03
Ohio Adm.Code 3301-102-08 Standards for measuring sponsor compliance with applicable laws and rules.
(A) The department of education and workforce will, in accordance with section 3314.016 of the Revised Code, evaluate each entity that sponsors a community school by measuring its compliance with all laws and rules. Compliance is one of three equally weighted components which comprise the overall sponsor evaluation.
(B) The department's review of sponsor compliance will include reviewing the extent to which the sponsor has complied with all laws and rules. This review will also include monitoring the extent to which the sponsor has monitored its schools' compliance with all laws and rules.
(C) A list of all laws and rules subject to review will be posted on the department's website (education.ohio.gov), which will also include the list of laws and rules applicable to a community school that the sponsor is monitoring pursuant to section 3314.03 of the Revised Code. The list will be annually updated to include any additional changes to law and rule for the upcoming school year. Except as otherwise described in law by the General Assembly, any changes to law or rule that occur after the updated list is published will be incorporated into the review of sponsor compliance the following year.
(D) Beginning with the 2018-2019 sponsor evaluation, the sponsor will certify to the department, no later than the thirtieth of June, subject to change under paragraph (F) of this rule that it fulfilled each of the items described in paragraph (C) of this rule, it did not fulfill any items described in paragraph (C) of this rule or the item did not apply with supporting information.
(E) The department or its designee will review the certification of the sponsor and establish an initial score for each item. The department will randomly select items from the sponsor's certification for validation.
(1) For most items, sponsors may provide documentation electronically in the system designated by the department; for some, validation may take place during an onsite review at one or more of the sponsor's community schools. The department may consider corrective action plans for validation of compliance. If an onsite review is conducted, the following will apply:
(a) Schools will be randomly selected for an onsite review; and
(b) Schools will be notified in advance of the onsite review.
(2) If the review conducted pursuant to paragraph (E)(1) of this rule results in an inability to validate the sponsor's response, the department may expand the random sample of community schools and/or items to validate the sponsor's certification of compliance with all laws and rules with regard to monitoring school compliance.
(F) The department or its designee will adjust the initial score for an item established under paragraph (E) of this rule based on the results of the validation under paragraph (E) of this rule. If the item cannot be validated, the score may be adjusted to non-compliant. In making its adjustments, the department may weight noncompliance with certain items as more significant than others. Items that receive additional weight will be identified on the list of laws and rules that the department provides to sponsors and is posted on the department's website annually under paragraph (C) of this rule.
Last updated June 27, 2024 at 10:45 PM
History
- Effective: June 27, 2024
- Promulgated Under: 119.03
Ohio Adm.Code 3301-102-09 Approving applications for new internet-or computer-based community schools.
(A) An "internet-or computer-based community school" is defined in section 3314.02 of the Revised Code. "Online community school" and "eschool" have the same meaning as an internet-or computer-based community school.
(B) The department of education and workforce shall publish on its website the department of education and workforce's processes for submitting and approving applications for new online community schools. The department also shall maintain on its website a list of applications received and their status.
(C) The application shall require an applicant to provide the following:
(1) The sponsor's experience with online schools, including:
(a) The number of years and number of online schools for which the sponsor provided monitoring and technical assistance since the inception of such activities;
(b) The degree to which the online schools met Ohio's operating standards for online schools, which the department of education and workforce shall make available on the department's website; and
(c) Any full-time equivalency determinations issued by a state education agency for a school for which the sponsor was responsible for oversight;
(2) The operator's experience with online schools, including:
(a) The operator's experience in managing the daily operations of an online school or providing programmatic oversight and support to an online school since the inception of such activities;
(b) The degree to which the online schools met Ohio's operating standards for online schools; and
(c) Any full-time equivalency determination issued by a state education agency for a school for which the operator managed the daily operations;
(3) The sponsor's schools' records of academic performance in all years under its sponsorship including:
(a) Assessment of the sponsor's schools' student performance, as aligned with the evaluation system described in section 3314.016 of the Revised Code; and
(b) Report cards and performance ratings issued for the sponsor's community schools under section 3302.03 of the Revised Code;
(4) The operator's schools' records of academic performance in all years under its operation as measured by the following:
(a) Report cards and performance ratings issued for the sponsor's community schools under section 3302.03 of the Revised Code; and
(b) Comparable performance ratings of out-of-state schools with which the operator has experience; and
(5) The extent of the operator's previous experience in Ohio.
(D) In determining the experience and quality of applicants, the director of the department of education and workforce or the director's designee shall consider the measures included in paragraph (C) of this rule.
(E) No later than the first of July of each year, the department shall notify applicants as to the determination regarding their applications.
Last updated July 1, 2025 at 8:15 AM
History
- Effective: July 1, 2025
- Promulgated Under: 119.03
Ohio Adm.Code 3301-102-10 Dropout prevention and recovery academic performance rating and report card system.
(A) A dropout prevention and recovery school is one to which any of the following applies:
(1) Any community school that operates a drug recovery program in cooperation with a court; or
(2) Any community school in which the majority of students are enrolled in a dropout prevention and recovery program operated by the school that meets the following criteria:
(a) The program serves only students not younger than sixteen years of age and not older than twenty-one years of age;
(b) The program enrolls students who, at the time of their initial enrollment, either, or both, are at least one grade level behind their cohort age groups or experience crises that significantly interfere with their academic progress such that they are prevented from continuing their traditional programs;
(c) The program requires students to attain at least the applicable score designated for each of the assessments prescribed under division (B)(1) of section 3301.0710 of the Revised Code or, to the extent prescribed by rule of the state board of education under division (B)(2) or (D)(5) of section 3301.0712 of the Revised Code;
(d) The program develops an individual career plan for the student that specifies the student's matriculating to a two-year degree program, acquiring a business and industry credential, or entering an apprenticeship;
(e) The program provides counseling and support for the student related to the plan developed under division (A)(4) of section 3314.36 of the Revised Code during the remainder of the student's high school experience; and
(f) The program's instructional plan demonstrates how the academic content standards adopted by the state board of education under section 3301.079 of the Revised Code will be taught and assessed; or
(3) Any conversion community school whose sponsoring district has received a waiver from having the school's academic data rolled up into the district's local report card because the school primarily enrolls students between sixteen and twenty-two years of age who dropped out of high school or are at risk of dropping out of high school due to poor attendance, disciplinary problems, or suspensions.
(B) Pursuant to section 3314.017 of the Revised Code, the state board of education shall prescribe an academic performance rating, benchmark and report card system for community schools that primarily serve students enrolled in dropout prevention and recovery programs as described in division (A)(4)(a) of section 3314.35 of the Revised Code, to be used in lieu of the system prescribed under sections 3302.03 and 3314.012 of the Revised Code, beginning with the 2012-2013 school year. Each such school shall comply with the testing and reporting requirements of the system as prescribed by the state board.
(C) Nothing in this rule and the academic performance rating, benchmark and report card system prescribed by the state board shall relieve a school from its obligations under the "No Child Left Behind Act of 2001" to make "adequate yearly progress" as defined in section 3302.01 of the Revised Code, or a school's amenability to the provisions of section 3302.04 or 3302.041 of the Revised Code. The department shall continue to report each school's performance as required by the act and enforce applicable sanctions under section 3302.04 or 3302.041 of the Revised Code.
(D) The academic performance rating, benchmark and report card system shall use the following performance indicators:
(1) Graduation rates for the four year student graduation cohort:
(a) A performance rating for the four year student graduation cohort of thirty-six per cent or higher means that the school earns the rating of "exceeds standards" on this indicator;
(b) A performance rating of at least eight per cent and no higher than 35.9 per cent means that the school earns the rating of "meets standards" on this indicator; and
(c) A rating of less than 7.9 per cent means that the school receives the rating of "does not meet standards" for this indicator;
(2) Graduation rates for the five, six, seven and eight year student graduation cohorts:
(a) A performance rating of forty per cent or higher means that the school earns the rating of "exceeds standards" on these graduation rates;
(b) A performance rating of at least twelve per cent and no higher than 39.9 per cent means that the school earns the rating of "meets standards" on these graduation rates; and
(c) A rating of less than twelve per cent means that the school receives the rating of "does not meet standards" for these graduation rates.
(3) Passage rate for twelfth-grade students currently enrolled in the school who have attained the designated passing score on all of the applicable state high school achievement assessments required under division (B)(1) or (B)(2) of section 3301.0710 of the Revised Code and other students enrolled in the school, regardless of grade level, who are within three months of their twenty-second birthday and have attained the designated passing score on all of the applicable state high school achievement assessments by their twenty-second birthday:
(a) A performance rating of sixty-eight per cent or higher means that the school earns a rating of "exceeds standards";
(b) A performance rating of at least thirty-two per cent and no higher than 67.9 per cent means that the school earns a rating of "meets standards"; and
(c) A performance rating of less than thirty-two per cent means that the school receives the rating of "does not meet standards";
(4) Annual measurable objectives as defined in section 3302.01 of the Revised Code;
(a) A performance rating of thirty-six per cent or higher means that the school earns a rating of "exceeds standards";
(b) A performance rating of at least one per cent and no higher than 35.9 per cent means that the school earns a rating of "meets standards"; and
(c) A performance rating of less than one per cent means that the school receives the rating of "does not meet standards";
(E) It is the intention of the state board of education to periodically review performance levels for each established benchmark as prescribed in section 3314.017 of the Revised Code and amend those benchmarks, if the data analysis warrants a revision.
Last updated May 19, 2022 at 8:22 AM
History
- Effective: May 19, 2022
- Promulgated Under: 119.03
Ohio Adm.Code 3301-102-11 Dropout prevention and recovery schools' assessment of growth in student achievement.
(A) Pursuant to the development of the dropout prevention and recovery academic performance rating and report card system as required under section 3314.017 of the Revised Code and described in rule 3301-102-10 of the Administrative Code, dropout prevention and recovery community schools shall report assessment data to measure growth in student achievement in reading and in mathematics.
(B) The assessments required to be used by dropout prevention and recovery community schools shall be selected by the state board of education through a competitive bidding process.
(1) For the 2014-2015 school year, notice of the department's selection of the assessment and test vendor, as well as information regarding the processes and procedures to obtain, administer and report these assessments for reading and mathematics shall be communicated to the schools and made available on the department's website (education.ohio.gov);
(2) For the 2015-2016 school year and beyond, any changes in the required assessments for reading and mathematics shall be communicated to the schools and the information made available on the department's website (education.ohio.gov).
(C) For the 2014-2015 school year, in the absence of national norms for assessments in reading and mathematics for students enrolled in dropout prevention and recovery programs, the department shall develop a growth measure based upon value-added progress dimension, as defined in division (A)(1)(e) of section 3302.03 of the Revised Code.
(1) Gain scores for both reading and mathematics shall be calculated and used to form a composite gain score for the school annually;
(2) The gains scores shall use up to three years of measured progress data, as available, to form the composite gain score.
(D) Ratings shall be assigned as follows:
(1) A school shall receive a rating of "exceeds standards' if the composite gain score is at least two standard errors of measure above the mean score;
(2) A school shall receive a rating of "meets standards" if the composite gain score is less than two standard errors of measure above the mean score and greater than or equal to two standard errors of measure below the mean score;
(3) A school shall receive a rating of "does not meet standards" if the composite gain score is not greater than two standard errors of measure below the mean score.
Last updated May 23, 2023 at 11:17 AM
History
- Effective: July 3, 2014
- Promulgated Under: 119.03
Ohio Adm.Code 3301-102-12 Standards for awarding an overall report card designation to dropout prevention and recovery community schools.
(A) Beginning with the 2014-2015 school year, and annually thereafter, dropout prevention and recovery community schools described in division (A)(4)(a) of section 3314.35 of the Revised Code shall be awarded an overall designation on the report card.
(B) Standards for awarding an overall report card designation to a dropout prevention and recovery community school shall be calculated as follows:
(1) Thirty per cent of the score shall be based on the graduation rates as described in division (C)(1) of section 3314.017 of the Revised Code that are applicable to the school year for which the overall designation is granted;
(2) Thirty per cent of the score shall be based on the measures of growth in student achievement in reading and mathematics as described in division (C)(4) of section 3314.017 of the Revised Code that are applicable to the school year for which the overall designation is granted;
(3) Twenty per cent of the score shall be based the percentage of twelfth-grade students currently enrolled in the school who have attained the designated passing score on all of the applicable state high school achievement assessments required under division (B)(1) or (B)(2) of section 3301.0710 of the Revised Code and other students enrolled in the school, regardless of grade level, who are within three months of their twenty-second birthday and have attained the designated passing score on all of the applicable state high school achievement assessments by their twenty-second birthday, as described in division (C)(2) of section 3314.017 of the Revised Code;
(4) Twenty per cent of the score shall be based on the annual measurable objectives as defined in section 3302.01 of the Revised Code and described in division (C)(3) of section 3314.017 of the Revised Code;
(5) If both of the graduation rate and assessment passage rate indicators described in divisions (B)(1) and (B)(3) of this rule improve by ten per cent for two consecutive years, a school shall be rated as not less than "meets standards."
(C) The points awarded for each indicator's rating shall be calculated as follows:
(1) A school that receives an indicator rating of "Exceeds standards" for graduation rates or growth in reading and mathematics shall receive a score of "30" points for each of those categories of indicators;
(2) A school that receives an indicator rating of "Exceeds standards" for assessment passage or annual measurable objectives shall receive a score of "20" points for each of those categories of indicators;
(3) A school that receives an indicator rating of "Meets standards" for graduation rates or growth in reading and mathematics shall receive a score of "20" points for each of those categories of indicators;
(4) A school that receives an indicator rating of "Meets standards" for assessment passage or annual measurable objectives shall receive a score of "10" points for each of those categories of indicators;
(5) A school that receives an indicator rating of "Does not meet standards" for graduation rates, growth in reading and mathematics, assessment passage or annual measurable objectives shall receive a score of "0" points for each of those categories of indicators.
(D) The overall designations shall be as follows:
(1) A school that receives eighty per cent of possible points or higher shall receive an overall designation of "Exceeds standards";
(2) A school that receives forty per cent but less than eighty per cent of possible points shall receive an overall designation of "Meets standards";
(3) A school that receives less than forty per cent of possible points shall receive an overall designation of "Does not meet standards."
(E) Following the release of the 2014-2015 report card data, the state board shall review the performance levels and benchmarks for performance indicators in the report card issued under this rule and may revise them based on the data collected under division (F) of section 3314.017 of the Revised Code.
(F) In the case where a dropout prevention and recovery school as defined in paragraph (A) of this rule also enrolls students in any of grades kindergarten through eighth grade, and for whom there are sufficient data to calculate performance indicators for any of these grades, pursuant to division (A)(1) of section 3302.03 of the Revised Code, such data shall be reported, but not used in determining the school's overall designation.
Last updated May 23, 2023 at 11:17 AM
History
- Effective: January 1, 2016
- Promulgated Under: 119.03
Chapter 3301-103 Autism Scholarship Program
Ohio Adm.Code 3301-103-01 Definitions.
The following terms are defined as they are used in this chapter of the Administrative Code:
(A) "Administrative or judicial mediations or proceedings" includes all pending written complaints, mediations, or due process hearings with respect to the content of the individualized education program (IEP) that an alternative public provider or registered private provider would implement if an autism scholarship is awarded to a child whose parent has applied for a scholarship for his or her child; or is implementing if a child was awarded a scholarship and is participating in the autism scholarship program.
(B) "Alternative public provider" means either of the following providers that agrees to enroll a child in the provider's special education program to implement the child's individualized education program and to which the child's parent owes fees for the services provided to the child:
(1) A school district that is not the school district in which the child is entitled to attend school;
(2) A public entity other than a school district.
(C) "Approval date" means the date of the Ohio department of education's written notice to the parent, informing the parent, as defined in paragraph (J) of this rule, that his or her child has been awarded a scholarship under the autism scholarship program based on the parent's application and documentation that the child is a qualified special education child.
(D) "Autism scholarship program" has the same meaning as the autism scholarship program established in section 3310.41 of the Revised Code.
(E) "Category six special education ADM" means the average daily membership of students receiving special education services for the disabilities specified in division (F) of section 3317.013 of the Revised Code and reported under division (B)(10) or (D)(2)(g) of section 3317.03 of the Revised Code.
(F) "Entitled to attend school" means entitled to attend school in a school district under section 3313.64 or 3313.65 of the Revised Code.
(G) "Formula ADM" means, for a city, local, or exempted village school district, the final number verified by the superintendent of public instruction, based on the number reported pursuant to division (A) of section 3317.03 of the Revised Code, as adjusted, if so ordered, under division (K) of that section.
(H) "Individualized education program (IEP)" means the written statement described in section 3323.011 of the Revised Code. For the purposes of division (A)(7)(b) of section 3310.41 of the Revised Code, the IEP is the most current IEP created by the district of residence's IEP team.
(I) "Modify services" means to provide services identified on the IEP at a different frequency or in a different amount than specified on the IEP, as measured goals and objectives or to provide services other than those identified on the IEP, but associated with educating the child. A parent and provider do not have the ability to independently amend or alter the IEP as written by the school district.
(J) "Parent" has the same meaning as in section 3310.41 of the Revised Code.
(K) "Preschool child with a disability" means a child with a disability who is at least three years of age but is not of compulsory school age, as defined under section 3321.01 of the Revised Code, and who is not currently enrolled in kindergarten.
(L) "Preschool scholarship ADM" means the number of preschool children with disabilities reported under division (B)(3)(h) of section 3317.03 of the Revised Code.
(M) "Qualified special education child" is a child for whom all of the following conditions apply:
(1) The school district in which the child is entitled to attend school has identified the child as a child with autism. In addition, a child who has received a scholarship under the autism scholarship program based upon the identification of pervasive development disorder-not otherwise specified (PDD-NOS) prior to the 2013/2014 school year shall continue to be eligible for a scholarship despite the changes related to this diagnosis in the "Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders, 5th Edition (2013)";
(2) The school district of residence, or the school district that the child is entitled to attend under the circumstances set forth in paragraph (A) of rule 3301-103-04 of the Administrative Code, has identified the child as a child with a disability;
(3) The child either:
(a) Was enrolled in the school district in which the child is entitled to attend school in any grade from preschool through twelve in the school year prior to the year in which a scholarship under this chapter is first sought for the child; or
(b) Is eligible to enter school in any grade preschool through twelve in the school district in which the child is entitled to attend school in the school year in which a scholarship under this chapter is first sought for the child.
(N) "Registered private provider" means a nonpublic school or other nonpublic entity or person that has been approved by the Ohio department of education to participate in the autism scholarship program established under section 3310.41 of the Revised Code.
(O) "Comprehensive special education program" means a program offered by a chartered nonpublic school approved by the Ohio department of education to participate in the autism scholarship program that includes both the educational and services components.
(P) "Scholarship year" means a year beginning July first and continuing through June thirtieth of the following year.
(Q) "School district" means a city, local, or exempted village school district but does not include any community school established under Chapter 3314. of the Revised Code;
(R) "School district of residence" means:
(1) The school district in which the child's natural or adoptive parents reside;
(2) If the school district specified in paragraph (Q)(1) of this rule cannot be determined, the last school district in which the child's natural or adoptive parents are known to have resided if the parents' whereabouts are unknown;
(3) If the school district specified in paragraph (Q)(2) of this rule cannot be determined, the school district determined under section 2151.362 of the Revised Code, or if no district has been so determined, the school district as determined by the probate court of the county in which the child resides;
(4) Notwithstanding paragraphs (Q)(1) to (Q)(3) of this rule, if a school district is required by section 3313.65 of the Revised Code to pay tuition for a child, that district shall be the child's school district of residence for the purposes of Chapter 3301-103 of the Administrative Code.
(S)
Last updated June 16, 2023 at 9:01 AM
History
- Effective: June 15, 2023
- Promulgated Under: 119.03
Ohio Adm.Code 3301-103-04
(A) Evaluation, reevaluation, and individualized education program (IEP)
The school district of residence shall carry out the following activities when a parent of a child is applying for an autism scholarship for his or her child or when a child has received a scholarship and is participating in the autism scholarship program:
(1) The district of residence shall conduct an initial evaluation of a child in accordance with rule 3301-51-06 of the Administrative Code if a parent is applying for an autism scholarship for his or her child and the district suspects that the child is a child with a disability unless the child is attending either a chartered or non-chartered nonpublic school. The district where the chartered or non-chartered nonpublic school is located is responsible for the evaluation of these children.
(2) The district of residence shall determine whether the child is a child with a disability as the term "child with a disability" is defined in paragraph (B)(10) of rule 3301-51-01 of the Administrative Code. The child must be a child with one of the disabilities listed and defined in paragraph (B)(10) of rule 3301-51-01 of the Administrative Code or with a developmental delay, as provided in paragraph (B)(10)(c) of rule 3301-51-01 of the Administrative Code. By reason of that disability or developmental delay, the child must need special education and related services, as the term "special education" is defined in paragraph (B)(58) of rule 3301-51-01 of the Administrative Code and as the term "related services" is defined in paragraph (B)(52) of rule 3301-51-01 of the Administrative Code.
(3) If the district of residence determines that the child is a child with a disability under the category of autism in accordance with paragraph (A)(2) of this rule, the child is considered to be a child with autism for purposes of the autism scholarship program.
(4) If the district of residence determines that the child is a child with a disability under another category or is a child with a developmental delay in accordance with paragraph (A)(2) of this rule and the child has been identified as having a pervasive developmental disorder not otherwise specified (PDD-NOS) - the child is considered to be a child with autism for purposes of the autism scholarship program.
(5) If the district of residence determines that the child is a child with a disability, the district of residence shall conduct reevaluations of the child in accordance with rule 3301-51-06 of the Administrative Code unless the child is attending either a chartered or non-chartered nonpublic school. The district where the chartered or non-chartered nonpublic school is located is responsible for the reevaluation of these children.
(6) The district is not obligated to provide a child participating in the autism scholarship program with FAPE while a parent of the child is receiving funds from the autism scholarship program.
(7) If, at any time, a parent of a child participating in the autism scholarship program decides to no longer accept funds under the autism scholarship program and the child returns to the district of residence for special education and related services, then the district of residence will be required to provide the child with FAPE.
(B) Filing complaints and due process requests
The parent of a child participating in the autism scholarship program has the right to file with the Ohio department of education a written complaint that alleges that a provider serving his or her child under the autism scholarship program violated a requirement that applies to a provider under section 3310.41 of the Revised Code and the rules adopted by the state board of education under that section of law. The Ohio department of education shall respond to the complaint as determined appropriate by the department.
Last updated June 16, 2023 at 9:01 AM
History
- Effective: June 15, 2023
- Promulgated Under: 119.03
Ohio Adm.Code 3301-103-02 Autism scholarship program established.
(A) The purpose of the rules in Chapter 3301-103 of the Administrative Code is to prescribe procedures to implement the autism scholarship program established in section 3310.41 of the Revised Code.
(B) The purpose of the scholarship is to permit the parent of a qualified special education child the choice to send the child to a special education program, instead of the one operated by or for the school district in which the child is entitled to attend school, to receive the services prescribed in the child's IEP once the IEP is finalized. Upon written agreement with the eligible applicant, the provider may modify services provided to the child.
(C) Recipients of a scholarship through the autism scholarship program must be in compliance with the state compulsory attendance law established under Chapter 3321. of the Revised Code.
Last updated May 23, 2023 at 11:17 AM
History
- Effective: June 23, 2017
- Promulgated Under: 119.03
Ohio Adm.Code 3301-103-03 Procedures and deadlines for parents to apply for scholarship.
(A) Application
The initial application process is used to determine whether a child meets the definition of a qualified special education child. The reapplication process for succeeding years is used primarily to identify continued eligibility and interest in the program.
(1) If the parent of a child who meets all of the criteria in paragraphs (B)(1) to (B)( 2) of this rule wishes to have the child participate in the autism scholarship program, the parent must complete and submit an annual application for the scholarship, along with all required information, in accordance with rules of the state board of education and guidelines established by the Ohio department of education.
(2) As part of the annual application process, the parent shall provide a signed written consent that requires the school district of residence to release the following records to the alternative public provider or the registered private provider who will be implementing the child's individualized education program (IEP):
(a) The current IEP;
(b) The evaluation team report of the current evaluation;
(c) All progress reports and interim reports from the previous school year;
(d) The previous year's IEP.
(3) The deadline for receipt of applications for students older than age three is May thirty-first of each year.
(4) Applications received after the deadlines stated in paragraph (A)(3) of this rule shall be processed for the next fiscal year, beginning on July first.
(B) Eligibility
Eligibility is determined by the following criteria:
(1) The child is between the ages of three and twenty-one years, inclusive;
(2) The child either was enrolled in the school district in which the child is entitled to attend school (school district of residence) in any grade from preschool through twelve in the school year prior to the year in which a scholarship is first sought for the child or is eligible to enter school in any grade preschool through twelve in the school district in which the child is entitled to attend school (school district of residence) in the school year in which a scholarship is first sought for the child. For the purposes of this paragraph, a child is entitled to attend preschool if he or she satisfies the requirements in paragraph (A)(50) of rule 3301-51-01 of the Administrative Code.
(C) Written notification of approval or disapproval
(1) Once a child has been approved or disapproved to receive a scholarship through the autism scholarship program, the child's parent shall be notified of the approval or disapproval, in writing, by the Ohio department of education.
(2) Scholarships awarded under the autism scholarship program shall be valid from the date of the Ohio department of education's written notification of approval to the end of the scholarship year, provided all program requirements have been met.
(3) No scholarship funds shall be expended for services the child received prior to the parent of the child receiving written notification from the Ohio department of education that the child has been approved for a scholarship and prior to placement of the child with an alternative public provider or registered private provider.
(D) New application after exiting program
A parent of a child who has exited the program and wishes to return must reapply by submitting a new application in accordance with rules of the state board of education and guidelines established by the Ohio department of education.
(E) Reporting
The district of residence of a recipient of an autism scholarship shall promptly notify the department of education when a child in its district has withdrawn from the autism scholarship program and returned to the district of residence.
Last updated June 16, 2023 at 9:01 AM
History
- Effective: June 15, 2023
- Promulgated Under: 119.03
Ohio Adm.Code 3301-51-01
(A) Applicability of requirements
The purpose of Chapter 3301-51 of the Administrative Code is to ensure that all children with disabilities residing in Ohio between the ages of three and twenty-one years, inclusive, including children with disabilities who have been suspended or expelled from school, have available to them a free appropriate public education (FAPE), as provided by Part B of the Individuals with Disabilities Education Act, as amended by the Individuals with Disabilities Education Improvement Act of 2004 (IDEA) at 20 U.S.C. 1400, related federal regulations at 34 C.F.R. Part 300, Chapter 3323. of the Revised Code, the provisions of this chapter of the Administrative Code, and applicable state policies, procedures, and guidelines issued by the superintendent of public instruction.
(1) The provisions of this chapter shall provide that:
(a) Children with disabilities have available to them FAPE that emphasizes special education and related services designed to meet their unique needs and prepare them for further education, employment, and independent living; and
(b) The rights of children with disabilities and their parents are protected.
(2) School district of residence
(a) The child's school district of residence is responsible, in all instances, for ensuring that the requirements of paragraph (A) of this rule for making FAPE available are met for every eligible child in its jurisdiction, regardless of whether services are provided by another school district, other educational agency, juvenile justice facility, or other facility, agency, department, or entity unless Chapter 3323. of the Revised Code, or a rule adopted by the state board of education specifies that another school district, other educational agency, or other agency, department, or entity is responsible for ensuring compliance with Part B of the IDEA.
(b) Notwithstanding paragraph (A)(2)(a) of this rule, a school district of residence is not required to pay for the cost of education, including special education and related services, of a child with a disability at a nonpublic school or facility if that school district made FAPE available to the child, and the parents elected to place the child in a nonpublic school or facility. However, the school district must include the child in the population whose needs are addressed consistent with the requirements of rule 3301-51-08 of the Administrative Code.
(3) School district other than school district of residence
(a) Each school district is responsible for serving a child with a disability who is living in its school district, even though the school district is not the child's school district of residence. The child's school district of residence retains responsibility for making FAPE available to the child.
(b) "Serving a child with a disability" means educating the child which includes making special education and related services available to the child.
(i) The responsibility to serve a nonresident child with a disability living in the school district includes, but is not limited to, a child with a disability placed in a juvenile justice facility, institution, hospital, agency, department, home as defined in section 3313.64 of the Revised Code, or other facility or entity located in the school district.
(ii) The responsibility to serve a nonresident child with a disability does not apply to the school district in which the child is living if the child is already being served by another school district, a nonpublic school, county board of developmental disabilities (county board of DD), other educational agency, a state or local agency or institution, or other provider, including an open enrollment school district, the Ohio department of youth services, or provider for the "Autism Scholarship Program" established by section 3310.41 of the Revised Code, or a provider of the "Jon Peterson Special Needs Program" established by section 3310.52 of the Revised Code. However, if the child is placed in a nonpublic school in the school district, the school district must include the child in the population whose needs are addressed consistent with the requirements of rule 3301-51-08 of the Administrative Code.
(4) Funding for special education
No educational agency shall receive state or federal funds for special education and related services or provide special education and related services unless such special education and related services are provided in accordance with all applicable provisions of the IDEA and related federal regulations, Chapter 3323. of the Revised Code, this chapter of the Administrative Code, and related state policies, procedures, and guidelines issued by the superintendent of public instruction.
(5) Plan
Each educational agency, in providing for the education of children with disabilities within its jurisdiction, must have in effect a plan, written policies and procedures, and programs that are consistent with the state's policies and procedures related to the implementation of Part B of the IDEA. The plan shall provide assurances to the superintendent of public instruction that the educational agency meets each of the applicable conditions in 34 C.F.R. 300.201 to 300.213. Each school district's plan shall also meet the requirements of section 3323.08 of the Revised Code. Each educational agency shall submit its plan to the superintendent of public instruction as part of its comprehensive continuous improvement plan.
(6) Documentation and information
The superintendent of public instruction may require an educational agency to provide documentation that special education and related services for children with disabilities provided by the public agency are provided in compliance with the requirements specified in paragraph (A) of this rule.
(a) An educational agency must provide the superintendent of public instruction with information necessary to enable the superintendent to carry out the state's duties under Part B of the IDEA, including, information relating to the performance of children with disabilities participating in programs carried out under Part B of the IDEA.
(b) An educational agency must make available to parents of children with disabilities and to the general public all documents relating to the eligibility of the educational agency under Part B of the IDEA.
(c) An educational agency must cooperate in the secretary's efforts under section 1308 of the Elementary and Secondary Education Act of 1965, (ESEA) to ensure the linkage of records pertaining to migratory children with disabilities for the purpose of electronically exchanging, among the states, health, and educational information regarding those children.
(7) Ineligibility and opportunity for hearing
If the superintendent of public instruction determines that an educational agency is not eligible under Part B of the IDEA for purposes of receiving assistance under Part B of the IDEA, the superintendent shall:
(a) Notify the educational agency of that determination; and
(b) Provide the educational agency with reasonable notice and an opportunity for a hearing.
(8) Effect of noncompliance on funding; notice to public
If the superintendent of public instruction, after reasonable notice and an opportunity for a hearing, finds that an educational agency that has been determined to be eligible under Part B of the IDEA is failing to comply with any requirement in Sections 34 C.F.R. 300.201 to 34 C.F.R. 300.213:
(a) The superintendent of public instruction must reduce or must not provide any further payment to the educational agency until the state superintendent is satisfied that the educational agency is complying with that requirement.
(b) Any educational agency in receipt of a notice described in paragraph (A)(8)(a) of this rule must, by means of public notice, take the measures necessary to bring the pendency of an action pursuant to this rule to the attention of the public within the jurisdiction of the educational agency.
(c) In carrying out its responsibilities under this rule, the Ohio department of education must consider any decision resulting from a hearing held under rule 3301-51-05 of the Administrative Code that is adverse to the educational agency or state agency involved in the decision.
(B) Definitions
(1) "Act" or "IDEA" means the Individuals with Disabilities Education Act, as amended by the Individuals with Disabilities Education Improvement Act of 2004 at 20 U.S.C. 1400, Public Law 108-446 of the 108th Congress, December 3, 2004 (IDEA).
(2) "Assistive technology device" means any item, piece of equipment, or product system, whether acquired commercially off the shelf, modified, or customized, that is used to increase, maintain, or improve the functional capabilities of a child with a disability. The term does not include a medical device that is surgically implanted, or the replacement of such device.
(3) "Assistive technology service" means any service that directly assists a child with a disability in the selection, acquisition, or use of an assistive technology device. The term includes:
(a) The evaluation of the needs of a child with a disability, including a functional evaluation of the child in the child's customary environment;
(b) Purchasing, leasing, or otherwise providing for the acquisition of assistive technology devices by children with disabilities;
(c) Selecting, designing, fitting, customizing, adapting, applying, maintaining, repairing, or replacing assistive technology devices;
(d) Coordinating and using other therapies, interventions, or services with assistive technology devices, such as those associated with existing education and rehabilitation plans and programs;
(e) Training or technical assistance for a child with a disability or, if appropriate, that child's family; and
(f) Training or technical assistance for professionals (including individuals providing education or rehabilitation services), employers, or other individuals who provide services to, employ, or are otherwise substantially involved in the major life functions of that child.
(4) "Average daily membership" means the number of children that are counted to generate state funds under the Ohio school foundation funding program.
(5) "Benchmark" means a specific statement of what the child should know and be able to do in a specified segment of the year. Benchmarks describe how far the child is expected to progress toward the annual goal and by when. Benchmarks establish expected performance levels that allow for regular checks of progress that coincide with the reporting periods for informing parents of the child's progress toward achieving the annual goals.
(6) "Braille," unless otherwise specified, means a tactile system of reading and writing for individuals with visual impairments commonly known as standard English braille.
(7) "Caseload for one preschool special education teacher" means the number of children who collectively comprise the equivalency for ratios or funding.
(8) "Charter school" or "community school" has the meaning given the term in Section 4310 of the Elementary and Secondary Education Act of 1965, 20 U.S.C. 6301 (ESEA). The term "charter school" does not have the same meaning as "chartered nonpublic school."
(9) "Chartered nonpublic school" means a school chartered by the state board of education pursuant to section 3301.16 of the Revised Code and that meets the minimum standards for chartered nonpublic schools.
(10) "Child with a disability" means a child evaluated in accordance with rule 3301-51-06 of the Administrative Code as having an intellectual disability, a hearing impairment (including deafness), a speech or language impairment, a visual impairment (including blindness), a serious emotional disturbance (referred to in this rule as "emotional disturbance"), an orthopedic impairment, autism, traumatic brain injury, an other health impairment, a specific learning disability, deaf-blindness, a developmental delay (for a child between the ages of three and nine), or multiple disabilities, and who, by reason thereof, needs special education and related services.
(a) Subject to paragraph (B)(10)(b) of this rule, if it is determined, through an appropriate evaluation under rule 3301-51-06 of the Administrative Code, that a child has one of the disabilities identified in this rule, but needs only a related service and not special education, the child is not a child with a disability under this rule.
(b) If, consistent with the definition of special education in paragraph (B)(62) of this rule, the individualized education program (IEP) team considers the related service required by the child to be special education rather than a related service under state standards, the child would be determined to be a child with a disability under this rule.
(c) Children aged three through nine years who are experiencing developmental delays. "Child with a disability" for children aged three through nine years, may, subject to the conditions described in rule 3301-51-03 of the Administrative Code for the use of the term developmental delay, include a child:
(i) Who is experiencing developmental delays, as defined by rule 3301-51-11 of the Administrative Code and as measured by appropriate diagnostic instruments and procedures, in one or more of the following areas: physical development, cognitive development, communication development, social or emotional development, or adaptive development as provided by rule 3301-51-11 of the Administrative Code; and
(ii) Who, by reason thereof, needs special education and related services.
(d) Definitions of disability terms. The terms used in this definition of a "child with a disability" are defined as follows:
(i) "Autism" means a developmental disability significantly affecting verbal and nonverbal communication and social interaction, generally evident before age three, that adversely affects a child's educational performance. Other characteristics often associated with "autism" are engagement in repetitive activities and stereotyped movements, resistance to environmental change or change in daily routines, and unusual responses to sensory experiences.
(a) Autism does not apply if a child's educational performance is adversely affected primarily because the child has an emotional disturbance, as defined in paragraph (B)(10)(d)(v) of this rule.
(b) A child who manifests the characteristics of autism after age three could be identified as having autism if the criteria in paragraph (B)(10)(d)(i) of this rule are satisfied.
(ii) "Intellectual disability" means significantly sub average general intellectual functioning, existing concurrently with deficits in adaptive behavior and manifested during the developmental period, that adversely affects a child's educational performance.
(a) "Significantly sub average general intellectual functioning" refers to an intelligence quotient of seventy or below as determined through a measure of cognitive functioning administered by a school psychologist or a qualified psychologist using a test designed for individual administration. Based on a standard error of measurement and clinical judgment, a child may be determined to have significant sub average general intellectual functioning with an intelligence quotient not to exceed seventy-five.
(b) "Deficits in adaptive behavior" means deficits in two or more applicable skill areas occurring within the context of the child's environments and typical of the child's chronological age peers.
(c) A child who was identified by an Ohio educational agency as having a developmental handicap prior to July 1, 2002 shall be considered a child with a disability if the child continues to meet the definition of "developmentally handicapped" in paragraph "N." of former rule 3301-51-01 of the Administrative Code and the eligibility requirements of paragraph "F.1" of former rule 3301-51-04 of the Administrative Code that are both contained in the "Rules for the Education of Handicapped Children," which were effective July 1, 1982 and were rescinded July 1, 2002. A child who meets these provisions shall be eligible to receive special education and related services in accordance with the "Operating Standards for Ohio's Schools Serving Children with Disabilities" effective July 1, 2008.
(iii) "Deaf-blindness" means concomitant hearing and visual impairments, the combination of which causes such severe communication and other developmental and educational needs that they cannot be accommodated in special education programs solely for children with deafness or children with blindness.
(iv) "Deafness" means a hearing impairment that is so severe that the child is impaired in processing linguistic information through hearing, with or without amplification that adversely affects a child's educational performance.
(v) "Emotional disturbance" means a condition exhibiting one or more of the following characteristics over a long period of time and to a marked degree that adversely affects a child's educational performance:
(a) An inability to learn that cannot be explained by intellectual, sensory, or health factors.
(b) An inability to build or maintain satisfactory interpersonal relationships with peers and teachers.
(c) Inappropriate types of behavior or feelings under normal circumstances.
(d) A general pervasive mood of unhappiness or depression.
(e) A tendency to develop physical symptoms or fears associated with personal or school problems.
(f) Emotional disturbance includes schizophrenia. The term does not apply to children who are socially maladjusted, unless it is determined that they have an emotional disturbance under paragraph (B)(10)(d)(v) of this rule.
(vi) "Hearing impairment" means an impairment in hearing, whether permanent or fluctuating, that adversely affects a child's educational performance but that is not included under the definition of deafness in this rule.
(vii) "Multiple disabilities" means concomitant impairments (such as intellectual disability blindness or intellectual disability orthopedic impairment), the combination of which causes such severe educational needs that they cannot be accommodated in special education programs solely for one of the impairments. "Multiple disabilities" does not include deaf-blindness.
(viii) "Orthopedic impairment" means a severe orthopedic impairment that adversely affects a child's educational performance. The term includes impairments caused by a congenital anomaly, impairments caused by disease (e.g., poliomyelitis, bone tuberculosis), and impairments from other causes (e.g., cerebral palsy, amputations, and fractures or burns that cause contractures).
(ix) "Other health impairment" means having limited strength, vitality, or alertness, including a heightened alertness to environmental stimuli, that results in limited alertness with respect to the educational environment, that:
(a) Is due to chronic or acute health problems such as asthma, attention deficit disorder or attention deficit hyperactivity disorder, diabetes, epilepsy, a heart condition, hemophilia, lead poisoning, leukemia, nephritis, rheumatic fever, sickle cell anemia, and tourette syndrome; and
(b) Adversely affects a child's educational performance.
(x) Specific learning disability.
(a) General. "Specific learning disability" means a disorder in one or more of the basic psychological processes involved in understanding or in using language, spoken or written, that may manifest itself in the imperfect ability to listen, think, speak, read, write, spell, or to do mathematical calculations, including conditions such as perceptual disabilities, brain injury, minimal brain dysfunction, dyslexia, and developmental aphasia.
(b) Disorders not included. Specific learning disability does not include learning problems that are primarily the result of visual, hearing, or motor disabilities, of intellectual disability, of emotional disturbance, or of environmental, cultural, or economic disadvantage.
(xi) "Speech or language impairment" means a communication disorder, such as stuttering, impaired articulation, a language impairment, or a voice impairment, that adversely affects a child's educational performance.
(xii) "Traumatic brain injury" means an acquired injury to the brain caused by an external physical force or by other medical conditions, including but not limited to stroke, anoxia, infectious disease, aneurysm, brain tumors and neurological insults resulting from medical or surgical treatments. The injury results in total or partial functional disability or psychosocial impairment or both, that adversely affects a child's educational performance. The term applies to open or closed head injuries, as well as to other medical conditions that result in acquired brain injuries. The injuries result in impairments in one or more areas such as cognition; language; memory; attention; reasoning; abstract thinking; judgment; problem-solving; sensory, perceptual, and motor abilities; psychosocial behavior; physical functions; information processing; and speech. The term does not apply to brain injuries that are congenital or degenerative, or to brain injuries induced by birth trauma. This definition replaces the definition of traumatic brain injury in 34 C.F.R. 300.8(c)(12) and shall be used instead whenever the federal regulations at 34 C.F.R. Part 300, state statutes at Chapter 3323. of the Revised Code, or the state rules in Chapter 3301-51 of the Administrative Code refer to traumatic brain injury.
(xiii) "Visual impairment" including blindness means an impairment in vision that, even with correction, adversely affects a child's educational performance.
(a) The term visual impairment includes both partial sight and blindness;
(b) The term "visual impairment" does not include a disorder in one or more of the basic psychological processes, such as perceptual disabilities, brain injury, minimal brain dysfunction, dyslexia, and developmental aphasia.
(11) "Community school" means a public school, created in accordance with Chapter 3314. of the Revised Code. Community schools shall be considered school districts for the purposes of this chapter of the Administrative Code.
(12) "Consent" means that:
(a) The parent has been fully informed of all information relevant to the activity for which consent is sought, in the parent's native language, or other mode of communication;
(b) The parent understands and agrees in writing to the carrying out of the activity for which the parent's consent is sought, and the consent describes that activity and lists the records (if any) that will be released and to whom; and
(i) The parent understands that the granting of consent is voluntary on the part of the parent and may be revoked at anytime.
(ii) If a parent revokes consent, that revocation is not retroactive (i.e., it does not negate an action that has occurred after the consent was given and before the consent was revoked).
(13) "Coordinate Transition Services" means:
(a) Facilitate a planning process among multiple agencies, students and families to support a student's secondary transition process;
(b) Plan for the collection, sharing and utilization of student's transition data that is relevant to the student's post school outcomes, environment and support needs;
(c) Communicate a student's individual transition plan to students, families, educators and agencies;
(d) Coordinate the implementation of research-based practices that lead to effective postsecondary transition services and outcomes;
(e) Utilize methods to engage students and families in the secondary transition process;
(f) Assist in the coordination of referral process from school to adult services systems;
(g) Link appropriate course of study and instruction strategies to secondary transition related goals; and
(h) Create strategies that support the career development pathways of students with disabilities leading to career and college readiness.
(14) "County board of developmental disabilities" means a county board of developmental disabilities as provided by section 5126.02 of the Revised Code.
(15) "Day" means calendar day unless otherwise indicated as business day or school day.
(a) "Business day" means Monday through Friday, except for federal and state holidays (unless holidays are specifically included in the designation of business day).
(b) "School day" means any day, including a partial day that children are in attendance at school for instructional purposes. School day has the same meaning for all children in school, including children with and without disabilities.
(16) "Destruction" means physical destruction or removal of personal identifiers from information so that the information is no longer personally identifiable.
(17) "Education records" means the type of records covered under the definition of "education records" in 34 C.F.R. Part 99 (the regulations implementing the Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act of 1974, August 1974, 20 U.S.C. 1232g (FERPA)). Under that definition, the term "education records" means those records that are directly related to a student and are maintained by an educational agency or institution or by a party acting for the agency or institution. The term does not include the type of records which are listed and described as records excluded from that definition under 34 C.F.R. 99.3(b)(1) to 34 C.F.R. 99.3(b)(5).
(18) "Educational agency" means:
(a) School districts, including school districts of service, open enrollment school districts, community schools, the Ohio department of youth services, and joint vocational school districts;
(b) Juvenile justice facilities, educational service centers, county boards of developmental disabilities; and
(c) Any department; division; bureau; office; institution; board; commission; committee; authority; or other state or local agency, other than a school district or an agency administered by the department of developmental disabilities, that provides or seeks to provide special education or related services to children with disabilities, unless Chapter 3323. of the Revised Code, or a rule adopted by the state board of education specifies that another school district, other educational agency, or other agency, department, or entity is responsible for ensuring compliance with Part B of the IDEA.
(19) "Elementary school" means a nonprofit institutional day or residential school, including an elementary community school, that provides elementary education, as determined under state law.
(20) "Equipment" means:
(a) Machinery, utilities, and built-in equipment, and any necessary enclosures or structures to house the machinery, utilities, or equipment; and
(b) All other items necessary for the functioning of a particular facility as a facility for the provision of educational services, including items such as instructional equipment and necessary furniture; printed, published and audio-visual instructional materials; telecommunications, sensory, and other technological aids and devices; and books, periodicals, documents, and other related materials.
(21) "Evaluation" means procedures used in accordance with rule 3301-51-06 of the Administrative Code for evaluations to determine whether a child has a disability and the nature and extent of the special education and related services that the child needs.
(22) "Evaluation team" means the parents and a group of qualified professionals.
(23) "Evaluation team for a child suspected of having a specific learning disability" means the parents and a group of qualified professionals, which must include:
(a) The child's regular teacher; or
(b) If the child does not have a regular education teacher, a regular classroom teacher qualified to teach a child of the child's age; or
(c) For a child of less than school-age, an individual qualified by the Ohio department of education to teach a child of the child's age; and
(d) At least one person qualified to conduct individual diagnostic examinations of children, such as a school psychologist, speech-language pathologist, or remedial teacher.
(24) "Re-evaluation team" means the IEP team and other qualified professionals.
(25) "Excess costs" means those costs that are in excess of the average annual per-student expenditure in a school district during the preceding school year for an elementary school or secondary school student, as may be appropriate, and that must be computed after deducting:
(a) Amounts received:
(i) Under Part B of the IDEA;
(ii) Under Part A of Title I of the Elementary and Secondary Education Act of 1965, 20 U.S.C. 6301 (ESEA); and
(iii) Under Parts A and B of Title III of the ESEA and;
(b) Any state or local funds expended for programs that would qualify for assistance under any of the acts described in paragraph (B)(25)(a) of this rule, but excluding any amounts for capital outlay or debt service. (See appendix A to Part 300 of the IDEA for an example of how excess costs must be calculated.)
(26) "Free appropriate public education" or FAPE means special education and related services that:
(a) Are provided at public expense, under public supervision and direction, and without charge;
(b) Meet the standards of the Ohio department of education, including the requirements of this rule;
(c) Include an appropriate preschool, elementary school, or secondary school education in the state involved; and
(d) Are provided in conformity with an IEP that meets the requirements of rule 3301-51-07 of the Administrative Code for individualized education programs.
(27) "General curriculum" refers to the same curriculum that is used with children without disabilities.
(28) "General education" means a learning environment that provides a community of students with the opportunity to acquire skills and knowledge necessary to meet state and local performance objectives.
(29) "Homeless children" has the meaning given the term homeless children and youths in Section 725 (42 U.S.C. 11434a) of the McKinney-Vento Homeless Assistance Act.
(30) "Include" means that the items named are not all of the possible items that are covered, whether like or unlike the ones named.
(31) "Independent educational evaluation" means an evaluation conducted by a qualified examiner who is not employed by the educational agency responsible for the education of the child in question.
(32) "Individualized education program" or IEP means a written statement for a child with a disability that is developed, reviewed, and revised in accordance with rule 3301-51-07 of the Administrative Code.
(33) "Individualized education program team" or IEP team means a group of individuals described in paragraph (F) of rule 3301-51-07 of the Administrative Code that is responsible for developing, reviewing, or revising an IEP for a child with a disability.
(34) "Institution of higher education":
(a) Has the meaning given the term in Section 101 of the Higher Education Act of 1965, as amended and specified in the Higher Education Amendments of 1998, January 1998, 20 U.S.C. 1021 (HEA); and
(b) Also includes any community college receiving funds from the secretary of the interior under the Tribally Controlled Community College or University Assistance Act of 1978 (renamed Tribally Controlled College or University Assistance Act of 1978), October 1978, 25 U.S.C. 1801.
(35) "Instructional Materials and Technologies" includes "electronic book" as defined in division (C) of section 3329.01 of the Revised Code.
(36) "Limited English proficient" has the meaning given the term in Section 9101(25) of the Elementary and Secondary Education Act of 1965 (ESEA).
(37) "Math Markup Language 3" means the technical standard for the creation of valid XML source files containing mathematical and scientific content.
(38) "National Instructional Materials Access Center (NIMAC)" means the national repository established at the American printing house for the blind, inc. (APH) that contains NIMAS file sets.
(39) "National Instructional Materials Accessibility Standard (NIMAS)", including Math Markup Language, means the technical standard used by publishers to produce source files for use in creating multiple specialized formats, including braille, large print, digital text and audio.
(40) Native language:
(a) When used with respect to an individual who is limited English proficient, "native language" means the following:
(i) The language normally used by that individual, or, in the case of a child, the language normally used by the parents of the child, except as provided in paragraph (B)(40)(a)(ii) of this rule.
(ii) In all direct contact with a child (including evaluation of the child), the language normally used by the child in the home or learning environment.
(b) For an individual with deafness or blindness, or for an individual with no written language, the mode of communication is that normally used by the individual (such as sign language, braille, or oral communication).
(41) "Non-chartered nonpublic school" means a school, that is not chartered or seeking a charter from the state board of education because of truly held religious beliefs.
(42) "Nonpublic school" means a private school which is recognized by the Ohio department of education as either a chartered school as defined in section 3301.16 of the Revised Code or a non-chartered school as described in rule 3301-35-08 of the Administrative Code.
(43) "Objective" means a smaller, more manageable learning task that a child must master as a step toward achieving an annual goal. Objectives break the skills described in the annul goal into discrete components that, when mastered, allow the child to successfully obtain the goal.
(44) "Other educational agency" means a joint vocational school district; department; division; bureau; office; institution; board; commission; committee; authority; or other state or local agency, other than a school district or an agency administered by the department of developmental disabilities, that provides or seeks to provide special education or related services to children with disabilities.
(45) "Other health impairment major" means a child whose condition meets the definition of "other health impairment" and either of the following apply:
(a) The child is identified as having a medical condition that is among those listed by the superintendent of public instruction as conditions where a substantial majority of cases fall within the definition of "medically fragile child"; or
(b) The child is determined by the superintendent of public instruction to be a medically fragile child as defined in division (I) of section 3317.02 of the Revised Code.
(46) "Other health impairment minor" means a child whose condition meets the definition of "other health impairment" and whose condition does not meet either of the conditions specified in division (W)(1)(a) or (W)(1)(b) of section 3317.02 of the Revised Code.
(47) "Paraprofessional services" include services provided by educational agency employees who are adequately trained to assist in the provision of special education to children with disabilities. Paraprofessionals work under the supervision of teachers, intervention specialists, and/or related service providers. Other titles used to identify these service providers include teacher assistants, educational aides, school psychology aides, occupational therapy assistants, physical therapist assistants, and job coaches.
(48) "Parent" means:
(a) A biological or adoptive parent of a child but not a foster parent of a child;
(b) A guardian generally authorized to act as the child's parent, or authorized to make educational decisions for the child (but not the state if the child is a ward of the state);
(c) An individual acting in the place of a biological or adoptive parent (including a grandparent, stepparent, or other relative) with whom the child lives, or an individual who is legally responsible for the child's welfare; or
(d) A surrogate parent who has been appointed in accordance with rule 3301-51-05 of the Administrative Code;
(e) Except as provided in paragraph (B)(48)(f) of this rule, the biological or adoptive parent, when attempting to act as the parent under this rule and when more than one party is qualified under this rule to act as a parent, must be presumed to be the parent for purposes of this chapter of the Administrative Code unless the biological or adoptive parent does not have legal authority to make educational decisions for the child;
(f) If a judicial decree or order identifies a specific person or persons under paragraphs (B)(48)(a) to (B)(48)(c) of this rule to act as the parent of a child or to make educational decisions on behalf of a child, then such person or persons shall be determined to be the parent for purposes of this rule.
(49) "Parent training and information center" means a center assisted under Sections 671 or 672 of the IDEA.
(50) "Parentally placed nonpublic school children with disabilities" means children with disabilities enrolled by their parents in nonpublic, including religious, schools or facilities that meet the definition of elementary school or secondary school in this rule, other than children with disabilities in nonpublic schools who are placed or referred by public agencies.
(51) "Participating agency" means any agency or institution that collects, maintains, or uses personally identifiable information, or from which information is obtained, under Part B of the IDEA.
(52) "Personally identifiable" means information that contains:
(a) The name of the child, the child's parent, or other family member;
(b) The address of the child;
(c) A personal identifier, such as the child's social security number or student number; or
(d) A list of personal characteristics or other information that would make it possible to identify the child with reasonable certainty.
(53) "Public agency" includes the school districts, county boards of developmental disabilities, other educational agencies, community schools and any other political subdivisions of the state that are responsible for providing education to children with disabilities.
(54) "Qualified personnel" means personnel who have met Ohio department of education-approved or Ohio department of education-recognized certification, licensing, or other comparable requirements that apply to the area in which the individuals are providing special education or related services.
(55) "Referral" means the date the public school district or community school receives a parent's, school district's, or other educational agency's request for an initial evaluation or reevaluation.
(56) "Related services" means transportation and such developmental, corrective, and other supportive services as are required to assist a child with a disability to benefit from special education, and includes speech-language pathology and audiology services, interpreting services, psychological services, physical and occupational therapy, recreation, including therapeutic recreation, early identification and assessment of disabilities in children, counseling services, including rehabilitation counseling, orientation and mobility services, and medical services for diagnostic or evaluation purposes. Related services also include school health services and school nurse services, social work services in schools, and parent counseling and training.
(a) Exception; services that apply to children with surgically implanted devices, including cochlear implants.
(i) Related services do not include a medical device that is surgically implanted, the optimization of that device's functioning (e.g., mapping), maintenance of that device, or the replacement of that device.
(ii) Nothing in paragraph (B)(56)(a)(i) of this rule:
(a) Limits the right of a child with a surgically implanted device (e.g., cochlear implant) to receive related services (as listed in this rule) that are determined by the IEP team to be necessary for the child to receive FAPE.
(b) Limits the responsibility of a school district to appropriately monitor and maintain medical devices that are needed to maintain the health and safety of the child, including breathing, nutrition, or operation of other bodily functions, while the child is transported to and from school or is at school; or
(c) Prevents the routine checking of an external component of a surgically-implanted device to make sure it is functioning properly, as required in rule 3301-51-02 of the Administrative Code.
(b) Individual related services terms defined. The terms used in this rule are defined as follows:
(i) "Attendant services" are those that assist children with disabilities with personal health care needs.
(ii) "Audiology" includes:
(a) Identification of children with hearing loss;
(b) Determination of the range, nature, and degree of hearing loss, including referral for medical or other professional attention for the habilitation of hearing;
(c) Provision of habilitative activities, such as language habilitation, auditory training, speech reading (lip-reading), hearing evaluation, and speech conservation;
(d) Creation and administration of programs for prevention of hearing loss;
(e) Counseling and guidance of children, parents, and teachers regarding hearing loss; and
(f) Determination of children's needs for group and individual amplification, selecting and fitting an appropriate aid, and evaluating the effectiveness of amplification.
(iii) "Counseling services" means services provided by qualified social workers, psychologists, guidance counselors, or other qualified personnel.
(iv) "Early identification and assessment of disabilities in children" means the implementation of a formal plan for identifying a disability as early as possible in a child's life.
(v) "Interpreting services" includes:
(a) The following, when used with respect to children who are deaf or hard of hearing: oral transliteration services, cued language transliteration services, sign language transliteration and interpreting services, and transcription services, such as "communication access real-time translation (CART)," "C-Print," and "TypeWell"; and
(b) Special interpreting services for children who are deaf-blind.
(vi) "Medical services" means services provided by a licensed physician to determine a child's medically related disability that results in the child's need for special education and related services.
(vii) "Occupational therapy"
(a) Means services provided by a qualified occupational therapist licensed under Chapter 4755. of the Revised Code; and
(b) Includes:
(i) Improving, developing, or restoring functions impaired or lost through illness, injury, or deprivation;
(ii) Improving ability to perform tasks for independent functioning if functions are impaired or lost; and
(iii) Preventing, through early intervention, initial or further impairment or loss of function.
(viii) "Occupational therapy assistant services" means services provided by an occupational therapy assistant licensed under Chapter 4755. of the Revised Code and includes assisting in the practice of occupational therapy under the direction and supervision of an occupational therapist.
(ix) "Orientation and mobility services":
(a) Means services provided to blind or visually impaired children by qualified personnel to enable those students to attain systematic orientation to and safe movement within their environments in school, home, and community; and
(b) Includes teaching children the following, as appropriate:
(i) Spatial and environmental concepts and use of information received by the senses (such as sound, temperature and vibrations) to establish, maintain, or regain orientation and line of travel (e.g., using sound at a traffic light to cross the street);
(ii) To use the long cane or a service animal to supplement visual travel skills or as a tool for safely negotiating the environment for children with no available travel vision;
(iii) To understand and use remaining vision and distance low vision aids; and
(iv) Other concepts, techniques, and tools.
(x) "Parent counseling and training" means:
(a) Assisting parents in understanding the special needs of their child;
(b) Providing parents with information about child development; and
(c) Helping parents to acquire the necessary skills that will allow them to support the implementation of their child's IEP.
(xi) "Physical therapy" means services provided by a qualified physical therapist licensed under Chapter 4755. of the Revised Code.
(xii) "Physical therapist assistant services" means services provided by a physical therapist assistant licensed under Chapter 4755. of the Revised Code who performs such services under the direction and supervision of a physical therapist.
(xiii) "Psychological services"
(a) Include but are not limited to:
(i) Administering psychological and educational tests, and other assessment procedures;
(ii) Interpreting assessment results;
(iii) Obtaining, integrating, and interpreting information about child behavior and conditions relating to learning;
(iv) Consulting with other staff members to plan and develop school programs and interventions to meet the educational needs or special education needs of children or groups of children as indicated by psychological tests, interviews, direct observation, and behavioral evaluations;
(v) Conducting and monitoring interventions;
(vi) Diagnosing psychological disorders that effect learning and/or behavior;
(vii) Planning and managing a program of psychological services, including psychological counseling for children and parents;
(viii) Participating in the provision of a program of mental health services; and
(ix) Assisting in developing positive behavioral intervention strategies.
(b) The services of a school psychology aide shall be under the direct supervision of a school psychologist.
(c) The school psychologist intern program shall be organized under guidelines approved by the Ohio department of education, office for exceptional children.
(xiv) "Reader services" means assisting learners with visual impairments by orally reading written materials.
(xv) "Recreation" includes:
(a) Assessment of leisure function;
(b) Therapeutic recreation services;
(c) Recreation programs in schools and community agencies; and
(d) Leisure education.
(xvi) "Rehabilitation counseling services" means services provided by qualified personnel in individual or group sessions that focus specifically on career development, employment preparation, achieving independence, and integration in the workplace and community of a student with a disability. The term also includes vocational rehabilitation services provided to a student with a disability by vocational rehabilitation programs funded under the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, as amended and specified in the Rehabilitation Act Amendments of 1998, August 1998, 29 U.S.C. 701.
(xvii) "School health services and school nurse services" means health services that are designed to enable a child with a disability to receive FAPE as described in the child's IEP. School nurse services are services provided by a qualified school nurse. School health services are services that may be provided by either a qualified school nurse or other qualified person.
(xviii) "Social work services in schools" includes:
(a) Preparing a social or developmental history on a child with a disability;
(b) Group and individual counseling with the child and family;
(c) Working in partnership with parents and others on those problems in a child's living situation (home, school, and community) that affect the child's adjustment in school;
(d) Mobilizing school and community resources to enable the child to learn as effectively as possible in the child's educational program; and
(e) Assisting in developing positive behavioral intervention strategies.
(xix) "Speech-language pathology services" includes:
(a) Identification of children with speech or language impairments;
(b) Diagnosis and appraisal of specific speech or language impairments;
(c) Referral for medical or other professional attention necessary for the habilitation of speech or language impairments;
(d) Provision of speech and language services for the habilitation or prevention of communicative impairments; and
(e) Counseling and guidance of parents, children, and teachers regarding speech and language impairments.
(xx) "Transportation" includes:
(a) Travel to and from school and between schools;
(b) Travel in and around school buildings; and
(c) Specialized equipment (such as special or adapted buses, lifts, and ramps), if required to provide special transportation for a child with a disability.
(57) "School district" means a city, local, exempted village school district, or a community school.
(58) "School district of residence" means:
(a) The school district in which the child's parents reside;
(b) If the child is enrolled in a community school, the community school is considered to be the "school district of residence";
(c) If the school district specified in paragraph (B)(58)(a) or (B)(58)(b) of this rule cannot be determined, the last school district in which the child's parents are known to have resided if the parents' whereabouts are unknown;
(d) If the school district specified in paragraph (B)(58)(c) of this rule cannot be determined, the school district determined by the court under section 2151.362 of the Revised Code, or if no district has been so determined, the school district as determined by the probate court of the county in which the child resides.
(e) Notwithstanding paragraphs (B)(58)(a) to (B)(58)(d) of this rule, if a school district is required by section 3313.65 of the Revised Code to pay tuition for a child, that district shall be the child's school district of residence.
(59) "School district of service" means a school district that is responsible for serving a child with a disability who resides within another school district.
(60) "Secondary school" means a nonprofit institutional day or residential school, including a secondary community school that provides secondary education, as determined under state law, except that it does not include any education beyond grade twelve.
(61) "Services plan" means a written statement that describes the special education and related services the school district will provide to a parentally placed child with a disability enrolled in a nonpublic school who has been designated to receive services, including the location of the services and any transportation necessary, consistent with rule 3301-51-08 of the Administrative Code, and is developed and implemented in accordance with rule 3301-51-08 of the Administrative Code.
(62) Special education:
(a) General.
(i) "Special education" means specially designed instruction, at no cost to the parents, to meet the unique needs of a child with a disability, including:
(a) Instruction conducted in the classroom, in the home, in hospitals and institutions, and in other settings; and
(b) Instruction in physical education.
(ii) Special education includes each of the following, if the services otherwise meet the requirements of paragraph (B)(62)(a)(i) of this rule:
(a) Speech-language pathology services, or any other related service, if the IEP team considers the service special education rather than a related service under state standards;
(b) Travel training; and
(c) Vocational education.
(b) Individual special education terms defined. The terms in this rule are defined as follows:
(i) "At no cost" means that all specially-designed instruction is provided without charge, but does not preclude incidental fees that are normally charged to non disabled students or their parents as a part of the regular education program.
(ii) "Physical education" means:
(a) The development of:
(i) Physical and motor fitness;
(ii) Fundamental motor skills and patterns; and
(iii) Skills in aquatics, dance, and individual and group games and sports (including intramural and lifetime sports); and
(b) Includes special physical education, adapted physical education, movement education, and motor development.
(iii) "Specially designed instruction" means adapting, as appropriate to the needs of an eligible child under this rule, the content, methodology, or delivery of instruction:
(a) To address the unique needs of the child that result from the child's disability; and
(b) To ensure access of the child to the general curriculum, so that the child can meet the educational standards within the jurisdiction of the school district that apply to all children.
(iv) "Travel training" means providing instruction, as appropriate, to children with significant cognitive (intellectual) disabilities, and any other children with disabilities who require this instruction, to enable them to:
(a) Develop an awareness of the environment in which they live; and
(b) Learn the skills necessary to move effectively and safely from place to place within that environment (e.g., in school, in the home, at work, and in the community).
(v) "Vocational education" means organized educational programs that are directly related to the preparation of individuals for paid or unpaid employment, or for additional preparation for a career not requiring a baccalaureate or advanced degree.
(63) "Supervisory and coordinator services" includes providing information and explanation to all personnel who provide special education and related services to children with disabilities regarding state and federal laws, recommended practice, and other topics essential for the delivery of services to children with disabilities; helping school district personnel evaluate the effectiveness of special education and related services; and providing in-service education to parents and personnel involved in educating children with disabilities. Supervisory personnel as required by paragraph (D)(2) of rule 3301-24-05 of the Administrative Code and in compliance with each educational agency's approved board policies.
(64) "State residential school" means publicly funded residential educational services that are provided under the supervision of the Ohio department of education, including the Ohio school for the deaf and the Ohio state school for the blind.
(65) "Supplementary aids and services" means aids, services, and other supports that are provided in regular education classes, other education-related settings, and in extracurricular and nonacademic settings, to enable children with disabilities to be educated with non disabled children to the maximum extent appropriate in accordance with the requirements for least restrictive environment in rule 3301-51-09 of the Administrative Code.
(66) "Surrogate Parent" means a trained individual (see division (C)(5) of section 3310.51 of the Revised Code and rule 3301-51-01 of the Administrative Code) who acts in the place of the parent (as defined in Ohio Revised Code or Ohio Administrative Code) to make educational decisions on behalf of children who are or may be eligible for special education services under the Individuals with Disabilities Education Act (IDEA) in all matters relating to the identification, evaluation, educational placement, and provision of a free appropriate public education (FAPE).
(67) "Textbook" means textbooks, including related core instructional material, available for purchase by a school board, including new editions to a series or volume of that textbook.
(68) "Transition from Part C early intervention services" means the transition of children from the Part C programs to preschool programs as specified in rule 3301-51-11 of the Administrative Code.
(69) "Transition services":
(a) Means a coordinated set of activities for a child with a disability that:
(i) Is designed to be within a results-oriented process, that is focused on improving the academic and functional achievement of the child with a disability to facilitate the child's movement from school to post-school activities, including postsecondary education, vocational education, integrated employment (including supported employment), continuing and adult education, adult services, independent living, or community participation;
(ii) Is based on the individual child's needs, taking into account the child's strengths, preferences, and interests; and includes:
(a) Instruction;
(b) Related services;
(c) Community experiences;
(d) The development of employment in an integrated competitive environment and other post-school adult living objectives; and
(e) When assessment data supports a need, acquisition of daily living skills and provision of a functional vocational evaluation.
(b) Shall be provided by individuals who have the competencies, experiences, and training to meet the individual student's transition services needs. Individuals coordinating transition shall either:
(i) Obtain the transition to work endorsement; or
(ii) Possess the skills and knowledge to:
(a) Facilitate a planning process among multiple agencies, students and families to support a student's secondary transition process;
(b) Plan for the collection, sharing and utilization of student's transition data that is relevant to the student's post school outcomes, environment and support needs;
(c) Communicate a student's individual transition plan to students, families, educators and agencies;
(d) Coordinate the implementation research based practices that lead to effective postsecondary transition services and outcomes;
(e) Utilize methods to engage students and families in the secondary transition process;
(f) Assist in the coordination of referral process from school to adult services systems;
(g) Link appropriate course of study and instruction strategies to secondary transition related goals; and
(h) Create strategies that support the career development pathways of students with disabilities leading to career and college readiness.
(c) Transition services for children with disabilities may be special education, if provided as specially designed instruction, or a related service, if required to assist a child with a disability to benefit from special education.
(d) Competitive environment means competitive employment in an integrated setting.
(e) Competitive integrated employment as defined by 34 CFR 361(c)(9), means work that:
(i) In the competitive labor market that is performed on a full-time or part-time basis in an integrated setting; and
(ii) For which an individual is compensated at or above the minimum wage, but not less than the customary wage and level of benefits paid by the employer for the same or similar work performed by individuals who are not disabled.
(f) Integrated setting as defined by 34 CFR 361.5(33)(ii) and used in the context of employment outcomes, means a setting typically found in the community in which applicants or eligible individuals interact with non-disabled individuals, other than non-disabled individuals who are providing services to those applicants or eligible individuals, to the same extent that non-disabled individuals in a comparable positions interact with other persons.
(70) "Universal design" has the meaning given the term in Section 3 of the Assistive Technology Act of 1998, as amended and specified in the Assistive Technology Act of 2004, October 2004, 29 U.S.C. 3002.
(71) "Ward of the state" means a child who, as determined by the state where the child resides, is:
(a) A foster child;
(b) A ward of the state; or
(c) In the custody of a public child welfare agency.
Last updated December 1, 2023 at 9:33 AM
History
- Effective: December 1, 2023
- Promulgated Under: 119.03
Ohio Adm.Code 3301-51-06
(A) General
(1) Children with disabilities must be evaluated in accordance with this rule.
(2) Each educational agency shall adopt and implement written policies and procedures, approved by the Ohio department of education, office for exceptional children, to ensure that a referral process is employed to determine whether or not a child is a child with a disability. The school district of residence shall ensure that initial evaluations are conducted and that reevaluations are completed.
(3) Consistent with rule 3301-35-06 of the Administrative Code, each educational agency shall provide interventions to resolve concerns for any preschool or school-age child who is performing below grade-level standards.
(4) An educational agency may not use interventions to unnecessarily delay an evaluation to determine a child's eligibility for special education services. If such interventions have not been implemented prior to referral for evaluation, appropriate interventions shall be implemented during the same sixty calendar day time frame during which the educational agency conducts a full and individual evaluation.
(5) Each educational agency shall use data from interventions to determine eligibility for special education services, appropriate instructional practices, and access to the general curriculum. In the case of a preschool-age child, data collected through interventions is part of the differentiated referral process.
(B) Initial evaluations
(1) General
Each school district of residence must conduct a full and individual initial evaluation, in accordance with this rule, before the initial provision of special education and related services under Part B of the Individuals with Disabilities Education Act, as amended by the Individuals with Disabilities Education Improvement Act of 2004, December 2004 (IDEA) to a child with a disability residing in the school district.
(2) Request for initial evaluation
Consistent with the consent requirements in rule 3301-51-05 of the Administrative Code, either a parent of a child or a public agency may initiate a request for an initial evaluation to determine if the child is a child with a disability.
(3) A school district will, within thirty calendar days of receipt of a request for an evaluation from either a parent of a child or a public agency, either obtain parental consent for an initial evaluation or provide to the parents prior written notice stating that the school district does not suspect a disability and will not be conducting an evaluation.
(4) Procedures for initial evaluation
The initial evaluation:
(a) Must be conducted within sixty days of receiving parental consent for the evaluation; and
(b) Must consist of procedures:
(i) To determine if the child is a child with a disability as defined in paragraph (B)(10) of rule 3301-51-01 of the Administrative Code; and
(ii) To determine the educational needs of the child.
(5) Exception
The time frame described in paragraph (B)(4)(a) of this rule does not apply to a school district if:
(a) The parent of a child repeatedly fails or refuses to produce the child for the evaluation; or
(b) A child enrolls in a new school district of residence after the relevant time frame in paragraph (B)(4)(a) of this rule has begun, and prior to a determination by the child's previous school district of residence as to whether the child is a child with a disability as defined in paragraph (B)(10) of rule 3301-51-01 of the Administrative Code.
(6) The exception in paragraph (B)(5)(b) of this rule applies only if the subsequent school district of residence is making sufficient progress to ensure a prompt completion of the evaluation, and the parent and subsequent school district agree to a specific time when the evaluation will be completed.
(C) Screening for instructional purposes is not evaluation
The screening of a child by a teacher or specialist to determine appropriate instructional strategies for curriculum implementation shall not be considered to be an evaluation for eligibility for special education and related services.
(D) Reevaluations
(1) General
A school district of residence must ensure that a reevaluation of each child with a disability is conducted in accordance with paragraphs (E) to (I) of this rule:
(a) If the educational agency determines that the educational or related services needs, including improved academic achievement and functional performance, of the child warrant a reevaluation; or
(b) If the child's parent or teacher requests a reevaluation; or
(c) In order to make a change in disability category.
(2) Limitation
A reevaluation conducted under paragraph (D)(1) of this rule:
(a) May occur not more than once a year, unless the parent and the school district agree otherwise; and
(b) Must occur at least once every three years, unless the parent and the school district agree that a reevaluation is unnecessary.
(3) Evaluations for children who transfer educational agencies in the same state:
(a) An educational agency has thirty days from the date the prior educational agency's evaluation was received to either:
(i) Accept the evaluation from the prior educational agency; or
(ii) Obtain consent for a reevaluation.
(b) Reevaluation under this paragraph must be conducted within sixty days of parent consent.
(E) Evaluation procedures
(1) Notice
The school district of residence must provide notice to the parents of a child with a disability, in accordance with rule 3301-51-05 of the Administrative Code, that describes any evaluation procedures the educational agency proposes to conduct.
(2) Conduct of evaluation
In conducting the evaluation, the educational agency must:
(a) Use a variety of assessment tools and strategies to gather relevant functional, developmental, and academic information about the child, including information provided by the parent, that may assist in determining:
(i) Whether the child is a child with a disability as defined in paragraph (B)(10) of rule 3301-51-01 of the Administrative Code; and
(ii) The content of the child's individualized education program (IEP), including information related to enabling the child to be involved in and progress in the general education curriculum (or for a preschool child to participate in appropriate activities);
(b) Not use any single source of information, such as a single measure or score, as the sole criterion for determining whether a child is a child with a disability and for determining an appropriate educational program for the child; and
(c) Use technically sound instruments that may assess the relative contribution of cognitive and behavioral factors, in addition to physical or developmental factors.
(3) Other evaluation procedures
Each educational agency must ensure that:
(a) Assessments and other evaluation materials used to assess a child under this rule:
(i) Are selected and administered so as not to be discriminatory on a racial or cultural basis;
(ii) Are provided and administered in the child's native language or other mode of communication and in the form most likely to yield accurate information about what the child knows and can do academically, developmentally, and functionally, unless it is clearly not feasible to so provide or administer;
(iii) Are used for the purposes for which the assessments or measures are valid and reliable;
(iv) Are administered by trained and knowledgeable personnel; and
(v) Are administered in accordance with any instructions provided by the producer of the assessments.
(b) Assessments and other evaluation materials include those tailored to assess specific areas of educational need and not merely those that are designed to provide a single general intelligence quotient.
(c) Assessments are selected and administered so as best to ensure that if an assessment is administered to a child with impaired sensory, manual, or speaking skills, the assessment results accurately reflect the child's aptitude or achievement level or whatever other factors the test purports to measure, rather than reflecting the child's impaired sensory, manual, or speaking skills (unless those skills are the factors that the test purports to measure).
(d) The child is assessed in all areas related to the suspected disability, including, if appropriate, health, vision, hearing, social and emotional status, general intelligence, academic performance, communicative status, and motor abilities;
(e) Assessments of children with disabilities who transfer from one educational agency to another educational agency in the same school year are coordinated with those children's prior and subsequent schools, as necessary and as expeditiously as possible, consistent with paragraphs (B)(5)(b) and (B)(6) of this rule, to ensure prompt completion of full evaluations.
(f) In evaluating each child with a disability under paragraphs (E) to (G) of this rule, the evaluation is sufficiently comprehensive to identify all of the child's special education and related services needs, whether or not commonly linked to the disability category in which the child has been classified.
(g) Assessment tools and strategies that provide relevant information that directly assists persons in determining the educational needs of the child are provided.
(h) Medical consultation, as appropriate, for a preschool or school-age child on a continuing basis, especially when school authorities feel that there has been a change in the child's behavior or educational functioning or when new symptoms are detected; and
(i) For preschool-age children, as appropriate, the evaluation shall include the following specialized assessments:
(i) Physical examination which is completed by a licensed doctor of medicine or doctor of osteopathy in cases where the disability is primarily the result of a congenital or acquired physical disability;
(ii) Vision examination which is conducted by an eye care specialist in cases where the disability is primarily the result of a visual impairment; and
(iii) An audiological examination which is completed by a certified or licensed audiologist in cases where the disability is primarily the result of a hearing impairment.
(F) Additional requirements for evaluations and reevaluations
(1) Review of existing evaluation data
As part of an initial evaluation, and as part of any reevaluation under this rule, the evaluation team shall develop an evaluation plan that will provide for the following and be summarized in an evaluation team report:
(a) Review existing evaluation data on the child, including:
(i) Evaluations and information provided by the parents of the child;
(ii) Current classroom-based, local, or state assessments, and classroom-based observations;
(iii) Observations by teachers and related services providers;
(iv) Data about the child's progress in the general curriculum or, for the preschool-age child, data pertaining to the child's growth and development;
(v) Data from previous interventions, including:
(a) Interventions required by rule 3301-35-06 of the Administrative Code; and
(b) For the preschool child, data from early intervention, community or preschool program providers; and
(vi) Any relevant trend data beyond the past twelve months, including the review of current and previous IEPs; and
(b) On the basis of that review and input from the child's parents, identify what additional data, if any, are needed to determine:
(i) Whether the child is a child with a disability, as defined in rule 3301-51-01 of the Administrative Code, and the educational needs of the child; or
(ii) In case of a reevaluation of a child, whether the child continues to have such a disability, and the educational needs of the child;
(iii) The present levels of academic achievement and related developmental needs of the child;
(iv) Whether the child needs special education and related services; or
(v) In the case of a reevaluation of a child, whether the child continues to need special education and related services; and
(vi) Whether any additions or modifications to the special education and related services are needed to enable the child to meet the measurable annual goals set out in the IEP of the child and to participate, as appropriate, in the general education curriculum.
(2) Conduct of review
The group described in paragraph (F)(1) of this rule may conduct its review without a meeting.
(3) Source of data
The educational agency must administer such assessments and other evaluation measures as may be needed to produce the data identified under paragraph (F)(1) of this rule.
(4) Requirements if additional data are not needed
(a) If the evaluation team or the individualized education program team, as appropriate, determine that no additional data are needed to determine whether the child continues to be a child with a disability and to determine the child's educational needs, the educational agency must notify the child's parents of:
(i) That determination and the reasons for the determination; and
(ii) The right of the parents to request an assessment to determine whether the child continues to be a child with a disability and to determine the child's educational needs.
(b) The educational agency is not required to conduct the assessment described in paragraph (F)(4)(a)(ii) of this rule unless requested to do so by the child's parents.
(5) Evaluations before change in eligibility
(a) Except as provided in paragraph (F)(5)(b) of this rule, an educational agency must evaluate a child with a disability in accordance with paragraphs (E) to (I) of this rule before determining that the child is no longer a child with a disability.
(b) The evaluation described in paragraph (F)(5)(a) of this rule is not required before the termination of a child's eligibility under this rule due to graduation from secondary school with a regular diploma or due to exceeding the age eligibility for a free appropriate public education (FAPE) under state law.
(c) For a child whose eligibility terminates under circumstances described in paragraph (F)(5)(b) of this rule, an educational agency must provide the child with a summary of the child's academic achievement and functional performance, which shall include recommendations on how to assist the child in meeting the child's postsecondary goals.
(G) Determination of eligibility
(1) General
Upon completion of the administration of assessments and other evaluation measures:
(a) A group of qualified professionals and the parent of the child determines whether the child is a child with a disability, as defined in rule 3301-51-01 of the Administrative Code, in accordance with paragraph (G)(2) of this rule and the educational needs of the child; and
(b) The educational agency provides a copy of the evaluation report and the documentation of determination of eligibility at no cost to the parent.
(i) The written evaluation team report shall include:
(a) A summary of information obtained during the evaluation process; and
(b) The names, titles and signatures of each team member, including the parent, and an indication of whether or not they are in agreement with the eligibility determination. Any team member who is not in agreement with the team's determination of disability shall submit a statement of disagreement.
(ii) The educational agency must provide a copy of the evaluation team report and the documentation of determination of eligibility or continued eligibility to the parents prior to the next individualized education program meeting and in no case later than fourteen days from the date of eligibility determination.
(2) Special rule for eligibility determination
A child must not be determined to be a child with a disability under this rule:
(a) If the determinant factor for that determination is:
(i) Lack of appropriate instruction in reading, including the essential components of reading instruction as defined in Section 1208(3) of the Elementary and Secondary Education Act of 1965, as amended and specified in the No Child Left Behind Act of 2001, January 2002, 20 U.S.C. 6301 (ESEA);
(ii) Lack of appropriate instruction in math; or
(iii) Limited English proficiency; and
(b) If the child does not otherwise meet the eligibility criteria under paragraph (B)(10) of rule 3301-51-01 of the Administrative Code.
(3) Procedures for determining eligibility and educational need
(a) In interpreting evaluation data for the purpose of determining if a child is a child with a disability as defined in paragraph (B)(10) of rule 3301-51-01 of the Administrative Code, and the educational needs of the child, each educational agency must:
(i) Draw upon information from a variety of sources, including aptitude and achievement tests, state and districtwide assessments, parent input, and teacher recommendations, as well as information about the child's physical condition, social or cultural background, and adaptive behavior; and
(ii) Ensure that information obtained from all of these sources is documented and carefully considered.
(b) If a determination is made that a child has a disability and needs special education and related services, an IEP must be developed for the child in accordance with rule 3301-51-07 of the Administrative Code.
(H) Additional procedures for identifying children with specific learning disabilities
(1) Specific learning disabilities
(a) General
The Ohio department of education adopts in this rule, criteria for determining whether a child has a specific learning disability as defined in paragraph (B)(10)(d)(x) of rule 3301-51-01 of the Administrative Code. The criteria adopted by the state in this rule:
(i) Do not require the use of a severe discrepancy between intellectual ability and achievement for determining whether a child has a specific learning disability, as defined in paragraph (B)(10)(d)(x) of rule 3301-51-01 of the Administrative Code;
(ii) Permit the use of a process based on the child's response to scientific, research-based intervention; and
(iii) Permit the use of other alternative research-based procedures for determining whether a child has a specific learning disability as defined in paragraph (B)(10)(d)(x) of rule 3301-51-01 of the Administrative Code.
(b) Consistency with state criteria
An educational agency must use the state criteria adopted in this rule pursuant to paragraph (H)(1) of this rule in determining whether a child has a specific learning disability.
(2) Additional group members
The determination of whether a child suspected of having a specific learning disability is a child with a disability, as defined in rule 3301-51-01 of the Administrative Code, must be made by the child's parents and a team of qualified professionals which must include:
(a) The child's regular teacher; or
(b) If the child does not have a regular teacher, a regular classroom teacher qualified to teach a child of the child's age; or
(c) For a child of less than school-age, an individual qualified by the Ohio department of education to teach a child of the child's age; and
(d) At least one person qualified to conduct individual diagnostic examinations of children, such as a school psychologist, speech-language pathologist, or remedial reading teacher.
(3) Determining the existence of a specific learning disability
(a) The group described in paragraph (G) of this rule may determine that a child has a specific learning disability, as defined in paragraph (B)(10)(d)(x) of rule 3301-51-01 of the Administrative Code, if:
(i) The child does not achieve adequately for the child's age or to meet state-approved grade-level standards in one or more of the following areas, when provided with learning experiences and instruction appropriate for the child's age or state-approved grade-level standards:
(a) Oral expression;
(b) Listening comprehension;
(c) Written expression;
(d) Basic reading skill;
(e) Reading fluency skills;
(f) Reading comprehension;
(g) Mathematics calculation; or
(h) Mathematics problem-solving.
(ii) The child does not make sufficient progress to meet age or state-approved grade-level standards in one or more of the areas identified in paragraph (H)(3)(a)(i) of this rule when using a process based on the child's response to scientific, research-based intervention; or
(iii) The child exhibits a pattern of strengths and weaknesses in performance, achievement, or both, relative to age, state-approved grade-level standards, or intellectual development, that is determined by the group to be relevant to the identification of a specific learning disability, using appropriate assessments, consistent with paragraphs (E) and (F) of this rule; and
(iv) The group determines that its findings under paragraphs (H)(3)(a)(i) to (H)(3)(a)(iii) of this rule are not primarily the result of:
(a) A visual, hearing, or motor disability;
(b) Intellectual disability;
(c) Emotional disturbance;
(d) Cultural factors;
(e) Environmental or economic disadvantage; or
(f) Limited English proficiency.
(b) To ensure that underachievement in a child suspected of having a specific learning disability is not due to lack of appropriate instruction in reading or math, the group must consider, as part of the evaluation described in paragraphs (E) to (G) of this rule:
(i) Data that demonstrate that prior to, or as a part of, the referral process, the child was provided appropriate instruction in regular education settings, delivered by qualified personnel; and
(ii) Data-based documentation of repeated assessments of achievement at reasonable intervals, reflecting formal assessment of student progress during instruction, which was provided to the child's parents.
(c) The educational agency must promptly request parental consent to evaluate the child to determine if the child needs special education and related services, and must adhere to the time frames described in paragraphs (B) and (D) of this rule, unless the time frames are extended by mutual written agreement of the child's parents and a group of qualified professionals, as described in paragraph (G)(1)(a) of this rule:
(i) If, prior to a referral, a child has not made adequate progress after an appropriate period of time when provided instruction, as described in paragraphs (H)(3)(b)(i) and (H)(3)(b)(ii) of this rule; and
(ii) Whenever a child is referred for an evaluation.
(d) An evaluation may, but is not required to, utilize a process based on the child's response to evidence-based intervention to determine whether a child has a specific learning disability. This process:
(i) Begins when sufficient data have been gathered and analyzed under conditions of targeted and intensive individualized intervention conditions, when there is evidence of an inadequate response to intervention on the part of the child, and the group determines that the child's needs are unlikely to be met without certain specialized instruction in addition to the regular classroom instruction;
(ii) Employs interventions that are evidence-based and provided at appropriate levels of intensity, frequency, duration, and integrity, relative to the child's identified needs;
(iii) Is based on results of evidence-based, technically adequate assessment procedures that assess ongoing progress while the child is receiving evidence-based instruction, and that have been reported to the child's parents;
(iv) Includes the analysis of data described in paragraphs (H)(3)(b)(i) and (H)(3)(b)(ii) of this rule to determine whether a disparity is present between actual and expected performance, in both the child's rate of progress in developing skills, and in the child's level of performance on measures assessing one or more of the academic areas listed in paragraph (H)(3)(a)(i) of this rule;
(v) May not be used to unnecessarily delay a child's being evaluated to determine eligibility for special education services.
(e) An educational agency may use evidence-based procedures for determining whether a child exhibits a pattern of strengths and weaknesses in performance, achievement, or both, relative to age, state-approved grade-level standards, or intellectual development, that is determined by the group to be relevant to the identification of a specific learning disability, if prior approval of the procedures has been granted by the Ohio department of education.
(f) The school district must develop written procedures for the implementation of any method used to determine the existence of a specific learning disability that, at a minimum, incorporate guidelines developed by the Ohio department of education and as specified in this rule.
(4) Observation
(a) The educational agency must ensure that the child is observed in the child's learning environment, including the regular classroom setting, to document the child's academic performance and behavior in the areas of difficulty.
(b) The group described in paragraph (G) of this rule, in determining whether a child has a specific learning disability, must decide to:
(i) Use information from an observation in routine classroom instruction and monitoring of the child's performance that was done before the child was referred for an evaluation; or
(ii) Have at least one member of the group described in paragraph (G) of this rule conduct an observation of the child's academic performance in the regular classroom after the child has been referred for an evaluation and parental consent, consistent with rule 3301-51-05 of the Administrative Code, is obtained.
(c) In the case of a child of less than school-age or out of school, a group member must observe the child in an environment appropriate for a child of that age.
(5) Specific documentation for the eligibility determination
(a) For a child suspected of having a specific learning disability, the documentation of the determination of eligibility, as required in paragraph (G)(1)(b) of this rule, must contain a statement of:
(i) Whether the child has a specific learning disability;
(ii) The basis for making the determination, including an assurance that the determination has been made in accordance with paragraph (G)(3)(a) of this rule;
(iii) The relevant behavior, if any, noted during the observation of the child and the relationship of that behavior to the child's academic functioning;
(iv) The educationally relevant medical findings, if any;
(v) Whether:
(a) The child does not achieve adequately for the child's age or to meet state-approved grade-level standards consistent with paragraph (H)(3)(a)(i) of this rule; and
(b) The child does not make sufficient progress to meet age or state-approved grade-level standards consistent with paragraph (H)(3)(a)(ii) of this rule; or
(c) The child exhibits a pattern of strengths and weaknesses in performance, achievement, or both, relative to age, state-approved grade-level standards or intellectual development consistent with paragraph (H)(3)(a)(iii) of this rule;
(vi) The determination of the group concerning the effects of a visual, hearing, or motor disability; intellectual disability; emotional disturbance; cultural factors; environmental or economic disadvantage; or limited English proficiency on the child's achievement level; and
(vii) If the child has participated in a process that assesses the child's response to scientific, research-based intervention:
(a) The instructional strategies used and the student-centered data collected; and
(b) The documentation that the child's parents were notified about:
(i) The state's policies regarding the amount and nature of student performance data that would be collected and the general education services that would be provided;
(ii) Strategies for increasing the child's rate of learning; and
(iii) The parents' right to request an evaluation.
(b) Each group member must certify in writing whether the report reflects the member's conclusion. If it does not reflect the member's conclusion, the group member must submit a separate statement presenting the member's conclusions.
(I) Additional procedures for identifying children with multiple disabilities
A group of qualified professionals and the parents of the child may determine the child has multiple disabilities if the child exhibits:
(1) A combination of two or more areas of disability as defined in rule 3301-51-01 of the Administrative Code, except for a combination that includes a specific learning disability; and
(2) A severe or profound deficit in communication or adaptive behavior documented through the use of individually administered standardized instruments which have been validated for the specific purpose of measuring communication or adaptive behavior.
Last updated December 1, 2023 at 9:34 AM
History
- Effective: December 1, 2023
- Promulgated Under: 119.03
Ohio Adm.Code 3301-103-05 Program participation.
(A) The parent of a child participating in the autism scholarship program shall assure that the Ohio department of education has at all times current contact information for the parent and child and providers who are implementing the child's individualized education program and current information about the status of the child's participation in the autism scholarship program, including names, current addresses, and telephone numbers.
(1) Email addresses for the parent and providers should be provided where available.
(2) This information shall be provided to the current provider and the Ohio department of education through the system determined by the Ohio department of education.
(B) Parents shall promptly notify the current provider and the Ohio department of education through the system determined by the Ohio department of education in the following circumstances:
(1) When moving a participating child from one provider to another during the current school year;
(2) When adding a new provider to provide additional services during the current school year;
(3) When transferring to a new school district of residence;
(4) When withdrawing a participating child from the autism scholarship program;
(5) When a participating child becomes no longer eligible to participate in the autism scholarship program.
(C) If a parent withdraws a participating child from the autism scholarship program prior to the end of the current school year, the child's scholarship terminates as of the date the parent notifies the department. The department shall notify the school district of the parent's election to terminate the scholarship.
Last updated June 16, 2023 at 9:02 AM
History
- Effective: June 15, 2023
- Promulgated Under: 119.03
Ohio Adm.Code 3301-103-06 Application and participation of providers.
(A) The Ohio department of education shall register any private provider that meets the following requirements:
(1) A private provider makes application to the Ohio department of education in accordance with rules of the state board of education and guidelines established by the Ohio department of education and that application is approved.
(2) The private provider indicates, by signing the provider affidavit, its commitment to follow all requirements for a private provider specified in rules 3301-103-01 to 3301-103-07 of the Administrative Code, including but not limited to, the requirements for accepting qualified special education children pursuant to rule 3301-103-03 of the Administrative Code. The provider affidavit shall also include the assurance that the provider is in compliance with all laws that are applicable.
(3) The private provider meets the minimum standards of the applicable professional organization for individual or non-school providers. The private provider holds, and any employees hold, and any volunteers hold, appropriate credentials from the state board of education or appropriate credentials from a national or state board for their specific professions, and these credentials are related to the individualized education program (IEP) services they will be providing. If the private provider contracts with another provider who will be providing special education and related services to children in the autism scholarship program, the contracted provider and any subcontractors and employees or volunteers of both the contracted and subcontracted providers shall also hold appropriate credentials from the Ohio department of education or credentials from a national or state board for their specific professions.
(a) If any of the parties referenced in paragraph (A)(3) of this rule held credentials that are currently revoked by the Ohio department of education, that party cannot be a registered private provider, even though the party may hold credentials from a national or state board for his or her specific profession.
(b) If any of the parties referenced in paragraph (A)(3) of this rule holds appropriate credentials from a department of education of a state other than the state of Ohio, those credentials will be recognized as appropriate credentials under paragraph (A)(3) of this rule unless that party held credentials that are currently revoked by the Ohio department of education or by the department of education of another state.
(c) In addition to the listed providers of intervention services outlined in division (E) of section 3310.41 of the Revised Code, intervention services under the autism scholarship program may also be provided by an intervention specialist licensed by the state board.
(4) The private provider is physically located within the boundaries of the state of Ohio, and children served by the private provider shall be served within the state of Ohio.
(5) The private provider is in compliance with sections 3319.39, 3319.391, and 3313.392 of the Revised Code regarding background checks as if it were a school district for any staff licensed by the Ohio department of education. For all other staff the private provider has on file, prior to providing any special education and related services to children participating in the autism scholarship program, a current criminal records check from the superintendent of the Ohio bureau of criminal identification and investigation pursuant to rule 109:5-1-01 of the Administrative Code. Each owner, employee, contractor, and volunteer of a private provider shall have on file a criminal records check that is not more than one year old on the date that the person becomes an owner, employee, contractor, or volunteer of the private provider. Thereafter, each owner, employee, contractor, or volunteer of a private provider shall undergo a criminal records check at least every five years from the date of the last criminal records check. A criminal records check is current if it meets the timeframes specified in this paragraph.
For purposes of paragraph (A)(5) of this rule, contractor includes any person who is under contract with a private provider and whose work involves routine interaction with a child in the autism scholarship program or regular responsibility for the care, custody, or control of a child in the autism scholarship program. For purposes of paragraph (A)(5) of this rule, volunteer includes any person whose activities involve unsupervised access to a child. "Unsupervised access" to a child has the same meaning as in section 109.574 of the Revised Code.
The current criminal records check shall not indicate that any owner, employee, contractor, or volunteer of the private provider has been convicted of or pleaded guilty to a violation of any of the sections of law described in division (B)(1) of section 3319.39 of the Revised Code.
An owner, employee, contractor, or volunteer of a private provider who holds a license consistent with the meaning of license in division (A) of section 3319.31 of the Revised Code shall also meet all applicable requirements for criminal records checks that apply to a holder of that license. An owner, employee, contractor, or volunteer of a private provider who holds a license or certificate under another section of law shall also meet any requirements for criminal records checks that apply to a holder of that license or certificate. An owner, employee, contractor, or volunteer of a private provider who is a driver of a school bus or motor van consistent with the meaning of a driver of a school bus or motor van under section 3327.10 of the Revised Code shall also meet all applicable requirements for criminal records checks under section 3327.10 of the Revised Code.
As part of the initial application for registration and subsequent annual reapplications for registration, a private provider shall submit to the Ohio department of education an affidavit assuring the Ohio department of education that a current criminal records check, as described above, is on file for all owners, employees, contractors, and volunteers of the private provider and assuring the department that the current criminal records checks do not show that any owner, employee, contractor, or volunteer of the provider has been convicted of or pleaded guilty to a violation of any of the sections of law described in division (B)(1) of section 3319.39 of the Revised Code.
(6) Nondiscrimination policies
The affidavit referenced above also shall assure the department that providers other than nonpublic schools chartered by the state of Ohio have a written policy addressing the private providers practices to ensure that said private provider does not discriminate on the basis of race, color, religion, sex, gender, national origin, disability, or age.
(7) The private provider demonstrates the capacity to provide services under the autism scholarship program. A private provider shall demonstrate its capacity to provide services under the autism scholarship program by meeting the following requirements:
(a) Being in operation for at least one full school year prior to enrolling children participating in the autism scholarship program;
(b) Providing the department of education with documentation that the private provider has adequate liability and property and casualty insurance;
(c) Having no outstanding claims for recovery from the auditor of state;
(d) Providing the parent with a fee schedule and description of the special education and related services that the private provider will be providing as part of the autism scholarship program and making the fee schedule available to the Ohio department of education;
(e) Verifying in a written statement filed with the Ohio department of education that the owner has sufficient capital or credit in order to operate during the upcoming school year to serve the number of children accepted, taking into consideration expected revenues from fees charged and from other sources; and
(f) Filing with the Ohio department of education one of the following:
(i) a bond in favor of the department for financial loss to the department caused by the provider or one of the provider's employees related to the provider's participation in the autism scholarship program for an amount equal to one-twelfth of the scholarship funds received for that prior school year or ten thousand dollars, whichever is greater, up to a cap of two hundred fifty thousand dollars. The bond must be maintained in effect for at least one year after the date on which the provider ceases to participate in the autism scholarship program or until resolution of all outstanding claims and be continuous. The bond shall, however, include a provision for cancellation, subject to a notice period of thirty days with notice provided to the provider and to the department. Regardless of the amount of claims made against the bond and the number of periods the bond covers, the maximum liability under the bond is the penal sum;
(ii) a letter of credit for an amount equal to one-twelfth of the scholarship funds received for the prior school year or ten thousand dollars, whichever is greater, up to a cap of two hundred fifty thousand dollars. The letter of credit must be maintained in effect for at least one year after the date on which the provider ceases to participate in the autism scholarship program or until resolution of all outstanding claims;
(iii) an agreement that authorizes the department to offset any amounts due the department under the autism scholarship program against monies that would otherwise be distributed to that provider in accordance with section 3317.063 of the Revised Code and Chapter 3301-40 of the Administrative Code during the provider's participation in the program. The authorization must be maintained in effect for at least one year after the date on which the provider ceases to participate in the autism scholarship program or until resolution of all outstanding claims.
(8) The private provider meets all applicable state and local health and safety codes.
(9) The private provider provides quarterly reports to the parent and to the child's school district of residence including but not be limited to the following:
(a) The child's progress toward meeting the annual goals stated on the child's current IEP, including any modifications and how the child's progress is being measured; and
(b) The extent to which that progress is sufficient to enable the child to achieve the goals by the end of the year.
(B) A private provider, who wishes to continue to provide special education and related services to children in the autism scholarship program in the succeeding fiscal year, must submit a completed new application for the succeeding year that includes an affidavit, prescribed by the Ohio department of education, in which the private provider swears or affirms that the private provider continues to meet all requirements for registration. All applications and affidavits, must be submitted no later than June thirtieth in order to participate in the program for the next fiscal year.
(C) A registered private provider will participate in an on-site monitoring visit upon the request of the Ohio department of education.
(D) The registered private provider shall make their written policies and practices readily available to all parents in the state of Ohio requesting this information and will do so without charge to the parent.
(E) The Ohio department of education may revoke the registration of a private provider if the department of education determines that the private provider is in violation of any of the provisions of section 3310.41 of the Revised Code, rules 3301-103-01 to 3301-103-07 of the Administrative Code. Within ten days of determination, the department will furnish initial notice of noncompliance to private providers. The department may allow a provider opportunity to complete a corrective action plan to correct issues of non-compliance in lieu of revoking the providers registration. Notice of the department's intent to revoke will be provided in accordance with Chapter 119. of the Revised Code.
(F) If a private provider's registration is revoked, the private provider is entitled to and may request a hearing under Chapter 119. of the Revised Code.
(G) All private providers that participate in the scholarship program must be approved and registered by the Ohio department of education. The Ohio department of education will make a list of all registered private providers available to any parent within the state of Ohio.
(H) An alternative public provider for the autism scholarship program may agree to enroll a child in the alternative public provider's special education program if the child's parent would owe fees for the services provided to the child by the alternative public provider.
(1) An alternative public provider who agrees to participate in the autism scholarship program shall register with the Ohio department of education and meet all state and federal laws, rules, and regulations to the alternative public provider.
(2) The registration requirements that apply to a registered private provider do not apply to an alternative public provider, except an alternative public provider shall provide quarterly progress reports as required by paragraph (A)(9) of this rule and shall submit required invoices. An alternative public provider may claim reimbursement only for the costs of the provider's services that implemented the child's IEP.
Last updated June 16, 2023 at 9:02 AM
History
- Effective: June 15, 2023
- Promulgated Under: 119.03
Ohio Adm.Code 109:5-1-01
(A) Any person may obtain information concerning the criminal record of any other person maintained at the bureau of criminal identification and investigation by submitting the following:
(1) The complete name, current address, and other identifying characteristics of the individual whose records are sought;
(2) A complete set of fingerprints of the individual whose records are sought;
(3) The signed consent of the individual whose records are sought;
(4) A check, money order, or electronic payment in the amount of twenty-two dollars made payable to the "Treasurer of State of Ohio." Law enforcement officers as defined in section 2901.01 of the Revised Code will be exempt from this fee.
(B) The foregoing shall be submitted to the bureau of criminal identification and investigation in one of the following ways:
(1) Through the mail to the "Bureau of Criminal Identification and Investigation, P.O. Box 365, London, Ohio 43140."
(2) Electronically in a format designated by the superintendent.
(C) "Other identifying characteristics" means date of birth, social security number, height, weight, sex, race, and nationality.
Last updated July 6, 2023 at 11:18 AM
History
- Effective: November 20, 2015
- Promulgated Under: 119.03
Ohio Adm.Code 3301-103-07
(A) Each scholarship provided under the autism scholarship program is to be used for payment to a school district other than the school district in which the child is entitled to attend school or to another eligible public entity, or to a registered private provider who is providing special education and related services as identified on the child's current individualized education program (IEP). Each scholarship is payable to the parent unless the parent authorizes the checks to be issued directly to the provider.
(B) Each scholarship shall be used only as payment for the child, on whose behalf the scholarship is awarded, to receive special education and related services that implement the child's current IEP and that is operated by a school district other than the school district in which the child is entitled to attend school or by another eligible public entity or by a registered private provider.
(C) Each scholarship shall be in an amount not to exceed the lesser of the fee charged for the child by the special education program or the maximum scholarship amount provided by law.
(D) A child attending a special education program with a scholarship under the autism scholarship program shall continue to be entitled to transportation to and from that program in the manner prescribed by law.
(E) The department of education will distribute payments under this program in accordance with amounts authorized by the general assembly.
(F) Once an award is made, payments will be made to the parent of a qualified special education child participating in the autism scholarship program in accordance with rules of the state board of education.
(1) Invoices for payment for each scholarship shall indicate whether it is for tuition for the child on whose behalf the scholarship is awarded to attend a comprehensive special education program that implements the child's individualized education program or to pay for itemized services.
(2) The invoice for tuition for a comprehensive special education program offered by a school must identify the primary credentialed employee(s) providing the education component and services of covered by the scholarship to the child.
(3) The invoice for education only or other services must identify each credentialed employee providing the services.
(G) The Ohio department of education, on behalf of the parent of a child receiving a scholarship, who is enrolled in a school district other than the school district in which the child is entitled to attend school, shall make the applicable payments, as required by the autism scholarship program, to the school district where the child is in attendance and receiving special education and/or related services.
(H) The scholarship amount shall be proportionately reduced in the case of any such child who is not attending, participating and receiving special education and related services for which a scholarship was awarded under this section for the entire school year.
Last updated June 16, 2023 at 9:02 AM
History
- Effective: June 15, 2023
- Promulgated Under: 119.03
Ohio Adm.Code 3301-103-08 Standards for Autism scholarship program direct services provided by virtual means.
(A) "Services provided by virtual means" means direct services provided through the use of information and communication technology in real time by an individual holding the appropriate licensure or credential who is located at a site other than the site where the student is located.
(B) Registered private providers as defined in division (A)(7) of section 3310.41 of the Revised Code who are not a chartered nonpublic school and are registered to participate in the autism scholarship program as established in Chapter 3310. of the Revised Code may offer services provided by virtual means.
(C) If the registered private provider supplies a student with a device necessary to facilitate the provision of services by virtual means under this paragraph, the provider will ensure the following conditions are met:
(1) The device includes a filtering device or filtering software that prevents access to inappropriate or obscene material online;
(2) The device is appropriate to the student's needs and the services provided by virtual means facilitate visual, face-to-face contact and interaction between the student and the registered private provider; and
(3) The availability of necessary technical support.
(D) Registered private providers will communicate the following to each student and the parent or guardian of the student prior to commencing services by virtual means:
(1) If the registered private provider supplies the device, instruction in the operation of the device and online access;
(2) Expectations for the student's attendance and participation, including the times and dates when services will be provided by virtual means; and
(3) An explanation of all applicable privacy laws including the Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act, 20 U.S.C.1232g, 34 CFR Part 99 and the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996, Pub. L. 104-191.
(E) Registered private providers may employ or contract with any individual listed in division (F) of section 3310.41 of the Revised Code to provide services by virtual means.
(F) Documentation and billing for services provided by virtual means will comply with program conditions established for the autism scholarship program including the following:
(1) All registered private providers will document all services in point of service notes;
(2) All invoice amounts for services delivered by virtual means will be consistent with the fee schedule submitted by the registered private provider as part of their application submitted to the department of education and workforce; and
(3) Registered private providers will submit to the department invoices for services provided by virtual means within sixty days of the date of service.
(G) In cases of noncompliance with the provisions of this rule the department may call for a corrective action plan for registered private providers in lieu of removal from the autism scholarship program.
Last updated December 5, 2024 at 8:33 AM
History
- Effective: December 5, 2024
- Promulgated Under: 119.03
Chapter 3301-105 Educational Service Centers
Ohio Adm.Code 3301-105-01 Funding for educational service centers.
(A) As used in this rule:
(1) "Client" means any city, exempted village, local, or joint vocational school district or community school that has entered into an agreement under section 3313.843 (primary contract), 3313.844 (community school contract), or 3313.845 (fee-for-service contract) of the Revised Code to receive services from an educational service center.
(2) "Primary services" means the five services provided by an educational service center to its clients that the service center selects to demonstrate cost savings for purposes of this rule. "Primary services" may include services provided to clients by a regional council of government established under Chapter 167. of the Revised Code, if the educational service center is a member of the council and has contracted with the council for provision of those services
(3) "Student count" means the sum of the average daily student enrollment for each of an educational service center's clients for the previous fiscal year.
(B) Any educational service center may apply to the department of education in accordance with paragraph (C) of this rule to be designated as a high-performing educational service center. The department shall determine, for each educational service center submitting an application, the total percentage of cost savings generated for the service center's clients in the previous fiscal year due to the clients receiving primary services from the service center instead of another source. The department shall designate each educational service center that generated cost savings for its clients of at least five per cent as a high-performing educational service center.
(C) Application process:
(1) An educational service center may seek designation as a high-performing educational service center by submitting an application to the department by August thirty-first of the fiscal year in which designation is sought.
(2) The application shall include all of the following information for the previous fiscal year:
(a) A brief description of the primary services selected by the educational service center;
(b) A list of the clients that received each of the primary services;
(c) The actual amount of money that each client saved by electing to receive the primary service from the educational service center instead of providing the service itself or through another vendor; and
(d) Evidence to support the amount of cost savings.
(3) Cost savings shall be calculated based on the price charged to the client by the educational service center for a primary service.
(4) The department shall notify educational service centers by October thirty-first whether they have been designated as high-performing or not.
(D) Payments
(1) The department shall pay each educational service center designated as high-performing and each other educational service center the amount specified in the applicable appropriations act times the service center's student count.
(2) If the amount earmarked for payments to educational service centers is not sufficient to pay the amounts specified in paragraph (D)(1) of this rule, the department shall prorate the payment amounts so that the appropriation is not exceeded.
(3) The department shall adjust payments to high-performing educational service centers no later than the first payment in December of the applicable fiscal year.
Last updated March 31, 2022 at 1:32 PM
History
- Effective: March 31, 2022
- Promulgated Under: 119.03
Chapter 3301-106 Community Learning Center Elections
Ohio Adm.Code 3301-106-01 Community learning center elections.
(A) As used in this rule:
(1) "Community learning center" has the same meaning as in section 3302.16 of the Revised Code.
(2) "Eligible parent" includes both of the following:
(a) The parent or guardian of a student who is enrolled in the school;
(b) The parent or guardian of a student who is entitled to attend the school but instead is enrolled in a school operated by a joint vocational school district.
(3) "Eligible staff" means teachers and nonteaching employees who are assigned to the school.
(4) "Parent" has the same meaning as in section 3313.64 of the Revised Code..
(B) Elections to initiate the process to transition a school to a community learning center, as provided in division (B) of section 3302.17 of the Revised Code, are governed by paragraph (D) of this rule.
(C) Elections to submit the community center learning center improvement plan, as provided in division (G) of section 3302.17 of the Revised Code, are governed by paragraph (D) of this rule.
(D) Conduct of election:
(1) The district board or community school governing authority shall designate at least one person to oversee the election. The designee(s) shall be responsible for establishing policies and procedures that ensure a fair and valid election process. The policies and procedures shall address the dates of the election, who may vote, how ballots must be distributed and returned, the counting of ballots, and any other matters determined necessary by the designee(s). The designee(s) shall post the policies and procedures on the district's or school's website and make copies available at the school in advance of the election.
(2) The election period begins not sooner than forty-five days after the date of the first public information hearing or approval of the improvement plan by the school action team, as applicable, but not later than ninety days after that date. However, if the district or school is not in session during this period due to summer break, the election period shall begin not later than one hundred twenty days after the date of the hearing or approval of the plan.
(3) The designee(s) shall distribute paper ballots to all eligible parents and eligible staff in accordance with division (C) of section 3302.17 of the Revised Code.
(4) Ballots shall be available in all languages spoken by five per cent or more of the students enrolled in the school.
(5) The ballot shall include:
(a) In the case of an election required under paragraph (B) of this rule, a brief description of community learning centers and the following question:
Do you want the [insert name of school district or community school] to start the process of establishing a community learning center at [insert name of school]?
________ Yes
________ No
(b) In the case of an election required under paragraph (C) of this rule, a summary of the community learning center improvement plan and the following question:
Do you want the school action team for [insert name of school] to submit the community learning center improvement plan to the [insert name of school district board of education or community school governing authority] for possible adoption?
________ Yes
________ No
(6) The ballot shall indicate the deadline for submitting ballots and the manner in which the ballots must be submitted.
Last updated November 28, 2022 at 8:40 AM
History
- Effective: November 25, 2022
- Promulgated Under: 119.03
Chapter 3301-107 Afterschool Child Enrichment Educational Savings Accounts
Ohio Adm.Code 3301-107-01 Afterschool child enrichment educational savings accounts.
(A) As used in this rule, "parent" has the same meaning as in section 3313.98 of the Revised Code.
(B) Requests to establish an afterschool child enrichment educational savings account will be made through the online form created by the department of education in accordance with section 3310.70 of the Revised Code. A separate request is to be made for each fiscal year in which funds are appropriated for such accounts.
(C) In creating an online form for parents to request the establishment of an afterschool child enrichment educational savings account, the department may request that parents do the following:
(1) Establish a state OH|ID account;
(2) Provide information to determine whether a student is an eligible student under section 3310.70 of the Revised Code;
(3) Submit appropriate documents to verify that a student is an eligible student under section 3310.70 of the Revised Code; and
(4) Provide contact information for the parent submitting the online form.
(D) For the purpose of establishing accounts on a first-come, first-served basis according to the availability of funds appropriated for the purposes of section 3310.70 of the Revised Code, the department will use the time stamp in the department's online system that indicates when an online form was submitted to the department.
(E) The department will review requests submitted through the online form to determine whether students are eligible students, as defined in section 3310.70 of the Revised Code.
(F) If the department determines that a student is not eligible for an account, the department will notify the parent who submitted the request for an account for the student. The parent may request a second review of the request for an account in the manner and time established by the department. Upon receipt of a request for a second review, the department will review the request to determine whether the department denied the request in error.
(1) If the department determines that it erred in denying the request, the department will approve the request for an account and will use the original time stamp on the online form submitted to the department's online system to determine if funds are available to establish the account.
(2) If the department determines that a request was properly denied, the department will notify the parent who submitted the request for an account.
(G) The department will periodically submit a list of approved requests to the vendor with which the department contracts to administer the accounts in accordance with section 3310.70 of the Revised Code.
Last updated May 19, 2022 at 5:03 PM
History
- Effective: May 19, 2022
- Promulgated Under: 119.03
Continua la tua ricerca in ChatGPT o Claude
Collega Omnilex per cercare nel corpus legale dal tuo assistente IA.